[€■
iifU
t
Given By
in: is. supr. of documents
3^
/
E DEPARTMENT OF STATE
/
^
_ H e, 2-^
INDEX
VOLUME XXXV: Numbers 888-914
July 2— December 31, 1956
;CORD
lATES
U^^
\i-/BpAr>'
Vol. ^^
Boston Public Library
Superin*pn'i"nf of Oocuments
MAR 1 0 1958
Corrections for Volume XXXV
The Editor of the But.t.etin wishes to call atten-
■ tion to the following errors in volume XXXV :
October 29, page 664, "President's Determination
Concerning Aid to Yugoslavia" : The date in the
press release line and in the first line should be Oc-
tober 15 rather than October 16.
November 19, page 798, right-hand column, fourth
line from the top : "noble" should read "humble."
December 3, page 871, "Proposal of Ceylon, India,
and Indonesia" : The document number should be
A/Iies/408.
INDEX
Volume XXXV, Numbers 888-914, July 2-December 31, 195G
Adams, Ware, 566
Aden, extension by U. K. of German external debts agree-
ment (1953) to, 901
Adenauer, Konrad, 488
Advisory Committee, Foreign Service Institute, 420
Advisory Committee on Voluntary Foreign Aid, 873
AEC. See Atomic Energy Commission
Aerial inspection and exebange of military information.
See under Disarmament
Aerial photograpby, Italian demonstration, message
(Eisenhower), 715
Afghanistan :
Habibia College, U.S. aid in rebuilding, 886
Helmand Valley project, U.S. aid to survey potentiali-
ties for development, 222
International Bank, membership, 323
Moslem pilgrims to Mecca, U.S. aircraft to transport, 25
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Development assistance, agreement with U.S. provid-
ing for, 213
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
862
World Meteorological Organization, convention, 497
U.S. aid, 493, 494
Africa. See individual countries
African affairs. See under State Department
Ageton, Arthur A., 847
Aggression :
The Question of Defining, statement (Sanders), 731
U.N. Special Committee on the Question of Defining,
U.S. representative, 634
U.S. position on aiding victims of, 658, 660
Agricultural surpluses, U.S., use in overseas programs:
Addresses : Bowie, 141 ; Thibodeaux, 812
Agreements with —
Brazil, 168; Burma, 328; Chile, 782; China, Repub-
lic of, 352, 782 ; Ecuador, 650 ; Finland, 782 ; France,
901 ; Greece, 497 ; India, 454, 565 ; Israel, 497 ; Italy,
168, 510, 901; Japan, 325, 970, 1006; Korea, 39S,
782; Netherlands, 398; Pakistan, 366, 52S, 1006;
Peru, 565 ; Spain, 565, 605, 782 ; Turkey, 844, 937 ;
Yugoslavia, 902
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act,
1954:
Amendment, announcement, and Executive order con-
cerning, 780
President's 4th semiannual report to Congress ( Jan.-
June 1956), 230
Emergency relief aid to —
^X'^Eolivia, 319 ; Europe, 320 ; Guatemala, 319 ; Iran, 263 ;
Ryukyu Islands, 993 ; Tunisia, 557
\
Index, July to December 1956
Agricultural surpluses — Continued
Export-Import Bank announcement of loans to overseas
buyers, 522
Ocean freight charges on, Executive order and an-
nouncement concerning, 780
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act. See
under Agricultural surpluses
Agriculture :
Asia, agricultural development in, 344
Costa Rica, development program, 559
Foreign agricultural technical assistance program, U.S.,
objectives, 811 /
Imports of agricultural commodities, U.S. restrictions
on, report to 11th session of GATT, 898
Interagency Committee on Food and Agriculture Or-
ganization, functions and membership, 443
Plant protection convention (1951), international, 212,
430, 650, 689
Wheat agreement (1956), international. See Wheat
agreement
Aid to foreign countries. See Economic and technical aid
and Military assistance
Aigner, Martin, 509
Air Coordinating Committee, ftinctions and membership,
443
Air navigation and transport. See Aviation
Aircraft. See Aviation
Airport charges, international conference on, U.S. dele-
gation, 768
Albania, International Atomic Energy Agency, statute,
738
Algeria :
Proposed inscription of Algerian question on Security
Council agenda, U.S. position, statement (Lodge),
125
U.S.-Prench joint communique concerning policy
toward, 9
Allen, George V., 225, 250
Allin, Durrin, 728
Allison, John M., 60
AUyn, Stanley C, 226, 394, 828
Alphand, Hervg, 475
Alvarado Garaicoa, Teodoro, 180
Ambassadorial talks, U.S.-Communist China. See Geneva
ambassadorial talks
American Assembly, establishment and meeting, 418, 421
American Council of Voluntary Agencies for Foreign Serv-
ice, 873
Ajnerican Jewish Joint Distribution Committee, 907
1011
American Policy and the Shifting Scene, address (EI-
brick), 108
American Red Cross, aid to Hungarian refugees, 872, 873
American Republics. See Latin America and individual
countries
American States, Organization of. See Organization of
American States
American studies in British schools and universities, arti-
cle (Sutherland), 989
Amity, economic relations, and consular rights, treaty
with Iran, 168, 605
Andersen. Hans G., 308
Anls, Ibrahim, 405
Antarctic research, IGY program, article (Atwood), 881
ANZUS Council, meeting and list of representatives, 839
Arab-Israeli dispute (see also Suez Canal problem) :
Aiding victims of aggression, statements : Dulles, 6.j8 ;
White House, 749
Israeli hostilities with Egypt. See Israeli hostilities
Israeli-Jordan border incidents, statements (Dulles),
549, 660
Arbitral Tribunal, appointment of U.S. member, 509
Arbitration Tribunal and Arbitral Commission on prop-
erty, rights and interests in Germany :
Administrative agi-eement, 294, 398
Charter of Arbitral Commission, 213
U.S. member of Arbitral Commission, appointment, 676
Waiver of immunity from legal process of members,
agreement relating to, 497, 605
Arctic ice, reciprocal aerial observation of, U.S. proposal
for agreement and Soviet reply, announcements,
article (Atwood), and notes, 508, 883, 953
Argentina :
C<5rdoba, tribute to, address (Beaulac), 375
Economic recovery program, Export-Import Bank
credit, 515
Panamd meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air Force mission, agreement with U.S., 604, 605
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Civil aviation convention (1944), international, pro-
tocol amending, 650
Collisions at sea, regulations for preventing (1948),
936
Educational exchange program, agreement with U.S.,
830, 861
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, (589
Genocide, convention (1948) on the prevention and
punishment of the crime of, 213
International Bank, articles of agreement, 528; mem-
bership, 854
International Monetary Fund, articles of agreement,
528
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 366
Wheat agreement (1956), International, 213, 565
U.S. policy and relations, statements (Dulles), 544, 575
Armaments (see also Atomic energy: Nuclear weapons
and Disarmament) :
Arms and technical data, international control of traflBc
In, address (Pomeroy), 919
Armaments — Continued
Bahamas long-range proving ground for guided missiles,
agreements with U.K. for extension of range to
Ascension Islands and St. Lucia, 84, 85
International control and reduction of :
Exchange of correspondence (Eisenhower, Bulganin)
and Soviet statement, 299, 300, 301
Statement (Lodge), 197
Japan and Federal Republic of Germany, question of
rearmament, statement (Dulles), 148
Long-range vveaijons, effect on defense of U.S., state-
ment (Dulles), 183, 184
NATO armaments, status of, 112
Soviet supply of arms to Egypt, address (Lodge), 355
Syrian Military equipment, reported movement into
Jordan, 659, 6C0
World reaction to U.S. budget increase for, statement
(Dulles), 50
Armed forces :
Foreign forces, U.S. citizens serving in, legislation con-
cerning, 799
Foreign forces in Egypt. See Israeli hostilities and
Suez Canal
Germany, Federal Republic of, necessity for self-
defense, 487, 488
Iraqi troops in Jordan, question of, statement (Dulles),
658
NATO:
Force goals, question of reduction in, statements
(Dulles), 182, 183
In Iceland, importance of and question of with-
drawal, statements (Dulles), 49, 51
Status of, address (Elbrick), 112
U.S. commitments, statements (Dulles, Radford), 181,
263
Reduction of, proposed, Soviet-U.S. positions, addresses,
correspondence, and statements: Bulganin, 300;
Dulles, 181, 182, 184 ; Eisenhower, 299 ; Lodge, 197,
198, 208 ; Wilcox, 103, 105
Soviet forces in Hungary. See Hungarian question
Soviet reduction in, address and statement : Dulles, 186 ;
Phillips, 177
Armed forces, U.S. :
Air Force musicians, presentation of scrolls by King
and Queen of Cambodia, 194
Fliers captured by Communist China, release of, ad-
dress (Lodge), 353, 356
In Iceland, question of withdrawal, NAC recommenda-
tions and letter (Andersen), 306, 308
Military housing, loan agreement with Japan concern-
ing, 325
Military missions, U.S., abroad. See Military missions
Military strength, maintenance of, address (Dulles),
695
Personnel detained in Soviet Union, efforts for release,
note and statement (Murphy), 189, 190
Reductions in, address and statement: Dulles, 186;
Phillips, 177
Status of U.S. forces in Greece, agreement with Greece
concerning, 565
Armour, Norman, 727
1012
Department of State Bulletin
Ascension Islands, agreement with U.K. for extension of
the Bahamas long-range proving ground for guided
missiles to include, 84, 85
Asia, South Asia, and Southeast Asia (see also individual
countries) :
ANZUS Council, meeting and list of representatives,
839
Atomic energy center for research and training, prog-
ress report on U.S. proposal for, address (Robert-
son), 959
Collective security. See Southeast Asia Treaty Organi-
zation
Economic development (see also Colombo Plan), state-
ments : Baker, 200 ; Young, 344, 340
U.S. aid, 493, 558
U.S. policy in, addresses : Nixon, 94 ; Young, 340
Asian Regional Nuclear Center, progress report on U.S.
proposal for, address (Robertson), 959
Asvean High Dam, 188, 260, 407
Atlantic, North, Planning Board for Ocean Shipping, U.S.
delegation to Sth meeting, 588
Atlantic, Northwest, international fisheries convention
(1949), protocol amending, 128, 168, 936
Atlantic Community (see also North Atlantic Council and
North Atlantic Treaty Organization), address (El-
brick), 583
Atomic energy, nuclear weapons :
Control and limitation, international :
Hydrogen bombs, control and limitation on, U.S. posi-
tion, statement (Dulles), 657
Relationship to reductions in armed forces, state-
ment (Dulles), 182
Relationship to testing, statement (Wadsworth), 205
U.S. and Soviet positions, address, correspondence,
and statements : Bulganin, 300, 301 ; Eisenhower,
299 ; Lodge, 197, 209, 210 ; Wilcox, 103
Testing of :
Control and limitation, U.S. and Soviet positions, cor-
respondence and statements : Dulles, 184, 657 ;
Eisenhower, Bulganin, 662 ; Lodge, 210
Marshall Islands tests, U.S. views on, statement
(Sears), 164
Resumption of Soviet tests, U.S. and Soviet state-
ments regarding, 424, 425
U.S. policies and actions concerning, statement
(Eisenhower) and memorandum, 704
Atomic energy, peaceful uses of :
Addresses : Libby, 445 ; Lodge, 353, 356
Agreements with —
Australia, 85; Austria, 213; Belgium, 166, 168; Can-
ada, 84, 85 ; Cuba, 85 ; Denmark, 84, 85 ; Dominican
Republic, 42 ; France, 9, 42, 901 ; Germany, Federal
Republic of, 84, 128 ; Guatemala, 366, 398 ; Nether-
lands, 85; New Zealand, 460; Sweden, 293, 294;
Switzerland, 42 ; U.K., 250
Asian Regional Nuclear Center, progress report on U.S.
proposal for, 9.59
Inter-American Symposium on Nuclear Energy, U.S.
proposal, 513
International Atomic Energy Agency. See Atomic En-
ergy Agency
Japanese atomic experts, visit to U.S., 451
Atomic energy, peaceful uses of — Continued
Latin America, U.S. programs of assistance for de-
velopment of, 511, 846
Nuclear power for economic development, U.S. program,
589, 593, 926, 927, 928
Nuclear-powered merchant ship, proposed construction
of, statement (Eisenhower) and letter (Weeks,
Strauss), 666, 667
Research reactor projects, U.S. program of grants for,
information and procedures for obtaining, 598
U.N. actions, 177, 383, 385, 774
U.S. program, memorandum reviewing, 709
U.S.-Soviet Union exchange of correspondence, texts, 620
Atomic energy, radiation effects on human health :
U.N. action during 1955, report to Congress (Eisen-
hower), 385
U.N. Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic
Radiation, establishment and function, 687 ; report,
931
U.S. efforts and proposals for safeguarding against, 41,
103, 205, 707
U.S. reports on, transmission to U.N., 326, 687
Atomic Energy Agency, International :
Establishment :
Working-Level Meeting negotiating group, report, 163
Conference on the statute. See Atomic Energy
Agency, International, conference on the statute
Preparatory Commission :
Appointment of U.S. representative, 815
Statement on work of (Wadsworth), 540
U.N. actions for, report to Congress (Eisenhower),
383, 385
U.S.-Soviet Union exchange of correspondence con-
cerning establishment of, texts, 620
Document, 930
Functions of, address (Strauss), 536
Relationship to U.N., proposal for draft agreement re-
garding, address (Hoover), 837
Statute of the :
Current actions, 738, 936, 1005
Negotiations and provisions, address (Wadsworth),
923, 924
Text, 820
Atomic Energy Agency, International, conference on the
statute of the :
Appointment of U.S. representative and U.S. delega-
tion, 292, 459
Closing session, letter and statement: Eisenhower, 813;
Wadsworth, 819
Invitations to, 162, 163
Negotiations on and provisions of the draft statute,
statements (Wadsworth), 537, 539, 815
Welcoming address (Strauss), 535
Atomic Energy Commission, 445, 512, 598, 687
Atomic energy inventions, agreement between U.S.-Cana-
da-U.K. regarding disposition of rights in, 540, 565
Atoms-for-peace. See Atomic energy, peaceful uses of
Atwood, Wallace W., Jr., 880
Australia :
ANZUS Council, meeting and list of representatives,
839
International Bank loan, 1004
Index, July to December J 956
1013
Australia — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 862
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions and
annexed schedules, 42
Nuclear power, agreement with U.S. for production,
85
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245m
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 901
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168, 937
U.S. Consulate at Melbourne, redesignation as Con-
sulate General, 689
Austria :
Hungarian refugees in, U.S. aid to, 764, 871, 872, 979,
980
Imports from the dollar area, relaxation of controls on,
633
International Bank loans, 854
Military housing, U.S., procurement in, 235
Persecutees residing abroad, former, Austrian aid to,
66
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S. 213
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate importa-
tion, 85
Dollar bonds, agreement with U.S. regarding valida-
tion, 901
Double taxation, convention with U.S. for avoidance
on income, 736, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 689
GATT, declaration on continued application of sched-
ules, 42
GATT, proems verbal and protocols amending, 782
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245n
State treaty, 482, 528
Trade Cooperation, Organization for, agreement on,
969
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168
Auto travel, international. See Travel
Automobiles and trucljs, compensatory tariff concessions
granted U.S. by Greece on Imports of, 117
Aviation :
Aerial inspection and exchange of military information.
See under Disarmament
Aerial observation of Arctic ice, reciprocal, U.S. pro-
posal for agreement and Soviet reply, announce-
ments, article (Atwood), and notes, 508, 883, 953
Aerial photography, Italian demonstration, message
(Eisenhower), 715
Air Coordinating Committee, functions and membership,
443
Aviation — Continued i
Air navigation conference (ICAO), 3d, U.S. delegation, .
527
Air transport negotiations resumed with the Nether-
lands, 935
Aircraft :
Chinese Communist attack on U.S. Navy plane, state-
ments, 410, 411, 412 ; text of correspondence be-
tween British and Chinese Communists, 413, 414,
483
U.S., alleged violations of Soviet territory by, U.S.
and Soviet notes, 191
U.S., transportation of Afghan Moslems to Mecca, 25
U.S. claims for destruction of. Sec under Claims
Airport charges, international conference on, U.S. dele-
gation, 768
Civil aviation, discussions on problems of international
relations in, 601, 845
Civil aviation facilities in Afghanistan, U.S. aid in de-
velopment of, 494
Civil Aviation Organization, International. See Inter-
national Civil Aviation Organization
Civil Aviation Organization Matters, Subcommittee on
General International, membership, 443
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air Force mission agreements with —
Argentina, 604 ; Bolivia, 213 ; Nicaragua, 460
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 429,
969
Air service agreement with U.K. amending annex to
1946 agreement, 830
Air transport, agreement with Colombia, 738, 857
Air transport, discussions with Republic of Korea on
proposed agreement, 722
Carriage by air, international, protocol and 1929 con-
vention for unification of certain rules relating to,
128, 212, 862
Civil aviation convention (1944), international, 167,
862
Babiniski, Czeslaw, 840
Bacq, Zdnon, 931
Baghdad Pact, U. S. policy concerning, announcement and
statement (Dulles), 148, 918
Bahamas long-range proving ground, agreements with
U.K. for additional sites in the Ascension Islands and
St. Lucia, 84, 85
Baker, George P., 846
Baker, John C. :
Appointment as U.S. representative to 22d session of
ECOSOC, 165
Letter and statements :
Citizenship education for women, U.S. proposal for
seminar on, 360, 361
Economic development of underdeveloped countries,
393
Report of the U.N. High Commissioner for Refugees,
244
World economic and social situation, U.N. Secretary-
General's report on, 286
Ball, Margaret, 309
1014
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Bane, Jack, 21
Bank for Reconstruction and Development. See Inter-
national Bank
Banyai, Ladislau, 728
Baruch Plan for atomic disarmament, 100
Bases, U.S., overseas :
Effect of long-range weapons on U.S. occupancy, state-
ment (Dulles), 1S3
Iceland, U.S. base in. See under Iceland : Defense
agreement with U.S.
Okinawa, U.S. position on, statements (Dulles), 183,
408
Philippines, joint statement (Magsaysay, Nixon) re-
garding need to strengthen, 95
Beaulac, Willard L., 375
Behaim, Martin, 767
Belgium :
Imports, restrictions on agricultural products, Belgian
report to 11th session of GATT, 898
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreements with U.S., 166,
168
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 128
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions, 528
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding finan-
cial support, 127
Property, rights and interests in Germany, charter of
Arbitral Commission on, 213
Refugees, convention ( 1951 ) on the status of, 245n
Tangier, protocols and final declaration concerning,
328, 830, 842
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168, 970
Ben Aboud, El Mehdi Ben Mohamed, 444
Ben-Gurion, David, 798
Berkner, Lloyd V., 880n
Berlin :
Conference Hall, cornerstone laying ceremony, address
(Murphy), 668; messages (Eisenhower, Dulles,
Conant), 670, 671 ; U.S. delegation, 550
Free University, ceremony honoring Ernst Renter, ad-
dress (Murphy), 671
Postal convention (1952), universal, extension to Land
Berlin, 430
Soviet attempt at domination of, address (Eleanor
Dulles), 64
Berry, James Lampton, 498
Bills of lading, international convention (1924) for uni-
fication of certain rules relating to, and protocol of
signature, 605, 829
Bloomfield, Lincoln P., 435, 554
Bolivia :
Inauguration of President-elect, message (Dulles), 305;
U.S. delegation, 187, 263
Panam4 meeting of Presidents of the American Repub-
lics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air Force mission, agreement with U.S., 213
Army mission, agreement with U.S., 213
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Bolivia — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 937
U.S. aid, 319
Bonds, dollar, agreement with Austria regarding valida-
tion of, 901
Book exchange program, U.S., 323
Boteler, William P., 21
Bow, Rep. Frank T., 263
Bowie, Robert R., 135
Brady, Leslie J., 452
Brandt, Willy, 108
Brazil :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 180
Book exchange program with U.S., 323
Panamd meeting of Presidents of the American Repub-
lics, declaration, 220
Tariffs, GATT, modifications of, 685, 893, 896, 898
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural surpluses, agreement with U.S. amend-
ing 1955 agreement, 168
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 128
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion, constitution, 213
Military mission, agreement with U.S. extending 1948
agreement, 689
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 970
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213
U.S. Consular Agency at Rio Grande, closing, 214
Bridges, Sen. Styles, 726
British Guiana, reestablishment of U.S. Consulate, 460
Brookhaven National Laboratory, report on the Asian
Regional Nuclear Center, excerpt, address (Robert-
son), 959
Brussels Universal and International Exhibition, 1958,
582, 951
Buchanan, James, 316
Bulganln, Nikolai A., 300, 486, 662, 795
Bulgaria :
Petkov, Nikola, anniversary of death, 509
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Cultural property, convention (1954) for protection In
event of armed conflict, 565
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948), 528
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
366
U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organiza-
tion, constitution, 294
Bunker, Ellsworth, 212, 937
Burden, William A. M., 846
Burdett, William C, 606
Burke, Miss 'Gene, 565
Burma :
Communist economic penetration of, address (Jones),
275
Index, July /o December J 956
1015
Burma — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement amending
agreement with U.S., 328
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 100.5
GATT, proc&s verbal and amending protocols, 970
Informational media guaranty program, agreement
with U.S., 937
Technical services and the purchase of rice, agree-
ment with U.S. providing for, 249
Trade Cooperation, Organization for, agreement on,
969
Business world, international understanding in the, re-
marks (Eisenhower), '<d1
Butter oil and butter substitutes, imports, investigation
of effect on domestic price-support program, 886
Buttons of textile material, proclamation correcting lan-
guage of a reduction in duty, 74
Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Republic {see also Soviet
Union) :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Slave trade and slavery, convention (1926) to sup-
press, 650
Byroade, Henry A., 250
Cacela, Sir Harold Anthony, 797
Caicos and Turk.s Islands, oceanographic research station
on Grand Turk, agreement between U.S. and U.K. for
establishment, 922, 937
Calendar of international meetings, 33, 242, 380, 523, 729,
891
Calkins, G. Nathan, Jr., S4G
Cambodia :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
459
U.S. aid, 271, 272
U.S. Air Force musicians, presentation of scrolls by
King and Queen, 194
U.S. Ambassador, appointment, C50
Canada :
Fisheries, negotiations with U.S. on problems, address
(Murphy), 717
Great Lakes Basin compact, legislation proposing,
statement of Department's views (Cowles), 421
International Joint Commission (U.S.-Canada) :
Investigation of hydroelectric power possibilities of
the Passamaquoddy Tidal Power Project, 322
Supplementary order of approval regulating waters of
St. Lawrence River and Lake Ontario, text, 227
Lake Michigan water diversion, proposed legislation,
memorandum of disapproval (Eisenhower) and
text of Canadian note, 357
Radio frequency adjustment, discussions with U.S., 18
St. Lawrence Seaway, proposal for dredging in Corn-
wall Island area, U.S. and Canadian notes regard-
ing, 992
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreements with U.S., 84,
85
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Canada — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Atomic energy inventions, agreeemnt with U.S. and
U.K. regarding disposition of rights in, 540, 565
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for the unification of certain rules
relating to, 862
Double taxation on income, avoidance of, supplemen-
tary convention with U.S., 328, 364
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions and
annexed schedules, 42
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding finan-
cial support of, 127, 128
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending inter-
national convention (1949) regarding, 128
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention
(1955), final protocol, and regulations of execution,
168
Roosevelt Bridge, agreement with U.S. for relocation
of part of, 782
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 970
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 565
U.S. policy toward, address (Merchant), 56
Cannon, Cavendish W., 213, 633, 841
Captive nations {see also Soviet-bloc countries), U.S. pol-
icy, address (Dulles), 697
Caribbean, ICAO special, regional air navigation meeting,
U. S. delegation, 829
Caribbean Commission, appointment of U.S. commis-
sioner and delegation to 23d meeting, 285, 1002
Casey, Richard G., 839
Cassa per il Mezzogiorno, 682
Central American free-trade area, proposed formation of,
893, 897
Central Intelligence Agency, functions, address (Allen
Dulles), 874
Ceylon :
Import restrictions against dollar goods, removal, 895
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 7.38
Development projects, cooperative agreement with
U.S., 117
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
GATT, amending protocols, 970
Military equipment, materials and services, agree-
ment with U.S. relating to purchase of, 937
Parcel post, agreement and detailed regulations with
U.S., 782
U.S. aid. 117, 493, 494
Chagas, Carlos, 931
Chapman, Sydney, 282
Chappell, Joseph J., 214
Child-feeding programs, agreement with Italy, 510
Children, employment at sea, convention (1936) fixing
minimum age, 969
Children's Fund, U.N., U.S. contribution, 457
1016
Department of Stale BuUetin
Chile :
Agricultural surpluses, agreement ameuding agreement
with U.S. for purchase, 782
Army mission, agreement with U.S., 937
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Automobile imports, complaint against restrictions on,
898
Panama meeting of Presidents of the American Repub-
lics, declaration, 220
Visit of U.S. atoms-for-peace team, 846
China, Communist :
Adoption of Stalinist policies, statement (Dulles), 5
Aggressive activities in Asia, addresses : Dulles, 696 ;
Hill, 311 ; Robertson, 266
Attack on U.S. Navy plane, U.S. statements, 410, 411,
412; text of correspondence between British and
Chinese Communists, 413, 414, 483
Promotion of international tension and discord,
address (Lodge), 355
Travel to, U.S. restrictions :
Address (Murphy), 718
Department announcement, 313, 314
President's views on, 376
U.N. Command report on obstructions to work of
NNSC and violations of Korean armistice agree-
ment, 390
U.N. representation, question of:
Addresses and statements : Hill, 310 ; Hoover, 838 ;
Lodge, 353, 855; Robertson, 268; Sanders, 731m;
Wilcox, 773, 774 ; Young 352
Congressional resolution, 311
U.S. civilians in, release of. See Geneva ambassadorial
talks
U.S. policy of nonrecognition, address (Merchant), 58,
59
U.S. prisoners of war. See Prisoners of war
U.S. trade restrictions, question of relaxation of, 553
China, Republic of :
Application of renunciation of force principle to («ee
also Geneva ambassadorial talks). Communist re-
fusal, address (Lodge), 355
Communist threat to, addresses : Jones, 277 ; Lodge, 353
Foreign Relations, volume on, published, 937
Relief aid to Ryukyu Islands, 993
Rural reconstruction, joint commission on, address
(Young), 344
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 352,
782
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Economic aid, loan agreement with U.S., 553
Naval craft, small, agreement amending annex to
1954 agreement with U.S. relating to loan of, 782
U.N. membership, question of, address and statement :
Lodge, 855 ; Wilcox, 773, 774
U.S. aid, 271
U.S. support, addresses and letter : Eisenhower, 151 ;
Hill, 310, 313 ; Jones, 278
Chou En-lai, 264, 266
Chrysler, Mr. and Mrs. Bernard, 701w
CIA. See Central Intelligence Agency
Citizenship, U.S., possible loss by service in foreign armed
forces, legislation concerning, 799
Citizenship education for women, U.S. proposal for semi-
nar on, statement and letter (Baker), 360
Citrus fruit juices, proclamation modifying tariff con-
cessions on imports, 74
Civil aviation. See Aviation
Civil Aviation Organization, International. See Interna-
tional Civil Aviation Organization
Civil rights for women, report of 11th Assembly of Inter-
American Commission of Women, 562
Civilian persons, Geneva convention (1949) relative to
treatment in time of war, current actions, 213, 430,
689
Civilians, U.S., detention and release by Communist
China. See Geneva ambassadorial talks
Claims :
Austrian persecutees residing abroad, Austrian aid to,
66
Icelandic insurance companies, agreement with U.S.
for settlement of claims, 937
Pacific Islands, Trust Territory of, progress in settle-
ment of claims against U.S., 37
Poland, agreement with U.S. regarding settlement of
claims against U.S., 85, 113
U.S. claims against :
Communist China, for destruction of aircraft near
Chushan Islands, 413, 483
Poland, agreement with U.S. for settlement of lend-
lease and other claims, 85, 113, 114
Rumania, proposed talks with, 444
Soviet Union, for damages resulting from destruction
of Navy plane over Sea of Japan, text of U.S.
note, 677
Coal Committee (ECE), meeting and U.S. delegate, 1002
Coleman, James, 21
Coll Benegas, Carlos A., 515
Collective security {see also Mutual defense and Mutual
security) :
Asia (see also Southeast Asia Treaty Organization),
U.S. policy in, addresses: Merchant, 57; Young,
351
Europe. See European security and North Atlantic
Treaty Organization
Expenditures of local currencies for purchase of stra-
tegic materials and military equipment, 234
Interdependence with economic welfare, address
(Bowie), 135, 136
Near and Middle East :
Baghdad Pact, U.S. policy concerning, 148, 918
Defense expenditures for, 643
U.N. provision for, statement (Dulles), 147
U.S. and free-world policy of, addresses : Ageton, 847 ;
Dulles, 6, 696 ; Murphy, 672, 716, 90S ; Nixon, 92, 946
U.S. expenditures in France for, agreement with France
amending 1952 agreement relating to relief from
taxation on, 970
Collisions at sea, regulations for preventing, 936
Colombia :
Dairy market survey in, 233
International Bank loan, 67
Index, July to December 7956
1017
Colombia — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air transport, agreement with U.S., 738, 857
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Cooperative health program, agreement with U.S. ex-
tending 1950 agreement, 85
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion, constitution, 213
Weather stations, agreements with U.S. for establish-
ment and operation, 128, 249
Visit of Secretary Dulles, 187
Visit of U.S. atoms-for-peace team, 846
Colombo Plan :
Consultative Committee, U.S. delegation to 8th meeting,
856
Ministerial meeting, address (Robertson), 957
Colonialism (see also Self-determination and Trust terri-
tories) :
Effects on Asia, address (Young), 341, 349, 350
U.S. position, statement (Dulles), 577
Commemorative Meeting of Presidents of the American
Republics. See Panami meeting
Commerce. See Trade
Commerce, Department of, publication of World Trade
Review as of July 1956, 378
Commercial relations, U.S. and other countries. See
Economic policy and relations, U.S. ; Tariff policy,
U.S. ; Tariffs and trade, general agreement on ; and
Trade
Commercial samples and advertising material, interna-
tional convention (1952) to facilitate importation, 85,
782
Commercial treaties. See Trade : Treaties
Committee for Reciprocity Information, notice of hearings
regarding tariff negotiations with Cuba, 648
Communications. See Radio and Telecommunications
Communism (see also China, Communist; and Soviet
Union) :
"Cold war" offensive, address (Lodge), 354
Comparison with free- world system, address (Dulles),
3
Contradictions in Communist system, address (Mur-
phy), 675
Dictatorship, weakness of, address (Allen Dulles), 874
Imperialism in satellite countries, results of, remarks
(Eisenhower), 702
International affairs, Communist conduct of, address
(Nixon), 944
International communism :
Current aspects of the struggle with, address
(Lodge), 353
Dissatisfaction with Soviet leadership, statement
(Dulles), 49
Free-world unity stops spread of, statement (Dulles),
47
"New look" policy, addresses: Murphy, 718; Robert-
son, 264
Present state of, statement (Dulles), 109
Reaction to Soviet statement regarding abuses of
Stalinism, statement (Dulles), 145
Communism — Continued
International conmiunism — Continued
Soviet relationship to, statements (Dulles), 50, 52
Political influence in Norway, lack of, address (Strong),
23
Subversive activities in Asia, addresses: Jones, 640;
Murphy, 717, 718 ; Robertson, 266 ; Young, 344, 346,
347, 349, 350
20th Congress of Soviet Communist Party, unpublished
documents distributed among delegates to, 153
U.S. efforts to combat, addresses: Ageton, 853; Jones,
274 ; Nixon, 92, 93, 947, 948
Community-development process, statement (Baker), 287
Conant, James B., 107, 671, 766
"Conduct and example" policy, statements (Dulles), 148,
149
Conferences and organizations, international (see also
subject), calendar of meetings, 33, 242, 380, 523, 729,
891
Congress, U.S. :
Delegation to inauguration of Bolivian President-elect,
263
Documents relating to foreign policy, lists of, 75, 161,
195, 241, 279, 315, 359, 376, 484, 510, 676, 854, 982
Joint resolution opposing membership of Communist
China in the U.N., 268, 311
Legislation :
Appropriation for UNREF, statement (Knowland),
966
Customs Simplification Act of 1956, statement (Eisen-
hower), 273
International organizations, list of legislation au-
thorizing U.S. participation in, 442, 554
Mutual security program, 53
Reduction of U.S. contribution to U.N. technical as-
sistance program, statements (Dulles), 186, 187
Legislation proposed :
Great Lakes Basin compact, statement of Depart-
ment's views (Cowles), 421
Immigration, proposed revisions, letters (Eisenhower,
Watkins), 194
Lake Michigan water diversion bill, memorandum of
disapproval (Eisenhower) and text of Canadian
note, 357
Meeting of congressional leaders with President Eisen-
hower on Suez Canal problem, 314
Presidential messages, reports, etc. See Eisenhower:
Messages, reports, and letters to Congress
Studies of foreign aid program, 726
Travel by members overseas, accounting for funds
used, statement (Dulles), 657
Treatymaking powers, development of, 12
Constantinople Convention of 1888. See under Suez Canal
Consular agents, convention (1928) defining duties, rights,
prerogatives, and immunities of, 650
Consular rights, amity, and economic relations, treaty
with Iran, 168, 605
Consular service, U.S. See Foreign Service
Consultative Committee for Economic Development in
South and Southeast Asia. See Colombo Plan
1018
Department of Stale Bulletin
Cook Islands, application of the protocol (1953) regulat-
ing the production, trade, and use of opium to, 969
Coombs, Walter, 666
Cooper, John Sherman, 366
Cooperative health program, agreement with Colombia
extending 1950 agreement, 85
Copyright convention (1952), universal, current actions,
605, 650, 782, 936
Corbett, Jack C, 856
Corea, Sir Claude, 894
Costa Rica :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 405
Central American free-trade area proposal, participa-
tion, 897
International Bank loan, 559
Panamd meeting of Presidents of the American Repub-
lics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Radio, 3d party amateur, agreement with U.S., 738
Wheat agreement (19-56), international, 213, 970
Visit of U.S. atoms-for-peace team, 846
U.S. aid to Inter-American Institute of Agricultural
Sciences at Turrialba, 512, 513
Cotton :
Competition between U.S. and Egyptian cotton, state-
ment (Dulles), 576
Exports to U.S., Japanese controls on, texts of notes,
554
Long-staple, announcement and proclamation modify-
ing U.S. import and quota restrictions, 114
Cowles, Willard B., 421
Cray, Robert, 194
Cuba :
Panamtl meeting of Presidents of the American Repub-
lics, declaration, 220
Tariff negotiations with U.S., proposed, 646
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 85
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions and
annexed schedules, 42
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 430
Cude, William Clinton. 211
Culbertson, Mrs. Nancy F., 983
Cullman, Howard S., 582
Cultural and scientific aid, U.S., proposed program with
Israel, statement (Dulles) and announcement, 222,
223
Cultural property, convention (1954) and protocol for pro-
tection in event of armed conflict, 167, 168, 565, 969
Cultural relations, U.S. with —
Germany, Federal Republic of, 766; Paraguay, 852
Curasao, agreement with the Netherlands for establish-
ment and operation of weather station in, 430, 605
Curtis, Jack A., 483
Customs :
Administration, GATT action on proposals for simplifi-
cation and standardization of, 898
Customs — Continued
Consular officers, agreement with Yugoslavia for recip-
rocal privileges, 398
Customs tariffs, protocol modifying 1890 convention for
creation of international union for publication of,
212, 605
Procedures, approval of act simplying, statement
(Eisenhower), 273
Road vehicles, private, convention (1954) on tempo-
rary importation of, 167, 294
Touring, convention (1954) concerning facilities for,
167, 294
Customs Simplification Act of 1956, 273, 684
Customs unions :
European, negotiations for formation and relationship
to GATT, 893, 896
French-Tunisian, creation and relationship to GATT,
893, 897
Cyprus, terrorist bombing of U.S. citizens on, announce-
ment, 21
Cyr, Leo G., 497
Czechoslovakia :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 128
GATT, proofs verbal and amending protocol, 970
Government statement regarding Nagy government in
Hungary, statement (Lodge), 801
U.S. invitation to observe elections, 550, 665
Dace, James, 21
Dairy Congress, 14th International, U.S. delegation, 525
Dairy Federation, International, functions, 526
Dates, imports of, request for investigation of effects on
domestic industry, letter (Eisenhower), 681
Davis, W. Kenneth, 593
Debts, German external (see also Arbitral Tribunal),
agreement on (1953), 901
Defense, Department of, joint statement with State De-
partment on Chinese Communist attack on Navy pa-
trol plane, 412
Defense agreement with Iceland. See Iceland : Treaties
Defense support. See under Mutual security
Deming, Olcott H., 830
Denmark :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, negotiations and agreements on joint
financing, 429, 969
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement amending 1955
agreement with U.S., 84, 85
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
GATT, 3d protocol of supplementary concessions, 328,
460
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding finan-
cial support, 127
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, international conven-
tion (1949) regarding, 168, 936
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245n
Index, July fo December 1956
1019
Denmark — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 937
Wheat agreement (1950), international, 168, 39S
U.S. subsidy on exports of poultry to Germany, Dan-
ish complaint against, 898
Visit by journalists to U.S. to observe elections, 666
De Seynes, Philippe, 9&i
Dictatorship, Communist, weaknesses of, address (Allen
Dulles), 874
Diem, Ngo Dinh, 346
Diplomatic representatives, U.S., abroad. See under
Foreign Service
Diplomatic representatives in the U.S., presentation of
credentials :
Brazil, 180; Costa Rica, 405; Ecuador, 180; France,
475 ; Hungary, 180 ; Morocco, 444 ; South Africa,
Union of, 444 ; Sudan, 405 ; Tunisia, 444 ; U.K., 797 ;
Uruguay, 542
Disarmament (sec also Armaments, Armed forces, and
United Nations Disarmament Commission) :
Aerial in.spection and exchange of military information,
U.S. and Soviet positions :
Address and statements: Lodge, 196, 197, 199, 200,
201, 202, 211 ; Wilcox, 98, 101, 104
Letter (Eisenhower), 299
Soviet statement, 304
International negotiations, memorandum, 709
Nuclear weapons, international control and testing of.
See Atomic energy, nuclear weapons
Position of the Federal Republic of Germany on, 488
Relationship to economic development, statement
(Baker), 397
Statements : Dulles, 181 ; Eisenhower, 704 ; Soviet, 301 ;
Wilcox, 204
U.N. consideration of the problem of :
Addresses and statements :
Hoover, 837; Lodge, 196, 202, 203, 207, 354; Phil-
lips, 177; Wadsworth, 205; Wilcox, 97, 774
President's report to Congress, excerpts, 383, 385
U.S. memorandum, 709
U.S.-French joint communique regarding, 8
Disarmament, President's special committee on, functions
and membership, 443
Disarmament Commission, U.N. See United Nations Dis-
armament Commission
Displaced persons. See Refugees and displaced persons
Do Amaral Peixoto, Ernani, 180
Documents on German Foreign Policy, 10 18-19 ',5 (The
Last Months of Peace, March-August 1939), series D,
vol. VI, published, 169
Dodge, .Joseph M., 143«
Dollar bonds, agreement with Austria regarding valida-
tion of, 901
Dominican Republic :
Panama meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 42
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Dominican Republic — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Naval mission, agreement with U.S., 1006
Weather station at Sabana de la Mar, agreement
with U.S. for establishment and operation, 460, 970
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 862
Donaldson, AUyn C, 602
Double taxation on estates and inheritances, convention
with Italy for avoidance of, 737, 738, 862
Double taxation on income, conventions for avoidance of,
with—
Austria, 736, 738 ; Canada, 328, 364 ; France, 9, 85, 213 ;
Honduras, 68, 85, 213 ; Italy, 737, 738, 862 ; Pakistan,
60
Drugs, narcotic :
Interdepartmental Committee on Narcotics, functions
and membership, 443
Manufacture and regulating the distribution of, con-
vention (1931) limiting, SG2, 1005
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating the production, trade,
and use of, 42, 128, 969
Protocol bringing under international control drugs out-
side scope of 1331 convention, as amended, 1005
Dulles, Allen W., 874
Dulles, Eleanor Lansing, 61, 550, 671
Dulles, John Foster :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Aggression, U.S. aid to victims of, 658, 660
American Republics, principle of noninterference in
internal affairs of, 579
Argentina, U.S. policy toward, .544, 575
Armaments, U.S., world reaction to budget Increase
for, 50
Armed forces, question of reduction, 181, 182, 183, 184,
186
Aswan Dam, question of financing, 260, 407, 548
Atomic weapons, 182, 184
Austria, U.S. efforts for a free and independent, 482,
736
Baghdad Pact, U.S. policy concerning, 148
Brush wars, method of combating, 184
Colonialism, U.S. position, .577
Communism, international, 48, 49, 50, 52, 109
Congressional travel overseas, accounting for funds
used, 657
Defense of U.S., effect of neutralism and long-range
weapons on, 183, 184
Disarmament, need for, 181
East- West contacts, proposal to increase, 50, 52
European unity, .576, 580
Foreign aid, 53, 149
Freedom and desiiotism, contest between, 3
German reunification, 4, 47, 52, 148, 482
Germany, Federal Republic of, commitment of armed
forces to NATO, 182
Germany, Federal Republic of, question of rearma-
ment, 148
Hungarian question, 697, 700, 756
Hydrogen bombs, control and limitation on use of, 657
1020
Department of Stale Bulletin
Dulles, John Foster — Continued
Addresses, statements, etc. — Continued
Iceland, U.S. base and NATO forces in, 49, 51, 579
Indian-U.S. relations, status, 150
Iraqi troops, reported movement into Jordan, 658
Israeli liostilities with Egypt, 751, 754, 755
Israeli-Jordan border incidents, 549, 660
Japan, question of rearmament, 148
Japanese membership in the U.N., U.S. support, 660
Japanese peace treaty, 5th anniversary of signing, 95
Japanese-Soviet peace treaty negotiations, 406, 480,
578
Marshal Tito's trip to Soviet Union, purpose of, 51,
574, 577
Middle East problems, 48, 838, 911
Mutual security program, 53, 149
Neutralism, immoral, definition of, 147
North Atlantic Council, 18th ministerial meeting, 950,
981
NATO, effect of neutralism on, 184
NATO, ground forces reductions, 183
Okinawa, U.S. position, 408
OAS, President's proposal at Panama conference for
development of, 408
Panama, U.S. relations with, 578
Panama Canal, 408, 411, 574
Panama meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, 150, 221
Peace, 313, 482, 571, 695
Republican National Convention, formulation of for-
eign policy plank, 185
Satellite countries, independence of, 145, 149, 758
SEATO headquarters, opening, 10
Soviet Union :
Armed forces reduction proposal, 184
Economic aid policy, 146
Foreign Minister's visit to Cairo, 52
"New look" policy, 145, 146
Nuclear explosions, proposal for suspension, 184
U.S. policy toward, 148
Subversive activities. Communist charge of, 150
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Swiss policy of neutrality, 147
Syrian military equipment, reported movement into
Jordan, 659, 660
U.N. Technical Assistance Program, reduction of U.S.
contribution, 186, 187
U.S. bases overseas, effect of long-range weapons on
U.S. withdrawal from, 183
U.S. Navy plane, destruction by Chinese Communists,
410, 411
Yugoslavia, problem of U.S. aid, 574, 578
Correspondence, messages, etc. :
Berlin Congress Hall, cornerstone laying ceremony,
670
Bolivian President, inauguration of, 305
United Nations, review of 10th year, letter to Presi-
dent transmitting report, 384
Wheat agreement (1956), international, report to
President with summary of principal provisions, 26
Illness, wishes for a speedy and full recovery from,
statement (Eisenhower), 767
Dulles, John Foster — Continued
Meetings (see also subject) :
Meeting with President to review U.S. foreign policy
and world situation, 912
NATO ministerial meeting, 18th, 950
News conferences, transcripts of, 47, 145, 406, 476, 543,
574, 655
Visit to Latin American countries, 187
Dunn, James C, 727
Du Plessis, Wentzel Christoffel, 444
East- West contacts (see also Exchange of persons) :
State Department organization and designations for,
294, 366, 460
Statements (Dulles), 50, 52
East-West trade, shipments of industrial commodities by
France, Italy, and U.K. to Soviet-bloc countries, 988
Eban, Abba, 225
ECE. See Economic Commission for Europe
Economic and Social Council, U.N. :
Documents, lists of, 127, 165, 379, 564, 688, 728, 780, 930,
1003
Human rights, advisory services in the field of, pro-
posal for seminars to develop, 363
Membership on, increase needed, address (Hoover), 838
Report on the World Social Situation, 286
Resolutions :
Social programs and social a.spects of economic devel-
opment in underdeveloped countries, 289>i
Van Heuven Goedhart, G. J., tribute to the work of,
246
U.S. delegation to 22d session, 165
Economic and technical aid to foreign countries (see also
Agricultural surpluses, Export-Import Bank, Inter-
national Bank, International Cooperation Admin-
istration, Mutual security. Underdeveloped coimtries,
and United Nations: Technical assistance program) :
Aid to : Afghanistan, 213, 222, 493, 494, 886 ; Asia, 269,
348, 493, 645, 957, 958 ; Burma, 249 ; Cambodia, 271,
272 ; Ceylon, 117, 493, 494 ; China, Republic of, 271,
553; Eastern Europe, 744; Eritrea, 168; Ethiopia,
250 ; Europe, 645 ; Far East, 635 ; India, 493, 494 ;
Indonesia, 273, 638; Iran, 378; Japan, 272, 325;
Korea, 270 ; Laos, 271, 272 ; Latin America, 317, 645 ;
Lebanon, 67; Libya, 213; Near and Middle East,
645; Nepal, 493, 495; Norway, 23; Pakistan, 493,
495 ; Paraguay, 850 ; Philippines, 273, 636 ; Thai-
land, 272 ; Viet-Nam, 271, 637
Foreign aid, effect of cut in funds by Congress, 149
Grants, loans, etc., under agricultural surpluses pro-
gram, 234, 236, 237, 238
Soviet program of. See Soviet Union : Economic policy
U.S. policy, address (Thibodeaux), 808
Economic Commission for Europe, U.N. :
Appointment of U.S. delegate to 14th session, 687
Coal Committee, meeting and U.S. delegate, 1002
Housing Committee, U.S. delegation to 13th session, 899
Economic Commission for Latin America, U.N., U.S. dele-
gation to 1st meeting of Trade Committee, 857
Economic Committee (interdepartmental), U.N., func-
tion and membership, 444
Index, July to December 1956
1021
Economic development :
International cooperation for, remarks (Eisenhower),
551
South and Southeast Asia. See Colombo Plan
Underdeveloped countries, financing in, statement
(Baker), 393
U.S. and world, review of, address (Prochnow), 69
Economic Development, Special U.N. Fund for, 354, 397
Economic policy and relations, U.S. {see also individual
countries) :
Aid to foreign countries. See Agricultural surpluses.
Economic and technical aid, Export-Import Bank,
and Mutual security
Domestic economy, address and statement : Baker, 290 ;
Bowie, 137
Far East, address (Jones), 635
Foreign economic policy :
Address (Thibodeaus), 808
Appointment of special assistant to President on,
letter (Eisenhower), 143
National policies and objectives, relation to, address
(Bowie), 135
Objectives, address (Murphy), 721
OTC. See Trade Cooperation, Organization for
Tariff policy. See Tariff policy, U.S.
Economic relations, amity, and consular rights, treaty
with Iran, 168, 605
Economic situation, world, statement (Baker), 289
ECOSOC. -See Economic and Social Council, U.N.
Ecuador :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 180
Panamd meeting of Presidents of the American Repub-
lics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S.
amending 1955 agreement, 650
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Cultural property, convention (1954) for protection
in event of armed conflict and regulations of execu-
tion, 069
Educational exchange program, agreement with U.S.,
830, 862«
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Plant protection convention (1952), international, 212
Reciprocal trade agreement (1938) with U.S., ter-
mination, 168
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245m
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 937
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 213
Visit of Secretary Dulles, 187
Visit of U.S. atoms-for-peace team, 846
Eddy, C. E., 931
Edelman, Albert I., 676
Education (see also Educational exchange program) :
AEO program of nuclear energy education, address
(Libby),445
Foreign Service Institute: A Year in Review, article
(Hoskins), 415
German education, development of, address (Murphy),
668
Education — Continued t
Interdepartmental Committee on Education Activities
in International Organizations, function and mem-
bership, 443
NATO fellow.ship and scholarship program, 309
Public education, U.S. delegation to 19th international
conference on, 126
Soviet system, dilemma regarding, 878
Women, U.S. proposal for seminar on citizenship edu-
cation for, statement and letter (Baker), 360
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, U.N. :
Constitution, 294, 528, 936
Interference in internal affairs of members, accusa-
tion of, address (Wilcox), 777
9th General Conference, U.S. delegation to, 226, 828
U.S. National Commission pamphlet on UNESCO, pub-
lished, 518
U.S. support of, address (Wilcox), 516
Educational exchange program, international (see also
Education) :
Accomplishments, 10th anniversary publication review-
ing, 329
Agreements with —
Argentina, 830, 861 ; Ecuador, 830, 862« ; Israel, 224,
294
American studies in British schools and universities,
article (Sutherland), 989
Deputy Speaker of National Assembly of Pakistan, visit
to U.S., 25
Financing of, through sales of agricultural surpluses,
237
French parliamentary group, visit to U.S., 451
Korean art, selection for U.S. loan exhibition, 515
Seattle reception center, establishment, 460
Educational Foundation in Israel, U.S., establishment,
225
Egypt :
Cotton, exchange for Soviet arms, 355
Cotton, U.S. and Egyptian, competition between, state-
ment (Dulles), 576
Dispute with Israel. See Israeli hostilities
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Travel to, U.S. restrictions on, 756
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 128, 212
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 970
U.S. Ambassador, appointment, 366
U.S. citizens and other nationals, evacuation from, 756,
798
U.S.-Egyptian relations, U.S. protest of statement made
by President Nasser concerning U.S., 222
A^isit of Soviet Foreign Minister, statement (Dulles),
52
Eisenbud, Merril, 326
1022
Department of State BuUetin
Eisenhower, Dwight D. :
Addresses and statements :
Adopted foreign-born orphans, provisions to facilitate
immigration into U.S., 768
Atomic Energy Agency, International, proposed, 535
China, Communist, views on travel to, 376
Communist imperialism in the satellite world, 702
Customs Simplification Act (1956), approval, 273
Disarmament, 424, 814, 815
Eastern Europe and the Middle East, recent develop-
ments in, 743
Geophysical Year, International, approval of U.S. par-
ticipation in, 282
Human Rights Day (1956), U.N., 949
Hungarian question, 700, 743, 760, 949, 976
Hungarian refugees, 807, 913
Inter-American conference, 1st, commemorating, 219
Israeli mobilization, reported, U.S. concern, 699
Mutual security program, U.S., importance of restor-
ing funds cut by Congress, 144
Nicaraguan President, assassination of, 573
Nuclear power, development abroad, 926
Nuclear-powered merchant ship, proposed construc-
tion of, 666
Nuclear weapons, development and testing of, 424, 704
Peace, 946
Poland, reported unrest in, 664
Polish trial of Poznan rioters, U.S. views, 552
Secretary Dulles' illness, 767
Suez Canal problem, 259, 261, 405, 744, 911
United Nations, best hope for peace, 835
U.S. aid to Hungary, allocation of funds for, 764
World economy, international cooperation in develop-
ing, 551
Correspondence and messages :
Approval of escape-clause provision regarding dried
fig imports, 681
Atomic Energy Agency, International, conference on
statute of the, 813
Berlin Congress Hall, cornerstone laying ceremony,
670
China, Republic of, U.S. support, 151
Disarmament, reply to Premier Bulganin's letter, 299
German reunification, 106, 299
Heads of State meeting, proposed, telegram in reply
to Swiss invitation, 839
Hungarian question, 796, 803
Indian Prime Minister, postponement of visit to U.S.,
53
Israeli forces in Egypt, withdrawal of, letter to Prime
Minister Ben-Gurion, 797
Italy, aerial photography demonstration, 715
Oil tankers, large, proposed construction of, 619
OTC, position on U.S. membership in, 987
Philippines, 10th anniversary of independence, 93
Private investment abroad, proposed tax concessions
to encourage, 397
Refugees and escapees, views on aid to, 552
Requests for investigations of effects on domestic in-
dustries of imports of: butter oil and butter sub-
stitutes, 887 ; dates, 681 ; figs, 681
Eisenhower, Dwight D. — Continued
Correspondence and messages — Continued
Soviet proposal on prohibition of testing atomic weap-
ons, reply to Premier Bulganin, 662
Viet-Nam, 1st anniversary of the Republic, 765
Viet-Nam, 2d anniversary of Diem government, 150
Executive orders. See Executive orders
Meetings :
Congressional leaders on Suez Canal problem, 314
Panamd meeting of Presidents of American Re-
publics, 219
Secretary Dulles, review of world situation, 912
Messages, letters, and reports to Congress:
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act,
3d semiannual report (Jan.-June 1956), 230
Foreign economic policy, appointment of special as-
sistant on, 143
Immigration legislation, proposed revision of, 194
Lake Michigan water diversion bill, memorandum of
disapproval, 357
Lend-lease operations, transmittal of report to Con-
gress, 194
Lighter flints, decision against recommended increase
in tariff on, 889
Mutual security program, 10th semiannual report
(Jan. 1-June 30, 1956), excerpts, 642
Para-aminosalicylic acid (PAS), tariff increase held
unnecessary, 321
Taxes paid U.K. on royalties, disapproval of legisla-
tion permitting U.S. tax credits, 321
United Nations, annual report (1955), 382, 384
Wheat agreement (1956), international, transmittal
to Senate, 26
Yugoslavia, decision to continue U.S. aid to, 664
Proclamations. See Proclamations by the President
Special assistant for national security affairs (Jack-
son), resignation, 879
Eisenhower, Milton S., 221n, 356, 357, 511, 544
Ekimov, Konstantin P., 765
El Salvador:
Central American free-trade area proposal, participa-
tion, 897
Panama meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 128, 862
Consular agents, convention (1928) defining duties,
rights, prerogatives, and immunities of, 650
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 738
Elbrick, C. Burke, 108, 583, 840
Elections, U.S., observation of:
Eastern European countries, acceptances and rejections
of U.S. invitations to send observers, 550, 582, 665,
728
NATO countries journalists, 666
Emerson, Rupert, 345
fndex, July to December 1956
1023
Employment at sea, convention (1936) fixing minimum
age for children, 650
Employment service program, cooperative, agreement sup-
plementing 1954 agreement with Peru, 862
Eritrea :
Book exchange program with U.S., 323
U.S.-Ethiopian technical cooperation agreements, ex-
tension to, 168
Estate tax, convention with Italy for the avoidance of
double taxation, 737, 738, 862
Ethiopia :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Technical cooperation, agreement extending agreements
with the U.S. relating to extension to Eritrea, 168
Water resources, cooperative program, agreement with
U.S. amending and extending 1952 agreement for
study, 250
Ethridge, Mark, 666
Eucalyptus conference, world, U.S. delegation, 686
Europe (see also individual countries) :
Collective security. See European security and North
Atlantic Treaty Organization
Common market, proposed, relationship to GATT, 685,
893, 896
Eastern Europe :
Exchange program, reciprocal, approval by the
President, 54
U.S. policy toward and recent developments in, address
(Eisenhower), 743
Refugees. See Hungarian question: Refugees, Inter-
governmental Committee for European Migration,
and Refugees and displaced persons
Trade barriers, removal of, address (Bowie), 139
U.N. Economic Commission for. See U.N. Economic
Commission for Europe
Unity :
Addresses and statements : Dulles, 576, 580 ; Elbrick,
583, 586
French views, U.S.-French joint communique, 8
Western European Union, participation of Federal
Republic of Germany, 487, 488, 489
U.S. aid, 237, 320, 558
U.S. policy, addresses : Elbrick, 585 ; Merchant, 56
European Economic Cooperation, Organization for, 8th
annual review, U.S. delegation to discussions on
economic policies, 496
Euroi)ean Migration, Intergovernmental Committee for,
constitution, 213
European security :
Addresses (Elbrick) 110,584
Relationship to German reunification, 489, 490
U.S.-European contributions, 643
Examination, Foreign Service, announced, 528
Exchange of persons (See also East- West contacts and
Educational exchange) :
Eastern Europe, Presidential approval of program
with, 54
International trade relations, improvement by exchange
of persons, 233
1024
Exchange of x)ersons — Continued I
.Japanese atomic experts, visit to U.S., 451
Observation of U.S. elections:
Eastern European countries observer.?, 550, 582, 665,
728
NATO countries journalists, 666
Polish housing experts, visit to U.S., 840
Seattle reception center, establishment, 460
Exchange of scientific information during IGY, 884
Executive orders :
Agricultural commodities, U.S. surplus, payment of
ocean freight charges on, 780
Finance Corporation, International, designation as
public International organization, 634
World Meteorological Organization, designation as
public international organization, 457
Export-Import Bank :
Functions, address (Bowie), 141
Lending activities, report (July 1, 195.5-June 30, 1956),
558
Loans to —
Afghanistan, 222, 494 ; Argentina, 515, 575, 576 ; Iran,
378 ; Mexico, 846 ; Overseas buyers of U.S. agricul-
tural surpluses, 522 ; Paraguay, 850
Exports, U.S. (see also Trade) :
Arms and technical data, U.S. controls on, article
(Pomeroy), 919
Asia, 348
Latin America, increase in, 985, 986
Polio vaccine, export quotas, 3.58
Surplus agricultural commodities, Export-Import Bank
loans to overseas buyers of, 522
External debts, German :
Agreement, 901
Appointment of U.S. member to Arbitral Tribunal and
Mixed Commission on, 509
Facilities assistance program, agreement with Spain
supplementing 1954 agreement, 565
Facio, Gonzalo, J., 405
Fairless, Benjamin, 551, 725, 989
Falkland Islands, extension by U.K. of German external
debts agreement to, 901
FAO. See Food and Agriculture Organization
Far East (see also individual countries) :
Citizenship education for women, U.S. proposal for
seminar on, statement and letter (Baker), 360
Communist subversion in, addresses : Jones, 274 ;
Murphy. 717, 718; Robertson. 264, 260
Forcifin Relations, volume on, published, 250
U.S. aid, 269, 635, 643, 645
U.S. policy, addresses: Jones, 278, 279; Merchant, 57;
Robertson, 268
Faroe Islands and Greenland, agreement on joint financ-
ing of certain air navigation services in, 429, 969
Feldmann, Markus, 839
Fig imports, request for investigation of effects on domes-
tic industry and approval of escape-clause action
with respect to, announcement and letter (Eisen-
hower), 681
Finance Corporation, International. See International
Finance Corporation
Department of State Bulletin
Finland :
Military housing, U.S., procurement in, 235
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement supplementing
1955 agreement with U.S., 782
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Seafarers, convention (1946) concerning medical
examination of, 213
U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organiza-
tion, constitution, 936
Fisheries :
Japan-Soviet Union negotiations regarding, 719
North Pacific, negotiations on problems concerning,
address (Murphy), 717
Fisheries Commission, International North Pacific, meet-
ing, 717
Fisheries Commission. International Northwest Atlantic,
protocol amending the international convention
(1949) concerning, 128, 168, 936
Fisheries Council, Indo-Pacific, revision of agreement at
6th session, 830
Flanders, Sen. Ralph E., 52
Flood relief assistance, emergency, agreement with India
providing for, 738
Food and Agriculture Organization, Interagency Commit-
tee on, functions and membership, 443
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations,
U.S. delegation to 25th session of the Council, 459
"Force, renunciation of," U.S. efforts for and Communist
China refusal to apply to Formosa, 267, 277, 312, 355
Ford, Rear Adm. Walter C, 58S
Foreign aid. See Agricultural surpluses. Economic and
technical aid. Mutual security. Refugees and dis-
placed persons. Underdeveloped countries. United
Nations : Technical assistant program, and individual
countries
Foreign Aid, Voluntary, Advisory Committee on, 873
Foreign Aid Program, Special Committee to Study, func-
tions and membership, 726
Foreign economic policy, U.S. See Economic policy and
relations, U.S.
Foreign policy, U.S. :
Congressional documents relating to. See under Con-
gress
Development and conduct of, through international or-
ganizations, article (Bloomfield), 435, 554
Economic cooperation and technical assistance, role
in, address (Thibodeaux), 808
Foreign policy plank of Republican National Conven-
tion, formulation of, statement (Dulles), 185
Fundamentals and objectives of, addresses: Lodge, 19;
Merchant, 56 ; Murphy, 674 ; Nixon, 943 ; Wilcox, 99
Legislation. See under Congress
Policy of "conduct and example," statements (Dulles),
148, 149
Problems and understanding of, address (Eleanor
Dulles), 61
Review of, address and statements : Dulles, Hagerty,
912 ; Murphy, 716
U.N. role in, excerpts from address (Wilcox), 403
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1941, Vol. IV,
The Far East, published, 250
Foreign Relations of the United States, 1942, China,
published, 937
Foreign Service (see also State Department) :
Ambassadors and minister, appointments and confir-
mations, 213, 250, 294, 366, 650, 902, 937, 970
American consul, functions of the, address (Donald-
son), 602
Articles and pamphlets on, list, 419
Boteler, William P., death of, 21
Confirmation of director. Office of Economic Affairs,
U.S. Mission to NATO and European Regional
Organizations, 168
Consular agency at Rio Grande, Brazil, closing, 214
Consular agents, convention (1928) defining duties,
rights, prerogatives, and immunities of, 650
Consular jurisdiction in Morocco, relinquishment, 844
Consular officers, agreement with Yugoslavia concern-
ing reciprocal customs privileges for. 398
Consulate at Georgetown, British Guiana, reestablish-
ment, 460
Consulate general at Tunis, Tunisia, elevated to embassy
status, 214
Consulates elevated to consulate general status :
Melbourne, Australia, 689 ; Rotterdam, the Nether-
lands, 5.30
Examination announced, 528
Foreign Service Institute : A Year in Review, article
( Iloskins ) , 415
Foreign Service Institute Advisory Committee, 3d meet-
ing and member.s, 606
Legation at Budapest, Hungary, U.S. note protesting
interruption of communications with, 980
Resignations, .366, 902
Selection Boards, 10th, meeting and membership, 529
Foreign trade. Sec Trade
Formosa. See China, Republic of
Forthomme, P. A., 894
Poster, William Z., 721
France :
Algeria. See Algeria
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 475
Customs union with Tunisia, 897
Heads of State meeting, Swiss proposal for, text of
invitation, 839
Hungarian question, request for inscription on Security
Council agenda, 757
Imports, complaints against restrictions on, 898
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement and minute of
understanding with U.S., 901
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 969
Atomic energy, peaceful uses of, agreements with
U.S., 9, 901
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 128
Index, Juiy to December 7956
450627—58 3
1025
France — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Double taxation on income, convention supplement-
ing 1939 and 1946 conventions with U.S. for avoid-
ance, 9, 85, 213
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending in-
ternational convention (1949) regarding, 168
GATT, proces verbal of rectification, 782
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions,
168
German trade-marks in Italy, memorandum of under-
standing regarding, 168
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion, constitution, 213
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding fi-
nancial support, 127
Nuclear power, agreement with U.S. concerning pro-
duction of, 42
Property, rights and interests in Germany, agree-
ments relating to the Arbitration Tribunal and
Arbitral Commission on, 398, 497, 605
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245n
Tangier, protocols and final declaration concerning,
328, 830, 842
Taxation of U.S. exijenditures in France for com-
mon defense, agreement with U.S. amending 1952
agreement relating to relief from, 970
Weather station on Guadeloupe Island, agreement
with U.S. for establishment and operation, 605
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 970
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 970
U.S. aid. 320, 988
Visits to U.S. :
Foreign Minister, welcoming statement (Murphy)
and joint communique, 7, 8
Journalists to observe U.S. elections, 666
Parliamentary group, 451
Franklin, Benjamin, 669, 671, 723
Free Poland, use of ship's flag, texts of Polish note of
protest and U.S. reply, 376
Freedom, In the Cause of Peace and, address (Nixon),
943
Freedom and Despotism, The Contest Between, address
(Dulles), 3
Freers, Edward, 566
Friendship, commerce and navigation, treaties with —
Germany, Federal Republic of, 42, 85, 167; Korea, Re-
public of, 935, 937 ; Netherlands, 168, 605 ; Nicaragua,
168, 605
Pulbright, Sen. J. W., 226, 720
Fulbright Act (sec also Educational exchange program),
publication marking 10th anniversary, 329
Fur seals. North Pacific conference on, negotiations, ad-
dress (Murphy), 717
Garner, Robert L., 248, 4.56
GATT. See Tariffs and trade, general agreement on
General agreement on tariffs and trade. See Tariffs and
trade, general agreement on
General Assembly, U.N. (see also United Nations) :
Aggression, Special Committee on the Question of De-
fining, meeting and U.S. representative, 634, 731
Documents, lists of, 126, 327, 564, 688, 900, 930, 1003
11th session :
Agenda, provisional, 777 ; supplementary items, 780
Chinese representation in U.N., ijostponement of con-
sideration, 855
Problems confronting, addresses : Hoover, 835 ; Wil-
cox, 773
U.S. delegation, confirmation, 212
Hungarian question. See under Hungarian question
Palestine question. See under Israeli hostilities
Resolutions :
Human rights, advisory services in the field of,
establishing, 362
Hungarian question, 803, 806, 807, 870, 871, 960, 963,
067, 979
Palestine question, 793, 794, 795
Refugees, assistance to, 967
Suez Canal problem, 754, 793, 794, 795, 917, 918
U.N. refugee program, 967
UNKRA, progress of work in the Republic of Korea,
969
Suez Canal problem. Sec under Suez Canal
Geneva ambassadorial talks, U.S. -Communist China :
Negotiations concerning detention and release of
U.S. civilians, "renunciation of force" principle,
and question of relaxation of U.S. trade restric-
tions, 267, 277, 312, 553
Progress of negotiations, addresses : Jones, 277 ; Lodge,
355 ; Murphy, 718
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners of
war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 213, 430, 689
Genocide, convention (1948) on the prevention and pun-
ishment of the crime of, 213, 528
Geological Congress, International, U.S. delegation to 20th
session, 429
Geophysical Year, International. See International Geo-
physical Tear
George, Sen. Walter F., 412, 696, 726, 912
Germany:
Berlin. See Berlin
Documents on German Foreign Policy, 1918-19^5 {The
Last Months of Peace, Mareh-Aiigust 1939), series
D, vol. VI, published, 169
Foreign armed forces in, reduction of, relationship to
reunification, 299, 301, 305
Reunification :
Federal Republic appeal for, texts of note to U.S.
and memorandum to Soviet Union, 485
Free elections, Soviet promise and U.S. support for,
4, 632
Senator Flanders' proposal regarding, statement
(Dulles), 52
Statements (Dulles) , 47, 148, 482
U.S. position, letter (Eisenhower) and address
(Conant), 106, 107
U.S.-French joint communique regarding, 8
Trade-marks in Italy, German, memorandum of under-
standing regarding, 168
U.S. policy toward, address (Eleanor Dulles), 64
1026
Department of Slate Bulletin
Germany, East :
U.N. Expanded Program of Technical Assistance, ques-
tion of participation in, statement (Hoffman), 997
Uprising of June 17, 3d anniversary, letter (Eisen-
liower) and address (Conant), 106, 107
Germany, Federal Republic of :
Amerikahaus at Niirnberg, remarks (Conant) on open-
ing, 766
Arbitration Tribunal and Arbitral Commission on prop-
erty, rights and interests in Germany. See Arbitra-
tion Tribunal and Arbitral Commission
Armed forces, commitment to NATO, statement
(Dulles), 182
Germany, reunification of: See under Germany
Mixed Board, appointment of U.S. member, 60
Mixed Commission, appointment of U.S. member, 60
Property, rights and interests in Germany, Arbitra-
tion Tribunal and Arbitral Commission on. See
Arbitration Tribunal and Arbitral Commission
Rearmament, question of, statement (Dulles), 148
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 84, 128
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air. International, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
External debts, German, agreement on, 901
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Friendship, commerce and navigation, treaty VFith
U.S., 42, 85, 167
GATT, procC-s verbal and amending protocols, 328,
460
Military equipment, materials, and services, agree-
ment with U.S. for sale of, 633, 650
Postal convention (1952), universal, extension to
Land Berlin, 430
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245w
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 970
Visit of Deputy Under Secretary Murphy, announce-
ment, 550
Visit of journalists to U.S. to observe elections, 666
Gibbon, Cecil E., 25
Gibraltar, extension by U.K. of German external debts
agreement to, 901
Goedhart, G. J. van Heuven, 244, 246, 454, 965
Gold Coast:
Election in, significance of, statement (Sears), 247
World Health Organization, membership, 430
Good-partnership policy in Latin America, address (Age-
ton ), 847, 8.53
Grand Turk oceanographic research station, agreement
between U.S. and U.K. for establishment, 922, i)37
Grant-aid. See Economic and technical aid
Gray, Gordon, 840
Great Lakes Basin compact, legislation proposing, state-
ment of Department's views (Cowles), 421
Greece :
Prime Minister, visit to U.S., 840
Tariff concessions granted U.S. on imports of auto-
mobiles and trucks, GATT, 117
Greece — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 497
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 213
NAT, agreement (1951) on status, national repre-
sentatives and international staff, 1006
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding finan-
cial support, 127
Status of U.S. forces in Greece, agreement with U.S.
regarding, 565
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 937
U.S. aid, 234, 320
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 2.50
Visit of journalists to U.S. to observe elections, 666
Green, Sen. Theodore Francis, 726
Greenbaum, Edward S., 212
Greenland, Faroe Islands, and Iceland, agreement on
joint financing of air navigation services in, 429, 969
Gruber, Karl, 736
Guadeloupe, agreement between U.S. and France for es-
tablishment and operation of weather station on, 605
Guatemala :
Central American free-trade area proposal, participa-
tion, 897
Communist subversion in, address (Lodge), 3!53
Panamil meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, research reactor agreement
with U.S., 306, 398
Atomic Energy Agency, Intcirnational, statute, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade,
and use of, 128
Visas, gratis nonimmigrant, agreement with U.S. pro-
viding for, 42
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168, 862
U.S. aid, 319
Guiana, British, reestablishment of U.S. consulate, 460
Gundersen, Oscar, 962
Habibia College, Kabul, Afghanistan, U.S. aid in rebuild-
ing, 886
Hadsel, Fred L., 497
Hagen, John P., 282
Hagerty, James C, 749, 879, 912
Haiti :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions, 528
Panamd meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, declaration, 220
U.S. aid, 320
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 937
Hamady, Daniel F., 899
Index, July fo December J 956
1027
Hammarskjold, Dag:
Contribution to world peace, address (Hoover), 838
Message, reports, and statement :
Dedication of plaque at U.N. headquarters honoring
Korean war dead, 119
Presentation of Nansen Medal to Mrs. Dorothy D.
Houghton, 434
Report to General Assembly regarding the withdrawal
of British and French forces from Egypt and in-
struction to U.N. Emergency Force, 952
Suez Canal, arrangements for clearing, 915
U.N. Emergency Force, basic points for presence and
functioning in Egypt, 915
Han, Pyo Wook, 722
Hannah, John A., 727
Hare, Raymond A., 366, 756
Harley, John H., 326
Harriman, E. Roland, 764
Haskins, William F., 483»
Health and sanitation, agreement with Colombia extend-
ing 1950 agreement for cooperative program, 85
Health Organization, World :
Associate members admitted, 430
Diseases and causes of death, additional regulations
amending nomenclature regulations, 430
Hearst, William Randolph, Jr., 727
Heffelfinger, Mrs. Elizabeth E., 226
Helfert, Howard W., 444
Helmand Valley, Afghanistan, U.S. aid to survey poten-
tialities for development of, 222
Hendrickson, Robert C, 902
Hgirtaaf, Mrs. Diana, 701n.
Highway maintenance, Export-Import Bank loan to Iran
for, 378
Hill, Robert C, 310
Hodgson, Ralph E., 525
HofCman, Paul G., 212, 994
Holland, Henry F., 498
Holmes, Julius, 214, 412
Holy See. See Vatican City
Honduras :
Central American free-trade area proposal, participa-
tion, 897
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Double taxation on income, convention with U.S. for
avoidance of, 68, 85, 213
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention
and agreements on money orders and parcel post,
689
Wheat agreement ( 1956) , international, 970
U.S. recognition of new government, 703
Hoover, Herbert, Jr. :
Address and statements :
Civil aviation policies, international, 845
Travel to Communist China, President's view on, 376
U.N. General Assembly, 11th session, tasks confront-
ing, 835
Appointment as U.S. representative to ANZUS Council
meeting, 839
Hoover, Herbert, Jr. — Continued
Resignation, 970
U.S. offer of food to relieve shortages in Poland, letters,
55, 151
Hopkins, John A., 460
Hord, Warner H., 768
Hoskins, Harold B., 415
Hosmer, Orville, 811
Houghton, Mrs. Dorothy D., 453
Housing, U.S., Polish experts visit to study, 840
Housing Committee (ECB), U.S. delegation to 13th ses-
sion, 899
Howard, George S., 194
Human rights, advisory services in the field of :
U.N. actions, 362, 363, 388, 772
U.S. support of program, 361
Women, U.S. proposal for seminar on citizenship edu-
cation for, statement and letter (Baker), 360
Human Rights, Interdepartmental Committee on Foreign
Policy Relating to, functions and membership, 443
Human Rights Day (1956), U.N., statement (Eisen-
hower) and iiroclamation, 949, 950
Humphrey, Sen. Hubert H., 212, 967
Humphreys, Sen. Robert, 263
Hungarian question :
Address and statements: Dulles, Allen, 877; Dulles,
John Foster, 697, 700, 756; Eisenhower, 700, 743,
760, 949; Hoover, 835; Lodge, 757ji, 758, 759, 761,
800, 804, 805, 856, 867, 961, 964, 975, 977 ; Murphy,
907, 908; Nixon, 945, 947; Wadsworth, 869, 923;
White, 701, 949 ; White House, 795, 796
Armed forces, Soviet, Intervention in Hungary :
Soviet position :
Addresses : Allen Dulles, 877 ; Murphy, 908, 909
Text of Soviet statement, 746
U.S. concern, addresses and statements : Dulles, 697,
700, 756 ; Eisenhower, 700, 743 ; Lodge, 757?t; White,
701, 949
General Assembly, actions and deliberations of the
emergency session :
Relief aid to Hungary, statements. Lodge, 804, 805;
Wadsworth, 806 ; text of resolution, 807
Soviet activities in Hungary, statements (Lodge), 800,
804
Withdrawal of Soviet troops from Hungary and U.S.
proposal for investigation of situation by U.N.,
statements (Lodge), 802, 805; texts of resolutions,
803, 806
General Assembly, actions and deliberations of the 11th
session :
Agenda, U.S. support for inscription of Hungarian
question on, statement (Lodge), 856
Development of events and proposals for admission
of U.N. observers, statements (Lodge), 867, 961,
975, 976; texts of resolutions, 871, 960, 963
Refugees and relief aid to Hungary, statements
(Knowland), 870, 966 ; texts of resolutions, 871, 967
Resolutions, 870, 871, 960, 963, 967, 979
Secretary-General's offer to visit Hungary, state-
ments (Lodge), 961, 964, 976, 978; text of resolu-
tion, 979
1028
Department of State Bulletin
Hungarian question — Continued
General Assembly — Continued
Soviet deportations from Hungary, statements,
Lodge, 868; Wadsworth, 869; texts of resolutions,
870, 871, 960
Soviet refusal to comply with U.N. resolutions,
address and statement : Hoover, 835 ; Lodge, 961
Soviet violation of U.N. charter, condemnation of,
and reiteration of request for withdrawal of Soviet
forces, statements (Lodge), 975, 977; text of reso-
lution, 979
Human rights, Soviet denial of, statement (Eisen-
hower), 949
NAC ministerial meeting, communique supporting U.N.
efforts, 982
Refugees and relief aid (see also under General As-
sembly supra) :
President's Committee for Hungarian Refugee Relief,
functions and members, 980
U.S. aid, 764, 807, 871, 872
U.S. coordinator for, 948
U.S. offer of asylum and welcome to U.S., announce-
ment and remarks (Eisenhower), 913
U.S. relief agencies aiding, listed, 873, 874
Vice President Nixon's trip to Austria to study prob-
lems of, 979
Security Council deliberations :
Agenda, U.S.-U.K.-French request concerning, letter,
757
Hungarian negotiations with Soviets for withdrawal
of forces, statement (Lodge), 761
Hungarian request regarding its neutrality, state-
ment (Lodge) and letter, 760, 761n
Review of situation, statements (Lodge), 759, 761
U.S. and Soviet positions, statements (Lodge), 758,
759
U.S. draft resolution, statement (Lodge) and text,
763
U.S. efforts and policy, address, statement, and cor-
respondence : Eisenhower, 796, 803 ; Nixon, 945,
947 ; White House, 795
U.S. Legation at Budapest :
Legation message regarding U.S. personnel, 701n
Soviet military action before, U.S. protest, 949
Telegraphic communication with, US. protest of in-
terruption of, 701, 980
Hungary :
Invitation to observe U.S. elections, 550, 665
Minister to U.S., credentials, 180
Refugees and displaced persons. See under Hungarian
question
Soviet intervention in. See Hungarian question
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Cultural property, convention (1954) and protocol for
protection in event of armed conflict, 168, 565
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 650
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
213
Hungary — Continued
U.S. aid, 320, 763
U.S. Minister, confirmation, 250
Hunt, Herold C, 226
Hyde, H. Van Zile, 496
Hydroelectric power development in Uruguay, Interna-
tional Bank Loan, 781
IAEA, gee Atomic Energy Agency, International
ICA. See International Cooperation Administration
ICAO. See International Civil Aviation Organization
lee Patrol, North Atlantic, agreement regarding financial
support of, 127, 128, 168
Iceland :
Foreign Minister, invitation to visit Washington, 542
NATO forces and base in, importance of, and question
of withdrawal from Iceland, statements (Dulles),
49, 51
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, negotiations and agreements on joint
financing, 429, 969
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Claims of Icelandic insurance companies, agreement
with U.S. regarding settlement, 937
Copyright convention (1952), universal, 605
Defense agreement (1951) with U.S., question of con-
tinuation :
Correspondence and statements on proposed nego-
tiations, 49, 51, 193, 579
Discussions and joint communique, 580
Icelandic delegation recommendation, 308
NAC recommendation for continuance, 306
Employment at s«a, convention (1936) fixing mini-
mum age for, 650
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending in-
ternational convention (1949) regarding, 168, 936
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245»
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 937
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 937
ICEM. See Intergovernmental Committee for European
Migration
ICJ. See International Court of Justice
IFC. See International Finance Corporation
IGY. See International Geophysical Year
IJC. See International Joint Commission (U.S.-
Canada)
Illinois waterway, legislation proposing diversion of Lake
Michigan waters into, memorandum of disapproval
(Eisenhower) and text of Canadian note, 357
ILO. See International Labor Organization
Immigration :
Adopted foreign-born orphans, statement (Eisenhower),
768
Legislation, proposed revisions, letters (Eisenhower,
Watkins), 194
Proclamations establishing quotas for : Sudan, 152 ;
Tunisia, 557
fndex, July fo December 7956
1029
Immunities Act, International Organizations, provisions,
457
Imports (see also Tariff policy, U.S.; and Trade) :
Commercial samples and advertising material, interna-
tional convention (19.52) to facilitate the importa-
tion of, 782
Dollar imports into Austria, relaxation of controls, 633
Increase in U.S. imports from Latin America, 984 ;
chart, 9SG
Private road vehicles, customs convention (1954) on
temporary imijortation, 294
Income tax, conventions for avoidance of double taxa-
tion. See Double taxation
India :
Book exchange program with U.S., 323
Heads of State meeting, Swiss proposal for, text of
invitation, 839
Prime Minister, visit to U.S. :
Postponement, 53
Renewed invitation, acceptance of, 879
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S. for
purchase, 454, 565
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of
agreement, 249
Flood relief assistance, emergency, agreement with
U.S. providing, 738
GATT, 5th protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules, 970
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 249
UNESCO, 9th General Conference, importance to India,
address (AVilcox), 520
U.S. aid, 493, 494
U.S. Ambassador, appointment (Bunkei), 937; resigna-
tion (Cooper), 366
U.S.-Indian relations, statement (Dulles), 150
Indonesia :
Book exchange program with U.S., 323
Communist subversion in, address (Jones), 276
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
GATT. protocol of terms of accession of Japan, 85
Postal convention (1952), universal, 213
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 970
U.S. aid, 273, 638
U.S. policy, address (Jones), 275, 279
Indo-Pacific Fisheries Council, revision of agreement at
6th session, 830
Industrial development center, Philippines, functions, ad-
dress (Jones), 637
Information, scientific, exchange during IGY, 884
Informational media guaranty program, U.S. :
Burma, agreement with, 937
Israel, proposed program for, 223
Inspection proposals, mutual. See ntulcr Disarmament
Instituto de Intercambio Cultural Argentino-Norteameri-
cano, 375
Intelligence Agency, Central, functions, address (Allen
Dulles), 874
Interagency Committee on Food and Agriculture Organ-
ization, functions and membership, 443
Inter-American Commission of Women, report on 11th
assembly (Lee), 562
Inter-American Committee of Presidential Representa-
tives, 1st meeting, statement (Milton Eisenhower)
and text of final communique, 511, 513
Inter-American Conference, 1st, meeting commemorat-
ing. See Panamd meeting
I ntei--American convention (1948) on granting of political
rights to women, 528
Inter-American Institute of Agricultural Sciences, Turri-
alba, Costa Rica, U.S. aid, 512
Inter-American problems. See Latin America
Inter-American radio communications convention (1937),
862
Inter-American Symposium on Nuclear Energy, U.S. pro-
posal, 513
Inter-American Travel Congresses, announcement of essay
contest on international travel, 604
Interdepartmental Committee on Education Activities in
International Organizations, functions and member-
ship, 443
Interdepartmental Committee on Foreign Policy Relat-
ing to Human Rights, functions and membership, 443
Interdepartmental Committee on International Labor
Policy, functions and membership, 443
Interdepartmental Committee on International Social
Welfare Policy, functions and membership, 443
Interdepartmental Committee on Narcotics, functions and
membership, 443
Interdepartmental Committee on Non-Self-Governlng
Territories, functions and membership, 443
Interdepartmental Committee on Trade Agreements,
notice regarding tariff negotiations with Cuba, 646
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration,
constitution, 213
International Atomic Energy Agency. See Atomic Energy
Agency, International
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development
(see also International Finance Corporation) :
Aid to less developed countries, address (Bowie), 140
Articles of agreement, 528
Boards of Governors meeting, remarks (Eisenhower),
551
Loans to —
Australia, 1004 ; Colombia, 67 ; Costa Rica, 559 ; Italy,
682 ; Nicaragua, 890 : Uruguay, 781
Rei)orts on financial activities, 323, 854
International Civil Aviation Organization :
Air navigation conference, 3d, U.S. delegation, 527
Airport charges, international conference on, U.S. dele-
gation, 768
Joint financing conference to revise the Danish and Ice-
landic agreements for air-navigation services, 429
Protocol concerning meetings of the Assembly, 650
Special Caribbean regional air navigation meeting, U.S.
delegation, 829
U.S. alternate representative, appointment, 444
International Commission. Northwest Atlantic fisheries,
protocol amending 1949 convention regarding, 128,
168, 936
International conference on public education, 19th, U.S.
delegation, 126
1030
DepartmenI of State Bulletin
International Congress and Exposition of Photogram-
metry. 8th, U.S. delegation, 211
International Cooperation Administration (sec also Eco-
nomic and technical aid and Mutual security) :
Book exchange program, 323, 324
Deputy director for management (Scott), confirmation,
213
Designation as agency for transfer of funds required
for ocean freight costs of certain shipments of sur-
plus agricultural commodities, 780
Obligations in fiscal year 1956, chart, 645
Seattle reception center, establishment, 460
International Court of Justice, statute of, declaration
recognizing compulsory jurisdiction, 430, 936
International Dairy Congress, 14th, U.S. delegation, 525
International Dairy Federation, functions, 526
International Federation of University Women, functions,
175
International Finance Corporation (see also Interna-
tional Banls) :
Articles of agreement, 248, 249, 366, 689, 1005
Boolvlet on operating policies and procedures, published,
456
Designation as public international organization, text
of Executive order, 634
Establishment, progress toward, 387
Functions and importance, statement (Baker), 396
International Geological Congress, U.S. delegation to
20th session, 429
International Geophysical Year, 1957-58 :
Arctic ice, reciprocal aerial observation of, U.S. pro-
posal for agreement and Soviet reply, announce-
ments, article (Atwood), and texts of notes, 508,
883, 953
Satellite program, address (Odishaw), 280
A 20th-century Achievement in International Coop-
eration, article (Atwood), 880
International Ice Patrol, agreement regarding financial
support, 127, 128, 168
InternationalJoint Commission (U.S.-Canada) :
Passamaquoddy Tidal Power Project, investigation of
hydroelectric power jwssibilities, 322
St. Lawrence and Lake Ontario, supplementary order
of approval regulating waters of, text, 227
International Labor Office, Governing Body, U.S. delega-
tion to 133d session, 829
International Labor Organization :
American States members, U.S. delegation to 6th re-
gional conference, 458
Constitution, 069
Preparatory technical maritime conference, U.S. dele-
gation, 526
International Monetary Fund, articles of agreement, 528
International organizations, protocol concerning applica-
tion of universal copyright convention (1952) to works
of, 782, 936
International Organizations Immunities Act, provisions
extended to :
International Finance Corporation, 634
World Meteorological Organization, 457
International Physiological Congress, 20th, 248
International Radio Consultative Committee (ITU), U.S.
delegation to 8th plenary assembly, 327
International Society of Photogrammetry, functions, 212
International Telecommunication Union, U.S. delegation
to 8th plenary assembly of the International Radio
Consultative Committee, 327
International Union of Physiological Sciences, U.S. dele-
gation to 1st general assembly, 247
Investment of private capital abroad :
Address (Bowie), 136, 139
Asia, problems of foreign investors in, address (Jones),
639
Establishment of IFC to stimulate, 248
Investment guaranties, agreement with Jordan, 689
Latin America, increase in, 318, 986, 987
Paraguay, incentives for U.S. capital, address ( Ageton),
851
Underdeveloped countries, statement (Baker), 393
U.S. efforts to expand, address (Thibodeaux), 810
Iran :
Amity, economic relations, and consular rights, treaty
with U.S., 168, 605
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Genocide, convention (1948) on the prevention and
punishment of the crime of, 528
Peace treaty with Japan, 430
U.S. aid, 263, 378
Iraqi troops in Jordan, question of, statement (Dulles),
658
Ireland :
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 128
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 605
Ismay, Lord, 982
Israel :
Arab-Israeli dispute. See Arab-Israeli dispute and
Israeli hostilities
Cultural, scientific, and humanitarian projects in, U.S.
proposals, statement (Dulles) and announcement,
222, 223
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Travel to, U.S. restrictions on, 756
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 497
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Customs tariffs, protocol modifying 1890 convention
for creation of international union for publication
of, 212
Educational exchange program, agreement with U.S.
224, 294
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 689
German external debts, agreement on, 901
International Court of Justice, statute, 936
Plant protection convention ( 1951 ) , international, 650
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245m.
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 830
Index, July to December 1956
1031
Israel — Continued
U.S. citizens, evacuation from, 798
U.S. policy, address (Eisenhower), 744
Israeli hostilities with Egypt :
Addresses and statements : Dulles, 751, 754, 755 ; Eisen-
hower, 699, 744; Hagerty, 749; Hoover, 835, 836;
Lodge, 748, 749, 751, 787, 789, 790, 791, 792, 914;
Murphy, 719, 910, 911 ; Phillips, 176 ; White House,
749, 795
General Assembly actions and deliberations:
Advisory Committee to the U.N. Emergency Force,
statement (Lodge), 791, 792; text of resolution 794
Cease-fire proposal, statement (Lodge), 790; test of
resolution, 793
Resolutions, 754, 793, 794, 795, 917
U.N. Command, proposed establishment, statement
(Lodge) , 790 ; text of resolution, 793
U.N. Emergency Force, proposed establishment, state-
ments : Dulles, 755 ; Lodge, 789, 790, 791 ; text of
resolution, 793
U.S. draft resolution and review of situation, state-
ments (Dulles) , 751, 753, 7.54, 755
U.S. offer to transport U.N. force to Egypt, statement
(Lodge), 792
U.S. proposal for permanent solution, statement
(Lodge), 788
U.S. proposal referring Middle East question to 11th
General Assembly, statements (Lodge), 792; text
of resolution, 795
Withdrawal of forces from Egypt, statements : Dulles,
755 ; Lodge, 789, 790, 791, 792, 914 ; texts of resolu-
tions, 794, 917
Israeli mobilization, reported, U.S. concern, statement
(Eisenhower), 699
NAO ministerial meeting, communique urging perma-
nent solution, 982
Security Council deliberations :
Agenda, adoption of, statement (Lodge), 748
Soviet proposal for intervention of U.S. and Soviet
forces in Egypt, letters (Eisenhower, Bulganin)
and statements, 791, 795, 796
U.S. proposal for cease-fire and withdrawal of Israeli
forces, statements (Lodge), 749, 751 ; text of resolu-
tion, 750
U.S. request for special meeting, letter (Lodge), 747
U.N. actions for settlement (see also General Assembly
and Security Council supra), 176, 383, 835, 836
U.S. citizens and property in the Middle East, protection
of, 700, 756, 798, 799
U.S. efforts for solution, addresses, messages, and state-
ment : Ei-senhower, 744, 797 ; Murphy, 719, 910, 911 ;
White House, 749
Italy :
Aerial photography demonstration, congratulatory mes-
sage (Eisenhower), 715
International Bank loan, 682
Military housing in, U.S., financing, 235
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements with U.S., 168,
901
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 936
Italy — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Child-feeding programs, agreement with U.S., 510
Copyright convention (1952), universal, and related
protocols, 782
Double taxation on estates, income, and inheritances,
conventions with U.S. for avoidance of, 737, 738,
862
German trade-marks in Italy, memorandum of under-
standing regarding, 1()8
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding finan-
cial support, 127
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending inter-
national convention (1949) regarding, 128
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245n.
Tangier, protocols and final declaration concerning,
328, 830, 842
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 565
U.S. aid, 320
U.S. Ambassador, appointment (Zellerbach), 902;
resignation (Luce), 902
U.S. mutual security aid, continuation of, 988
Visit of journalists to U.S. to observe elections, 666
ITU. See International Telecommunication Union
Jackson, William H., 879
Japan :
Atomic energy experts, visit to U.S., 451
Cotton exports to U.S., question of restrictions on.
address (Phleger) and texts of notes, 14, 554
Economic relationship to South Asia, address (Young),
347
Export-Import Bank loan, 558
International North Pacific Fisheries Commission,
meeting, 717
North Pacific fur seal conference, negotiations, address
(Murphy), 717
Nutrition education program in, 233
Okinawa, U.S. position regarding, statements : Allison,
60 ; Dulles, 183, 408
Rearmament, question of, statement (Dulles), 148
Belief aid to Ryukyu Islands, 993
Textile exports to U.S., question of U.S. restrictions
on, address (Phleger), 14
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, surplus, agreement suj)-
plementing the understandings to the 1956 agree-
ment with U.S., 970, 1006
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Civil aviation convention (1954), international, pro-
tocol amending, 650
Economic development and military housing, loan
agreement with U.S., 325
Finance Corporation, International, articles of
agreement, 249
GATT, 5th protocol of rectifications and modifica-
tions to texts of schedules, 970
GATT, protocol of rectification to French text of, 830
GATT, protocol on terms of accession of Japan, 565
1032
Department of State Bulletin
Japan — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Peace treaty (1951), 96, 249, 430
Peace treaty negotiations with Soviet Union, address
and statements: (Dulles, Murphy), 406, 480, 578,
718 ; text of U.S. aide memoire, 484
Publications, official, agreement with U.S. relating to
exchange of, 497
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 937
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 937
U.N. membership, U.S. support, address and state-
ments : Dulles, 660 ; Hoover, 837 ; Wadsworth, 244,
326
U.S. aid, 272
U.S. Ambassador, appointment, 970
U.S. military housing in, financing, 235
U.S. policy toward, statement (Allison), 60
Jews, Soviet policy toward, address (Murphy), 909
Johnson, Lt. Gen. Leon, 263n
Johnston, Clement D., 727
Jones, G. Lewis, 294
Jones, Howard P., 274, 635, 856
Jones, Lewis Webster, 727
Jones, Richard Lee, 212, 997
Jonsson, Emil, 542, 580
Jordan :
Evacuation of U.S. citizens from, 798
Iraqi troops in, question of, statement (Dulles), 658
Israeli-Jordan border incidents, statements (Dulles),
549, 660
Reported movement of Syrian military equipment into,
659, 660
Travel to, U.S. restrictions on, 756
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Investment guaranties, agreement with U.S., 689
Narcotic drugs, convention (1931) limiting manu-
facture and distribution, 862
Juliana of the Netherlands, 453, 454
Justice, International Court of, statute, 430, 936
Kadar, Janos, 802
Kalijarvi, Thorsten V., 521, 667, 723
Kaplan, Joseph, 281
Karamanlis, Constantine, 840
Katzen, Bernard, 222, 223
Keating, Rep. Kenneth B., 550, 552
Kellogg, Frank B., 14
Kepner, Fred, 194
Khrushchev, Nikita, 4, 48, 49, 265
Klimov, Grlgori P., 274
Knowland, Sen. William F., 212, 726, 870, 965
Korea :
Armistice agreement :
Communist violations of, addresses : Jones, 277 ;
Lodge, 355
Unified Command report concerning Communist
violations and suspension of NNSC inspection
activities, 390
Index, July 'o December 1956
Korea — Continued
Communist aggression in :
Addresses : Merchant, 58, 59 ; Robertson, 267
U.N. action to resist, address (Phillips), 176
U.S. and Communist policies in, address (Murphy), 718
Korea, Republic of :
Art collection, selection for U.S. loan exhibition, 515
Communist threat to, U.S. aid as deterrent, address
(Jones), 278
International Bank membership, 323
Reconstruction by UNKRA, progress of, statement
( Humphrey ) and General Assembly resolution, 967,
969
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreements amending 1956
agreement with U.S., 398, 782
Air transport agreement with U.S., proposed dis-
cussions concerning, 722
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Friendship, commerce and navigation, treaty with
U.S., 935, 937
Mutual defense assistance, agreement with U.S. for
disposition of equipment and materials, 329
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168
U.N. membership, U.S. support, address and state-
ments : Hoover, 837 ; Wadsworth, 244, 326
U.S. aid, 270
Korean Reconstruction Agency, U.N., progress of work
in the Republic of Korea, statement (Humphrey)
and General Assembly resolution, 967, 969
Korean war dead, dedication of plaque at U.N. head-
quarters honoring, statements ( Hammarskjold,
Lodge, Walker), 119, 120
Kos, Peter, 180
Kotschnig, Walter, 561
Kreisler, Mr. and Mrs. Bernard, 701n.
Krieg, William L., 735
Kudryavtsev, V. L., 665
Labor, Communist use of forced and slave, U.N. efforts
to combat, address (Phillips), 176
Labor, migrant, agreement with Mexico amending 1951
agreement, as amended and extended, 213
Labor Office, International, U.S. delegation to 133d ses-
sion of Governing Body, 829
Labor Organization, International. See International
Labor Organization
Labor policy, international, functions and membership of
interdepartmental committee on, 443
Lacarte Muro, Julio A., 542
Lacy, William S. B., 366
Lake Michigan, legislation proposing diversion of waters
from, memorandum of disapproval (Eisenhower) and
text of Canadian note, 357
Lake Ontario, IJC supplementary order of approval regu-
lating waters of, text, 227
Lall, Arthur S., 962
Laos:
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relat-
ing to, 128, 212
1033
Laos — Continued
Civil aviation convention (1954), international, proto-
col amending, G50
U.S. aid, 271, 272
Latin America {see also Inter-American and individual
countries) :
Caribbean, ICAO special, regional air navigation meet-
ing, U.S. delegation, 829
Caribbean Commis.sion, apiiointment of U.S. Commis-
sioner and delegation to 23d meeting, 285, 1002
Central American free-trade area, proposed formation,
893, 897
Economic and trade relations with U.S., article (Cul-
bertson, Lederer), US3
Economic development in, statement (Baker), 290
Export-Import Bank loans, 558
Labor problems, Cth regional conference of American
States members of the ILO on, 4.58
Noninterference in internal affairs of others, principle
of, statement (Dulles), 579
Organization of American States. See Organization of
American States
Panamd meeting of Presidents of American Republics.
See Panamd meeting
U.N. Economic Commission for Latin America, U.S.
delegation to 1st meeting of Trade Committee, 857
U.S. aid, 317, 643, 645
U.S. investments in, statement (Baker), 395
U.S. policy in, address (Ageton), 847
Visit of U.S. atoms-for-peace team, 846
Law of the sea, U.N. actions concerning, address (Wil-
cox), 775
Lebanon :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
U.S. aid to improve transportation system, 67
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213
Lederer, Walther, 983
Lee, Mrs. Frances M., 5G2
Lee, Muna, 562
Legislation. See under Congress
Lend-lease and certain claims, agreement with Poland
for settlement of, 85, 113, 114
Lend-lease operations, transmittal of President's report
to Congress on, 195
Less developed countries. See Underdeveloped countries
Leuthold, Walter M., 687
Leverieh, Henry P., 738
Libby, Willard F., 445
Liberia :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 970
Libraries, participation in world book exchange pro-
gram, 323
Libya :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Development a.ssistance, agreement with U.S. providing
for, 213
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 213
Liechtenstein, protocol amending 1929 convention for uni-
fication of certain rules relating to international car-
riage by air, 128
Lighter flints, decision against recommendation to in-
crease tariff on, letter (Eisenhower), 888
Lightner, B. Allan, Jr., 329
Linen toweling, announcement and proclamation increas-
ing tariff on imports, 115
Lisle, Raymond E., 530
Liu Shao-chi, 266
Lleras, Alberto, 962
Loans, International Bank. See International Bank
Loans, U.S. (see also Export-Import Bank), to Latin
American countries, 318
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr. :
Addresses and statements :
Algerian question, proposal to inscribe on Security
Council agenda, U.S. position, 125
Chinese representation in U.N., 855
Communism, current aspects of the struggle with,
3.53
Disarmament, U.S. and Soviet positions, 196, 202,
203, 207
Hungarian question. See Hungarian question
Korean war dead, dedication of plaque at U.N. head-
quarters honoring, 120
Palestine question. See Israeli hostilities
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
U.N. expenses, scale of assessments for apportioning,
1001
U.S. position in today's world, 19
Confirmation as U.S. Representative to 11th session of
the General Assembly, 212
Letters and message :
Palestine question, U.S. request for Security Council
meeting to consider, 747
Radioactive fallout, U.S. offer of aid in measuring,
41
U.N. achievements, U.N. Day message, 771
London conferences on the Suez Canal problem. See
under Suez Canal
Lord. Mrs. O.swald B., 212
Los Angeles passjMrt agency, establishment, 565
Luce, Mrs. Clare Boothe, 902
Luxembourg :
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 128
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 689
GATT, 6th protocol of supplementary concessions, 528
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245«
MacArthur, Douglas, II, 970
Macdonald, Thomas L., 839
Macovescu, Gheorghe, 728
Magsaysay, Ramon, 10, 95
Maleter, Pal, 801
Malta, extension by U.K. of German external debts agree-
ment to, 901
Mao Tse-tung, 266
Maritime conference, ILO preparatory technical, U.S.
delegation, 526
1034
Department of State Bulletin
Marshall Islands. See Trust territories
Martino, Gaetano, 981
Mathys, Mr. and Mrs., departure from Hungary, 701n
McCarran-Walter Immigration Act, proposed legislation
revising, letters (Eisenhower, Watkins), 194
McClintock, Robert, 226
McFarlane, Hugh H., 829
McGregor, Robert G., 830
Mecca, transportation of Afghan Moslem pilgrims by U.S.
aircraft to, 25
Memminger, Robert B., 214
Mendoza, Esteban, 703
Menzies, Robert G., 460(i, 468, 472
Merchant, Livingston T., 56
Merrill, Frederick T., 294, 460
Metcalf, Woodbridge, 686
Meteorological Organization, World :
Convention, 497, 970
Designation as a public international organization and
functions, 457
Meteorological stations. See Weather stations
Mexico :
Export-Import Bank credit for railway rehabilitation,
846
Panamii meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
pul)lics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 1005
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 128
Cultural property, protocol (1954) for protection in
event of armed conflict, 168
Finance Corporation, International, articles of
agreement, 249
Migrant labor, agreement with U.S. amending 1951
agreement, 213
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 937
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168, 970
Micronesia. See Trust territories
Middle East. See Near and Middle East
Middle East Emergency Committee, formation and func-
tions, 374
Migrant labor, agreement with Mexico amending 1951
agreement, 213
Military assistance (see also Military missions. Mutual
defense, anil Mutual security) :
Agreements providing military equipment, materials,
and services, with —
Ceylon, 937; Federal Republic of Germany, G33, 650
Assistance to military units of Paraguay, address
(Ageton), 851
Effect of manpower cut on U.S. aid to NATO, statement
(Dulles), 183
Restriction on shipment of military equipment to the
Middle East, statement (White), 754
Military bases, U.S. :
Iceland, negotiations regarding. See under Iceland :
Treaties
Military bases, U. S. — Continued
Okinawa, U.S. jjosition regarding, statements: Allison,
60 ; Dulles, 183, 408
Philippines, joint statement regarding need to
strengthen (Magsaysay, Nixon), 95
Military information, exchange of. See under Disarma-
ment
Military missions, U.S. :
Air Force mission agreements with —
Argentina, 604, 605 ; Bolivia, 213 ; Nicaragua, 460
Army mission agreements with —
Bolivia, 213 ; Chile, 937 ; Peru, 528
Military advisory mission, agreement with Brazil
extending 1948 agreement, 689
Naval mission, agreement with Dominican Republic,
1006
Military program, U.S. See Mutual defense aiid Mutual
security
Mindszenty, Cardinal, 801
Minotto, James, 727
Mixed Board dealing with prisoners in German war
crimes cases, appointment of U.S. member, 60
Mixed Commission dealing with German external debts,
appointment of U.S. member, 509
Molotov, Vyacheslav M., 491
Monaco, statute of the International Atomic Energy
Agency, 738
Monetary and Financial Problems, International, Na-
tional Advisory Council on, functions and member-
ship, 443
Monetary Fund, International, articles of agreement, 528
Money orders, international, agreement with the Vatican
for exchange of, 970
Money orders, postal, convention with the Ryukyu
Islands for unilateral exchange of, 497
Morocco :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 444
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Civil aviation convention (1944), international, 862
Drugs, protocol bringing under international control
drugs outside scope of 1931 convention, as amended,
1006
Geneva conventions (1949) on treatment of prisoners
of war, wounded and sick, and civilians, 430
Narcotic drugs, convention (1931) limiting the manu-
facture and regulating the distribution of, 1005
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245n.
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes,
1005
Tangier. See Tangier
U.N. membership, address and statement: Wadsworth,
244 ; Wilcox, 773
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 213
U.S. consular jurisdiction, relinquishment of, text of
U.S. note, 844
Morse, Clarence G., 588
Mulliken, Otis E., 566
Munitions and technical data, control of international
traffic in, address (Pomeroy), 919
Index. July to December 7956
1035
Murphy, Robert :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Berlin, Symbol of Free-AVorld Determination, 668
Conversation with 1st Secretary of Hungarian Le-
gation, 701
Conversation with Prime Minister of Greece, 480
French Foreign Minister's visit to U.S., 7
Hungary and the Middle East, U.S. views on prob-
lems of, 907
U.S. efforts for release of citizens detained in Soviet
Union, 190
U.S. foreign policy, 671, 716
Visit to Germany, announcement, 550
Mutual defense. Sec Baghdad Pact, Collective security.
Military bases. Mutual defense assistance. Mutual
security. North Atlantic Treaty Organization, and
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Mutual defense assistance agreements (see also Military
missions), with —
Korea, agreement for disposition of equipment and
materials, 329
Germany, Federal Republic of, agreement for sale of
military equipment, materials, and services, 633,
650
Norway, agreement further amending annex C of 1950
agreement, 565
Pakistan, agreement for disposition of equipment and
materials, 329
Mutual Defense Assistance Control Act of 1951 (Battle
Act), Presidential determinations to continue aid un-
der, 988
Mutual security and other assistance programs (see also
Agricultural surpluses. Economic and technical aid,
and Mutual defense assistance) :
Authorization and appropriation for. Congressional
action, statements : Dulles, 53, 149 ; Eisenhower,
144
Congressional studies of, 72G, 727
Defense support to —
Asia, 270; Cambodia, 271, 272; China, Republic of,
271; Korea, Republic of, 270; Laos, 271, 272;
Philippines, 273; Spain, 68; Thailand, 272; Viet-
Nam, 271
Presidential study of, 551, 725, 726, 988
President's 10th semiannual report to Congress (Jan.
1-June 30, 1956), excerpts, 642
Reexamination, evaluation, and principles of, address
(Kalijarvi), 723
Southeast Asia, ANZUS Council meeting and list of
representatives, 839
Yugoslavia, U.S. mutual security aid, 574>!, 664
Mutual Security Program, President's Citizen Advisers
on:
Functions and membership, 551, 725, 726
Overseas trip to study foriegn aid program, itinerary
and members, 988
NAC. See North Atlantic Council
Nagy, Imre, 760, 761, 762, 800, 801
Nailler, Charles R., 1002
Narcotic drugs. See Drugs, narcotic
Narcotics, Interdepartmental Committee on, functions
and membership, 443
Nash, Frank C, 212
Nasser, Col. Gamel Abdel, 260, 336, 407, 472
National Advisory Council on International Monetary and
Financial Problems, functions and membership, 443
National Olympic Day, 1956, 768
National security, U.S. (see also Collective security and
Mutual security), disarmament as a safeguard of,
address (Wilcox), 98
NATO. See North Atlantic Treaty Organization
Nausen, Fridtjof, 453, 454
Naval mission, agreement with Dominican Republic pro-
viding for, 1006
Naval vessels. See Ships
Navigation, friendship, and commerce treaties, with —
Germany, Federal Republic of, 42, 85, 167 ; Korea, Re-
public of, 935, 937 ; Netherlands, 168, 605 ; Nicaragua,
168, 605
Near and Middle East (see also individual countries) :
Aiding victims of aggresion in, statements : Dulles, 658 ;
White House, 749
Collective security (see also Baghdad Pact), defense
exijcnditures for, 643
Economic development in, statement (Baker), 290
Evacuation of U.S. citizens from, 700, 756, 798
Palestine question. See Arab-Israeli dispute and Israeli
hostilities
Soviet influence in, address and statement; Dulles, 48;
LcKlge, 355
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Travel by U.S. citizens in, restrictions on, 756, 799
U.N. influence in, statement (Dulles), 838
U.S. policy, addresses: Eisenhower, 744, 745; Murphy,
907
U.S. -French policy, joint communique regarding, 9
Nehru, Jawaharlal, 53, 879
Nepal :
U.S. aid, 493, 495
U.S. Ambassador, appointment{ Bunker), 937; resigna-
tion (Cooper), 366
Nerren, William G., 5(>5
Netherlands :
Air transport, negotiations with U.S. resumed, 935
Lend-lease silver, return to U.S., 195
Tariff restrictions on imiwrts of U.S. wheat, 898
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, surplus, agreement with
U.S., 398
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 969
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Bills of lading, international convention (1924) for
unification of certain rules relating to, and protocol
of signature, 605, 829
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Friendship, commerce and navigation, treaty with
U.S., 168, 605
GATT, 0th protocol of supplementary concessions, 528
1036
Department of State Bulletin
Netherlands — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
International Court of Justice, statute, declaration
recognizing compulsory jurisdiction, 430
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding fi-
nancial support, 127
Nuclear power, production of, agreement with U.S., 85
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245)t
Tangier, protocols and final declaration cimcerning,
328, 830, 842
Weather stations at Curagao and St. Martin, agree-
ment with U.S. for establishment and operation, 430,
605
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 970
Wheat agreement ( 1956) , international, 213
U.S. Consulate at Rotterdam, elevation to consulate
general, 530
Visit by journalists to U.S. to observe elections, 666
Netherlands Antilles, extension of agreement regarding
financial supiwrt of the North Atlantic Ice Patrol to,
168
Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission (Korea), Uni-
fied Command report to U.N. on suspension of inspec-
tion activities and Communist obstruction to work
of, 390
Neutralism :
Asian policy, address (Young), 351
Effect on defense of U.S., statement (Dulles), 183, 184
Effect on NATO, statement (Dulles), 184
Hungarian neutralism, Soviet violation of, address
(Murphy), 909
Immoral neutralism, definition, statement ( Dulles), 147
Importance of neutral nations, address (Nixon), 948
Relationship to collective security, statement (Dulles),
147
Soviet policy regarding, address (Murphy), 720
Swiss policy of, 147
U.S. attitude toward, address (Nixon), 93
New Zealand :
ANZUS Council, meeting and list of representatives, 839
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S., 460
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Civil aviation convention (1954), international, proto-
col amending, 650
Opium, protocol (1953), regulating the production,
trade, and use of, 969
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 970
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 782
U.S. Ambassador, resignation, 902
Nicaragua :
Assassination of President, statement (Eisenhower),
573
Canal construction through Nicaragua, question of,
statement (Dulles), 574
International Bank loan for electric power develop-
ment, 890
Panama meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, declaration, 220
Nicaragua — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air Force mission, agreement with U.S. extending
1952 agreement, 460
Amateur radio, 3d party, agreement with U.S., 937
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
FriendshiiJ, commerce and navigation, treaty with
U.S., 168, 605
GATT, proces verbal, amending protocols, and dec-
laration on continued application of schedules, 970
GATT, 3d protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules, 1006
Parcel post service and insurance of parcels, agree-
ment with U.S., 42
Plant protection convention (1952), international,
430
Rama Road, agreement with U.S. amending agree-
ment for survey and construction, 366
Trade Cooperation, Organization for, agreement on,
969
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 937
Women, inter-American convention (1948) on grant-
ing of political rights to, 528
Nigeria, Federation of, membership in World Health Or-
ganization, 430
Nixon, Richard M. :
Addresses and statements :
In the Cause of Peace and Freedom, 943
Our Partnership in Creating a World of Peace, 91
U.S. military bases in Philippines, joint statement re-
garding need to strengthen, 95
U.S. relations with Pakistan, 193
U.S. policy in the Far East, 352
Visits to —
Austria, 979 ; Pakistan, 193 ; Philippines, 10
Nkrumah, Kwame, 247
NNSC. See Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission
Non-Self-Governing Territories, Interdepartmental Com-
mittee on, functions and membership, 443
Non-self-governing territories {see also Self-determination
and Trust territories), U.N. action during 1955, report
to Congress (Eisenhower), 388
North Atlantic Council :
ISth ministerial meeting:
Delegation, U.S., 951
Statements (Dulles), 912, 950, 981
Text of communique, 981
NAC recommendations regarding U.S.-Icelandie defense
agreement, letter (Andersen) and text, 306, 308
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding financial
support, 127, 128, 168
North Atlantic Planning Board for Ocean Shipping, U.S.
delegation to 8th meeting, 588
North Atlantic Treaty Organization :
Armed forces, commitments by Federal Republic of
Germany, 182, 487, 4SS, 489
Contributions to, 643
Effect of neutralism on NATO, statement (Dulles), 184
Fellowship and scholarship program, 309
Index, July fo December 7956
1037
North Atlantic Treaty Organization — Continued
Force goals, U.S. commitments, statements: Dulles, 181,
182, 183 ; Radford, 263
Forces and base in Iceland. See Iceland, Treaties:
Defense agreement with U.S.
Ground forces cut, statement (Dulles), 183
Importance of, addresses : Elbrick, 110 ; Murphy, 675
Member countries' journalists, visit to U.S., 666
National representatives and international staff, agree-
ment on status, 1006
Nonmilitary aspects, development of, addresses and
statement : Dulles, 696, 912 ; Elbrick, 111
Norway's contribution and support, address (Strong),
24
Paris meeting (September 1956), U.S. delegation, 412
Soviet efforts to destroy, address (Merchant), 57
U.S. Mission to NATO and European Regional Organi-
zations, confirmation of director, OfBce of Economic
Aftairs, 168
U.S. polic.v, address and statements : Dulles, 912 ; El-
brick, 583; Hagerty, 912
U.S.-French joint communique regarding, 8
North Pacific Fisheries Commission, International, meet-
ing, address (Murphy), 717
North Pacific fur seal conference, negotiations, address
(Murphy), 717
"Northern tier" pact. See Baghdad Pact
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending interna-
tional convention (1949), regarding annual meetings
of the International Commission, 128, 168, 936
Norway :
Postwar development, address (Strong), 22
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 969
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
GATT, procfes verbal and amending protocols, 328,
430, 460, 782
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding fi-
nancial support, 127
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending in-
ternational convention regarding, 1'28
Mutual defense assistance, agreement with U.S.
amending annex C of 1950 agreement, 565
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245ra
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 970
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 937
Visit by journalists to U.S. to observe elections, 666
Nucker, Delmas H., 35, 121, 363, 840
Nuclear energy. See Atomic energy
NUrnberg, Germany, remarks (Conant) on opening of
Amerikahaus, 766
Nyasaland, Federation of Rhodesia and Nyasaland,
GATT approval of tariff policy, 897
OAS. See Organization of American States
Oceanographic research stations, agreements with U.K.
for establishment on Barbados, 782 ; Grand Turk, 922,
937
O'Connor, Roderic L., 285, 1002
Odishaw, Hugh, 280
OEEC. See Organization for European Economic Co-
operation
Oil supply problem. See under Suez Canal
Okinawa, U.S. policy regarding, statements: Allison, 60;
Dulles, 183, 408
Olympic Day, 1946, National, 768
"Open sky" proposal of President Eisenhower. See Dis-
armament : Aerial inspection
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade, and
use of, 42, 128, 969
Organization for European Economic Cooperation, 8th
annual review, U.S. delegation to discussions on eco-
nomic policies, 496
Organization for Trade Cooperation. See Trade Coopera-
tion, Organization for
Organization of American States :
Functions of, address (Dulles), 696
Proposals to increase effectiveness. See Panamd
meeting
U.S. alternate representative, appointment, 735
Orphans, adopted foreign-born, provisions to facilitate im-
migration into U.S., 768 j
OTC. See Trade Cooperation, Organization for
Pacific, North, fur seal conference, negotiations, address
( Murphy ) , 717
Pacific, North, International Fisheries Commission, meet-
ing, address (Murphy), 717
Pacific Lslands, Trust Territory of. See Trust territories
Pact of mutual cooperation. See Baghdad Pact
Paine, Robert Treat, Jr., 515
Pakistan :
Book exchange program with U.S., 323
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, surplus, agreement with
U.S., 366, 528, 1006
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Double taxation on income, convention with U.S. for
avoidance of, proposed, 60
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Mutual defense assistance, agreement with U.S. for
disposition of equipment and materials, 329
Naval vessels, agreement with U.S. concerning finan-
cial arrangements for furnishing supplies and
services, 528
U.S. aid, 493, 495
U.S. relations with, statement (Nixon), 193
Visit to U.S. of Deputy Speaker of National Assembly,
25
Palestine Conciliation Commission, 788
Palestine question. See Arab-Israeli dispute and Israeli
hostilities
Palmer, Joseph, II, 497
Pan American Sanitary Organization, 9th meeting of the
Directing Council, U.S. delegation, 496
1038
Department of State Bulletin
Panama :
Panamii meeting of Presidents of American Republics,
declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Radio communications between amateur stations on
behalf of 3d parties, agreement with U.S., 329
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 937
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213
U.S. relations with, statement (Dulles), 578
Visit of U.S. atoms-for-peace team, 846
Panama Canal :
Internationalization, question of, statement (Dulles),
408
Question of building a second canal, statement (Dulles),
574
U.S. treaty rights regarding, statement (Dulles), 411
U.S.-Panamanian problems concerning, statement
(Dulles), 578
Panamd Meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics :
Address and statements : Dulles, 150, 408 ; Eisenhower,
219
Declaration by Presidents, text, 220
Presidential Representatives, Inter-American Commit-
tee of, l.st meeting, statement (Milton Eisenhower)
and final communique, 511, 513
U.S. proposals concerning special committee to study
improvement of OAS, text of note, 356
Para-aminosalicylic acid, tariff increase held unnecessary,
letter (Eisenhower), 321
Paraguay :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 366
Panama meeting of Presidents of American Republics,
declaration, 220
U.S. relations with, address (Ageton), 847
Paraschivescu-Balaceanu, Constantin, 728
Parcel post agreements with —
Ceylon, 782 ; Nicaragua, 42
Parliamentary group, French, visit to U.S., 451
Parsons, Howard L., 606, 722
Passamaquoddy Tidal Power Project, investigation of
hydroelectric power possibilities, 322
Passports (see also Visas) :
Agency at Los Angeles, establishment, 565
Policy for travel to Communist China, 313, 314
Restrictions and invalidation for travel in certain Mid-
dle East countries, 756, 799
Patent rights, atomic energy, tripartite agreement (U.S.-
U.K.-Canada) for disposition, announcement and
text, 540, 565
Patterson, Richard S., 9.54
Payne, Predericli Blake, 168
Paz, Gainza, 575, 576
Peace :
Addresses and statements : Adenauer, 488 ; Dulles, 313,
482, 571, 695 ; Eisenhower, 946 ; Nixon, 91, 943
Peace — Continued
Efforts of Woodrow Wilson for, 956
U.N. framework for, address (Phillips), 175
Peace treaties :
Austrian state treaty, 482, 528
Japanese treaties. See utider Japan : Treaties
Peanuts, shelled, proclamation on modification of restric-
trictions on imports, 455
Perkins, George W., 412
Persons, exchange of. See East-West contacts. Educa-
tional exchange, and Exchange of persons
Peru:
Inauguration of President-elect, U.S. delegation, 187,
221
Panama meeting of Presidents of American Republics,
declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, surplus, agreement with
U.S., 565
Army mission, agreements with U.S., 528
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Employment service program, cooperative, agreement
supplementing 1954 agreement with U.S., 862
Finance Corporation, International, articles of
agreement, 249
GATT, protocols amending, 85, 168, 430
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention
and agreements on money orders and parcel post,
689
Radio communications convention (1937), inter-
American, notice of denunciation, 862
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
366
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 497
Women, inter- American convention (1948) on grant-
ing of political rights to, 528
Visit of U.S. atoms-for-peace team, 846
Petkov, Nikola, 509
Petroleum. See Suez Canal problem : Oil supply
Petrov, Viktor Ivanovich, 377
Phenix, Spencer, 60
Philippines :
Communist threat to, U.S. aid in overcoming, address
(Jones), 279
Independence celebration, 10th anniversary:
Address (Nixon), 91
Invitation to Vice President Nixon, announcement
and letter, 10
Letter (Eisenhower), 93
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 128
Peace treaty with Japan, 249
Postal convention (1952), universal, 430
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 901
U.S. aid, 273, 636
U.S. military bases in, joint statement (Magsaysay,
Nixon) , regarding need to strengthen, 95
Phillips, Christopher H., 175
Phleger, Herman, 11
Index, July to December 1956
1039
Photogrammetry, 8th International Congress and Ex-
position of, U.S. delegation, 211
Photogrammetry, International Society of, functions, 212
Photography, aerial, Italian demonstration, message
(Eisenhower), 715
Physiological Congress, 20th International, 248
Physiological Sciences, International Union of, U.S. dele-
gation to 1st general assembly, 247
Pineau, Christian, 7
Plant protection convention (1952), international, cur-
rent actions, 212, 430, 650, 689
Plaut, James S., 951
Poland :
Communist imperialism in, remarks (Eisenhower), 702
Free Poland, use of ship's flag, texts of Polish note of
Polish note of protest and U.S. reply, 376
Housing experts, visit to U.S., 840
New government, efforts to install, address (Eisen-
hower), 743
Poznan demonstrations :
U.S. concern and views, address and statements :
Eisenhower, 552 ; Phillips, 176, 177 ; White, 55
U.S. offer of food to relieve shortages, letters
(Hoover, Starr) and Polish Red Cross telegram
declining offer, 55, 151, 152
Reported unrest in, U.S. concern, statement (Eisen-
hower), 664
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Austrian state treaty, 528
Carriage by air. International, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 128, 212
Cultural property, convention (1954) and protocol for
protection in event of armed conflict, 565
Lend-lease and certain claims, negotiations and agree-
ment with U.S. for settlement, 85, 113, 194
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
and final and additional protocols, 249
Tribuna Ludu statement regarding Nagy government
in Hungary, statement (Lodge), 801
U.S. invitation to observe elections, 550, 665
Polio vaccine, export quota established, 35S
Political rights for women, 528, 562
Pollution of Seas by Oil, U.S. National Committee for
Prevention of, 1st meeting and list of members, 521
Pomeroy, Leonard H., 915
Portugal :
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules
relating to, 128
Commercial samples and advertising material, in-
ternational convention (1952) to facilitate impor-
tation, 782
Copyright convention (1952), universal, and related
protocols, 650, 936
Naval ves.sels, U.S., agreement with U.S. for loan of,
937
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending in-
ternational convention (1949) regarding, 128
Portugal — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
Postal convention (1952), universal, 213, 430
Tangier, protocols and final declaration concerning,
328, 830, 842
Telecommimication convention (1952), international,
and protocols, 459, 460, 565
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 901
U.S. aid, 320
Portuguese overseas territories, 430, 565
Postal convention (19.52), universal, current actions, 213,
366, 430
Postal money orders, convention with the Ryukyu
Islands for unilateral exchange of, 497
Postal money orders, international, agreement with the
Vatican for exchange of, 970
Postal service for parcels and insurance of parcels,
agreement with Nicaragua, 42
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention and
agreements relative to money orders and parcel post,
current actions, 168, 689, 738
Poznan demonstrations. See under Poland
Prado Ugarteche, Manuel, 187
President's Citizen Advisers on the Mutual Security Pro-
gram, 551, 725, 726, 988
President's Committee for Hungarian Refugee Relief,
functions and members, 980
Presidents of the American Republics, Panamfi, meeting of.
See Panamd meeting
President's Special Committee on Disarmament, func-
tions and membership, 443
Press conference transcripts, statement (Dulles), 655
Priest, Alan, 515
Prisoners in German war-crimes cases, U.S. appointment
to Mixed Board dealing with, 60
Prisoners of war, Geneva conventions (1949) on treat-
ment of, 213, 430, 689
Prisoners of war, U.S., U.N. action for release of fliers
held in Communist China :
Addresses : Lodge, 353, 355, 356 ; Phillips, 176
President's report to Congress, 384, 385
Prochnow, Herbert V., 69, 566, 683, 686
Proclamations by the President :
Cotton, long-staple, modification of import and quota
restrictions, 114
General Pulaski's Memorial Day, 553
Hiunan Rights Day (1956), U.N., 950
Linen toweling, increased tariff on imports and
withdrawal of concession, 116
National Olympic Day (1956), 768
Peanuts, shelled, modification of restrictions on im-
ports, 455
Sudan, establishment of immigration quota, 152
Tariff concessions negotiated at Geneva, proclamation
modifying proclamation of June 13, 1956, 74
Tunisia, establishment of immigration quota for, 557
United Nations Day (19.56), 54
Wool fabrics, increased duty on imports, 555, 556
World trade fair, U.S., 890
Property, cultural, convention (1954) for protection in
event of armed conflict and regulations of execution,
167, 168, 565, 969
1040
Department of State Bulletin
Property, rights and Interests in Germany. See Arbitra-
tion Tribunal
Public Committee on Personnel, study of U.S. Foreign
Service, article (Hoskins), 418
Publications :
Atomic radiation data reports, transmission by AEC to
the U.N., 689
Commerce Department, World Trade Review as of July
1956, published, 378
Congressional documents relating to foreign policy,
lists of, 75, 161, 195, 241, 279, 315, 359, 376, 484, 510,
676, 8.54, 982
Exchange of offleial publications, agreement with Japan
relating to, 497
International Finance Corporation, booklet outlining
operating policies and procedures, published, 456
Soviet Union affairs in 1922-23, texts of unpublished
documents on, 153
State Department :
Documents on Oerman Foreign Policy, 191S-1945
(The Last Months of peace, March-August 1939),
series D, vol. VI, published, 169
Foreign Relations of the United States, published :
1941, vol. IV (Far East), 2.50
1942, China, 937
Foreign Service, list of reference material, 419
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, Schedule
XX, published, 75
Lists of recent releases, 42, 86, 128, 169, 214, 250, 330,
461, 498, 530, 566, 650, 689, 738, 830, 902, 938, 1006
Suez Canal Problem, July 26-Septem,her 22, 1956,
published, 659
Swords into Plowshares — A New Yentiire in Inter-
national Understanding, published, 329
Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and Other In-
ternational Agreements of the United States, pub-
lished, 127
U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organisation
. . . An American View, published, 518
United Nations, lists of current documents, 126, 165,
327, 379, 527, 564, 688, 728, 780, 899, 930, 1003
Puerto Rico, U.S. aid to University of Puerto Rico for
training and research programs in peaceful uses of
atomic energy, 512
Pulaski, Casimir, .5.53
Radford, Adm. Arthur W., 263
Radiation, atomic, effects on human health. See Atomic
energy, radiation effects
Radio, 3d party amateur, agreements vpith —
Costa Rica, 738 ; Nicaragua, 937 ; Panama, 329
Radio communications convention (1937) , Inter-American,
862
Radio Consultative Committee, International (ITU),
U.S. delegation to 8th plenary assembly, 327
Radio frequency adjustment, discussions between U.S.-
Canada, 18
Radioactive fallout. See Attmiic energy, radiation effects
Railway rehabilitation in Mexico, Export-Import Bank
loan, 846
Rama Road, agreement with Nicaragua amending agree-
ment for survey and construction of, S&G
Randall, Clarence B., 143
Randall, Harold M., 857
Ravndal, Christian M., 213
Rawinsonde observation stations. See Weather stations
Reap, Joseph W., 376
Reciprocity Information, Committee for, 648, 888
Reconstruction and Development, International Bank for.
See International Bank
Red Cross, American National, aid to Hungarian refugees,
764, 872, 873
Red Cross, Polish, refusal of U.S. offer of aid, 55, 151
Red Cross Societies, aid to Hungarian refugees, 7(54, 872
Refugee Fund, U.N., 245, 966
Refugee Relief, President's Committee for Hungarian,
functions and members, 980
Refugee Relief Act, proposed amendments, letter (Eisen-
hower, Watkins), 194
Refugees and displaced persons :
The challenge of refugee relief, remarks (Houghton)
on acceptance of Nausen Medal and message (Ham-
marskjold), 453
Hungarian refugees. See under Hungarian question
Progress in meeting the needs of, statement (Know-
land) and General Assembly resolution, 965, 967
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Copyright convention (1952), universal, protocol 1,
application of convention to works of stateless per-
sons and refugees, 936
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion, constitution, 213
Refugees, convention (1951) on status of, 245
U.N. action during 19.55, report to Congress (Elsen-
hower), 388
U.N. efforts to find permanent solutions to refugee
problem, statement (Baker) and ECOSOC resolu-
tion, 244
U.S. aid to. President's views, letter, 552
Reinstein, Jacques J., 460
Relief and rehabilitation. See Refugees and displaced
persons, Economic aid, Hungarian question : Refugees,
and individual countries
"Renunciation of force" principle, discussions at Geneva
ambassadorial talks, 267, 277, 312, 5.53
Republican National (Convention, formulation of foreign
policy plank, statement (Dulles), 185
Research reactor projects, U.S. program of grants for,
information and procedures for obtaining, 598
Renter, Ernst, 671
Rhodesia and Nyasaland, Federation of, GATT approval
of tariff policy, 897
Rice, agreement with Burma iirovldlng for technical
services and purchase of, 249
Bice, U.S. relief shipments to Ryukyu Islands, 993
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 782,
1005
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 167
Roberts, Ralph S., 459
Robertson, Walter S., 264, 278, 856, 957
Romanow, Tanya, 765
Roosevelt, Mrs. Eleanor, 453, 454
Index, July to December 1956
1041
Roosevelt Bridge, agreement with Canada regarding re-
location, 782
Root, Elihu, 14
Rountree, William M., 250, 498, 840
Rowell, Edward J., 830
Royalty taxes paid U.K., memorandum (Eisenhower) dis-
approving U.S. tax credits, 321
Rubinshtein, M. I., 665
Rumania :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 128
Election observers, visit to U.S., 550, 665, 728
UNESCO constitution, 528
U.S.-Rumanian problems, proposed talks on, 444
Russell, Mrs. Helen C, 226
Russell, Sen. Richard B., 726
Ryukyu Islands :
Convention with U.S. for unilateral exchange of postal
money orders, 497
U.S. aid, 993
U.S. policy, statement (Allison), 60
Sabana de la Mar, agreement with Dominican Republic
for establishment and operation of weather station,
460, 970
Safety at sea, regulations for preventing collisions at sea,
936
Safety of life at sea, convention on, current actions, 366,
528, 650, 936
St. Lawrence River, IJC supplementary order of approval
regulating waters of, text, 227
St. Lawrence Seaway, Canadian proposal for dredging in
Cornwall Island area, U.S. and Canadian notes re-
garding, 992
St. Lucia, agreement with U.K. for extension of the Ba-
hamas long-range proving ground to, 84, 85
St. Martin, agreement with the Netherlands for estab-
lishment and operation of weather station in, 430, 605
Salk vaccine, 4th-quarter export quota increased, 605
Samoa, Western, Trust Territory of, application of the
protocol (1953) regulating the production, trade, and
use of opium to, 969
Samples convention, 684
San Andres Island, agreements with Colombia regarding
establishment and operation of weather station on, 249
Sanders, William, 634, 731
Sanitary Organization, Pan American, U.S. delegation to
9th meeting of Directing Council, 496
Satellite nations. See Soviet-bloc countries
Satellite programs for International Geophysical Tear,
address (Odishaw) and article (Atwood), 280, 881,
882
Satterthwaite, Livingston, 566, 846
Saudi Arabia, wheat agreement (1956), international, 605
Saulnier, Raymond J., 496
Scammon, Richard M., 665
Scientific and cultural aid, U.S., proposed program for
Israel, statement (Dulles) and announcement, 222,
223
1042
Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic Radiation,
U.N., 1st yearly i)rogress report, 931
Scott, Walter K., 213
Sea, law of the, problems confronting the U.N., address
(Wilcox), 775
Seager, Cedric H., 840
Seamen (see also Ships and shipping) :
Employment at sea, convention (1936) fixing minimum
age for, 650, 969
ILO Preparatory Maritime Conference, U.S. delegation,
526
Medical examination of seafarers, convention (1946)
concerning, 213
Sears, Mason, 164, 247
SEATO. See Southeast Asia Treaty Organization
Seattle reception center for special visitors, establishment,
460
Security Council, U.N. :
Documents, lists of, 328, 527, 688, 899, 1003
Hungarian question. See under Hungarian question
Membership on, increase needed, addresses : Hoover,
838 ; Wilcox, 775
Palestine question. See under Israeli hostilities
Resolution on Suez Canal problem, 616
Suez Canal problem. See under Suez Canal
Selection Boards, Foreign Service, 10th, meeting and
membership, 529
Self-determination :
Captive nations, U.S. policy concerning, address
(Dulles), 697
U.N. role in obtaining, address (Phillips) , 177
U.S. position, address and statement : Lodge, 801 ;
Nixon, 93
Shim, Myung Won, 722
Shinn, Yong Wook, 722
Shipping Liaison Committee, formation and functions, 667
Ships and shipping (see also Panama Canal, Seamen, and
Suez Canal) :
Collisions at sea, 1948 regulations for preventing, 936
Free Poland, use of ship's flag, texts of Polish note of
protest and U.S. reply, 376
Lend-lease naval vessels, return to U.S. by Soviet
Union, 195
Naval vessels, U.S. agreements with —
China, Republic of, relating to loan of vessels, 782
Pakistan, for furnishing supplies and services to, 528
Portugal, for loan of vessels, 937
North Atlantic Planning Board for Ocean Shipping,
U.S. delegation to 8th meeting, 588
Nuclear-powered merchant ship, proposed construction
of, statement (Eisenhower) and letter (Weeks,
Strauss), 666, 667
Oceanographic research stations, agreement with U.K.
for establishment on Barbados, 782 ; Grand Turk,
922, 937
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 366, 528,
650, 936
Sierra Leone, membership in World Health Organization,
430
Silea Zuazo, Hernin, 188, 263, 305
Simmons, John F., 316 J
Department of Stale Bulletin
Slave trade and slavery, convention (1926) to suppress,
528, 650
Slavery convention, proposed, statement (Kotschnig) on
U.S. position, 561
Slim, Mongi, 444
Smith, Sen. H. Alexander, 726
Sobolev, Arkady A., 758, 762
Social situation, vporld, ECOSOC survey, statement
(Baker), 286
Social Welfare Policy, Interdepartmental Committee on
International, functions and membership, 443
Solovev, L. N., 665
Somoza, Anastasio, 573
South Africa, Union of :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 444
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Plant protection convention (1951), international, 689
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 970
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168, 213
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 250
South America. See Latin America
South and Southeast Asia. See Asia
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization :
Deterrent to Communist aggression in Southeast Asia,
address (Murphy), 719
Headquarters, opening at Bangkok, statement (Dulles),
10
Importance of , address (Jones), 279
Soviet-bloc countries :
Communist imperialism in, results of, remarks (Eisen-
hower), 702
East-West contacts, statements (Dulles), 50, 52
East-West trade, shipments of industrial commodities
from France, Italy, and U.K., 988
Economic activities in Asia, address (Xoung), 347
Local Communist parties, Soviet control and relation-
ship, statement (Dulles), 52
U.S. and Soviet policies :
Addresses and statement : Dulles, 145, 149, 758 ; Eisen-
hower, 743 ; Lodge, 760
Soviet declaration, text, 745
Soviet Union (see also Byelorussian Soviet Socialist Re-
public, Communism, East-West contacts, Soviet-bloc
countries, and Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic) :
Arctic ice, reciprocal aerial observation of, U.S. pro-
posal for agreement and Soviet reply, announce-
ments, article (Atwood), and texts of notes, 508,
883, 953
Armed forces, reductions in, addresses, correspondence,
and statements: Bulganin, 300; Dulles, 182, 184,
186 ; Eisenhower, 299 ; Lodge, 197, 198, 208 ; Phillips,
177 ; Wilcox, 103, 105
Armed forces in Hungary. See Hungarian question
Atomic energy, peaceful uses, exchange of correspond-
ence with U.S. relating to, 620
Austrian peace treaty, Soviet position, statement
(Dulles), 482
Berlin, Communist tyranny in, address (Eleanor
Dulles), 64
Dictatorship government, weaknesses of, address
(Allen Dulles), 874
Soviet Union — Continued
Disarmament. See under Disarmament and Atomic
energy, nuclear weapons
Documents, unpublished, dealing with Soviet affairs
in 1922-23, texts, 153
East Germany, Soviet oppression in, address (Conant),
107
Economic policy, addresses and statement : Bowie, 142 ;
Dulles, 146 ; Elbrick, 587 ; Jones, 640 ; Murphy, 721 ;
Thibodeaux, 809
Election observers, visit to U.S., 550, 582, 665, 728
Engineering graduates, 1954, statistics on, address
(Libby), 446
Fisheries Commission, International North Pacific, in-
vitation to send observers to meeting, 717
Foreign Minister's visit to Cairo, statement (Dulles), 52
Free-world and Soviet systems, comparison of, address
(Dulles), 3
German reunification :
Federal Republic appeal for, texts of U.S. and Fed-
eral Republic notes and memorandum to Soviet
Union, 485, 486, 632
Free elections, Soviet promise of, statement (Dulles),
4
Soviet position, addresses, letter, and statements:
Conant, 107; Dulles, 482; Eisenhower, 106, 299;
Soviet statement, 304
Heads of State meeting, Swiss proposal for, text of in-
vitation, 839
Hungarian question. See Hungarian question
Imperialism, weakness of, address (Dulles), 697
Japanese-Soviet peace treaty negotiations :
Address and statements: Dulles, 406, 480, 578;
Murphy, 718
U.S. aide memoire, text, 484
Jews, policy toward, address (Murphy), 909
Naval vessels, lend-lease, return to U.S., 195
Near and Middle East policy, addresses and statement :
Dulles, 48, 839 ; Lodge, 355 ; Murphy, 911
"New look" policy, addresses, statements, and report
Allen Dulles, 877; John Foster Dulles, 145, 146
Eisenhower, 644; Elbrick, 109, 584; Jones, 274
Lodge, 354 ; Murphy, 673, 719, 720, 908 ; Nixon, 945
North Pacific fur seal conference, negotiations, address
(Murphy), 717
Nuclear weapons tests. See Atomic energy, nuclear
weapons
Suez Canal problem (see also Suez Canal), Soviet posi-
tion, 337, 407, 409, 411, 545, 614, 617, 659, 791, 795, 796
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Employment at sea, convention (1936) fixing mini-
mum age for, 650
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 970
United Nations :
Dismissal of Soviet employee, 377
Request for recall of Soviet delegate, text of U.S.
note, 765
Index, July to December 7956
1043
Soviet Union — Continued
United Nations — Continued
Soviet position on admission of new members, ad-
dresses and statements : Lodge, 356, 855 ; Murphy,
718 ; Wadsworth, 320
U.N. specialized agencies, Soviet participation in, ad-
dresses (Wilcox), 404, 518, 519, 520
U.S. bombers' alleged violations of Soviet territory,
U.S. and Soviet notes, 191
U.S. citizens leaving Hungary, U.S. protest of Soviet
action to prevent, statement (Lodge), 762
U.S. claim for damages for destruction of Navy plane
over Sea of Japan ( 1954) , test of note, 677
U.S. military personnel detained in, U.S. note requesting
information and statement (Murphy), 189, 190
U.S. policy toward, address and statement (Dulles),
148, 697
Visit of Marshal Tito, importance and purpose of, state-
ments ( Dulles ) , 51, 574, 577
Spaak, Paul-Henri, 982
Spain :
Military housing in, U.S., financing, 235
Suez Canal, proposal regarding, letter (Menzies), 472
Tobacco market survey in, 233
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, surplus, agreements with
U.S., 565, 605, 782
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Facilities assistance program, agreement with U.S.
supplementing 1954 agreement, 565
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion, constitution, 213
Labor Organization, International, constitution, 969
Northwest Atlantic fisheries, protocol amending in-
ternational convention (1949) regarding, 128
Opium, protocol (1953) regulating production, trade,
and use of, 42
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention
and agreements regarding money orders and parcel
post, 689, 738
Tangier, protocols and final declaration concerning,
328, 830, 842
"Wheat agreement (1956), international, 937
U.S. aid, 68, 320
Spaulding, Asa T., 226
Special Caribbean regional air navigation meeting
(ICAO), U.S. delegation, 829
Special U.N. Fund for Economic Development, 354, 397
Specialized agencies, U.N. (see also name of agency) :
Actions during 1955, excerpt from report to Congress
(Eisenhower), 387
Aid to underdeveloped countries, address (Bowie), 141
Functions, address (Philliijs), 178
Importance of, address (Wilcox) , 516, 517, 518
Invitation to attend U.N. conference on draft statute
of IAEA, text, 163
Relationship to U.N. expanded program of technical
assistance, statement (Wilcox), 81
U.S. participation in, and legislation authorizing, ar-
ticle (Bloomfleld), 436, 439, 442
U.S. support and Soviet membership, address (Wilcox),
404
Spilhaus, Athelstan F., 226
Standley, Adm. William H., 853
Starr, Harold, 151, 152
State Department (see also Foreign Service) :
African Affairs:
Deputy Assistant Secretary for, establishment and
designation (Palmer), 497
Establishment of OfBces of Northern and Southern
African Affairs, 497
Appointments and designations, 214, 250, 294, 329, 366,
460, 497, 498, 530, 566, 606, 689, 738, 830, 862, 970
Assistant Secretary for Near Eastern, South Asian and
African Affairs, designation and confirmation
(Rountree), 250, 498
Foreign Service examination, announced, 528
Foreign Service Institute Advisory Committee, 3d meet-
ing and members, 606
Functioning of Department during Secretary Dulles'
illness, 838
International Conferences, Office of, functions and re-
sponsibilities, 441
International Organization Affairs :
Assistant Secretary for, functions and responsibil-
ities, 437, 440, 442
Bureau of, functions and responsibilities, 437, 440,
441, 442
Deputy Assistant Secretary for, designation (Walms-
ley), 689
Munitions Control, Office of, functions, 920
Passport agency at Los Angeles, establishment, 565
Publications. See under Publications
Resignations, 498, 566, 606, 970
Seattle reception center for special visitors, establish-
ment, 460
Shipping Liaison Committee, formation and functions,
667
Special Assistant for East-West Contacts, establish-
ment, responsibilities, and designation (Merrill),
294
Special Assistant to the Secretary for East-West Ex-
changes, designation (Lacy), 366
Under Secretary of State, resignation (Hoover), 970
Stateless jjersons and refugees, protocol concerning ap-
plication of universal copyright convention (1952) to
works of, 936
Status of U.S. forces in Greece, agreement with Greece
concerning, 565 ^
Stephens, Bart N., 767 . 1
Stewart, C. Allan, 862
Strategic materials procurement, agricultural surpluses
program provisions for, 234, 238
Strauss, Lewis L., 424, 535, 589, 667, 927
Striganov, Sergei R., 949
Strom, Carl W., 650
Strong, L. Corrin, 22
Stubbins, Hugh, 668, 671
Student-exchange program. See Educational exchange
Stufflebeam, Robert E., 530
Sudan :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 405
Immigration quota, proclamation establishing, 152
1044
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
Sudan — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc.:
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Civil aviation convention (1944), International, 167
Meteorological Organization, World, convention, 970
Postal convention (1952), universal, 366
U.N. membership, recommended, 326m, 773
Suez Canal problem (see also Israeli hostilities) :
Addresses and statements (Dulles) : 3-Power London
Conference, 261, 262; report to the Nation, 259;
1st London Conference, 335, 339, 371, 372, 373 ; 2d
London Conference, 503, 505, 506, 507 ; Security
Council, 611, 615, 615re, 617, 617ii; General Assem-
bly, 751, 755 ; miscellaneous, 221, 469, 572, 698 ; news
conferences, 406, 408, 409, 410, 411, 476, 479, 480,
481, 482, 543, 545, 574, 575, 576, 577, 579, 655, 658,
660
Address and statements : Eisenhovyer, 259, 261, 405,
744; Hagerty, 479; Hoover, 836; Lodge, 560, 748,
787, 789, 790, 791, 792, 793, 914 ; Murphy, 719, 910 ;
Nixon, 944, 946, 947 ; Wadsworth, 923 ; White, 480rt;
White House, 314, 749, 795 ; Wilcox, 404, 770
Aswan Dam, withdrawal of U.S. aid, 188, 260, 407, 548
Attack by Israel on Egypt, French-U.K. ultimatum, and
occupation of the canal, address and statements :
Eisenhower, 744 ; Hagerty, 749
Cairo discussions with President Nasser on 18-nation
proposals :
Committee, listed, 406n.
Decision of President Nasser to receive committee,
statement (Dulles), 407
Joint communique, text, 467
Presentation of proposals, aide memoire and letter
(Menzies), 467, 472
Rejection of proposals, letters (Menzies, Nasser) and
statement (Dulles), 468,469, 472
Constantinople Convention of 1888 :
International character of the canal, statements
(Dulles), 408, 411,612
Legal rights of users, statements (Dulles), 336, 545,
612
Text. 617
Documents, published, 659
Economic implications of, statements (Dulles), 335, 337,
478, 483, 504, 548, 549, 576, 613
General Assembly, actions and deliberations of the
emergency session :
Advisory Committee to the U.N. Emergency Force,
statement (Lodge), 791, 792 ; text of resolution, 794
Cease-fire proposal, statement (Lodge), 790; text of
resolution, 793
Resolutions, 754, 793, 794, 795
U.N. Command, isroposed establishment, statement
(Lodge), 790 ; text of resolution, 793
U.N. Emergency Force, proposed establishment, state-
ments : Dulles, 755 ; Lodge, 789, 790, 791 ; text of
resolution, 793
U.S. offer to transport U.N. Force to Egypt, state-
ments (Lodge), 792
U.S. proposal for permanent solution, statement
(Lodge), 788
Suez Canal problem — Continued
General Assembly — Continued
U.S. proposal referring Middle Bast question to 11th
General Assembly, statements (Lodge), 792; text
of resolution, 795
U.S. proposals on Middle East and review of situa-
tion, statements (Dulles), 751, 755; text of resolu-
tion, 754
Withdrawal of forces from Egypt, statements : Dulles,
755 ; Lodge, 789, 790, 791, 792 ; text of resolution, 794
General Assembly, actions and deliberations of the 11th
session :
Reports by Secretary-General on withdrawal of
forces, U.N. Force in Egypt, and clearing of canal,
915, 952
Resolutions, 917, 918
Statement (Lodge) of U.S. position, 914
Insulating the operation of the canal from politics, let-
ters and statements : Dulles, 338, 409, 613, 615, 661 ;
Menzies, Nasser, 468, 470, 471, 474, 475
London Conference, 3-Power (U.S., U.K., France) :
Report to the Nation on, address (Dulles), 259
Statement on return (Dulles) , 261
Tripartite statement and annex, text, 262
London Conference, 1st (22-Power) :
Action of 3-Power Conference proposing, 262, 263
Congressional leaders, meeting with President Eisen-
hower, 314
Proposals :
Significance of, statement (Eisenhower), 405
Text, 373
Soviet propaganda campaign against, statements
(Dulles), 407, 411
Statements (Dulles) , 335, 339, 371, 372, 373
U.S. delegation, listed, 339
London Conference, 2d :
Conference statement, 507
Declaration providing for establishment of Suez Ca-
nal Users Association, text, 508
Statements (Dulles) of U.S. position, 503, 505, 506
NAC ministerial meeting, communique regarding clear-
ing of the canal, 982
Nationalization of the Universal Suez Canal Company,
purported, announcement and statements (Dulles,
Eisenhower) concerning, 221, 259, 260, 407, 650
Oil supply problem, U.S. efforts in solving :
Construction of large oil tankers proposed, memo-
randum (Eisenhower), 619, 620
Coordination of private industry effort, U.S. authori-
zation, 953
Middle East Emergency Committee, formation and
functions, 374
Shipping Liaison Committee, formation and func-
tions, 667
Statements (Dulles), 478, 481
Security Council deliberations :
Agenda, inscription of Suez items on, statements:
Dulles, 544 ; Lodge, 560, 748
Israeli participation, U.S. views, statement (Dulles),
579
Participation of Secretary Dulles, question of, 544,
576
Index, July to December 1956
1045
Suez Canal problem — Continued
Security Council deliberations — Continued
Review of events and fundamental principles for
settlement, statement (Dulles), 611
Soviet proposal for intervention of U.S.-Soviet forces,
letters and statements : Eisenhovcer, Bulganin, 796 ;
Lodge, 791 ; White House, 795
U.K.-French proposal, statements (Dulles), 543, 615,
615»i, 616, 617, 655, 660 ; text, 616
U.K.-French-Egyptlan negotiations, statements (Dul-
les), 617, 61 7n
Shipping in the canal :
Canal tolls, question of payment, statements (Dulles),
545, 546, 617, 658, 659
Israeli right of passage, statements (Dulles), 408,
549, 659
Question of Users Association guaranteeing Israeli
passage, statement (Dulles) , 481
U.S. Shipping Liaison Committee, formation and
functions, 667
Soviet position, 337, 407, 409, 411, 545, 614, 617, 659,
695, 696, 791
Suez Canal Board, proposed, 373, 374, 474, 613, 661
Suez Canal Users Association :
Declaration providing for establishment, 508
Egyptian views, statements (Dulles), 477, 661
Establishment and organization of, address and state-
ments: Dulles, 476, 479, 480, 482, 504, 658, 660;
White, 480>i
Israeli participation, U.S. views, statement (Dulles),
549
Operating procedure, questions on, statements (Dul-
les), 479, 544, 547
Resolutions concerning, texts, 580
U.S. participation and support, statements (Dulles),
476, 479, 480, 480», 507, 575, 577
U.S. citizens and property in the Middle Bast, protec-
tion of, 700, 756, 798, 799
U.S. policy, addresses, announcement, and statements:
Department, 951 ; Dulles, 482, 543, 698 ; Eisenhower,
744 ; Murphy, 719, 910 ; Nixon, 944, 946, 947 ; White
House, 749
Use of force to use canal, question of, statements
(Dulles), 477, 478, 479, 481, 482, 483, 546, 577
Use of the canal, alternatives to :
Cape of Good Hope route, use of, statements (Dulles),
477, 506, 544, 547
Construction of 2d Suez Canal, question of, state-
ments (Dulles), 574, 575
Pipeline construction, reported, statement (Dulles),
545
SUNFED. gee Special United Nations Fund for Economic
Development
Surplus agricultural commodities. See Agricultural
surpluses
Sutherland, Robert L., 989
Sweden :
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement amending agree-
ment with U.S., 293, 294
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Sweden — Continued
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending 1929
convention for unification of certain rules relating
to, 128
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
GATT, 5th protocol of supplementary concessions, 328,
460
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding finan-
cial support, 127
Refugees, convention (1941) on the status of, 245n
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 937
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168, 937 |
Switzerland :
Heads of State meeting, Swiss proposal, texts of invi-
tation and reply (Eisenhower), 839
Loan to International Bank, 854
Neutrality, policy of, statement (Dulles), 147
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 969
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128 a
GATT, provisional accession to, 685, 893, 895
Nuclear power, agreement with U.S. concerning pro-
duction of, 42
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245»
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 167
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs fa-
cilities for, 167
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 213, 830
Swords into Plowshares — A New Venture in Interna-
tional Under St anting, published, 329 I
Syria : I
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738 ■
Evacuation of U.S. citizens from, 798
Military equipment, reported movement into Jordan,
659, 660
Travel to, U.S. restrictions on, 756
Szabo, Janos, 762, 804
Taiwan. See China, Republic of
Tangier :
International conference on the status of :
Final declaration and annexed protocol, current ac-
tions and texts, 830, 842
Remarks (Cannon), 841
U.S. delegation, listed, 633
International Zone of, protocol establishing transitional
regime for, current actions, 328
Tariff policy, U.S. (see also Customs and Tariffs and
trade, general agreement on) :
Agricultural commodities, U.S. restrictions on imports,
report to 11th session of GATT, 898
Butter oil and butter substitutes, imports, investigation
of effect on domestic price-support program, 886
Buttons of textile material, proclamation correcting
language of a reduction in duty, 74
1046
Department of State Bulletin
Tariff policy, U. S. — Continued
Citrus fruit juices, proclamation modifying concessions
on, 74
Cotton, long-staple, announcement and proclamation
modifying import and quota restrictions, 114
Cotton textiles, Japanese, question of restrictions
against Imports, 14, 554
Dates, request for investigation of effect of Imports on
domestic industry, 681
Figs, request for investigation of effect of imports on
domestic Industry and approval of report on
escape-clause provision regarding, 681
Lighter flints, decision against recommendation to in-
crease duty on, 888
Linen toweling, announcement and proclamation In-
creasing tariff on Imports, 115
Para-aminosalicylic acid (PAS), tariff Increase on held
unnecessary, letter (Eisenhower), 321
Peanuts, shelled, proclamation modifying restrictions
on imports, 455
Watches, decision not to reopen escape-clause action
on, 649
Woolen and worsted fabrics, tariff Increase and ques-
tion of allocation of tariff quota, announcement
and texts of proclamation and notice, 555, 556, 887
Tariffs, customs. See Customs
Tariffs and trade, general agreement on :
Basis of U.S. trade policy, address (Bowie), 138
Contracting Parties to GATT, 11th session :
Problems facing, statement (Prochnow), 683
Review of, 893
U.S. delegation, listed, 686
Declaration on continued application of schedules, 42,
970
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, Schedule XX,
published, 75
Geneva wool-fabric reservation, proclamation Invoking,
555, 556
Japan, protocol on terms of accession of, 85, 565
OTC. 8ce Trade Cooperation, Organization for
Proems verbal of rectification concerning the protocols
amending part I and articles XXIX and XXX, the
preamble and parts II and III, and the protocol of
organizational amendments, 328, 782, 970
Protocols amending, 782, 970
Rectification to French text, protocol of, 782, 830, 970
Rectifications and modifications to texts of schedules,
protocols of, 85, 328, 430, 970, 1006
Supplementary concessions, protocols of, 42, 128, 168,
328, 4G0, 528
Switzerland, application for and provisional accession
to, 685, 893, 895
Tariff concessions to U.S. by Greece on Imports of auto-
mobiles and trucks, 117
U.tS. tariff negotiations with Cuba, proposed, 646
Taxation :
Double taxation, avoidance of. See Double taxation
Foreign Investment income, U.S. tax credits on, state-
ment (Baker), 397
Royalty taxes paid U.K., memorandum (Eisenhower)
disapproving credits, 321
Taxation — Continued
U.S. expenditures in France for common defense, agree-
ment with France amending 1952 agreement relat-
ing to relief from taxation of, 970
Technical aid to foreign countries. See Economic and
technical aid
Technical assistance, U.N. See under United Nations
Technical data and arms, controlling international traflBc
In, address (Pomeroy), 919
Telecommunication convention (1952), international, cur-
rent actions, 213, 249, 366, 459, 565, 862
Telecommunication Union, International, U.S. delegation
to 8th plenary assembly of the International Radio
Consultative Committee, 327
Telecommunications Coordinating Committee, functions
and membership, 443
Textiles :
Japanese, question of restrictions on Imports to U.S.,
address (Phleger) and texts of notes, 14, 554
Linen toweling, announcement and proclamation In-
creasing tariff on U.S. imports, 115
Woolen and worsted fabrics :
xVUocation of tariff quota, request for views on,
announcement and text of notice, 887, 888
Geneva wool-fabric reservation, GATT, announce-
ment and proclamation Invoking, 555, 556
Thailand :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Civil aviation convention (1954), international, protocol
amending, (550
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 1005
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
565
U.S. aid, 272
Thayer, Robert H., 444
Thibodeaux, Ben H., 808
Timber Committee, (ECE), U.S. delegate to 14th session,
687
Tito, Marshal, 51, 574, 577, 801
Tobacco, tariff concession on, notice of limited trade
agreement negotiations with Cuba, 646
Togoland, significance of election In, statement (Sears),
247
Tokelau Island, application of the protocol (1953) regu-
lating the production, trade, and use of opium to, 969
Topper, Jane, 562
Tourism. See Travel, international
Toynbee, Arnold, 289
Trade (see also Agricultural surpluses; East-West trade;
Economic policy and relations, U.S. ; Exports, U.S. ;
Imports; Tariff policy, U.S.; Tariffs and trade, gen-
eral agreement on ; and Trade Cooperation, Organi-
zation for) :
Consular functions In relation to, address (Donaldson),
602
Far East, Communist-bloc trade policy in, 640
Foreign trade policy, U.S., addresses and statement:
Bowie, 137, 138 ; Elbrlck, 585 ; Prochnow, 684
Index, July fo December 7956
1047
Trade — Continued
Latin America, Trade Committee of the U.N. Economic
Commission for, U.S. delegation to 1st meeting, 857
Latin America, U.S. trade witli, 317
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Bills of lading, international convention (1924) for
unification of rules relating to, and protocol of sig-
nature, 60.5, 829
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (19.52) to facilitate importa-
tion, 85
Commercial treaties, recij^rocal benefits, address
(Phleger), 16, 17
Friendship, commerce and navigation, treaties with —
Germany, Federal Republic of, 42, 85, 167 : Korea,
Republic of, 935, 937; Netherlands, 168, 605;
Nicaragua, 168, 605
Limited trade agreement negotiations with Cuba,
U.S. notice of intention to participate, 646
Trade agreement (1938) with Ecuador, termination,
168
U.S. and worldwide economic growth, effect on trade,
address (Proehnow), 69
U.S. trade restrictions against Communist China, ques-
tion of relaxation, 553
World trade, dependency on Suez Canal. See Suez
Canal problem
World Trade Review as of July 1956, Department of
Commerce publication, 379
Trade Agreements, Interdepartmental Committee on, no-
tice regarding tariff negotiations with Cuba, 646
Trade Cooperation, Organization for :
Agreement on, signatures, 969
Need for, address (Bowie), 138
U.S. membership, question of, exchange of correspond-
ence (Eisenhower, Watson), 987
Trade fairs :
Brussels Universal and International Exhibition, 1938,
582, 951
International trade fairs, U.S. participation to develop
agricultural market, 233
U.S. world trade fair, proclamation, 890
Trade-marks, German, in Italy, memorandum of under-
standing regarding, 168
Travel, international {see also Passports and Visas) :
China, Communist, U.S. restrictions on travel to, 313,
314, 376, 718
Congressional travel, accounting for funds used, state-
ment (Dulles), 657
Essay contest under auspices of the Inter-American
Travel Congresses, announced, 604
Latin America, tourism in, 318
Middle East, U.S. restriction on travel to, 756, 799
Road traflSc, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 782,
1005
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
temporary importation of, 167
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs facili-
ties for, 167, 294
U.N. actions during 1955, 388
i
Treaties, agreements, etc., international (for specific i
treaty, see country or subject) :
Current actions on, listed, 42, 85, 128, 167, 212, 249, 294, ]
328, 366, 398, 430, 459, 497, .528, 565, 605, 650, 689,
738, 782, 829, 862, 901, 936, 969, 1005
International organizations, list of treaties authorizing
U.S. participation in, 442, 554
Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and Other Inter-
national Agreements of the United States, pub-
lished, 127
U.S. treaties, development and importance of, address
(Phleger), 11
Troops, U.S. See Armed forces
Trucks and automobiles, compensatory GATT concessions
granted the U.S. by Greece on imports of, 117
Trust territories, U.N. :
Pacific Islands :
Appointment of U.S. High Commissioner, 840
Nuclear tests in, U.S. position, statement (Sears), 164
Report on U.S. administration, statements (Nucker),
35, 121, 363
Togoland and Gold Coast, significance of elections in,
statement (Sears), 247
U.N. action during 19.55, report to Congress (Eisen-
hower), 389
Western Somoa, application of the protocol (19.53) regu-
lating the production, trade, and use of opium
to, 969
Trusteeship Council, U.N., documents, lists of, 379, 564
Truth, A Tribute to, address (Beaulac) , 375
Tunisia :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 444
Customs union with France, discussions at 11th session
of GATT regarding, 897
U.N. membership, U.S. support, address and statement:
Wadsworth, 325 ; Wilcox, 773
U.S. aid, 5.57
U.S. Ambassador, confirmation, 294
U.S. Consulate General at Tunis, elevation to embassy
•status, 214
U.S. immigration quota, proclamation establishing, 557
Turkey :
Agricultural commodities, surplus, agreement with U.S.
for purchase, 844, 937
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
GATT, 5th protocol of rectifications and modifications
to texts of schedules, 328
GATT, protocol, with annexes, on terms of accession of
Japan, 565
GATT, protocols of supplementary concessions, 128, 328
Safety of life at sea, convention (1948) on, 936
U.S. aid, 320
Turks and Caicos Islands, agreement between U.S. and
U.K. for establishment of oceanographic research
station in Grand Turk, 922, 937
Ukrainian Soviet Socialist Republic (see also Soviet.
Union) :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738 ■
Employment at sea, convention (1930) fixing minimum
age for, 969
i
1048
Department of State Bulletin
V.N. EdiicatioiMl, Scientific and Cultural Organization
. . . Ah American View, imblished, 518
Underdeveloped countries (see also Investment of private
capital abroad) :
Communist penetration of, addresses : Jones, 640 ;
Murphy, 720 ; Thibodeaux, 809 ; Young, 347
Economic development of, addresses and statement :
Baker, 393 ; Bowie, 137, 140, 141, 142 ; Young, 347
ECOSOC proposal to study conditions in, statement
(Balier), 288
Private enterprise in, establislimeut of IFC to promote,
248
Soviet economic assistance. See under Soviet Union :
Economic policy
U.X. technical assistance program. See under United
Nations
UNESCO. See Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization, U.N.
Union of South Africa. See South Africa, Union of
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. See Soviet Union
United Kingdom :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 797
American studies program in schools of the U.K., re-
view, article (Sutherland), 989
Engineering graduates, 1954 statistics on, address
(Libby),44G
Georgetown, British Guiana, reestablishment of U.S.
Consulate, 460
Gold Coast, significance of election in, statement
(Sears), 247
Heads of State meeting, Swiss proposal for, text of in-
vitation, 839
Hungarian question, request for inscription on Security
Council agenda, 757
Military housing in, U. S., financing, 235
Suez Canal problem. See Suez Canal
Taxes paid U.K. on royalties, memorandum (Eisen-
hower) disapproving U.S. tax credits on, 321
Togoland, significance of election in, statement (Sears),
247
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Air navigation services in Iceland, Greenland, and
Faroe Islands, agreements on joint financing, 969
Air service, agreement with U.S. amending annex to
1946 agreement, 830
Atomic energy, civil uses, agreement with U.S.
amending 1955 agreement, 250
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Atomic energy inventions, agreement with U.S. and
Canada regarding disposition of rights in, 540, 505
Bahamas long-range proving ground, agreements with
U.S. for additional sites, 84, 85
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Finance Corporation, International, articles of agree-
ment, 249
Fisheries Commission, International Northwest At-
lantic, protocol amending 1949 convention concern-
ing, 128
German external debts, agreement on, extension to
territories, 901
United Kingdom — Continued
Treaties, agreements, etc. — Continued
German ti-ade-maiks in Italy, memorandum of under-
standing regarding, 168
North Atlantic Ice Patrol, agreement regarding finan-
cial support, 127
Oceanographic research stations, agreements with
U.S. for establishment, 782, 922, 937
Property, rights and interests in Germany, agree-
ments concerning the Arbitration Tribunal and
Arbitral Commission on, 398, 497, 005
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245m
Road vehicles, private, customs convention (1954) on
temjjorary importation of, 167
Tangier, protocols and final declaration concerning,
328, 830, 842
Touring, convention (1954) concerning customs fa-
cilities for, 167
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 937
U.S. aircraft, texts of correspondence with Chinese
Communists regarding attack on, 413, 483
U.S. mutual security aid, continuation of, 988
United Nations :
Addresses :
Framework for Peace (Phillips), 175
Need for Strengthening (Dulles), 696
The U.N. and American Foreign Policy (Wilcox), 403
The U.N. in an Interdependent World (Wilcox), 769
Admission of new members :
Japan, U.S. and Soviet support, address and state-
ments : Dulles, 660 ; Murphy, 718 ; Wadsworth, 244,
326
Morocco, U.S. support, statements (Wadsworth), 244
Need for, address (Wilcox), 773, 775
Security Council recommendations for, 244, 326w
Soviet position, address (Lodge), 356
U.S. position :
Address and statements : Hoover, 837, 838 ; Wads-
worth, 244, 325, 326
Report to Congress (Eisenhower), 384, 385, 386
Atomic energy, actions concerning. See Atomic energy
China, question of representation :
Addresses and statements : Hill, 310 ; Hoover, 838 ;
Lodge, 353, 8.55; Robertson, 268; Sanders, 731»i;
Wilcox, 773, 774 ; Young, 352
Congressional resolution, 311
Disarmament, efforts for. See under Disarmament
and also United Nations Disarmament Commission
Expenses, scale of assessments for apportioning, state-
ments (Jones, Lodge), 997, 1001; text of U.S. pro-
posal, 1002
Functions and organizations of U.S. Government for
participation in, article (Bloomfield), 435, 554
General Assembly. See General Assembly
Hungarian question. See under Hungarian question
Korean war dead, dedication of plaque at U.N. head-
quarters honoring, statements (Hammarskjold,
Lodge, Walker), 119, 120
Neutralism in, statement (Dulles), 147
Palestine question. See under Israeli hostilities
Publications. See under Publications
Index, July to December J 956
1049
United Nations — Continued
Security Council. See Security Council
Soviet delegate, recall requested, text of U.S. note, 765
Soviet emplo.yee, dismis.sal of, announcement, 377
Specialized agencies. See Specialized agencies and
name of agency
Suez Canal problem. See under Suez Canal
Technical assistance program :
Accomplishments during 1955, excerpt from Presi-
dent's report to Congress, 387
Aid to underdeveloped countries, address (Bovrie),
141
Evaluation of and U.S. support, statement (Hoff-
man), 994
History and functions of, statement (Wilcox), 76
Importance of, address (Phillips), 178
Technical Assistance Committee, question of increas-
ing membership, 996
U.S. contributions, 186, 187, 457, 496
Trust territories. See Trust territories and Trustee-
ship Council
U.S. actions in U.N. to thwart international com-
munism, address (Lodge), 353
U.S. Mission to, functions and responsibilities and leg-
islation authorizing participation, 437, 438, 443
U.S. participation during 1955, letters (Eisenhower,
Dulles) and excerpts from annual report to Con-
gress, 382
United Nations Children's Fund, U.S. contribution, 457
United Nations Command (Korea), report concerning
Communist violations of armistice agreement and
suspension of NNSC inspection activities, 390
United Nations Commission on Status of Women, pro-
posal for seminars to promote the rights of women,
362
United Nations Day, 1956 :
Address and message: Lodge, 771; Murphy, 722
Text of proclamation, 54
United Nations Disarmament Commission :
Actions and proposals for disarmament, 710, 711, 714
Documents, lists of, 328, 564
Resolution on 3d report of the Subcommittee, text, 209
Subcommitte :
Actions and proposals for disarmament, 711, 712, 713,
715
Progress of negotiations at London meeting, address
(Wilcox), 104, 105
U.S. and Soviet views on work of, correspondence
(Eisenhower, Bulganin), 299, 300, 303, 304
United Nations Economic and Social Council. See
Economic and Social Council, U.N.
United Nations Economic Commission for Europe. See
Economic Commission for Europe, U.N.
United Nations Economic Commission for Latin America,
U.S. delegation to 1st meeting of the Trade Commit-
tee, 857
United Nations Economic Committee (interdepartmental),
functions and membership, 444
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural
Organization. See Educational, Scientific and Cultu-
ral Organization, U.N.
1050
United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization, U.S. .
delegation to 25th session of the Council, 459
United Nations Fund for Economic Development, Special '
(SUNFED), 354, 397 '
United Nations Korean Reconstruction Agency (UNKRA),
progress of work in the Republic of Korea, statement
(Humphrey) and text of General Assembly resolu-
tion, 967, 969
United Nations Refugee Fund (UNREF), 245, 966
United Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of
Atomic Radiation :
Establishment and functions, 687
1st yearly progress report, 931
United Nations Special Committee on the Question of
Defining Aggression, U.S. representative, 634
United Nations Trusteeship Council. See Trusteeship
Council, U.N.
United States Book Exchange, Inc., 324
United States citizens and nationals : j|
Citizenship, possible loss by service in foreign armed
forces, legislation concerning, 799
Claims. See Claims: U.S.
Protection of:
Abroad, function of U.S. Consul, address (Donald-
son), 602, 603
Commercial treaties, reciprocal benefits of, address
(Phleger), 16, 17
Communist China, detention and release of U.S.
civilians. See Geneva ambassadorial talks.
Hungary, concern for nationals in, 701n, 762
Middle East, evacuations from and restrictions on
travel to, 700, 756, 798, 799
Prisoners of war. See Prisoners of war
Riunania, proposed talks with, 444
Soviet Union, detention of U.S. personnel, 189, 190
U.N. employment, clearance for, address (Lodge), 354
United States Educational Foundation in Israel, estab-
lishment, 225
United States elections. See Elections
United States National Committee for Prevention of Pol-
lution of Seas by Oil, 1st meeting and list of mem-
bers, 521
United States world trade fair, proclamation, 890
Universal and International Exhibition (1958), Brussels,
582, 951
Universal copyright convention (1952), current actions,
605, 650, 782, 936
Universal postal convention (1952), current actions, 213,
366, 430
Universal Suez Canal Company :
Functions and operation of, 259, 260
Nationalization of, purported, 221, 259, 260, 407, 659
UNKRA. See United Nations Korean Reconstruction
Agency
Urbanization, problems of, statement (Baker), 288
Uruguay :
Ambassador to U.S., credentials, 542
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
International Bank loan, 781
Department of Stale Bulletin
Uruguay — Continued
Panamd meeting of Presidents of the American Repub-
lics, declaration, 220
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
3G6
U.S.S.R. See Soviet Union
Vandenberg, Arthur, 724
Van Heuven Goedhart, G. J., 244, 246, 454, 965
Vargas Gomez, Andres, 894
Vatican City :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Money orders, international, agreement with U.S. for
exchange of, 970
Refugees, convention (1951) on the status of, 245»
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168
Venezuela :
Panama meeting of Presidents of the American Re-
publics, declaration, 220
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Carriage by air, international, protocol amending
1929 convention for unification of certain rules re-
lating to, 128
Civil aviation convention (1954), international, pro-
tocol amending, 650
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migra-
tion, constitution, 213
Postal Union of the Americas and Spain, convention
and agreements on money orders and parcel post, 689
Telecommunication convention (1952), international,
and final and additional protocols, 565
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 970
Vessels. See Ships and shipping
Viet-Nam :
Anniversary of independence, 2d, letter (Eisenhower),
150
Anniversary of the Republic, 1st, letter (Eisenhower),
765
Communist subversion in, addresses : Jones, 277, 278 ;
Merchant, 58 ; Robertson, 267
International Bank, membership, 854
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
International Bank for Reconstruction and Develop-
ment, articles of agreement, 528
Monetary Fund, International, articles of agreement,
528
Slave trade and slavery, convention (1926) to sup-
press, 528
U.N. membership, U.S. support of, address and state-
ments : Hoover, 837 ; Wadsworth, 244, 326
U.S. aid, 271, 637, 811, 812
U.S. policy toward, addresses : Murphy, 718 ; Young, 346
Visas (see also Passports), gratis nonimmigrant, agree-
ment with Guatemala providing for, 42
Vogel, Clark C, 846
Voluntary Agencies for Foreign Service, American Coun-
cil of, 873
Voluntary Foreign Aid, Advisory Committee on, 873
Voorhees, Tracy S., 948, 980
Wadsworth, James J. :
Addresses, statements, etc. :
Hungarian question, 869
Hungarian refugees, U.S. aid to, 806
International Atomic Energy Agency, 537, 815, 819,
923
Morocco, U.N. membership for, U.S. support, 244
Nuclear weapons, international control, 205
Tunisia, U.N. membership for, U.S. support, 325
Appointment as U.S. representative to the Conference
on the Statute of the IAEA, 293
Appointment to the Preparatory Commission of the
IAEA, 815
Confirmation as alternate U.S. representative to the 11th
General Assembly, 212
Wailes, Edward T., 250
Walker, E. Ronald, 119
Walker, Ralph, 670, 671
Walmsley, Walter N., 689
War dead, Korean, dedication of plaque at U.N. headquar-
ters honoring, statements (Hammarskjold, Lodge,
Walker), 119, 120
War victims, protection of. See Geneva conventions
Warner, Gerald, 689
Warsaw Treaty, 746, 760
Watches, decision not to reopen escape-clause action on
tariff on imports, 649
Water resources, cooperative program for study of, agree-
ment with Ethiopia amending 1952 agreement, 250
Watkins, Sen. Arthur V., 194
Watson, Thomas J., Jr., 988
Waugh, Samuel C, 515
Weather stations, establishment and operation, agree-
ments with —
Colombia, on island of San Andres, 249
Dominican Republic, at Sabana de la Mar, 460, 970
France, on island of Guadeloupe, 605
Netherlands, in Curagao and St. Martin, 430, 605
Weeks, Sinclair, 358, 667
Western European Union (see also Europe: Unity), par-
ticipation of the Federal Republic of Germany, 487,
488, 489
Whaling convention (1946), international, protocol
amending, 901, 937, 970
Wheat, U.S. shipments to Iran and Tunisia, 263, 557
Wheat agreement (1956), international:
Current actions, 168, 213, 249, 398, 430, 497, 565, 605,
738, 782, 830, 862, 901, 937, 970
Transmittal to Senate, letter (Eisenhower), report
(Dulles), and summary of principal provisions, 26
White, Lincoln, statements :
Death of William P. Boteler, 21n
Discovery of U.S. seaman's body by Chinese Commu-
nists, 483n.
Hungarian question, 701
Poznan demonstrations, U.S. position on, 55
Shipment of military goods to Middle East, U.S. re-
strictions, 754
Soviet military action before U.S. Legation in Buda-
pest, U.S. protest, 949
Index, July to December 1956
1051
White, Lincoln, statements — Continued
Suez Canal Users Association, U.S. position, 4S0»
WHO. See World Health Organization
Wilcox, Francis O., addresses and statements :
Disarmament, 97, 204
U.N. expanded program of technical assistance, 76
The U.N. in an Interdependent World, 769
U.N. Role in American Foreign Policy, 403
UNESCO, U.S. support of, 516
Wilgress, L. D., 309, 894
Wilkins, J. Ernest, 458, 829
Wilson, Woodrow, 954
WMO. See World Meteorological Organization
Wolf, Mr., departure from Hungary, 701»
Women, Inter-American Commission of, report on 11th
assembly, 562
Women, inter-American convention (1948) on granting of
political rights to, 528
Women, U.N. Commission on the Status of, proposal for
seminars to promote the rights of women, 362
Women, University, International Federation of, 175
Women, U.S. proposal for seminar on citizenship educa-
tion for, statement and letter (Balser), 360
Woolen and worsted fabrics, tariff increase and question
of allocation of tariff quota, announcement and texts
of proclamation and notice, 555, 556, 887
World Bank. See International Bank
World eucalyptus conference, U.S. delegation, 686
World Health Organization :
Associate members admitted, 430
Diseases and causes of death, additional regulations
amending nomenclature regulations, 430
World Meteorological Organization :
Convention, 497, 970
World Meteorological Organization — Continued
Designation as public international organization and
functions of, 457
World trade fairs. See Trade fairs
World Trade Review as of July 1956, published, 378
Wormser, Felix Edgar, 429
Wounded and sick, Geneva convention on treatment in
time of war, 213, 430, 689
Wriston Committee. See Public Committee on Personnel
Tardley, Edward, 888
Young, Kenneth T., Jr., 340
Yugoslavia :
Marshal Tito's statement regarding Nagy government
in Hungary, 801
Treaties, agreements, etc. :
Agricultural commodities, agreement with U.S., 902
Atomic Energy Agency, International, statute, 738
Commercial samples and advertising material, inter-
national convention (1952) to facilitate importa-
tion, 85
Customs privileges for consular officers, reciprocal,
agreement with U.S., 398
Road traffic, convention (1949) on, with annexes, 782
Wheat agreement (1956), international, 168, 937
U.S. aid, 320, 574, 578, 664, 722
Visit of Marshal Tito to Soviet Union, statements
(Dulles),51, 574, 577
Zador, Tibor, 701
Zanzibar, extension by U.K. of German external debts
agreement to, 901
Zeckendorf, William, Jr., 899
Zellerbach, James David, 902
DEPARTMENT OF STATE
Publication 6579
Released February 1958
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1958
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office
Wasliington 25, D. C. - Price 30 cents
CKW3IIUKT
J/vc' ^eha/y^f?m^€myt /O^ t/twt^
^oL XXXV, No. 888
July 2, 1956
THE CONTEST BETWEEN FREEDOM AND
DESPOTISM • Address by Secretary Dulles 3
VISIT OF FOREIGN MINISTER PINEAU OF FRANCE . 7
UNITED STATES TREATIES: RECENT DEVELOP-
iVIENTS • by Herman Phleger, Legal Adviser 11
THE POSITION OF THE UNITED STATES IN
TODAY'S WORLD • by Ambassador Henry Cabot
Lodge, Jr 19
NORWAY IN THE POSTWAR ERA • 6y Embassador L.
Corrin Strong 22
A YEAR OF PROGRESS IN THE TRUST TERRITORY
OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS • Statement by Delmas
H. Nucker 35
INTERNATIONAL WHEAT AGREEMENT TRANS-
MITTED TO SENATE
President's Message of Transmittal 26
Report of the Secretary of State 26
For index see inside back cover
Boston Taolic L;brary
Superin*.." ' •„ of Documents
JUL 2 6 1956
^ne z/)€ha/y^l^€'n^ cl t^iccie
''tl-BB «*
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 888 • Publication 6365
July 2, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1966).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Depaetment
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or nuiy
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of interna-
tional relations are listed currently.
The Contest Between Freedom and Despotism
Address hy Secretary Dulles *
Your organization has as its purpose to develop
internationally "intelligent, aggressive and serv-
iceable citizenship." Therefore, you must, I
know, be deeply interested in the contest now going
on between freedom and despotism.
It is, of course, nothing new that despotism and
freedom should be combating each other. That
has been going on since the dawn of history.
But today that contest has the magnitude and in-
tensity which are characteristic of our time.
The forces of despotism are more highly organ-
ized that ever before. Already they control one-
third of the entire human race, and they openly
proclaim their ambition to extend their system
throughout the world.
So far, their gains have come through the use
of violence, or the threat of violence. During the
Stalin era, 15 nations, in whole or in large part,
were forcibly subjected to Soviet Communist do-
minion. But the free nations became aroused to
the danger. They built up their deterrent power
and joined in measures of collective defense. It
was no longer possible for Soviet communism to
pick up nations one by one.
So the Soviet rulers now say that they will re-
nounce the use of violence. But they say that
they still expect their system to win its way in the
world because, they say, it is so good that all will
want it.
We welcome and shall encourage these develop-
ments. But it would be foolhardy to assume that
danger is past and that we can abandon the
mutual-security policies which have frustrated the
old Soviet tactics. The Soviet rulers retain
capabilities which enable them quickly to revert
' Jlade before the 41st annual convention of Kiwanis
International at San Francisco, Calif., on June 21 (press
release 34.5 dated June 20).
to their old policies of violence and attempted
coercion, and they would surely be tempted to do
so if ever the free nations abandoned their policy
of standing together. For violence is the classic
and natural tactic of Soviet communism as taught
not merely by Stalin but by Lenin.
Soviet industries are working at top speed to
develop ever more potent atomic and nuclear
weapons. Their nuclear experiments are being
multiplied. They work unceasingly to increase
the means for the delivery of new weapons by
means of bombers, intercontinental rockets, and
submarines.
They are also developing new techniques of in-
direct aggression. They are, for example, striv-
ing to mtroduce their agents into other countries —
persons who are technicians but also part of the
political apparatus of international communism.
And they try to ensnare needy countries with eco-
nomic lures. Thus they prepare the possibility
of subverting other governments, irrespective of
the will, or even knowledge, of the peoples con-
cerned.
It is therefore vital that the free nations should
maintain their guard and their peace insurance
policies, including in our case the mutual security
program now pending in Congress.
At the same time we confidently take up the
challenge of the Soviet Communists to compare
our systems.
Communism Not Accepted Voluntarily
First of all we ask: If communism is so good
that, as its leaders say, others will freely accept it
on its merits, why not give the first chance to those
who know it best ? The Russian people have now
had 39 years within which to appraise the merits
of the Soviet Communist system. The peoples of
Jo/y 2, 1956
Eastern Europe have had a decade or more to ap-
praise that system. If communism can win on its
merits, under conditions of genuine freedom of
choice, why do not its proponents demonstrate that
where communism now prevails ?
The Soviet rulers last July at the "summit"
pledged themselves to let the German people have
free elections. Seventeen million of those Ger-
mans know communism at firsthand, and most of
the others have had eyewitness reports. Wliy
does the Soviet Government now say, as it said at
Geneva last November and still repeats, that it
will not permit the promised free elections because
it fears the German people would turn away from
the so-called "social gains" that the Communist
regime has imposed on East Germany ?
Are not the free peoples entitled to presume
that there is something basically wrong about a
system that has never been accepted voluntarily
bj' any people and that the Soviet rulers are un-
willing to submit to the verdict of the peoples who
know it best?
Short-Range Advantages of Dictatorship
Let us, however, not reason solely on the basis
of this presumption, however reasonable. Let us
look more closely at the Soviet system.
Of course, dictatorship seems to offer some short-
range advantages. It permits of opportunism.
It makes possible a flexibility of action which is
denied to democratically based governments.
Despots can go in one direction one day and then
in another direction the next day without need
to explain or to justify their zigs and zags. They
are not bound by parliamentary directives or
budgets. They can channel the education of their
people in accordance with the dictates of expedi-
ency, and they can compel persons of their choice
to perform governmental tasks at home and
abroad. Also, Communist dictatorships, being
atheistic and materialistic, can and do treat hu-
man labor as a commodity to be used for the
glorification of the state.
Through such powers dictators can do some
things that cannot be done by governments which
derive their powers from the consent of the
governed.
Many of the despotic societies of the past have
created notable monuments — pyramids, coliseums,
palaces, and temples — built by slave labor to
glorify kings and potentates who personified the
state. The Soviet State has comparable achieve-
ments to its credit. By the ruthless use of forced
labor, the dictators have created modern monu-
ments in the form of industrial plants, power de-
velopments, and the like. They have subjected
their economy to a forced and unbalanced growth
and, with the help of natural resources and a tem-
perate climate, attained a rapid rate of industrial-
ization and a rapid increase of technical training.
All of this is featured in the Soviet Communist m
propaganda. 1
However, there is another side of the picture.
Recent Khrushchev Speech
I shall not attempt here to catalog all of the
many evils of Soviet Communist despotism. I
do wish, however, to call attention to the revela-
tions recently made by Mr. Khrushchev, the pres-
ent head of the Soviet Communist Party, in his
initially secret speech before the 20th Party Con-
gress of the Soviet Communist Party .^ It is the
most damning indictment of despotism ever made
by a despot. It should of itself be sufficient to
make all free peoples shun that type of despotism
as they would shun a plague.
Khrushchev, understandably, tried to keep his
speech secret. He said : "We cannot let this mat-
ter get out of the Party, especially not to the press.
. . . We should not give ammunition to the
enemy ; we should not wash our dirty linen before
their eyes."
Mr. Khrushchev's address has now become
known. It should be read and studied throughout
the world.
"\A1iat did Mr. Khrushchev say? He said that
the man who for many years headed the Soviet
Communist Party and Soviet State, who was por-
trayed as a demigod and whose writings were
treated as authoritative by international com-
munism the world over, was, as regards doctrine,
a "deviationist" ; was, as head of state, so blind
to the dangers to his nation as to be almost a
traitor ; and was, as a human being, so brutal and
sadistic in character as to rival one of the most
evil of the Eoman Emperors, Caligula. Further-
more— and this is the main point — Mr. Khrush-
chev exposes the inability of the Soviet Commu-
nist system to liquidate its own evil leadership.
■ For excerpts from Khrushchev speech, see Cong. Reo.
of June 4, 1956, p. 8465.
Department of State Bulletin
Ijecause it was tlie evil leader ^Yllo had the supreme
power to liquidate others.
Let me give you a few of the highlights of
Khrushchev's long speech.
Mr. Khrushchev, after recalling some of Stalin's
writings, says, "This is, of course, a clear deviation
from Marxism-Leninism, a clear debasing and be-
littling of the role of the Party."
Mr. Khrushchev says that prior to Hitler's at-
tack on Eussia Stalin was amply warned but that,
"Despite these particularly grave warnings the
necessary steps were not taken to prepare the coun-
try properly for defense and to prevent it from
being caught unawares."
IMr. Khrushchev says that the fear of Stalin was
such that those who had the business of gathering
and assessing information did so with trepidation
lest what they reported would anger Stalin and
jeopardize their own lives. He says: "Because
the leadership was conditioned against such in-
formation, such data was dispatched with fear
and assessed with reservation."
He alleges that Stalin, to satisfy his sadistic
lusts, constantly invoked torture to procure false
confessions, which were then made the basis of
judicial murder. He directed "long tortures" and
habitually himself "called the investigative judge,
gave him instructions, advised him on which in-
vestigative methods should be used ; these methods
were simple — beat, beat and, once again, beat."
Mr. Khrushchev recites incident after incident of
the application of these tortures.
No Safeguards Against Abuse
Mr. Khrushchev's speech portrays a loathsome
scene. The speech cannot be read without horror
and revulsion. But we must not stop at that in-
stinctive emotional reaction. We must go on to
ask the basic question : A^liy was not this situation
unmasked during Stalin's life, or indeed not until
3 years after Stalin died ?
Mr. Khrushchev attempts to give the reason.
He points to Beria as Stalin's principal agent for
torture and murder and says :
"The question arises why Beria, who had liqui-
dated tens of thousands of Party and Soviet work-
ers, was not unmasked during Stalin's life. He
was not unmasked earlier because he had utilized
very skillfully Stalin's weaknesses; feeding him
with suspicions, he assisted Stalin in everything
and acted with his support."
In short, the Soviet Communist system provides
no safeguards against even such extreme abuses
as those that Mr. Khrushchev recounts. There
are no checks and balances. The system is, as
even Lenin said, one of "unlimited power, based
on force and not on law." It operates in the dark.
It provides no dependable method of changing
the ruler. When there is misrule, only death or
violence can assure the end of that misrule, and
even that is no assurance, for Beria, whom Mr.
Khrushchev calls even worse than Stalin, would
probably have succeeded Stalin had not Beria been
violently liquidated in the post-Stalin contest for
power.
The principal political figures in Russia today
were all intimates of Stalin. They knew full well
what was going on. Khrushchev and Bulganin
were Stalin's close collaborators and indeed the
beneficiaries of his purges within the party. And
today tliey must admit that, once their system is
fastened upon a country, there are no means to
prevent the grossest abuses.
Also, it is to be observed that, while the Soviet
Communist leaders now privately discuss Stalin's
crimes and seek publicly to disassociate themselves
from Stalin and while they show some signs of
hoping to avoid a repetition of his misrule, not
even this much gain is registered by the Chinese
Communist Party, which seeks to extend its sys-
tem in Asia. Its leaders have been the most dedi-
cated imitators of Stalin. Mao Tse-tung, writing
of Stalin after his death, said : "We rallied around
him, ceaselessly asked his advice, and constantly
drew ideological strength from his works." The
Chinese Communist representative to the 20th
Party Congress in ]\Ioscow, where Mr. Khrush-
chev's address was made, applauded "the firmness
and invincibility of the Soviet Communist Party
created by Lenin and reared by Stalin."
The Chinese Communists have, indeed, sought
to outdo Stalin in brutality. And while the
Soviet successors to Stalin at least profess to have
renounced the use of force in international affairs,
the Chinese Communists still refuse this. We
have been, and are, patiently tiying to get them to
make a meaningful renunciation of force, particu-
larly in the Taiwan (Foi'mosa) area, but so far
without success.
Thus we see revealed the system which Messrs.
Bulganin and Khrushchev say they hope the free
peoples of the world will voluntarily accept. It
July 2, 1956
is a system which again proves Lord Acton's dic-
tum that "Power tends to corrupt ; absolute power
corrupts absolutely." It is a system of inevitable
abuses which provides no dependable means for
the correction of those abuses.
Peaceful Evolution in Free Society
As against that system stands the system of the
free societies, where government rests on the
knowledge and consent of the governed and is
changed when the governed so desire. The
Soviet Communists' principal indictment of these
societies is that they are reactionary, status quo
societies. But what is the record?
It is the good custom of the free societies to in-
dulge in self-criticism and to expose their deficien-
cies. But occasionally it is profitable to pause
and take stock of the immense changes for good
that are accomplished by representative govern-
ments. This is the more necessary because peace-
ful change rarely attracts as much attention as
change that is wrought by violence.
So, let us look at the peaceful evolution which
has occuiTed Avithin our American society since
1917 when the "revolutionary" Bolsheviks took
over in Russia.
Our free society derives its principal momentum
from its religious character. Our American peo-
ple believe in the spiritual nature of man and in
the human dignity which results from the fact
that man has his origin and destiny in God.
Such beliefs provide a constant and powerful
compulsion toward peaceful change toward a
better world.
Within the period of years of which I speak,
the specific changes have been immense.
Women have been relieved of the many disa-
bilities that were for centuries their lot and have
now gained a political, economic, and social status
totally different from that of 40 years ago.
Eace discrimination, while not yet wholly elim-
inated, is rapidly diminishing. The present bears
no resemblance to the conditions of 40 years ago.
There has been growing protection of health.
Infant mortality has been reduced by 75 percent.
Many dread diseases are being eradicated.
Science is performing miracles. It was free-
world scientists who first cracked the atom and
opened up vast new possibilities of advancement
in economic and medical fields. These possibili-
ties are being spread throughout the world by in-
ternational agreements, and we look forward to
the early formation of an international atomic
enei'gy agency, pursuant to President Eisenhow-
er's atoms-for-peace proposal to the United
Nations.
National productivity has about tripled in 40
years.
Working men and women are living a good life.
They have higher wages, shorter hours, greater
job security and retirement plans. Wages are up
and hours of labor down. In 1916 the average
factory wage, in 1955 dollars, was about $32 for a
49-hour week. Today the $32 has gone up to $76—
and the 49 working hours have gone down to 41.
The spread between the average wage of factory
workers and of executives is less in the United
States than in the Soviet Union.
Not only have living standards risen sharply
during the last 40 years, but the lower income
groups have gained relatively the most.
During recent yeai-s the income, before taxes, of
the upper fifth of our families increased by 33 per-
cent, while the income of the lowest fifth increased
by 125 percent. Furthermore, income taxes and
inheritance taxes, almost negligible 40 years ago,
now take largely from the upper income groups
for the general welfare. This further increases
the relatively greater share of the lower income
groups.
Property ownership, limited in 1917, is today
widely diffused. Over 8 million individuals own
shares of American business companies. Over 22
million families now own their homes, compared
to 7 million 40 years ago.
Educational facilities are greatly expanded even
in terms of higher education. Today 37 percent
of young people between the ages of 18 and 21 are
enrolled in educational institutions, as against 8
percent in 1920.
All these, and many more advances, have come
about under our free society.
In the international field, a vast change also has
come about. Much progress has been made toward
develoi^ing conditions of collective security. This
is the enlightened way. Mature societies fight
crime with a collective police system, fight fire
with a collective fire department, and fight disease
with public health services. This same principle
of collective effort is now emerging internation-
ally. The free nations have been its sponsors, both
in terms of the United Nations an^ in terms of
I
Department of State Bulletin
collective security treaties. The United States
now has such treaties with 42 other nations.
These developments apply the great moral prin-
ciple that we are "every one members one of
another."
Similarly, the principle of human dignity has
been applied to the colonial problem. During a
period when international communism was forci-
bly extending its dominion over more than 650 mil-
lion alien people, and destroying or truncating the
independence of some 15 nations, free nations were
according independence to 17 new nations with
aggregate popidations of around 650 million.
Thus we have the most dramatic contrast between
the dynamic liberalism of free societies and the
brutal reactionism of those who glorify physical
power.
So, whether we look at the domestic scene or at
the international scene, we see the immense and
benign changes wrought by the processes of free-
dom.
Demonstrating the Liberalizing Influence of Freedom
But we dare not be complacent and feel that our
past automatically assures our future. It is es-
sential that the dynamic and liberalizing influence
of freedom should constantly be made apparent,
both by word and by deed.
In any contest with despotism, the free societies
are under certain seeming disadvantages. They
expose their deficiencies, whereas despotisms ha-
bitually hide their deficiencies. Thus free societies
often appear worse than they are and despotic
societies for a time may appear better than they
are.
It is not often that despotism can be publicly
unmasked, as by the publication of Mr. Khrush-
chev's speech. To overcome this ability of despot-
ism to mask itself, the free societies must make
clear, so that none can doubt, their own constant
dedication to liberal principles of peaceful change.
It is not enough to prove that despotism is bad.
It is equally necessary to go on and on proving
that freedom is good.
Unless the free peoples do that, despotism will
gain, if only because peoples in need, such as those
of the newly developing countries, can readily be
tempted by what seems a prospect of rapid eco-
nomic change, which is the specialty of the Soviet
rulers.
That is the great mission to which the free
nations are dedicated. If we can continue to show
freedom as a dynamic liberalizing force, then we
need not fear the results of the peaceful competi-
tion which the Soviet rulers profess to offer.
More than that, we can hope that the forces now
at work within the Soviet Union and within the
captive countries will require that those who rule
shall increasingly conform to principles of free-
dom. This means that they shall increasingly
recognize the dignity of the hiunan individual,
shall increasingly satisfy the aspirations of the
people, and shall increasingly be themselves sub-
ject to peaceful change by the will of the governed.
Thus wiU come about the beginning of a world-
wide era of true liberalism.
That possibility is now clearly visible for the
first time in many years. That possibility should
spur us on to increased effort. For now we can
be confident that it may be possible for our genera-
tion to share in building the kind of a world which
we will be proud to bequeath to our children.
Visit of Foreign Minister^Pineau
of France
Following is the text of a joint U.S.-FrencJi
communique issued on June W at the conclusion of
the visit to Washington of Christian Pineau,
Foreign Minister of France, together with re-
marks hy Deputy Under Secretary Rohert Mwr-
phy on the occasion of M. Pineau's arrival Jums 16.
WELCOME BY MR. MURPHY
Press release 330 dated June 16
On behalf of the Secretary of State, it gives me
gx-eat pleasure to welcome you and your party to
Washington. The United States Government is
honored by this visit. The Secretary as well as
other high officials of our Govermnent are looking
forward to the discussions they will have with
you.
It is certain that your visit will further advance
the mutual understanding, cooperation, and
friendly relations already existing to such a high
degree between France and the United States.
Tlie bonds which link together our two coimtries
are historic and indivisible. French-American
Ju/y 2, 7956
friendship has been based on respect for individ-
ual freedom and the dignity of man. Tlais tra-
ditional friendship, as you recently said so well,
cannot be, under any pretext, brought into ques-
tion, whatever may be the evolution of the world
political situation. Our partnership today within
the North Atlantic Treaty Organization is in a
sense a symbol of these bonds and of those funda-
mental freedoms to which the Western alliance
is so firmly dedicated.
Altliough this is not your first trip to the United
States, it is nonetheless your first visit since assum-
ing high ofHce as Foreign Minister of France.
We are gratified that you come to our Capital in
this important role. We greet you as an old
friend and hojae your visit will bring to you the
same satisfaction and pleasure that we feel in hav-
ing you as our guest. I am confident that it will
provide an opportunity for you to observe the
high esteem in which Americans hold your
country.
The Secretary has asked me to convey to you his
personal greetings and to express to you his regret
that it is not possible for him to welcome you today
to Washington in person.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE
Press release 342 dated June 20
The Foreign Minister of France, M. Christian
Pineau, has today concluded his official visit to
Washington as the guest of the United States
Government.
The visit provided a welcome opportunity for
the Secretary of State, John Foster Dulles, and
other high officials of the United States Govern-
ment to exchange views with Foreign Minister
Pineau on various aspects of the international
situation and to discuss specific matters of common
interest. It also served to emphasize once more
the profound and historic friendship between the
American and French peoples and the cordial
relations between the two Goverimients and to
recall the common sacrifices of France and the
United States in the cause of liberty.
The French Foreign Minister reviewed with
the Secretai-y of State his recent visit to Moscow
with Premier Mollet. The Secretary of State
noted with interest the exposition by the Foreign
Minister of the significance of the developments
which are taking place in Eastern Europe.'
M. Pineau mentioned certain aspects of the prob- i
lem of commercial relations between East and '
West.
They exchanged views regarding the letters
recently addressed to their respective Govern-
ments by Chairman Bulganin transmitting the
Soviet Government's statement of May 14 regard-
ing its armed forces and they welcomed the con-
sultations on this subject now taking place in the
North Atlantic Council.
The Secretary and Foreign Minister stressed the
necessity of reaching, within the framework of
the United Nations, agreement on a plan on dis-
armament providing for the security of all par-
ticipating states through an effective system of
control. Wliile recognizing the possible value of
a reduction in conventional forces and armaments,
the Secretary and Foreign Minister agreed that
in light of modern military teclmology only a
program which dealt with the atomic threat, by
safeguarding the world against surprise attack,
would serve to give to the peoples of the world real
security. They agreed moreover that the carry-
ing out of any extensive reduction in armed forces
requires the concurrent solution of major prob-
lems such as the reunification of Germany.
The Foreign Minister and the Secretary re-
affirmed the necessity of strengthening further the
North Atlantic Treaty Organization, which re-
mains the bulwark of Western security. They
agreed upon the imjaortance of extending the
process of political consultation so as to harmonize
the policies of the member nations with respect to
the major objectives of the Treaty, and of improv-
ing Nato cooperation in non-military fields. These
matters are now under active examination by a
committee of three Nato Foreign Ministers, who
have the fullest support of the French and United
States Governments.
The Foreign Minister informed the Secretary
of State of recent developments with regard to
the problems of European integration. M. Pineau
expressed the view that the decisions taken at the
Conference of Venice to proceed with the drafting
of treaties establishing Euratom and the Coimuon
Market, as well as the agreement at Luxembourg
between France and Germany on the principles
of the settlement of the Saar question, pave the
way for European unification which is one of the
main goals of French policy.
8
Department of State Bulletin
M. Pineau outlined the current situation in
Algeria and the desire of the French Government
to reach a liberal and just solution which should
enable the Euroi^ean and Moslem populations to
live and work together in peace and harmony.
Secretary Dulles expressed the hope of the United
States Government for the achievement of such
a solution.
The Secretary and the Foreign Minister ex-
changed views on the Middle East and reaiErmed
their intention to continue to search within the
framework of the United Nations for a peaceful
solution of existing problems in that area and in
particular to support the efforts of the Secretary
General in connection with the Palestine question.
Finally, they reaiBrmed the strong interest of
the United States and France in contributing to
welfare and economic development in the newly-
developing areas of the world. In this connection
M. Pineau elaborated on the proposals which he
made on this subject to the North Atlantic Council
in May, and which are now under continuing study
and examination.
United States and France Sign
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement
On June 20 the U.S. Atomic Energy Commis-
sion and the Department of State (press release
341 ) announced that representatives of the United
States and France had signed an agreement for
cooperation in the peaceful uses of atomic energy,
covering an exchange of information on research
and power reactors. Tlie agreement also provides
for the supply of fuel by the U.S. Atomic Energy
Commission to its French counterpart.
The agreement was signed on June 19 for the
United States by Acting Chairman Willard P.
Libby on behalf of the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission and Acting Assistant Secretary C. Burke
Elbrick for the Department of State, and for
France by Ambassador Maurice Couve de
Murville.
The agreement will facilitate cooperation be-
tween the two countries in the development of
their respective national programs and represents
a further step in President Eisenhower's atoms-
for-peace program. The terms of the agreement
permit the exchange of unclassified information
on the development, design, construction, opera-
tion, and use of various types of research, experi-
mental-power, and power reactors. Further data
will also be transmitted on health and safety prob-
lems and the use of isotopes in industry, agricul-
ture, medicine, and biological research. Subject
to agreement by the two countries, specialized re-
search facilities and reactor-materials testing
facilities within France and the United States will
be made available for mutual use. Provision is
also made for collaboration between private
organizations of the two countries.
The United States has undertaken to provide
France, subject to the conditions of the agreement,
40 kilograms of contained U-235 in uranium en-
riched up to a maximum of 20 percent U-235.
Further, the U.S. Atomic Energy Commission may
sell a portion of this enriched up to 90 percent for
use in a materials testing reactor. Finally, the
French Atomic Energy Commissariat may obtain
gram quantities of plutonium and U-233 for ex-
perimental projects. The agreement specified
certain safeguards and controls necessary for
possession and use of this fissionable material.
The agreement looks forward to establishment
of an international atomic energy agency and en-
visages integration of the safeguards system into
the control responsibilities of such an agency,
should it come into being. Provision is also made
for the event that an atomic energy community is
created in Europe.
Under the provisions of the U.S. Atomic Energy
Act of 1954, there must be a 30-day period during
which the agreement lies before the Congress be-
fore the agreement signed becomes effective.
Supplementary Tax Convention
With France
Press release 348 dated June 22
On June 22, 1956, Secretary Dulles and Maurice
Couve de Murville, French Ambassador in Wash-
ington, signed a convention between the United
States and France supplementing the conventions
of July 25, 1939,^ and October 18, 1946, relating to
the avoidance of double taxation, as modified and
supplemented by the protocol of May 17, 1948.^
The supplementary convention modifies in cer-
tain respects the conventions and protocols now in
force between the two countries in order that the
'Treaty Series 988.
' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 1982.
Jo/y 2, 7956
treaty provisions may deal more effectively with
current problems involving double taxation. It
adds a new article relating to reductions in tax
rates on interest and dividends. It amends the
existing treaty provisions relating to short-term
movement of business and professional men from
one country to another. It adds a new article re-
lating to stamp or similar taxes on the transfer of
securities and stock exchange transactions. It re-
vises the existing provisions under which France
undertakes to eliminate double taxation. It
makes various changes in terminology to reflect
changes made in the French income tax structure.
It revises the existing territorial-extension provi-
sions so as to make more flexible the procedure by
which the operation of the treaty provisions may
be extended to territories over which either Gov-
ernment exercises jurisdiction with respect to in-
ternational relations.
Effective dates specified in the supplementary
convention vary according to the character of the
substantive provisions. The convention itself
would be brought into force by the exchange of
instruments of ratification. It will be necessary
to transmit the convention to the Senate for advice
and consent to ratification. A nmnber of docu-
ments furnished by the Department of the Treas-
ury and containing comprehensive information re-
garding the purpose and effects of the convention
will be sent to the Senate with the convention and
will be available in printed form upon publication
of the Senate Executive document.
Opening of SEATO Headquarters
at Bangkok
Following is the text of a statement issued hy
Secretary Dulles on June 23 (press release 34-7
dated June £2) on the occasion of the formal
opening of the Southeast Asia Treaty Orga/nisa-
tion headquarters at Bangkok on Ju/ne 24-
The formal opening of the Seato headquarters
in Bangkok today marks another forward step in
the development of the Organization. The action
of the Government of Thailand in making avail-
able facilities for this headquarters is particularly
appreciated.
The establishment of the Executive Secretariat
and civilian international staff in Bangkok will
greatly assist the work of the Council representa- |
tives, the Permanent Working Group, and other ,
Seato bodies in all fields of cooperation under \
the treaty. In particular it will aid in strengthen-
ing the security of the member states against armed
aggression or subversion. Greater attention to
economic and social progress is thus made possible.
At the second amiual meeting of the Seato
Council of Foreign Ministers at Karachi last
March, it was noted that Se.\to had made a great
contribution to the maintenance of peace in the
area and had already brought increased stability
not only to member countries but to the entire
Southeast Asia and Southwest Pacific areas.
The strengthened organization which now will
serve the Seato Council representatives will en-
able the governments to increase the effectiveness
of their cooperation under the treaty and to carry
out the individual national steps which are the
basis of collective progress in Seato.
Tlie United States looks forward to this broad-
ening and strengthening of Seato and believes
that these heartening developments will give a new
impetus to the efforts of Seato members to safe-
guard the peace and well-being of the area.
Vice President Nixon
To Visit Manila
The Wliite House announced on June 22 that
Vice President Nixon, accompanied by Mrs. Nixon,
would visit Manila in order to participate in cere-
monies commemorating the 10th anniversary of
Philippine independence on July 4.
Mr. Nixon will attend not only as Vice Presi-
dent but also as personal representative of the
President.
In making the announcement, James C. Hagerty,
press secretary to the President, read to cor-
respondents the following letter from President
Magsaysay to the Vice President : |
July 4, 1956 will mark the tenth anniversary of Philip-
pine independence. In keeping with the historic sig-
nificance of that occasion, and in grateful recollection of
the role that America played in the event that it com-
memorates, I take great pleasure in cordially Inviting
you and Mrs. Nixon to the anniversary ceremonies in
Manila.
I earnestly hope that you will find it possible to honor
the occasion with your presence and join the Filipino
people in a fitting observance of it.
10
Deporfmenf of State Bulletin
United States Treaties: Recent Developments
hy Herman Phleger
Legal Adviser^
In the conduct of international affairs there is
no more important or valuable instrument than
the treaty.
Wliat the ordinary contract supplies in the field
of domestic law as a basis for cooperation and as
a source of mutual advantage is afforded in the
international field by treaties between sovereign
states.
It is important to bear in mind that a treaty is a
contract. As Alexander Hamilton pointed out in
The Federalist^ the power of making treaties
relates neither to the execution of the subsisting laws,
nor to the enaction of new ones ; and still less to the
exertion of the common strength. Its objects are con-
tracts with foreign nations, which have the force of law,
but derive it from the obligations of good faith. They
are not rules prescribed by the sovereign to the subject,
but agreements between sovereign and sovereign.
The device of international contract by which
nations reciprocally promise to exercise their
sovereign powers in a particular way, or not to
exercise tliem, affords such advantages and pos-
sibilities for progress in international affairs that
it has been availed of increasingly during the last
50 years. Following the First World War, and in
an even greater degree since World War II, multi-
lateral treaties have been resorted to by nations
as a means of agreeing on rules of conduct for
their common observance.
'■ Address made before the New York State Bar Associa-
tion at Saranac, N. Y., on June 23 (press release 339 dated
June 20).
■ The Federalist No. 75, at 557 (J. C. Hamilton ed.,
1864) ; see also Foster v. Nielson, 2 Pet. 253, 313 (U. S.
1829).
The Geneva Red Cross Convention of 1864,^
the Postal Convention of 1874,^ the Conventions
of the Hague Conferences of 1899 and 1907,= the
Covenant of the League of Nations in 1920," and
the Charter of the U.N. in 1945 ' illustrate how,
progressively, the world community of nations has
become more closely knit, more interdependent,
and more given to the promotion of common in-
terests by means of great international treaties.
The Binding Effect of Treaties
Of course, it is argued that the effect of bilateral
or multilateral treaties as law among the nations
is greatly overemphasized. It is pointed out that
the absence of sanctions makes these agreements
notliing more than the expression of intentions as
to future conduct, the breach of which can bring
upon the defaulter nothing beyond the moral con-
demnation of the world for having broken its
pledged word.
But the sanction provided by world opinion is
not to be lightly regarded and is indeed a power-
ful force. In addition, the Statute of the Inter-
national Court of Justice, and the acceptance of
its jurisdiction for various types of cases, do pro-
vide facilities for the adjudication of disputes
' 22 Stat. 940, T. S. No. 377.
' 19 Stat. 577.
■^32 Stat. 1779, 1803, 1827, and 36 Stat. 2199, 2241, 2259,
2277, 2310, 2332, 2351, 2371, 2396, 2415, 2439, T. S. Nos.
392, 396, 403, 536-546.
« 3 Malloy, Treaties, Conventions, etc., 3336.
' 59 Stat. 1031, T. S. No. 993.
July 2, 7956
11
under treaties and for appropriate redress of
grievances.
But the real sanction is the fact that no nation
wishes to be regarded by the rest of the world
community as not faithful to its agreements.
Such a reputation would mean that other nations
would not enter into treaty relations with it, thus
depriving it of one of tlie principal means of pro-
moting its national objectives in the sphere of
international action. No nation wants to be re-
garded as a treaty breaker.
Indeed, a moral obligation sometimes proves
to be a more comiielling influence than is legal
compulsion. The desire to win and hold the good
opinion of mankind by living up to liigh ideals
and principles is a very powerful motive. Which
reminds me of a story about the great Edmund
Burke.
Burke was notorious both for being an inveter-
ate and unlucky gambler and for not paying his
bills. Probably the latter was the result of the
former.
One day, Burke's tailor met him on the street
and, displaying Burke's unpaid notes, pressed him
for payment. lie charged that everyone knew
Burke paid his gambling debts, but why didn't he
pay his notes to his tailor? "All," said Burke,
"a gambling debt is a debt of honor, and I am
an honorable man." Whereupon the tailor took
Burke's notes and, tearing them up and throwing
the pieces away, said, "Now your debt to me is a
debt of honor." And it is reported that Burke
paid his tailor.
Early Treaty Experience of the United States
What has been the experience of the United
States in the treaty field ? Wliat are its powers,
its limitations, and its practice?
The first treaties made by the United States
were concluded with France on February 6, 1778,
during the Revolutionary War. One was a treaty
of alliance,* in which each of the parties agreed
to "make all the efforts in its power against their
common enemy," Great Britain, and not to con-
clude a peace without the formal consent of the
other and "not to lay down their arms until the
independence of the United States shall have been
. . . assured."
The other treaty, concluded on the same day
with France, was a treaty of amity and com-
merce.** It is remarkably like similar treaties to-
day. It contains, for example, a most-favored-
nation clause with respect to commerce and
navigation.
These treaties were ratified by the Continental
Congress even before the Articles of Confedera-
tion became operative on July 9, 1778.
The War of Independence closed with the sign-
ing of the Treaty of Peace with Great Britain on
September 3, 1783.^° Articles IV and VI of this
treaty contained stipulations in favor, respec-
tively, of British creditors of American citizens,
and of the former Loyalists.
Although the Articles of Confederation en-
trusted the ti"eaty-making power to Congress,^'
and this peace treaty had been ratified by Con-
gress, fulfillment of the treaty promises were de- ■
pendent upon the legislative action of the several I
States. '
The States paid little attention to the treaty pro-
visions. Eeal and personal property and debts
owing the British had been confiscated, and the
courts had refused to enforce these provisions. ■
Great Britain made repeated and increasingly
sharp protests at this failure of the United States ,
to live up to its treaty obligations. M
As a result, John Jay, then Secretary of State
for Foreign Affairs, induced Congress on April
13, 1787, to adopt a resolution requesting the State
legislatures to repeal all laws conflicting with the ■
Treaty of Peace and to empower their courts to
determine all suits arising from the treaty in ac-
cordance with its provisions, "anything in the
said acts ... to the contrary notwithstanding." ^'
Only seven legislatures acted in accordance with
this request of Congress.^^
Note that this was in April of 1787. The Con-
stitutional Convention was then in session. On
the following September 17, the Constitution was
signed.
One of the reasons the Articles of Confedera-
tion liad 13 roved inadequate, and one of the reasons
the Constitutional Convention liad been convened,
' 8 Stat. 6, T. S. No. 82.
' 8 Stat. 12, T. S. No. S3.
'°8 Stat. SO, T. S. No. 104.
"1 U. S. C. XXIX (1952), articles VI and IX.
12 Corwin, Annotated Constitution of the United States
(1953) 415.
'"Ibid.
12
Department of State Bulletin
was the inadequacy of the Articles of Confedera-
tion with respect to treaties. Congress could make
treaties, but they had to be carried into effect by
action of the several States. "Wlien a treaty was
approved, Congress lacked authority to see that its
provisions were complied with. Naturally, under
these conditions foreign nations questioned the
value of a treaty with the United States.
Such was the background of treaty experience
when the Constitutional Convention drafted the
provisions regarding treaties. The provisions
agreed upon reflect the intention of the f ramers to
overcome the difficulties experienced under the
Articles of Confederation.
First, in article I, section 10, it was provided
that "No State shall enter into any Treaty, Alli-
ance or Confederation" and "No State shall, with-
out the Consent of Congress . . . enter into any
Agreement or Compact . . . with a foreign
Power," thus assuring against interference by the
States in the treaty process.
Then, it was provided in article II, section 2,
that the President "shall have Power, by and with
the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make
Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators
present concur." This definitely placed the au-
thority and responsibility for making treaties in
the Chief Executive, with the concurrence of the
Senate.
Finally, article VI was drafted to provide :
This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States
which shall be made in Pursuance thereof ; and all
Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Au-
thority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of
the Land ; and the Judges in every State shall be bound
thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any
State to the Contrary notwithstanding.
Thus it was made clear that the provisions of a
treaty, including treaties made before the adoption
of the Constitution, were to be law of the land and
to be controlling in the courts of the several States,
even though their constitutions and laws might be
to the contrary.
This is the supremacy clause, and it was drafted
for the specific purpose of changing the situation
existing under the Articles of Confederation,
where a State and its citizens were not bound to
observe a treaty executed by the United States,
unless they saw fit to do so.
These were the means the drafters of the Consti-
tution devised to make the treaties of the United
States respected and sought abroad, by making
them binding and effective at home; to make it
possible for the United States to make good on its
international promises, promises given to secure
reciprocal promises from other nations.
Ware v. Hylton
It was not long before these provisions were put
to the test. Virginia had provided by statute that
debts due a British subject would be discharged by
payment into the Virginia Treasury. A British
subject sued to recover on a debt, citing the 1783
treaty with Great Britain as the basis of his claim.
The defendant pleaded that the laws of Virginia
had discharged the debt. The Supreme Court
held in Ware v. Hylton " that the provision in the
treaty overcame the law of Virginia and the
British creditor was entitled to collect.
So as early as 1796, nine years after the Con-
stitution was signed, the Supreme Court held that
treaties overcame State laws to the contrary and
that this was so even in fields which under the
Constitution were ordinarily reserved for State
action and where power had not been delegated to
the Federal Government apart from the treaty
power.
Thus, we see, the subjects of the treaty power
are not confined to those over which Congress has
been delegated a power of legislation, and in its
foreign relations the United States is a unit.
This principle has been repeatedly recognized
over the years by decisions in State and Federal
courts, including the United States Supreme
Court.
Yet, periodically, the question of State legisla-
tion conflicting with treaties has continued to
arise, and incidents and instances have occurred
which would indicate that there is either an in-
sufficient public understanding of the binding
effect of treaties or a conscious intention of evad-
ing or avoiding compliance with them.
The San Francisco School Ordinance
One such instance was in 1906, when the city of
San Francisco, pursuant to the California State
constitution, adopted an ordinance which pro-
vided that Japanese children must be sent to the
Oriental Public Scliool and could not attend the
regular public schools.
Thereupon the Government of Japan made rep-
'3 U. S. (3 Dall.) 199 (1796).
iM\y 2, 1956
13
resentations to the United States Government that
this violated its treaty of 1894 with the United
States," which provided that the citizens of each
party should enjoy in the territories of the other
the same privileges and rights as the citizens of the
most- favored nation.
Elihu Root, then Secretary of State, made this
matter the subject of his annual address as presi-
dent of the American Society of International
Law in 1907.^'^ This you will find rewarding read-
ing. It contains a brilliant and comprehensive
discussion of the treaty power and practice of the
United States. In it, he concluded that, since the
rights to be accorded aliens in the United States
were a proper subject of treaty negotiation and
since such rights may be given by treaty without
regard to the laws of any State, it followed that
no State could set up its laws as against the grant
of a right to an alien by treaty. He concluded that
the San Francisco ordinance must therefore give
way before the treaty with Japan.
Secretary Root pointed out that fortunately the
validity of this reasoning had been recognized in
California and the offending discrimination dis-
continued.
All this occurred almost 50 years before the
present discussion over the treaty power arose.
Those who are under the impression that this con-
stitutional issue arose with the decision in Missouri
V. Holland " should realize that it was raised and
decided more than a himdred years earlier in Ware
V. Hylton.
Secretary Kellogg's Observations
At the amiual meeting of the American Bar
Association in 1913, its then president, and later
Secretary of State of the United States, Frank B.
Kellogg, devoted his amiual address to the subject
of the binding effect of treaties and the tendency
of States to fail to observe them.^^
The particular occasion of the Kellogg remarks
was the alien land laws which had recently been
enacted by California and Arizona, and particu-
larly a declaration by the legislature of California
that its alien land law was intended to apply "not-
•° 29 Stat. 848, T.S. No. 192.
" 1 Proceeding.? of the American Society of International
Law 43 (1907).
"252 U.S. 416 (1920).
"38 ABA Annual Reports 331 (1913).
withstanding any treaty provisions with the Fed-
eral Government."
Mr. Kellogg pointed out that the treaty provi- '
sions of the Constitution were adopted "in the
light of history and with the full knowledge of
the condition of the treaty-making power, and of
the violation of treaties by the states" and after
"the widest discussion and deliberate consid-
eration."
He further pointed out that
while protecting tlie person and property of the citizen
against the abuses of government, it gave to the central
government the power to make treaties with foreign na-
tions necessary to the preservation of the Union, to the
extension of its commerce, to the protection of its citizens
in foreign lands, and the right reciprocally to confer upon
foreign citizens those privileges consistent with the laws
and usages of nations ; and lastly it established a Tri-
bunal— the Federal judiciary — which was to preserve the
constitutional guarantees of liberty, maintain the su-
premacy of the Union, and enforce its laws and treaties.
Mr. Kellogg observed that, while the power of
the Federal Govermnent to protect the citizens of
foreign countries in our midst is plenary, "we
have been shamefully negligent in many instances
in giving this protection" and that as a result "the
only recourse foreign nations have had, has been
to demand indemnity . . . which this government
has always recognized and paid."
He concluded:
It is of the highest importance that our country . . .
should be ever scrupulous in keeping its treaty obligations.
They are as sacred as the private obligations which arise
between man and man in the manifold duties and relations
of life in organized society. They are of higher impor-
tance . . . because they lie at the. very foundation of
peace and good order.
Current Challenges to Treaties
The truth of the axiom that history repeats it-
self appears to be proved by the fact that today
we are facing another challenge to the treaty
power of the Federal Government.
On March 8 of this year the Governor of South
Carolina approved a bill making it a crime for
any person operating an establishment selling
Japanese textile goods to fail to display on the
doors of the establislmient in letters at least 4
inches high a sign reading "Japanese Textiles
Sold Here."
A similar statute has now been enacted in Ala-
bama, and one is pending before the legislature
of Louisiana.
14
Department of State Bulletin
The purpose of these statutes is obvious. Those
interested in textile manufacture in the United
States, who are feeling the effect of competition
with the Japanese product, have conceived this as
a method of reducing or eliminating the purchase
of competing Japanese goods.
In 1953, less than 3 years ago, we made a Treaty
of Friendship, Commerce, and Navigation with
Japan,^^ which provides (art. XVI, par. 1) :
Products of either party shall be accorded within the
territories of the other Party, national treatment and
most-favored-nation treatment in all matters affecting
internal taxation, sale, distribution, storage, and use.
The Japanese Government made a formal pro-
test to the United States Government with respect
to the South Carolina statute, pointing out that it
violated this provision of its treaty with the United
States.-" There can be no doubt that its position
in this regard is well founded. This protest has
been and is being communicated to the appropriate
State officials, but there is no reason to assume that
those urging this legislation are unaware of our
treaty commitments.
If these State actions assume the proportions of
a tendency, the pledged word of the United States
solenmly made in treaties, to which the Senate
has given consent to ratification, will become
gravely suspect. The enactment of discrimina-
tory statutes by the States, even though they be
later declared invalid, will damage not only the
trade of other nations but the good name of the
United States as well. Other countries will hesi-
tate to enter into treaty commitments with us, or
will be less likely to grant truly reciprocal ad-
vantages, if they feel that their products will be
discriminated against notwitlistanding a treaty
commitment to the contrary.
Of course, we should not confuse faithful per-
formance of our treaty obligations with the ques-
tion of free trade in the goods of foreign countries.
The United States has a perfect right to impose
tariffs and other burdens on the importation of
foreign products, or not, depending upon its own
national decision as to what is in its best interest.
This will take into accoimt the protection of do-
mestic production on the one hand and the neces-
sity to offer a market in order to secure a market
"4 U.S. Treaties and Other International Agreements
2063, TIAS 2863.
'° For texts of Japanese note and U.S. reply, see Btjl-
LBriN of Apr. 30, 1956, p. 728.
for our own exports on the other hand. But when
it pledges its solemn word by a treaty that it will
not engage in discriminatory practices, good faith
as well as expediency requires us to make good on
our promise.
International Relations Are Reciprocal
Many do not seem to realize that international
relations are a two-way street. What we do to
foreigners and foreign products in the United
States they are at perfect liberty to do to us and
our products in their country. Discrimination
can be met by discrimination, reprisal with re-
l^risal ; and privileges gained can only be obtained
by privileges granted and faithfully respected.
"Wliile these principles are embodied in our
friendship, commerce, and navigation treaties,
such as the one with Japan which I have just men-
tioned, the same principle applies to international
trade and intercourse where no treaty is involved.
Fair treatment and nondiscrimination beget the
same.
Recently there have been attempts to secure
State legislation prohibiting the manufacture
and the importation into a State of beer prodviced
by corporations the majority of whose stock is
owned or controlled by foreigners. The particu-
lar object of this legislation is a large Canadian
corporation which manufactures a well-known;
beer and ale. Legislation of this character was
introduced in Mai-yland, New York, Pennsyl-
vania, Rhode Island, and Arizona. In Maryland
the bill which prohibited manufacture was passed
by the legislature but was vetoed by the Governor.
While the United States does not have a com-
mercial treaty with Canada, American business
investments in that coimtry exceed in amount
American investments in any other country and
enjoy there national treatment on a nondiscrimi-
natory basis.
If the United States, whether through the Fed-
eral Government or through State action, were to
discriminate against enterprises on the ground of
their Canadian ownership, it can be anticipated
that this would provoke sentiment in Canada to
similar action or retaliation against American in-
vestments and business.
It was for these reasons that the Department of
State addressed a letter to the Governor of Mary-
land at the time the beer bill was before him, call-
Jo Jy 2, J 956
15
ing his attention to these important aspects of tlie
relations of the United States with Canada.
Commercial Treaties
Our commerce and industiy are engaging in
greatly expanded operations overseas. This is
important to the maintenance and increase of
American markets and foreign commerce. But
it also contributes to the development of foreign
countries and, in this period of contest with Soviet
communism, demonstrates the benefits of free
enterprise.
Such overseas operations are greatly facilitated
by the protection afforded by our treaties of
friendship, commerce, and navigation. Since
World War II, 15 sucli treaties have been nego-
tiated, of which 8 are already in force,^^ 4 are
awaiting Senate approval, and 3 are awaiting final
action by the foreign government.
Among the rights secured to Americans by these
treaties, in consideration of like rights granted in
this country, are the right to do business, protec-
tion against expropriation, and jDrotection against
discriminatory treatment.
Right To Do Business. Under these treaties,
American citizens and companies are assured na-
tional treatment in the transaction of business;
that is to say, treatment as good as that accorded
by the foreign government to its own citizens.
Specifically, American citizens and companies
are permitted to establish and maintain offices,
factories, and other establishments, to organize
companies under the general company laws of the
foreign government, to acquire majority interests
in companies, and to control and manage such
enterprises.
It is noteworthy that these rights would not
accrue to American citizens and corporations in
the absence of a treaty, since countries are free,
under international law, to control the entry into
the country of individuals, corporations, and
capital.
Of course, many countries permit such entry,
but they would be free to change their policies and
'^With China, 63 Stat. 1299, TIAS 1871; Ethiopia,
4 U.S. Treaties and Other International Agreements 2134,
TIAS 2864; Germany, S. Exec. E., 84th Cong., 1st sess.,
effective June 14, 1956 ; Greece, 5 U.S.T. 1829, TIAS 3057 ;
Ireland, 1 U.S.T. 785, TIAS 2155; Israel, 5 U.S.T. 550,
TIAS 2948; Italy, 63 Stat. 2255, TIAS 1965; and Japan,
4 U.S.T. 2063, TIAS 2863.
their laws at any time in the absence of such a |
treaty commitment. While the United States and
its partners in these commercial treaties reserve
the right to limit the participation by aliens in
public utilities, shipbuilding, air and water trans-
port, certain types of banking, and the exploita-
tion of natural resources, a wide area is left to
wliich the treaty right to do business is fully
applicable.
Protection Against Expropriation. These com-
mercial treaties also provide that property of
Americans shall not be taken within the territory
of the foreign government except for a public
purpose nor shall it be taken without the prompt
payment of just compensation. Furthermore,
such compensation must be in an effectively realiz-
able form and must reja resent the equivalent of the
property taken. Moreover, adequate provision
must have been made at or prior to the time of
the taking for the determination and payment of
such compensation.
Finally, if the foreign government maintains
exchange restrictions governing the remittance of
capital from its territory, it must make reasonable
provision, witliin the framework of its exchange
regulation system, for the withdrawal in dollars
of the compensation which it must pay for the
expropriated property. In this connection it
should be noted that the foreign country may only
impose exchange restrictions to the extent neces-
sary to keep its monetary reserves above a rela-
tively low minimum. Thus the commercial treaty
recognizes exchange control as an emergency
measure and not a normally permissible condition.
While, under international law, a country is
obliged to make prompt, adequate, and effective
compensation for expropriated property, somei
countries have questioned this principle, and many
countries have maintained that the valuation of
the property may be made solely in terms of do-
mestic law. Moreover, there appears to be no
case or general principle of international law hold-
ing that any other than local currency is required
for compensation, regardless of its utility to the
expropriated owner.
Consequently, the property protection provi-
sions of our commercial treaties represent not
merely a reaffirmation of international law prin-
ciples but an advance with respect to the require-
ment that compensation be made in an effectively
realizable form. Furthermore, these treaties pro-
16
Department of State Bulletin
vide that any dispute as to the interpretation or
application of the treaty shall be submitted to the
International Court of Justice unless the parties
agree to settlement by some other method.
Protection Against Discriminatory Treatment.
I have already adverted to the fact that in these
treaties the foreign country is required to accord
national treatment to American enterprises en-
gaged in a wide variety of commercial, industrial,
and financial activities. In addition, the foreign
country is required to accord most- favored-nation
treatment with respect to such matters.
Moreover, the foreign country obligates itself
not to take unreasonable or discriminatory meas-
ures that would impair the legally acquired rights
or interests within its territories of American
citizens and corporations in the enterprise which
they have established.
While these "unreasonable or discriminatory
measures" are not otherwise defined, this provi-
sion does afford the United States an opportimity
to consider whether such measures, although not
expropriatory in form, may so adversely affect
American enterprises as to be inconsistent with
the objects of the treaty, or constitute measures
not taken against other similarly situated enter-
prises, or bear no reasonable relation to normal
regulation of commerce and industry. If so, we
have a basis for making representations to the
foreign government.
Recent Examples of Commercial Treaties
There are presently pending before the Senate
Foreign Relations Committee four new treaties,
with the Netherlands," Nicaragua,^^ Haiti," and
Iran.^^ The treaty with Iran, while containing
the standard property-protection provisions and
protection against discriminatory treatment of
enterprises once established in Iran, does not con-
tain the usual provision in respect of the right of
entry of American citizens or corporations for the
purpose of doing business.
In that respect, the treaty with Iran resembles
the treaty between the United States and Ethiopia
of 1951.^^ Underdeveloped countries often have
'^ S. Exec. H, 84th Cong., 2d sess.
" S. Exec. G, 84th Cong., 2d sess.
" S. Exec. H, 84th Cong., 1st sess.
" S. Exec. E, 84th Cong., 2d sess.
'°4 D. S. T. 2134, TIAS 2864.
a system, from which they are unwilling to depart,
of "screening" particular investments from the
point of view of wliether they will be sufficiently
productive in terms of the counti-y's economy.
However, once American capital has entered, it
enjoys the same protection accorded in the more
developed countries with which we have commer-
cial treaties.
The treaties made between 1923 and 1953 as
originally drafted contained a provision whereby
the parties obligated themselves to disregard the
foreign citizenship of an individual in licensing
to practice the professions such as law, medicine,
and accounting. As a result of objections to such
a provision in several treaties before the Senate
for approval in 1953, a revision leaving this ques-
tion to be determined by the local laws and con-
stitutions was inserted in a number of such
treaties at that time. Since then, the United
States has not included the practice-of -professions
clause in commercial treaties.
Importance of Treaties Today
The treaty power is important to the United
States not only in fostering the economic well-
being of the country and protecting the interests
of its citizens but in promoting our security and
peace in the world.
The United Nations Organization, which has
made notable contributions to international law
and order, was created by a treaty. The United
States was probably the chief moving power in
the framing of this charter and has consistently
been a most active member of the organization,
placing gi-eat reliance on its successful operation
to preserve the peace of the world.
Also by treaty, the United States has contracted
in various contexts for the adjudication of inter-
national legal disputes by an impartial tribunal,
usually the International Court of Justice at The
Hague. Unfortunately, many nations which pro-
claim the supremacy of the law seem reluctant to
submit their controversies to impartial adjudi-
cation, so that there remains much to be hoped
for in this direction.
As we strive for a more peaceful and ordered
world, it is clear that national armaments and
military capabilities must be brought under con-
trol so that no nation may menace others.
Through the United Nations, efforts are being
continued to reach agreement on disarmament.
July 2, 1956
17
If the negotiations are one clay crowned with
success, a treaty setting forth the substantive ob-
ligations and the modes of enforcement will be
required. This, to be effective, must contain effec-
tive provisions for inspection and control, not only
on the territory of foreign states but also on our
own.
Already the United States and other nations
are embarked on a cooperative venture in the field
of nuclear materials — the setting up of an Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency to press forward
with President Eisenhower's proposal for an in-
ternational program of peaceful uses. It is
planned that the statute of this agency ^' will be
submitted to the Senate as a treaty next year.
The treaties of the United States under the present
Constitution, are liable to the infractions of thirteen
legislatures, and as many different courts of final juris-
diction, acting under the authority of those legislatures.
The faith, the reputation, and the peace of the whole
Union, are thus continually at the mercy of the prejudices,
the passions and the interests of every member of which
it is composed. Is it possible that foreign nations can
either respect or confide in such a government?
It would indeed be a cruel paradox if, having
framed the treaty power in the Constitution to
insure that effective treaties could be made and
enforced, we were now to impair their value. I
know you agree that we may have confidence that
this will not be permitted to occur.
Importance for the Future
The treaty power of the United States delegated
by the Constitution to the President and the Sen-
ate has proved its necessity and worth over the
170 years since the Federal Convention at Phila-
delphia.
Wliatever its importance in the past, the treaty
power seems destined to be even more important
for the future in the field of international com-
merce, intercourse, disarmament, and peace. But
we must constantly bear in mind that it is not
enough that we possess the power to make treaties
and that we wisely exercise that power. It is
equally important that, when we make a treaty
and thereby pledge the honor and integrity of
the United States, we shall fulfill our obligations
imder it in good faith and to the full. For, if we
do not do this, other nations will not make treaties
with us and the possession of the power will avail
us naught.
We must never permit our country to fall into
the condition described by Hamilton in the 22d
number of The Federalist wlien he said of the
Confederation : -*
^ For text of draft statute, see Bulletin of May 21,
19.56, p. 8.52.
^r/ie Federalist No. 22, at 192 (J. C. Hamilton ed.,
1864).
U.S., Canada Discuss Problems
of Radio Frequency Adjustment
Press release 336 dated June 19
Another of the continuing series of informal
discussions between representatives of Canada and
the United States with respect to mutual radio
frequency management problems was held in
Washington this past week. The principal items
of discussion were certain specific frequency ad-
justments which have been made by the two coim-
tries as a part of the carrying out of the worldwide
program of frequency adjustment contained in
the Extraordinary Administrative Radio Confer-
ence Agreement. Some of these adjustments have
created certain temporary problems which it was
considered desirable to discuss informally. Mu-
tually satisfactory arrangements with respect to
all of these matters were arrived at during the
course of the discussions. As a further outcome
of the meeting, representatives of both countries
recognized the necessity for continued close collab-
oration in the establishment and maintenance of
the joint sharing patterns in the congested high
frequency and regional frequency bands. Addi-
tionally, informal exchanges of information on
other matters of mutual interest pertaining to
radio services took place.
18
Department of State Bulletin
The Position of the United States In Today's World
hy Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr.
UjS. Representative to the United Nations ^
This occasion has great meaning for me. To be
given the degi-ee of Doctor of Laws by this great
University and to be henceforth an undeserving
but enthusiastic alumnus is an unforgettable
honor.
In a larger sense, this occasion has great meaning
for the country. This is the 200th commence-
ment of one of our great universities. That is
truly an awe-inspiring age. It is a magnitude fit
for nations, and mere individuals can scarcely con-
template it without some feeling of wonder. From
our ancient and humane institutions we have that
priceless gift, the chance to study the meaning of
our lives in the light of the past. Thereby we
transcend in some degree the generation in which
we were born, and we realize that we are in a hu-
man family which includes the best men of all
history.
This feeling should be especially vivid here to-
day. This University had as its most eminent
founder one of the wonderful figures of the 18th
century, that extraordinary philosopher and
statesman, Benjamin Franklin. Your predeces-
sors here in Philadelphia saw the members of the
Continental Congress come together and give to
the world a state paper of unexcelled effectiveness
and power — the Declaration of Independence.
Thus this great institution was alive at the seed-
time of our Republic, when decisions were being
made which shaped the life of America and of
the whole human race. And it has lived and
grown with the Republic, until today it is not only
' Address made at the 200th commencement of the Unl-
Tersity of Pennsylvania, Philadelphia, Pa., on June 13
(U.S./D.N. press release dated June 12).
a national treasure but an institution of worldwide
renown.
In representing the United States at the United
Nations, I am constantly concerned with the part
which America plays on the world stage. That
is, in truth, every American's concern. Especially
it is yours as members of this University with all
its learning and leadership. It therefore seems
both useful and appropriate today for me to speak
briefly on the position of our country in the world.
Perhaps the first thing to say is that- — thank
God ! — we are at peace. It is not the old-fashioned
kind of peace, to be sure, which was free from
"alarms and excursions." At the United Nations,
where we seek a cure for war as doctors in a hos-
pital seek a cure for disease, we see the dangers
in the world. We are making progress toward
finding a cure, and one thing which we have
learned is that we can move away from war — pro-
mding we make up our minds to wage peace with
the same intensity with which in times past we
have waged war.
Elements of National Strength
Waging peace depends on being strong. When
I use the word "strong," I use it in a very big sense.
It is a big word which must not be shrunk by limit-
ing it to just one type of strength.
It should not, for example, be made to mean
that we must have constant superiority at all times
in every single category of the vast arsenal of
weapons. A country which did that would not be
strong — it would be musclebound. One dollar
spent to build up the economy of a potential ally
can do more in certain situations for our national
iu\y 2, 1956
19
strength than three dollars spent on a bomber. It
is a dangerous oversimplification to think that na-
tional strength and survival depend exclusively
on military means. National strength in the
world struggle means more than having military
strength, vitally necessary though that is.
We must, for example, be strong in the economic
life of our country.
We must be strong in the skill with which our
diplomacy and foreign policy are conducted.
We must be strong in our devotion to the cause
of freedom and justice which we serve and in our
certain faith that, with God's help, that cause will
triumph in the end.
We must be strong in the number of our allies
and in their own effectiveness and strength, be-
cause, although the United States has 40 percent
of the natural resources of the world, we have only
6 percent of the world's population, and this means
that we must never stand alone.
Then let us think about those countries which
are not allies of ours but are not satellites of the
Soviet Union either. They cover at least half of
the human race. In spite of promising prospects
for the future, they are, for the most part, poor
today and under the constant menace of famine
and disease. They must be helped to the point
where they are able and eager to stand on their
own feet. Not only does common humanity urge
us to extend such help ; it also has the practical
advantage of meaning that in case of emergency
they will thus be able to fight for themselves. We
must not view these countries with petulance or
impatience; the so-called neutral who irritates you
occasionally is certainly preferable to the enemy
who aims to overcome you.
Views of Uncommitted Peoples
Let us try to see what people in these countries
think about us.
When, for example, they think of the war of
the American Revolution, they are not interested
in the caliber of the muskets which were used, or
of George Washington's generalship at Valley
Forge, but in the ideals of the Declaration of In-
dependence which made the bearers of these mus-
kets lay down their lives.
When people in those underdeveloped countries
think of our Civil War, they do not think of the
mechanisms of the various pieces of artillery on
each side of the line at Gettysburg but of the aboli-
tion of slavery and the ideals which prompted the
self-sacrifice of the men who fell there. They
think of Abraham Lincoln and the reverence he
felt for the Declaration of Independence — which
once led him to remark here in Philadelphia that
there was something in that declaration "which
gave liberty not alone to the people of this coun-
try, but hope to all the world, for all future time."
World War II does not stand in their minds be- |
cause of the equipment and the money which were
poured into it but because, by dint of great sacri-
fice, it successfully repelled brutal aggression and
established the pattern for the world in which we
now live.
Last year, at Bandung, Indonesia, when the na-
tions of Asia and Africa held their first conference
in history, President Sukarno in his welcoming
speech made a single reference to the United
States. That reference was to the ride of Paul
Revere, 180 years before, calling out in the dark-
ness for men who would fight for liberty — as Long-
fellow wrote, "a word that shall echo for ever-
more." How wonderful that America calls forth
such a memory in such a distant land !
We must, to be sure, think hard and long here at
home and among ourselves about the military and
the economic implications of foreign policy. But
it is not our preoccupation with bombers and with
dollars which we should exhibit abroad. We must
not make gifts in such a way as to destroy the
value of the gift.
Example Set by President
President Eisenhower has shown himself to be
a master at presenting a shining image of America
to the world. His proposal of April 1953 for an
international fund for economic development ; his
proposal of December of that year for a United
Nations stockpile of fissionable material so that
the atom could be used for man's life rather than
for his death ; his work at the summit conference
at Geneva which, in a few short days, undid all
of the harm which had been done to the United
States from so many different quarters by portray-
ing it as warlike and unstable — these are all ac-
tions which should set the tone for everyone, both
in and out of government, who speaks and acts
for the United States in its relations with other
countries.
A heartfelt display of friendliness and brother-
hood, a sincere appeal to the feeling in every hu-
20
Deparfment of State Bulletin
man breast that there is an element of gloi-y for
every man in this world — these intangibles can do
everything in situations where bombers or dollars
can do nothing.
Fear and greed are by no means the only human
instincts which have power to move the minds of
men. We must aim higlier, as the President has
successfully done. We must appeal to such power-
ful emotions in the world as hopefulness and faith
and the optimism which comes from having in our
minds the image of tlie world which we can create
by working together — a world such as Abraham
Lincoln wanted, which most of the world fervently
wants today and the thought of which moves every
human heart.
The United States wants no satellites. We wel-
come friends and partners who value their own
freedom as much as we value ours.
Need for Skilled Negotiators
National strength is therefore a fabric which
is made up of many different strands. I have
spoken of the military, economic, political, and
diplomatic. Implicit in these is a talent which a
university education should go far to promote. I
refer to the talent for negotiation. The ability to
find the common meeting ground and to work out
the compromise to which all can sincerely adhere
is a useful talent in all public affairs. In our in-
ternational relations it is vital. In its highest
development it is one of the greatest human tal-
ents— rarer even than the talent which can create
beautiful works of art. From my present vantage
point as Eepresentative of the United States in
the United Nations, I am keenly aware of how
much the world needs men endowed with a genius
for negotiation — and for thus moving all humanity
ahead on a broad front. In all truth it is the very
talent which will find a road away from war and
toward a just and lasting peace.
Running through all our activities must be that
belief in the value of the individual human be-
ing— that conviction which was first expressed in
the Declaration of Independence that all men are
created equal. This alone can give vitality to ma-
terial things. On it alone can the willingness to
sacrifice be based. Without it no struggle can be
won and no nation can long endure.
In essence the United States of America owes
its existence to men who believed deeply in the
ideals of the Declaration of Independence and
who, therefore, were willing to make sacrifices —
including the supreme sacrifice. We Americans,
who know and love America, are sure in our hearts
and minds that the sacrifice that they made was
worth making. Indeed the love of liberty is a
prime characteristic of a great university like the
University of Pennsylvania. We who are a part
of this University have helped toward keeping
this love ardent and strong. Let us continue to do
so. Let us particularly resolve to keep America
always the kind of country which men will love —
for which men will make the great sacrifice, for
which they will become heroes.
Death of William P. Boteler
Press release 332 dated June 18
The Department of State learned with sorrow
of the death of Vice Consul William Pierce
Boteler in Nicosia, Cyprus, on June 16, 1956, as
the result of womids suffered in a terrorist bomb-
ing. Injured at the same time were three other
U.S. Government employees: Jack Bane of the
District of Columbia, James Dace of Los Angeles,
Calif., and James Coleman of Scranton, Pa. Mr.
Coleman is reported to have been released from
the hospital. Mr. Bane and Mr. Dace are reported
to be in excellent condition following surgical
treatment of wounds received in the bombing.^
Mr. Boteler was born in Washington, D. C, on
May 2, 1930. He entered Government service in
1951, following his graduation from Haverford
College in Haverford, Pa. Prior to that time he
attended Landon Preparatory School and Wood-
row Wilson High School in the District of Colum-
bia. He came to the Department of State in
February 1956 and was assigned to the American
' In a statement to correspondents on June 18, Lincoln
White, Acting Chief of the News Division, said: "The
death of William Boteler and the injuries sustained by
the three other Americans in this incident are a tragic
reminder that violence is a blind and senseless course in
the settlement of international problems. Mr. Boteler's
death does not bring the Cyprus problem one step closer to
solution. It only adds to the already considerable cost In
human life which has been exacted by violence on the
Island of Cyprus."
July 2, J 956
21
Consulate at Nicosia in May of this year. Mr.
Boteler's father, Charles M. Boteler, lives at 2480
Sixteenth Street NW.
In a letter of condolence to Mr. Boteler's father,
Secretary Dulles expressed the profound regret
of the State Department at William Boteler's
tragic death. The Secretary paid tribute to Mr.
Boteler's service, saying "he died in the line of
duty, courageously advancing the high interests
of the United States. In the short time he served
with the Department of State he earned the friend-
ship and admiration of all his colleagues."
Norway in the Postwar Era
hy L. Corrin Strong
Ambassador to Nortcay '
I am delighted to have the opportmiity of being
with you this evening and of bringing from Nor-
way greetings to so many of her splendid sons and
daughters in America. The country of your an-
cestors has welcomed us with a warmth and friend-
liness for which I shall always be gratefiil, and
in turn I am glad to have the privilege of sharing
with you some of my observations of the Norway
of today.
Those of you who have not been back since be-
fore the war would hardly recogiaize Norway ex-
cept for two fundamentals: the wonderful
s c e n e r y — mountains, fjords, lakes — and the
people — surely one of the finest people in the
world. And the people have not forgotten over
the years how to make use of their beautiful coun-
try. In the winter on skis and in the summer on
foot they are out on the trails. Sailing for the
Norwegians is about as usual as playing golf is
to an American. And it seems that nearly every
Oslo family has its hytte in the hills or along the
fjords to which it slips away at evei-y opportunity.
But in many ways the dark years of occupation
marked a great change in the country. Norway's
material loss in the war is reckoned to be of a
magnitude of 21 billion kroner. A loss equal to
more than $3 billion, plus the intangibles result-
ing from the various hardships of the occupation
and of concentration camps, was a truly stu-
pendous one for any small country and particu-
larly for one such as Norway, not blessed with an
abundance of natural resources.
' Address made before the Sons of Norway at New York,
N. Y., on June 16 (press release 319 dated June 14).
The "Unity Program"
But rather than overcoming or breaking the
spirit of the Norwegian people, this disaster served
as a challenge. The Norwegians immediately
started to rebuild and have been at it ever since.
The plans for rebuilding and rehabilitating the
country have essentially been based upon the
"Unity Program," agreed upon by all of Norway's
political parties while they were still imder-
ground. The spirit of unity largely prevailed
throughout the entire period of the reconstruction
of the country.
I have recently returned from a 3-week of-
ficial tour of North Norway, where this process
can be seen perhaps in its most dramatic form.
The entire province of Finnmark, which is larger
than all of Denmark, was put to the torch by the
Nazis, as you know. Hardly a village was spared.
By now, new modern commimities have risen from
the ashes — new schools, new churches, new hospi-
tals, homes, and new factories. I found a spirit
of enterprise and determination among the people
of the North which I have seldom seen elsewhere.
And in rebuilding, the North has made its econ-
omy sounder. For instance, rather than sending
the entire fish catch in the traditional way to
Bergen for processing and export, fishing villages
over the area now have their own small freezing
plants. I myself, in the Lofotens, have seen fish
complete the freezing process within 2 hours of
being caught. New mining enterprises are being
started. And an effort is being made to diversify
the industry of the area.
Life remains hard in the North for reasons of
22
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
climate and difficult communications. Many, in
fact most, communities still depend on water trans-
portation. The standard of living, while rising
and now higher than it has ever been, is some-
what below the level of the rest of the country.
The population is gi-owing. The central Govern-
ment— through the North Norway Development
Fund, and otherwise — is paying more attention
to the area than formerly. I am personally "bull-
ish" on the future of the North.
I have cited the North in some detail as it is
fresh in my mind and some of you may be less
familiar with it than Southern Norway. But
the process of reconstruction has been country-
wide. The merchant marine, so important as a
needed foreign-exchange earner, which suffered
grievous wartime attrition, has been rebuilt, and
its tonnage is now 59 percent above that of 1939.
And in rebuilding, a decision was taken to move
in the direction of industrializing the country
and thus be less dependent on fishing and forest
products. This has meant the development of
great hydroelectric projects and of industries re-
quiring cheap power. These include aluminum
and nickel refining and electrochemical industries.
These have had a double benefit as they are for-
eign-exchange earners. Even with the recent con-
struction, less than one-fourth of Norway's hydro-
electric power has been developed.
I am happy to say that in this postwar develop-
ment U.S. Marshall Plan money played an im-
portant role. One example stands out in my mind
as constituting foreign aid at its best. The United
States assisted in the construction of one of the
new aluminum plants through a loan repayable
in aluminum. Repayment in the form of alumi-
num is now taking place at a time when the United
States needs all the aluminum it can get. Thus,
the operation directly aids both Norway and the
United States.
Norway is a country where the economic aid
given by the U.S. was put to good use. And it was
and is appreciated. Our aid, of course, merely
supplemented what the Norwegians did for them-
selves. In the earlier jjostwar years, in order to
make the reconstruction possible, they tightened
their belts and submitted to an austerity program
probably as severe as that in England. I am
happy to say that our two Governments mutually
decided in 1953 that Norway did not require fur-
ther economic aid, and our special mission to Nor-
way handling this work has now been terminated.
I do not want to leave the impression that Nor-
way is without economic problems. She has her
full share. Because of its geography, the open-
ing up of the country through the building of
roads and railways is fantastically expensive by
our standards. Power development requires huge
outlays of capital, and Norway has little. She
is plagued by recurring foreign -exchange deficits
which in recent years have been met by foreign
borrowings. But these borrowings have not been
frivolous. The proceeds have gone mainly into
capital investment: new ships, hydroelectric proj-
ects, aluminum plants, and the like, which in time
should strengthen Norway's foreign-exchange po-
sition. Her credit is good. Several loans, for in-
stance, have been obtained from the International
Bank, in one of which New York banks have par-
ticipated. Norway has also borrowed on the open
money market in Switzerland. She is now en-
gaged in a battle against inflation. The labor
supply for further development is limited.
But in my judgment economic progress is be-
ing made steadily. Given a few more years of
good ocean-freight earnings and continued favor-
able terms of trade, I am hopeful that Norway's
great economic reconstruction effort will prove
successful in the sense of providing a healthy
economy sufficiently strong to withstand normal
vicissitudes of economic fortune.
Political Situation
Those of you returning for the first time since
before the war will find a certain sameness about
the political situation, with the Labor Party in
power as it has been since 1935 except for the war
years. Coirununism exercises only a negligible
influence in Norwegian political life. The voting
strength of the party is down from its peak 12
percent of total vote cast in 1945 to about 5 per-
cent. Communists are active in the trade miions
and have scored some minor successes in the past
year. The price of avoiding infiltration and
domination in this field in Norway, as elsewhere,
is constant vigilance. I believe the responsible
Norwegian labor leaders are vigilant and that
they will be able to control the situation. While
you will find marked differences between the
parties on domestic questions, you will find few if
any differences among the non-Communist parties
on foreign policy.
July 2, J 956
23
But you will find a vastly different foreign
policy than prewar. As a result of her terrible
wartime experience, Norway understandably felt
a need for security over and above what she could
provide for herself. At first she hoped to find this
in the United Nations. Wlien it became clear
that this was not the complete answer, under the
wise leadership of my good friend. Foreign Min-
ister Halvard Lange, Norway decided to join
Nato.
Incidentally, Dr. Lange is regarded by my Gov-
ernment, and many others, as one of the outstand-
ing statesmen of contemporary Europe. It is
gratifying to see him given recognition by being
appointed to the Ministerial Committee of Three
charged with finding a formula to make Nato
more than a military alliance. Dr. Lange, along
with Lester Pearson of Canada, has pioneered this
concept. He is particularly interested in develop-
ing the international political potential of Nato
by means of wider and closer consultation on
foreign-policy questions of common interest. This
concept of broadening Nato is strongly supported
in Norway, but at the same time editorial opinion
has taken the healthy view that the military side
of the treaty remains important and must not be
subordinated.
Norway's decision to join Nato had an effect
beyond Norway, as it undoubtedly influenced simi-
lar decisions by Denmark and Iceland. Norway
herself, because of her geographic location, has a
"no foreign bases in peacetime" policy. I believe
I am violating no confidences, however, in saying
to you that all thinking Norwegians with whom I
have talked are seriously concerned over the im-
plications of the action of the Althing in Iceland
which casts some doubt on the future of the air-
base the U.S. maintains there for defensive Nato
purposes. They are concerned by the implications
for Nato as a whole and also because of the threat
to the security of Norway which a loss of the
base would entail.
Norway has been a solid member of Nato.
While her defense effort is not large quantitatively
and in comparison with other members is on the
low side, she is honoring her commitments. With
help from the U.S. — we have extended $600 mil-
lion of military aid — which, as in the case of eco-
nomic aid, has been a good investment, she has
built up from scratch small but effective forces.
When you consider this against the deep-seated
and longstanding pacifist sentiments in the coun- 1 1
try, I submit that this is a real accomplishment. ;1
I think the proof of all I am saying is reflected by i
the fact that the Soviet Union recognizes the sig- "
nificant position of Norway. The Soviets are go-
ing "all out" to attempt to wean Norway away
from Nato. No doubt they are impressing some
people. It is difficult to measure that type of
thing. I am firmly convinced, however, that Nor-
way will remain a loyal and steadfast member
of Nato.
I base that conviction on many considerations,
of which I will mention only a few. One is the
zealousness with which Norwegians protect the "^
rights of the individual under the democratic sys-
tem as it is practiced in the West. I know of no
truer democracy. The two main criticisms of the
U.S. since I have been in Norway — over McCarthy-
ism and on the race question — stem from this deep-
seated love of the Norwegian people for
democracy.
Westward Outlook
The second consideration I will mention is Nor-
way's traditional and continuing westward out-
look. There are modern Vikings. Look at the
Norwegian merchant marine — third largest in the
world. I like to think of the beautiful new Ber-
gensfjord, on which I came over, as symbolic of
this. Look also at the contribution Norway,
through its participation in SAS [Scandinavian
Airlines System], has made in pioneering interna-
tional aviation, for instance the polar route from
Scandinavia to Los Angeles. While it is no longer
easier for a Bergenser to go to Scotland or Eng-
land than to Oslo, the traditional ties remain. In
fact, as a result of the wartime experience of so
many Norwegian youths fighting in British serv-
ices, I believe these ties are now closer. This tie
reflects itself in many ways. Although usually
Norway and the United States agree on foreign
policy questions, there are occasional exceptions.
Perhaps one of these would be certain aspects of
our Far Eastern policy as regards the recognition
of Communist China. There is an increasing
amount of cooperation among the Nordic countries
through the activity of the Nordic Council and
other groups. The common Scandinavian market
about which there has been much talk is, however,
in my opinion some distance away. There is
strong opposition to it in Norway.
24
Department of State Bulletin
In addition to the strong British relationship, in
, recent years many other Western ties have
'), developed.
Not the least of these is the presence of so many
of her sons and sons of her sons in the United
States as reflected by the existence of your organi-
zation. I sometimes wonder why Norwegians
emigrate — why they want to leave such a beautiful
country. I suppose a generation or so ago life was
harder in Norway. I choose to believe, however,
that it is fundamentally a reflection of the enter-
prising or, if you will, pioneering spirit, which has
been inherent in tlie race since the days of the Vi-
kings. It is the spirit which Bjornson, in describ-
ing Norwegian character, so aptly called venturing
over de h0ye fjelle [over the high hills] .
In any event this has greatly enriched the
United States and other countries. It has also
brought in its train close family and sentimental
ties between our countries which will not be easily
broken. I believe, furthermore, we are constantly
growing closer together culturally. We have a
substantial going Fulbright program providing
for the two-way exchange of persons. Tourism
is on the increase with the potential extent limited
only by the facilities available, which are expen-
sive to build. The Norwegian actress, my friend
Tore Segelcke, has been making a hit here. The
Norwegian National Tlieatre's production of "Peer
Gynt" with the Grieg musical score is coming to
New York this fall. "Porgy and Bess" has just
had a phenomenally successful run in Oslo. The
Boston Symphony will be there in September.
Many of you may know that about 200 students
from the United States now attend the American
Summer School each year at the University of
Oslo. All of this cannot fail to breed closer and
better imderstanding.
Mrs. Strong and I are both thoroughly enjoying
our tour of duty in Norway and are deeply grate-
ful for the experience of living for a time among
the Norwegian people in their beautiful country.
We believe the country has a great future ahead
of it. And we are firmly convinced that Norway
and the United States will remain stanch friends.
Visit to U.S. of Deputy Speaker
of Pai^istan National Assembly
The Department of State announced on June 18
(press release 331) that Cecil E. Gibbon, Deputy
Speaker of the National Assembly of Pakistan,
was to have two visits with Department officials
that day, one with Assistant Secretary George V.
Allen and one with Deputy Under Secretary
Robert Murphy.
Mr. Gibbon arrived at Washington on June 17
as a leader grantee under the International Edu-
cational Exchange Program. He plans to spend
about 2 months in the United States studying
parliamentary practices and procedures of Con-
gi-ess and State legislatures, the Supreme Court,
the working of local self-governing institutions,
and political party organizations. A combined
air-train study tour will take him to most of the
States.
U.S. Will Help Transport
Afghan Pilgrims to Mecca
The U.S. Government will help to transport
more than 1,000 Afghan Moslems to Mecca for the
annual "great feast" ceremonies, the International
Cooperation Administration announced on June
18. IcA, acting upon the request of the Afghan-
istan Government, has contracted with Pan Ameri-
can World Airways of New York to send a four-
engine airplane to Kandahar in South Central
Afghanistan for 60 days, during which it will
make 15 to 20 round trips to Jidda, the port of
Mecca, on the Red Sea. The aircraft will be used
to supplement the capacity of the Afghan airline,
Aryana, to transport the pilgrims.
Pan American is the only U.S. airline certified
by the Civil Aeronautics Board as an international
flight carrier in and through Afghanistan.
The "Hadj," or great pilgrimage to Mecca, is
one of the most important events in a Moslem's
life. Every Moslem is required to make this pil-
grimage to the birthplace of Mohammed at least
once during his lifetime, if he is able.
inly 2, 1956
25
International Wheat Agreement Transmitted to Senate^
PRESIDENT'S MESSAGE OF TRANSMITTAL
The White House, Jiune 12, 1956.
To the Senate of the United States:
With a view to receiving the advice and consent
of the Senate to ratification, if the Senate approve
thereof, I transmit herewith a certified copy of the
International Wlieat Agreement, 1956, in the
English, French, and Spanish languages, which
was formulated at the United Nations Wlieat Con-
ference which concluded on April 25, 1956, and
open for signature in Washington until and in-
cluding May 18, 1956. It was signed on behalf
of the Government of the United States of
America and the governments of 39 other
countries.
The purposes and provisions of the agreement
are set forth in gi'eater detail in the enclosed report
of the Secretary of State and in the summary en-
closed therewith.
Attention is invited particularly to the final
paragraph of the report of the Secretary of State.
It is my hope that the Senate will find it possible
to give early consideration to the agreement so
that, if the agreement be approved, ratification by
the United States can be eifected and an instru-
ment of acceptance deposited by July 16.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower.
REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE
Department of State,
Washington, Jime 7, 1956.
The President,
The White House :
The undersigned, the Secretary of State, has
the honor to submit to the President, with a view
to its transmission to the Senate to receive the
advice and consent of that body to ratification, if
the President approve thereof, a certified copy of
the International Wheat Agreement, 1956, in the
English, French, and Spanish languages.
The agreement, which was formulated at the
United Nations Wlieat Conference which con-
cluded on April 25, 1956, remained open for sig-
nature in Washington until and including May 18.
It was signed during that period by the plenipo-
tentiaries of 40 governments, including the United
States of America and 5 other exporting countries
and 34 importing countries.-
The agreement is intended to continue for a
period of 3 years, to the end of July 1959, with
certain modifications, the arrangements with re-
spect to international purchases and sales of wheat
first established by the International Wheat
Agreement of 1949 and renewed with modifica-
tions in 1953. The United States was a party to
the 1949 agreement and is a iiarty to the 1953
agreement. The Senate gave its advice and con-
sent to ratification of the 1953 agreement on July
13, 1953, and the United States instrument of ac-
ceptance, executed by the President, was deposited
on July 14, 1953. The agreement (S. Ex. H, 83d
Cong., 1st sess. ; Treaties and Other International
Acts Series 2799), brought into force in 1953 for
a period of 3 years, will expire on July 31, 1956.
The 1956 agreement submitted herewith follows
closely the pattern of the 1949 and 1953 agi'ee-
ments. The 1949 agreement had been the result
of efforts by governments since the early 1930's
to find a way to create more stable conditions in
world wheat markets. The stated objective of
that agreement and its successors in 1953 and
1956 is to "assure supplies of wheat to importing
countries and markets for wheat to exporting
countries at equitable and stable prices." After
hearings on the 1953 agreement the Committee on
'Reprinted from S. Exec. I, 84th Cong., 2d sess. The
Senate document also includes the text of the International
Wheat Agreement.
' For list of signatories, see Bulletin of May 28, 1956,
p. 907.
26
Department of Stale Bulletin
Foreign Relations of the Senate, in recommending
that the Senate advise and consent to ratification,
stated (S. Ex. Eept. No. 4, 83d Cong., 1st sess.) :
The International Wheat Agreement is not designed
to benefit one country or group of countries alone but
exists because it provides a more stable and orderly
world market condition than would be the case without
the contract. The obligations and rights of the im-
porting countries are balanced by the obligations and
rights of the exporting countries.
Importing countries parties to the 1953 agree-
ment, now in force, nmnber 44 and exporting coun-
tries 4 (Australia, Canada, France, and the United
States). The agreement contains a provision di-
recting its administrative body, the International
Wlieat Council, to communicate to member coun-
tries "its recommendations regarding renewal or
replacement of this agreement." The decision was
made by the Council in 1955 to take steps to call
an international conference to explore the pos-
sibility of negotiating a successor agreement. The
Secretary-General of the United Nations was re-
quested to arrange a conference mider the auspices
of that body. A first session took place in Geneva
October 26 to November 16, inclusive, 1955, and
a second session held in Geneva February 20 to
March 28, inclusive, 1956, was resimied in London,
where negotiation of the new agreement was com-
pleted April 16 to 25, inclusive, 1956.
The new agreement was signed on behalf of
the United States by Mr. True D. Morse, Under
Secretary of Agriculture, under plenipotentiary
authority issued to him by the President. The
Secretary of Agriculture has informed the Sec-
retary of State that the Department of Agi-icul-
ture concurs in the recommendation that the agree-
ment be transmitted to the Senate for advice and
consent to ratification.
As in the case of the 1953 agreement, the purpose
of the new agreement is to provide an assured
market to wheat-exporting countries at the speci-
fied minimum price and assured supplies for
wheat-importing countries at a specified maximum
price. The guaranteed quantities specified in the
agreement for importing countries represent the
quantities which they may be required by the
Council to buy at the minimum price from the ex-
porting countries as a group and within the guar-
anteed quantity of each. The guaranteed quan-
tities of the exporting countries represent the
quantities wliich they may be required by the
Council to sell at the maximum price to the im-
porting countries as a group within the guaranteed
quantity of each. The obligation of exporters to
sell at the maximum price is thus matched by a
right to sell the same quantity at the minimum.
Action of the Council to prescribe sales and pur-
chases is reserved in the case of an importing
country when it is under necessity to safeguard its
balance of payments or monetary reserves and in
the case of an exporting country when it is unable,
because of short crop, to provide the wheat.
It is provided that exporting and importing
countries shall be free to fulfill their guaranteed
quantities through private trade channels and that
nothing in the agreement shall be construed to
exempt any private trader from any laws or reg-
ulations to which he is subject.
The agreement does not prescribe means or
methods to be adopted to insure fulfillment of
agreement obligations, nor does it require any
interference with trade in wheat outside the agree-
ment so long as agreement obligations are met.
No level of production is prescribed for an ex-
porting country and the agreement goes no further
in the matter of stocks than to provide that "each
exporting country shall endeavor to maintain"
carryover stocks at a level adequate to fulfill its
guaranteed sales.
The prices in the new agreement are minimum
$1.50 and maximum $2. These are only 5 cents
below the minimum and maximum set in the 1953
agreement, despite the large stocks wluch have
been built up in the meantime. Guaranteed sales
and guaranteed purchases written into the new
agreement are balanced, accounting for a total of
approximately 303 million bushels as compared
with 395 million (after adjustments) in the 1953
agreement.
The share of the 303 million bushels entered for
the United States is approximately 132 million
bushels as compared with approximately 196.5
million bushels (after adjustments) under the 1953
agi-eement. That of Canada is approximately 103
million bushels as compared with approximately
153 million under the 1953 agreement. Australia
has 30.2 million bushels as compared with 45 mil-
lion under the 1953 agreement. France, which
formerly had only a token quantity, has 16.5 mil-
lion bushels. Argentina and Sweden, which now
propose to participate for the first time, have
approximately 14.7 and 6.4 millions, respectively.
July 2, 1956
27
The new agreement was signed on behalf of the
six exporting countries specified in annex B to
article III (representing 100 percent of the guar-
anteed sales) and on behalf of 34 of the 44 im-
porting countries specified in annex A to article
III (representing approximately 87 percent of the
guaranteed purchases).
Representatives of 10 of the importing countries
did not receive authorizations from their govern-
ments in time to permit them to sign the agreement
within the period prescribed in the document (un-
til and including May 18). Those governments,
therefore, will not be able to deposit instruments
of acceptance for the purpose of helping to bring
the agreement into force in accordance with article
XX. In accordance with article XXI, however,
they will be able to deposit instrmnents of acces-
sion after the agreement enters into force and
thereby participate to the same extent as though
they had been signatories. They account for 39.5
million bushels (approximately 13 percent) of the
303 million bushels entered as guaranteed pur-
chases under the agreement.
To the extent that any of the importing coun-
tries listed in the agreement fail to become parties
to the agreement, by the deposit of either an instru-
ment of acceptance or an instrument of accession,
the total reduction of guaranteed purchases will
be matched in accordance with provisions of the
agreement by a commensurate reduction in the
total guaranteed sales. The reduction would be
distributed among the exporting countries in pro-
portion to their quantities as originally listed in
the agreement unless the Council decides other-
wise by a two-thirds vote. It is anticipated, how-
ever, that all or most of the countries which failed
to become signatories will become parties to the
agreement by accession.
As in the case of the 1953 agreement, the most
important importing country, the United King-
dom, has elected not to participate. This circum-
stance, combined with the impracticability of in-
cluding wheat covered by bilateral agreements
with Argentina, the expectation on the part of
some countries of receiving wlieat in disposal pro-
grams not recordable under the agreement, and
other factors contributed to limit the quantities
importing countries were prepared to venture
under the agreement.
On the other hand, 6 exporting countries are
included in the new agreement as compared with
4 previously, Argentina and Sweden being now '
associated with Australia, Canada, France, and
the United States. The agreement contains pro-
visions permitting accessions of governments not
signatory and also increases in quantity by par-
ticipating countries. Argentina, which is seeking
to change from bilateral to multilateral arrange-
ments in its wheat trade, holds forth the prospect
of later important additions to the total quantity.
Since the 6 exporting countries taken together
account for 90 percent of world trade in wheat in
recent years, the agreement, in spite of the rela-
tively modest quantities obligated by the importing
countries, may be expected to perform an im-
portant function in stabilizing prices on the world
market. 1
There has been added to the new agreement a
provision (par. 7 of art. XIII) authorizing the
Council to study any aspect of the world wheat
situation and to sponsor exchanges of information
and intergovernmental consultations with respect
thereto. The Council may also make arrange-
ments with the Food and Agriculture Organiza-
tion and other intergovernmental organizations,
as well as with governments not parties to the
agreement but having a substantial interest in
wheat trade, for cooperation in these activities.
Associated with these provisions is a clause ex-
pressly reserving to member countries "complete
liberty of action in the determination and ad-
ministration of their internal agricultural and
price policies."
This new provision affords a means for member
countries acting through the Council to become
fully informed about the wheat situation on a
world basis. The provision is permissive, leaving
it to the Council to determine whether and to what
extent it would wish to pursue such activities. It
would be at the option of individual member
countries whether to participate, and participa-
tion by all members having an important stake in
the agreement would clearly be considered neces-
sary for such activities to have significance. It is
the intention of the executive branch not to par-
ticipate in discussions of the internal wheat poli-
cies of importing and exporting countries. The
emphasis is on study of the world wheat situation
and there is an express reservation in subparagraph
(b) by member countries of liberty of action with
regard to internal policies, which would have
the effect of precluding undue preoccupation of
28
Department of Sfate Bulletin
the Council with the national policies of individ-
ual countries.
The specific reference to possible arrangements
with the Food and Agriculture Organization con-
stitutes recognition of the work already carried
on by tliat body, and insures that this work is not
duplicated by the Wheat Council. Permission for
possible cooperation with nonmember govern-
ments is included primarily in response to the de-
clared wish of the British Government to par-
ticipate in any study and consultation functions
relating to the world wheat situation which the
Council might undertake.
It is provided in the agreement (art. XX) that
instruments of acceptance shall be deposited with
the Government of the United States not later
than July 16, 1956, provided that a notification
by any signatory government by that date of an
intention to accept the agreement, followed by
the deposit of an instrument not later than De-
cember 1, 1956, shall be deemed to constitute ac-
ceptance on July 16. The agreement will come
into force on July 16 as to the administrative pro-
visions (pts. 1, 3, 4, and 5) and on August 1 as to
the provisions relating to rights and obligations
(pt. 2) , provided that governments responsible for
not less than two-thirds of the guaranteed pur-
chases and those responsible for not less than
two-thirds of the guaranteed sales have accepted
the agreement by July 16. In the event the con-
ditions laid down for entry into force are not met,
govermnents which have accepted the agreement
are authorized to decide by mutual consent that
the agreement shall enter into force between them
or take such other action as they consider the situ-
ation requires.
The agreement also provides that if any export-
ing country considers its interests to be seriously
prejudiced by nonparticipation or withdrawal of
an importing country responsible for more than 5
percent of the total in the agreement such export-
ing country may withdraw before August 1. An
importing country is accorded this same privilege
upon nonparticipation or withdrawal of an ex-
porting country.
On the side of the exporting countries, failure
of the United States to accept the agreement by
July 16 would mean the agreement could not auto-
matically come into force, since the guaranteed
quantity of the United States accounts for almost
44 percent of the total in the agreement. It would
July 2, J 956
seem also most unlikely that the countries which
had accepted would, in the absence of assurance
of participation by the most important exporter,
decide by mutual consent to bring the agreement
into force among themselves.
On the part of the importing countries, accept-
ance by the 12 having the largest quantities speci-
fied in the agreement would be necessary to fulfill
the requirement for automatic entry into force.
There is attached herewith a sunamary of the
provisions of the new agreement with changes
from the 1953 agreement indicated by use of italics.
The length of time required to complete negotia-
tions caused the period for signing the agreement
to be considerably later in the year than for the
former two agreements. In consequence, despite
all efforts to expedite preparation of the docu-
ments, the time available for obtaining the advice
and consent of the Senate previous to the time
when the new agreement must come into force
in order to succeed immediately to the present
agreement is severely limited. It is hoped that, in
spite of this unfortunate circumstance, the Senate
may find it possible to give timely consideration
to the new agreement in order that an instrument
of acceptance may be executed and deposited on
behalf of the United States before July 16, 1956.
Respectfully submitted.
John Foster Dtjlles.
Summary of Principal Provisions, International
Wheat Agreement, 1956
[PorHons of text italicized indicate most important clianges from
or additions to tlie 1953 agreement]
Part 1. General
article i. objectives
The objectives of the agreement are to assure supplies
of wheat to importing countries and markets for vfheat
to exporting countries at equitable and stable prices.
ARTICLE II. DEFINITIONS
Various terms used in fche text of the agreement are
here defined.
ARTICLE m.
GUARANTEED PURCHASES AND GUARANTEED
SALES
Article III relates to guaranteed purchases at the mini-
mum price and guaranteed sales at the maximum price
and includes in annexes A and B listings of the guar-
anteed quantities of importing and exporting countries,
respectively.
This article brings out that specific obligations of im-
porting countries to buy or of exporting countries to sell
29
exist only when such countries are required by the Council
upon application of a member country to do so at prices
consistent with the minimum and maximum prices, re-
spectively, which are specified in the agreement.
The amount of wheat flour to be supplied and accepted
against the guaranteed quantities is to be determined
by agreement between the buyer and seller in each trans-
action, subject to referral of the matter to the Coimcil
for decision in case of disagreement between an exporting
country and an importing country.
Exporting and importing countries are to he free to
fulfill their guaranteed quantities through private trade
channels or otherwise.
The Council may at its discretion limit purchases and
sales to 90 percent of guaranteed quantities before Febru-
ary 2S of a crop year (this provision is intended to enable
the Council under art. X to make adjustments in case
of reduced availability to the agreement resulting from a
short crop in an exporting country).
ARTICLE IV. KECORDING OF TRANSACTIONS AGAINST
GUARANTEED QUANTITIES
Article IV provides for the procedure to be followed
for entering as to each crop year in the records of the
Council information about transactions in wheat and
wheat flour which come within the price limits specified
in the agreement and are intended to count against guar-
anteed quantities.
Recordings under tlie agreement may be challenged by
the importing or exporting countries concerned and the
matter reviewed by the Council. Recorded quantities may
also be reduced if the full quantity cannot be delivered
within the crop year. A recording against the guaranteed
quantity of an importing country may be shifted to apply
to that of a second importing country to which the wheat
is resold.
ARTICLE V. ENFORCEMENT OF BIGHTS
Article V, relating to enforcement of rights, establishes
the procedure to be followed when any contracting coun-
try finds difBculty in purchasing its unfulfilled guaranteed
quantity for any crop year at the maximum or selling it at
the minimum price, respectively. Enforcement is through
the Council which decides the quantities (and, if re-
quested, also the quality and grade or the proportion to
he in the form of flour), which individual exporting coun-
tries shall sell to an importing country or the importing
countries shall buy from an exporting country.
The Council in making its decisions under this article
is directed to take into accoimt any circumstances which
the member countries may submit including the normal
traditional volume and ratio of a country's imports of
wheat flour and wheat grain, the quality and grade thereof
imported and the proportion of its guaranteed quantity
already fulfilled by the country requested to sell at the
maximum or to buy at the minimum price.
ARTICLE VI. PRICES
Basic minimum and maximum prices are fixed at $1.50
and $2 on No. 1 Manitoba Northern wheat in store at Fort
William/Port Arthur. These prices are made exclusive
of such carrying charges and marketing costs as may be i
agreed between the buyer and seller.
Formulas are indicated in this article for determining,
with reference to the basic grade and the basing point
mentioned above, equivalent maximum and minimum
prices for wheat at points in Canada (in store Vancouver
and f. o. b. Churchill), Argentina (in store ocean ports),
Au.stralia (in store ocean ports), France (f. o. b. French
seaports or at French border), Siceden if. o. 6. Swedish
ports between Stockholm and Gothenburg) .
For the period of closed navigation between Fort Wil-
liam/Port Arthur and the Canadian Atlantic ports equiva-
lent maximum and minimum prices are to be determined
by reference only to the lake and rail movement from
Fart William/Port Arthur to Canadian winter ports.
It is further provided that the determination of price
equivalents for any other description, type, class or grade
of wheat than those mentioned attove, determination of
minimum and maximum price equivalents for wheat at
other points than those specified above, adjustments in
already established price equivalents, and settlement of
disputes concerning appropriate premiums or discounts
may be effected by the Executive Committee in consulta-
tion with the Advisory Committee on Price Equivalents.
In establishing equivalent prices no allowance is to be
made for difference in quality which would result in fimng
eqtiivalent prices for any description, type, class or grade
higher than the specified basic minimum or maximum
price.
The old final paragraph of this article concerning free
movement of the price between the maximum and mini-
mum is now omitted, the clause concerning reservation by
member countries of liberty of action in internal agricul-
tural and price policies being transferred to article XIII.
ABTICLE vn. STOCKS
Article VII provides that each exporting country shall
endeavor to maintain stocks of old crop wheat at the end
of its crop year adequate to insure fulfillment of its
guaranteed sales in the subsequent crop year and that
importing coimtries shall endeavor to maintain adequate
stocks at all times to avoid disproportionate purchases at
the beginning and end of a crop year which might preju-
dice the stabilization of wheat prices and make the fulfill-
ment of obligations of all exporting and importing coim-
tries diflScult.
ABTICT.E VIII. INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED TO THE COUNCIL
Article VIII makes it obligatory for countries party to
the agreement to report to the Council information which
it may request in connection with the administration of
the agreement.
Part 3. Adjustment of Guaranteed Quantities
ARTICLE IX. adjustments IN CASE OF NONPARTICIPATION OR
withdrawal OF COUNTRIES
Article IX provides, in the cases of failure of some
country or countries to sign the agreement, failure to
deposit an instrument accepting the agreement, with-
drawal, expulsion, or default, for adjustment of the re-
30
Department of State Bulletin
maining guaranteed quantities in order that the total
of guaranteed exports and the total of the guaranteed im-
ports (as given in annexes A and B of art. Ill) may be
equal.
AKTICLE X. ADJUSTMENT IN CASE OF SHORT CROP OR NECESSITY
TO SArEQUARD BAI^NCE OP PAYMENTS OR MONETARY
RESERVES
Article X provides for the procedure to be followed In
effecting adjustments in guaranteed quantities if a short
crop in an exporting country or necessity to safeguard
balance of payments or monetary reserves in an import-
ing country threatens to prevent the fulfillment of obli-
gation.s under the agreement in a particular crop year.
The article provides that, in the case of relief from ob-
ligations sought by importing countries because of balance
of payments difficulties, the opinion of the International
Monetary Fund be sought.
Provision is made for exploring the possibility of ad-
justment by increase in the guaranteed quantities of other
countries before the Council has recourse to the expedient
of reducing any guaranteed quantities in order to restore
a balance between guaranteed exports and guaranteed
imports.
ARTICLE XI. ADJUSTMENTS OF GUARANTEED QUANTITIES BY
CONSENT
Provision is here made for simultaneous increases by
exporting and importing countries for the remaining pe-
riod of the agreement.
Transfers may also be made of parts of their guaran-
teed quantities between exporting or between importing
countries for one or more crop years subject to approval
by a majority of the votes cast by the importing and a
majority of votes cast by the exporting countries.
Accessions of new member countries may be accom-
modated by reductions in the quantities of importing
countries or increases in the quantities of exporting
countries.
ARTICLE XII. ADDITIONAL PURCHASES IN CASE OF CRITICAL
NB3a)
Article XII enables the Council by two-thirds of the
votes cast by the exporting countries and two-thirds of
the votes cast by the importing countries to come to the
assistance of an importing country in critical need of
supplies of wheat in addition to its guaranteed purchases
by reducing pro rata the guaranteed quantities of the
other importing countries.
Part 4. Administration
article xiii. the council
This article outlines the powers and functions of the
Council and indicates the circumstances under which the
exercise of such powers and functions may be delegated
and revolted.
The 1956 ayreement has added to the function of the
Council in operating the multilateral contract authoriza-
Hon to study any aspect of the world -wheat situation and
to sponsor exchanges of information and intergoverrv-
niental consultations related thereto. The Council may
make arrangements with the Food and Agriculture Organi-
zation of the United Nations and other intergovernmental
organizations as well as irith governments not party to
the agreement for cooperation in such activities. The
caveat is added that member countries reserve to them-
selves complete libertg of action in the determination and
administration of their internal agricultural and price
policies.
Decisions are reached by weighted voting in the Council,
exporting countries as a group and importing countries as
a group having each 1,000 votes and the number of votes
of each country being proportionate to its guaranteed
quantity. Voting by proxy is possible.
The votes may also be adjusted at any session of the
Council, when all member countries are not officially
represented or have not arranged for a proxy, to place the
importing countries and the exporting countries on an
equal footing.
Each exporting and importing country undertakes to
accept as binding all decisions of the Council under the
provisions of the agreement.
ARTICLE XIV. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Article XIV requires the Council to elect annually an
Executive Committee to be responsible to and to worli
under the general direction of the Council. Members
thereof shall be not more than i exporting countries elected
by the exporting countries, and not more than 8 import-
ing countries elected by the importing countries. The
Executive Committee is responsible to and works under
the direction of the Council, its powers and functions
being either directly assigned under the agreement or
delegated to it by the Council. Exporting countries repre-
sented on the Executive Committee have together the same
total number of votes as do importing countries and in
each of these groups no one country can have more than
40 percent of the votes.
ARTICLE XV. ADVISORY COMMITTEE ON PRICE EQUIVALENTS
Article XV requires that the Council establish an Ad-
visory Committee on Price Equivalents consisting of repre-
sentatives of not more than 3 exporting and not more than
3 importing countries to advise the Council and the Ex-
ecutive Committee regarding the establishment or revision
of price equivalents and other matters pertaining to
factors involved in the calculation of prices under the
agreement.
ABTICLB XVI. THE SECRETARIAT
Article XVI provides that the Council shall have a
Secretariat with a Secretary appointed by the Council.
ARTICLE XVII. FINANCE
Article XVII specifies that the expense of delegations
to the Council, of representatives on the Executive Com-
mittee, and of representatives on the Advisory Committee
on Price Equivalents shall be met by their respective
governments, but that other expenses necessary for the
administration of the agreement be met by annual con-
tributions from the exporting and importing countries.
July 2, 1956
31
The contiiliutions of each such country for each crop year
shall be in the proportion which its guaranteed quantity
bears to the total guaranteed sales or purchases at the
beginning of that crop year.
Default in paying contributions shall result in forfei-
ture of voting rights until the contribution is paid,
although not in loss of other rights or in release from
obligations under the agreement.
ARTICLE Xvni. COOPERATION WITH OTHER INTEKGOVEBN-
MENTAL ORGANIZATIONS
Article XVIII enables the Council to make arrange-
ments for consultation and cooperation with appropriate
organs of the United Nations and its specialized agencies
and with other intergovernmental organizations. It also
directs the Council, in case any terms of the agreement
are materially inconsistent with requirements which may
be laid down by the United Nations or appropriate organs
and agencies thereof regarding commodity agreements,
to consider amendment of the agreement.
ARTICLE XIS. DISPUTES AND COMPLAINTS
Article XIX provides for decision by the Council of
disputes involving the interpretation or application of
the agreement. However, a majority of countries or
countries holding not less than one-third of the total
2,000 votes may require the Council, after full discussion,
to seek the opinion of an advisory panel composed, unless
unanimously agreed otherwise by the Council, of 5 quali-
fied persons acting in their personal capacities and with-
out instructions from any government. The Council is to
decide the dispute after receiving the opinion of the panel
and considering all relevant information.
The Council also must consider any complaint that a
country has failed to fulfill its obligations. A finding for
breach of agreement requires a majority of the votes
held by importing and a majority held by exporting coun-
tries. The Council may, by a like vote, deprive a country
found to be in breach of the agreement of its voting rights
until it fulfills its obligations or expel it from the
agreement.
Pakt 5. Final Provisions
ARTICLE XX. signature, ACCEPTANCE, AND ENTRY INTO FORCE
Article XX prescribes a period for signing up to and
including Maj/ 18, 1956, and a period thereafter for the
deposit of instruments of acceptance with the Government
of the United States by signatory Governments up to
July 16, 1956. Notification to the United States Govern-
ment by Jul-j/ 16 of intention to accept the agreement,
followed by deposit of an instrument by December 1, shall
be deemed to constitute acceptance on July 16, 1956.
If governments of signatory exporting countries respon-
sible for not less than two-thirds of the total of guaranteed
sales in the agreement and governments of importing
countries responsible for not less than two-thirds of the
total of guaranteed purchases have accepted the agree-
ment by July 16, parts 1, 3, 4, and 5 of the agreement shall
enter into force on that date and part 2 on August 1,
for governments who have accepted the agreement.
32
In the event those requirements for entry into force I
have not been fulfilled by July 16, {/overnmcnts of coun- 1
tries which by that date have accepted the agreement may
decide by mutual consent to bring it into force between
them or take such other action as they consider the situa-
tion requires. '
Signatory governments which have not accepted the
agreement by July 16 may be granted an extension of time
thereafter by the Council for depositing an instrument of
acceptance.
ARTICLE XXI. ACCESSION
Article XXI provides that the Council may by two-
thirds of the votes cast by the exporting countries and a
like vote by the importing countries approve accession
to the agreement on the part of any Government not al-
ready a party and prescribe conditions for accession.
ARTICLE XXII. DUBATION, AMENDMENT, WITHDRAWAL, AND
TERMINATION
Article XXII fixes the terminus of the agreement at
July 31, 1959, and stipulates that the Council at such time
as it considers appropriate shall communicate to the
contracting governments its recommendations regarding
the renewal of the agreement. The Council is also an-
thorized to invite any nonmember government having a
substantial interest in international trade in wheat to
participate in its discussion in connection with renewal or
replacement.
The Council may by a majority of the votes held by
the exporting countries and a majority of the votes held
by the importing countries recommend to the participating
countries an amendment to the agreement. It would be-
come effective if accepted by countries holding two-thirds
of the votes held by the exporting countries and a like vote
by the importing countries.
Any exporting country which considers its interests to
be prejudiced by nonparticipation in or withdrawal from
the agreement of any importing country listed in annex A
of article III responsible for more than 5 percent of the
guaranteed quantities in the annex may withdraw from
the agreement by giving written notice of withdrawal to
the Government of the United States before August 1,
1956. A like privilege is accorded to an importing coun-
try in the event of nonparticipation of an exporting coun-
tr.v listed in annex B.
Any country which considers its national security to be
endangered by the outbreak of hostilities may withdraw
from the agreement by giving 30 days' written notice.
ARTICLE XXm. TERRITORIAL APPLICATION
Article XXIII provides that any government may de-
clare that its rights and obligations under the agreement
do not apply in respect of all or any of the overseas terri-
tories for the foreign relations of which it Is responsible.
In the absence of such a declaration its rights and obliga-
tions under the agreement apply in respect of all ita
territories.
Department of Stale Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings'
Adjourned During June 1956
U.N. International Law Commission: 8th Session Geneva Apr. 23-June 30
U.N. Committee of Experts To Review the Salaries, Allowances, New York. May 10-June 30*
and Benefits System.
, U.N. International Sugar Conference New York May 21-June 20
WMO: 2d World Comparison of Radiosondes Payerne (Switzerland) .... May 23-June 20
Caribbean Commission: 22d Meeting Cayenne (French Guiana). . . May 24-June 2
FAO Joint Subcommission on Mediterranean Forestry Problems . Nice May 27- June 3
ILO Governing Body: 132d Session Geneva May 28-June 2
UNREF Executive Committee: 3d Session Geneva May 28-June 2
WHO Executive Board: 18th Session Geneva May 28-June 2
PAIGH Directing Council: 1st Meeting Mexico, D. F May 28-June 4
U.N. Conference of Plenipotentiaries on Maintenance Obliga- New York May 29-June 20
tions.
16th International Conference on Large Electric High-Tension Paris May 30-June 9
Systems (CIGRE).
Inter-American Commission of Women: 11th General Assembly . Ciudad Trujillo June 1-21
International Seed Testing Association: nth Congress (Executive Paris June 4-9
Committee Meetings June 1 and 10).
Permanent International Association of Navigation Congresses: Brussels June 6 (one day)
Annual Meeting of the Permanent International Commis-
sion.
PASO Executive Committee: 28th Meeting Washington June 5-13
U.N. EC AFE Working Party of Senior Geologists on the Prepara- Tokyo June 5-10
tion of a Regional Geological Map for Asia and the Far East:
2d Meeting.
International Meeting of Tonnage Measurement Experts .... Copenhagen June 5-17
International Labor Conference (ILO) : 39th Session Geneva June 6-28
International Commission for Criminal Police: 25th General Vienna June 7-13
Meeting.
International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries: Halifax June 11-15
6th Annual Meeting.
UNESCO Intergovernmental Copyright Committee Paris June 11-16
U.N. ECAFE Subcommittee on Minerals Resources Develop- Tokyo June 12-17
ment: 2d Meeting.
ICAO Meeting of CONSOL Technical Advisory Panel .... Paris June 13-23
International Rubber Study Group: Management Committee . . Paris June 14-15
5th World Power Conference Vienna June 17-23
FAO Council: 24th Session Rome June 18-19
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 27th Session. . . . Rome June 18-29
FAO Committee on Relations with International Organizations . Rome June 21 (one day)
FAO Meeting of Fish Processing Technologists Rotterdam June 25-29
U.N. ECE Coal Trade Subcommittee Geneva June 25-30
U.N. ECE Coal Classification Working Party Geneva June 26-28
U.N. ECE Coal Utilization Working Party Geneva June 29-30
In Session as of June 30, 1956
North Pacific Fur Seal Conference Washington Nov. 28 (1955)-
U.N. Trusteeship Council: Standing Committee on Administra- New York June 7-
tive Unions.
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 18th Session New York June 7-
ICAO Assembly: 10th Session Caracas June 19-
International Association for Bridge and Structural Engineering: Lisbon June 25-
5th Congress,
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, June 22, 1956. Asterisks indicate tentative dates. Following
is a list of abbreviations: U.N., United Nations; WMO, World Meteorological Organization; FAO, Food and Agriculture
Organization; ILO, International Labor Organization; UNREF, United Nations Refugee Fund; WHO, World Health
Organization; PAIGH, Pan American Institute of Geography and History; CIGRE, Conf&ence Internationale des
reseaux 61ectriques; PASO, Pan American Sanitary Organization; ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and the Far
East; UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; ICAO, International Civil Aviation
Organization; ECE, Economic Commission for Europe; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council; I BE, International
Bureau of Education; ITU, International Telecommunication Union; CCIR, Comity consultatif international des radio-
communications; SEATO, Southeast Asia Treaty Organization; UNICEF, United Nations Children's Fund; ICEM,
Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration.
July 2, 7956 33
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled July 1-September 30, 1956
U.N. ECE Coal Statistics Working Party Geneva July 2-
U.N. ECE Committee on Agricultural Problems Geneva July 2-
FAO Technical Advisory Committee on Desert Locust Control: Tehran July 3-
6th Session.
U.N. ECOSOC Technical Assistance Committee Geneva July 4-
FAO Desert Locust Control Committee: 3d Session Tehran July 8-
U. N. Economic and Social Council: 22d ISession Geneva July 9-
19th International Conference on Public Education (Joint IBE/ Geneva July 9-
UNESCO).
UNESCO Executive Board: 44th Session Paris July 11-
FAO Technical Panel on Forestry Education: 1st Ad Hoc Meet- Oxford (England) July 13-
ing.
WMO Panel on Water Resources Development Geneva July 16-
International Whaling Commission: 8th Meeting London July 16-
International Wheat Council: 19th Session London July 17-
International Congress on Housing and Town Planning .... Vienna July 22-
FAO Meeting on Control of Tick-Borne Diseases of Livestock . . Rome July 23-
International Association of Theoretical and Applied Limnology: Helsinki July 27-
13th Congress.
20th International Physiological Congress Brussels July 30-
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Housing and Building Ma- Bangkok July 30-
terials: 4th Meeting.
PAIGH Commission on Geography: Meeting of National Mem- Rio de Janeiro July 30-
bers.
41st International Esperanto Congress Copenhagen August 4-
8th International Conference of Social Work Munich August 5-
U.N. European Regional Consultative Group on the Prevention Geneva August 6-
of Crime and Treatment of Offenders: 3d Session.
18th International Geographical Congress Rio de Janeiro August 9-
International Geographical Union: 9th General Assembly . . . Rio de Janeiro August 9-
ITU International Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR) : Warsaw August 9-
8th Plenary Session.
U.N. Conference of Plenipotentiaries on a Supplementary Con- Geneva August 13-
vention on the Abolition of Slavery, the Slave Trade and
Institutions and Practices Similar to Slavery.
U.N. ECAFE/UNESCO Seminar on Urbanization Bangkok August 13-
17th International Exhibition of Cinematographic Art . . . . Venice August 16-
10th International Congress of Entomology Montreal August 17-
Edinburgh Film Festival Edinburgh August 19-
American International Institute for the Protection of Childhood: Montevideo August 27-
Directing Council.
6th International Congress of Soil Science Paris August 29-
5th International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Philadelphia Sept. 1-
Science.
FAO Council : 25th Session Rome Sept. 3-
Educational Authorities of the North Atlantic Treaty Countries . Paris Sept. 3-
8th International Congress for the History of Science and 4th Florence and Milan Sept. 3-
General Assembly of the International Union for the History
of Science.
6th ILO Regional Conference of American States Members . . . Habana Sept. 3-
SEATO Committee of Economic Experts Bangkok Sept. 3-
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: Experts' Meeting To Geneva Sept. 3-
Study Certain Technical Railway Questions.
International Geological Congress: 20th Session Mexico, D. F Sept. 4-
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee New York Sept. 4-
U.N. ECAFE Railway Subcommittee: Working Party on Rail- Bangkok Sept. 5-
way Track Sleepers.
ICAO joint Financing Conference To Revise the Danish and (Undetermined) Sept. 6-
Icelandic Agreements.
FAO Conference: Special Session Rome Sept. 10-
PASO Executive Committee: 29th Meeting Antigua (Guatemala) Sept. 11-
9th Meeting of PASO Directing Council and 8th Meeting of Antigua (Guatemala) Sept. 16-
Regional Committee of WHO for the Americas.
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Economic Development and Bangkok Sept. 17-
Planning: 2d Meeting.
3d ICAO Air Navigation Conference Montreal Sept. 18-
ILO Tripartite Preparatory Technical Maritime Conference . . London Sept. 19-
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and Washington Sept. 24-
International Monetary Fund: 11th Annual Meeting of
Boards of Governors.
14th International Dairy Congress Rome and Milan Sept. 24-
ICEM Executive Committee: 5th Session Geneva Sept. 24-
34 Department of State Bulletin
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled July 1-September 30, 1956-Conitnuec2
3d International Congress on Archives Florence Sept. 25-
FAO/WHO Nutrition Committee for South and East Asia: 4th Tokyo Sept. 25-
Meeting.
15th International Congress of Military Medicine and Pharmacy. Belgrade Sept. 29-
P.\SO Executive Committee: 30th Meeting Antigua (Guatemala) Sept. 29-
International Almond Convention Bari (Italy) September
International Atomic Energy Agency: General Conference on New York September
the Draft Statute.
I( "AO Legal Committee: Subcommittee on Legal Status of Air-
craft.
\\'IIO Regional Committee for Western Pacific: 7th Session . .
U.N. Advisory Committee on Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy .
UNESCO International Advisory Committee on Curriculum . .
Europe September
Manila September
New York. September
Paris September
A Year of Progress in the Trust Territory of tlie Pacific Islands
Statement hy Delmas H. Nucker
U.S. Special Representative in the Trusteeship Cov/ncU ^
For the second time I have the honor as Special
Rej^resentative for the Administering Authority
of the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands to
serve as reporter before this body. I have the
privilege tlius of not only reviewing the activities
of our administration since July 1, 1955, but of be-
ing able to amplify those events I reported on last
year and in which I feel significant and note-
worthy progress has been made.
This year's review has an added feature, for
along with tlie report of the Administering Au-
thority will be examined the report of the 1956
United Nations Visiting Mission.^
To date three Visiting Missions have toured the
Trust Territory of the Pacific. This was the first
time, in my role as Acting High Commissioner,
that I have had the privilege and honor of re-
ceiving such a Mission. The Mission's visit was
without question one of the highlights of the year.
' Made in the U.N. Trusteeship Council on June 19
(U.S./U.N. press release 2421). Mr. Nucker is Acting
High Commissioner of the Trust Territory of the Pacific
Islands. For a review of the previous year by Mr. Nucker,
see Bttlletin of July 25, 195.5, p. 153.
^ U.N. doc. T/1255 dated June 19.
The unflagging interest, the patience, and im-
failing courtesy with which the Mission went
about the task of meeting with the Micronesians —
all were true tributes to the principles and pre-
cepts of the Trusteeship Comicil. The Mission
gave the Micronesian a better realization of his
relationship to the United Nations and the Trus-
teeship Council.
The Mission was able to experience at firsthand
some of the problems posed by our tremendous
logistic situation as well as observing the vast dif-
ferences in cultural background between districts.
I am certain the members were impressed with the
combination of unique difficulties which faces the
Administering Authority, paramount of which
are the vast expanses of sea area in which our small
scattered islands lie, the limited natural resources
of the area, the differences in languages and cus-
toms, and the general simplicity of life that is still
the mode once away from the district center.
Administration
With the centralization of headquarters on
Guam, the High Commissioner's staff has been able
to work closely with the districts. The contact
Ju/y 2, 7956
35
has been of a two-way nature, for it is possible now
for headquarters personnel to get out into the dis-
tricts easily to observe at firsthand district needs
and problems and for district administrators and
other district persomiel to quickly contact head-
quarters either by radio or by coming by air to
Guam. A much more efficient administration
operation has been the result. Our present cen-
tralization has allowed me, for example, to make
seven inspection trips throughout the area during
the i^ast year.
A major event affecting the American personnel
was the institution in the territory last April of
the competitive Civil Service. Such a move, it
is hoped, will enable us to build up a permanent
career service administration staff, which will
insure more continuity of service as well as at-
tracting better trained personnel.
A slight increase over last year in our American
personnel staff has come about through the exj)an-
sion of our agricultural program and our intensive
construction program. Our permanent Microne-
sian personnel increased slightly, from 1,375 to
1,437; but unlike the increase of our American
staff, much of which was temporary in nature, the
increase of our Micronesian staff reflected the
growing emphasis on the gradual use of qualified
Micronesians whenever possible, as well as ex-
pansion in such needed services as public health
and agriculture. Another 450 additional Micro-
nesians are employed by the administration; but
these are mainly in our special construction pro-
gram, and their employment must be considered
in a somewhat temporary light, since in the fore-
seeable future of the next 5 years our construction
program will begin to slack off.
Economic Development
Our present economic policy centers around the
principle of encouraging the Micronesians to ex-
pand and develop their own economy to the great-
est extent their natural resources and their own
capabilities will allow. The administration has
continued to render substantial assistance to local
trading and commercial firms to promote their
early self-sufficiency. Since July 1, 1955, over
$378,000 has been loaned to the major Micronesian-
owned limited stock trading companies in five dis-
tricts. These loans have better enabled the local
trading companies to purchase and collect copra
in the field, to build up and maintain adequate
stocks, to construct improved and permanent facil-
ities, and to allow them to purchase or lease ships
for intradistrict trade.
Copra remains the main source of income for
most Micronesians of the territory. Copra pro-
duction rose to 12,372 tons during the 1955 fiscal
year, with a total revenue of approximately $1,-
334,400. This year an estimated tonnage of
approximately 13,160 short tons is expected to
produce a revenue of roughly $1,378,000. Other
major income of this year is expected as follows:
trochus $200,000; handicraft $40,000; fresh pro-
duce $70,000 ; and scrap $100,000. i
Phosphate mining at Angaur was completed on |
April 30, 1955, and by June 30 all backfilling and
processing as required by the contract had been
complied with, and all Japanese contract person-
nel departed from Angaur on July 2, 1955. Ee-
cropping of the filled area, which was begun
several years ago, is continuing satisfactorily.
Agriculture
Since agriculture is the main industry of the
Trust Territory and the chief economic activity
of its people, continued emphasis has been placed
on the overall strengthening of our agricultural
program. Less than 18 months ago the agriculture
department consisted of the staff agriculturist, the
staff entomologist, and eight district agricultur-
ists. It now consists of 14 district agriculturists,
the staff entomologist, the staff fisheries biologist,
the staff copra adviser, and the director of agri-
culture and fisheries, making a total staff of IB
professionally trained agricultural experts. It is
hoped to increase this to 19 within the next few
months by the recruitment of a plant pathologist.
Also 19 additional Micronesians were employed in
agriculture during 1956.
It is our desire to improve subsistence agricul-
ture while not forgetting the importance of the
cash crop, such as copra and cacao. Some experi-
mentation with new subsistence plants and cash
crops is being carried on. To implement this pro-
gram we have established an agricultural center
in each district and have, as well, extension agents
working with our Micronesians to develop better
agricultural processes.
The expansion of the agricultural program has
included our special agricultural projects, such as
the cacao plantation in Palau, the coconut planta-
tion in Ponape, and the experimental atoll agri-
36
Department of State Bulletin
cultural research station in Jaluit in the Marshalls.
The activities of these specialized projects, by
supplying valuable plant materials, breeding
stock, and information, complement the work done
by the district agriculturists.
The employment of a copra expert as the staff
copra adviser will, we hope, enable us to measur-
ably improve our copra production. With copra
as the major agricultural export crop of the Trust
Territory, as well as the most important food crop,
the proper cultivation of coconuts, the replacing
of aging and nonproductive trees, and the better
processing of copra are among the most important
aims of our agricultural program.
The staff fisheries biologist is concentrating for
the present on the supervising of the trochus har-
vesting program. His work eventually will ex-
pand into an overall fisheries program for the
territory.
The new plant pathologist will concentrate first
on the investigation of plant disease problems in
the Marshalls and the Palaus and will gradually
expand his work into the other needs of the area.
We are continuing work in the elimination of
the rhinoceros beetle ; progress is slow but is now
effective. Based on experimental results of agi-
guan in the Marianas, where the introduced car-
nivorous snail effectively brought about control of
the giant African snail pest, we have scattered over
5,000 of these carnivorous snails throughout the
islands of the territory. Ultimate control of the
pest snail now appears to be within sight.
Thus the past year has seen the granting of
increased funds for strengthening the agriculture
program, the doubling of the professionally
trained staff, the expansion of our broad program
of extension and experimental work, and con-
tinued efforts to maintain control of pests.
Land Resettlement
A basic policy of the Administering Authority
is to return to Micronesian hands as soon as pos-
sible land that falls in the category of public do-
main. As one method of accomplishment our
homesteading program has pushed steadily for-
ward. In Ponape approximately 1,000 acres in
the Metalanim plantation area have been home-
steaded by about 145 families from the overpopu-
lated islands of Pingelap and Kapingamarangi
of Ponape District and Losap Island of Truk
District.
The Ponape Land Advisory Board presently is
in the process of selecting additional areas suitable
for homesteading so that this well-accepted pro-
gram may continue.
The Marshall Islands District poses special prob-
lems because of the widely scattered location of
the atolls and the limited acreage of public land,
for only 1,500 acres are available for development
of homesteads. Homesteading of this public land
nonetheless is under way, and two fairly large
islands will be homesteaded this present year.
In Palau the return of public land to Micro-
nesians continues in a twofold manner. One is
the return of land to municipalities by grants for
municipal use. Two such large-scale grants have
been made to date, a grant of approximately 200
acres to the municipality of Peleliu on Ngesebus
Islands for coconut planting, and another of ap-
proximately 400 acres on Ngemelis Island for the
same purpose to Koror municipality. Individual
homesteading is also under way with the opening
up of a sizeable homestead area of 100 acres on
the island of Babelthuap.
Truk District proportionally has less so-called
goveriunent land than other districts, only some
6 percent of the total land area falling in this
category. The homesteading of this small area
is now in the planning stage, and the local land
advisory board is working on the establishment
of public-land homesteading policies and patterns.
Surveying presently is under way in Rota pre-
paratory to the inauguration of a homestead pro-
gi'am there.
In Yap, there is practically no problem with
respect to return of land.
In all districts the administrative retention areas
have been determined and land not needed is being
returned to the Micronesians.
Claim Settlement
Noteworthy progress has been achieved in the
settlement of claims by the Micronesians against
the Administering Authority.
Settlement of claims for private land which the
United States and certain of its agencies finds it
necessary to use has moved at last from the realm
of planning into the stage of actual implementa-
tion. In Saipan all pending land claims of this
nature have been settled. In the Marshalls, where
Bikini and Eniwetok claims have particularly
July 2, J 956
37
bten brought to the attention of the Council/ we
have settled the administrative problems involved
in obtaining the necessary funds. Promptly upon
my return from this session of the Council, I plan
to send personnel from my staff to Kill and Uje-
lang to negotiate with the former residents of
Bikini and Eniwetok a settlement of their claims
for those two areas. I assure the Council that this
type of land claim will now be pressed to as rapid
a conclusion as .possible, not only in the Marshalls
but in all other districts as well.
In the Truk District the principal phase of the
land pi-ogram has been completed with the settle-
ment of all claims for the use of private land by
the Trust Territory Government. Within the past
month approximately 350 Trukese landholders
shared in the initial payment of over $45,000.
Negotiations are under way at present for the
settlement of similar land claims in the Marshalls.
It is hoped that implementation of these will be
under way before the close of the present calendar
year. A point worthy of mention is that in both
areas the Administering Authority is not purchas-
ing the land in perpetuity but rather is paying for
its use with the residual rights of ownership re-
maining in the name of the original Micronesian
owner.
In all of our districts it is now reported that yen
redemption claims have been settled. All such
claims appear to have been satisfactorily met. We
are now completing arrangements for the payment
to Trust Territoi-y residents of the so-called con-
tractual claims, such as bonds and postal savings.
These we hope to settle before the end of this
calendar year.
Education
Our educational aim is to provide education
which will be of permanent value and use by
Micronesians in their society. To accomplish this,
Micronesians in ever-increasing numbers are tak-
ing over important positions in the Education
Department. One of our district directors of
education is a Micronesian. All but one of our
superintendents of education and all our school
principals are Micronesian.
The concern and interest of the Micronesians
in elementary education which they themselves
completely support is seen in the increase in the
' BuiXETiN of Apr. 23, 1956, p. 689.
38
number of local boards of education, in the mini-
mum qualifications for elementary schools that
are being set up, and in the construction of school
buildings on the part of the local municipalities.
At the end of World War II, few of the cliildren
of Micronesia had ever been to school for any very
extended period of time. Today 155 public
schools have been established throughout the area
with combined enrollments of over 8,601 students.
An additional 2,228 students are enrolled in the
26 private mission schools, making a total of 10,829
elementary and intermediate students studying
within the territory. Two hundred and fourteen
students were studying during the past year in
higher-education institutions outside the territory,
of which 150 were in high school or junior college
in Guam.
Plans are now being implemented for placing
increased emphasis on education beyond the in-
termediate-school level within the territory. Our
Pacific Islands Central School is being strength-
ened as a plant and as to its curriculum. Thisi'
year we are adding a third year of instruction to
P.I.C.S., and within the next few months we hope
to begin work on a permanent site for P.I.C.S. in
Ponape. Wlien this building program is com-
pleted, we will have a physical plant which will
permit a greater emphasizing of Micronesian
needs in health, education, agriculture, adminis-
tration, economics, and industry.
While the major emphasis in this expanded
P.I.C.S. will be to turn out better trained students
with specialized backgrounds for work within
their communities, in our new third year stress
also will be placed on grooming selected candidates
who can be sent to seats of higher learning out-
side the territory to give them additional skills
and training.
An important educational achievement of the
year was the pioneer work done by the teacher
trainers working in the out islands in developing
community-orientated schools.
Continuing stress is placed on the development
of educational materials adapted to the local cul-
tures. These are prepared in English and then
translated into local vernaculars. Two districts
now have printing presses in operation for tliis
service, while the rest continue to issue such teach-
ing aids in mimeographed form.
Our programs of adult education, school agri-
culture, and vocational education continue to be'
pushed vigorously.
Deparfment of State Bulletin
Public Health
The keystone of our public health program re-
mains the improvement of the health and sanitary
conditions of the Micronesians.
Tuberculosis remains the major health problem.
Those who are found to have contracted tlie disease
are being given treatment with the best medicine
available. Our next step in further control will
be a BCG vaccination program. In sum, there
is less tuberculosis than last year.
Through modern drugs and improved sanita-
tion practices the parasitic diseases of the gastro-
intestinal tract are being diminished. New
leprosarium wards which were completed in Truk,
Yap, and Ponape during the year now permit
us to take care of all leprous patients in their
home districts. The therapeutic benefit of their
home community environment, plus the applica-
tion of new curative techniques, has shortened the
treatment time of the disease. Extra precautions
against smallpox and tetanus have been instituted.
The core of our health progi'am remains the six
district hospitals, which are manned by qualified
; American and Micronesian medical staffs. New
hospital construction is under way at Koror, Truk,
and Yap so that in all but the Marshalls District
new hospital facilities are now or will soon be
available.
Training programs for Micronesian public-
health personnel were expanded during the year,
resulting in the placing of greater responsibility
upon Micronesians in all public-health branches.
In the Marshalls, the district director of public
health is Micronesian, as well as is the entire staff
of the public-health department, except for one
American hospital administrator. In the field
of dental services only the interdistrict director
now is American ; in all districts the dental clinics
are completely manned by Micronesian staffs.
Four Trust Territory students were enrolled
at the Suva Medical School, with three new stu-
dents applying for admission during the year. In
addition, two medical practitioners and two nurses
were sent io Honolulu for advanced training, mak-
ing a total of four doctors and three nurses now
in postgraduate study there.
The Trust Territory School for Nursing was
moved from Ponape to Koror in the Palau Dis-
trict, providing for improved and permanent fa-
cilities and permitting the establishment of a basic
training program of 20 months.
A 3-month sanitation program for health work-
ers has been instituted. Training of health
workers on a local level continued.
A general improvement in health conditions
throughout the territory can be reported.
Construction
Our construction and rehabilitation program
has continued without interruption and at a sig-
nificantly accelerated pace. Over $1,600,000 has
been spent in the past 2 years on our construction
program ; and it is anticipated that the expendi-
ture will continue at this rate for the next 4 to 5
years, at which time it is felt that an adequate
physical plant will have been achieved.
It is planned this year to continue the construc-
tion of needed facilities such as power plants,
warehouses, reefers, roads, harbor and dock in-
stallations, administration housing, as well as be-
ginning the construction of a permanent physical
plant for the Pacific Islands Central School.
This greatly expanded construction program
remains closely geared to the local economy.
Local Micronesians under the direction of our
public works personnel are carrying out all the
construction work. Not only is the local economy
being strengthened by this procedure, but it en-
ables our Micronesian employees to acquire or im-
prove their skills through such employment. To
implement this program a vocational trades in-
structor has been added to our staff and will di-
rect a full-scale on-the-job training program
within the Public Works Division.
Logistics and Supply
The improvement of our supply and logistic
operations continues to be one of our major
concerns.
In one district, that of the Marshalls, the goal
of turning over intradistrict shipping to the Mi-
cronesians already has been achieved. Here the
Marshall Islands Import-Export Company has
two intradistrict trading ships in operation and, in
addition, operates for the Administering Author-
ity under contract its medical survey ship. The
extension of service made possible by these locally
operated vessels has brought about increased copra
production and has materially raised the standard
of living of the Marshallese in the outer atolls.
As suitable ships are made available, it is hoped
that the local trading companies in the other dis-
Ju/y 2, J 956
39
tricts, likewise, will take over all intradistrict
shipping.
Goal niiinber (wo, tliiit of drawing established
shipping lines directly into the Trust Territory
orbit, is well on the way to accomplishment with
the development of Majuro as a world port of
call. Since October 12, 1954, when the first com-
mercial ship made her maiden call at Majuro,
vessels have called at ]\Iajuro 11 times to pick up
copra and deliver cargo. We hope to be able to
schedule regular service at the rate of one ship
every 2 months this present year.
Our air transportation service continues to be
provided under special contract by a fleet of am-
phibious SA-lt)A planes which have demonstrated
their worth to us in their larger passenger accom-
modation, cruising speed, and safety features over
our former air service. I might mention that one
of our SA-16A planes was chartered by the United
Nations Visiting Mission and provided its air
transportation during its tour of our territorj'.
The past year has seen a strengthening of our
radio communication system. Major stations are
maintained at each of the 6 district centers. A
signilicant feature of our present communication
program is the construction of secondary stations
on the outer islands. In 1953 oidy 5 such outer-
island radio stations were in existence; now there
are 18 in operation.
Political and Social Advancement
"We are highly conscious of our responsibilities
in the political advancement of the INIicronesian
people. AVe recognize that these people are men
and women of stature with ways of livmg which
have been satisfactory to them in the past, and we
are permitting changes and developments to take
place gradually as the people are ready for them,
rather than bringing sudden departures from tra-
dition which could afl'ect their total sense of secu-
rity and stability. In consonance with the fore-
going it is thought that an organic act, which
will reflect the needs of the Micronesians, will
come into being by 19G0.
Significant progress has been made toward a
goal of self-government. In the sphere of local
government, steady progress can be reported in
the etliciency of municipal governments and the
' operation of the advisory councils and congresses.
An increasing number of municipal officers now
are selected by popular ballot. As an example
of the trend toward democratic processes, out of
the 102 municipalities in the Trust Territory, 95i
now elect their magistrates. We are certain that
this trend will continue and believe that within
2 or 3 years we will be able to report that all magis-
trates throughout the territory will be selected
by the elective process.
The Palauan Congress, since the granting of a
formal charter last j'ear, has taken great strides
towaid political maturity. In 1955 the Palau
Congress during its two annual sessions voted
hills setting up collection of taxes and fees, estab-
lished a district budget, legislated a law setting
uji minimum qualifications of elementary school
teachers, and a law providing for financial assist-
ance to needy municipalities to aid them in meet-
ing these minimum standards of elementary school
teachers. All of the laws, I am happy to report,
were approved without change by me in my role
as Acting High Commissioner.
In Trnk, the annual magistrates conference,
fourth of its kind since its inception in 1952, met
in January 1956 and for the first time in Trtdc Dis-
trict's history approved a district-wide budget for
the calendar year. Currently we are discussing
the next step in the political growth of Truk.
This will be developing of a district-wide con-
gress, which should be accomplished by 1960.
In the Marshalls, the Marshallese Congi-ess,
through its Hold-Over Committee, continued ac-
tivity. In Yap, our most conservative district,
the Magistrate's Council this year drew up a for-
mal set of rules and regulations governing their
activities, an event of significant importance
in their advancement toward a goal of self-
government.
In Ponape, the first chartered town in Micro-
nesia came into being in April 1956. The formal
chartering of municipalities and towns in IMicro-
nesia is now in the planning stage. We expect to
make decided progress in this program and hope
that by 1960 most of the municipalities will be
operating under formal charters.
In the Northern JIarianas, the Saipan Congi-ess
continued to meet during the year. In Tinian,
the chartering of a similar congx'ess was the po-
litical highlight of the year.
Interdistrict political consciousness gradually
is beginning to emerge; political leaders are be-
ginning regularly to attend sessions of congresses
as observers in districts other than their own,
40
Department of State Bulletin
1 1 is jDreseiit summer a conference of I'epresenta-
ive leaders from all districts will be held, a major
heme of this meeting being discussion of perti-
iiMit governmental problems of territory-wide
nt crest.
As an aid to our Micronesians in planning for
111 lire taxation as well as for administration use,
, tax expert was hired recently under special
oiitract to make a survey of the tax pattern
)f' tlie Trust Territory. His report and recom-
ncndations currently are under study.
Conclusion
I have not attempted in this brief summary to
;lo otlier tlian liighlight what I believe to be the
3hief accomplishments of the past year. During
the question period, their details will be presented
t(i tlie extent that specific inquiries request.
In closing, I wish to reiterate the basic prin-
ciples which underlie our administration's policies
and actions. Our aim is to show the Micronesians
liow to live better in Micronesia as Micronesians.
The customs and practices of the Micronesians are
caiefully considered and honored to the fullest
extent feasible. We recognize also tliat, while the
old way of life is changing, the change must be a
gradual evolutionary process so that the new Mi-
cronesia which emerges is brought about without
too severe a disruption and modification of Micro-
nesian ways of thoughts and customs.
"We envision our task as a joint one where only
a meeting of minds by Micronesian leaders and
our administration can arrive at a satisfactory
long-range solution of mutual problems. Our
policy hence is to aid them within their limits to
achieve a position of self-sufficiency in the eco-
nomic and political spheres, always with the
thought that we are aiding, not directing, pointing
the way, not compelling, and always allowing them
the choice of accepting or rejecting innovations
which seem proper for us but may be unacceptable
to them.
We do not claim changes have taken place which
overnight have caused tremendous benefits to
accrue to the Micronesians. We do take great
pride in the steady progress being made in the
bettering of our programs which have the support
of the Micronesians. Their cooperation as well
as their sympathetic understanding of mutual
problems makes our progress one of joint accom-
plishment.
U.S. Offers Aid in Measuring
Radioactive Fallout
U.S. /U.N. press release 2417 dated June 6
Ambassador Henry Oabot Lodge, Jr., Repre-
sentative of the United States to the United Na-
tions, on June 6 sent the following letter to
Secretary-General Dag Hammarshjold}
I have the honor to refer to the proposals made
by the United States establishing uniform pro-
cedures for the collection and measurement of
fallout samples which were adopted by the United
Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of
Atomic Radiation in the course of its initial
meetings in March. In order to assist other na-
tions in obtaining their own information as soon
as possible on levels of radioactivity, Dr. Shields
Warren, the United States representative, offered
technical assistance in the establishment of col-
lection stations, training in methods of analysis,
and upon request, the processing of samples in the
United States Atomic Energy Commission lab-
oratories on behalf of other countries.^
Specifically, the United States Government at
the present time is prepared to take the following
steps :
1. To assist in the establishment of fallout col-
lection stations by furnishing upon request to
States Members of the United Nations or of the
Specialized Agencies a six months' supply of
paper and the necessary stands.
2. To process the fallout samples collected and
to furnish analyses of data in order that the find-
ings may be reported to the United Nations
Scientific Committee.
3. To undertake routine radiochemical analyses
of Sr-90, Cs-137 and certain other nuclides (as
may be approved by the United States), as re-
quested by Member States who wish to collect
samples but do not at the present time have the
specialized facilities necessary for analyses.
4. To exchange duplicate standard samples for
the purpose of comparing analytical tecliniques.
Member States desiring assistance under any
part of the above program should send a commimi-
cation to the Committee Secretary for transmis-
sion to the United States Mission to the United
Nations.
'Circulated on June 1.S (U.N. doc. A/AC. S2/INP. 2).
"For an article on the conference by Dr. Warren, see
BuxLETlN of May 21, 1956, p. 860.
inly 2, 1956
41
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Narcotic Drugs
Protocol for limiting and regulating the cultivation of the
poppy plant, the production of. International and whole-
sale trade In, and use of opium. Done at New Tork
June 23. 1953.'
Ratification deposited: Spain, June 15, 1956.
Trade and Commerce
Declaration on continued application of schedules to the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at
Geneva March 10, 1955. Entered Into force March 10,
1955. TIAS 3437.
Signature: Austria, January 27, 1956.
Sixth protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, and annexed
schedules. Done at Geneva May 23, 1956.
Schedtdes of concessions entered into force: Australia,
June 14, 1956 ; Canada, Cuba, United States, June 30,
1956.
BILATERAL
Dominican Republic
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington June 15, 1956. Enters
into force on the day on which each Government receives
from the other written notification that it has complied
with statutory and constitutional requirements.
France
Agreement for cooperation concerning production of
nuclear power. Signed at Washington June 19, 1956.
Enters into force on the day on which each Government
receives from the other written notification that it has
complied with statutory and constitutional requirements.
Germany
Treaty of friendship, commerce and navigation, with pro-
tocol and exchanges of notes. Signed at Washington
October 29, 1954.
Ratifications exchanged: June 14, 1956.
Enters into force: July 14, 1956 (one month after the
exchange of instruments of ratification).
Guatemala
Agreement providing reciprocally for gratis nonimmigrant
visas valid for multiple entries. Effected by exchange
of notes at Guatemala May 30, 1956. Effective June 29,
1956 (30 days from date of exchange of notes).
Nicaragua
Agreement for parcel post service and for Insurance of
parcels. Signed at Managua March 19 and at Washing-
ton April 4, 1956. Approved and ratified by the Presi-
dent April 18, 1956. Entered into force July 1, 1956
(date "mutually settled between the [Postal] Admln-
> istrations of the two countries").
Switzerland
I
Agreement for cooperation concerning production of
nuclear power. Signed at Washington June 21, 1956.!
Enters into force on the day on which each Government
receives from the other written notification that It has
complied with statutory and constitutional requirements.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Oov-
ernmcnt Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be ob-
tained from the Department of \State.
Mutual Understanding and Cooperation. TIAS 3297.
Pub. 6045. 95 pp. 6 maps. $1.25.
Treaty, with memorandum of understandings reached, be-
tween the United States and Panama — Signed at Panama
January 25, 1955. Entered into force August 23, 1955.
Status of United States Forces in Turkey.
Pub. 6109. 2 pp. 5*.
TIAS 3337.
Defense — Offshore Procurement Program.
Pub. 6147. 22 pp. 15(?.
TIAS 3372.
Agreement between the United States and Turkey —
Amending minute of understanding of June 23, 1954. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Ankara April 22 and July 21,
1955. Entered into force July 21, 1955.
" Not In force.
Agreement between the United States and Turkey. Ex-
changes of notes — Signed at Ankara June 29, 1955. En-
tered into forc-e June 29, 1955.
Germany — Boundary Between United States Sector of
Berlin and Soviet Zone of Occupation. TIAS 3378. Pub.
6158. 2 pp. 2 maps. 20^.
Agreement between the United States and the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics — Signed at Berlin June 25,
1955. Entered into force June 25, 1955.
Bahamas Long Range Proving Ground — Use of Certain
Facilities by Civil Aircraft. TIAS 3379. Pub. 6159. 4
pp. Tj<i\
Agreement between the United States and the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Washington July 11 and 22,
1955. Entered into force July 22, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance. TIAS 3386. Pub. 6167. 19
pp. 15^.
Agreement between the United States and Haiti — Signed
at Washington January 28, 1955. Entered into force
September 12, 1955.
Defense — Offshore Procurement Program. TIAS 3415.
Pub. <i204. IS) pp. 15«!.
Agreement between the United States and Luxembourg —
Signed at Luxembourg April 17, 1954. Entered into force
September 30, 1955.
42
Department of State Bulletin
July 2, 1956
Index
Vol. XXXV, No.1888
Afghanistan. U.S. Will Help Transport Afghan
I'ilgriius to Mecca 25
American Principles
The Contest Between Freedom and Despotism
(Dulles) 3
The Position of the United States in Today's
World (Lodge) 19
Asia. Opening of SEATO Headquarters at Bang-
I kok (Dulles) 10
Atomic Energy
United States and France Sign Atoms-for-Peace
Agreement 9
U.S. Offers Aid in Measuring Radioactive Fallout
(Lodge) 41
Canada. U.S., Canada Discuss Problems of Radio
Frequency Ad.iustment 18
Communism. The Contest Between Freedom and
Despotism (Dulles) 3
Congress, The. International Wheat Agreement
Transmitted to Senate (text of President's letter,
Secretary's report) 26
Cyprus. Death of William P. Boteler 21
Department of State and Foreign Service. Death
of William P. Boteler 21
Economic Affairs
International Wheat Agreement Transmitted to
Senate (text of President's letter, Secretary's
report) 26
Supplementary Tax Convention With France . . 9
U.S., Canada Discuss Problems of Radio Frequency
Adjustment 18
Educational Exchange. Visit to U.S. of Deputy
Si)eaker of Pakistan National Assembly .... 25
France
Supplementary Tax Convention With France . . 9
United States and Prance Sign Atoms-for-Peace
Agreement 9
Visit of Foreign Minister Pineau of France (Murphy,
text of joint communique) 7
International Law. United States Treaties : Recent
Developments (Phleger) 11
International Organizations and Meetings. Calen-
dar of Meetings 33
Non-Self-Governing Territories. A Tear of Prog-
ress in the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
(Nucker) 35
Norway. Norway in the Postwar Era (Strong) . 22
Pakistan. Visit to U.S. of Deputy Speaker of Paki-
stan National Assembly 25
Philippines. Vice President Nixon To Visit Manila . 10
Presidential Documents. International Wheat
Agreement Transmitted to Senate 26
Publications. Recent Releases 42
Southeast Asia Treaty Organization. Opening of
SEATO Headquarters at Bangkok (Dulles) . . 10
Treaty Information
Current Actions 42
International Wheat Agreement Transmitted to
Senate (text of President's letter, Secretary's
report) 26
Supplementary Tax Convention With France . . 9
United States and France Sign Atoms-for-Peace
Agreement 9
United States Treaties: Recent Developments
(Phleger) 11
U.S.S.R. The Contest Between Freedom and Des-
potism (Dulles) 3
United Nations
U.S. Offers Aid in Measuring Radioactive Fallout
(Lodge) 41
A Tear of Progress in the Trust Territory of the
Pacific Islands (Nucker) 35
Name Index
Boteler, William P 21
Dulles, Secretary 3,10,26
Eisenhower, President 26
Gibbon, Cecil E 25
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 19, 41
Murphy, Robert 7
Nixon, Richard M 10
Nucker. Delmas H 35
Phleger, Herman 11
Pineau, Christian 7
Strong, L. Corrin 22
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: June 18-24
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press releases issued prior to June 18 which ap-
pear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 319 of
June 14 and 330 of June 16.
Subject
Visit of Cecil Gibbon (rewrite).
Death of William Boteler.
Educational exchange.
Educational exchange.
Educational exchange.
Radio-frequency discussions with
Canada.
Deputy chief of Bonn mission.
Talks with Pakistan on tax convention.
Phleger : "U.S. Treaties : Recent
Developments."
Prochnow : "The Economic World To
Come."
Atomic agreement with France.
Communique on Pineau visit.
Educational exchange.
Atomic agreement with Australia.
Dulles : "The Contest Between Free-
dom and Despotism."
Atomic agreement with Switzerland.
Dulles: opening of SEATO head-
quarters.
Tax convention signed with France.
Publication of GATT schedule.
Educational exchange.
Atomic agreement with the Nether-
lands.
Eleanor Dulles : "The Meaning of For-
eign Affairs to the Average
American."
Educational exchange.
No.
Date
331
332
*333
*334
*335
336
6/18
6/18
6/19
6/19
6/19
6/19
*337
t33S
339
6/19
6/20
6/20
t340
6/20
341
342
*343
*344
345
6/20
6/20
6/20
6/20
6/20
*346
347
6/21
6/22
348
t349
*350
*351
6/22
6/22
6/22
6/22
t352 6/22
*.'?53 6/22
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bctlletin.
U. S GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1956
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. $300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
U.S. Policy in the Near East,
South Asia, and Africa— 1955
the
Department
of
State
The year 1955 witnessed no lessening of American interest in the
countries and peoples of the Near East, South Asia, and Africa,
and it brought no end to the difficult and complicated problems
which have come to the United States from this vital part of the
world. On the contrary, the old, basic issues, involving the re-
surgent and often strident nationalism of the peoples of the area,
the problem of self-determination or "colonialism," and questions
of the economic development of underdeveloped countries still
persisted 10 years after the end of the Second World War. In
addition, important individual problems such as the Arab-Israel
controversy, Cyprus, and French North Africa have also remained
as matters of American concern, whether directly or otherwise,
because of the position of the United States as one of the leaders
of the free world.
This 63-page booklet surveys significant political issues, prob-
lems of regional security, mutual security programs and U.S. tech-
nical and economic assistance, and the outlook in U.S. policy.
Copies of U.S. Policy in the Near East, South Asia, and Africa —
1955 are available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Wasliington 25, D. C.
Publication 6330
25 cents
Order Form
'o: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Enclosed find;
(cash, check, or
money order).
Please send me copies of U.S. Policy in the Near East, South Asia,
and Africa — 1955.
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
Atz^/-
tJ/ie/ zlefia/yimen^ xw tnaie^
^d. XXXV, No. 889
July 9, 1956
TRANSCRIPT OF SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CON-
FERENCE OF JUNE 27 47
THE ECONOMIC WORLD TO COME • by Deputy Under
6Q
Secretary Prochnow "'
THE UNITED NATIONS EXPANDED PROGRAM OF
TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE • Statement by Assistant
Secretary Wilcox
FUNDAMENTALS OF U.S. FOREIGN POLICY • by
Ambassador Livingston T. Merchant 5"
THE MEANING OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS TO THE
AVERAGE AMERICAN • by Eleanor Dulles 61
For index see inside back cover
ijne ZMeha'i^l^me'nl^ «/^ t^icile
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 889 • Publication 6368
July 9, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Oovemment Printing OfBce
Washington 25, D.C.
Price;
62 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprmted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletdj as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a iceekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the icork of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of tfie Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference
Press release 360 dated June 27
Secretary DuUes: I have a statement which I
woukl like to make.^ Then there will be questions.
Maintenance of Unity and Vigor in Free World
This is a moment when it is of particular im-
portance that the free world should maintain its
unity and its vigor. Much of the responsibility
for this rests upon the United States.
International communism is in a state of per-
plexity and at internal odds because certain basic
truths have caught up with it. One such truth
is that communism has great difficulty in being
an effective instrument of cold war without such
iron discipline and brutal terrorism as Stalin em-
ployed. The other truth is that such rule will
not be indefinitely tolerated by those subject
thereto unless at least it produces a succession of
victories.
There have been no recent victories, largely due
to tlie unity and vigor of the free nations and such
policies as are embodied in our mutual security
progi'am now before the Congress.
I recall that on January 1, 1950, Izvestia, the
official organ of the Soviet Government, hailed the
New Yeai' saying that it had come "as a welcome
and dear guest" which would bring new triumphs.
It went on to say the Soviet camp was "multiply-
ing day by day." It listed Poland, Czechoslo-
vakia, Bulgaria, Rumania, Hungary, Albania,
North Korea, Mongolia, China, and East Germany
as successive additions and it concluded, "Commu-
nism is conquering, communism will triumph!"
But ever since then, there have been lean years,
so far as Comnumist conquest is concerned. The
unity and combined strength of the free world
made it impossible for international connnunism,
witli the Soviet Communist Party as its so-called
' The following seven paragraphs were also released
separately as press release 358 dated June 27.
"general staff," to go on year after year picking
up countries one by one. With the lack of vic-
tories, there is revolt against the harsh discipline
exemplified by Stalin. As a result the Communist
Parties are in a state of discomfiture.
This is above all a time for the free nations
to remain strong in their unity. If the free world
countries should themselves lose the strength of
unity, due to complacency, or because we are just
plain tired of helping each other, then interna-
tional communism would gain hope of new vic-
tories which would help it to surmount its present
trouble.
The essential thing now is to maintain, support
vigorously, and resourcefully adapt to new condi-
tions the basic policies of unity which are now be-
ginning to pay off. Then we can face the future
with fresh confidence.
Mimeographed copies of that will be available
when you go out. Now, if you have any questions.
Q. ]\fr. Secretanf. could you tell u-'t if yov aud
Chancellor Adetiauer agreed on any specific plan
of action with regard to Germma unification or are
loe just waiting for the Russians to agree to a day
on which to resume the talks on the m-atter?
A. Well, we agreed vipon much more than a
purely passive policy. I think that was made clear
in the communique which we issued at the close of
our conference.- We said, in effect, as I recall, that
the attitude of the Soviet Union toward German
unification should be made a touchstone, so to
speak, of all the other relationships which we have
with the Soviet Union. In that way we expect and
hope to create the kind of pressure upon the Soviet
Union which resulted in the Austrian State
Treaty. It took a long while to get the Austrian
State Treaty. I remember I worked on it for the
first time when I was in Moscow in 1047 with Sec-
retary Marshall. At that time we thought it was
" Bulletin of June 25, 1956, p. 1047.
iuly 9, J 956
47
just around the corner. It took from 1947 to 1955
to Ijring it about. It came about primarily through
the kind of moral pressures which we expect and
intend to evoke as indicated by the communique
which was issued by Chancellor Adenauer and my-
self. That communique does not go into details,
but it does outline, I think, a basic position which
we hope and believe will promote the unification of
Germany.
Reaction to Khrushchev Speech
Q. Mr. Secretary, in your statement you .said
i/nternational commmiism is in a state of perplexity
and internal odds. Go%dd you elaborate on the
'''■internal odds'''' — ju^t precisely what you had in
mind?
A. Well, I had in mind the situation which was
revealed by the Khrushchev speech which was in
turn revealed to the world through the Depart-
ment of State a few weeks ago.^ It is quite obvious
in that speech that even within the Soviet Com-
munist Party itself there was gi-ave discontent and
dissatisfaction with the type of rule which Stalin
exemplified. That in turn has been reflected in
the statements which have come out from the vari-
ous Communist Parties in difl'erent parts of the
world as a result of their having obtained the
Khrushchev speech. The Communist Parties in
the United States, France, Italy, and the United
Kingdom have all made statements which indicate
their dissatisfaction and their belief that some-
thing must be done to make the Communist Party,
or international connnunism, more broadly based
to prevent such concentration of power and pro-
vision for terrorism as existed during the Stalin
era.
There is no agreement yet as to what shall be
done, but there are demands arising from all quar-
ters that something has got to be done about it.
As I say, that confronts international com-
munism with an almost impossible dilemma be-
cause that type of despotism cannot in the long
run work except through the iron discipline that
Stalin unposed, and that in turn is only tolerable
if they gain victories. It is a repetition of the
same kind of thing we have seen throughout his-
tory. We saw it in Hitlerism and it has been
frequent in history. That kind of despotism has
to be ruthless, and, on the other hand, it only suc-
ceeds and maintains its power and subjects people
" For text, see Cong. Rec. of June 4, 1956, p. 8465.
to that ruthlessness if it gains successes. Once it
ceases to gain successes it gets into internal trouble.
Q. Have you received, either directly or in-
directly from the Soviet Government any reaction
at all to the release of that Khrushchev speech hy
the State Department?
A. There have been reactions I might say at an
informal and low level ; nothing at a high level.
Q. Can you tell us what they were, sir?
xl. Well, they did not disavow the speech in any
way and implied they accepted its validity and
perhaps suggested it was not quite playing cricket
to have made it public.
Q. Air. Secretary, how m-uch do you estimate
was left out of the speech as actually delivered in
the copy that was released iy the Department?
A. Well, I suspect, and there is some evidence
to support the view, that there was originally con-
siderably more in the speech than what was re-
leased. This is, apparently, an official version that
was prepared afterward, and which is completely
authentic as f ai' as it goes. But we cannot guaran-
tee that there may not have been more in the origi-
nal speech than apj^ears in the prepared speech.
I would guess there was more. I do not think it is
a verbatim reproduction of all of the original
speech.
Q. There have been a number of reports from
Italy and other countries that sections on foreign
policy as to the origin of the Korean War and
relatione with China, the Berlin blockade, etc.
Have we any information that any of those reports
are authentic?
A. Well, we have some information about pos-
sible additional statements, but we have not felt
sufficiently sure of their authenticity to feel justi-
fied in attributing them to Khrushchev.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you mentioned in your state-
ment that there were no recent Soviet victories in
foreign policy. Does that imply you don't con-
sider the results of Soviet efforts in the Middle
East a success?
A. It is certainly not a success in terms of having
brought any country into the Soviet Communist
camp. It does not assimilate any cowntry to the
condition which was listed in the Isrestia editorial
of 1950 when it listed Poland, (Czechoslovakia,
48
Deparfment of State Bulletin
Hungary, etc., and said the Soviet camp was nuilti-
I plying day by day. Tliei'e has been nothing of
i that sort at all in relation to the Near East.
Xow in terms of economic influence, that may
have grown somewhat. But in terms of a politi-
cal domination there has not been the victory of
the type wliich was forecast in 1950 or any other
types that might make it necessary to make the
pai-ty people and others who were subject to that
kind of rule accept it. And proof of that is that
they don't accept it. In other words, the success
or lack of success of the past few years has in fact
brouglit about this situation of revolt against that
rule. This, as I pointed out, was almost inevitable.
Q. Mr. Secretary., is there a degree of dissatis-
faction., to use the term as you used it earlier, on
the part of Communist leaders in other countries
with tlie present Soviet admimstration, or is this
dissatisfaction all directed against the former
Stalin administration?
A. I think the statements issued by the various
Communist Parties show a very high state of dis-
satisfaction with the present leadership of the
Communist Party as exemplified by the Soviet
Communist Party. There is a good deal of criti-
cism in fact of the Khrushchev speech and a feel-
ing it does not properly evaluate the situation and
tliat the trouble with communism is much deeper
than is indicated if you merely attribute it to the
so-called aberrations of one man. It is my per-
sonal view that the kind of thing which Khrush-
chev talks about in relation to Stalin is not wholly
due merely to the fact that Stalin may personally
have been a sadist and gotten certain satisfaction
out of torturing people. I believe the reason is
far more fundamental, which is that Stalin real-
ized only by having a reign of terror, so to speak,
could he maintain what he called the iron dis-
cipline which is essential for the victory of the
Communist Party.
Situation in Iceland
Q. Mr. Secretary, xoould you consider the situa-
tion, in Iceland a Communist victory and the
spread of neutralism all over the world?
A. There is no doubt that there is not today the
same degree of fear as existed in 1950 and 1951.
I don't call that a Soviet victory that the danger
of war seems to be less. As you recall, at that
time, 1950 and 1951 and 1952, when the Korean
War was on and we couldn't be sure but what that
war would enlarge, there was a very great fear
which led people to be pleased to do things which
they would not want to do under normal condi-
tions. Now, the allaying of that fear is not a
Communist victory. That is a thing we have been
working for for the past few years — to put away
the danger of war.
Now in the case of Iceland, when it originally
joined the North Atlantic Treaty it did so on the
understanding that there would not be foreign
troops that were to be stationed in Iceland. That
was the mood of the people of Iceland, as I re-
call, in 1949. Then came the danger, which was
exemplified by the Korean War — the danger that
those war tactics would be employed in Europe —
and the transformation of the North Atlantic
Treaty from what was originally contemplated,
which was primarily an engagement on the part
of the parties to come to each other's help if there
should be an armed attack ; the change from that
into the actual creating of some sort of joint mili-
tary establishment. We oui'selves changed at that
time our whole attitude. I recall when I was in
the Senate debating on the ratification of the
North Atlantic Treaty, both Senator Vandenberg
and I, who took a leading part in that, took the
position that there was no gi-eat need to create
important forces in being ; that the primary power
of the North Atlantic Treaty lay in the deterrent
of the assertion that if there was an attack we
would each come to help the other.
Now then there was a change as a result of the
Korean War and the conclusions that were drawn
from that as to possible Soviet policies of violence.
That had its effect upon all of the members in the
North Atlantic Treaty, including Iceland. Now
there is a tendency in Iceland to go back to what
I think was the original concept that the Ice-
landic i^eople had. That comes about, not as a re-
sult of a Communist victory, but because, I be-
lieve, the policies we have had in the meantime
have allayed the fears wliich were born in 1950.
Now what the result will be I do not know nor
would I want to prophesy.
You recall that the United States has bases in
Iceland, not in its own right but acting as an
agent for the North Atlantic Treaty Organization.
And if there is a change in that situation, it is a
change which Iceland would take up in the first
instance with the North Atlantic Treaty Organi-
zation, and whether it will do so, and, if so, what
the result will be, I wouldn't want to prophesy.
Ju/y 9, 7956
49
But, certainly, I would say it does not indicate
any great victory for communism.
Q. Mr. Secretary^ does your interj)retatio7i of
the perplexities of the Kremlin mean that you
suspect that it has given up internutional com-
munismf
A. No. I wouldn't say that. Of course, it has
jnirported several times to have dissolved interna-
tional communism in the form of the Comintern
and the Cominform. But always it has kept
underground ties with Communist Parties in
other countries and has largely laid down the
policy line.
I have quoted already what Stalin said about
the Soviet Communist Party being the '"general
staff" of what he called the "world proletariat,"
and all of the Connnunist Parties in the world
have, in the main, taken their guidance from Mos-
cow. And I don't think there is any desire on
the part of Moscow to lose that kind of relation-
ship. But there is no doubt but what the ties
that have in the past bound these local Communist
Parties to the Kremlin have been very much
shaken and loosened by recent events.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you reject the idea that
these statements hy the Italian and French Com-
munists and other Communists on this side of the
Iron Curtain are a part of a preconceived plan
which fits with the neio party line as annownced
at the Party Congress in Fehruary?
A. Yes, I reject that theory. To my mind the
evidence is so strong the other way that, to me,
it is quite conclusive that this is coming about as
a result of real differences and that there is not
a prearranged pattern in this matter at all.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in view of this new attitude
which you concede exists throughout the world-,
and the loss of fear, what do you think the foreign
reaction will be to the news that the United States
Senate has added a hillion dollars to armaments,
principally to iuy long-range homhers?
A. Well, I think that there will be no critical
reaction to it abroad. I think that much of the
world accepts the view that the balance of power
in the world is primarily determined by the nu-
clear situation, particularly the relative nuclear
power of the Soviet Union and the United States.
Now the question as to how much money it takes
to implement that policy is a matter as to which I
don't suppose they will have any particular opin-
ion. But I imagine they would be happier to see
the amount increased than to have seen any radical
reduction there. In other words, they will think
our heart is in the right place witliout passing
judgment upon whether technically the decision
was right or wrong.
East-West Contacts
Q. Mr. Secretary, Foreign Minister Pineau said
last week that this crisis of the Comnhunht world
also offers the ^Yest an opportumty to exploit it,
and proposed specifically greater contacts, in a
can}j>aign to penetrate the Iron Curtain and to
advance the cause of freedom and democracy and
that stuff. Do you agree with this program or
what is your interpretation?
A. Well, I agree entirely with the principle
which M. Pineau expressed. I believe that there
is a growing tide within the Soviet bloc in favor
of greater liberalization, greater human rights,
greater freedom of speech, gi-eater enjoyment of
the fruits of labor, an opportunity to speak and
think more freely. I believe that that comes about
through a good many causes, perhaps one of the
most important of which is the increasing educa-
tion of the Russian people which has come about
as a necessary component of their increase of in-
dustrialization. And I believe that the more the
Russian people come to realize what are the free-
doms, what are the opportunities that are enjoyed
in other countries, the more they will be disposed
to ask for and expect the same things for them-
selves. So the principle is one which I entirely
accept.
Now the application of that principle always
makes difficulties — that's usually the case. There
is seldom sharp disagreement about broad princi-
ples ; the differences come when you come to apply
these principles. And I think that each case has
got to be considered on its own merits as to whether
or not it will give an opportunity to bring the
knowledge and information to the Russian people
which we would like to see them get.
As you know, we tried to reach an agreement on
that subject at the Geneva Conference of Foreign
Ministers in October-November of last year, and
at that time the Soviet Union rejected the proposal
that we made."" There has been since then some
' For text of 17-poiut U.S.-U.K.-French iiroposal, see
BuLUTi'iN of Nov. 14, 19."i5. p. 778.
SO
Department of State Bulletin
indication that they might pick up some of those
proposals, at least, on a bilateral basis. As I say,
tliere was no difficulty whatever in M. Pineau and
ine agreeing on the broad principle involved. We
did not get into the question of its detailed appli-
cation, and, possibly, there might have been dif-
ferences between us in that respect, as, indeed, we
find differences within our own Government as to
liow the principle should be applied.
Marshal Tito's Visit to Russia
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you give us your as-
sessment of Marshal Tito^s visit to Moscow and
whether you- believe he in any significant way
changed his position vis-a-vis the Soviet and the
West?
A. The question that you put is one which is
receiving very close study by this Government.
We have not yet come to any final assessment of
what was the significance of Marshal Tito's visit
to Russia. He is not yet back in Belgrade, nor
have we had the opportunity to have a quiet study,
with full information, as to just what took place
there. I would say this, we do not believe that
anything that has happened conclusively shows
that Tito has gone back to any role of subserviency
to the Soviet Union. There is no evidence at all
of that, and to my mind it would be almost in-
credible that he would have assumed that relation-
ship because, after all, he risked a great deal —
including j^erhaps the most precious thing that a
man has in many respects, his own life — to main-
tain independence for himself and his country.
Why, mider present conditions, he should have
given it up I can't see ; nor do I find in what has
been said any evidence that he did give it up.
Very strenuous efforts were made by the Soviet
hosts to trap him into statements, to interpret
Tito's own statements, in a sense that would give
that implication. But we do not feel that there
is any evidence which satisfies us so far that he
has given up his independent role. And I would
think it would be a very grave mistake indeed, so
long as the matter at least is subject to reasonable
doubt, if action were taken which would make it
impossible for us to proceed on the assumption
that he was still independent or to help him to
maintain his independence. In other words, the
verdict is not yet in. And until we have a much
clearer view of the situation I would hope very
much that there would be no congressional action
which would foreclose the issue.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you ielieve these Commvu,-
nist perplexities in any way threaten the position
of leadei'ship of Mr. Khrushchev within the Soviet
Union ?
A. Well, I suppose that is one of these questions
which relates to the internal affairs of another
government that I ought not to comment on. I
am very much tempted to comment on it, but I
think I had better restrain myself.
Q,. Mr. Secretary, on the foreign aid hill now
pending in the Senate, does the administration
have enough votes to defeat a mandatory import
amendment which is being developed up there
now?
A. I wouldn't want to forecast the vote. These
things are always pretty fluid until the last
minute. We are hopeful that there will not be
the votes to carry that, but I would not want to
attempt to get into the business of predicting
votes. As far as I know we had no head count on
that matter at all.
Q. Mr. Secretary, does it follow from yo^ir com-
ments on Iceland that you luould not be displeased
if we had to close down our base there, or if we
had to reduce substantially the number of forces
that we have on Iceland?
A. No, that would not be a correct inference
from what I said. The base has, we believe, con-
tinuing importance from the standpoint of the se-
curity of the West and of the North Atlantic Com-
munity. I said that the danger had been thought
to be less by the people of Iceland. I think we
are inclined to think that there is a greater danger
than they think. You see, one of the problems of
dealing with a despotism such as the Soviet Union
has is that it can reverse its field almost instan-
taneously, and it has made surprising zigs and
zags, particularly during the last few years. So
long as the Soviet Union possesses the capability
of powerful and sudden military action I think it
is dangerous to assume, on the basis of their pro-
fessed statements, that we are all free from that
danger. Therefore, I believe that so long as these
capabilities exist and so long as the Soviet rulers
have not committed themselves to another course
of action to such a degree that it would be im-
Jo/y 9, 7956
51
practical for them quickly to reverse their posi-
tion, until that time comes we must keep our
guard up. I would regard the Iceland base as an
important element in that, although, as I say, we
are there as an agent and representative of the
North Atlantic Council and the final verdict on
that matter must be its and not ours.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is the ijnplication of some of
your earlier dismission on the ConiTminist dilemma
a matter of an opinion that the Communist inter-
national control from Moscow is disintegrating?
Is that the significance of what you are saying?
A. I believe that the control of the Soviet Com-
munist Party over local Communist Parties has
been very greatly weakened and that there does
not now exist the same degi'ee of power as existed
during the Stalin era to rule them with an iron
hand and to compel obedience through terrorism.
There has been a revolt against that. I do not
mean to suggest that there will not continue to
persist a degree of af&nity between the local Com-
munist Parties and Moscow. But I think that
the kind of authority which the Soviet Communist
Party possessed during the era of Stalin, when he
had a very high degree of arbitrary authority over
these parties, I think that that relationship has
been gravely impaired, and I greatly doubt that
it can be reinstated unless, as I say, perhaps we
ourselves should so fall apart as to give great en-
couragement to the rebirth of that kind of a
Stalinist system.
Q. May I ash one other question along this line?
Would this kind of weakening between local
Communist Parties and Moscow control tend to
create a situation in which the Co7ninunists ccndd
realize Tnore of their aim of united fronts with
other parties in Western countries?
A. It might make that possible. One faces a
certain dilemma on our side, which is that the
more the Communist Parties abandon the prac-
tices which led to their being in effect ostracized,
the less ostracized they are going to be. Now do
you want to have them be evil just so they will be
entirely ostracized ? Or do you want some of the
evil to disappear, accepting as a consequence that
they will be less ostracized? That is inevitable.
From my own part, I would prefer to see them
shed some of their evil qualities even though rec-
ognizing that the consequence of that will be that
there will be a less degree of ostracism. That
assumes, of course, that the shedding is a real (
thing and not just a subterfuge.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in your comment on M. Pi-
neau did you imply that the administration has
noio reached a firm policy on the subject of East-
West exchanges?
A. I would not say that there has been yet a
final decision. I believe that a paper on that sub-
ject is coming up within the next few days, per-
haps, for final decision through the National
Security Council and the President which will
help us form our position.^ Of course, I don't
anticipate that any paper will be so comprehen-
sive that it will provide an automatic guide to the
decision in each individual case. We are never
going to get away, I think, from a case-to-case
basis, but certain fairly clear principles and
guidelines will, I hope, be laid down within the
next few days.
Q. Mr. Secretary, aside from the fact that for-
eign ministers travel more these days, can you tell
us your thinking on the visit of Mr. Shepilov to
Cairo?
A. Well, we are not as yet, at least, in the pos-
session of any information as to any firm results
whicli have been achieved as a result of that visit.
There may be such results. But so far they have
not come within the scope of our knowledge. I
have a little bit the impression that perhaps Mr.
Shepilov's visit did not produce quite all of the
results which he hoped for.
Q. Mr. Secretary, Seiudor Flanders said in a
speech yesterday that our effort to obtain German
rearmament seems to have stood in the way of oh-
taining German reunifi/iation. He suggested that
Chancellor Adenauer be encouraged to negotiate
directly with the Soviet Union on reimification.
Do you have any comment?
A. I have not read Senator Flanders' speech.
He is a Senator of great idealism that I have a
very high regard for. I would say as a general
matter I think probably Chancellor Adenauer,
who has the responsibility and who certainly is as
deeply dedicated as any man can be to the reimi-
fication of Germany, is in a position to judge the
possibilities and the best way to proceed. And
so far I do not think that Chancellor Adenauer
' See p. 54.
52
Department of Stale Bulletin
tliinks tliat the reunification of Germany would
1)8 promoted by such courses as you indicate Sen-
ator Flanders has suggested. As you, I think, all
know, the Soviet rulers in some of tlieir recent ex-
changes with Western leaders, particularly in
London, later on with M. Mollet and Pineau when
they M'ent to Moscow, indicated very clearly that
tliey were not at all interested in the reimification
(if Germany on any terms. That is a matter that
we all of us are giving a good deal of thought to,
and probably Chancellor Adenauer is giving the
most tliought to it. I think it is entirely specu-
lative to assume that even such a program as you
indicate Senator Flanders has suggested would,
in fact, promote the reunification of Germany at
the present time.
Senate Action Authorizing
Mutual Security Program
Statement hy Secretary Dulles
Press release 369 dated June 30
I greatly welcome the action of the Senate to
authorize the carrying forward of our mutual
security program.^ If this authorization is con-
curred in by the House and implemented by cor-
responding appropriations, the program can be
carried forward for the benefit of the free world.
This program, as I have repeatedly said, is not
a give-away program. Every item is designed to
promote the peace and safety of the United States
and the environment of freedom which is essential
to our own freedom.
It is particularly important at this juncture that
the free nations should not falter in their positive
efforts to maintain their unity and vigor as against
external assaults.
It is obvious that the Soviet rulers are con-
fronted with grave problems as a result of the
solid front of the free peoples and the mounting
demands of the subject peoples.
This is above all a time for the free peoples to
hold fast those policies which have proved good.
' The Senate passed late in the evening of June 29, 1956,
a bill authorizing the appropriation of $4,330,075,000 for
the mutual security program for the tiscal year 1957.
This compared with the authorization request of the Presi-
dent of $4,G72,475,000 (and appropriation request of
$4,859,975,000) and the action of the House on June 11,
1956, in approving an authorization bill for $3,567,475,000.
Prime Minister of India
Postpones Visit to U.S.
T}ie White House on June 25 made jmblic an
excJiange of correspondence between President
Eisenhower and Prime Minister Jaavaharlal
A^ehru of India and on June 26 released an addi-
tional message from Mr. Nehru to Mr. Eisen-
hower. Following are the texts of the three
7nessages.
Prime Minister Nehru to President Eisenhower
June 23, 1956
I have been much gratified to learn of the con-
tinuing progress of your recovery from your re-
cent illness, but feel that the programme of our
personal talks should not impose an additional
strain on you during your convalescence. I am
most anxious that this should be avoided, and sug-
gest therefore for your consideration that my visit
to the United States might be postponed. I had
been looking forward greatly to the opportunity
of personal talks with you, but I think it still more
important that no undue strain should be placed
upon you in the coming weeks which might in any
way retard your progress to full recovery. I send
my warm personal regards and best wishes for
your speedy and complete restoration to normal
health.
Jawaharlal Nehrtt
President Eisenhower to Prime Minister Nehru
June 24, 1956
Mr DEAR Mr. Prime Minister : I have just re-
ceived and read your gracious message. I have
been eagerly looking forward to a visit from you
and the opportunity it would give of personal talks
between us. While my convalescence proceeds ac-
cording to schedule and I may take a brief trip
to Panama toward the end of July, I cannot be
entirely free of doubt as to whether my recupera-
tion will be far enough advanced by July 7th to
have the kind of talks which we both had in mind.
I know that you would not want to come here
merely for a round of official ceremonies. For
your visit to be worth your while there should be
assurance that we could have frank and perhaps
even somewhat protracted talks, such as we have
promised ourselves. That might well be possible
Jo/y 9, ?956
53
for me by July 7th, but I cannot now be certain of
this, and I know that you yourself cannot let the
decision wait until the last moment.
Under all the circumstances, I am inclined, with
truly deep regret, to adopt your considerate sug-
gestion that your visit to the United States be
postponed until there can be complete assurance
that it would have the character which we both had
in mind. I hope that the delay will not be for long
and that you will, at your convenience, suggest
another date. This I assure you is meant as an
urgent invitation.
Again thanking you for your good wishes and
for your kindly consideration, I am, with high
personal esteem,
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Prime Minister Nehru to President Eisenliower
JuiiTE 25, 1956
My dear Mr. President : I am most grateful to
you for your prompt and generous message. It
has given me the liveliest pleasure and satisfaction
to learn that your convalescence is proceeding
according to schedule, but I have no doubt that the
decision to postpone the talk we had planned,
which would inevitably have entailed an excessive
degree of strain, is a wise one. That a personal
meeting with you has had to be postponed has
naturally caused me deep disappointment, but I
share your hope that a further opportunity may
present itself in the future for such a meeting.
What is of immediate importance is that you
should be fully restored to health as soon as possi-
ble, and it is my earnest hope that you will not al-
low the heavy burdens of your office to come in the
way of your rapid and complete recovery.
May I ex2:)ress to you once again, Mr. President,
my high esteem and personal regard.
Very sincerely,
Jawaharlal Nehrxj
Whereas the United States has consistently supported
the United Nations, the Charter of which is the outgrowth
of a common desire among peoples of all nations for per-
manent peace ; and
Whereas in the ten years of Its existence the United
Nations has developed into a living, functioning organiza-
tion capable of influencing world opinion on the side of
peace, freedom, and justice ; and
Whereas recent additions to the membership of the
United Nations have increased its vitality and its capa-
bility of achieving the aims and Ideals of its Charter and
fulfilling man's ancient longing for a better and a strife-
free world ; and
Whereas the General Assembly of the United Nations
has resolved that October 24, the anniversary of the com-
ing Into force of the United Nations Charter, should be
dedicated each year to making known the purposes, prin-
ciples, and accomplishments of the United Nations:
Now, THEREFORE, I, DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER, Presi-
dent of the United States of America, do hereby urge the
citizens of this Nation to observe Wednesday, October 24,
1956, as United Nations Day by means of community pro-
grams that will demonstrate their faith in, and support of,
the United Nations and will contribute to a better under-
standing of its aims, problems, and accomplishments.
I call also upon the officials of the Federal, State, and
local Governments, the United States Committee for the
United Nations, representatives of civic, educational, and
religious organizations, and agencies of the press, radio,
television, and motion pictures, as well as all citizens, to
cooperate in appropriate observance of United Nations
Day throughout our country.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this 21st day of June
in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
[seal] fifty -six, and of the Independence of the United
States of America the one hundred and
eightieth.
/^ C-"-*-^- <^-*Z->^C<-<C-i— A^to^N,.
By the President :
Herbert Hoover, Jr.,
Acting Secretary of State
United Nations Day, 1956
A PROCLAMATION'
Whereas the United States of America joined in found-
ing the United Nations for the purpose of maintaining
International peace and security ; and
' No. 3142 ; 21 Fed. Reg. 4425.
President Approves Exchange Program
With Eastern Europe
White House press release dated June 29
The President on June 29 approved the recom-
mendation of the National Security Council that
the United States should seek exchanges between
the United States and the countries of Eastern
54
Department of State Bulletin
Europe, including the U.S.S.R., alono- the lines of
the l7-point program put forward by the Western
Foreign Ministers at Geneva in October 1955.'
Although this program was unacceptable to the
Soviet Government at that time, the President
believes that such a program, if carried out in good
faith and with true reciprocity, may now contrib-
ute to the better understanding of the peoples of
tlie world that must be the foundation of peace.
U.S. Concern for Welfare
of Polish People
LETTER FROM ACTING SECRETARY HOOVER TO
AMERICAN RED CROSS
Press release 370 dated June 30
June 30, 1956
Dear Mr. Starr: The reports of serious dis-
order in Poznan, Poland, seem to be marked by
demands by the population for bread, and we are
informed of serious food shortages in Poland.
The people of the United States, many of whom
are of Polish descent, have a sympathetic concern
for the welfare of the Polish people. As you
know, there is a long history of cooperation be-
tween our peoples, especially after World War I
and as long as we were permitted after World
War II.
The United States Government, on behalf of
the American j)eople, is ready to make available
to tlie League of Red Cross Societies (Interna-
tional Red Cross), for free distribution through
Red Cross channels to the people in Poland and
particularly to relieve the critical situation in the
Poznan area, appropriate quantities of wheat,
flour and other foods.
The United States Government would make
the food available to the League of Red Cross
Societies, without cost, at an appropriate port of
entry in Poland. In keeping with our usual re-
quirement that the consumers of American relief
gi-ants be informed of the source of the supplies,
the food so provided would be labeled for dis-
tribution as a gift from the American people.
I should be grateful if the American Red Cross
would seek immediately to ascertain if the food
offered as a gift by the United States to relieve
the reported hunger and distress of the Polish
people is accepted.
Sincerely yours,
Herbert Hoover, Jr.
Acting Secretary
Mr. Harold Starr,
General Counsel,
American Red Cron-s,
Washington, D. C.
STATEMENT BY LINCOLN WHITE'
The United States Government is profoundly
shocked to learn of the shooting at Poznan which
killed and wounded so many persons. Our sym-
pathy goes out to the families of these people, who
were merely expressing their profound grievances.
They apparently feel that their Government pri-
marily serves the interests of the Soviet Union.
This episode dramatically underlines what
President Eisenhower said to the Soviet rulers at
Geneva ; - namely, that the peoples of Eastern
Europe, many with a long and proud record of na-
tional existence, should be given the benefit of our
wartime pledge that they should have the right
to choose the form of government imder which
they will live and that sovereign rights and self-
government should be restored to them.
We believe that all free peoples will be watch-
ing the situation closely to see whether or not the
Polish people will be allowed a government which
will remedy the grievances which have brought
them to a breaking point.^
'For text of 17-point TJ.S.-U.K.-French proposal, see
Btn.LETiN of Nov. 14, 1955, p. 778.
' Made to correspondents on June 29. Mr. White is act-
ing cliief of the News Division.
'Bulletin of Aug. 1. 1955, p. 172.
' In a further comment to correspondents on July 2, Mr.
White stated : "Communist charges that the Poznan dem-
onstrations were instigated and financed by the United
States Government are wholly false. The demonstra-
tions, in fact, seemed to have been produced by a surge
of pent-up bitterness on the part of an oppressed and
exploited people. Hundreds of Polish citizens are now
being arrested in reprisal and further ruthlessness is
threatened in the Stalin tradition. The whole world is
watching closely the conduct of the Conuuunist authori-
ties in their treatment of the people of Poznan, who appar-
ently took the only course they felt open to them to ex-
press their desire for freedom."
Ju/y 9, 1956
55
Fundamentals of U. S. Foreign Policy
hy Livingston T. Merchant
Ambassador to Canada ^
A foreign policy of any country, it seems to
me, in the broader sense is something more than a
treaty, or a pronouncement by a statesman, or
even a Cabinet decision reinforced by legislative
action. It is the expressed will of a people, and it
can only endure if it becomes part of the habit
of thought of a people. It must rest, of course,
on the hard facts of international life, on an ap-
praisal of one's national security and one's national
self-interest. It must for us have, beyond that, a
moral foundation. That may not be true in all
countries, but I know it is in yours and mine.
Now let me speak for a moment of our two
comitries. In the year of our Lord 1956 we have
many more things in common than just living on
the same continent. In fact, I believe that we
hold in common all things that matter. Certainly
among these we can count our belief in man, the
individual, with God-given rights. We believe
in government resting on the consent of the gov-
erned and designed to serve, not dispose of, the
individual. We believe in freedom of religion
and freedom of expression. We believe in peace
as a condition in which we can all individually
pursue and exercise our creative talents, but we
have proved on thi-ee occasions in the last 40-
odd years that when need be we will fight rather
than surrender when an evil force threatens every
good thing that we cherish.
Canada and the United States have together
inlierited in recent years previously midreamt of
responsibilities. Together we ai'e a part of what
Sir Winston Churchill called the "new world."
We are the primary arsenal of the free world.
^ Address made before the Canadian Club of Ottawa on
June 21.
We are together, I am personally convinced, the
primary target of any future aggression.
Canada and the United States have something
else in common. This is that our shores are
washed by both the Pacific and the Atlantic
Oceans. We look eastward to Europe, whence the
forbears of both of us came. We look also west-
ward toward Asia.
Today in the United States it is to me no acci-
dent that the Vice President, the Chief Justice
of the Supreme Court, and the administration's
leader in the Senate all come from California.
Each year the center of the population in the
United States moves a mile or two miles westward
to the Pacific Coast. I have no doubt that this
is equally a demogi'aphic fact in Canada.
Your interest and our interest in the Pacific
goes back many years. More than a hundred
years ago my forebears from New England were
in the China trade. I had a great-great-uncle
who was the first United States consul in Shanghai
in the 18-iO's.
I myself saw in China a few years ago the last-
ing mark that Canadian missionaries have made
there. On Formosa, where I spent some months
in 1949, the largest and best hospital was one
built and operated by Canadian missionaries.
The United States and Europe
But, looking now across the Atlantic, United
States foreign policy with respect to Europe is,
I believe, well understood. Its cornei-stone is our
membership in the North Atlantic Treaty Organi-
zation. We believe in collective security as the
modern method whereby countries which think
alike and consider themselves threatened can best
56
Department of State Bulletin
assure their own security. Such defensive ar-
I'ungements were specifically contemplated under
tlie United Nations Charter. They are equivalent
to the establishment of a police force by a com-
munity in place of individual reliance on one's
<i\vn shotgun, and they assui'e a more effective de-
fense at less cost to the community than if each
member alone attempted to provide its own de-
fonse. Nato, moreover, has another and unique
quality. This is that it is incapable of manipula-
tion for aggressive purposes. Nato can never be-
come the tool for aggressive national use by any of
its members. This is not only because of the safe-
guards which a free public opinion and parlia-
mentary institutions provide. It is also because
of the practical military arrangements under
which all forces are under international com-
mand with a multinational staff'. Supply lines
are common. National units supplement and sup-
port each other. There is under Nato no possi-
bility for an individual national adventure.
I honestly believe that some day the Soviets will
understand and accept this fact. So far they
have refused to, and they continue to direct their
efforts to destroy Nato and divide its members one
from the other. These efforts ai-e more subtle
than they once were. There is, however, no evi-
dence that their long-term purpose and objective
of world domination has been abandoned. The
shifting tactics of international communism,
however, require that we members of the North
Atlantic alliance consider in what ways we can
develop further our alliance in the interest of
expanding cooperation in areas other than the
military. The latter has rightly held the j^riority
since the treaty was signed. Behind the defensive
military shield which has been erected there are
now the opportunity and the need to strengthen
the relationship under the treaty in other direc-
tions. At the Ministerial Council meeting in
Paris last month it was agreed that a committee
of three Foreign Ministers should advise "on ways
and means to improve and extend Nato co-
operation in non-military fields and to develop
greater unity within the Atlantic Community." ^
Fittingly, your distinguished Secretary of State
for External Affairs, Mr. Pearson, was one of the
three Foreign Ministers selected by the Council
for this task.
Just as the United States believes that its se-
" Bulletin of May 21, 1956, p. 836.
July 9, 1956
curity can best be assured by collective security
arrangements, so also do we believe that no op-
portunity should be overlooked for peaceful nego-
tiations to seek just settlements of the great issues
which divide the Communist and the free worlds.
In the past 3 or 4 years I have myself participated
in literally months of negotiations with the So-
viets, in company with the British and the
French — at Berlin in 1954, at Geneva in the spring
and summer of the same year, at Vienna in May
1955, at San Francisco a year ago, again at Geneva
at the summit confei'ence last July, and once more
at Geneva last fall.
Our fundamental policy is clear and simple — to
join with our friends in measures to assure our
common defenses in the face of a threat and yet to
avoid no opportunity to seek peaceful solutions
through negotiation.
U.S. Policy in the Far East
In the Far East the foreign policy of the United
States sometimes seems to me less well understood.
It is my purpose and intention today to try to
explain it without, of course, presuming to give
advice to any of the friends of the United States
around the world as to what their policy should be.
"While the United States is a Pacific power as
well as an Atlantic power, the foundation of our
policy in the Far East is identical with what it is
in Europe. We believe in collective security. In
the past 5 or 6 years we have concluded mutual
defense treaties with Australia and New Zealand,
with the Philipf)ines, with Japan, with the Re-
public of Korea, with the Republic of China, and
more recently with the seven other members of the
Manila Pact, better known as Seato [Southeast
Asia Treaty Organization]. We believe aggres-
sion, as in the invasion of the Republic of Korea
in 1950, must be met with resolution and force.
We believe in being loyal to our friends. We
believe that the less well-developed countries of the
world are entitled to teclmical and economic as-
sistance from more highly developed countries.
We applaud the Colombo Plan, in which Canada
plays so prominent a part. Our own technical-
assistance aid progi-ams demonstrate that we have
not required a joining with us in defense arrange-
ments as a precondition to granting of such aid.
Finally, we believe in the process of peaceful ne-
gotiation for the settlement of disputes.
Canada, too, is deeply and increasingly involved
57
in the Far East. Canada was one of the first to
support the United Nations in the successful
resistance to aggression in Korea. Less tlian 2
weeks ago in Calgary I had the honor of present-
ing to the Second Battalion of the Princess
Patricia's Canadian Light Infantry a Presidential
Unit Citation for extraordinary heroism in action
at Kapyong in Korea during April of 1951.
Canada played a most constructive part in the con-
ference at Geneva in 1954, from which resulted
the armistice in Indochina; and today you are
discharging at very considerable sacrifice your
heavy responsibilities as one of the three members
of the International Control Commission in Viet-
Nam, Laos, and Cambodia.
The Chinese Communist Regime
We cannot escape the fact that in the Far East
the as yet unrenounced aggressive ambitions of
Communist China create a situation not of genuine
peace but of uneasy truce. In Korea there is an
armistice but no peace. In Viet-Nam there is an
armistice but no peace. On the mainland opposite
Formosa the Chinese Communists are building a
network of airfields capable of supporting jet air-
craft. They are building military roads and rail-
roads. They are almost daily harassing the Na-
tionalist-held islands with artillery fire.
To me the central fact and threat in the Far
East resides in the Communist regime of China,
which by its past actions and its continued out-
pourings of threats has testified to its unwilling-
ness to govern its external relations by the princi-
ples of the United Nations Charter.
Yet here as elsewhere in the world we have
shown our willingness to seek peaceful solutions
by negotiation. Our nonrecognition of Com-
munist China has not inhibited us from sitting
down across the table with its representatives when
it is a direct party to the dispute at issue. In
Korea the United States, on behalf of the United
Command of the United Nations, engaged in the
long difficult months of negotiation with the
Chinese Communists which culminated nearly 3
years ago in the armistice in Korea. Again at
Geneva in 1954 we negotiated in the effort to re-
unify Korea— with no success. Since August 1,
1955, we have been continuously negotiating with
the Chinese Communists in Geneva to secure the
release of American civilians imprisoned in China
and to attempt to obtain from the Peking regime
a simple agreement that it would not resort to
force in the settlement of international disputes,
with particular reference to the area of Formosa.
The lack of understanding and in some quarters
of the world the lack of sympathy for the United
States Far Eastern policy relates mostly, I think,
to our policy with respect to Communist China.
In Europe I have often heard it criticized as
"rigid" and "shortsighted." We are frequently
lectured by some European and Asian friends for
our refusal to accord diplomatic recognition to
Peking and for our resolute opposition to Com-
munist China's admission to the United Nations.
We are told tliat the Communist regime in fact
controls mainland China and that we should recog-
nize a fact when we see one. We are told that
social ostracism encourages antisocial behavior, as
though the hardheaded rulers of five or six hun-
dred million people act like wayward, small boys.
Question of Recognition of Chinese Communists
Let me tell you the reasons why we have refused
to recognize Communist China and why we have
opposed its admission into the United Nations.
They are the same reasons, I imagine, which have
been responsible for your Government's policy of
noni-ecognition and nonadmission to the United
Nations.
First of all, Communist China has been formally
condemned by the United Nations as an aggressor
in Korea. Its armies in Korea killed and wounded
tens and tens of thousands of the United Nations
forces who were thei'e resisting a flagrant aggres-
sion on the call of the United Nations itself.
True, there has been a truce for nearly 3 years
in Korea. But Chinese armies remain in Korea,
the Chinese Communists daily violate the armi-
stice Ly introducing new weapons and munitions
in defiance of its terms, and they have made a
mockery of the armistice j)rovisions for inspection
by neutral observers behind the lines. We cannot
see how or why an unrepentant, unpurged aggres-
sor, formally declared by the United Nations to be
such, could be admitted to the United Nations.
This is not the right sort of test of a willingness
to abide by tlie principles of the charter.
In Viet-Nam, a counti-y like Korea tragically
divided, we have an armistice but no peace. The
Viet Minh, during the fighting, were openly sup-
plied and supported by the Chinese. And now
that there is a truce we find violations of its terms.
58
Department of State Bulletin
Since the Geneva Armistice Agreement of 1954,
the effective strength of the Viet Minh fighting
forces has approximately doubled; and the artil-
lery firepower is reported to have increased some
sixfold. It is the Chinese Communists who are
furnishing the equipment and the training.
As I said a few minutes ago, the Chinese Com-
munists maintain formidable forces opposite For-
mosa and are steadily building up their capability
for an attack on Formosa, where, by treaty, the
United States has solemnly recognized that an at-
tack would be dangerous to its own peace and
security. As I also said, the Communist Chinese
have refused to agi-ee to a declaration that they
will not resort to the use of force in the area of
Formosa except defensively. The United States
has repeatedly stated its willingness to make a
corresponding declaration even though this is re-
dundant in light of our acceptance of the obliga-
tions of the United Nations Charter.
Lastly, if it were possible to overlook the Chi-
nese Communist aggression in Korea, and its
flagrant actions in Indochina, and its repeated
threats to take Formosa by force — all of which it
is impossible, of course, to overlook — we in the
United States would still remember the treatment
meted out to our people by the Communists in
China as long ago as 1949, the violation of our
treaties, the imprisonment of our consular officials,
our businessmen, and our missionaries.
This in our eyes is not a record of behavior
which entitles a regime to honorable admission to
the United Nations.
I have sometimes heard the argument that rec-
ognition has nothing to do with moral judgment
but merely should recognize facts. I do not find
myself in complete agreement with this view.
Some element of moral judgment seems to be in-
escapably involved.
Then let us look for a moment at the conse-
quences on Formosa and elsewhere in the Far East
which could be expected to result from general
diplomatic recognition of Peking and its admis-
sion to the United Nations. A faithful ally
through the long years of the war with Japan and
since, the National Government of China, would
be abandoned and discredited. The hope for ulti-
mate freedom which its standard on Formosa holds
out to millions of Chinese on the mainland would
be gone. In the overseas communities of nearly
20 million Chinese in Malaya, Thailand, Burma,
Indonesia, and the Philippines, those who tradi-
tionally have maintained their homeland ties
would have no alternative to allegiance to Peking,
and the local consequences of such a shift in al-
legiance could prove serious indeed. Finally,
many peoples in the Far East who fear Communist
domination, who drew confidence from United
Nations resistance in Korea, and who believed that
firmness by the free world would deter another
aggi-ession, would find their faith sadly shaken
and their will weakened.
I have heard it argued that some of these reasons
are idealistic and by implication impractical and
that from a realistic point of view it would be
better to have Communist China in the United
Nations where it could be dealt with face to face
and exposed to the influence of world opinion.
The further question is raised as to where the
policy of nonrecognition will lead ; what practical
goal can it hope to achieve ? In my opinion there
is far more hope of Communist China's reassess-
ing its foreign policies and abandoning its aggres-
sive attitudes if subjected to the inflexible pressure
of the united opinion of the free nations of the
world than there would be if China were to be
admitted to the United Nations without any con-
crete evidence of a change in heart or a renuncia-
tion of its present aggressive policies.
For all of these reasons, the United States re-
fuses to recognize the Chinese Communist regime
and opposes its admission to the United Nations.
It is, of course, for every country to determine its
own policies, but for us the case is conclusive.
As Disraeli said, "The secret of success is con-
stancy of purpose." We believe that in Europe
the strength and unity achieved by our common
efforts in Nato in large part account for the
change in Soviet tactics and for the easing of
tensions we are now experiencing. In the Far
East, likewise, we believe that the will and resolu-
tion shown by the United Nations in Korea and
the development of collective security arrange-
ments largely account for the replacement of
shooting wars by armistices, uneasy though they
be. There would seem, therefore, no reason
in common sense for abandoning the basic policies
which have produced these benefits.
Canada and the United States are joined not
only by geography and as friendly neighbors.
We are partners in great enterprises. We are
discharging as best we can the enlarged responsi-
Ju/y 9, 1956
59
bilities which we never sought but to which we
have fallen heir. In the United Nations, in
Nato, in Korea, and in many other places we are
working together to achieve a common ideal.
That ideal President Eisenhower described 3
years ago as "the lifting, from the backs and from
the hearts of men, of their burden of arms and of
fears, so that they may find before them a golden
age of freedom and of peace." By our work to-
gether we can help make that great hope a reality.
U.S. Policy Toward Japan
and Okinawa
Statement hyJohn M. Allison
Ambassador to Japan ^
I have noted that as a result of recent press
statements, particularly about the Price Subcom-
mittee report,^ there have arisen misapprehensions
concerning American intentions in Okinawa and
Japan. I want to say emphatically that there has
been no change in our basic policy either toward
Okinawa or Japan. With regard to the Ryukyu
Islands we have recognized Japan's residual sover-
eignty and have no intention of seeking to acquire
permanent possession of the islands. When we re-
turned the Amami-Oshima Islands to Japan in
1953, the Secretary of State said that the United
States would "continue to exercise its present pow-
ers and rights in the remaining Ryukyu Islands
... so long as conditions of threat and tension exist
in the Far East." No one can predict exactly how
long these conditions will obtain, but it remains our
considered estimate that they necessarily may last
for some time. In the meantime, I am sure our
friends everywhere realize that our presence on
Okinawa is part of our contribution to that joint
strength essential to the defense of freedom.
With regard to the security treaty with Japan,
it is important to remember the spirit in which it
was drafted, wliich it expresses, and which con-
tinues to animate the collaboration of our two
countries. That treaty demonstrates the interest
of both nations in the maintenance of international
peace and security in the Far East. It also unites
^Released to the press by the U.S. Embassy at Tokyo
on .Tune 27.
^ Report of a Special Subcommittee of the Aiined Serv-
ices Committee, House of Representatives, FolJowi'ng an
Inspection Tour, October H to 'November 23, 1955.
them in maintaining the security of Japan itself, i
toward which specific end Japan and America are
partners and neither acts alone without consulting
and considering the best interests of the other.
U.S.-Pai<istan Discussions
on Double Taxation Convention
Prpss release 338 riatert June 20
Technical discussions are scheduled to open at
Washington on June 21 between officials of the
Governments of Pakistan and the United States
looking toward the conclusion of a convention
between the two countries for the avoidance of
double taxation with respect to taxes on income.
If bases for agreement are found, drafts of the
proposed agreement will be prepared and sub-
mitted to the respective governments for con-
sideration with a view to signing. It is antici-
pated that the duration of the meetings will be 1
week to 10 days.
The delegation of Pakistan will be headed by
Mahtabuddin Ahmed, Joint Secretary of the Pak-
istan Finance Ministry and Member of the Paki-
stan Central Board of Revenue. He will be
supported by Zahiruddin Ahmed, Financial and
Economic Counselor of the Embassy of Pakistan
in Washington, and by Abdul Latif, Deputy Sec-
retary of the Pakistan Finance Ministry and First
Secretary of the Central Board of Revenue.
The U.S. Government participants in the
discussions will be under the direction of Dan
Throop Smith, Special Assistant to the Secretary
of the Treasury in charge of tax policy.
These discussions provide one more indication
of the community of interest between Pakistan
and the United States, and both Governments
hope that such a convention will encourage an
increase of industrial and commercial relation-
sliips between the two countries.
Spencer Phenix Appointed
to Mixed Board at Bonn
The Department of State announced on June 27
(press release 359) that Spencer Phenix is being
appointed as the American member of the Mixed
Board sitting at Bonn which deals with matters of
clemency and parole for prisoners in German war-
crimes cases. He will succeed former U.S. Senator
60
Department of State Bulletin
Robert W. Upton of New Hampshire, who is re-
signing as of June 30, 1956, for personal reasons.
Senator Upton has returned to Washington to re-
I)ort on the work of the Board during his incum-
bency.
During the last war Mr. Phenix undertook a
number of special missions to Europe and the Near
East for the U.S. Govermnent. After the war
he served with the Office of Military Government
in Germany in 1947-1948 and as a consultant to the
Economic Cooperation Administration in 1948-
1949. During this period he was also chief of the
financial section of the Eca Special Mission at
Athens, Greece. From 1950 to 1954 Mr. Phenix
was financial vice president of the Free Europe
Committee.
The Mixed Board, which was established by in-
ternational agreement, is composed of American,
British, French, and German citizens. It is an
independent body exercising a quasi- judicial func-
tion, and its members are not subject to govern-
mental instructions.
The Meaning of Foreign Affairs to the Average American
hy Eleanor Dulles
Special Assistant to the Director, Office of German Affairs ■
Foreign relations have changed their character
basically in recent years. In the matters that
concern us most, national bomidaries have ceased
to be important. We are engaged in a race with
time in our dealings with two global forces.
The nuclear developments are of such magni-
tude that they tlireaten us all, irrespective of loca-
tion or form of government. The changed nature
of national aspiration has presented us with the
problems of every area that is underdeveloped.
These two developments are forces that increase
the urgency of understanding and action to a
degree that demands an enormous new effort.
The Western centers of civilization have for
centuries dominated most of the world by ideas.
Now the very effectiveness of this leadership has
produced conditions which threaten destruction if
we cannot move forward with new vigor and
wisdom.
The nature of atomic potential and danger so
obviously transcends the protections and the con-
trols of any one country that the problem is evi-
dent. Thus, we must focus our attention on the
progi-ams for international cooperation in this
field. No one can seriously question their im-
portance. Time is moving rapidly.
' Address made before the 33d convention of Zonta In-
ternational at Sun Valley, Idaho, on June 28 (press re-
lease 352 dated June 22).
July 9, 1956
390693 — 56 3
There is new realization in many nations as to
what are called newly developed areas, that they
are finally free of the fear of mass starvation, and
that infant mortality and many of the diseases
of the past are under control. They must look
to countries with high living standards who earlier
gained this freedom for new rights and privileges
which seem within their gi-asp. They will con-
tinue to press for a larger material basis of living
and for national independence where it is lack-
ing— both tendencies which increase the necessity
for a genuine international cooperation.
We and the countries represented here are chal-
lenged by the shortness of time and the speed of
recent developments. We have one generally rec-
ognized, dominating motive. We are determined
to create a world in which nations can live with-
out the threat of a war of extinction and in mate-
rial and spiritual decency. The ideas which led
to this acceleration of pace and brought us to-
gether must again serve us in this tremendous
task.
The countries from which we come have had
enormous talents of invention and administration.
They have, through the expansion of constitu-
tional government, the manifold developments of
the industrial revolution, by amazing financial de-
vices to permit the growth of commerce, brought
this foreshortening of time and space. Their cul-
61
tural ideas have enriched the communications be-
tween nations.
Now with these same ideas — in which we must
all share — we must press on at a new tempo and
with a new willingness to accept the burdens and
responsibilities of working together.
In the last years, since these two forces have
become increasingly evident, great things have
been accomplished. Financial, cultural, military
agreements, working arrangements, and organiza-
tions have been developed. They have been un-
precedented and successful. More is now de-
manded of us, however. We must have a wider
understanding and a greater tolerance. We must
develop new tools for our mutual salvation. We
must be ready to work and pay and continue the
task which has been forced upon us.
Elements of Strength
The immediate question before us is to discern
the elements of strength and try to increase them.
The first of these lessons we have learned in re-
cent years, as I see it, is that no nation can stand
alone. Many have seen the handwriting on the
wall and have shaped their national policy along
lines of cooperation and mutual support. The
North Atlantic Treaty countries are obvious
illustrations.
The second lesson in how to increase our strength
is to realize that what we do locally in our own
work and in our education and cultural activities
makes a difference. This is a point of view that
requires thought as to how our daily tasks conform
to our accepted principles as a nation, whether we
personally are in line with the policy of our nation
among nations. This takes us into the matters
of foreign economic and financial relations. It
requires an extension of our professional and busi-
ness activities beyond the local scene and calls for
seeing our own lives in a world setting.
It is hard for us to realize that what is done in
our local communities affects our international
position.
Recently this connection has been made very
close. Impressions regarding our civic standard,
the maintenance of order, the pursuit of justice,
and the development of education in its broadest
sense are of incalculable importance. In all these
things we play a daily part. Our lives mirrored
by press and movies, reported by visitors, and find-
ing expression as we deal with persons from other
lands shape foreign policy. It is the essence of
our democracy that this should be so. We cannot
escape these facts. We have shaped our govern-
ment and chosen our systems or national life along
these lines. We as individuals are representatives
of our nations. By our actions will the meaning of
our national policy be judged.
A third main lesson is that we must have an
appreciation of the traditions and values of others
that are not our own, in order to work with other
nations. This task is long and hard but is one
which can be carried out as we receive students
and leaders from other countries, as we try to
make wider contacts at home and in our travels, as
we read and as we listen, as we discuss the prob-
lems of the day. Such an appreciation of the
problems of other nations will help determine the
success or failure of our policy.
The purpose of a meeting of the kind which you
have assembled here, and of this particular session,
is, I take it, to see whether, by examining some of
tlie problems of foreign relations and discussing
some of the issues in the cooperative economic
and political efforts, we can increase our under-
standing of the issues and extend the horizons
of our thought. The very fact that we have come
together here means that we have acknowledged
a concern and a responsibility for such an under-
standing. It also evidences the fact that the ,
elements which I have noted under these three I
headings often perplex us and frequently appear
to exceed our ability to make the decisions that
affect us personally.
Complexity of Foreign Affairs
In the period when issues were fewer and the
nature of the problems confined mainly to those
affecting persons involved in foreign trade, for-
eign finance, or foreign enterprise of one kind
or another, we could limit our attention to sum-
mary statements of broad national policies and
exj>ect to be able to pursue our usual, normal ac-
tivities witli little interruption. This situation
may have prevailed some 50 years ago.
The average person who reads one of the well-
staffed dailies is confronted each day with ex-
pressions of this fact. He has little personal
knowledge or direct experience which help him
meet the problem. He has an uneasy feeling that
he may not be doing enough to protect himself,
his children, and his nation. The variety of is-
62
Department of State Bulletin
sues is so great tliat there is danger at times of a
cynical conclusion that he must ignore the general
field of activity because of its complexity. I be-
lieve there is a middle ground between com-
plete discouragement with regard to concern of
the individual in foreign affairs, and a preoccupa-
tion with details which most of us, even if pro-
fessionally concerned, cannot fully master.
As we review the press, we see that such matters
as EtJEATOM, the agency to control atomic develop-
ments, the General Agi-eement on Tariffs and
Trade, the Nato buildup, oi^en-skies inspection,
and the growing restlessness of colonial peoples
are discussed in terms which make them of vital
interest to us. With a little familiarity with
these matters, it is likely that when some of the
particular issues suddenly reach critical impor-
tance we will be prepared to understand the crisis.
Each of us has a sense of great urgency with re-
spect to the necessity of protecting basic national
interests and yet frequently a sense of bewilder-
ment as to the kind of course which should be
taken by the Government and its representatives.
In times of war, the imminence of personal dan-
ger and the importance of survival make obvious,
without the explanation of an expert, that supreme
efforts are required. Even such technical matters
as the availability of strategic metals, matters of
production and transport, as well as close coopera-
tion in military action come to have a clear mean-
ing. In times of peace, we must, for the most
part, rely to a considerable extent on the political
or economic leaders and on the press to help us
form our judgments.
It is essentially true, however, that many as-
pects of foreign relations are by their very nature
obscure. They are, perhaps, to be compared to
the iceberg which is visible only as a small portion
appears above the surface of the water. However
visible and clear this mass appears, the part which
is not seen is many times as large.
The factors which make possible international
understanding are to a considerable extent little
known acts of friendship, the slow building of
cooperative arrangements, and the thousands of
unheralded consultations and preparations that
lie behind our international organizations.
Many of the details of this work may quite
properly remain in the province of the specialist.
This fact becomes the more striking when one notes
that in the last 10 years 1,984 treaties and agree-
ments have been concluded by this country with
other countries. The amount of work behind these
treaties in the countries affected is incalculable.
Moreover, in the case of Germany alone, which
attained its sovereignty on May 5, 1955, 10 agree-
ments have already been signed. A picture of a
long series of meetings could be given with respect
to the Nato agreements, the Western European
Union, the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, and a host of others.
To appreciate and value a motion picture, it is
not necessary to be an expert on sound tracks. To
make intelligent use of knowledge of municipal
affairs, it is not necessary to be an expert on high-
way maintenance, city powerplants, or municipal
budgets. To mention the details that are in the
province of the specialist is not to limit the area
of our understanding.
The impact of most of the treaties and other
foreign problems on the individual becomes in-
creasingly evident with time. It may come
through the changes of price level, changes in
national income, through specific requirements
placed on the citizen with respect to national
security, in a myriad of other ways. If one looks
beyond these immediate relationships to the grave
question of survival, one has to consider the entire
complex of our defensive potential, the capacity
of all friendly nations, and the extent of the dan-
ger to our very national life.
It is not always easy to appreciate the point of
view of other nations. The difficulty is rarely one
of language. I have rarely known of an instance
when an important obstacle in international nego-
tiations was created by a misunderstanding of
words. The difference lies deep in the concepts of
working and living. One illustration of the wide
chasms of difference is found in a chapter in the
Soviet encyclopedia of diplomatic training which
is devoted to methods of deception. It is openly
explained that the way to gain the advantage in a
struggle for position is to instill false ideas in the
minds of the representatives of another country.
Such an approach is obviously based on a phil-
osophy of power for the sake of dominating. This
is an extreme case of an approach we in this coun-
try find completely alien.
The differences in concept are of the same nature
as those which affect our daily lives, our family
relationships, our types of education, sports, art,
and religion.
These differences stem from the time when our
relations with the past were closer than our rela-
Jo/y 9, 1956
63
tions with our neighbors isolated from us in space,
which prevented free and full exchanges. Then
the ideas and habits of our grandfathers were
better known to us than those of men in other
lands. The traditions that were handed down to
us were not challenged by those of persons a thou-
sand miles away.
There was ample cause for misunderstanding
what was distant and unfamiliar in a world such
as I describe. Thus, when a few tourists went
abroad, they were to experience shocking surprises.
The dress, manners, and amusements of the trav-
eler, though tolerated for the sake of the money
they brought to the economy, aggravated the sense
of difference and led frequently to hostility rather
than friendship.
The problem will continue to exist in modified
form but is perhaps becoming less as our experi-
ence prepares us for what we as travelers en-
counter, and as a wider knowledge of America on
the part of foreign visitors here helps to give a
more generous interpretation of our ways and
manners.
Since we must cling to our own principles and
traditions, we must consider carefully the extent
to which these principles can be nourished and en-
riched by the knowledge of wider concepts. It is
in the light of these aspects of our policy that we
can begin to approach other jieople with sympathy
and understanding. Then a true warmth of ap-
proach helps to combat the misunderstandings
which are at times bound to occur.
Situation in Germany
Germany is a case which can be usefully ex-
amined in connection with the three points made
earlier. It is clear neither Germany nor the
United States can live alone, but have a mutual de-
pendence in this modern world. It is recognized
that, through our soldiers in Germany and pris-
oners of war here, local ways and customs have
affected our relations. One can, I think, demon-
strate that our ability to understand the German
problem and the German people has been the basis
for the success of our policy so far. Thus, the
major reason why our relations with Germany
have yielded such striking results has been be-
cause we understood the nature of the need and
what we had to work with. Anyone who has had
even the remotest connection with war is aware
of the im^Jortance of basic changes in Germany's
relations with other countries to secure the peace, 'j
There must be, history has shown, a strong, de-
pendable linking of the interests and destinies of
European countries if Europe and the rest of the
world are to live in peace. The fact that the help
of non-European countries has been required to
accomplish the far-reaching reconstruction of po-
litical and economic life was by 1945 fully evident.
Without this reshaping of institutions and sys-
tems, it would have been impossible for France
and Germany to work together in the Coal and
Steel Community, to assist each other in tlie Or-
ganization for European Economic Cooperation
and the European Payments Union. No agree-
ment on the Saar could have been achieved.
We can all recognize the new relations between
France and Germany as one of the greatest single
new elements in Western European strength. We
have played an important part in bringing this
about. We have done it because we have been
convinced of its importance. There are other less
obvious ways in which what has happened in Ger-
many has reflected our desperate need for peace.
Here it has become evident that the principles of
democracy cannot be abandoned and that the free
world must stand against further encroaclunent.
The result has been a striking economic and po-
litical revival.
The situation in Germany has also provided con-
vincing arguments for our stand in the struggle
against communism. The flight of the refugees
from the East and the story of Berlin have helped
us to understand the day-to-day issues. Here the
barriers raised by despots and the attempt of mil-
lions to fly from the tyranny of communism have
taken on a clear meaning for all of us. These
people seeking escape from political slavery here
proved by their acts the unacceptability of dicta-
torship in a manner comprehensible to all of us and
effectively influencing our cooperative efforts.
There are thousands of refugees each week
streaming into Berlin. They come quietly by day
and by night. They come ostensibly to visit or to
do business. They do not return to the East. You
may ask what this means to us. It has been, and
will probably continue to be, the sign of the spiri-
tual difference between political freedom and the
police state.
These refugees, then, show us how right we have
been to reach out with sympathy to those who
have the spirit of resistance, to honor those who
64
Department of State Bulletin
will not submit, to endeavor, where we can, to help
them. They bring to us as individuals a warning
of the sacrifice which is required to stand for
human dignity. We can learn from them of the
world they leave, in which families are set at odds,
religion persecuted, education mechanized, and the
social ways and habits reduced to a level of bare
necessities. We recognize what it is to suffer not
from physical but from spiritual starvation in a
world of unrestrained materialism. In Germany,
and particularly in Berlin, we all know of the
East- West contrast; we can hear the personal
stories of the meaning of their efforts to withstand
the opjjression of the police state.
Berlin, too, has brought a clear message. It is a
place where our patience in support of the free
world is being tested. It is also a place wliere the
intentions of the Communists are revealed. In
19J:8 their desire to force the Allies to the West
and to bring the Iron Curtain down in the heart
of Germany, in spite of Four Power agreements,
was made evident by the blockade. They en-
deavored to lure the Berliners with promises of
food and fuel. The Soviets offered a kind of
partnership. They evidently expected to find a
gi'eater weakness than was in fact Berlin. ^^Hien,
however, they were countered by the airlift, when
the United States, the United Kingdom, and
France showed no intention of withdrawing, they
had to modify their plans. "When the Berliners
showed their faith in the Allies by refusing to
accept Soviet terms, the Soviets changed their
tactics. Tliey ended the blockade.
Here, as in Korea, with peril which was boldly
met, we demonstrated that we could stand fast.
The Communist world showed it could retreat.
Berlin is an outpost and a watchtower. It is a
demonstration of what the cooperation of nations
can do in the face of unusual and insoluble prob-
lems. The rapid economic recovery of Berlin is
probably one of the most bewildering events for
the Communist leaders. They have geography
and armies on their side. The West, in this little
island — less than 40 miles across and more than
100 miles behind the Iron Curtain — ignores their
strength and builds more firmly the democracy
of free men. Berlin thus gives us not only inspira-
tion but guidance as to how to hold and what are
the values that can bind people of different tradi-
tions and origins together in a solid working rela-
tionship.
Germany has been an area in which our knowl-
edge of conditions has made possible the success-
ful extension of various techniques of international
cooperation thei'e and between many nations. In
relief and reconstruction the work was jointly
carried out. In the currency reform and the first
rehabilitation of industry and trade, the three
Western occupying powers developed the plans
and accomplished the tasks together.
I have used Germany and Berlin to illustrate
the way in which need and familiarity have helped
direct our energies and resources in a productive
manner. Many of the German problems are fa-
miliar to you and some of you have perhaps a
working knowledge of them. The rise of Hitler,
in the years between the wars, evidences to us the
dangers of failure to understand and act on inter-
national realities. It has been the most widely
recognized illustration of the fact that destructive
forces can quickly gain command if there is the
widespread belief among the people that economic
opportunity is shut off .
We have seen that Germany was anxious for
the accomplishment of European integration.
Germany wished to liberalize trade and to work
jointly with other nations for financial stability.
Germany has shown a desire to plan for its share
in the burdens of defending the peace. Germany
has demonstrated its determination to withstand
the fallacious offers of unreal freedom that may
be proposed as the price for the return of the
eastern provinces. Germany has, along with
hard-pressed Berlin, withstood Communist pres-
sures and has achieved a remarkable economic
recovery.
Aids to Understanding
Wliat, then, are the general conclusions which
we derive from a consideration of these illustra-
tions and phases of foreign policy problems?
Clearly they cannot be ignored. It is equally
clear that few of us can be specialists in this field.
We cannot have access to enough information or
devote enough time to the information available
to us to have a satisfactory understanding of the
critical issues. If we compare our situation, how-
ever, with that of persons like us some decades
ago, we can recognize that we do scan a wider
horizon.
Of books, press, radio, and television coverage
of international affairs we have both quantity and
July 9, 7956
65
quality. The problem for each of us is how we
use them.
In our own approach to foreign affairs, there
may be some useful devices which we can adopt.
These can be a measure of selectivity in our read-
ing, relating our main interest to the relations be-
tween countries from which our families came,
where we have traveled, where soldiers in our
families have fought or been stationed. If, then,
we have a clear view of a few problems, we can
test out the validity of press and radio against
this background. We can better judge the rea-
sonableness of political direction. We can under-
stand how much mutual support is possible in
some one set of relations. We can become aware
of the sensitivity of others in a situation for which
we have developed a feeling.
Basically, however, there is a continuum of
problems. The questions of representation, of
taxation, of standards of living and racial tol-
erance are matters with which we are all concerned
daily. Moreover, tJiese are matters which have
affected the legal and constitutional foundations
of each country. If we understand these main
issues close to us, if we agree that these same ques-
tions and fields of decision affect men everywhere,
we have a solid ground on which to build further
knowledge. It is this recognition of the urgency
of the common problems between peoples and na-
tions which drives us on to gi-eater effort.
There is not now, and in fact there never has
been, a secure place in which to hide from hate,
aggression, and tyranny. There used to be myths
about retiring to the hills, seeking peace in the
South Sea Islands. Poets and novelists occasion-
ally fed an anxious people with these illusions.
Now, in a world of wide horizons and many lost
causes, there is no mistaking the alternatives that
face the civilized world. It is necessary that we
work together or we will not be able to survive.
We must hang together or very surely we will
hang separately. It is this knowledge and this im-
derstanding that is behind the unremitting efforts
of those in all countries who are trying to support
those basic aims and legitimate aspirations of
free men in all countries. It is the urgency de-
riving from this realization that has led to the
increase of the exchanges of ideas, the new insti-
tutional forms of cooperation, the new demands
on your support as citizens, as voters, as profes-
sional persons.
It would be very restful if we could take a vaca- i
tion from the problems which now confront us j
daily. We have no respite, however. Our stand '
on local issues, our contributions through our work
and our taxes, our education, our art and way of
living are always known and always important
to those in other lands who are looking to see where
they can find friends with whom they can work
for their own peace for the betterment of
mankind.
Although the way is long and the dangers are
enormous, perhaps the essence of the problem is
not, after all, so difficult to understand. In the
human aspirations to which our countries are
dedicated are the hopes and aims of mankind
everywhere. We believe this, we work for this,
we can thus feel a pride and responsibility in the
part we can each play in this great enterprise.
Austria Announces Aid
to Former Persecutees
Press release 361 dated June 28
The board of trustees of the Austrian fund for
aid to former persecutees, which was established
by the Austrian Federal Law of January 18, 1956,
has announced the procedure for filing applica-
tions by former persecutees residing abroad. All
persons who were persecuted in Austria during the
period March 1933 to May 8, 1945, for political
reasons, including racial origin, religion, or na-
tionality but excluding National Socialist activi-
ties, are eligible to file applications if :
(1) they were Austrian citizens on March 13,
1938, or had uninterrupted, permanent residence
for at least 10 years in Austria prior to March 13,
1938 ;
(2) they have subsequently emigrated from
Austria and are now living abroad ; and
(3) they have not received payment under the
Austrian Victims' Compensation Law, except for
compensation for imprisonment.
Application forms will be available at all Aus-
trian consulates in the near future, and applicants
are advised, in their own interest, to use these
forms. Completed forms should be sent to HUfs-
fonds (Aid Fund), Vienna 49, Post Office Box
{Postfach) 138, and should reach the fund no
66
Department of State Bulletin
later than June 10, 1957, as applications which are
received after that date will not be considered.
Additional information concerning the aid
fund and the procedure for filing applications, as
well as a list of Austrian consulates, may be ob-
tained from the Department of State.
Lebanon To Receive U.S. Aid
To Improve Transportation
The International Cooperation Administration
on June 23 amioimced it will make available $3.67
million to help Lebanon improve its public road
and transportation system. This brings to over
$7.76 million the total of U.S. mutual security aid
for Lebanon during fiscal year 1956.
Of the new funds, $3 million will be used to
help the Lebanese Government finance the con-
struction of a section of highway which runs from
Beirut, Lebanon's capital, to Damascus, the capi-
tal of Syria. The U.S. funds — matched by an
equal contribution from the Lebanese Govern-
ment to meet local currency costs — will help in
constructing the new road through some of the
roughest and most mountainous terrain in
Lebanon.
In addition to the $3 million in development as-
sistance funds, $200,000 in teclmical cooperation
funds will be used to finance a contract with an
American firm to send technicians to Lebanon to
advise on engineering and construction. The re-
maining $470,000 will be used to help rehabilitate
and improve safety conditions at Beirut Interna-
tional Airport, largest in tlie area. Runways at
the airport will be lengthened, permitting com-
mercial jet-type aircraft to land.
The U.S. funds will help to accelerate a major
program of public roads construction undertaken
by the Lebanese Government as part of a 5-year
economic development plan.
According to a report of Lebanon's Ministry of
Public Works, "There is no doubt whatever that
implementation of the program of roads . . .
would give greater impetus to the economic de-
velopment of the area and, by setting an example,
provide the beginning of an improved regional
network. The provision of the United States aid
would give a further illustration of the form of
free international cooperation to which our two
democratic countries are devoted."
World Bank Loan to Colombia
for Highway improvement
The World Bank on June 6 announced that it
had on that day made a loan of $16.5 million to
Colombia to complete a program to rehabilitate
the principal highways. First begun in 1951, the
program has since been considerably revised and
expanded to keep pace with the extremely rapid
growth of traffic on Colombian roads. It is the
third such loan made by the bank to Colombia
and brings the total of lending for Colombian
highway improvements to $47.3 million.
The benefits to Colombia of improvements in
the highways are already becoming apparent.
Prolonged traffic interruptions, due to torrents and
landslides, have been virtually eliminated. Bet-
ter alinement, more gradual gradients, increased
width, and the paving of road surfaces have re-
duced the time taken by road transport, in many
cases from days to a few hours, and have lowered
transportation costs.
The original program to rehabilitate about 1,900
miles of Colombia's principal highways was under-
taken in 1951 to provide good road transport be-
tween the larger cities and the principal ocean
and river ports. Because the existing highways
were in serious disrepair and improved roads were
of pressing importance to the economy, work was
concentrated at first on providing passable gravel
roads, paved only on the more heavily traveled
sections; the development of first-class highways
was to be undertaken gradually over a longer
period.
The immediate rise in traffic accompanying the
road improvements, however, soon made it appar-
ent that gravel road could not meet even current
needs. In 1953, therefore, at the time of the bank's
second highway loan to Colombia, it was decided
to increase the proportion of paved roads to 85
percent, to acquire more earth-moving equipment,
needed particularly to modify mountain gradients
and curves, and to establish a comprehensive and
continuing road-maintenance program.
The increase in traffic continued to be unex-
pectedly high. Between 1952 and 1955, for ex-
ample, the volume of traffic has doubled on most
of the roads and more than tripled near large
cities. On the main highway crossing the central
mountain range, daily trafiic has multiplied ten-
fold, from 220 vehicles to more than 2,200. The
registration of motor vehicles rose from 65,000 to
July 9, J 956
67
140,000, with trucks and buses accounting for the
greater part of the increase. As a result, further
revisions became necessary in the standards to
which the principal roads were being constructed.
The new loan will finance the additional foreign-
exchange costs of the equipment, materials, and
services needed for the increased construction work
required by the new standards. In addition, bank-
financed equipment will be used to build a new
40-mile road between Cienaga and Barranquilla
on the Caribbean coast.
Signing of Tax Convention
With Honduras
Press release 354 dated June 25
Secretary Dulles and Carlos Izaguirre, Hon-
duran Ambassador in Washington, signed a con-
vention on June 25 between the United States and
Honduras for the avoidance of double taxation
and the prevention of fiscal evasion with respect
to taxes on income.
The convention follows, in general, the pattern
of income-tax conventions now in force between
the United States and a number of other countries
but is the first such convention to be concluded
with any of the American Republics. It applies,
so far as U.S. taxes are concerned, only to the
Federal income taxes, including surtaxes. It does
not apply to the imposition or collection of taxes
by the several States, the District of Columbia, or
the territories or possessions of the United States,
although it contains a broad national-treatment
provision similar to a provision customarily found
in treaties of friendship, commerce and naviga-
tion.
It is provided in the convention that it shall
become effective as of January 1 of the year in
which the exchange of instruments of ratification
takes place. It will be necessary to transmit the
convention to the Senate for advice and consent to
ratification. The text of the convention, with ac-
companying commentaries regarding its provi-
sions, will be available in printed form upon
publication of the Senate Executive document.
Defense Support for Spain
Increased to $60 IVIiilion
Tlie International Cooperation Administration
on June 1 announced approval of a $10 million
increase in defense support for Spain under the
mutual security program for the current fiscal
year. This increase brings the total of defense
support for Spain to $60 million for the year
ending June 30.
The additional allotment is being made after
appraisal by the American Embassy and the U.S.
Operations Mission in Madrid of the damage
caused to the Spanish economy by last Febru-
ary's freezing weather. The loss of considerable
citrus fruit and other crops which are normally
exported meant foreign-exchange losses for Spain
this year which were not anticipated. Because
these foreign-exchange losses would have reduced
Spain's ability to finance normal imports and
thus interfered with the nation's industrial prog-
ress, the new $10 million allotment will be used
to finance the purchase of industrial raw mate-
rials and capital equipment.
Earlier this year the United States also made
available to Sjiain some 40,000 tons of foodstuffs
to relieve the immediate distress caused by the
freezes.
The mutual security program for Spain began
in the fall of 1953, following the signing of three
agreements under which the United States is de-
veloping joint air and naval bases in Spain and
is providing military and economic aid. The mili-
tary facilities are of strategic importance to the
defense of Western Europe and thus to the se-
curity of the United States. In many cases, the
United States is taking over substantial installa-
tions developed by the Spanish Government.
Assistance under the economic aid agreement
has now totaled $230 million, including the new
allotment. The program is intended to strengthen
the economic basis for Spanish cooperation in the
mutual defense programs. Major emphasis has
been directed to railway rehabilitation and elec-
tric-power generation and distribution. A large
portion of the aid has been furnished in the form
of U.S. agricultural commodities.
68
Department of State Bulletin
The Economic World To Come
iy Heriert V. Prochnow
Deputy Under Secretary for Economic Affairs ^
All of us are interested in the shape of economic
things to come. What tomorrow has in store for
us is often a much more fascinating subject than
yesterday's happenings. For obvious reasons, the
businessman and the economist cannot escape this
preoccupation with the economic shape of things
to come. ^Vlien a businessman plans his future
purchases of raw materials, his inventoi-y of
finislied goods, or his anticipated sales, he projects
his thinking ahead. Wlien he makes plans to con-
struct new buildings and plant, or to modernize
his present production facilities, he anticipates
the probable course of his business for years to
come.
In the national economy there are projections
ahead covering Federal revenues and expendi-
tures. There are estimates also of such items as
gross national product, construction, employment,
growth of the labor force, and investment.
Among some of the underdeveloped nations, espe-
cially, there are projections of the anticipated
economic trends for several years in advance. It
is reasonable to assume that it would likewise be
desirable to try to obtain some idea of the future
world economy by projections ahead witTi the best
statistical tools available.
A book has recently been published in which the
author states that the history of economic thought
constitutes "a gigantic blind alley, against the
end of which economists have been bashing
their heads for decades." The author's apparent
belief is that economists cannot predict. How-
ever, notwithstanding all the risks involved, look-
ing ahead is a necessity in business, industry, and
in almost every segment of our economic life.
^ Address made at tbe University of Nebraska, Lincoln,
Nebr., on June 25 (press release 340 dated June 20).
Ju/y 9, 7956
In the Department of State, with the well-being
of our people so closely related to that of the people
of other countries, it is necessary not only to make
short-run decisions but also at the same time to
project economic policies for the longer range.
In spite of the difficulties and uncertainties of
economic forecasting, we must with all earnestness
do our best to anticipate possible economic de-
velopments over the world. The projections ad-
mittedly will be faulty, but they may outline at
least in bold relief the general magnitude of
future problems and economic trends.
So far as the United States is concerned, there
has been a great amount of this kind of economic
analysis here and throughout the world of the
American economy. In many ways, our economic
future is important not only to us but also to many
other countries.
Our economic development has been remark-
able, greater than any people perhaps has a right
to expect. Consider our gross national product,
that is, the grand total of the goods and services
produced annually in the United States. In 1940
our gross national product was $206 billion — in
terms of present-day prices. In 1948 it was
nearly $300 billion. Today our gross national
product has reached an annual rate of approxi-
mately $400 billion.
Future Development in United States
And what of the future ? Wliat can we expect
the output of our economy to be in 1965 ? Accord-
ing to one projection, it should be above $500
billion. The congressional Joint Committee on
the Economic Report has said that our gross na-
tional product could increase to $540 billion by
1965, or almost $500 billion if computed "at factor
69
cost," which means, roughly, after deducting taxes
and subsidies. Others have projected present-day
trends even further — to 1975 — almost 20 years
from now — and have predicted an outpouring of
$670 billion of goods and services on this same
basis. Incidentally, all these projections are in
terms of today's prices; that is, they represent
entirely actual increases in goods and services,
not mere increases in monetary values.
Some people may well wonder how, with our
economy now operating at near capacity, it will
be possible to reach such economic heights in such
a comparatively short period of time. Let us take
a moment to examine one or two factors operating
today which make such an achievement possible.
First, look at what is happening to the Ameri-
can population. A big surprise of tlie postwar
decade was the sharp growth in population. The
birth rate was low in 1933, with 18.4 youngsters
per 1,000 of population, but it rose to a new high
of over 26 per 1,000 in 1947. Since then the rate
has been 25 per 1,000. Not many years ago it was
predicted that the American population would be-
come static within a few years and even start to
decline thereafter. It was this interpretation
which underlay some of the comments about a
mature or stagnation economy. Now it appears
that our population in 1965 can be expected to
reach about 190 million. Twenty years from now
it should be in the neighborhood of 215 million.
The impact of this increase on the growth of the
economy is obvious. For example, in the field
of housing construction, which has played so im-
portant a part in our prosperity, the prospects
are for demand and construction of 12 million
new houses during the current decade. By 1960
it is estimated that annual construction expendi-
tures on housing may be more than $33 billion, or
22 percent greater than in 1950.
Second, although there may be limits to such
resources as manpower and basic materials, there
is no foreseeable exhaustion of technology. In a
sense, this is our primary resource, because with-
out it the usefulness of our other resources would
be severely limited. Over the past century we
have achieved a fabulous increase in output per
man-hour by constantly devising new and better
machinery and methods to augment human effort.
Our technology has always been dynamic. To-
day we produce more than three times as much
per worker in a 40-hour week as our grandparents
did working 70 hours. And, just to take a look
into the longer future, at the rate we have been
increasing our productivity over the past 100
years, by the year 2050 we should be producing
as much in one 7-hour day as we do now in a
40-hour week. Actually, we have only just begun
to exploit the technological developments of
World War II — atomic energy is probably the
most spectacular example. Technology can be ex-
pected to continue to increase productivity — per
man, per acre, per machine. |
Actually, one of the most important predictions
that can be made about the United States economy
for the next 20 years turns upon one percentage
point. Productivity, which has been increasing
at an average of 2 percent a year for nearly a
century, and at 3 percent since 1950, will probably
continue to increase over the next quarter century
by an annual average of 3 percent. Consider what
this added percentage point actually means. If
United States productivity rises at an average
annual rate of 2 percent, production per man-hour
will double in 35 years, increase to 4 times in 70
years, and 8 times in 105 years. But if American
productivity rises at an annual rate of 3 percent,
production per man-hour will double in less than
24 years, increase 4 times in 47 years, and 8 times
in 71 years. The implications for growth of this
additional percentage point are staggering indeed.
Peaceful Revolution in Society
One wishes he could be as certain that social in-
vention and spiritual enlightenment would keep
pace with our scientific progress and economic
growth, that our individualism would grow more
pronounced as our material standards advanced.
These are crucial questions. In fact, a recent
"speculative projection" made by the California
Institute of Technology concluded that "brain
power" was the only raw-material shortage fore-
seen ! But in any case, the real significance of
the unfolding of the American economic drama
involves more than new gadgets and material
things. It gives people more choices on what to
do with their lives. It is a peaceful revolution in
society. J. Frederic Dewhurst and Associates, in
their book Ainerica's Needs and Resources: A
New Survey^ express it as follows :
In many ways those of us now passing middle age have
within our lifetime experienced a greater advance in our
material standard of living and a more pervasive change
in our way of life than occurred in all the previous cen-
turies of Western history. The mass of the people, it
70
Department of State Bulletin
is important to emphasize, have been the chief bene-
ficiaries of this great material progress. In every past
:me and civilization only the favored few were able to
enjoy a high standard of living, because they alone could
idinmand the lavish personal service to make it pos-
sible. . . . This democratization of our way of life . . .
is the inevitable outcome of a progressive technology
applied to production.
The same book describes the American techno-
logical marvels at which I have hinted. Going
to press around the beginning of 1955, they sug-
gested that the gross national product in 1960
might be about $414 billion (at 1954 prices). In
the light of what we know today, that looks like
a rather low estimate; but in a footnote the au-
thors explained that $414 billion was the "medimn
projection" of tlieir survey, and they went on to
say that the 1960 figure "might be as low as $350
billion or as high as $490 billion" and added that
"under wartime emergency conditions it could
rise to nearly $600 billion." I mention this not to
confuse the subject but in order to illustrate the
hazards of trend-projecting and to guard against
the sin of complacency. As stated so well in the
recent Economic Report of the President:
To meet the challenge of prosperity, we must above
all things avoid complacency. The continuance of gen-
eral prosperity cannot be taken for granted. In a high-
level economy like ours, neither the threat of inflation nor
the threat of recession can ever be very distant.
Moreover, there will be serious problems of ad-
justment as we go along, such as temporary im-
balances (as in agriculture today), the increased
savings needed for public and private investment,
and the shortening of hours of work, so that we
cannot assiuue that economic progress will dispose
of all our problems.
Worldwide Economic Growth
"V^Hiat may we conclude about the economic fu-
ture in the rest of tlie world? Wliat will be
happening in Europe, in Asia, in South America,
in Africa while we advance to new economic
achievements ? Will they be standing still ? Ob-
viously they will not. They, too, are on the move.
In fact, it is possible that the United States, with
all its coming growth, may even account for a
slightly smaller share, relatively, of the world's
pi-oduction in the 1960's and 1970's than it does
now.
Everywhere governments and peoples are
anxious to achieve economic improvement. Some
of them are inexperienced and face formidable
obstacles, but they are determined to overcome
them. There is a sense of economic urgency
everywhere in the world. Technology, which, as
I have indicated, is a primary resource without
which all other resources would be economically
less important, is crossing international bound-
aries as never before. The earth of every conti-
nent is capable of supporting factory-made
houses; the food of every continent is capable of
being frozen and put in modern packages; the
air of every continent behaves the same to a jet
plane or a helicopter rotor; and the ether of all
continents permits the passage of electronic im-
pulses. It is probable that no other country is
heading for a $600 billion economy in the next
20 years, but they are headed for more economic
goods than they have now.
Economic growth has gone furthest in America,
but it is not exclusively an American affair.
Long-term projections suggest the possibility that
world population and world production will ex-
perience unprecedented rates of growth during
the next two decades.
First, consider population. In 1950 the popula-
tion of the world was about two and a half billion.
It seems likely that the present figure is 200 mil-
lion higher, or about 2 billion 700 million, though
we do not know precisely how many people there
are in some countries.
World population is growing at the rate of more
than 35 million a year, and by 1960 it should be
approaching 2 billion 900 million. Five years
later, in 1965, it may be up to 3 billion 100
million. And 10 years after that, in 1975, it is
quite possible that the human race will number
as many as 3 billion 600 million, and that even
the rate of growth will be greater at that time than
it is now.
I realize that these figures are higher than
many earlier projections. For example, Frank
W. Notestein projected a world population of 3
billion 345 million for the year 2000 A. D. That
is less than the figure I have just mentioned for
1975. When the Woytinskys produced their mas-
sive volume ^Yorld Pofulation and Production in
1953, they thought Notestein's projection was too
high and revised it downward a little. But
trend-projecting is a dynamic, fast-changing busi-
ness; and, barring a nuclear conflict that would
wipe out whole segments of humanity in an in-
stant, there are good reasons for thinking now that
previous estimates have been on the low side.
Ju/y 9, 1956
71
Now let us consider production. Here we find
ourselves on much less certain ground. To men-
tion but a few of the complicating factors — we are
hampered by inadequate data on current produc-
tion and labor input, the absence of clear-cut his-
torical trends for many countries, and nmnerous
technical and accounting problems in reducing
available data to comparable statistics. Even in
the face of these uncertainties, however, we can
obtain some idea of the general economic shape
of the world 20 years hence.
Gross World Product in Trillions
In 1950 the total output of goods and services
in the world — the sum of all gross national prod-
ucts, or, we may say, the gross world product —
was perhaps in the neighborhood of $866 billion.
At the present time it is probably well beyond
$1 trillion, or one thousand billions, and is ex-
panding rapidly.
In 1960 it could be about 1 trillion 300 billion
dollars.
In 1965 tliis impressive statistic could reach
about 1 trillion 600 billion dollars.
And for 1975 over 2 trillion 186 billion dollars,
almost three times the 1950 world production.
All these figures are in terms of the purchasing
power of the dollar in 1953. If tliis were written
for a learned publication, I should have to supply
a long list of footnotes. For example, even if we
knew exactly what foreign production was going
to be, the problems of translating it into figures
comparable for all countries would still be stagger-
ing. But you will have to imagine the footnotes,
for I shall not bore you with them here.
Let me pick out two significant facts about these
projections :
First, world output may very well expand in the
next 20 years faster than it has in the past.
One reason for thinking that this may occur
relates to the underdeveloped countries. The de-
termined efforts of many of those countries to
speed up their economic gi'owth seem likely to
achieve a considerable measure of success, in spite
of vast and formidable difficulties which confront
them. Some of the underdeveloped areas, for ex-
ample, India and parts of Latin America, may
even increase their production between now and
1975 at a faster rate than the United States —
though our lead in absolute terms can be expected
to grow larger.
An even more important reason why world pro-
duction may expand more rapidly than in the past
is that the industrial nations may well be more
successful than hitherto in maintaining a high
and stable level of total demand. If so, this should
make the drag of any recessions on average rates
of growth much less severe than in previous
periods.
A second significant fact about our projections
is that world output is expected to rise a great deal
faster than world population.
According to the projections, population will
rise about 50 percent between 1950 and 1975. And
in the same period, production may be expected to
rise 150 percent, or at a rate three times that of
population growth.
If tliis is correct, it will mean that the per-capita
output of the world will rise significantly. Ac-
cording to the projections it will rise more than
75 percent in that 25-year period, that is, from
about $341 per capita in 1950 to about $604 per
capita in 1975.
In terms of human well-being, in terms of food
and clothing and housing and refrigerators and
radio sets and improved health and education, the
implications of these prospective developments
are extremely encouraging. To show how far the
world has to go, however, before it begins to ap-
proach the level of living to which we are accus-
tomed, we should note that, even if the world
avei'age output on a per-capita basis does reach
$604 in 1975, it will still be far below the present
per-capita figure in the United States and Canada.
This now is over $2,000, and by 1975 it may well be
above $3,000. Furthermore the per-capita output
in some underdeveloped countries may remain be-
low $100 a year — even if it nearly doubles in the
next 20 years.
Thus we see ahead of us a different world; a
world in which mechanization is no longer the
exclusive possession of a few countries; a world
in which the jiroduction of goods and services will
far outstrip anything in our previous experience.
Consequences for America
What will this world economic growth mean to
the United States?
The impact of our own economic growth on the
individual American in terms of his physical en-
vironment and his daily manner of living probably
needs no elaboration. But there are additional
72
Department of State Bulletin
consequences for America which will result from
the phenomenal economic growth of the world in
general. Let me mention some of those conse-
quences :
More Americans will be traveling abroad on
business or pleasure and traveling faster and more
cheaply as the years go by. Other peoples, in turn,
will visit us in larger numbers and get to know us
better. Already it is easier and quicker to circle
the earth and pay a leisurely visit to every country
than it was for our ancestors to cross our own
continent.
World economic gi'owth will also bring Ameri-
cans into closer touch with other countries through
improved communications.
Americans and other economically developing
jteoples will discover more about what the earth
and the space ax'ound it are really like. It takes
considerable economic advancement, for example,
to place a satellite tilled with measuring instru-
ments in the sky.
One very important accompaniment to world
economic development may well be the opening
of larger and more appealing opportunities for
American citizens and American business concerns
to carry their enterprise and their investments to
foreign countries. Such investments, in turn,
will contribute to faster development in the coun-
tries where they are made.
Then, too, economic growth may bring long-
term strategic shifts of power centers in the world,
since population and output do not everywhere
expand at the same rate. That is a subject in
itself, and I shall not try to discuss it today but
only to comment that such shifts will probably
lead Americans to realize, even more clearly than
now, that we cannot work out our destiny alone.
The need for sound international relations is not
going to get any smaller in our lifetime. We can
be fairly certain of that.
One of the greatest consequences of world eco-
nomic expansion is trade.
As world output climbs into the trillions, our
commerce with other countries will almost in-
evitably flow in a volume so vast as to render small
by comparison the international trade of the pres-
ent. The streams of trade, in turn, will give
added stimulus to our economic growth; in fact,
without trade our projected growth might not
take place.
As regions develop economically, they become
bigger markets. Their people can buy more goods
and services. There will be competition for these
markets, of course. There should be. But, when
markets are expanding steadily, there is room for
those who can produce the things that are in de-
mand. We in the United States will be sending
our products abroad in quantities much greater
than those of today.
As our own country passes the $400 billion and
$500 billion brackets of national production, our
demand for raw materials will expand accord-
ingly. That demand will have to be met increas-
ingly from overseas. We shall need an ever-
larger volume of imports to satisfy the American
consumer and to serve our industries. Already
we rely heavily on foreign sources of supply, and
this reliance will gi'ow as time goes on. We used
to be a net exporter of petroleum and copper ; now
we are a net importer. We used to dig all our own
iron ore; now we import a considerable amount.
We bring in bauxite, nickel, tin, manganese,
uranium. As our population grows, we shall also
need ever-larger quantities of consumer goods
which we cannot produce, like coffee and bananas,
and even of consumer goods which we can produce
but which are not as advantageous to us to pro-
duce as certain other products.
The prospect of greatly increased world produc-
tion will, of coui-se, bring new f)roblems as it
eases old ones. It will not necessarily simplify
our foreign relations — especially with the under-
developed countries. Wliile their rate of gi-owth
might exceed that of the United States, the abso-
lute gap between us may widen. Tliis situation
will call for all the diplomatic skill and public
understanding that we can muster. Rightly or
wrongly, peoples abroad frequently think in terms
of "catching up" with Western standards of liv-
ing— or at least of narrowing the gap that has
so long existed between them and the West. Thus
they are not likely to be pleased with a situation
in which this may turn out to be extremely diffi-
cult, and the problem of maintaining political
and social stability under these circumstances will
require great understanding. Wliile economic
progress is a necessary ingredient to improving
the welfare of free men everywhere, it alone by
no means assures the continued existence of a free
society. After all, material well-being is not an
end in itself but the means to a better life in all
its aspects.
July 9, 1956
73
The economic world to come must be a world
dedicated to impi-oving the welfare of free men
everywhere. As men and women over the world
achieve higher standards of living, not only they
but the world will be better off. The chances of
mankind to achieve the social and spiritual bless-
ings of a free society will be increased to the
extent that the economic well-being of individual
men and women is improved. Now, for the first
time in all history, hundreds of millions of people
in all continents of the world are beginning to see
that new and challenging economic opportunities
may be opened to them which will raise their
standards of living.
This is the vision we inay see as we lift our eyes
to the future.
Modifications in Proclamation
on Tariff Negotiations
Press release 368 dated June 30
The President on June 29 issued a proclamation
modifying the proclamation of June 13, 1956,^
giving effect to the concessions negotiated on a re-
ciprocal basis by the United States at the 1956
tariff negotiations held at Geneva, Switzerland, by
the Contracting Parties to the General Agreement
on Tariff's and Trade. This proclamation makes
two relatively minor modifications in the earlier
proclamation. First, it avoids a reduction in the
duty on unconcentrated citrus fruit juices which
was inadvertently included in the language origi-
nally proclaimed. Secondly, it corrects the lan-
guage used to describe a reduction in the duty on
buttons of textile material.
These modifications of the June 13 proclama-
tion become effective June 30, 1956.
PROCLAMATION 3146'
Whereas by Proclnmation 3140 of Juue 13, 1056 (21
F. R. 4237), the President has proclaimed such modifica-
tions of existing duties and other import restrictions of
the United States, or such continuance of existing cus-
toms or excise treatment of articles imported into the
United States as were found to be required or appropri-
ate to carry out the Sixth Protocol of Supplementary
Concessions to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade, including the schedule of United States conces-
sions (H. Doc. 421, 84th Cong., 2d Session) ;
' Bulletin of June 2.5, 1956, p. 1057.
' 21 Fed Reg. 4995.
Whehieas the description of products in item 806 (a)
in Part I of Schedule XX annexed to the said Sixth Pro-
tocol of Supplementary Concessions reads as follows :
"Cherry juice, and other fruit juices and fruit sirups, not
specially provided for, containing less than % of one
per centum of alcohol (not including prune juice,
prune sirup, or prune wine, and except pineapple
juice or sirup and naranjilla (solanum quitoense
lam) juice or sirup)";
Whereas the said item 806 (a) was not intended to
cover citrus fruit juices, but such juices other than nar-
anjilla juice inadvertently were not excepted from the
description of products set forth in the said item 806 (a) ;
Whereas that portion of the description of products
in item 1510 [second] in Part I of the said Schedule XX
which follows the last semicolon therein, was erroneously
worded to provide for buttons "wholly or in chief value
of textile material" instead of for buttons "wholly or in
part of textile material" :
Now, therefore, I, DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER, Pres-
ident of the United States of America, acting under and
by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitu-
tion and the Statutes, including .section 3.50 of the Tariff
Act of 1930, as amended (48 Stat, (pt 1) &43, eh. 474, .57
Stat. (pt. 1) 125, ch. 118, 59 Stat. (pt. 1) 410, ch. 269, 63
Stat. (pt. 1) 698, ch. 585, 69 Stat. 165, ch. 169), do pro-
claim, effective June 30, 1956 :
(a) That the said Proclamation 3140 of June 13, 1956,
is hereliy terminated, to the extent that it shall be ap-
plied as though the description of products in item 806
(a) in Part I of Schedule XX to the Sixth Protocol of
Supplementary Concessions to the General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade were stated as follows:
"Cherry juice, and other fruit juices and fruit sirups,
not specially provided for, containing less than % of
one per centum of alcoliol (not including prune juice,
prune sirup, or prune wine, and except pineapirte
juice or sirup, naranjilla (solanum quitoense lam)
and other citrus fruit juices, and naranjilla sirup)".
(b) Tliat item 1510 [second] in Part I of the said
Schedule II shall be applied as though that portion of the
description of products therein which follows the last
semicolon read as follows : "or wholly or in part of tex-
tile material."
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the seal of the United States of America to be
atflxed.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-ninth day
of June in the year of our Lord nineteen hun-
[sEAi,] dred and fifty-six, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the one hundred
and eightieth.
By the President
Herbert Hoovee, Jr.
Actiiw Secretary of State
74
Deparfmenf of Stafe Bulletin
Publication of Schedule
of Recent Tariff Concessions
Press release 349 dated June 22
The Department of State on June 22 released
a publication describing in statutory language
the tariff concessions recently made by the United
States, under authority of the Trade Agreements
Extension Act of 1955, in return for concessions
on U.S. export items. In these recently con-
cluded taritf negotiations held in Geneva, Switzer-
land, under the auspices of the contracting parties
to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade,
the United States and each of the other 21 gov-
ernments struck a mutually satisfactory balance
of concessions on products which figure im-
portantly in their two-way trade.^
Pursuant to the provisions of the Trade Agree-
ments Act, as amended, most of the U.S. conces-
sions will be made effective in three annual stages,
the effective date for the first stage being June 30,
1956. The publication shows the concession rates
of duty which are to become effective for each
item in each stage, for each item which was the
subject of a concession, and the country with whom
the concession was negotiated.
The publication, entitled General Agreement on
Tariffs and Trade, Schedule XX (Department of
State publication 6362, Commercial Policy Series
159), may be purchased for 60 cents from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Govermnent
Printing OiHce, Washington 25, D.C.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
Kelinquishment of Consular Jurisdiction in Morocco.
Hearings before tlie Senate Committee on Foreign Re-
lations on S. J. Res. 1G5, approving the relinquishment
of the consular jurisdiction of the United States in
Morocco. April 10 and May 15, 1956. 31 pp.
Mutual Security Act of 1950. Hearings before the Senate
Committee on Foreign Relations on the mutual security
program for fiscal year 1957. April 13-May 31, 1956.
1083 pp.
To Abolish Forced Labor Through ILO. Hearings before
the Subcommittee on Labor of the Senate Committee
' For an announcement of June 7 on the results of the
1956 tariff negotiations, together with the Presidential
proclamation giving effect to the new concessions, see
Bm-LETiN of June 25, 1956, p. 1054.
on Labor and Public Welfare on S. J. Res. 117, to provide
for United States cooperation ■wiih other nations
through the International Labor Organization to abolish
forced labor. April 25 and 27, 1956. 293 pp.
Amendment.? to Refugee Relief Act of 1953. Hearing
before the subcommittee of the Senate Committee on the
Judiciary on S. 3570, S. 3571, S. 3572, S. 3573, S. 3574,
and S. 3606, bills to amend the Refugee Relief Act of
1953, so as to increase the number of orphan visas and
raise the age ; extend the life of the act ; permit issu-
ance of visas to persons afflicted with tuberculosis ;
permit the giving of assurances by recognized voluntary
agencies ; provide for the reallocation of visas, and
change the conditions under which visas may be issued
to refugees in the Far East. May 3, 1956. 106 pp.
U.S. Passports : Denial and Review. Hearings before
Subcommittee No. 1 of the House Committee on the
Judiciary on H. R. 9991, a bill to amend the Adminis-
trative Procedure Act and the Communist Control Act of
1954 so as to provide for a passport review procedure
and to prohibit the issuance of passports to persons
under Communist discipline. May 10 and 28, 1956.
32 pp.
Fisheries Act of 1956. Report to accompany S. 3275. S.
Kept. 2017, May 17, 1956. 7 pp.
The Great Pretense. A Symposium on Anti-Stalinism and
the 20th Congress of the Soviet Communist Party. H.
Rept. 2189, May 19, 1956. 173 pp.
Departments of State and Justice, the Judiciary, and Re-
lated Agencies Appropriation Bill, 1957. Report to ac-
company H. R. 10721. S. Rept. 2034, May 21, 1956.
15 pp.
Laws Controlling Illicit Narcotics Traffic. Summary of
Federal legislation, statutes. Executive orders, regula-
tions, and agencies for control of the illicit narcotics
traffic in the United States, Including international,
State, and certain municipal regulations. S. Doc. 120,
May 21, 1956. 98 pp.
Alutual Security Act of 1956. Report of the House Com-
mittee on Foreign Affairs on H.R. 11356, to amend fur-
ther the Mutual Security Act of 1954, as amended, and
for other purposes. H. Rept. 2213, May 25, 1956. 98 pp.
International Geophysical Year. A special report pre-
pared by the National Academy of Sciences for the
Senate Committee on Appropriations. S^ Doc. 124,
May 28, 1956. 27 pp.
The Communist Conspiracy, Strategy and Tactics of
World Communism, Part I, Communism Outside the
United States : Foreword, General Introduction, Sec-
tion A : Marxist Classics, H. Rept. 2240, 202 pp. ; Sec-
tion B: The U.S.S.R., H. Rept. 2241, 528 pp.; Section
C : The World Congresses of the Communist Interna-
tional, H. Rept. 2242, 372 pp.; Section D: Communist
Activities Around the World, H. Rept. 2243, 553 pp.;
Section E. : The Comintern and the CPUSA, H. Rept.
2244, 343 pp. May 29, 1956.
Preventing Citizens of the United States of Questionable
Loyalty to the United States Government from Accept-
ing Any Office or Employment in or under the United
Nations. Report to accompany S. 782. S. Rept. 2118,
June 5, 1956. 10 pp.
Amending the Japanese-American Evacuation Claims Act
of 1948, To Expedite Final Determination of the Claims.
Report to accompany H. R. 7763, S. Rept. 2132, June 5,
1956. 9 pp.
Greetings to the German Bundestag. Report to accom-
pany S. Res. 263. S. Rept. 2134, June 5, 1956. 2 pp.
United States Participation in the International Bureau
for the Publication of Customs Tariffs. Report to
accompany S. J. Res. 178. S. Rept. 2138, June 5, 1956.
2 pp.
Authorizing Participation by the United States in Par-
liamentary Conferences of the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization. Report to accompany H. J. Res. 501.
S. Rept. 2140, June 5, 1956. 4 pp.
Ju/y 9, 1956
75
The United Nations Expanded Program of Technical Assistance
Statement hy Francis O. Wilcox
Assistant Secretai'y for International 0 iganization Affairs ^
I appreciate very much the opportunity to ap-
pear again before this subcommittee to discuss the
United Nations Expanded Program of Teclinical
Assistance. Since tliis is one of the most important
action programs being carried out by international
organizations, I believe that a fuller understand-
ing of its operation may be lielpf ul to the members
of the subcommittee in their study of the spe-
cialized agencies of the United Nations.
During tlie last 6 years, 78 countries have
pledged over $142 million to tlie special account by
which the Expanded Program is financed. This
has made it possible to recruit experts from 77
countries and to make use of the facilities of 105
countries and territories to provide training in
various forms. It may safely be said that never
before have the resoiu'ces of so many countries
been mobilized for a worldwide cooperative
enterprise.
Some 131 countries and territories have been
helped. Since the inception of the program in
1950, some 5,000 experts have served in capacities
ranging from advice on a nari'ow teclmical prob-
lem to assistance in the formulation of overall
national economic and social plans. Over 10,000
fellowships have been awarded for study abroad,
ranging from on-tlie-job training in industrial
enterprises to long-term study at advanced educa-
tional institutions. Equipment and supplies
amounting to about $10 million have been pro-
vided as part of approved projects. Teclmical
assistance projects may range from a single ex-
^ Made on June 2.5 before the Subcommittee on Inter-
national Organizations and Movements of the Foreign
Affairs Committee of the House of Representatives. For
a statement by ftlr. Wilcox on the U.N. specialized agencies,
made before the same subcommittee on Feb. 20. see
Bulletin of Mar. 19, 1956, p. 4S0.
pert spending a few months in a country advising
on the solution of specific technical problems in
an individual enterprise, or a single fellow study-
ing a particular manufacturing process or admin-
istrative technique, to a large regional training
center combining many forms of assistance OA'er
a period of years.
As one might expect, some dissatisfaction with
the operation of the program has been expressed
in the past 2 or 3 years. Proposals liave also been
made which would radically alter its character.
I know you share our desire that tlie international
programs Ave support sliould be .soundly organized
and efficiently managed.
I would like first to discuss with you the histor-
ical background of the present organizational
arrangements ; second, explain liow these arrange-
ments work in practice; and third, test against
this background the specific criticisms and sug-
gestions whicli have been made.
First of all, I should like to say that we always
welcome suggestions of a constructive nature in
connection witl\ United States participation in
international organizations. The active interest
wliich nongovernmental groups are taking in these
matters has been lielpful. Although we may
sometimes not find it possible to accept entirely
their viewpoint, we do appreciate the sincerity
of their interest. Let me assure you that we will
always give careful thought to all the suggestions
we receive in this area. It must be recognized
that our problems are complex, requiring an
assessment of our national interests on the one
hand, and the interests of some 75 other partici-
pating governments on the other. Even when we
are sure we know what we want to do, we cannot
always have our way.
76
Department of State Bulletin
Historical Background of the U.N. System
111 considering the problem of how to oi'ganize
an international technical assistance program, I
believe we are all seeking the same goal — the cre-
ation of the kind of machinery which will result
in the most effective use of the total resources
of the United Nations agencies in the economic
and social fields.
In any consideration of the U.N. Technical As-
sistance Program, the historical background of
the U.N. system itself is significant. As the sub-
committee knows, the present United Nations sys-
tem was not created overnight. The United Na-
tions and the 10 specialized agencies have their
roots deep in the past. The charter of the United
Nations was developed in part out of the experi-
ence of the League of Nations, the World Court,
and other international institutions of previous
decades. Several of the specialized agencies trace
their origin to the 19th century and the early
part of the 20th centui-y. For example, the Food
and Agriculture Organization (Fao) developed
from the International Institute of Agriculture,
founded at Rome in 1905. The World Health Or-
ganization (Who) grew out of the International
Office of Public Health, established at Paris in
1909. Later, in 1919, came the International
Labor Organization. Only four of the present
specialized agencies were created during or after
World War II : the International Civil Aviation
Organization, tljp International Bank, the Inter-
national Monetary Fund, and the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organiza-
tion (UNESCO).
At the San Francisco Conference in 1945, the
problem of what to do with this complex net-
work of international agencies, old and new, was
given special attention. There were two extreme
schools of thought. One school argued in favor
of complete centralization in order to assure max-
imum coordination. This school of thought main-
tained that if all activities — political, security, eco-
nomic, social, and the rest — could be placed under
one roof, there would be relatively little waste
of money and manpower. It favored a single
institution which, like a national government,
would consist of a number of functional depart-
ments and be financed from a single budget.
The otlier school of thought argued in favor of
decentralization, maintaining that the United Na-
tions should be limited primarily to political and
security matters and that the specialized agencies,
as completely autonomous bodies, should deal with
all other activities. They contended that no single
institution could cope effectively with the whole
range of international problems and that, in any
case, the success of nonpolitical activities should
not be jeopardized by linking them with contro-
versial political issues.
The issue of a centralized international struc-
ture versus a decentralized structure was settled in
1945. The principle of decentralization, with a
recognition of the necessity for adequate coordina-
tion, won out. Each organization has its own con-
stitution, its own secretariat, its own rules of pro-
cedure, its own membership, and its own budget.
All these organizations, however, are bound to-
gether in a common effort by agreements between
the United Nations and each agency, as well as
interagency agreements. The United Nations
General Assembly reviews and makes recommen-
dations on the administrative budgets of the spe-
cialized agencies. The Economic and Social Coun-
cil coordinates their programs. In the past 10
years the Council has accomplished much in recom-
mending priorities of programs, in urging a con-
centration of effort, and in eliminating duplication
among the various agencies. Moreover, the heads
of the specialized agencies meet together regularly
in tlie Administrative Committee on Coordination,
which is under the chairmanship of the U.N.
Secretary-General. Here they discuss common
problems, plan joint programs, and strive to pre-
vent and eliminate overlapping and wasted effort.
Establishment of the Expanded Technical Assistance
Program
After the decentralized system was in operation,
the question arose in 1949 as to how to organize
an enlarged program for the provision of technical
assistance to underdeveloped countries. Again,
the question was whether a single new agency
should be established or whether already existing
decentralized machinery should be used. There
were strong proponents for both approaches.
A second problem was whether to establish a
separate technical assistance budget for each
agency or to establish one central fund from which
money could be allocated to each of the agencies.
Still a third problem was whether contributions
to the technical assistance program should be vol-
untary or whether the cost should be assessed
against the member states.
July 9, 1956
77
The conclusion reached by the Economic and
Social Council, as set forth in its resolution of
August 1949 establishing the Expanded Technical
Assistance Program,^ was that the facilities of the
technical agencies already functioning should be
used and adequate machinery for coordinating
their efforts provided.
The Ecosoc resolution stated that the program
was to be financed by voluntary contributions from
governments to a special fund to be set up by the
U.N. Secretary-General. The major part of the
allocations from tlie fund to the various partici-
pating agencies was to be made according to a scale
of pi'edetermined percentages.
The resolution established the Technical Assist-
ance Committee (Tag), a standing intergovern-
mental body made up of the 18 governments who
are members of the Ecosoc. This committee gives
general supervision to the progi*am. It examines
each year's program presented to it by the Tech-
nical Assistance Board and reports to the Council
concerning it, making such recommendations as
it may deem necessary.
The resolution also established a Technical As-
sistance Board (Tab), composed of the executive
heads of the participating agencies, or their repre-
sentatives, under the chairmanship of the U.N.
Secretary-General. This board was directed to
coordinate the program, to examine program pro-
posals made by each of the agencies, and to make
recommendations on these proposals and the over-
all program to the Ecosoc through the Technical
Assistance Committee.
This was the initial machinery through which
the Technical Assistance Program was to operate.
The first 2 j'ears' experience demonstrated the
necessity for more effective coordination of agency
activities.
Consequently, in 1952 Ecosoc recommended
that the Secretary-General, after consultation
witli the participating agencies, appoint a full-
time executive chairman of the Technical Assist-
ance Board. ^ It was his duty to examine pro-
gram proposals submitted by the participating
organizations, in order to facilitate the develop-
ment of integrated country progi-ams. He was to
make recommendations to the Technical Assist-
ance Board with i-espect to program proposals,
including the earmarking or allocation of funds.
Projects were approved by the board, in agree-
ment with the chairman.
A further change in machinery for operation of
the Expanded Program was approved in 1954 by
Ecosoc and the General Assembly, to give added
recognition to the principle that programs should
be more responsive to the needs and desires of
the underdeveloped countries. Under this resolu-
tion,' there were two major changes :
1. Funds are no longer allocated automatically
to the participating organizations on the basis of
the percentage formula established in 1949; they
are distribvited among the agencies on the basis of
programs requested by miderdeveloped countries
and the priorities placed on them by the requesting
governments. Subject to the total availability of
funds, the agencies were protected in the resolu-
tion from a decline of more than 15 percent in
their progi'ams from year to year.
2. The Technical Assistance Committee, which
had previously reviewed the pi-ogram and made
such recommendations as it deemed necessary,
was now directed to review the overall program
in the light of its importance for economic devel-
opment, and to approve it. Subject to the con-
firmation of the General Assembly, the Technical
Assistance Committee also was directed to author-
ize the allocation of funds among the agencies.
Tlie dissatisfaction expressed about the program
appeal's to center around these last two changes,
approved in 1954. This dissatisfaction has led
to the submission of a draft jonit resolution to
this subcommittee by three of the national fami
groups.
Operation of the Technical Assistance Program
Before turning to these criticisms, I would like
to describe briefly the four basic steps in the
development of teclinical assistance projects.
1. Each spring, the Technical Assistance Board,
which, as I have mentioned, is made up of repre-
sentatives of all the participating agencies, sets
target figures covering pi'ograms in all fields for
each counti-y. These target figures show the
amount of expenditure for technical assistance
which it may be possible to make for all purposes
during the ensuing year. They are based on Tab's
estimate of the total funds wliich may be contrib-
= ECOSOC Resolution 222.
'ECOSOC Resolution -433.
' General Assembly Resolution 831 ; Bulletin of Dec. 27,
ia,j4, p. 1006.
78
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
uted for the next year and distributed among
countries on the basis of sucli factors as need,
projects already in operation, and the availability
of aid from other sources. For example, country
X is given a target of $500,000 for 1957, divided
into subtotals among agriculture, health, educa-
tion, etc. At the same time, it is given a list
of the 1957 costs of jDrojects currently in opera-
tion, if these are continuing projects. The min-
istries of health, of agriculture, of education, etc.,
examine their needs in the light of assistance
which will be available and develop their requests
for projects.
It is my view, Mr. Chairman, that this self-
examination by the underdeveloped countries, this
conscious weighing of the total needs of the
country, is one of the most important consequences
of this new approach. Clearly, it is essential
for a country to understand its own problems and
its own needs before it can hope to make real
jn-ogress.
;2. Within the target figures, country X then
l)r()ceeds to draw up its program requests for the
lu'xt year in consultation with the Technical As-
sistance Board resident representative and repre-
sentatives of the participating organizations. The
role of the Technical Assistance Board resident
representative is to provide leadership in coordi-
nation among the participating organizations. He
does not have line authority over representatives
of the specialized agencies. Nor does he interfere
in technical negotiations between specialized
agency representatives and ministries of recipient
governments. Each of the specialized agencies
participates as an equal in preparing recommended
programs of technical assistance to be financed
from the central fund. The governing bodies of
the specialized agencies regularly review the tech-
nical aspects of the program and provide their
Directors General with policy guidance.
3. The i^roposed program for country X is then
forwarded to the Technical Assistance Board.
The board combines this request together with
the requests submitted by other countries into
a total program for the following year. As I
have stated, the board, in drawing up the program,
insures that each participating organization is al-
located at least 85 percent of the amount allo-
cated to it under the current year's program, pro-
vided that funds are available. It should be re-
membered that the Teclmical Assistance Board is
made up of agency representatives and not gov-
ernment representatives.
4. Tlie total program, with the board's recom-
mendations, is reviewed and approved by the Tech-
nical Assistance Committee. The Tag review of
the program does not deal with country alloca-
tions or with the technical aspects of the program,
or with individual projects. It is concerned
rather with the overall program and with inter-
agency relationships. After Tag approves the
program, it authorizes the allocation of funds to
each of the participating organizations. This ac-
tion is subject to confirmation by the General
Assembly.
After funds are allocated to the individual spe-
cialized agencies for approved technical assistance
projects, they are under the control of the agencies
for expenditure. Each agency plans the details
of its own projects, recruits its own experts, and
is fully resijonsible for the operation of each of its
projects. The technical assistance program of
each agency is subject to the review and policy
direction of the governing bodies of the agency
in the same way as the activities financed from the
assessed budget. The primary difference is that
the agency governing body does not determine
the total funds which will be available for the
program. This is dependent primarily on the
total of the voluntary contributions from govern-
ments and secondly on the program as developed
by the agencies in Tab and approved by Tag.
Criticisms of the Program: Its Structure
I would like now to discuss the specific criti-
cisms which have been advanced in certain quar-
ters, primarily by some of the farm organizations.
These criticisms fall into two major categories.
First is dissatisfaction with the structure and ad-
ministration of the program. The second relates
to the method by which the program is financed.
The Danger of Centralization.. The fear has
been expressed that the operation of the Expanded
Program will result in bringing the activities of
the specialized agencies under the political in-
fluence and control of the General Assembly. The
spokesman for the National Grange, in testifying
before this subcommittee, stated that he felt that
Fao "has been prostituting itself by taking large
sums of money from the political organization,
U.N., along with the controls and supervision of
Ju/y 9, 1956
79
its technical programs, which the political U.N.
is not qualified to give."
I have explained earlier how technical assistance
projects are developed and put into operation.
The most important single element in this process
is the recipient country — what it wants and what
it needs for its economic development. Against
this must be weighed the resources available to
meet those needs. The job of stretching resources
to fill the most urgent needs of underdeveloped
countries is one which involves the whole inter-
national machinery — the field stafi's of the spe-
cialized agencies, the resident representatives, the
specialized agency headquarters, their represent-
atives in the Technical Assistance Board, and
finally the govermnental rej)resentatives in the
Technical Assistance Committee. I have exam-
ined the record carefully and, on the basis of the
operation of the program to date, I sincerely be-
lieve the fears expressed by the farm groups are
completely unfounded.
Political problems are certainly uppermost on
the agenda of the Security Council, and political
pressures do influence many of the actions of the
U.N. General Assembly. But I do believe it is
completely unrealistic to say that, because the final
approval of the Technical Assistance Program
rests with the General Assembly, the technical
judgments of the agencies will be overridden by
political considerations. In the final analysis,
whenever two or more governments meet, political
considerations are involved. I question seriously
whether there is any less politics in the debates
of the specialized agencies themselves than in the
General Assembly debates on technical matters.
The secretariats and governing bodies of the
specialized agencies are responsible for the sound-
ness of each project which they midertake. Each
agency recruits its own experts, purchases its own
supplies and equipment, disburses the money it
has received from the central fund, and is respon-
sible for the success or failure of each of its own
projects. The role of Tag and the General As-
sembly in the final approval of the total Technical
Assistance Program in no way detracts from the
responsibility of the governing bodies of each of
the specialized agencies for the projects in the
agency's field of competence. I am a firm be-
liever in the work of the specialized agencies. If
I felt that the political influence of the General
Assembly were in any way undermining their val-
uable work, I would be among the first to advocate
appropriate changes.
As I have pointed out, there are a number of
alternatives in organizing this program or any
other international program. There are, of
course, those who would like to see centralization
of the program in one agency. There are others
who would like to see complete decentralization
among the specialized agencies with machinery to
provide only essential minimum coordination.
There are still others, and in this group I include
the Department of State, who believe that the
present machinery, although not perfect, offers a
reasonable means for pooling the limited re-
sources available in order to get the maximum
amount of technical assistance from the funds
contributed. If programing at the country level
is important — and we believe that it is — then
something more than a series of isolated, unre-
lated technical assistance projects is necessary.
The "something more" is a fitting together of
projects into the total plan of the country, for its
development. This job under present arrange-
ments is the responsibility of the agencies operat-
ing through the Tab.
On this point, the subcommittee may be inter-
ested to note the comments of the report of the
Senate Subcommittee on Technical Assistance
Programs of the Committee on Foreign Relations,
as follows :
Administration of the United Nations technical assist-
ance program is tending toward centralization in the
Technical Assistance Board, a group composed of repre-
sentatives of the U.N. itself and of all the specialized
agencies which participate in technical assistance. This
trend has had a salutary effect In administration of the
U.N. program, and the subcommittee recommends that
United States representatives in tlie various U.N. agencies
concerned support further moves in this direction. In
particular, the subcommittee believes that the authority
of the U.N. resident representatives in countries receiv-
ing technical assistance should be strengthened. This
would improve coordination among the specialized agen-
cies and also between the U.N. and the United States pro-
grams. It could also be expected to make for a more well-
rounded and a better balanced technical assistance effort.
Along this same line. Senator Green in his report
on a study mission on technical assistance in the
Far East, South Asia, and Middle East commented
as follows:
The trip afforded an opportunity to talk to many U.N.
technical assistance oflBcials in various countries. They
uniformly showed a firm grasp of the problems they face
80
DepaMment of State Bulletin
and exhibited an exceptionally high level of competence.
The trip left the general impression that the U.N. techni-
1 al assistance program produces more per dollar exx)ended
tlian does the bilateral program of the United States.
'I'he explanation may be that the U.N. has less money
and selects both its projects and its i)ersonnel more
carefully.
The U.N. program could be further improved, however,
by a greater degree of centralization in its administration.
Ctonsiderable progress has been made in this direction
with more widespread use of resident representatives
and with greater autliority centered in tlie U.N. Technical
Assistance Board to allocate funds among the various
specialized agencies. This trend seems to be continuing,
with the result that the U.N. program is becoming less
dispersed and is being administered a good deal more
efficiently. It could probably be improved even more If
the Technical Assistance Board's resident representatives
were given authority over the technicians of the special-
ized agencies more nearly comparable to that of an
American mission chief over United States technicians.
The U.N. program deserves continued strong support,
financial and otherwise, from the United States.
These views wliich have been reflected in the
reports of various congi'essional committees obvi-
ously deserve careful consideration. Certainly
those who advocate further decentralization would
do well to consider their merits and the sources
from which they come. We in the executive
branch are doing our utmost to see that the present
machinery operates with a maximum of efficiency,
so that these legitimate demands for coordination
are met without in any way jeopardizing the au-
tonomy or the efficiency of the specialized agencies.
Relationship of Specialized Agencies arul the
Expanded Program. It has been argued that un-
der the present organization of the Expanded
Program of Technical Assistance each specialized
agency must go through the wasteful process of
operating under two budgets, two sets of admin-
istrative rules, two sets of governing bodies, two
sets of books, and two sets of employees and that
the expanded program is a separate entity super-
imposed on the regular activities of the agency.
Some of the agencies, notably the Fad, have been
slow to integrate Etap into their regular activities,
although there is no basic reason why this should
have been so. In fact, the original resolution
establishing Etap specifically provided that "the
work undertaken by the participating organiza-
tions under the expanded technical assistance pro-
gram should be such as to be suitable for integra-
tion with their normal work."
Some of the agencies from the beginning have
carried on their technical assistance projects and
their regular activities side by side, using the same
headquarters staff to backstop both programs.
The Expanded Program has obviously required
enlargement of administrative personnel and head-
quarters program personnel to plan and carry out
the extensive field operations which were not a
normal part of the operation of some of the agen-
cies. It has not, however, been necessary for agen-
cies to establish two sets of books. Any organiza-
tion must be able to account for the funds it uses
regardless of the source. Moreover, so far as I
am aware, the specialized agencies have been able
to use the same accounting staff (augmented wher-
ever necessary) , the same accounting procedures,
and the same auditing procedures which they use
for the regular budgets.
While the operation of the Expanded Program
has obviously caused some administrative stress
and strain because of the considerable expansion
in specialized agency activities, we feel that by
and large the agencies have been able to assimilate
the Expanded Program in an effective way. "Wltile
there are obviously additional changes which can
be made in the future to simplify the operation,
we do not believe that there is anything basically
unworkable about the present setup. Just this
year, Fag is taking active steps to amalgamate
the operation of its regular and its expanded
activities, and we are hopeful that some of the
difficulties it has encountered in the past will now
be alleviated.
Criticisms of tlie Program: Basis of Financing
The question of the basis of financing teclmical
assistance activities is an extremely difficult one
and is one to which we have given very serious
consideration. Likewise, the question of the pro-
portion of the U.S. contribution to the Technical
Assistance Program is a difficult one, of which we
are constantly aware.
Financing hy Voluntary Means or hij Assess-
ment. It has been suggested in some quarters
that the advantages of voluntary contributions
are outweighed by the disadvantages and that
technical assistance activities should be financed
through assessments against the member states.
Assessments are levies voted by the General Assem-
bly or General Conference of each agency to sup-
port its regular activities. The members are
committed by their ratification of the constitution
of the organization to pay the amount assessed.
Jo/y 9, 1956
81
The primary disadvantage of voluntary financing
is that contributions are on a year-to-year basis.
Governments may or may not contribute as they
see fit. This creates some clifRculty in long-range
program planning, since the agencies have no as-
surance of funds beyond those currently pledged.
Plowever, there is some assurance of program
stability, through a Working Capital and Reserve
Fund which has been built up and now totals $12
million. The record of pledges, which have in-
creased steadily from year to year, and the excel-
lent record of collections also give the program a
certain degree of stability. In fact, the agencies
increasingly can plan long-range projects with
reasonable assurance that those projects can be
carried to completion.
There are currently five comparable programs
being financed through voluntary contributions
from governments: United Nations Expanded
Program of Technical Assistance, United Nations
Children's Fund, United Nations Relief and
Works Agency for Palestine Refugees in the Near
East, United Nations Korean Reconstruction
Agency, and the United Nations Refugee Fund.
You will recall that, at the time the scale of as-
sessment for the United Nations was beintr nego-
tiated in 1946, the late Senator Vandenberg drew
a distinction between the administrative budgets
of the U.N. and operational programs such as the
International Refugee Organization. We believe
there is still a valid distinction between basic ad-
ministrative budgets and operational programs
and that tliere is a legitimate place for both as-
sessed financing and voluntary contributions.
An analogy which comes to mind is the payment
of taxes by an individual to cover the cost of cer-
tain basic services which he expects from his local
government as contrasted with the voluntary con-
tributions lie makes to the Community Cliest and
his churcli to perform other services which he
feels are necessary but are not tax-supported.
We see no fundamental objection to the volun-
tary financing of a program such as teclmical as-
sistance. The support of governments is gen-
erally enthusiastic and has been increasing stead-
ily. Our share of the progi-am has been
gradually reduced from 60 i)ercent to 50 percent.
As the support of other governments continues to
increase, we would hope to be able to reduce our
percentage further, so long as this can be done
without jeopardizing the size of the fund. If the
technical assistance contributions now provided
voluntarily were assessed against governments, I
question seriously whetlier many countries would i
be willing and able to assume the burden on a con-
tinuijig basis. It is my conviction that putting
the program on an assessed basis at the present
time would reduce sharply the total amount of
funds available for technical assistance.
AVe certainly do not want to risk increasing the
assessed cost of international organization activi-
ties to the point where the system of international
agencies might become too onerous a financial
burden for some of the members.
As Senator Vandenberg stated in 1946 :
I .should consider it fatal to our aspirations if the
United Nations should permit its aspirations to so far out-
run its resources that any peace-loving nation would ever
find it financially impossible to maintain its membership
... or that it should ever lose its vote because of un-
avoidable arrears. This must never become a so-called
"rich man's club" ; it must always remain the "town
meeting of the world."
Governments by and large are reluctant to sub-
scribe to a permanent increase in their financial
commitments, although they may be quite willing
to increase the amount they contribute voluntarily
to international activities. Voluntary financing
permits governments greater flexibility with re-
spect to participation in certain programs from
year to year. I fear that, if contributions for
technical assistance were assessed, there would be
a considerable reduction in the funds made avail-
able for this purpose.
In short, we are convinced that voluntary
financing of some international programs is sound
policj'. We see no reason why we should not con-
tinue to support both assessed and voluntaiy
programs.
Convertibility of Contributions. Contributions
to the Expanded Program may be made in local
currencies and in goods and services, as well as
in hard currencies. It has been suggested that
all contributions should be made in convertible
hard currencies. We would agree that this would
be highly desirable. However, the question is
really one of usability rather than convertibility
and is actually a problem in the case of only a
few of tlie contributions to the Expanded Program.
The fact that contributions can be made in local
currencies is one of the features that appeals to
many contributing governments. For the most
part, the participating organizations have been
82
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
able to utilize inconvei'tible contributions with rel-
atively little difficulty through hiring experts, pur-
chasing equipment, and arranging training facil-
ities which can be paid for in inconvertible
currency. The prime problem has been in the
utilization of Russian rubles, which has presented
and still presents considerable difficulty.
As for contributions in goods and services, a
few contributions, notably those of Brazil and Den-
mark, are contributions partly in educational serv-
ices. Such contributions have been welcome and
useful.
We are undertaking diplomatic negotiations
with other contributing countries to see whether
it would be possible to require a higher degi-ee of
convertibility in contributions. It is too early to
report on tlie results of these negotiations, but
we are hopeful that we may be able to improve
the present situation.
Level of U.S. Support of the Technical Assist-
ance Program. The level of U.S. support for the
Technical Assistance Program has also been ques-
tioned. In order to get the program started, the
U.S. initially contributed 60 percent of total con-
tributions to the central fund. Our percentage
has now been reduced to 50 pei'cent. Over a pe-
riod of time we hope to be able to reduce our per-
centage even further.
With three major exceptions, states contribute
to technical assistance in about the same ratio as
they are assessed for the regular budgets. The
U.S. contributes 50 percent as contrasted to its
regular assessment of 3.3..33 percent. China con-
tributes .07 percent as against its regular budget
assessment of 5.62 percent. The Soviet Union,
which is assessed 15.28 percent for 1956, is con-
tributing 3.70 percent of the technical assistance
fund. These two countries account for the bulk
of the deficiency that the U.S. is making up by
contributing more than 33.33 percent. It is ap-
parent that if the U.S. reduced its contribution to
33.33 percent it would create increased pressure
for the use of Soviet experts and training facili-
ties. Wliile we do not expect or suggest that the
U.S. should continue indefinitely to contribute 50
percent of the total program, we do believe that
we should make any reduction below 50 percent
gradually and only after assuring ourselves that
the size and effectiveness of the total program will
not suffer.
I should also like to emphasize that the 50 per-
cent figure applies only to contributions to the
central fund. When local contributions by re-
cipient governments are taken into account, the
U.S. share of the total program is only about 17
percent.
Present Machinery Adequate
In conclusion, I should like to repeat that, while
the luachinery of the Expanded Program is not
perfect, it is proving itself to be adequate for
the job for which it was established. We would
be extremely reluctant to see any major changes
in tliis machinery at this time. I have talked
to the Directors General of the more important
participating organizations and I find that they
share this view.
The committee will be interested in a recent
statement by the Achninistrative Committee on
Coordination, which is composed of the Directors
General of all the specialized agencies :
The ACC wishes to emphasize once again tliat the Ex-
panded Technical Assistance Program is not really a
series of projects operated liy a number of separate agen-
cies, but a composite whole planned jointly, in an increas-
ingly effectual manner, within the participating agencies
and in the countries concerned under tlie guidance of the
Technical Assistance Board and the Technical Assistance
Committee.
The members of the ACC participating in the pro-
gram . . . emphasize the readiness of their organizations
to undertake, on the basis of the experience which they
have now acquired, any larger tasks which it may become
necessary to discharge as international action develops.
Our tested and proven international machinery now exists
for tliis purpose.
Mr. Chairman, as I indicated in the beginning
of this statement, our prime concern is to develop
the kind of machinery which will result in the
most effective use of the total limited resources of
the United Nations agencies in the economic and
social fields. I am convinced that this goal can
be achieved through the present organizational
arrangements for the Teclmical Assistance
Program.
July 9, 7956
83
TREATY INFORMATION
Atomic Energy Agreements Amended
The Atomic Energy Commission and the De-
liai'tment of State (press release 363) annomiced
on June 28 that the United States and Canada on
June 26 conchided an agreement amending the
agreement for cooperation in atomic energy mat-
ters which has been in effect since July 21, 1955.
The new agreement provides for the exchange of
information on military package power reactors
and other military reactors for the propulsion of
naval vessels, aircraft, or land vehicles. Any
United States data transmitted under this provi-
sion to the Canadian Government will be re-
stricted in the same manner as dissemination of
such data is limited in the United States. Conse-
quently such data will not be made available to
private persons or firms other than those holding
contracts for military work with the Canadian
Government. The enlargement of the scope of
cooperation between the two nations is based on
section 144a of the United States Atomic Energy
Act of 1954.
The signing on June 27 of an agi-eement amend-
ing and extending the U.S.-Danish atomic energy
agreement which has been in effect since July 25,
1955, was announced on June 28 (press release
362). The principal change embodied in the
amendments is to authorize the United States to
lease uranium for fueling research reactors con-
taining up to 12 kilograms of the fissionable Ura-
nium-235 in an enrichment not to exceed 20 per-
cent. The present limit is 6 kilograms of con-
tained Uranium-235.
Denmark plans to add a small research facility
to its previously announced program for construc-
tion of a pooltype research reactor. Additional
nuclear material is needed for the added facility.
Other amendments to the Danish agreement bring
it in line with more recent research accords which
have included authorization for sale or transfer
for laboratory research of gi'am quantities of
Uranium-233, Uranium-235, and plutonium.
The Federal Republic of Germany and tlie
United States signed a similar amending agi'ee-
ment on June 29 (press release 367).
C. Burke Elbrick, Acting Assistant Secretary i
for European Affairs, and Chairman Lewis L.
Strauss of the Atomic Energy Commission signed i !
all three agreements for the United States.
George P. Glazebrook, Canadian Charge
d'xVffaires, signed for his Government ; Ambassa-
dor Henrik de Kauffman signed the IT. S. -Danish
agreement; and Ambassador Heinz Krekeler
signed the U.S.-German agreement.
The amending accords will become effective af-
ter they have been before the Joint Committee on
Atomic Energy of Congress for 30 days and the
Governments have notified each other that they
have complied with all necessary statutory and -
constitutional requirements.
Agreements With United Kingdom
on Long-Range Proving Ground
Press release 355 dated June 25
Secretary Dulles and British xVmbassador Sir
Roger Makins signed two agreements on June 25
concerning the long-range proving gi-ound for
guided missiles in the Caribbean and South
Atlantic.
In 1950 and 1952 agi*eements were signed be-
tween the Government of the United Kingdom
and the Government of the United States to pro-
vide for the establishment in the Bahamas of a
long-range proving ground for guided missiles.'
The range has subsequently been operated in
close and successful cooperation between these
Governments.
The test range presently extends from Cape
Canaveral southeast, through the Bahamas archi-
pelago, with tracking stations on the islands of
Grand Bahama, Eleuthera, San Salvador, Maya-
guana, Grand Turk (of the Turks and Ciacos Is-
lands), the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico.
The United States Air Force Missile Test Cen-
ter, which operates the Florida Missile Test
Range, is located at Patrick Air Force Base,
Florida, and is one of the 10 centers of the Air
Research and Development Command. The
range is used to test guided missiles for govern-
mental agencies and contractors.
After consultation with the governments of the
territories concerned, agreements have now been
' Bulletin of July 31, 1950, p. 191, and Feb. 4. 19,->2,
p. 166.
84
Department of State Bulletin
siyiied between the Government of the United
Kingdom and the Government of the United
Slates to permit the extension of this range to the
]>iitisli territories of St. Lucia in the Windward
Jshmds and Ascension Ishxnd in the South At-
Lantic. This extension should add considerably
to the usefulness of the range and play a valuable
part in the development of guided weapons.
Effective steps will, of course, be taken to safe-
guard fully the interests and safety of the in-
habitants of tlie territories concerned and of ci-
vilian shipping and air commerce.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Trade and Commerce
International convention to facilitate the importation of
commercial samples and advertising material. Dated
at Geneva November 7, 1952. Entered into force No-
vember 20, 1955.'
Accessions deposited: Yugoslavia, May 29, 1956; Aus-
tria, .Tune S, 1956.
Fourth protocol of rectifications and modifications to an-
nexes and to text.s of scliedules to the General Agree-
ment on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva March 7,
1955."
Sit/nature: Peru, May 15, 1956.
Protocol of terms of accession of .Tajian to the General
.Vgreement on Tariffs and Trade, with annex A (sched-
ules of the contracting parties) and annex B (schedule
of .Japan). Done at Geneva .June 7, 19.55. Entered into
force September 10, 1955. TIAS 34.38.
Xotiflcation of intention to avplii concessions received:
Indonesia, May 11, 1956 (effective .Tune 10, 1956).
Fifth protocol of rectifications and modifications to tests
of schedules to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade. Done at Geneva December 3, 1955."
Signature: Peru, May 15, 1956.
BILATERAL
Australia
Agreement for cooperation concerning production of nu-
clear power. Signed at Washington .Tune 22. 19.56. En-
ters into force on the day on which each Government
receives from the other written notification that it has
complied with statutory and constitutional require-
ments.
Canada
Agreement amending the agreement for cooperation con-
cerning civil uses of atomic energy of June 15, 1955
(TIAS 3304) by providing for the exchange of informa-
tion on propulsion and power reactors. Signed at Wash-
ington June 26, 19.56. Enters into force on the day on
which each Government receives from the other written
' Not in force for the United States.
" Not in force.
notification that it has complied with all statutory and
constitutional requirements.
Colombia
Agreement extending agreement for a cooperative health
program of September 15 and October 20, 19.50 (TIAS
2203), as modified and supplemented. Effected by ex-
change of notes at Bogota April 25 and May 17, 19.56.
Entered into force May 25, 1956 (date of signature of
extension of operational agreement).
Cuba
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington June 26, 1956. Enters
into force on the day on which each Government receives
from the other written notification that it has complied
with statutory and constitutional requirements.
Denmark
Agreement amending the agreement for cooperation con-
cerning civil uses of atomic energy of July 25, 1955
(TIAS 3309). Signed at Washington June 27, 19.56.
Enters into force on the day on which each Government
receives from the other written notification that it has
complied with statutory and constitutional retjuirements.
France
Convention supplementing the conventions of July 25, 1939,
and October Is, 1946, relating to the avoidance of double
taxation, as modified and supplemented by the protocol
of May 17, 194S (59 Stat. 893; 64 Stat. (3) B3 ; 64 Stat.
(3) B2S). Signed at Washington June 22, 1956. Enters
into force on the date of exchange of ratifications.
Germany
Treaty of friendship, commerce and navigation, with pro-
tocol and exchange of notes. Signed at Washington
October 29, 1954. Enters into force July 14, 1956.
Proclaimed by the President: June 26, 19.56.
Honduras
Convention for the avoidance of double taxation and the
prevention of fiscal evasion with respect to taxes on
income. Signed at Washington June 25, 1956. Shall
become effective as of January 1 of the year in which
the exchange of ratifications takes place.
Netherlands
Agreement for cooperation concerning production of nu-
i-lear power. Signed at Washington June 22, 1956.
Enters into force on the day on which each Government
receives from the other written notification that it has
complied with statutory and constitutional require-
ments.
Poland
Au'reement on the settlement for lend-lease and certain
claims. Signed at Washington June 28, 1956. En-
tered into force June 28, 1956.
United Kingdom
Agreement concerning the extension of the Bahamas Long
liange Proving Griumd (TIAS 2009, 2426, 2789) by the
establishment of additional sites in Ascension Islands.
Signed at Washington June 25, 1956. Entered into
force June 25, 19.56.
Agreement concerning the extension of the Bahamas Long
liange Proving Ground (TIAS 2099, 2426, 2789) by the
establishment of additional sites in Saint Lucia. Signed
at Washington June 25, 1956. Entered into force June
25, 1956.
July 9, 1956
85
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale hij the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Oov-
ernmcnt Printitii/ Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free puhliention^, irhich mail be ob-
tained from the Department of State.
Defense — Standard Contract Form for Use in Offshore
Procurement Program. TIAS 3416. Pub. 6231. 23 pp.
15(J.
Agreement between the United States and Luxembours.
Exchanges of notes — Signed at Luxembourg April 17, May
10, and July 16, 1954. Entered into force September 30,
ii)ri.5.
Termination of Reciprocal Trade Agreement of April 24,
1936. TIAS 3419. Pub. 6206. 3 pp. 5<i.
Agreement between the United States and Guatemala.
Exchange of note.s — Signed at Guatemala August 2 and
September 28, 1955. Entered into force September 28,
1955.
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade.
Pub. (;281. 17 pp. 10«i.
TIAS 3437.
Declaration on the Continued Application of Schedules to
agreement of October 30, 1947, between the United States
and other governments — Done at Geneva March 10, 1955.
Entered into force with respect to the United States March
21, 1955.
Naval Mission. TIAS 3442. Pub. 6239. 2 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between the United States and Venezuela —
Extending agi'eement of August 23, 1950. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Washington April 9 and August 12, 1954.
Entered into force August 12, 1954.
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization— Amendments to the Constitution. TIAS 3409.
Pub. 6278. 6 pp. 54.
Amendments adopted by the General Conference of the
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization at Montevideo, November 22 and December 8,
1954.
International Tracing Service.
55 pp. 20<-.
TIAS 3471. Pub. 6287.
Agreement between the United States and the Federal
Republic of Germany. Exchange of notes — Signed at
Bonn and Bonn-Bad Godesberg June 6, 1955. Entered
into force June 6, 1955 ; operative retroactively May 5,
1955. Agreement between the United States and the In-
ternational Committee of the Red Cross. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Bonn-Bad Godesberg and Geneva June 6,
1955. Entered into force May 5, 1955. Agreement be-
tween the United States and other governments — Signed
at Bonn Jime 6, 1955. And agreement between the
Intel-national Commission for the International Trac-
ing Service and the International Committee of the Red
Cros.s — Signed at Bonn June 6, 1955. Entered into force
May 5, 1955.
Interchange of Patent Rights and Technical Information
for Defense Purposes. TIAS 3478. 17 pp. 10(i(.
Agreement and exchange of nutes between the United |
States and the Federal Republic of Germany — Signed
at Bonn January 4. 19.")6. Entered into force January 4.
1956 ; operative retroactively December 27, 1955.
World Health Organization Regulations No. 1. TIAS
34,^2. .jO l>p. 2()i,-.
Regulations adopted by the First World Health Assem-
bly at Geneva, .July 24, 1948. Entered into force Janu-
ary 1, 1950. And supplementary regulations adopted
bv the Second World Health Assemlily at Geneva, June
30, 1949.
Establishment of United States Navy Medical Research
Center at Taipei, Taiwan. TIAS 3493. 20 pp. 15«f.
Agreement between the United States and China. Ex-
changes of notes — Dated at Taipei March 30, April 26,
and October 14, 1955. Entered into force October 14,
1955.
Disposition of Certain United States Property in Aus-
tria. TIAS 3499. 22 pp. 15(t.
Agreement between the United States and Austria — -
Signed at Vienna September 2{!, 1955. Entered into
force Septemlier 26, 1955.
Defense— Loan of Aircraft Carrier to France. TIAS 8509.
4 pp. 5<t.
Agreement between the United States and France —
Amending agreement of September 2. 1953. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Washington February 3, 19.56. En-
tered into force February 3, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3510. 7 pp.
10«t.
Agreement between the United States and Spain — Signed
at Madrid March 5, 1956. Entered into force March 5,
1956.
Naval Mission to Peru. TIAS 3511. 2 pp. Stf.
Agreement between the United States and Peru — Extend-
ing agreement of July 31, 19-W, as extended. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Washington January 27 and March
14, 1956. Entered into force March 14, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 8512. 2 pp. 5<t.
Agreement between the United States and Paliistan —
Amending article II of agreement of January 18, 1955 —
Signed at Karachi February 9 and 25, 1956. Entered
into force February 25, 1956.
*
Surplus Agricultural Commodities.
TIAS 3513. 9 pp.
Agreement between the United States and Indonesia —
Signed at Djakarta March 2, 1956. And exchanges of
notes — Signed at Djaliarta March 2 and 5, 1956. Entered
into force March 2, 1956.
Narcotic Drugs — Exchange of Information for Control
of Illicit Traffic. TIAS 3514. 4 pp. 54.
Arrangement between the United States and the Federal
Republic of Germany — Replacing arrangement of Decem-
ber 24, 1927, and February 14, 1928. Exchange of notes —
Dated at Washington January 17 and August 24, 1955,
and March 7, 1956. Entered into force March 7, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3515. 4 pp.
54.
Agreement between the United States and Paliistan —
Signed at Karachi March 2, 1956. Entered into force
March 2, 1956.
86
Department of State Bulletin
ily 9, 1956
merican Principles
mulanientals of U.S. Foreign Policy (Merchant) .
he Meanini; of Foreign Affairs to the Average
American (Eleanor Dulles)
tomic Energy. Atomic Agreements Amended .
usfria. Aid to Former Perseeiitees
anada
Idiiiic Agreements Amended
uiulamentals of U.S. Foreign Policy (Merchant) .
olombia. World Bank Loan to Colombia for
Hirfiway Improvement
'ommunism. Transcript of Secretary Dulles'
News Conference
'ongress, The
'oii'^ressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy
eiiate Action Authorizing Mutual Security Pro-
L;i'am (Dulles)
he United Nations Expanded Program of Tech-
nical Assistance (Wilcox)
lenmark. Atomic Agreements Amended . . .
•Economic Affairs
111' Economic World To Come (Prochnow) . . .
jclianon To Receive U.S. Aid To Improve Trans-
jiortation
iliidiflcations in Proclamation on Tariff Negotia-
licms (text of proclamation)
^uiilication of Schedule of Tariff Concessions . .
■;ii;ning of Tax Convention With Honduras . . .
S. -Pakistan Discussions on Double Taxation
Cnnvention
i\niid Bank Loan to Colombia for Highway Im-
jirovement
Educational Exchange. President Approves Ex-
change Program With Eastern Europe ....
Europe
The Meaning of Foreign Affairs to the Average
American (Eleanor Dulles)
'resident Approves Exchange Program With East-
ern Europe
Far East. Fundamentals of U.S. Foreign Policy
(Merchant)
Germany
Itemic Agreements Amended
Spencer Phenix Appointed to Mixed Board at
I'.onn
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference .
Honduras. Signing of Tax Convention With Hon-
duras
Iceland. Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News
Conference
India. Prime Minister of India Postpones Visit to
U.S. (Nehru, Eisenhower)
Japan. U.S. Policy Toward Japan and Okinawa
(Allison)
Lebanon. Lebanon To Receive U.S. Aid To Im-
prove Transportation
Military Affairs. Agreements With United King-
dom on Long-Range Proving Ground
Mutual Security
Defense Support for Spain Increased
Senate Action Authorizing Mutual Security Pro-
gram (Dulles)
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Transcript
of Secretary Dulles' News Conference ....
Pakistan. U.S.-Pakistan Discussions on Double
Taxation Convention
Poland. U.S. Concern for Welfare of Polish People
(Hoover, White)
Presidential Documents
Modifications in Proclamation on Tariff Negotia-
tions (proclamation)
Index
Vol. XXXV, No. 889
56
61
84
66
84
56
67
47
7.5
.53
76
84
69
67
74
68
60
67
54
61
54
56
84
60
47
68
47
53
60
67
84
68
53
47
60
55
74
Prime Minister of India Postpones Visit to U.S. . 53
United Nations Day, 1956 (proclamation ) .... 54
Publications
Publication of Schedule of Tariff Concessions . . 75
Recent Releases 86
Spain. Defense Supixirt for Spain Increased . . 68
Treaty Information
Agreements With United Kingdom on Long-Range
Proving Ground 84
Atomic Agreements Amended 84
Current Actions 85
Signing of Tax Convention With Honduras ... 68
U.S.S.R. Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News
Conference 47
United Kingdom. Agreements With United King-
dom on Long-Range Proving Ground 84
United Nations
United Nations Day, 19.56 (text of proclamation) . 54
The United Nations Expanded Program of Tech-
nical Assistance (Wilcox) 76
Yugoslavia. Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News
Conference 47
Name Index
Allison, ,Iohn M 60
Dulles, Eleanor 61
Dulles, Secretary 47, 53
Eisenhower, President 53, 54, 74
Hoover, Herbert, Jr.
Merchant, Livingston
Nehru, Jawaharlal .
Phenix, Spencer . .
Prochuow, Herbert \.
White, Lincoln . . .
Wilcox, Francis O. .
55
56
53, 54
60
69
55
76
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: June 25-July 1
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press releases issued prior to June 25 which ap-
pear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 338 and
;!40 of June 20 and 349 and 352 of June 22.
Subject
Tax convention with Honduras.
Agreements with U.K. on proving
ground.
Atomic agreement with Cuba.
Foreign Service Institute Advisory
Committee.
Dulles : maintaining free-world unity
(combined with Nti. 360).
Phenix appointment (rewrite).
DuUes : news conference transcript.
Austria aids former persecutees.
Atomic agreement with Denmark (re-
write).
Atomic agreement with Canada (re-
write).
Lend-lease agreement with Poland.
Wilcox : "The U.N. and the Search for
Disarmament."
Educational exchange.
Atomic agreement with Germany (re-
write).
Modifications in tariff proclamation.
Dulles : Senate action on mutual se-
curity.
Hoover letter to Red Cross on food for
Poland.
*Not printed.
fHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
Date
354
355
6/25
6/25
•^356
*357
6/26
6/26
358
6/27
359
360
361
362
6/27
6/27
6/28
6/28
363
6/28
t364
t365
6/28
6/29
*366
367
6/29
6/29
368
369
6/30
6/30
370
6/30
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 19E6
United States
PtBLfC LrBRARY
Q BOSTON 17, MASS
U.S. Policy in the Near tasi,
South Asia, and Africa~1955
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, »300
(GPO)
the
Department
of
State
The year 1955 witnessed no lessening of American interest in the
countries and peoples of the Near East, South Asia, and Africa,
and it brought no end to the difficult and complicated problems
which have come to the United States from this vital part of the
world. On the contrary, the old, basic issues, involving the re-
surgent and often strident nationalism of the peoples of the area,
the problem of self-determination or "colonialism," and questions
of the economic development of underdeveloped countries still
persisted 10 years after the end of the Second World War. In
addition, important individual problems such as the Arab-Israel
controversy, Cyprus, and French North Africa have also remained
as matters of American concern, whether directly or otherwise,
because of the position of the United States as one of the leaders
of the free world.
This 63-page booklet surveys significant political issues, prob-
lems of regional security, mutual security programs and U.S. tech-
nical and economic assistance, and the outlook in U.S. policy.
Copies of U.S. Policy in the Near East., South Asia., and Africa —
1955 are available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Wasliington 25, D. C.
Publication 6330
25 cents
Order Form
o: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing' Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Eneloeed And :
Please send me
and Africa — 1955.
copies of U.S. Policy in the Near East, South Asia,
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
(casft, check, or
money order).
ITOKT
<J/l€/
icde/
Vol. XXXV, No. 890
July 16, 1956
OUR PARTNERSHIP IN CREATING A WORLD OF
PEACE • Address by Vice President Nixon 91
THE UNITED NATIONS AND THE SEARCH FOR
DISARMAMENT • by Assistant Secretary Wilcox . . 97
AMERICAN POLICY AND THE SHIFTING SCENE •
by Acting Assistant Secretary Elbrick 108
TRUST TERRITORY OF THE PACIFIC ISLANDS •
Statement by Delmas H. Nucker 121
DEDICATION OF PLAQUE HONORING KOREAN
WAR DEAD • Statements by Dag Hammarskjold,
E. Ronald Walker, and Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr 119
For index see inside back cover
Boston Public Library
Super!ntend<-nt of Documents
AUG 2 01956
"<»«• »'
aJne zl^e/ia/»i&ne7tt c£ ^tate
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 890 • Pcblication 636Q
July 16, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
£2 Issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
07 State Bulletin as the source wUl be
appreciated. •>
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Our Partnership in Creating a World of Peace
Address hy Vice President Nixon ^
Mrs. Nixon and I are singularly honored in
being invited to participate in your celebration of
the 10th anniversary of the independence of your
courageous nation. It is fitting that we who
fought side by side in Bataan and Corregidor
should celebrate jointly our days of independence.
You are a young nation, but already the wisdom
and insight of your counsel is appreciated
throughout the entire world. You are known for
your devotion to freedom, your courage and in-
tegrity in fighting for ideals, your determination
to live up to the highest standards of liberty and
democracy. We who share your ideals are proud
that you have asked us to be here with you on this
happy occasion.
I come to you as a representative of a nation
that cherishes your friendship and partnership.
And I come especially as the representative of our
beloved President, Dwight D. Eisenhower. As
you know, he is happily recovering from an op-
eration that prevented his being with you today.
But he asked me, on the very day I left for Manila,
to bring his fondest greetings to President Mag-
saysay and to the Philippine people. He recalls
the 4 years he spent in your country from 1936
through 1939, and he values the many friendships
he made at that time among the Filipino people.
He wants you to know how impressed he is with
your magnificent accomplishments in such a short
time. You have his very best wishes as you pro-
gress into the future with courage and confidence.
I Imow I speak for the President and all Ameri-
cans in paying tribute to the splendid administra-
tion of President Magsaysay. He is known
^ Made on the 10th anniversary of the independence
of the Republic of the Philippines at Manila on July 4
(press release 373 dated July 3).
throughout the world, not only for his splendid
conduct of the internal aifairs of your Republic
but also for his work in drawing up the Pacific
Charter. Here was a bold stroke for freedom.
This was your declaration of independence, not
only from the old colonialism of the last century
but also from the far worse Communist colonial
imperialism of today. We who stand shoulder
to shoulder with you in this common fight for the
survival of all that we cherish are proud of your
leadership in jjroducing this gi-eat charter.
May I add a personal note. Mrs. Nixon and I
will never forget our previous visit to your cotm-
try 3 years ago and the \varmth and friendliness
of your reception. Everywhere we went we felt
completely at home. There is a Spanish phrase
of welcome which many of you will recognize —
"Estan ustedes en su casa" — "You are in your own
home." That is exactly how we felt during all
the time we were in your country. In the cities
and in the barrios, in your schools, factories, and
farms we met hundreds of people. We feel, as
does your President, that the real way to know
a people is to meet those in all walks of life, as well
as their official representatives. Our meetings
with you are deeply engraved in our memories.
Long after we leave public life, Mrs. Nixon and I
will remember and cherish your friendship.
May I add one final word of tribute. Just as
we in the United States recognize George Wash-
ington as the Father of our Country, we honor
today in the Philippines a dedicated patriot and
hero, Manuel Quezon. To him goes the credit for
the agreement that led to the establishment of the
Philippine Commonwealth in 1935. Eleven
years later, the independence to which Manuel
Quezon had devoted so much of his life became a
Jo/y 16, 1956
91
great I'eality. Our nations were close partners
before your independence, but we feel that we are
even closer together today.
Problems of Youthful Nations
Because on this occasion we are jointly cele-
brating the day on which our two countries ac-
quired their independence, I think it is appro-
priate for us to review some of the problems which
newly independent countries face if they are to at-
tain the goals for which they made such great
sacrifices. Let us consider first the problems which
face tlie youthful nations. It is significant to
note that your problems are very much like those
we faced 170 years ago, when we celebrated our
10th anniversary as a free nation.
At that time we knew that we were economically
and militarily weak. But in spite of this weak-
ness we were fiercely proud of our independence.
The American people and Government felt then
that might does not make right, that strength of
armies is no substitute for honor and integrity,
and that reason and justice should prevail in re-
lations among nations. And we believe in those
same principles today just as passionately as we
did 180 years ago.
Some may consider us naive when we speak of
God-given rights, of the dignity of man, and of
the equal sovereignty of all peoples. If these are
simple views, then we are proud to be a simple
people. We know that you will share these views,
for you too believe that the greatness of nations
is judged by eternal standards of right and wrong
and not by the accidents of military and economic
power.
Both our nations faced grave internal problems
after our independence. Both were weakened by
the cruel blows of war. Both had to suffer the
indignity of occupation by foreign troops. But
we also share in common a rebirth from the ruin
and devastation of war. We built up our econ-
omies, restored law and order, and started the
orderly political and economic development of
our nations.
Our two countries were alike in another way.
We in the United States had the problem of our
Tories, who were still loyal to a foreign ruler.
Yours was a far greater problem. The authority
of your Government was defied by the Huks.
Many of these rebels, as you know, were simple
people, led astray by their leaders. But among
the leaders were men who were not truly Fili-
pinos. They owed first allegiance to the mate-
rialistic, ruthless, foreign ideology of Communist
colonial imperialism. You fought the menace
with great wisdom. You used military force
where necessary, but you also removed the political
and economic causes of discontent. In this effort
your President, Ramon Magsaysay, played a lead-
ing part. For this he has won the admiration
of the whole free world. He showed how com-
munism can and should be successfully fought —
not simply by being against it but by beating the
Communists in the very area they are trying to
exploit — creating a better life for the people of
a nation.
In spite of the time and energy consumed by
these efforts, and the resources devoted to defense,
you have made remarkable economic progress in
the last 10 years. We are proud of the fact that,
according to an economic survey published by the
United Nations, during the years 1946 to 1956 the
Philippines had the highest annual rate of pro-
duction growth of any country in the Far East.
Strength Through Collective Security
Let us now consider some of the problems con-
fronting other nations who are charting their
course on the newly found seas of independence.
Some of these nations have raised a question as to
whether their countries can be truly independent
and be allied with a free-world power like the
United States. Through the years they have be-
come suspicious of the Western powers, feeling
that any alliance with them might jeopardize their
hard-won independence.
Both of us can understand this feeling, since
we both have known colonial status. Yet our
partnership during the last 10 years is proof that
alliance with an overseas power that holds the
same standards of freedom and democracy can
help both parties equally. We are friends. We
are allies. We are equals. In our dealings there
is not now and there must never be any so-called
Big Power-Little Power or Big Brother-Little
Brother relationships. Our alliance has not in-
fringed upon your independence. On the con-
trary, it has strengthened it.
I hope that other nations will study this ex-
ample carefully and realize what it means to walk
side by side with the United States of America.
Let them contrast your strength and security with
92
Deparfmenf of Sfate Bulletin
the fate of small nations who were not united with
us in mutual alliances. You are independent.
But are Latvia, Estonia, and Lithuania independ-
ent? Is there any freedom in East Germany,
Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Kumania, Bul-
garia, and Albania ?
How much liberty is there in North Korea or
North Viet-Nam? What has happened to an-
cient Tibet ? We must all frankly face this ques-
tion : Where there is a threat of Communist
colonial imperialism, is a nation really safe in
striking out alone? I know that, if I were an
executive in a newly independent nation, I would
ponder this question with the utmost care. You
know that, in our efforts to promote collective
security, we are not defending a discredited and
repudiated colonialism. We have declared our
belief in the right of all peoples to govern them-
selves. We feel that progress toward self-
government should be resolute and continuous.
Some peoples may wish a completely independent
existence. Others may choose to govern them-
selves in some kind of association with older states.
In modern times the really cruel colonialism has
been the colonialism of the Communist world.
It has enslaved over a dozen nations and has left
hundreds of millions to suffer the harshest forms
of tyranny. It has not only captured their bodies
but tried to dominate their minds and kill their
souls.
What has checked the expansion of Communist
colonial imperialism? To answer this question,
look at Western Europe. Eight years ago. West-
ern Europe was a cluster of weak nations, inviting
invasion and aggi'ession. The pattern of Czecho-
slovakia could have been repeated over and over
again. But it was not repeated. Wliy? Be-
cause, in the first place, your good partner, the
United States, intervened strongly to protect
Greece and Turkey. Then it asked these free
nations to band together in a pattern of collective
security. Thanks to Nato and aid from the
United States, Western Europe can breathe se-
curely today. These are the facts. Yet the agents
of Communist colonialism have the supreme au-
dacity to suggest to the ancient and honored na-
tions of the East that our offers of help are a form
of imperialism ! Is that what happened in Korea ?
Are we subjugating the Free Republic of Viet-
Nam ? You need but look around you to find the
answers to these questions.
Anniversary of Philippine independence
Following is the text of a letter from President
Eisenhower to Philippine President Magsaysay on
the occasion of the 10th anniversary of the inde-
pendence of the Philippine Republic.
June 27, 1956
Deab Mr. President : It gives me the greatest
personal pleasure to extend to Tour Excellency and
to the people of the Philippines the congratulations
and sincere good wishes of the people of the United
States on the tenth anniversary of Philippine
independence.
We are honored to share this day vpith our sister
republic and proud indeed of the fine progress it
has made under your leadership in its march to-
ward national development. We are confident that
the firm attachment of the Philippines to the ideals
of democracy and human freedom which have guided
the Republic so well during the trials of the first
decade of independence will assure fulfillment of
its goals in the next.
In my stead, I have asked Vice President Nixon
to represent the warm sentiments of the American
people for the Philippines.
With assurance of my high esteem.
Sincerely,
DwiQHT D. Eisenhower
His Excellency
Ramon Magsaysay
President of the Republic of
the Philippines
Manila
At the same time, we might ask another ques-
tion : What would have happened if the free na-
tions had not joined in defending Korea? Wlio
would feel safe in Asia today if this one small
country had been overrun? We all know that
this was a test of collective security. And we are
proud that the free nations of the world met this
test. And may I say that your own soldiers
played an honored part in this defense against
aggression. Once again we fought together for
the freedom of all of us.
Neutralism and Independence
We have heard recently a great deal of discus-
sion of the attitude that goes by the name of neu-
tralism. Let us see how it bears on the problem
of independence. I would feel that generally a
nation that rejects the principles of collective se-
curity because it feels its independence will be
July 16, 1956
93
compromised by association with other powers
is not reading rightly the trends of modern his-
tory. It has far more to gain by standing to-
gether with free nations than by remaining aloof.
But there may be other reasons for neutralism.
Many nations have the same principles which we
share in common, and they are prepared to defend
them ; yet they feel that their own internal prob-
lems compel them to abstain, at least for the mo-
ment, from mutual-security pacts and associations.
They wish to devote all their energies to building
their own political and economic systems. Or
they may feel that they are too geographically
exposed to risk provoking Commimist colonial
imperialism.
We believe in the right of each individual nation
to chart its own course, and we respect whatever
decision it makes even though we might not fully
agree with that decision. It is only natural that
we should feel closer to those who stand with us
as allies in the effort to keep the world free. But
we, just as you, cherish also the friendship of other
nations who share our dedication to the principles
of democracy and freedom even though they have
not seen fit to ally themselves with us politically
and militarily.
Is Freedom the Same as Tyranny?
But there is still another brand of neutralism
that makes no moral distinction between the Com-
munist world and the free world. With this
viewpoint, we have no sympathy. How can we
feel toward those who treat alike nations that be-
lieve in God and honor religion and morality, and
nations that boast of atheism and the rule of force
and terror alone ? How can anyone treat as equals
those who believe in the dignity of man and the
basic rights of all men, and those who treat their
subjects as mere machines? Is democracy to be
equated with dictatorship ? Is freedom the same
as tyranny ?
There are faults in the nations of the free world,
and we all know and deplore them. But can any-
thing that we have done compare with the history
of communism recently portrayed by Nikita
Khrushchev himself ? The Communists have con-
victed themselves out of their own mouths. Even
their lackeys, the Communist Parties throughout
the world, have been forced to repudiate publicly
this shameful record. Yet this is not the story
of one man alone. It is inherent in Communist
dictatorship. It follows of necessity from the
principles of Marx and Lenin, which the present
collective leadership of the Soviet Union still
embraces.
I shall not judge those who put communism
and freedom in the same category. History shall
judge til em much better than I can. I hope that
no leader of a free people will adopt this line.
Should he do so, however, I hope that he realizes
that he endangers the security of his nation. For
we believe, as you do, that godless Communist
imperialism is evil in itself and a threat to the
liberty and aspirations of free people everywhere.
I know there are those who feel that friendly
neutrality toward the Kremlin and Peiping may
spare them. But you laiow the proverb : He who
sups with the devil must have a long spoon. The
Communists have been ruthless toward the people
of the nations that they have engulfed. They
have no memory of former favors, no kindness
toward those who tried to be friendly. They are
cold and calculating masters. Those who feel
that they can outmaneuver them are taking a fear-
ful risk.
We hope that all the nations of Asia will under-
stand our attitude toward collective security. In
this regard, you can play a leading role in inter-
preting our views and intentions to your neigh-
bors. You have two great advantages in this re-
gard. First, you have been our friends and
partners during these years of independence.
Second, your culture is a happy blend of the best
of the West and East. You are familiar with
the ancient culture of Europe. You know and
understand our habits in the United States. Yet,
at the same time you are an Asian people, with
all the gracious qualities of Asian culture.
Like your fellow Asians, you are a spiritual
people. You have a sense of beauty and a deep
understanding of history. You honor family life
and respect the traditions of the past. With this
happy blend of great cultures, you can be a bridge
between East and West. You can help to remove
the misunderstandings and hostility based on past
errors. You can speak for us as one who knows
and understands.
The awakening and emergence of Asia is one
of the most striking and important world de-
velopments since the end of World War II. Along
with the Republic of the Philippines, one nation
after another has achieved full independence.
94
DeparlmenI of State Bulletin
Today the new states are addressing their energies
and wills to the difficult problems involved in ad-
vancing the general welfare of their peoples. The
dimensions of these problems challenge the
imagination. Hundreds of millions of people in
this vast area believe for the first time that,
through their own efforts, but with some outside
assistance, they can rise above the level of life
which their ancestors knew for centuries. The
will to succeed in these bold new progi-ams is mani-
fest, for Asians today see a vision and are deter-
mined that the vision shall materialize. It will
not materialize this year ; it may not in some cases
materialize to any significant degree for a genera-
tion ; but Asians know that some day it shall.
In fulfilling this vision Asia will realize its great
potential. Conmiunism has achieved economic
gains in some areas of the world, but in order to
achieve them it lias saci'ificed the liberties and
sacred aspirations which are cherished by human
; beings. For this fundamental reason, communism
is out of step with Asia's march toward the realiza-
tion of its vision, because the jjeople of Asia will
never tolerate substituting for the old-style co-
llonialism from which they have acquired inde-
pendence the much more tyrannical Communist
colonial imperialism which the fanatical men in
Peiping and Moscow are attempting to impose on
all the world.
"We in the United States, on the other hand,
are proud to state that we share wholeheartedly
the true aspirations of the people of Asia and of
other newly developing areas to realize their
dreams of economic progress. We shall welcome
the oijportunity to be of assistance where our help
is desired in reaching those goals. And our help
is offered always in this spirit : The United States
wants nothing which belongs to any other people
or nation in the world. We want no economic
satellites, no subservient lackeys in the council of
nations. The only war we want to launch is the
war against poverty, disease, ignorance, and fear
wherever it exists.
Asia is everywhere on the march. The spirit
of the newly independent Asian nations is the
spirit of the signers of the American Declaration
of Independence 180 years ago today, who pro-
claimed to the world :
We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men
are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator
with certain unalienable rights, that among these are
Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness. That to
secure these rights, Governments are instituted among
Men, deriving their just powers from the consent of the
governed.
We are proud that on this day we jointly cele-
brate our independence with a people who share
with us dedication to a goal worthy of great na-
tions— a peaceful world in which individuals can
be free, nations can be independent, and peoples
can live together in peace, prosperity, and
friendship.
Strengthening Military Bases
in the Philippines
FoUovnng is the text of a joint statement released
at Manila on July 3 hy Vice President Nixon and
Ramon Magsaysay, President of the Republic of
the Philippines.
Vice President Nixon has discussed with
President Magsaysay the necessity for strengthen-
ing military bases in the Philippines in order to
bolster the common defense of the two countrieb
as well as that of the Free World in this area.
President Magsaysay concurred in the need for
such a step for the mutual benefit of both coun-
tries. The President and the Vice President
agreed that the two Governments will hold formal
negotiations on military bases in the near future,
and that these negotiations will be conducted on
the basis of the following general principles :
(1) The existence of a system of United States
bases in the Philippines has been, and continues
to be, a matter of mutual interest and concern to
the two countries, for the purpose of insuring their
common defense pursuant to the principles of the
United Nations.
(2) In consonance with this mutuality of in-
terest and concern, certain land areas in the Philip-
pines have been and are being used by the United
States as bases. The Philippine Government will
contribute, for use in accordance with the terms of
the Military Bases Agreement, the additional land
which is deemed necessary by both Governments
for the strengthening of the base system; the
United States will turn over to the Philippine
Government those areas listed in the Military
Bases Agreement which the parties may hereafter
agree are no longer needed. In addition, the
United States has contributed and will contribute
Jw/y T6, 1956
95
such personnel, equipment and physical facilities
as may be necessary for the effective maintenance
of such bases for the defense of the Philippines
and the United States in this area.
(3) The United States has, since the independ-
ence of the Philippines, always acknowledged the
sovereignty of the Philippines over such bases;
and expressly reaffirms full recognition of such
Philippine sovereignty over the bases. Further,
the United States will transfer and turn over to
the Philippines all title papers and title claims
held by the United States to all land areas used
either in the past or presently as military bases,
except those areas which may now or will be used
by the United States for its diplomatic and con-
sular establishment. Such transfer of title papers
and title claims will not affect use of the bases in
accordance with the terms of the Military Bases
Agreement.
Commemorating Japanese
Peace Treaty Signing
Remarks hy Secretary Dulles ^
It is a very great pleasure and honor for me
to have this opportunity to present, on behalf of
the Department of State, a plaque commemorat-
ing the signing here 5 years ago, in 1951, of the
Japanese Peace Treaty. The occasion is one that
is, for me, full of many happy and significant
memories, of which not the least is the pleasure
which I always have in being in the City of San
Francisco.
I think people from all over the world find this
so. It is one of the bonds of unity which exists
between the Soviet rulers and those of the free
world, like us, who come to San Francisco. I re-
call that, when the question came up as to where
the Japanese Peace Treaty should be signed, there
was no problem at all in getting the Japanese
' Made at the War Memorial Opera House of San Fran-
cisco on June 21. The legend on the plaque unveiled by
the Secretary reads : "This plaque is presented to the
City of San Francisco by the Department of State on
behalf of the Government of the United States of America
to commemorate the use of the War Memorial Opera House
of San Francisco for all plenary sessions of the Japanese
Peace Conference. In this building on September S, IO.'jI,
the Japanese Peace Treaty was signed by the representa-
tives of forty-nine nations."
96
Peace Treaty signing to be held in San Francisco. '
And, when it was a question of discussing with
Mr. Molotov in Vienna a little over a year ago as
to where we would hold the commemoration cere-
mony of the 10th anniversary of the United Na-
tions, it was no problem at all in getting them to
come to San Francisco. All of us who have had
the opportunity to know San Francisco look for-
ward to getting back.
This Japanese Peace Treaty, upon which I had
the opportunity and the honor of working at the
request of President Truman, illustrates the bi-
partisan character of our efforts of peace. This
treaty is, I think, a landmark in that never before
in history has a great and cruel war, which en-
gendered deep feelings on both sides, been resolved
by treaty which was so much a treaty of recon-
ciliation; a fact which the Consul General
[Yasusuke Katsuno] has just recalled, and one
which Premier Yoshida of Japan spoke of when
he was here at the time. It was a treaty which
put behind a spirit of vindictiveness and substi-
tuted a spirit of hope and reconciliation for the
future.
There are many people who wonder about and
who even question the role of moral principles in
international affairs. And, if there are any who
are today skeptical on the point, I suggest they
read the addresses which were made at the peace
conference by the representatives of the 49 gov-
ernments who signed the treaty. That spirit was
evident in practically all of the addresses which
were made by the representatives of the 49 gov-
ernments who subsequently signed the treaty. It
is an act upon which I think all of us who had a
part, and the governments who were included at
the conference, can look back with deep satis-
faction. ■
As I was just saying a few minutes ago talk-
ing to Kiwanis,- it is good to look back and see
what it is that is motivated by the principles of
religion. It is never enough just to look at the
past; it is never good to be complacent upon the
past. We look at the past with advantage only
if looks inspire us as we go and show what we
may have done that didn't take into account the
mistakes that have been made so far. I believe
that the peace treaty can serve us in both respects,
reminding us of the evil of war and reminding us
of what can be gained in reconciling and substi-
= Bulletin of July 2, 1956, p. 3.
Departmenf of State Bulletin
tuting amity where there was hatred, violence,
and cnielty. That's a lesson we need always to
learn and always to apply.
One of the greatest fallacies is that peace is had
merely by wanting to have peace. Peace is hard
to win ; and peace never yet has been permanently
won, for it takes many qualities like those we speak
of today. If ever we think the peace can be won
without those qualities, then I assure you that
peace is forever to be lost. I hope that this plaque,
which I now have the opportunity to unveil, will
remind us of the lessons to be learned out of war
and peace, and that we shall at long last have
peace which is just and honorable.
The United Nations and tlie Searcli for Disarmament
iy Francis 0. Wilcox
Assistant Secretaiy for International Organization Affairs'
In speaking to you tonight about disarmament,
I should purposely avoid use of that term for the
most part. Eather, I should speak of the limita-
tion, regulation, and control of arms. My reason
is that "disarmament" is a word which can have
misleading and inaccurate connotations. To some
people it may present an image of a world without
arms and therefore at peace. This, of course, is
an oversimplification of the problem at least in two
respects.
In the first place, the word "disarmament" as
used in our negotiations does not mean and has
never meant, even to its most enthusiastic pro-
ponents, the abandonment of armed forces. The
maintenance of substantial armed strength is es-
sential for internal security, for the fulfillment of
international commitments, and for carrying out
responsibilities in connection with the main-
tenance of international peace and security under
the U.N. Charter.
In the second place, the relationship of disarma-
ment to peace is a complex one. Indeed the pos-
session of arms, under conditions of limitation and
control, is probably the surest guaranty of peace.
Weakness invites aggression. It is not the absence
of arms but an effective system of limitation and
control that we seek.
' Address made before the Norman Wait Harris Foun-
dation Institute, University of Chicago, Chicago, 111., on
June 29 (press release 365).
Nature and Urgency of the Problem
Secretary Dulles, earlier this year, stated that,
in his considered view, "Disarmament is the most
difficult and the most compelling of all world prob-
lems." For a decade now the question has been
under consideration within the framework of the
United Nations under articles 11 and 26 of the
charter. These articles empower both the Secu-
rity Council and the General Assembly to make
recommendations on arms regulation and limita-
tion to member states. As we look ahead, a va-
riety of developments contribute to the sense of
urgency with which we attempt to deal with the
ever-mounting difficulties and the ever-mounting
importance of a solution to this problem. Let me
mention a few of these factors.
Already the task of limitation and control of
armaments has been enormously complicated by
the accumulation of nuclear stockpiles. These
stocki^iles, with relatively simple shielding, could
be hidden beyond the range of presently known
means of scientific detection.
Already we are confronted with the potential
dangers inherent in the development of nuclear
weapons capability by the Communist world as
well as by the free.
Already stockpiles of fissionable materials suffi-
cient to constitute grave danger are in being with-
out international safeguards or regulations or
controls. Delivery systems for both nuclear and
Ju/y 16, 7956
97
conventional weapons are steadily improving.
Trends based on present developments need be
projected only a little way into the future to an-
ticipate further factors that must be taken into
account in our plans today.
For instance, the steady accumulation of nuclear
weapons stockpiles and of materials available for
their manufacture constantly increases the danger
to civilization that would arise from the outbreak
of nuclear warfare. By this I mean that, if larger
amounts of such materials are available, then
greater quantities might be used in the heat of
war, to the vast peril of nations and peoples and
unborn generations in no way involved in the
conflict.
We must consider, too, the prospects of develop-
ment within the foreseeable future of missiles
equipped with thermonuclear warheads and ca-
pable of traversing great distances. This de-
velopment would drastically increase vulnerability
to surprise attack and would diminish the utility
of existing types of early-warning systems. By
"early warning" I mean the 15 minutes which a
nation will have to mobilize for defense and re-
taliation ! And with this greater threat would
come a mucli greater problem of control, since
highly destructive missiles and their launcliing
platforms could be hidden in small areas of
ground space, in submarines, or in ships.
Nor is this all. We must look ahead to the pos-
sibility, as well, that, in the absence of control,
atomic weapons may be widely diversified and
fully integrated into the total structure, strategy,
equipment, and training of military forces. As
we move toward that time we may be headed to-
ward a "point of no return" with respect to prac-
tical prospects of comprehensive control of nuclear
weapons. In a world of military forces so or-
ganized and so equipped, reliance for defense upon
conventional armaments would be as unrealistic
as a proposal in 1917 that the Nation's defense
be entrusted to the crossbow or even the flintlock
musket of colonial days.
There is another compelling reason for the early
establishment of effective controls. The time is
approaching when nuclear weapons capabilities
may exist in many quarters of the globe. A deli-
cate balance might be tragically upset by a single
intrusion of local passions or a single misjudgment
by one of the sovereign authorities with access to
the trigger that could lamich a nuclear war. Ef-
I
fective controls would become far more costly and
far more complex with the widening of areas to
be inspected.
At the moment only three states possess the ma-
terials and the technical know-how to manufac-
ture nuclear weapons. In another decade this
number may be increased to as many as a dozen.
If we do not take effective action fairly soon, the
control problem may become academic.
Lastly, I think we should contemplate the rising
cost curve of defense in a decade of uninhibited
nuclear weapons development. The expense both
in terms of research and development and in terms
of installation and operation of adequate defenses
against long-range missiles would be nothing short
of colossal. Added to this, the size and com-
plexity of a military establishment able to re-
taliate decisively even after absorbing such a blow
must be considered in estimating the costs of de-
fense against massive attack by such weapons.
Disarmament as a Safeguard of the National
Security
In view of the unpleasant factors I have men
tioned, our basic purpose in seeking an effective
limitation of armaments is clear. It is to enhance
the security of the United States with which the
security of the entire free world is inseparably
linked. That security requires that we maintain
strength adequate to our defenses, our extensive
commitments, and our responsibilities in the free-
world coalition. ■
But such strength is not enough. The security
that comes from an arms race is illusory, short
lived, and fraught with increasing danger for
reasons I have already described.
For deterrent power alone cannot eliminate, al-
though it may importantly reduce, the danger of
war. And a war fought in the nuclear age, with
all the weapons that could be created and stock-
piled during an unlimited arms race, could, as we
know, threaten civilization itself.
I think it is important to realize that the danger
of war arises in large part from the possibility of
devastating surprise attack. Given the awful de-
structive power of modern weaponry, an aggres-
sor nation, in the absence of inspection or control,
might calculate that it could deliver a surprise
initial blow of such pi-oportions as to destroy the
means of effective retaliation. The fact that the
aggressor's calculation would be proved by events
98
Department of State Bulletin
to be fatally wrong would be of small comfort to
tlie victim. And it is the democracies of the world
that have, by their whole scheme of values, tra-
ditionally been compelled to accept the first blows
of war.
President Eisenhower's bold conception, set
forth at Geneva last July,^ represents in our view a
means not only of building confidence but also of
reducing the threat to our security which is posed
by the danger of surprise attack. Major aggres-
sion seems far less likely if the aggressor is de-
prived of the advantage of surprise. It is im-
probable that preparation for an attack of such
magnitude as to give hope of success could be con-
cealed from aerial inspection.
Wars could also arise, of course, even if the
threat of surprise attack were removed, from a
series of actions and counteractions which neither
side intended to lead to hostilities. Our objective
is to reduce this danger through agi-eement on a
balanced and safeguarded system of limitation,
regulation, and control of armaments, applicable
fairly to ourselves and others.
Such a system should not only reduce the likeli-
hood of war, by lessening the terrible tensions
which arise from an unlimited arms race. It
should also reduce the threat to our security which
would be posed in the event of nuclear conflict.
Without altering the balance of deterrent
power, such a system would at once reduce capa-
bilities for successful aggression. Eventually, the
reductions should be of such a character, and the
machinery for inspection and enforcement so ef-
fective, that no nation would be in a position to
mount, or believe that it could mount, successful
aggression against another.
There are those who argue, and I think with
good logic, that it is not the arms race which pro-
duces international tensions. It is rather, they
say, the political tensions between the Communist
and the free-world countries which cause the com-
petition for more lethal weapons. Reduce the
former and you will automatically be on the way
to eliminating the latter.
An effective plan for limitation of armaments
should, it is true, reduce the threat to our security
by virtue of its impact on international political
conditions as well as on levels of armament. The
spread of Communist ideologies which menace the
- BtTLLETiN of Aug. 1, 1955, p. 173.
July J 6, 1956
free world as a whole, and which contribute to
the danger of war, is fostered by human want and
fear. These ideologies seem to thrive on the lower
standards of living that may be produced by an
excessive burden of armaments, on the political
and economic controls needed to sustain that bur-
den, and on the fears, suspicions, and hatreds of a
world in which unregulated weaponry imperils the
very survival of the race. By alleviating these
conditions, we may contribute to the process of
peaceful change, which will eventually erode
tyranny and thus help to create a peace that is
just as well as lasting.
The early achievement of a substantial measure
of disarmament would contribute to our Nation's
security, not only by weakening tyranny but also
by strengthening the free woi'ld. This would set
free great resources for productive purposes. It
would mean that a benign war could be waged ef-
fectively against hunger and disease and low
standards of living. By these steps basic condi-
tions of stability and cooperation among the free
nations could be brought into being more quickly
and surely.
The United States, no less than other free na-
tions, would be strengthened by steps which
would permit a substantial measure of disarma-
ment. As we are able to curtail that burden, as
taxes can be reduced or their proceeds devoted
to internal improvements, our energies will be re-
leased for productive investments of benefit alike
to the United States and to the world trading com-
munity of which it is a part.
Disarmament as an Integral Part of National Policy
I have tried to describe the impelling reasons
wliich underlie our policy with respect to dis-
armament. Now let me indicate why I believe
that this policy is a consistent and integral part of
United States foreign policy as a whole.
The primary objective of foreign policy, as I
conceive it, is to advance the national security
of the United States in the broadest sense of that
term. National security, of course, is a complex
of many factors. Foremost, however, among its
pi'erequisites is the maintenance of a just and last-
ing peace, and it is toward this goal that our for-
eign policy, including that part which concerns
disarmament, is primarily directed.
99
In pursuit of this objective the United States
seeks concurrently both international agreement
on disarmament — for reasons whicli I have indi-
cated— and the resolution of other major interna-
tional issues which perjaetuate injustice and create
tensions among states. I emphasize the word con-
currently, for the two approaches to our goal are
interdependent.
There is a Japanese proverb to the effect that
"he who chases two rabbits at the same time fails
to catch either one." This may be quite true of
rabbits but it is definitely not true of two objec-
tives so delicately interrelated as political ten-
sions and armaments. Any government which
pursues one and ignores the other will soon find
the error of its ways.
Armaments and armed forces, as I have said,
' reflect the fear, tension, and insecurity arising
from the existence of other luiresolved issues be-
tween nations. With the end of World War II,
for example, our Armed Forces were reduced from
121/2 million men to 1^2 million men in the space
of 2 years. They were not substantially enlarged
until Communist aggression in Korea made such
enlargement imperative. It is clear that disarma-
ment is not independent of political developments.
On the other hand, to say that armaments are
nothing more than a reflection of political ten-
sions is to overstate the case. The unique char-
acter of modern weaponry makes the existence
of unrestricted armaments a source of tensions in
themselves, aggravating other issues and making
their settlement more difficult. If the upward
spiraling of tensions and armaments is to be suc-
cessfully reversed, it must be by concurrent
progress upon both elements of the interacting
process.
In his statement of April 16, 1953, President
Eisenhower, charting the course of United States
policy, set forth this principle of concurrent
progress toward disarmament and the relaxation
of tensions. Expressing in vivid terms the dan-
gers to humanity from present weapons and affirm-
ing our desire to divert expenditures to construc-
tive ends, he recognized that it would be difficult to
alter the armament situation markedly so long as
the existing measure of suspicion and distrust
remained.
He called for concrete deeds which would relax
tension. He affirmed the readiness of the United
States to do its just part. He went on to say that
"as progress in all these areas strengthens world '
trust, we could proceed concurrently with the next
great work — the reduction of the burden of arma-
ments now weighing upon the world."
These principles are basic tenets of our policy
today. Wliile seeking to resolve other major in-
ternational issues, we seek to move ahead on the
problem of armaments in specific ways which need
not wait.
More important is the relationship between the
objectives of our disarmament policy and the
moral foundation of our foreign policy as a whole.
It is our firm policy to uphold and advance in every
legitimate way the principles of individual rights
and freedom upon which our Nation and the free
world stand united. These policies and these
principles require the achievement of an open and
peaceful world relieved of its oppressive burden
of arms. Such a world is at once an expression
and a precondition for the fulfillment in the widest
sense of ideals for which we stand. g|
These are appealing arguments particularly for "i
those who would like to see our resources used for
constructive purposes. Even so, we must never
lose sight of the fact that, in recent years at least,
world peace has rested upon the deterring power
of American military and economic strength.
Over a century and a half ago Pascal wrote :
Right without miglit is weakness. Might without right
is tyranny. What we must do, therefore, is to combine
might with right, mailing what is right, mighty, and what
is mighty, right.
This is wise counsel. In our quest for effective
disarmament we must make sure that there is
enough power on the side of law and order and
justice in the world to keep the free world free.
Major Periods of Negotiation
Tlie United States has pursued for a decade now ,
within the United Nations framework the objec- !
tive of securing agreement on practical measures
of disarmament. In broadest terms this decade
of negotiation may be considered as falling into
three general periods.
The first of these periods, from 1946 to 1918,
was characterized by the development of the
United Nations Majority Plan. This plan was
based closely upon tlie far-reaching propositions
put forward by tlie United States which have come
to be known as the Baruch Plan.
100
Department of State Bulletin
Unfortunately some people are prone to forget
that the United States took this initiative when we
alone possessed atomic weapons and the facilities
to produce them.
You will recall that the Baruch Plan called for
the centralization in an international authority of
ownership or managerial direction of all fission-
able materials capable of use for weapons pur-
poses. The authority would license and supervise
the use of fissionable materials for power re-
actors. These materials were to be disposed in
such a way that no nation could gain a dominating
margin by seizure of the materials within its
borders. Enforcement authority would rest in the
Security Council operating without the veto.
To these proposals the U.S.S.R. responded
merely with condemnation and a call for a treaty
outlawing the production and use of atomic
weapons. It was the beginning of "Ban the Bomb
and Trust the Russians," the familiar theme song
played in several keys but with few variations for
the next 10 years. The first report of the United
Nations Atomic Energy Commission, incorpo-
rating the essential elements of the Baruch Plan,
met the deadening impact of a Soviet veto. Hopes
remained high, however, and additional reports in
1947 and 1948 presented improvements and modi-
fications of the plan. However, Soviet reactions
soon convinced the world of the insincerity of
Soviet participation in United Nations efforts to
achieve valid nuclear controls.
There followed a 5-year period from 1948 to
1953 which can be characterized as one of dis-
couraging deadlock, a period which reached its
lowest ebb with the outbreak of Communist ag-
gi-ession in Korea in 1950.
"Wliile details of negotiations during the period
are a matter of record, I would like to mention
two salient features. One is the unflagging efforts
of the Western powers to develop soundly based
proposals capable of meeting every valid Soviet
criticism. The other is the purely propaganda
objectives pursued by the Soviet Union. The fact
is that the Soviets talked about disarmament while
building nuclear capabilities.
From the standpoint of the evolution of policy,
one important development was the establishment,
in line with the suggestion of President Truman
in October 1950, of the present United Nations
Disarmament Commission by merging the sep-
arate commissions on conventional and atomic
■weapons.
A third period, from 1953 to 1955, might be
called a period of new approaches. Within this
period various events, among them the end of the
Korean War and the death of Stalin, brought
changes in the political climate which were con-
ducive to new approaches and to renewed hope
that progress might be made.
The first authoritative expression of the central
place of disarmament in United States policy in
this period was the statement of President Eisen-
hower of April 16, 1953, to which I have already
referred.
The first of the basically new approaches to
arise was the President's "atoms for peace" speech
before the General Assembly of the United Na-
tions on December 8, 1953. After indicating in a
general way the order of magnitude of atomic
weapons stockpiles and something of the poten-
tial destractiveness of modern weapons, he pro-
posed the establishment of an international atomic
energy agency. From cooperation in the peaceful
vises of the atom he hoped might grow a greater
readiness to join in the control of atomic weapons.
Subsequent experience attests the productiveness
of this approach, although its full benefits are
still far from being realized.
The second basically new approach was intro-
duced in 1955, when the President at the meeting
of the Heads of Governments at Geneva put for-
ward the "open skies" plan for mutual aerial re-
connaissance and exchange of military informa-
tion as a means of relaxing tensions and minimiz-
ing the danger of surprise attack.
This proposal was the further outgrowth of the
intensive policy review which continues in process
in various departments of the Government. As a
result of a decision in 1955 that coordination at the
Cabinet level was desirable and that extensive
studies were required, the President had appointed
Harold E. Stassen as special assistant for dis-
armament matters. Mr. Stassen had set up a small
staff to assist him, and asked a number of the most
competent authorities in American life to under-
take a study of the requirements and methods of
effective international control.
The President's proposal at Geneva was a cre-
ative response to the fact that the pace of techno-
logical progress had introduced new dimensions
to the problem of control, particularly in the nu-
clear field. Older plans for inspection and con-
trol of nuclear material, which were based on total
Ju/y 16, 7956
101
accounting for production — past and present —
had become technologically outmoded.
In the absence of international controls, it had
been possible for a country seeking to evade pros-
pective control to build up a hidden stock of
atomic weapons and shield them in such a way
as to be beyond the range of detection. After
Ambassador Lodge had called attention to this
problem in March 1955, the Soviet Union recog-
nized the fact explicitly in its proposal of May 10,
1955,=* but still called for "prohibition" of weapons
despite the impossibility of assuring that this
could be done. Because of the margin of error
under any system of accounting that has been de-
vised, the amount of material that could be used
for hidden weapons had increased year by year.
With the passage of time, a crucial point had been
reached at which this margin of error repre-
sented a dangerous military potential in nuclear
weapons.
Other technological changes, as well, had out-
moded earlier approaches to control. A relatively
smaller amount of nuclear material could be made
to produce greater yields of explosive power. The
hydrogen bomb had entered the picture. Of
most far-reaching significance, however, were the
consequences and the cumulative effect of a decade
of nuclear production proceeding without inter-
national control.
The Present Status of Disarmament Negotiations
Partial Approach to Disarmament
I have, up to this point, tried to outline man's
efforts to cope with the stark realities and chal-
lenging opportunities of the first 10 years of the
atomic age. These efforts, under Western leader-
ship, have been carried on within the framework
of the United Nations. I think we will all agree
that the United Nations is the proper forum in
which to tackle this formidable problem. For if
there is any issue which clearly transcends na-
tional boundaries and the traditional sovereignty
of states, it is the issue of the regulation and con-
trol of nuclear armaments.
Ten years of negotiation have so far failed to
result in an agreed plan of control. I should like
to stress, however, that this is not a failure charge-
able to the United Nations. Certainly we should
not blame the United Nations for the weaknesses
and the shortcomings of its members. It is, after
all, up to the members themselves to reach agree-
ment on a plan which the United Nations can then
implement. For our part we feel that we have
faithfully lived up to our commitments under the
charter to find a fair, equitable, and workable
solution.
As we entered 1956, the General Assembly under
Western leadership overwhelmingly endorsed the
practicality of a partial approach short of imme-
diate adoi^tion of a comprehensive disarmament
plan as the most promising basis for negotiations.*
In simplest terms the approach is that we do all
that can be done now, even while we continue to
work toward comprehensive disarmament and
while we tackle the scientific barriers and the
barriers of distrust which now block a solution.
Now some people will argue that a piecemeal
approach to disarmament is both misleading and
dangerous. A little disarmament, the argument
runs, like a little education, could be a very dan-
gerous thing. It might tend to lull the free world
prematurely into a very false feeling of security.
But since the wit of man has been unable thus
far to devise an acceptable program of comprehen-
sive disarmament, it seems logical to move ahead
on whatever front we can. Before a child begins
to run, he must first learn to walk.
In accordance with this approach and with the
specific mandate of the General Assembly that pri-
ority should be given to such confidence-building
measures as the Eisenhower plan and the Soviet
plan for ground control posts, the United States
has put forward during 1956 a variety of
initiatives.
P relvniinary Measures in U.S. Disarmament
Program
In the first place, we have reaffirmed our willing-
ness to implement both the aerial reconnaissance
and ground inspection proposals endorsed by the
General Assembly.
In the second place, we have proposed an imme-
diate exchange for a test period of a small number
of inspection personnel who could be used as mem-
bers of inspection teams as soon as an inspection
agreement is concluded.
In the third place, we have proposed the desig-
nation of small strips of territory in the United
' Ibid., May 30, 1955, p. 900.
102
' For text of resolution, see Hid., Jan. 9, 1956, p. 63.
Deparfmenf of Sfafe BuWet'in
States and the U.S.S.R. within which the feasi-
bility of inspection systems would be tested.
Finally, as part of an air and ground inspec-
tion system, we have proposed advance notifica-
tion of planned movements of armed units through
international air or water or over foreign soil.
These may not seem to be far-reaching steps.
Yet if any one of them were put into effect by the
great powers, it would do much to erode the bar-
riers of susjjicion and distrust that have made
successful negotiations impossible.
Reduction of Conventional Armaments
We are by no means confining our efforts to
nuclear weapons. In the field of conventional
armaments, in order to do all that can be done
without waiting, the United States proposed this
year in London an immediate beginning on im-
portant gradual reductions in armed forces under
a sound agreement.'* It is our thought that arms,
rather than men, are subject to supervision and
control and that major armaments should be re-
duced under proper safeguards. We have sug-
gested, as a basis for measuring this arms limi-
tation, reducing armed manpower to force levels
of 2.5 million men for the U.S.S.R. and the United
States, with corresponding reductions for other
states. This, I submit, is a concrete and practi-
cal beginning. Drastic reductions beyond this
point can be carried out safely only as progress
is achieved on important political issues.
It should never be forgotten, however, that man-
power is the most elusive factor in the disarma-
ment equation. The Soviet Union, for example,
can make good propaganda capital from an an-
nouncement that it intends to reduce its armed
forces by a million men. Actually, however, these
men are fully trained and stand ready to return
to service at a moment's notice. Unless the guns
and tanks and planes that mold these men into
active fighting units are also reduced, little real
progress has been made. This is precisely why
we believe the emphasis should be placed upon
weapons rather than upon manpower.
The Nuclear Threat
Further initiatives, far-reaching in their im-
plications, have been made by the United States
this year in the field of nuclear weapons.
In his letter of March 1 to Marshal Bulganin,^
the President stated that, in his judgment, our
efforts must be directed especially to bringing
under control the nuclear threat.
As an important step in this direction, and as-
suming the satisfactory operation of an air and
gi'ound inspection system, the United States would
be prepared to work out, with other nations, suit-
able and safeguarded arrangements so that future
production of fissionable materials anywhere in
the world would no longer be used to increase the
stockpiles of explosive weapons. The President
suggested that this might be combined with his
proposal of December 8, 1953, "to begin now and
continue to make joint contributions" from exist-
ing stockpiles of normal uranium and fissionable
materials to an international atomic agency.
These measures, if carried out adequately,
would reverse the present deplorable trend toward
a constant increase in nuclear weapons overhang-
ing the world. The President stated as the ulti-
mate hope of this Government that all production
of fissionable materials anywhere in the world
will be devoted exclusively to peaceful purposes.
It is my hope that all the nations which may pos-
sess fissionable material will subscribe to this great
objective.
The Proilem of Radiation
One of the problems of the atomic age arises
from the fact that many uses of atomic energy,
peaceful or military, are accompanied by the pro-
duction of radioactive materials, which though
found to be of value in many fields can also be
harmful.
Last June Ambassador Lodge proposed that the
United Nations undertake to pool the world's
knowledge about the effects of atomic radiation on
hmnan health. Upon United States initiative the
General Assembly established a special scientific
committee to collect, evaluate, and distribute re-
ports received from governments on levels of radi-
ation and scientific observations concerning the
effects of radiation.''
The United States is cooperating to the fullest
extent with the United Nations radiation com-
° For texts of proposals submitted during the London
meetings of the subcommittee of the U.N. Disarmament
Commission, Mar. 19-May 4, 1956, see U.N. doc. DC/83.
" Bulletin of Mar. 26, 1956, p. 514.
' For an article on the committee's first meeting, see
iUd., May 21, 1956, p. 860.
Ju/y ?6, J 956
103
mittee in the collection and dissemination of data
on this subject. We believe the first step in deal-
ing with any scientific problem is to mobilize re-
sources, explore what is known, and point out what
still needs to be done. The work of the committee,
we believe, will stimulate further study by com-
petent authorities, encourage the international ex-
change of information, and provide each nation
with adequate data for reaching its own conclu-
sions on the problem of radioactivity.
The United States believes, on the basis of its
own extensive studies and others such as the re-
cent report of the National Academy of Sciences,
that properly conducted nuclear tests do not at
present constitute a hazard to human health and
safety.
Our Government, unlike the Soviet Union, pro-
vides warning by prior announcement of the start
and location of its tests and works out in con-
sultation with other states extensive safeguards.
If a disarmament agreement can be reached to limit
nuclear weapons under proper safeguards, the
United States would, of course, be prepared to
agree to restrictions on the testing of such
weapons.
Importance of Inspection and Control
I would like to touch briefly on United States
proposals for inspection. Adequate inspection
and control is a key principle underlying all our
proposals in the disarmament field.
It is our firm conviction that there should be
inspection for the purpose of providing against
great surprise attack, insuring compliance with
such measures as may be agreed upon, and provid-
ing the necessary basis for successive steps in
achieving comprehensive disarmament.
We believe that an effective system in this age
of jet planes and nuclear weapons, and in view
of the expanse of territories involved, must in-
clude air inspection as well as ground inspection
and some form of budgetary control.
We believe inspection should encompass forces
maintained outside the national boundaries by
signatory states as well as those within their
boundaries.
We do not believe, however, that inspection
should be any more extensive than is necessary to
achieve the objectives of the disarmament agree-
ment of which it is a part.
Now I realize full well that the Soviets have
said that they cannot tolerate the intrusion of ,
American aerial inspection over their territories.
Khrushchev has made this point quite effectively
by suggesting that the United States should not
try to look in everybody's bedroom and every-
body's garden. I also realize that the Soviets
have their own legitimate defense and security
needs. However, we are not proposing anything
that we are not willing to be subjected to ourselves.
Some people may wonder why we have at-
tached such importance to an effective system of
inspection and control. The reason is not far to
seek. The purpose of arms limitation and con-
trol is to increase the security of nations, not de-
crease it. It is to provide real security, not false
security. It is to build trust, not distrust.
This being the case, we believe that no nation
should be expected to reduce its armed strength
on the basis of paper promises that other countries
will do the same.
Where We Stand
Although no concrete agreements came from the
recent London sessions of the disarmament sub-
committee, there were advances and clarifications
in positions in the course of negotiations which
may serve as a basis for future progress.
For example, at London there was for the first
time apparent Soviet acceptance of the principle
that a ground inspection system should be in place
before disarmament begins. There was, for the
first time, a Soviet definition, not as yet fully
adequate, of what are called the "objects of con-
trol," that is, the operations and installations to
be subject to inspection. Also, at London the
Soviets seemed to have abandoned their 10-year-
old "ban the bomb" proposal as an immediate
objective, although this theme seems to be emerg-
ing again in some of their statements of the past
few weeks.
Negotiations at London produced better under-
standing by the two sides of their respective posi-
tions, and seeds planted by Western initiatives and
new approaches put forward there may yet bear
fruit when given further study by Soviet leaders.
Wlien arguing with an opponent it is well to
know just where you disagree. There were three
major areas of disagi'eement with the Soviets at
London : the need for inspection, particularly of
air inspection ; the necessity for progress toward
political settlements simultaneous with disarma-
104
Department of Stale Bulletin
ment measures involving far-reaching reductions ;
and apparent Soviet unwillingness to take any
practical measures now to bring the nuclear threat
under control.
The latest development is the Soviet announce-
ment of May 14 concerning projected reductions
in force levels, and their letter of June 6 to Presi-
dent Eisenhower transmitting this announcement.*
The letter is under study and the President will,
of course, give his personal attention to the reply.
At this stage, I can only speculate, personally and
unofficially as a fellow student of world affairs,
as to some of the possible implications of the an-
nouncement and the letter.
In their reductions of forces, if carried out, the
Soviet Union is, of course, merely following be-
latedly the lead of the United States and its princi-
pal allies. Soviet calls for extensive reductions
on our part must be viewed in the light of this
fact. As I have already mentioned, the United
States has reduced its forces since World War II
by over 9 million men, from a level higher than the
Soviet Union to a level substantially below.
On the positive side, the Soviet force reductions,
if carried out, may indicate Soviet recognition of
the fact that the United States, despite propa-
ganda charges to the contrary, will not attack
tliem. If this is the case the reductions may fore-
shadow a possible willingness to negotiate more
seriously than in the past toward the achieve-
ment of stabilizing measures in the field of arma-
ments.
In many respects, however, the Soviet announce-
ment and letter are disappointing. In contrast
to the open record of our conventional armed
strength, the world does not know what the Soviet
manpower level now is nor what it would be after
it is reduced. Therefore it cannot properly as-
sess the effect of the Soviet action.
There are still no Russian proposals addressed
to the major threat, which is that of nuclear dev-
astation. Still no system of safeguards against
surprise attack has been advanced by them, and
still no Western proposals for dealing with tliis
threat have been accepted.
The projected troop withdrawals from Ger-
many would still leave Soviet forces there more
numerous than those of all other countries com-
bined, and forces of the Soviet Union could always
' For text of letter, see White House press release dated
June 8.
be quickly reinforced in comparison to those of
countries at a greater distance.
There is no reference to measures looking to-
ward the reunification of Germany in peace and
fi'eedom, and indeed the steps suggested seem to
imply continued division. Neither in the case of
this particular problem nor in general is there yet
a recognition of the necessity for progress toward
the solution of major political problems along
with progress toward disarmament.
There is a discouraging propaganda flavor, too,
in the Soviet attempt to cast doubt upon the ef-
fectiveness of the United Nations subcommittee
and to seek to deal with this liighly technical ques-
tion primarily in other forums more susceptible
to misuse for propaganda.
Finally, the latest proposal still avoids the prob-
lem of inspection and seems to deliberately seek
to confuse unilateral, unagreed, uninspected, un-
verified claims of reduction with a safeguarded
system of arms limitation and control.
Prospects for Disarmament
In conclusion, let me turn to the prospect ahead.
It is useful, I think, to view the problem in terms
of the discouraging perspective of the past, the
challenging opportunities of the present, and the
compelling necessities of the future.
Time does not permit a detailed analysis of
areas of agreement reached during a decade of
negotiations, but such an analysis would reveal a
marked degree of movement in the positions of
both the United States and the Soviet Union.
During the past 10 years, the past 5 years, the
past year, even the past 6 months, despite waver-
ings and setbacks, an objective balance sheet wiU
show the gap has progressively narrowed.
An analysis of approaches to the problem over
the last decade also affords a useful perspective.
Disarmament negotiations before 1955 revolved
largely around comprehensive, step-by-step arms
reduction plans. These plans either began or
ended with the total prohibition and elimination
of nuclear weapons and had to be agreed substan-
tially in full before any real beginning could be
made. The current emphasis upon lesser and more
immediate steps as starting points may well offer
greater promise.
In terms of present opportunities, it is important
to bear in mind the many-sided character of the
problem with which we are confronted. We will
iu\Y 16, 1956
39162a— 5&-
105
maximize our opportunities if we systematically
examine and review the possibilities for advance-
ment in each aspect of the problem.
On the scientific side, for example, we must
continue to press research looking toward a break-
through that will permit detection of hidden
nuclear weapons.
In development of the peaceful uses of atomic
energy we must provide adequate safeguards
against diversion of nuclear materials for military
purposes.
In negotiations we shall press forward on the
basic principles of the four-power declaration of
May 4, 1956.' In this connection we shall explore
in greater detail the possibilities for agreement
after further consideration by the Soviet Union of
the new approaches outlined by the President in
his letter of March 1 to Marshal Bulganin.
In our planning we shall seek to develop new
measures and new approaches appropriate not
only to the existing situation but to the techno-
logical developments in such fields as guided
missiles.
In the political sphere we will seek concurrent
progress toward the resolution of outstanding in-
ternational issues.
Lastly, we must bear in mind the necessities of
the future, the new and ever greater dimensions
of the problem, its complexities and its urgencies.
In an age of uncontrolled nuclear weaponry, the
problems of national security and defense could
assume dimensions which we cannot measure by
traditional concepts. Tensions arising from di-
minished security in the world might well grow
in proportion. Difficulties of securing agreement
would be magnified. The hazards of an imper-
fectly safeguarded disarmament system would be
enlarged. Defense costs could place xmprece-
dented burdens on the economies of the world.
The devastation of war could involve the total
population, economy, political unity, and social
cohesion of even a "victor" state.
Supremacy in a contest of will could no longer
be a prize of war if gained at the cost of destruc-
tion of the victorious power.
In facing such a future, two firm requirements
emerge as equally important. One is to pursue
imaginatively and by every feasible means agree-
ment to a comprehensive safeguarded system of
" Bulletin of May 21, 1956, p. 838.
106
arms limitation and control. The second is, in the
absence of such agreement, to move ahead with
equal determination in the development and con-
struction of such weapons of defense as our na-
tional security demands.
Given the tremendous complexities of the prob-
lem one miglit be tempted to argue that agreement
on acceptable limitation of armaments is a well-
nigh impossible task. This is a position which
even the most confirmed pessimist dare not take.
Wliat must be done can be done. If the human
race wishes to survive — and I think I can speak
for one very small segment of it — then a way must
be found to free the world from the persistent
threat of total destruction.
I remain confident that man, who possesses the
ingenuity to build weapons powerful enough for
his own self-destruction, also possesses enough
common sense to keep these weapons under effec-
tive control.
Reaffirmation of U.S. Views
on German Unification
LETTER FROM PRESIDENT EISENHOWER TO
PRESIDENT HEUSS
The White House on June 16 made puilio the
following mesMge from President Eisenhower to
Theodor Heuss, President of the Federal Republic
of Germany^ on the occasion of the third anni-
versaiy of the public demonstration for freedom
in East Berlin and East Germany on Jwne 17, 1963.
Dear Mr. PREsroENT : On this day which com-
memorates the spontaneous demand made tlu-ee
years ago for the freedom of the seventeen million
German people of the Soviet Zone, I wish to re-
affirm the steadfast conviction of my country that
the unjust division of Germany will surely come
to an end. The Government and people of the
United States are deeply dedicated to the causes
of liberty and peace. We know that so long as
unity in freedom is withheld from the German
people by those who seek to impose an alien and
totalitarian system on a part of your nation there
can be no permanent security in Europe. We
know also that these views are shared by our part-
ners in the North Atlantic Treaty.
The ending of the division of Germany is es-
sential to the development of friendly and coop-
Departtnent of State Bulletin
erative relations between the Western nations and
the Soviet Union. The way is open insofar as the
United States Government is concerned for the
Soviet Government to prove that its professed in-
terest in developing such relations is genuine. I
am convinced that the Soviet Union will come to
recognize that it is in its own interest to negotiate
a settlement which resjiects the right to freedom
of the German people and the interests of both
East and West, and will join with us in finding a
solution to the German problem.
This day you celebrate is I know a day of dedi-
cation. I send you my greetings and together with
my fellow Americans I look forward to the time
when all Germany will at last be unified and free.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
ADDRESS BY JAMES B. CONANT
AMBASSADOR TO GERMANY'
Three years ago today the electrifying news
coming from the Soviet Zone of Germany proved
to the whole world that the oppressed population
of the Soviet Zone had not been deceived by the
systematic propaganda campaigns of its rulers.
For years the Conimmiist regime had denied its
subjects the means to express their will and their
convictions ; there were no free elections, no free-
dom of speech, no freedom of the press. Outside
the Soviet Zone there may have been some doubt
about the real opinions of the people condemned
to suffer in silence. The I7th of June dispelled
all such doubts.
The worldwide effect of the I7th of June 1953
can be compared only with the effect of the 20th
of July 1944. Hitler, too, had brutally enforced
the silence of the Geiman people. In those days
the world had asked whether the whole German
people had succumbed to the Nazi madness. Then
the 20th of July 1944 showed unmistakably that
there were Germans who deeply detested the
tyrant. Just as clearly the I7th of June showed
that the Germans in the Soviet Zone hated and
detested the tyrannical regime imposed upon them.
We know that even today the Soviets do not
dare to let the population of the Soviet Zone ex-
press its will freely. That became quite obvious
in Geneva last year. You will remember that
after the summit conference in Geneva there was
some hope that progress might be made toward a
reunified Germany, together with a system for
European security. During this conference the
Heads of Government of France, the United
Kingdom, the U.S.S.E., and the United States
lecognized their common responsibility for the
settlement of the German question and the re-
imification of Germany and agi'eed that the re-
unification of Germany sliould take place by
means of free elections and should be carrietl out
in conformity with the national interest of the
German people and the interest of European se-
curity. Unfortunately a few months later at the
Conference of Foreign Ministers the attitude of
the Soviet member was quite different. "Wliereas
the Western powers submitted proposals for the
reunification of Germany by means of free elec-
tions, the Soviet Union demanded negotiations
between Pankow and Bonn. Such negotiations
would, however, mean the indefinite division of
Germany or the reunification of Germany as a
satellite state; that is, reunification in slavery.
My Government and the Government of the
German Federal Eepublic will not relax their
efforts to bring about reunification in freedom.
Last Wednesday a thorough discussion between
Chancellor Adenauer and Secretary of State
Dulles took place in Washington at which I, as
American Ambassador to the German Federal Re-
jjublic, was present. The two statesmen were in
complete agreement and at the end of their dis-
cussions issued a communique^ from which I
should like to quote the following sentence :
Secretary of State Dulles and Chancellor Adenauer em-
phasized German reunification aS a major objective of
the West and the conviction that the attitude of the
West toward the Soviet Union should be determined by
the endeavor to promote the reunification of Germany
in freedom.
It is hardly necessary for me to point out the
great significance of this sentence.
Perhaps one of my listeners is now going to
say that the Kremlin recently adopted a new
course. My answer would be that, although we
must never give up the hope that some day the
attitude of the Kremlin toward the free world
will change, we cannot ignore the fact that all the
fine words from the Kremlin have not changed
' Delivered in German over radio station RIAS in
Berlin on June 17 (U.S. Embassy, Bonn, press release).
'■ BUU.ETIN of .Tune 25, 1956, p. 1047.
July 76, J 956
107
at all the situation of the people in the Soviet
Zone. The Pi'esident of the Berlin House of
Deputies, Herr Willy Brandt, recently said in a
speech in the Bundestag :
It can be stated (and in my opinion it must be stated)
that we have heard many rather fine words from the
Soviet Zone authorities but that we have seen few deeds
which would correspond to these words. After all we
have experienced, only deeds and facts can convince us.
In the Soviet-occupied Zone of Germany there have been
practically no changes in the life of the people. Nor have
there been any changes in the field of travel and
communications.
I should like to add the following to the words
of the President of the Berlin House of Deputies.
The Soviets today are trying to convince the world
that a change of attitude has taken place in the
Kremlin. In the Soviet Zone of Germany the
Soviets have the best possible opportunity to dem-
onstrate their alleged change of heart. Un-
fortunately the Soviets so far have made little use
of this opportunity. It seems, rather, that they
want to perpetuate the injustices of the status quo.
I can assure my listeners that the United States
will not agree to a settlement on the basis of this
status quo; that is, the division of Germany.
President Eisenhower in his message to President
Heuss on the I7tli of June said that very clearly.
For my listeners in the Soviet Zone I should like
to read this message from the President of the
United States to the President of the German
Federal Republic. [See above.]
American Policy and tlie Shifting Scene
hy C. Burke ETbrick
Acting Assistant Secretary for European Affairs'^
The topic you have asked me to discuss this
afternoon is "American Policy and the Shifting
Scene," and by way of opening let me compliment
you upon your choice of a subject and caution
you of my treatment of it. In a single, rather
poignant phrase you have characterized the chief
preoccupation of much of our Government today,
from the highest policy levels to the operating
posts in far places around the globe. But you are
aware, I hope, that with the time and knowledge
at my command I cannot come near to exhausting
such a theme. I shall try, however, to suggest a
few ideas and to share what perspective I have.
The world scene is indeed shifting — in some
ways that are hopeful, in others that are ominous.
It ojffers great personal challenge to anyone con-
nected with the shaping of foreign policy, and a
far greater challenge to the nerve and wisdom of
our entire Nation.
It is essential to remember, I think, that, while
'Address made before the Indiana University Confer-
ence on Problems of American Foreign Policy at Bloom-
Ington, Ind., on June 30.
American policy must always be in some degree
shaped hy external events, it is simultaneously and
often to a greater degree a shaper of them. The
theme of this conference, "Soviet Enigma and
Western Response," is both timely and important.
But I suggest that it might more properly be
called "Western Leadership and the Soviet
Response."
The postwar epoch began of course with the
West's hasty disbanding of the armed might that
won the Second World War and its optimistic at-
tempt to live as neighbors with the Soviet dictator-
ship. It was only as we watched their efforts to
expand their empire by force and subversion that
we realized that the Communist aims of world
domination were unchanged and that we must stop
their advance if we were to insure our own
survival.
Today we can say, in retrospect, that by such
measures as the Marshall plan and Nato, backed
by American military power. Western Europe,
the richest prize the Soviets sought, was saved
from aggression. As they were checked in Europe,
108
Department of Stale Bulletin
the Communists turned toM'ard the Far East.
Their effort to invade South Korea was blocked by
United Nations strength. In Indochina three
truly free nations have now replaced a crumbling
colonialism. On the Formosa Strait our deter-
mination to protect an ally has so far kept the
peace.
Finally, when the death of Stalin released the
Soviet Government from his rigid tactics, and
when the joining of a free and prosperous Ger-
many to Nato showed that the 10-year Soviet
effort to take Western Europe had failed, the
Soviets began to shift their methods. Now, in
place of violence and threats directed West and
East, we have economic and political penetration.
New Soviet Approach
As we in the State Department see it, there have
been two main causes for the shifts in Soviet for-
eign policy. One was the development of thermo-
nuclear weapons, which has made the risk of a
world war seem unprofitable even to Soviet
leaders. The other cause was simply a pragmatic
recognition by the Soviet leaders that former
policies were not paying off and their judgment
that a change of method toward greater emphasis
on political and economic penetration offered
much better opportunities.
Thus, in foreign-policy terms, one of the chief
purposes of the 20th Congress of the Communist
Party was to adjust Soviet ideology to the nuclear
age. The new weapons had, in a sense, paralyzed
the dialectic. They had made undesirable even
to Communists the "frightful collisions" which
orthodox Soviet Communist doctrine held to be
the necessary preface to final victory. By their
effort to show that war was not the only means
by which victory could be achieved, the Soviet
leadersliip hoped to put the dialectic back in
working order again.
The new Soviet approach in world affairs is
more subtle and flexible and therefore perhaps
more complex to combat than the old case-hard-
ened Stalinism. At the same time this use of more
peaceful means in foreign policy is a trend that
is welcome from our point of view, and a degree
of internal liberalizing in the Soviet Union, high-
lighted by the downgrading of Stalin, sets in mo-
tion forces for good whose final effect the Soviet
leadere themselves can neither predict nor en-
tirely control.
This, briefly, then, is the shifting scene before
us. While we may take comfort in the hope that
the contest with communism can now be fought by
means other than a war of annihilation, we can-
not ignore the possibility that Soviet aggressive-
ness in the new form may be more successful
than it was in the old. Most particularly there
is the danger that the West, released from the
fears generated by the open threats of Stalinism,
will relax, lose its unity, or lower its guard.
But if the new scene brings dangers, it brings
opportunities as well. There are opportunities
for achieving unity of a far broader kind than
the largely military unity of the past decade.
There is the opportunity for gradually converting
the shift of Soviet tactics into a fundamental
change of Soviet policies — for encouraging the
men in the Kremlin to take a more realistic view
of the whole international situation.
At his latest press conference ^ Secretary Dulles
characterized the present state of international
communism as one of "perplexity," the reason
being that "certain basic truths have caught up
with it." The Secretary named two. The first
is that communism without the application of iron
discipline and brutal terrorism ceases to be an
effective instrument of the cold war. The second
is that such rule will not be indefinitely tolerated
by those subject thereto unless it produces a suc-
cession of victories. Mass shooting of workers
during a strike and demonstration at Poznan, it
may be said parenthetically, is not such a victory.
These victories, the Secretary continued, have been
conspicuously lacking in recent days. Why?
Because of the show of unity and strength ex-
hibited by the free nations and by the type of
policies embodied in our mutual security program.
The opportunity and the challenge before us, then,
is obvious. In the face of what may turn out to
be a serious crisis of international communism, we
must maintain the present level of strength and
accelerate the momentum generated by our poli-
cies which aim at broader unity among the free
nations of the West. For, as the Secretary pointed
out, if the free-world countries should themselves
lose the strength of unity, due to complacency, or
because we are just plain tired of helping each
other, then international communism would gain
hope of new victories which could help it sur-
mount its present trouble.
" BULT^TiN of July 9, 1956, p. 47.
July 16, 1956
109
Now that we have reviewed the general scene,
what are the specific areas or points of policy
which must apply to it ?
Four Areas of Policy Consideration
In the past the Soviet methods of hostility and
aggi-ession have made necessary the building of
defensive power to keep it in check. We still have
need to be strong because we cannot afford to
gamble our destiny on an uncertain estimate of
Soviet intentions, and because we know that mili-
tary weakness could easily invite a resurgence of
Soviet military aggression. Therefore, at the
same moment we i-esolve to maintain necessary
defensive strength, we seek reliable means of re-
ducing the world levels of armament.
A major area of our foreign policy in the past
has been the program of economic aid. Now, with
the economy of Europe largely rebuilt, principal
attention must be given to the needs of the under-
developed nations of the Middle East and South
Asia, which need and seek industrialization and
agricultural development to gain economic free-
dom and social progress to match their political
emancipation.
Not the least important element of our foreign
policy is trade policy. The Soviets practice state
trading. We place our faith in free enterprise.
The Soviets seek to use trade as a weapon for
political penetration of the weaker nations. We
hope that increasing trade will strengthen the free
nations. Good progress has been made in the past
in clearing away unjustifiable trade barriers, and
we look for future progress in this direction.
These four, then, defensive capacity, arms con-
trol, foreign aid, and expanded trade, are impor-
tant areas of policy consideration as we face the
shifting world scene.
Unity Among Free Nations
I Want to discuss with you in some detail today
a fifth area, which I feel to be of particular im-
portance. I refer to unity among the free nations,
particularly as it is expressed through Nato.
The new Soviet tactics have turned the focus of
world attention toward South Asia and the Middle
East and thus have tended to turn it away from
Europe, which was their primary target and is
still the richest prize, militarily, economically, po-
litically. The new tactics have emphasized peace-
ful rather than warlike means and thus have
loosened the powerful adhesive of fear which has
bound the free nations together.
By this zigzag policy, of turning from Europe
to another place, of shifting from warlike to peace-
ful means, the Soviets seek to put the West off bal-
ance and off its guard. They have divided to con-
quer before, and they hope to use this trick again.
At the time when the Marshall plan was ini-
tiated, we were well aware of Europe's value to us.
It should never be forgotten that the 300 million
people of Western Europe have created a tre-
mendous economic potential both in the natural re-
sources they have tapped and in the industries they
have created. If Europe's population, natural re-
sources, scientific skills, bases, ports, and huge in-
dustrial potential were added to that already ex-
isting in the Soviet bloc, we would face a power
difficult to meet. On the other hand, with Europe
on our side the total Western industrial capacity
is greater than the Soviet capacity by a ratio of
seven to two.
Were these the only factors making our close
i-elationship witli Europe essential, they would be
important enough. But there are other factors
of equal weight. Europe continues to be the cen-
ter of Western civilization, the source of our cul-
tural heritage, a force toward the achievement of
the goal of a peaceful world living in freedom.
Our unity with free Europe has not only countered
the threat of Soviet aggression but has made the
Soviet leaders recognize that we are one in action
and purpose. As a result, the treaty for Austria
for which we had labored nearly 10 years was sud-
denly achieved because the Soviet leadership
recognized the unity of the free world and the
pressure of public opinion against them on this
issue.
The maintenance of this unity is the purpose of
our system of collective security, of which the
North Atlantic Treaty Organization, Nato, is the
most important element. It provides the most
effective system of defense at our disposal today.
Unity is necessary not only to resist aggression
from outside the free world but to prevent friction
within it. Disunity in Europe has been partly the
cause of two great world wars within a single
generation and can be an obstacle to economic
growth and health. Therefore the creation and
maintenance of Atlantic unity is a very good thing
in itself, as important for internal well-being as
no
Departmenf of State Bulletin
for the preservation of a united defense against
outside aggression.
It has become plain th&t if Nato is to continue to
serve its unifying purpose something more than
the cement of fear must be found to hold it to-
gether. As Secretary Dulles put it not long ago,
". . . we must increase the unity and dynamism
of the free world by greater emphasis on coopera-
tion for something rather than merely against
something."
"New Look" at NATO
Therefore a study is now being made, by the
Committee of Three Ministers appointed by the
North Atlantic Council, of ways and means to im-
prove Nato and to strengthen the unity of the
Atlantic Community.
The "new look" at Nato is one of the most im-
portant current developments in our foreign
policy. The members of the North Atlantic
Treaty decided that in the future they would not
only maintain their collective military effort but
would also seek means of developing the non-
military side of their relationship.
Political, economic, and other areas of con-
sultation are by no means new to Nato. There
have been discussions around the council table
from the beginning. What is now needed is that
the Nato powers seek the possibility of harmo-
nizing their policies to such an extent as to enable
them to settle disputes even before they become
sources of irritation and international conflict.
The ability of the Nato countries to arrive at a
common policy rests on many factors: common
heritage, common experiences, common goals, com-
mon fears. But it also depends on common sacri-
fices. The Nato powers, who in order to create an
effective military bulwark against a possible at-
tack by the Soviet Union delayed time and again
expenditures which would have improved the
standard of living of their people, have made
these common sacrifices. Some of these go very
deep. In Britain, in addition to an appallingly
high tax rate, road and other construction pro-
grams were postponed again and again; in other
countries, conscription was introduced where it
had never before been contemplated — and I do not
have to remind you of our own tax burden, more
than half of which goes to military expenditures.
Because of these common sacrifices and because
of the knowledge that only in unity can freedom
be maintained, all problems affecting the North
Atlantic area should be discussed among these
countries.
The coordination of policies does not mean that
we wish to duplicate, anywhere, the work already
being done by other organizations. The economic
future of some of the European countries is so
closely linked as to have made it valuable for them
to join together in intimate relationships such as
the European Coal and Steel Community. These
same countries — Germany, France, Italy, Bel-
gium, Holland, and Luxembourg — are now look-
ing toward the establishment of a common au-
thority in the field of nuclear energy and toward
a common market. These developments should
and undoubtedly will proceed parallel to the Nato
expansion program. Similarly, we do not wish
to duplicate in Nato the effective work already
being done by the Organization for European Eco-
nomic Cooperation and the European Payments
Union, both of which are concerned with further-
ing the economic health of their member countries.
The exact methods which will be used to im-
prove Nato and strengthen the Atlantic Com-
munity cannot at this time be forecast. As you
probably know. Secretary Dulles recently dis-
cussed the preliminary ideas of this Government
with Mr. Pearson, the Canadian Minister of Ex-
ternal Affairs, who is one of the Committee of
Three Ministers appointed by the North Atlantic
Council. That group has now sent a question-
naire— a rather penetrating questionnaire, I might
say — to all of the member governments, which
they hope each government will answer and send
back to them. On the basis of these answers they
hope to prepare a report for consideration at a
meeting of the Foreign Ministers this fall.
These developments take time and they need
not necessarily be fully developed when the first
plan is written. When Nato was first established,
there were no plans for a buildup of defense
forces, for a unified command, for infrastructure,
or a German contribution. These "teeth" came
as circumstances demanded them. I am equally
confident that the methods to solve political prob-
lems will evolve as they are needed, provided we
can establish a satisfactory framework.
Wliat the Committee of Ministers will finally
recommend I cannot now predict, nor can I pre-
dict which problems will find priority in the con-
sideration of the Council. But I believe that it
Ju/y 16, 1956
111
should be quite clear that our allies face problems,
major problems. France has been and is faced
with serious difficulties in North Africa; Great
Britain, Greece, and Turkey face a problem in
Cyprus ; Germany faces the tremendous problem
resulting from the continued division of the coim-
try; Iceland faces economic problems of major
proportions. These problems can and must be
solved by all of us, working together. Just as in
our private lives we would not abandon a friend
in need, so must we be cognizant that our Euro-
pean friends need our cooperation now as much as
ever before.
These are some of the thoughts I have about the
future of Western Europe, as expressed through
Nato. Before I leave this subject, I want to say a
word or two about the state of preparedness which
we have helped bring about by our efforts and
those of our allies.
State of Military Preparedness
Let us take a quick look at that situation. In
1949 the Nato military command had practically
no armed forces at its command. There were
four military airfields available (none of which
could take jet aircraft) and limited naval forces.
Today, after 6 years of buildup, financed both by
the Europeans and by American aid, there are
over 150 military airfields, all equipped to handle
the most modern of aircraft, and over 6,000 planes.
There are about 100 divisions available to us.
There are naval forces, "striking fleets" in the
Atlantic, the Mediterranean, the Channel, and the
North Sea. During the buildup period many
European countries doubled or tripled their de-
fense expenditures. Despite Soviet gestures and
other pressures for relaxation, our allies have con-
tinued to maintain these expenditures near peak
levels.
Why is this continued expenditure by the Euro-
peans, and the continuation of U.S. aid, neces-
sary? Has not an adequate military shield al-
ready been created? Do nuclear weapons not
permit the abandonment of large standing armies ?
These questions are asked by you and by our
friends in Europe.
Let me answer them by saying that the military
posture of the North Atlantic Treaty Organiza-
tion is excellent. The military strategy evolved
by our commanders finds, time and again, that
two major military problems are still facing us.
The first is the rearmament of Germany. Our
defense plans include the strength which the
planned German military contingent would pro-
vide; any absence of these contingents would ne-
cessitate a wholesale revision of our strategy
since it would not permit a defense in depth.
The second is the necessity to provide our forces,
and those of our allies, with the most modern of
weapons. These weapons cost money, lots of
money. And, while it would be nice to dispense
with large defense expenditures, the cost of mod-
ern weapons — many times higher than that of
keeping men in uniform — keeps our budgets high.
And we still need the ground forces. General
Gruenther, who recently again discussed this prob-
lem with us, put it essentially this way: If an
atomic stalemate is reached, the Soviet Union will
probably refrain from an all-out atomic attack.
But they may launch into small, localized actions
which we might not wish to counter by loosening
an atomic holocaust. To defend ourselves against
this possibility we must have strong conventional
weapons — and the men to use them.
It is clear that the defense of the West is in-
divisible. We do not need the support of Europe
any less than Europe needs our support. Our aid
money makes possible a greater actual amount of
United States defense than if we spent the money
on ourselves. For every dollar of American aid,
they are putting up six dollars in defense expendi-
tures of their own.
In addition to men and money, European Nato
countries — and Spain as well — are making a sub-
stantial contribution to mutual defense by provid-
ing military bases and facilities for U.S. troops
stationed abroad. In time of war all of these bases
would be available to us. Without such bases in
Europe and Africa, our nuclear retaliatory power,
which is still the principal deterrent against Soviet
aggression, would be considerably less effective.
From the point of view of some of the European
countries, the presence of U.S. bases presents dif-
ficult problems and represents a significant sacri-
fice for the common defense. These bases involve
many domestic problems for countries such as
Iceland.
While these problems exist, they must be bal-
anced against the security which accrues to the
entire collective defense picture of which the main-
tenance of these bases is an essential part.
Speaking of the military aid program, Secre-
112
Departmenf of State Bulletin
tary Dulles said in Iowa this month,^ ". . . by
helping others we help ourselves more effectively
than we could do in any other way. . . . The deci-
sive reason for each item of expense is our own
enlightened self-interest. . . . Not a single dollar
is sought for this program for any reason other
than an American reason."
It has been my purpose to review with you this
afternoon the shifting scene we face in the world
today, and to go over some of the elements of
American policy that must bear upon it, particu-
larly as I am concerned with them.
Now that we have gone over some of the de-
tails, one question remains: Wliat are America's
chances ? Can our foreign policy meet and master
the challenges we face ?
This much can be said with certainty :
Our potential is excellent, materially, technolog-
ically, politically, spiritually. In this struggle if
the Communists had the assets we have, and we
in turn had only what they have, then there would
be cause for alarm. But if what we have is prop-
erly used, I have little doubt in my mind that the
free world can remain free and peace can be
preserved.
I said "properly used." That means continued
support of essential armament; continued efforts
toward appropriate world disarmament with
proper safeguards through mutual inspection ; aid
to the young nations in attaining their full politi-
cal, social, economic, and industrial development;
a trade policy permitting our friends to earn their
own way ; and not least of all continued success in
maintaining the unity of the West, both in the
old sense of military alliance and in new terms
of political and economic consultation and coop-
eration. We cannot sit back passively and wait,
nor dance to the Russian time. Rather, we must
determine clearheadedly what must be done and
then, without faltering, see that it is done.
I am told that there is an oriental idiom for
"crisis" which is composed of two words, one mean-
ing "danger" and the other "opportunity." Crises
occur in the shifting scene we face, and some of
them are full of danger. But there are far more
opportunities than dangers, if we recognize them.
It is the task of American policy, and of the Amer-
ican people on whose behalf policy is made, to
sense these opportunities and make the most of
them.
' Ihid., June 18, 1956, p. 1002.
July 16, 1956
Lend-Lease Settlement
With Poland
Press release 364 dated June 28
An agreement was reached on June 28 between
the Government of the United States and the Gov-
ernment of the Polish People's Republic for settle-
ment of the World War II lend-lease account of
Poland and certain other financial claims.
The agreement, which resulted from a series of
meetings in Washington which began in July 1954,
was signed on the United States' behalf by Herbert
V. Prochnow, Deputy Under Secretary for Eco-
nomic Affairs, and on behalf of Poland by Rom-
uald Spasowski, Ambassador of the Polish Peo-
ple's Republic.
The agreement provides that Poland will pay
to the Government of the United States the net
sum of $110,000 witliin 10 days. It also provides
that Poland will assimie certain possible claims
against the Government of the United States by
residents of Poland.
The lend-lease settlement with Poland follows
the pattern of lend-lease settlements concluded
with other lend-lease recipients. In this connec-
tion it may be recalled that the general policy
of the United States has been not to seek payment
for lend-lease supplies which were lost, destroyed,
or consumed during the war. Payment has been
sought only for goods of civilian utility held by
the recipient at the end of the war plus supplies
en route on V- J day.
In the case of Poland, all but $92,000 worth of
about $12,000,000 of lend-lease assistance had been
delivered prior to V-J day. Over 80 percent of
the assistance to Poland comprised food, medical
supplies, and clothing for Polish prisoners of
war. The $110,000 settlement represents payment
for the supplies received after V-J day plus a
small sum for whatever usable civilian-type lend-
lease supplies remained imder Polish control on
V-J day.
Following is the text of the agreement.
Agreement Between the Government of the United
States of America and the Government of the Polish
People's Republic on Settlement for Lend-Lease and
Certain Claims
The Government of the United States of America and
the Government of the Polish People's Republic have
reached agreement as set forth below regarding settle-
ment for lend-lease and for certain financial claims aria-
113
ing as a result of World War II. Both Governments, in
arriving at this settlement, have taken full cognizance of
the benefits already received by them in the defeat of
their common enemies, and of tie aid furnished by each
Government to the other in the course of the war.
1. Definition. The term "lend-lease article" as used in
this Agreement means any article transferred by the
Government of the United States of America under the
Act of March 11, 1941,
( a ) to the Government of Poland, or
(b) to any other government and retransf erred to the
Government of Poland.
2. Lend-Lease
(a) Transfer of Title. Except as otherwise provided
in this paragi-aph 2, the Government of Poland receives
full title to lend-lease articles in its possession.
(b) Right of Recapture. The Government of the
United States of America reserves the right of recapture
of lend-lease articles held by the Government of Poland
of types essentially or exclusively for use in war or war-
like exercises, if any, but has indicated that it does not
intend to exercise generally this right of recapture. The
Government of Poland agrees that such articles held by
it, if any, wiU be used only for purposes compatible with
the principles of international security and welfare set
forth in the Charter of the United Nations.
(c) Waiver of Payment. Except as provided in this
Agreement, the Government of Poland will make no
further payment to the Government of the United States
of America for lend-lease articles.
(d) Restrictions on Disposal. Disposals of lend-lease
articles of types essentially or exclusively for use in war
or war-like exercises, if any, and disposals of other types
of lend-lease articles except for use in Polish territory,
will be made only with the consent of the Government
of the United States of America. All net proceeds of
disposals requiring such consent will be paid to the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America.
3. Claims.
(a) The Government of Poland waives all its financial
claims against the Government of the United States of
America, except those in which liability has heretofore
l)een acknowledged and the method of computation agreed
upon, which (1) arose out of lend-lease or reciprocal aid
or (2) arose from maritime incidents incidental to the
conduct of war.
(b) The Government of Poland will process the claims
described in the following subparagraphs (1) and (2)
and will discharge the liability with respect thereto of the
United States of America and of the individuals, firms,
and corporations against whom such claims are asserted :
(1) Patent Claims. Claims of residents of Poland
against the Government of the United States of America,
Its contractors and subcontractors, for royalties under eon-
tracts for the use of inventions, patented or unpatented,
or for the infringement of patent rights, in connection
with war production carried on or contracted for on or
after September 1, 1939 and prior to September 2, 1945
by the United States Government, its contractors or sub-
contractors.
(2) Requisition Claims. Claims of residents of Poland
against the Government of the United States of America
arising out of the requisitioning for use in the war pro-
gram of property located in the United States of America
in which the claimant asserts an interest. '
4. Payment. The Government of Poland will pay to
the Government of the United States of America the net
sum of US dollars 110,000 within ten days after this
Agreement has been .signed. This amount is in payment
for all lend-lease articles to which title is received by the
Government of Poland pursuant to paragraph 2 of this
Agreement.
5. Other Claims Reserved. This Agreement does not
affect claims or negotiations except those arising out of
lend-lease or otherwise specifically disposed of by this
Agreement.
6. Effective Date. This Agreement shall be effective
upon signature.
Done in duplicate at Washington, this twenty-eighth ^
day of June, 1956, in the English and Polish languages,
both being equally authentic.
FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA:
Herbert V. Prochnow
Deputy Under Secretary of State for Economic
Affairs
FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE POLISH
PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC:
ROMUALD SPASOWSKI
Ambassador Extraordinary and Plenipotentiary
of the Polish People's Repuhlic in Washington
Modification of Restrictions
on Long-Staple Cotton Imports
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
White House (Gettysburg, Pa.) press release dated July 2
The President has issued a proclamation chang-
ing the opening date for the annual import quota
on long-staple cotton (established pursuant to sec-
tion 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act of
1933, as amended) from February 1 to August 1.
The proclamation also established an interim
quota for the period February 1, 1956, to July 31,
1956, of 22,828,210 pounds, which is equivalent to
one-half of the present annual quota. The present
quota is otherwise unchanged. Accordingly, dur-
ing the year beginning August 1, 1956, and each
12-month period thereafter the quota will be
45,656,420 pounds.
The proclamation was issued pursuant to section
202 (a) of the Agricultural Act of 1956, which
places cotton having a staple length of l^^^e inches
or longer within the quota which heretofore has
been applicable to cotton having a staple length of
114
Department of State Bulletin
ly^ inches or longer but less than l^yie inches.
Section 202 (a) directs also that an opening date
be established for the quota year which will permit
entry to conform to normal marketing practices
and requirements for such cotton.
"VVlien initially established on September 20,
1939, the quota applied to all grades and staple
lengths of 1% inches and longer. For reasons of
national defense the quota by Presidential proc-
lamation on December 19, 1940, was suspended for
cotton having a staple of l^^e inches and longer.
These changes have the effect of lifting that
suspension.
PROCLAMATION 3145'
Whebeias, pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural
Adjustment Act, as amended (7 U. S. C. 624), the Presi-
dent issued a proclamation on September 5, 1939 (No.
2351; 54 Stat. 2640), limiting imports of cotton having a
staple length of I'/s inches or more to an annual quota
of 45,656,420 jwunds, which proclamation was amended by
Proclamation No. 2450 of December 19, 1940 (54 Stat.
2769), suspending the quota on cotton having a staple
length of li^^e inches or more, and by Proclamation No.
2S56 of September 3, 1949 (14 F. R. 5517), changing the
opening date from September 20 to February 1 for the
annual quota for cotton having a staple length of 1%
inches or more but less than li%6 Inches ;
Wheeb^as section 202 (a) of the Agricultural Act of
1956 (Public Law 540, 84th Congress), approved May 28,
1956, provides as follows :
"Sec. 202 (a). Hereafter the quota for cotton having a
staple length of one and one-eighth inches or more, es-
tablished September 20, 1939, pursuant to section 22 of
the Agricultural Adjustment Act of 1933, as amended,
shall apply to the same grades and staple lengths Included
in the quota when such quota was initially established.
Such quota shall provide for cotton having a staple length
of one and eleven sixteenths inches and longer, and shall
establish dates for the quota year which will recognize
and permit entry to conform to normal marketing practices
and requirements for such cotton."
Whereas I find and declare that the termination of the
said Proclamation No. 2450 of December 19, 1940, and the
modifications hereinafter Indicated of the said Proclama-
tion No. 2351 of September 5, 1939, are necessary in order
to carry out the provisions of the said section 202 (a) of
the Agricultural Act of 1956 :
Now, THEREFORE, I, DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER,
President of the United States of America, acting under
and by virtue of the authority vested in me by section
202 (a) of the said Agricultural Act of 1956, do hereby
terminate the said Proclamation No. 2450 of December 19,
1940, and do hereby further modify the said Proclamation
No. 2351 of September 5, 1939, so that (1) the quota year
'21 Fed. Reg. 4995.
for cotton having a staple length of 1% inches or more
shall hereafter commence on August 1, and (2) the quan-
tity of such cotton which may be entered or withdrawn
from warehouse for consumption during the period May
28, 1956, to July 31, 1956, inclusive, together with the
quantity of cotton having a staple length of 1% inches or
more but less than I'^^G inches which was entered or with-
drawn from warehouse for consumption during the period
February 1, 1956, to May 27, 1956, inclusive, shall not
exceed 22,828,210 pounds.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the Seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-ninth day
of June in the year of our Lord nineteen hun-
[sEAL] dred and fifty-six, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the one hundred
and eightieth.
By the President :
Herbert Hoover, Jr.,
Acting Secretary of State
Increase in Tariff on Imports
of Linen Toweling
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
White House (Walter Reed Army Hospital) press release dated
June 25
The President on June 25 concurred with the
United States Tariff Commission's unanimous
recommendation for an increase in the tariff on
certain imports of linen toweling. The Presi-
dent's action and the U.S. Tariff Commission's in-
vestigation and recommendation were made pur-
suant to the escape-clause provisions of section 7
of the Trade Agreements Extension Act of 1951,
as amended. The tariff increase from 10 percent
ad valorem to 40 percent ad valorem applies only
to linen toweling (i. e., fabrics chiefly used for
making towels) imported under paragraph 1010
of the Tariff Act of 1930 and brings the duty on
such imports into line with the duty on similar
imports under paragraph 1009a. As recom-
mended by the Tariff Commission, the increase
does not affect other types of imports under para-
graph 1010. These other imports comprise the
great bulk of entries under paragraph 1010.
The application leading to the Tariff Commis-
sion's escape-clause investigation was filed on
July 16, 1956
115
August 29, 1955, by a single fiiin, the Stevens
Linen Associates, Inc., of Dudley, Mass. The
Tariff Commission instituted its investigation on
October 4, 1955. The Tariff Commission's report
of its investigation was transmitted to the Presi-
dent on May 15, 1956.
PROCLAMATION 3143'
WITHDRAWAL OF TRADE AGREEMENT CONCES-
SION AND ADJUSTMENT IN RATE OF DUTY
WITH RESPECT TO TOWELING OF FLAX, HEMP,
OR RAMIE
1. Wheeeas, under the authority vested in him by the
Constitution and the statutes, including section 350 (a) of
the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended, the President on Oc-
tober 30, 1947, entered into a trade agreement with cer-
tain foreign countries, which trade agreement consists of
the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade and the re-
lated Protocol of Provisional Application thereof, to-
gether with the Final Act Adopted at the Conclusion of
the Second Session of the Preparatory Committee of the
United Nations Conference on Trade and Employment
(61 Stat. (Parts 5 and 6) A7, All, and A2050), and, by
Proclamation No. 2761A of December 16, 1947 (61 Stat.
1103), proclaimed such modifications of existing duties
and other import restrictions of the United States
and such continuance of existing customs or excise treat-
ment of articles imported into the United States as were
then found to be required or appropriate to carry out
the said trade agreement on and after January 1, 1948 ;
2. Whereas item 1010 in Part I of Schedule XX (origi-
nal) annexed to the said General Agreement (61 Stat.
(Part 5) A1264) reads as follows:
Taria
Act of
1930
para-
graph
Description of Products
Rate of Duty
1010
Woven fabrics, not including articles finished or
imfinished, of flax, hemp, ramie, or other
vegetable fiber, except cotton, or of which
these substances or any of them is the com-
ponent material of chief value, not specially
provided for.
10% ad val.
3. Whereas, in accordance with Article II of the said
General Agreement and by virtue of the said Proclama-
tion No. 2761A, the United States duty treatment of towel-
ing (i. e. fabrics chiefly used for making towels) of flax,
hemp, or ramie, or of which these substances or any of
them is the component material of chief value, described
in the said item 1010 is the application to the said towel-
ing of the rate of duty specified in the column designated
"Rate of Duty" in the said item 1010, which treatment re-
flects the duty concession granted in the said General
Agreement with respect to the said toweling ;
• 21 FeA. Beg. 4643.
4. Whereas the United States Tariff Commission has
submitted to me its report of an investigation, including
a hearing, under section 7 of the Trade Agreements Ex-
tension Act of 1951, as amended (65 Stat. 72; 67 Stat
472; 69 Stat. 162), on the basis of which it has found
that the said toweling is, as a result in part of the duty
reflecting the concession granted thereon in the said
General Agreement, being imported into the United States
in such increased quantities, both actual and relative, as
to cause serious injury to the domestic industry produc-
ing like or directly competitive products ;
5. Whereas the said Tariff Commission has further
found that in order to remedy the serious injury to the
said domestic industry it is necessary to restore the rate
of duty originally imposed on the said toweling by para-
graph 1010 of the Tariff Act of 1030, namely, 40 per
centum ad valorem, and has accordingly recommended -
the withdrawal of the duty concession granted in the
said General Agreement with respect to the said toweling ;
6. Whereas, I find that the withdrawal for an indefl-
nite period of the duty concession granted in the said
General Agreement with respect to the said toweling, to
permit the application to such products of the original
rate of duty imposed thereon under paragraph 1010 of
the Tariff Act of 1930, is necessary to remedy the serious
injury to the said domestic industry ; and
7. Whereas upon the withdrawal of the said conces-
sion the rate of duty which will apply to the said towel-
ing will be 40 per centum ad valorem :
Now, therefore, I, DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER, Presi-
dent of the United States of America, acting under the au-
thority vested in me by section 350 of the Tariff Act of
1930, as amended, and section 7 (c) of the Trade Agree-
ments Extension Act of 1951, and in accordance with the
provisions of Article XIX of the said General Agreement,
do proclaim that, effective after the close of business
July 25, 1956, and until otherwise proclaimed by the
President, the duty concession granted in the said General
Agreement with respect to toweling (i. e. fabrics chiefly
used for making towels) of flax, hemp, or ramie, or of
which these substances or any of them is the component
material of chief value, described in item 1010 in Part
I of Schedule XX (original) of the said General Agree-
ment, shall be withdrawn, and Proclamation No. 2761A
of December 16, 1947, shall be suspended insofar as it ap-
plies to the said toweling described in the said item 1010.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand
and caused the seal of the United States of America to
be aflixed.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-fifth day
of June in the year of our Lord nineteen hun-
[SEAL] dred and fifty-six, and of the Independence of
the United States of America the one hundred
and eightieth.
By the President:
John Foster Dulles
Secretary of State.
116
Department of State Bulletin
Changes in Greek Tariff Rates
on Automobiles and Trucks
Press release 372 dated July 5
Changes in the Greek tariff rates on automobiles
and trucks negotiated between the United
States and Greece were approved by the President
on June 21.
In 1955 Greece notified the Contracting Parties
to the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
that it wished to modify, under procedures con-
tained in article XXVIII of the agreement, tariff
concessions it had extended on 59 items. (Con-
cessions are agreements to reduce tariff rates or
"bindings," that is, agreements not to increase rates
beyond a stated level.) In accordance with nor-
mal procedures, Greece then entered into negotia-
tions with the countries to which it had originally
granted the 59 concessions, in order to agree upon
new concessions as compensation.
Only one of the 59 concessions — that on trucks
and their trailers — had been negotiated originally
with the United States. It was proposed to in-
crease the basic rate of duty in this instance from
3 to 10 percent. (In addition to the basic rate of
duty there is in the Greek tariff a surcharge of 75
percent of the basic duty.) Greek imports of
trucks and their trailers from the United States
in 1954 amounted to $430,000. Imports of the
other 58 items from the United States in the same
year were estimated at $2.5 million, the most im-
portant being galvanized sheet iron, certain tex-
tiles, and lumber.
The new negotiations between Greece and the
United States resulted in (1) breaking down the
original category of "trucks and their trailers"
into four items which will be treated separately
for tariff purposes; and (2) a liberalization of the
Greek tariff on automobiles.
It was agreed that the basic rate on "trucks with
driver's cabs only" would be increased to 6 per-
cent only. This item accounts for virtually all of
the Greek truck imports from the United States.
"Complete trucks," on which the duty was raised
to 10 percent, come principally from Europe.
The basic rate on "trucks and their trailers" was
increased to 10 percent, but the words "not else-
where specified" were added as a safeguard against
future specification of additional types of trucks
separately at higher rates of duty.
The Greek Govermnent also agreed that the
basic rate on "panel trucks," used widely in
Greece as passenger vehicles, would not be allowed
to rise above 15 percent, the rate applicable to
passenger automobiles of similar characteristics.
The value of this concession is completely in the
future since the present rate applied to these trucks
is 10 percent. The concession was offered vol-
untarily and in addition to those sought by the
United States.
Compensation was negotiated also on passenger
automobiles weighing more than 800 kilogi-ams.
Previously the dividing line between a 15 and a
23 percent duty was an f.o.b. value of $1,300.
In the negotiations it was agreed that the ceiling
of the 15 percent category would be raised to
$1,400. As a consequence, the types of American
automobiles eligible for the 15 percent duty have
been substantially increased. Greek imports of
automobiles from the United States in 1954 were
slightly more than $2 million.
The new duties outlined above became effective
on June 12, 1956.
In addition to these direct concessions, the
United States will benefit from concessions made
to other countries. Their value cannot be deter-
mined, however, until they come fully into effect.
ICA To Assist Projects
in Ceylon
The International Cooperation Administration
on June 29 announced that the United States will
assist four development projects in Ceylon under a
cooperative agreement signed on April 28, 1956.
IcA said that $5,000,000 in fiscal 1956 economic
and technical assistance funds has now been al-
lotted to assist Ceylon, including projects for the
improvement of its railway system, the develop-
ment of power and irrigation projects, the ex-
pansion of Ceylon University, and agricultural
extension services.
Projects receiving aid are as follows :
$1,875,000 for the purchase of 15 Diesel loco-
motives as part of a move to modernize Ceylon's
railway services. Ceylon will allot local currency
(rupees) to the equivalent of $1,860,000 to carry
out other phases of the project.
$1,824,000 worth of construction equipment,
supplies, and technical assistance to supjiort the
July 16, 1956
117
construction of irrigation projects and related
maintenance facilities. Ceylon's expenditure for
this work will amount to the rujjee equivalent
of approximately $5,000,000.
$581,200 for University of Ceylon expansion
programs. Ceylon's share in this program is esti-
mated at about $1,000,000.
$75,000 to be used for supplies and equipment
for govermnent agricultural research and exten-
sion centers on which Ceylon will spend the rupee
equivalent of $3,733,000.
In addition, $35,000 has been made available
for tlie purchase of scientific and professional
equipment to assist the Ceylon Institute for Scien-
tific and Industrial Research. Tliis is a nonprofit
organization established by Ceylonese legislation
in 1955 which provides advisory services to both
private industry and government on questions of
applied industrial research and productivity.
The remaining allocations cover costs of U.S.
technical staffs, freight charges, grants to Cej'-
lonese for visits to the United States, and other
program costs.
Railway Facilities. The 15 new Diesel locomo-
tives, plus special four-coach units to be built with
Ceylonese funds, will meet in large measure the
urgent need for improved and expanded railway
facilities into Colombo, capital of Ceylon.
Through these improved facilities, Colombo,
important center of the nation's commerce and
industry, will be better able to handle the large
number of persons traveling daily into the city and
will provide faster clearance of goods through
Colombo's port.
Use of Diesel equipment is expected to bring
about major operational savings for the Ceylon
Government Railways, particularly througli the
replacement of overage steam locomotives.
Irrigation Projects. The American funds for
these projects will assist Ceylon to expand and
quicken the work pace of irrigation and linked
facilities already under way or in the planning .
stages.
The construction of such projects is of vital con-
cern to Ceylon since they will provide land and
livelihood to thousands of farm families now land-
less and will establish focal points for the develop-
ment of new rural communities.
The overall plan of the Ceylon Government for
the construction and development of irrigation
provides for a total of 123,000 acres of new lands
to be brought luider irrigation by 1962.
University Expansion. American funds will
contribute to the broadening of Ceylon Univer-
sity's agricultural and engineering facilities and
the introduction of additional technical and prac-
tical research courses in the school of science.
Because of current shortages of Ceylonese tech-
nicians, engineers, research scientists, designers,
and agricultural and industrial specialists, the ex-
pansion of existing educational and training fa-
cilities in these fields is a prerequisite to the de-
velopment of the economic and agi'icultural base
of the country.
Agricultural Extension Services. Ceylonese ef-
forts are now directed toward full coordination of
the various agricultural research, education, and
extension programs and widening training facili-
ties for government agricultural administrators,
technicians, farming advisers, and the farmers
themselves.
Eii'orts are also directed toward strengthening
programs designed to guide farm women in prob-
lems of improving farm living conditions.
U.S. funds will be made available in the future
to send a team of high-level Ceylonese agi'icultural
and educational leaders on visits to the United
States and Japan to study integrated agricultural
programs.
As a related part of this phase of the project,
I^rovision lias been made to send two U.S. senior
agricultural educatore to Ceylon to assist in this
program.
118
Department of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Dedication of Plaque Honoring Korean War Dead
; A plaque in jnemory of the men loho died in
' Korea in the service of the United Nations was
dedicated at United Nations Headquarters on June
21. Folloimng are texts of statements tnade at the
ceremony hy U.N. Secretary-General Dag Ilam-
marskjold ; E. Roiuild Walker, Australian Repre-
sentative to the United Nations and President of
the Security Cowncil during June; and Henry
Cabot Lodge, Jr., U.S. Representative to the
United Nations, loho spoke on behalf of the 16
U.N. member states who sent troops to Korea.
STATEMENT BY MR. HAMMARSKJOLD
"We meet here to dedicate this plaque inscribed
*'In grateful remembrance of the men of the
Armed Forces of Member States who died in Ko-
rea in the service of the United Nations
1950-1953."
"In grateful remembrance of the men" — it is the
individuals we honor with this plaque. But it is
fitting that the organization in whose service they
gave their lives is here represented first by the
President of the Security Council, which assumed
the main responsibility. Those who gave their
lives came from many countries. Ambassador
Lodge is on this occasion representing not only
those from his own country — as we know% they
were the great majority — but all who made their
personal sacrifice, irrespective of their nationality.
An occasion such as this one is a poignant re-
minder that behind every historic action, national
or international, is the individual human being,
each giving of his courage and his devotion. Those
whom we honor today were called upon by their
governments to fight, as loyal citizens of their own
countries, for a common cause. In devoted service
they made the supreme sacrifice.
To their memory it is fitting that we should pay
simple and humble tribute. We cannot recall the
lives they gave, and only in a small and imperfect
measure can we share the grief of those they loved
and left behind. But in paying them honor we
can resolve to remember always their example of
selfless sacrifice. In the memoi-y of their devotion
we can find cause to renew our own. In the mem-
ory of their sei'vice, we can seek to be worthy
in our lives to the building of a jjeace that will
endure.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR WALKER
We are about to unveil a memorial to the men of
the United Nations forces who died in Korea. As
President of the Security Council, I consider it
a privilege to pay tribute to those brave men who,
at the call of the United Nations, took up arms
to resist aggression and gave their own lives so
that others might live in freedom.
The countries that contributed forces to the
United Nations effort and suffered losses in Ko-
rea can of coui-se never forget the extremely heavy
sacrifices which were borne by the people of the
United States nor the leadership and generous co-
operation which the United States gave to all who
i-allied to this United Nations cause. I consider
it is particularly fitting therefore that the Per-
manent Eepresentative of the United States should
also speak to us in today's ceremony on behalf of
all the comitries which gave the men in whose
memory we dedicate this plaque.
This occasion recalls many vivid memories for
July 16, 7956
119
me personally. As Australian representative on
Uncurk [U.N. Commission for the Unification
and Eehabilitation of Korea] last year and as
Ambassador to Japan for some years, it has been
my privilege to know many of the men of the
various components of the United Nations forces
— in Korea, in bases and hospitals in Japan, and
in the United Nations Headquarters in Tokyo.
These men shared a noble comradeship that tran-
scended all differences in nationality, in tongue,
and in race and will long be an inspiration to
those who observed it or experienced it.
Not long ago I stood in the beautiful United
Nations cemetery on the outskirts of Pusan,
where the hills look down on the fields of silent
graves. Some countries, such as the United States,
have brought their dead home, while the men of
other countries have found their last resting place
in the land for whose freedom they have fought,
beneath the flag of the United Nations, beneath
their own national flags and the flags of their
comrades in arms flown in honor of all the fallen.
For me as an Australian, it was especially im-
pressive, when visiting the graves of my own coun-
trymen and our kinsmen of the Commonwealth,
to lift my eyes to the neighboring rows of Turkish
graves and the other United Nations gi'aves
beyond.
Today in the headquarters of the United Na-
tions we honor the memory of all these men and
we share the grief of those who mourn them,
whether here or in distant lands. The fallen be-
long to their own people, but they belong also to
us all. Their lives and their sacrifice were dedi-
cated not only to their own countries but also to
that wider loyalty which in time to come will
unite all men and women into one peaceful family.
We shall not forget them.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE
The United States of America was the Unified
Command during the fighting in Korea, and it is
accordingly my privilege to speak on behalf of the
16 member states who contributed troops, that is.
Australia, Belgium, Canada, Colombia, Ethiopia,
France, Greece, Luxembourg, the Netherlands,
New Zealand, the Philippines, Thailand, Turkey,
the Union of South Africa, the United Kingdom,
and the United States of America. With the
men of the Kepublic of Korea, who carried such
a large part of the load, these men carried on the
fighting, sustained the losses, and won the victory.
The passage of time since these men died has
made it all the clearer that this victory was worth
winning. At stake was the very existence of this
organization, the United Nations. At stake was
the question of whether peace-loving nations could
band themselves together to repel a ruthless and
unprincipled aggression or whether the doctrine
that might makes right would triumph and, hav-
ing triumphed in Korea, would then, without
much doubt, spread to the rest of the world.
Stated in the simplest terms, such was the issue.
The men whom we remember here today faced
this issue. They proved their capacity to endure
and to conquer. They won their war — and they
preserved for us the chance to go forward. Their
sacrifice reminds us that we do not measure man's
life by its length but by its height. Indeed, the
English poet Ben Jonson saw this long ago when
he said :
It Is not growing like a tree,
In bulk, doth make man better be ;
Or standing long an Oak, three hundred year,
To fall a log at last, dry, bald and sere :
A Lily of a day
Is fairer far in May,
Although it fall and die that nisht ;
It was the plant and flower of light.
In small proportions we just beauties see :
And in short measures life may perfect be.
For the future let the memories of our United
Nations dead inspire us with the thought that the
very existence of the United Nations must always
depend on the willingness of the members to back
up words by deeds — and in some cases by the blood
of our sons.
It is fitting indeed that we here, in the presence
of the highest ranking officials of the United Na-
tions, should bow our heads in prayer, as we have
just done, and that we should for these great ends
dedicate this plaque.
120
Department of State Bulletin
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands
Statem.ent hy Delmas H. Nucker
U.S. Special Representative in the Trusteeship Council ^
My appearance before the Trusteeship Council
this year has been a stimulating experience. A
variety of ideas — some of which involve very
fundamental policies — have been propounded by
various members of the Council. Such an ex-
change of ideas is a useful and interesting
experience.
I believe it is fair to say that many of the sug-
gestions that have been made by members of the
Council have stemmed from the report of the
Visiting Mission.^ In my opening statement ^ I
commented upon our pleasure at having the Mis-
sion visit with us in the trust territory and being
able to discuss our problems and policies with its
members. Because of the very short time between
our receipt of the Mission's report and my appear-
ance here, I did not undertake to make detailed
comments upon the Mission's recommendations. I
believe, liowever, that during the questioning
period I have been asked to comment upon virtu-
ally all of the recommendations.
In answering questions that have been based
upon the Mission's report, as well as in the re-
marks of the members of the Council during the
general debate, I think there have been clearly
brought fortli some honest differences of opinion
regarding the philosophies that guide our admin-
istration of the Trust Territory of the Pacific
Islands. I appreciate the opportunity now to com-
ment upon these issues and upon some specific
points of our various programs.
* Made in the U.N. Trusteeship Council on June 27
(U.S./U.N. press release 2429). Mr. Nucker is Acting
High Commissioner of the Trust Territory of the Pacific
Islands.
= U.N. doc. T/1255 dated June 19.
" Bulletin of July 2, 1956, p. 35.
Problems of Political Development
I am j^leased that almost all members of the
Council and the Visiting Mission have stated their
recognition of the difficulty of creating in the
whole of the trust territory a common territorial
awareness of unity — or a feeling of need to join
togetlier to solve certain problems. We have,
nevertheless, been urged to take measures to more
rapidly educate the people in this direction. The
Visiting Mission has noted that various factors,
such as education at the Pacific Islands Central
School, will accelerate the feeling of unity.
I would also reiterate that the proposed confer-
ence of Micronesian leaders to be held in August
in Guam is one of the steps we are taking to create
among the people of the various parts of the ter-
ritory a realization of some of the common prob-
lems facing the different districts and the common
approaches being taken by our staff in the solution
of those problems.
"VVliile we are thoroughly appreciative of the
feelings that have been expressed for the rapid
creation of a feeling of unity and then a central
political body for all of the territory, I feel that
I should reemphasize that the administration is
still firmly of the opinion that the soundest polit-
ical growth for the people is through the mu-
nicipalities and the districts. Moreover, the rate
of progress must, in our view, be geared to the
pace at which the people themselves are prepared
and willing to accept new institutions and to ad-
just their customs and traditions to them without
creating voids and unbalances in the way of life
that has become admirably adjusted to life on
these small and relatively isolated islands.
Lack of uniformity comes from the wishes of
the peojale and is no detriment to any future cen-
Jo/y 76, 1956
121
tral government. The States of the United States,
for instance, vary — some have single-house legis-
latures, some have two houses. The terms of mem-
bers differ — salaries differ widely. Yet the United
States is unified.
It has been stated that it would be wise to
greatly speed up a centralized political develop-
ment in Micronesia. This implies the wisdom of
an imposition of Western techniques and uniform-
ity of methods in such development.
Few individuals in this world enjoy being sub-
jected to imposition. Most individuals enjoy and
appreciate participation, particularly in matters
affecting their political, social, and economic lives,
not only today but in the years to come.
I am pleased that within the framework of this
policy it appears that the people and leaders in the
Ti'uk District are now rapidly approacliing the
point where they will desire the establishment of a
District Congress. This situation contrasts
sharply with that of a few yeare ago when such
a District Congress failed because of a lack of
desire for it.
The representative of Guatemala commented
upon the shortness of the meetings of certain of
the existing District Congresses. In partial ex-
planation of this situation I would like to point
out that the problem of travel by the members
of these bodies is an important factor. Many of
the members must spend considerable time in
travel to and from the meetings and hence are
sometimes reluctant to meet or are anxious to be-
gin the return trip. The Congi'esses can them-
selves, of course, determine the length of their
meetings. Although I did agree to a request from
the Marshallese Congress that they be excused
from meeting this past year, we do intend, as a
matter of policy, to encourage meetings of the
Congresses at the intervals stated in the cliartei-s
granted to them.
The distinguished representative of India men-
tioned the desirability of electing magistrates on a
biannual basis. I agi'ee and am soi-ry that my
replies to questions created a wrong impression.
We elect on an annual and a biannual basis — not
a 6 months' basis.
Insofar as the move of the trust teii'itory head-
quarters from Guam to a site within the trust
territory, which the representative of New Zea-
land and others have urged, we are thoroughly
appreciative of the reasons for the proposal but,
when we take into account all of the factors in-
volved, we do not feel that the time for such a
move has yet arrived.
Several members of the Council have also urged
that the Saipan District of the territory be brought
back under the civilian administration of the rest
of the territory. Here again the proposal is one
that we can readily appreciate and understand.
The transfer to Navy administration, however,
was made after due consideration, and the Coun-
cil may be sure that the Administering Authority
will do its utmost to insure that the principles and
purposes of the trusteeship agreement are carried
out in the Saipan District. Coordination between
my office and staff and the Navy staff will continue
and will be made as effective as possible.
Question of U.S. Appropriations
One fundamental issue on which we have dif-
fered with the Visiting Mission, and on which
various members of this Council obviously have
different opinions, has arisen from the statement
of the Mission that the Administering Authority
should increase its appropriations so that the de-
velopment of the territory is not hampered. I
think one of the difficulties in this statement arises
from the use of the word "hampered." To anyone
who has followed the administration of the terri-
tory over the past 10 years, I believe the word
would appear ill-chosen. The Council has itself
noted annually in its review of conditions in the
territory a steady progress in political, economic,
educational, and medical fields.
It is true that, if larger appropriations had been
made available, we could have substantially in-
creased our staff, could have built many buildings,
could have embarked upon numerous additional
economic experiments, and could so have over-
administered the territory as to have created a
facade of various programs, structures, and enter-
prises that had no real foundation other than the
subsidies paid into them. I cannot believe that
this type of false economy and overadministra-
tion would have been in the best interests of the
Micronesian people. Unless the size of the ad-
ministration is in proportion to the need and the
economic life of the territory is firmly founded
on productivity, the dependency of the area is
increased because it will never be able to support
the artificially high standards created by over-
subsidization.
122
Department of State Bulletin
The level of appropriation is, to my mind, one of
judgment and balance. Opinions on the subject
obviously differ. I do not, however, believe that
the past level of appropriations has hampered the
development of the territory. Furthermore, I
firmly believe that the amount of subsidization
should and must be related to the needs of Micro-
nesia— not to the Administering Authority's ap-
praisal of the security value of the area. While
recognizing the security significance of Micro-
nesia, Congress has approved the Administering
Authority's appropriation requests on the basis of
helping Micronesia, not on the basis of buying
security insurance for the United States.
Transportation Difficulties
Most members of the Council have commented
upon the need to improve the transportation in the
area. This has long been a problem of major con-
cern to us and one in which we feel we have been
making substantial progress. Our improvement
program is, of course, not completed. We have
entered upon the phase in which we are promot-
ing and encouraging the trading companies and
others to take over the transportation within the
various districts. The Marshall Islands Import-
Export Company has just taken delivery of a vessel
which it was able to have constructed as a result of
a loan made to it by the Trust Territory Govern-
ment. This same company is already operating
two other vessels that it has chartered from the
Government. Similar developments are antici-
pated in other districts, and substantial improve-
ment in transportation services will result.
Also in the field of transportation, attention has
been drawn to the condition of our roads in the
territory. I might say parenthetically that the
greatest use of these roads is by the administration
itself in the area of the district centers. The
Trust Territory Government recognizes its respon-
sibility for these roads that are of primary com-
mercial use and is working to improve them.
Availability of Capital
In connection with the mining of bauxite on
Babeldaup and the development of small indus-
tries, the representative of Haiti raised a point
regarding the introduction of foreign capital, the
availability of local capital, and the nature of the
economy in the territory. During the questioning
period I believe I said in response to an inquiry
that the economy of Yap is not essentially a
money economy. I believe that the distinguished
representative of Haiti misinterpreted that reply
as applying to the entire territory. Taking the
territory as a whole there is a reliance on a money
economy along with subsistence agriculture.
There is, therefore, available capital in the terri-
tory for small undertakings. The local trading
companies, for instance, have been financed by
small purchases of stock by many people. As a
matter of preference we would rather take a little
longer to launch an enterprise if it can be done
with Micronesian money than to bring in outside
investors with the result that the Micronesians
benefit only from the creation of jobs and wage
income, for which there is no great need at this
point. We agree that various economic enter-
prises will be needed to further increase the mone-
tary income of the people and the territory. The
difference arises, I believe, in whether we should
plunge ahead rapidly to create subsidized eco-
nomic activity for its own sake or relate new eco-
nomic enterprises to the needs of the area and
create them by, for, and with the Micronesians.
Our preference is definitely the latter course, and
it is against this approach that we are assessing
and exploring new economic enterprises.
It is my hope that our new fisheries biologist
will enable us to improve and increase the pro-
ductivity of the territory in marine resources. Ini-
tial attention is being given to trochus and other
shellfish of possible economic import. Subse-
quently, studies will be made in the fields of reef
fishing and deep-sea fishing.
The Visiting Mission and various members of
the Council have commented upon the need for
additional effort in the agricultural field. As I
mentioned in response to questions on this point,
our agricultural staff has been doubled within the
past 18 months because we had recognized that
increased emphasis on both subsistence and ex-
port agriculture was needed. I believe that, as
tliis expanded agricultural team draws up its pro-
gram and begins its coordinated efforts in execu-
tion of the program, the agricultural situation will
be much improved.
Attention has been directed to the statistics in
regard to land holdings in the territory as a result
of the repetition in the Visiting Mission's report
of the same figure for public-domain holdings as
July 16, 1956
123
had been used by the administration 2 years ago.
This would seem to indicate that no progress has
been made in returning lands to the Micronesians.
In reviewing the problem, however, I believe it is
fair to say that since the 1954 report to the United
Nations more than ten square miles of public-
domain lands have been returned or made avail-
able to the Micronesians. Moreover, a sizable por-
tion of the public-domain land is nonarable. Such
of the public domain as is arable will be made
available to the Micronesians through our home-
steading program or otherwise.
Educational Program
I have followed closely and with much interest
the comments made by the various rej^resentatives
of the Council with respect to our educational pro-
gram. I am in full agreement with the oft-
repeated comment that, unless a sound education
system is developed, other programs of the terri-
tory cannot rest on a solid foundation.
It has been suggested by the Visiting Mission
that perhaps too heavy a burden has been j)laced
in too short a time on the local municipalities by
making them resijonsible for all elementary edu-
cation. The representative from Guatemala has
recommended that more aid should be given in the
form of American schoolteachers as well as finan-
cial subsidies for school buildings and equipment.
It has been our firm belief that any worthwhile
program of elementary education must stem from
the local community itself. The limited poten-
tials of the territory to develop economically
would, it seems to me, make mandatory the de-
velopment of a pattern of local education which
can be correlated into the existing social and eco-
nomic structure of the area. With this as a guide-
line, we are aiding and encouraging the Micro-
nesians to develop a local system of education
within their own means of support. I would like
to point out though that we are suj^porting and
encouraging this local elementary school system in
larger measure than might appear from reading a
general account of our educational program. We
are concentrating on using our American teachers
as teacher-trainers for local elementary teachers;
this program will be greatly expanded during the
coming year. Production of text material suitable
for local use is being accelerated ; financial subsidy
for school buildings can now be secured through
a matching fund arrangement, .tn short, in many
indirect ways we are providing major support to
the local elementary school program.
Vocational education is receiving additional
support by strengthening our inservice work pro-
gram. Trained vocational experts have and will
continue to be recruited to push this program for-
ward. Our new Pacific Islands Central School
also will have a strong vocational training pro-
gram as part of its new curriculum.
I appreciate the report made by the Unesco*
and the amplifying comments made by the Unesco
representative. I would like to assure the Council
that the reports of the Unesco will be studied care-
fully by our educators.
The representative of Burma has noted that
birth and mortality rates were not highlighted in
our annual report. In this connection, I would
like to point out a resume of birth and death sta-
tistics has been included on page 135 of the 1955
annual report.^ This past year our health statis-
tician has developed a systematic reporting sys-
tem for vital statistics throughout the territory,
and I can assure the members of the Council that
next year's report will have greater detail on this
aspect. I might also mention that at the present
time plans are being formulated for the conduct-
ing of a territorywide census early in 1957, a
census in which international standards will be
closely adhered to so as to make our statistics more
readily usable for comparative purposes.
I was pleased to note the favorable comments
made by the various representatives on our over-
all health and medical program for this is one in
which I feel the trust territory has made sig-
nificant progress. This coming year we are plan-
ning to expand our program of improving the
out-island health-aide system so as to bring more
of the benefits of the district health pattern into
the more remote areas. This will be done by a
program of training and refresher courses at our
hospitals for health aides as well as expanding our
medical field-trip programs. The implementa-
tion of a territorywide BCG vaccination program
will, we hope, enable us to gain even better control
over tuberculosis.
Additional medical practitioners are being
trained. Three new candidates are ready for the
Suva school this year, and our medical director has
hopes that he may expand the number to five.
^U.N. doc. T/1254.
'V.N. doc. T/1244.
124
Department of State Bulletin
Our postgraduate medical training program at
hospitals in Hawaii will continue. The Visiting
Mission report commented that the next step
should be full-fledged medical university train-
ing. As members of this Council know, to qual-
ify for such training a university degree is a
prerequisite. I assure the Council that we are
looking forward to the day when enough young
Micronesians will have reached this goal to allow
us to launch such a program.
Land Claims
While I have desired to report fully in answer
to questions on our plans for the displaced per-
sons within our areas, I would like to reassure the
Council again that all possible steps are being
taken to remedy problems that have arisen. The
logistic situation of Ujelang will be measurably
imi^roved with the operation of a new intradistrict
boat in the Marshalls. The Ujelangese land
claims to Eniwetok will, I hope, be satisfactorily
met within the next few months.
Similar land claims of the ex-Bikinians now
on Kili also should be satisfactorily met within
the space of the next 2 months. While the Kili
boat and Jabwor project has been slow in progress,
it now has been activated and will, I feel, im-
measurably add to the Kilians' welfare. The
representative of Guatemala has commented that
his delegation has noted that plans for the Jaluit
project for Kili appear to have shifted somewhat
and that this perhaps might add a disquieting
factor to the program. I would like to point out
that the plans for the Kili-Jaluit project are for-
mulated in cooperation with the Marshallese-Kili
project manager and the Kili Council and reflect
the desires of the Kili people. I feel a project of
this nature to succeed must have the full coopera-
tion of the people themselves, and I fully hope
that the Administering Authority will at all times
maintain a flexible attitude so it can meet the needs
and desires of the Kilians in solving problems
that may arise in their readjustment.
We are looking forward to the early return of
the Rongelap people to their home atoll. I assure
the Council that this move from Ejit to Rongelap
will be carefully planned and that all steps will
be taken to make the resettlement and adjustment
as smooth as possible.
Mr. President, in conclusion may I thank the
members of the Council for their courtesy and the
generous and kind personal comments that have
been made to me. As I previously said, the ability
to exchange views in this atmosphere is of tre-
mendous value. I feel that each of the distin-
guished representatives is motivated by a desire
to help the Micronesians and to improve their self-
sufficiency. May I assure the Council that this,
too, is the aim of the Administering Authority.
U.S. Views on Consideration
of Algerian Question
8tatement ty Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr.
U.S. Representative to the United Nations ^
The problem of Algeria is assuredly complex
and its solution is at best not likely to be easy.
But we here as members of an organization hav-
ing a strongly humanitarian impulse must care
deeply about every single individual in Algeria,
even though some of these individuals may be in
bitter conflict with each other. I say this because
nothing that is human can be a matter of indiffer-
ence to us.
We all look to the day which we hope is not far
distant when a liberal and just solution will be
found which should enable all the people in Al-
geria to live and work together in peace and har-
mony. I am sure that we would not wish to take
any action or conduct ourselves in such a way as
to impede the attainment of the objective we all
desire.
Algeria is clearly in an evolutionary stage.
There are bound to be differences of opinion at
such a time as this as to what constitutes a satis-
factory settlement of the Algerian question. But
the concern of the United States is that a truly
constructive solution for all should be found as
soon as possible.
Mr. President, the United States has considered
carefully all of the factors involved, and we have
concluded that consideration by the Security
Council of this situation at this time would not
contribute to a solution. That is why I shall have
to vote against the adoption of this item.^
^Made in the Security Council on June 26 (U.S./U.N.
press release 2427).
= On June 26 the Security Council, Iiy a vote of 2
(U.S.S.R. and Iran) to 7, with 2 abstentions (China and
Yugoslavia), rejected a request (U.N. doe. S/3609) from
13 Asian and African nations that the Algerian question
be placed on the Council agenda.
Ju/y 76, J 956
125
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
International Conference on Public Education
The Department of State announced on July 5
(press release 371) that the U.S. Government will
be represented at the forthcoming International
Conference on Public Education at Geneva,
Switzerland, by the following delegates :
Finis B. Engleman, Chairman, State Commissioner of
Education, Hartford, Conn.
Kenneth E. Brown, Specialist for Mathematics, U.S. OJRce
of Education
Gerald B. Leighbody, Associate Superintendent, Division
of Instructional Services, Board of Education, Buffalo,
N.Y.
Frederika M. Tandler, Specialist, International Educa-
tional Relations, U.S. Office of Education
Convened jointly by the International Bureau
of Education and the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization (Unesco),
tlie 19th International Conference on Public Edu-
cation will meet July 9-17, 1956. Representatives
from 83 countries, including the United States,
have been invited to participate in the conference.
The agenda consists of the following items: (1)
school inspection; (2) the teaching of mathe-
matics in secondary schools; and (3) reports on
the progress of education during the year 1955-56
presented by the Ministries of Education.
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
General Assembly
UNREP Executive Committee. Annex to the UNKEF Re-
vised Plan of Operations (1956). A/AC.79/21 Annex,
December 9, 1955. 33 pp. mimeo.
International Law Commission. International Responsi-
bility. Report by F. V. Garcia-AmaUor, Special Rap-
porteur. A/CN.4/96. January 20, 1956. 175 pp.
mimeo.
UNREF Executive Committee. Refugee Problems in
Jordan, the Lebanon, Syria, Egypt, Iran and Turkey.
A/AC.79/26, January 24, 1956. 9 pp. mimeo.
International Law Commission. Questions Relating to
the Law of the Sea. Report to be submitted to the
General Assembly at its Eleventh Session. By
J. P. A. Frangois. A/CN.4/97, January 27, 1956. 32 pp.
mimeo.
UNREP Executive Committee. Financial Rules for Vol-
untary Funds [revised on 25 January 1956].
A/AC.79/10/Rev. 1, February 1, 1956. 8 jip. mimeo.
Report on the Second Session of the UNREF Executive
Committee (Geneva, 23-27 January 1956). A/AC.79/28, ,
February 2, 1956. 40 pp. mimeo.
International Law Commission. Codification of the In-
ternational Law relating to Diplomatic Intercourse and
Immunities (Memorandum prepared by the Secre-
tariat). A/CN.4/9S, February 21, 1956. 117 pp.
mimeo.
Information From Non-Self-Governing Territories : Sum-
mary and Analysis of Information Transmitted Under
Article 73 e of the Charter. Report of the Secretary-
General. Caribbean Territories: Bahamas, Barbados,
Bermuda, British Guiana, Jamaica, Trinidad and To-
bago. A/3111, March 2, 1956. 125 pp. mimeo.
International Law Commission. Comments by govern-
ments on the provisional articles concerning the regime
of the high seas and the draft articles on the regime of
the territorial sea adopted by the International Law
Commission at its Seventh Session. A/Cn.4/99, March
12, 1956. 49 pp. mimeo.
Provisional Agenda of the Eleventh Regular Session of the
General Assembly : Item proposed by Greece. Appli-
cation, under the auspices of the United Nations, of
tlie principle of equal rights and self-determination of
peoples in the case of the population of the Island of
Cyprus. Letter dated 13 March 1956 addressed to the
Secretary-General by the Permanent Representative of
Greece to the United Nations. A/3120, March 13, 1956.
1 p. mimeo.
International Law Commission. Report on the Law of
Treaties by G. G. Fitzniaurice, Special Rapporteur.
A/CN.4/101, March 14, 1956. 76 pp. mimeo.
Information Prom Non-Self-Governing Territories: Sum-
mary and Analysis of Information Transmitted Under
Article 73 e of the Charter. Report of the Secretary-
General. Pacific Territories : American Samoa ; Cook,
Niue and Tokelau Islands: Fiji; Gilbert and Felice
Islands ; Guam ; Hawaii ; New Hebrides ; Pitcairn Is-
land : Solomon Islands. A/3112, April 11, 1956. 133
pp. mimeo.
Information From Non-Self-Governing Territories : Sum-
mary and Analysis of Information Transmitted Under
Article 73 e of the Charter. Report of the Secretary-
General. Summarv of Information on Alaska.
A/3114/Add.l, April 12, 1956. 23 pp. mimeo.
UNREF Executive Committee. Tentative Target and
Country Allocations For the Revi.sed Plan of Operations
(1957). (Submitted by the High Commissioner).
A/AC.79/31, April 13, 1956. 21 pp. mimeo.
Information From Non-Self -Governing Territories : Sum-
mary and Analaysis of Information Transmitted under
Article 73 e of the Charter. Report of the Secretary-
General. Caribbean Territories : British Honduras,
Leeward Islands, United States Virgin Islands.
A/3111/Add.l, April 16, 1956. 54 pp. mimeo.
UNREP Executive Committee. Memorandum on the Eli-
gibility of Certain Categories of Refugees of German
Ethnic Origin in Austria (Item submitted to the Com-
mittee in its Advisory Capacity). A/AC.79/37, April
17, 1956. 22 pp. mimeo.
Information Prom Non-Self-Governing Territories : Sum-
mary and Analysis of Information Transmitted Under
Article 73 e of the Charter: Report of the Secretary-
General. Jlediterranean Territories [Morocco and
Tunisia]. A/3115, April 18, 1956. 94 pp. mimeo.
Study of the Question of the Relationship of the Inter-
national Atomic Energy Agency to the United Nations,
Prepared by the Secretary-General in Consultation
With the Advisory Committee On the Peaceful Uses of
Atomic Energy at its Meetings From 27 March to 2
April 1956. A/3122, April 20, 1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Information From Non-Self-Governing Territories ; Sum-
ary and Analysis of Information Transmitted Under
Article 73 e of the Charter. Report of the Secretary-
Ccneral. Pacific Territories: Papua. A/3112/Add.l,
May 1, 1956. 21 pp. mimeo.
International Law Commission. Regime of the High
Seas and Regime of the Territorial Sea. Addendum to
126
Department of State Bulletin
the Report by J. P. A. Frangois, Special Rapporteur.
Summary of replies from Governments and Conclusions
of tlie Special liapporteur. A/CN.4/97/Add.l, May 1,
1956. 24 iip. mimeo.
Information From Non-Self-Governing Territories : Sum-
mary and Analysis of Information Transmitted Under
Article 73 e of tlie Charter. Report of the Secretary-
General. I'acific Territories : Netherlands New Gui-
nea. A/3112/Add.2, May 2, 1956. 18 pp. mimeo.
Financial Statements of the United Nations Refugee Fund
for the Year 1955 and the Report of the Hoard of Audi-
tors Thereon (Note submitted by the High Commis-
.sioner). A/AC.79/:53, May 2, 1956. 15 pp. mimeo.
International Law Commission. Regime of the High Seas
and Regime of the Territorial Sea. Addendum to tho Re-
port by J. P. A. Frangois, Special Rapporteur. Sum-
mary of replies from Governments and Conclu-
sions of the Special Rapporteur (Continuation).
A/CN.4/97/Add.2, May 4, 1956. 23 pp. mimeo.
Interuatioual Law Commission. Regime of the High
Seas, Supplementary Report. The Right of Interna-
tional Organizations to Sail Vessels under their
Flags, by J. P. A. Frangois, Special Rapporteur.
.VCN.4/103, May 8, 1956. 4 pp. mimeo.
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Re-
port of the Food and Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations. E/CN.11/417, December 15, 1955. 43
pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far Bast. Report
of the International Labour Organisation. E/CN.11/418,
December 19, 1955. 25 pp. mimeo.
The European Housing Situation. January 1956.
E/ECE/HOU/57, E/ECE/221. 56 pp. printed.
TREATY INFORMATION
List of Treaties in Force
Press release 376 dated July 6
Treaties in Force: A List of Treaties and Other
Intem<itioiial Agreements of the United States
was released for publication by the Department of
State on July 6. The publication lists treaties
and other international agreements which were
carried on the records of the Department as being
in force between the United States and other coun-
tries on October 31, 1955. It includes those
treaties and other agreements which on that date
had not been denounced by the parties, replaced or
superseded by other agi'eements, or otherwise defi-
nitely terminated.
The list is arranged in two parts. Part 1 in-
cludes bilateral treaties and other agreements
listed by country, with subject headings under
each country. Part 2 includes multilateral
treaties and other agreements, arranged by sub-
ject headings, together with lists of the countries
which have become parties. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and
citations to texts are given with each agreement
listed.
A consolidated tabulation of documents affect-
ing international copyright relations of the United
States is given in the appendix.
Information on current treaty actions, supple-
mentary to the information contained in Treaties
in Force, is published weekly in the Department
OF State Bulletin.
Treaties in Force, Department of State publica-
tion 6346 (234 pp.), is the first publication of
its kind to be issued by the United States since
1941. It is for sale by the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C, for $1.25.
Nortli Atlantic Ice Patrol
Agreement Enters Into Force
Press release 374 dated July 6
The Department of State announced on July 6
that the Agreement Regarding Financial Support
of the North Atlantic Ice Patrol, opened for sig-
nature at "Washington on January 4, 1956, entered
into force July 5.
The new agreement, which concerns the contri-
butions of 11 countries supporting the Interna-
tional Ice Patrol, will not affect the operation of
the Ice Patrol itself but will bring about the dis-
tribution of its cost ($461,566 for 1955) among
participating countries based on the current fig-
ures of the tonnage of their merchant shipping
benefiting from the services of the patrol. The
previous allocation of costs among contributing
nations was based upon tonnage figures which are
no longer applicable. Under the new agreement
the contributions can be adjusted annually to con-
form to changes in tonnage, including tlie addition
of countries not previously contributing.
The parties to the agreement are : Belgium, Can-
ada, Denmark, France, Greece, Italy, the Nether-
lands, Norway, Sweden, the United Kingdom, and
the United States.^
' For further details regarding the agreement, see Bul-
letin of Jan. 16, 1956, p. 105.
Jo/y ?6, 7956
127
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Aviation
Protocol to amend the convention for the unification of
certain rules relating to international carriage by air
signed at Warsaw October 12, 1929 (49 Stat. 3000).
Done at The Hague September 28, 1955. Enters into
force 90 days after deposit of 30 instruments of ratifi-
cation.
Signatures: Belgium, Brazil, Czechoslovakia, Egypt, El
Salvador, Prance. Federal Republic of Germany,
Greece, Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Laos, Liecht-
enstein, Luxembourg, Mexico, Netherlands, Norway,
Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Rumania, Sweden,
Switzerland, Union of Soviet Socialist Republics,
Venezuela, September 28, 1955 ; United Kingdom,
March 23, 1956; United States, June 28, 1956.
Fisheries
Protocol amending the international convention for the
Northwest Atlantic fisheries of February 8, 1949 (TIAS
2089) by providing that annual meetings of the Inter-
national Commission may be held outside North Amer-
ica. Open for signature at Washington from June 25
through July 9, 19.56. Enters into force on the date
ratifications or adherences have been deposited by all
the parties to the 1949 convention.
Signatures: Canada, June 26, 1956 ; Italy, June 28, 1956 ;
United Kingdom, June 29, 1956 ; Norway, Portugal,
July 3, 1956 ; Spain, July 5, 1956.
Narcotic Drugs
Protocol for limiting and regulating the cultivation of the
poppy plant, the production of, international and whole-
sale trade in, and use of opium. Dated at New York
June 23, 1953.'
Accession deposited: Guatemala, May 29, 1956.
North Atlantic Ice Patrol
Agreement regarding financial support of the North At-
lantic Ice Patrol. Opened for signature at Washington
January 4, 1956.
Signature: Canada, July 5, 1956.
Entered into force: July 5, 1956.
Trade and Commerce
Sixth protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva
May 23, 1956. Entered into force June 30, 1956. TIAS
3591.
Schedule of concessions entered into force: Turkey,
June 30, 1956.
BILATERAL
Colombia
Agreement amending the agreement of April 4, 1956,
relating to the establishment of a meteorological station
in Colombia. Effected by exchange of notes at Bogota
June 7, 13, and 20, 1956. Enters into force upon entry
into force of agreement of April 4, 1956.
Germany
Agreement amending the agreement for cooperation con-
cerning civil uses of atomic energy of February 13,
1956 (TIAS 3543). Signed at Washington June 29,
1956. Enters into force on day on which each Gov-
ernment receives from the other written notification
that it has complied witli statutory and constitutional
requirements.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sate bii the Suverintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may 6e o6-
tained from the Department of State.
The International Educational Exchange Program, 1955.
Pub. 0323. International Information and Cultural Series
46. 56 pp. 250.
An illustrated pamphlet evaluating the program of the In-
ternational Educational Exchange Service of the Depart-
ment of State for the first 6 months of 1955.
U.S. Policy in the Near East, South Asia, and Africa —
1955. Pub. 6330. Near and Middle Eastern Series 20.
63 pp. 25«!.
A pamphlet by Harry N. Howard, U.N. Adviser for the
Bureau of Near Eastern, South Asian and African Affairs,
summarizing 1955 events in the Near East, South Asia,
and Africa in relation to U.S. policy. Originally pub-
lished in the Department of State Bulletin in three in-
stallments.
Our Quest for Peace and Freedom. Pub. 6337. General
Foreign Policy Series 110. 25 pp. 150.
Text of an address by Dwight D. Eisenhower, President
of the United States, before the American Society of News-
paper Editors at Washington, D. C, April 21, 1956.
Guaranty of Private Investments. TIAS 3201.
5902. 8 pp. 100.
Pub.
Agreement between the United States and Costa Rica.
Exchange of notes — Signed at San Jos6 February 23 and
25, 1955. Entered into force February 25, 1955. With
related note dated February 26, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Agricultural Development Pro-
gram. TIAS 3211. Pub. 5923. 18 pp. 150.
Agreement between the United States and El Salvador —
Signed at San Salvador March 21, 1955. Entered into
force April 1, 1955.
Education — Cooperative Program in Bolivia.
Pub. 5925. 3 pp. 50.
TIAS 3213.
' Not in force.
Agreement between the United States and Bolivia — Ex-
tending agreement of November 22, 1950. Exchange of
notes — Signed at La Paz February 25 and March 3, 1955.
Entered into force March IS, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Bolivia.
TIAS 3214. Pub. 5926. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement lietween the United States and Bolivia — Ex-
tending agreement of September 18 and October 7, 1950.
Exchange of note.s — Signed at La Paz February 25 and
March 3, 1955. Entered into force March 23, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Program of Rural Education.
TIAS 3216. Pub. 60.54. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Haiti — Imple-
menting agreement of May 28, 1954. Exchange of notes —
Signed at Port-au-Prince January 28 and February 3, 1955.
Entered into force February 9, 1955.
128
Department of Slate Bulletin
Food Production — Cooperative Program in Haiti. TIAS
3217. Pub. G055. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Haiti — Extend-
iiiu' agreement of September 18 and 27, 1950. Exchange
ol notes — Signed at Port-au-Prince January 28 and Febru-
ary 3, 1955. Entered into force March 24, 1955.
Air Force Mission to Ecuador. TIAS 3219. Pub. 5933.
3 pp. 50.
Asreemeut lietween the United States and Ecuador — Ex-
tending Military Aviation Mission Agreement of Decem-
lier 12, 1940, as amended and extended. Exchange of
iMtes — Signed at Washington May 10 and 23, 19."i5. En-
tered into force May 23, 1955. Operative retroactively
I )ecember 12, 1950.
Army Mission to Ecuador. TIAS 3221. Pub. 5952. 3
pp. 5<t.
Agreement betveeen the United States and Ecuador —
Amending and extending Military Mission Agreement of
June 29, 1944, as amended and extended. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Washington May 10 and 26, 1955. En-
tered into force May 26, 1955. Operative retroactively
September 21, 1952.
Naval Mission to Cuba. TIAS 3222. Pub. 5977. 3 pp.
50.
Agreement hetv^een the United States and Cuba — Extend-
ing agreement of August 28, 1951, as extended. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Washington May 3, and 17, 1955.
Entered into force May 17, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Deposit of Belgian and
Luxembourg Funds. TIAS 3223. Pub. 5936. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Belgium —
Amending annex B of agreement of January 27, 1950.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Brussels April 4 and 25,
1955. Entered into force April 25, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Haiti.
TIAS 3224. Pub. 6056. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Haiti — Extend-
ing agreement of September IS and 27, 1950. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Port-au-Prince Jauuary 28 and Febru-
ary 3, 1955. Entered into force February 7, 1955.
Relief Supplies and Equipment. TIAS 3225. Pub. 5938.
4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Honduras. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tegucigalpa March 21, 1955.
Entered Into force March 21, 1955.
Interchange of Patent Rights and Technical Information
for Defense Purposes. TIAS 3226. Pub. 5939. 7 pp.
100.
Agreement, with agreed minutes to article V, between the
United States and Norway — Signed at Oslo April 6, 1955.
Entered into force April 6, 19.55.
Financial Arrangements for Furnishing Certain Supplies
and Services to Naval Vessels. TIAS 3227. Pub. 5949.
7 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Peru — Signed
at Lima January 7, 1955. Ekitered Into force April 7, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3228. Pub.
5953. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Israel — Signed
at Washington April 29, 1955. Entered into force April
29, 1955.
Guaranty of Private Investments. TIAS 3230. Pub.
5955. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Ecuador. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Washington March 28 and 29,
1955. Entered Into force March 29, 1955.
Mutual Security — Military and Economic Assistance.
TIAS 3231. Pub. 5956. 7 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and the Republic
of the Philippines. Exchange of notes — Signed at Ma-
nila April 27, 1955. Entered into force April 27, 1055.
Emergency Relief Assistance. TIAS 3232. Pub. 5957.
10 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Haiti. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Port-au-Prince March 22 and
April 1, 1955. Entered Into force April 1, 1955. Operative
retroactively October 15, 1954.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3234. Pub.
60U9. 11 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Chile — Signed
at Santiago January 27, 1955. Entered into force Jan-
uary 27, 19.55.
Financing Certain Educational Exchange Programs —
Establishment of the Commission for Educational Inter-
change. TIAS 3235. Pub. 6010. 10 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Chile — Signed
at Santiago March 31, 1955. Entered into force March
31, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Brazil.
TIAS 3237. Pub. 6057. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Brazil — Ex-
tending agreements of March 14, 1942 and December 27,
1950, as amended and extended. Exchange of notes —
Signed at Rio de Janeiro January 7 and February 8, 1955.
Entered into force February 8, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Industrial Productivity Program,
TIAS 323S. Pub. 6018. 33 pp. 150.
Agreement between the United States and Mexico. Ex-
change of notes — Dated at Mexico, D. F., March 9, 1955.
Entered into force March 9, 1955.
American Dead in World War IL TIAS 3239.
3 pp. 50.
Pub. 6266.
Agreement between the United States and Belgium — Pro-
visionally extending agreement of June 6 and July 23,
1947, as modified. Exchange of notes — Signed at Brus-
sels December 28, 1954, and January 7, 1955. Entered
into force January 7, 1955.
Productivity Program in Japan. TIAS 3241. Pub. 6019.
9 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo April 7, 1955. Entered
Into force April 7, 1955.
Defense — Facilities Assistance Program. TIAS 3243.
Pub. 6023. 6 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Turkey. Ex-
cliange of notes — Dated at Ankara April 25, 1955. En-
tered into force April 25, 1955. With related aide-
memoire — Dated at Ankara April 25, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Cooperative Program of Irriga-
tion, Transportation and Industry. TIAS 3244. Pub.
6038. 27 pp. 150.
July 16, 1956
129
Agreement between the United States and Peru— Signed
at Lima April 30, 1955. Entered into force April 30, 1955.
Surplus Property— Settlement of Obligation of the Fed-
eral Republic of Germany. TIAS 3245. Pub. 6248. 8
pp. 10(f.
Agreement between the United States and the Federal
Republic of Germany. Exchange of notes — Dated at
Washington March 11 and April 14, 1955. Entered into
force April 19, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3247. Pub.
6059. 17 pp. 15(«.
Agreement between the United States and Argentina —
Signed at Washington April 25, 1955. Entered into force
April 25, 1955. With related note — Signed at Washington
April 25, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3249. Pub.
6062. 17 pp. 10<t.
Agreement between the United States and Italy— Signed
at Rome May 23, 1955. Entered Into force May 23, 1955.
With related exchange of notes — Signed at Rome May 23,
1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3251. Pub.
6064. 5 pp. 5?!.
Agreement between the United States and the Republic
of Korea— Signed at Seoul May 31, 1955. Entered into
force May 31, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities— Purchase of Addi-
tional Wheat. TIAS 3252. Pub. 6065. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Yugoslavia.
Exchange of letters — Signed at Belgrade May 12, 1955.
Entered into force May 12, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities — Purchase of Addi-
tional Wheat. TIAS 3253. Pub. 6060. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Yugoslavia —
Amending agreement of January 5, 1955. Exchange of
letters — Signed at Belgrade May 12, 1955. Entered into
force May 12, 1955.
Economic Aid to Yugoslavia — Special Project Expendi-
tures. TIAS 3254. Pub. 6066. 3 pp. 5(J.
Agreement between the United States and Yugoslavia.
Exchange of letters — Signed at Belgrade May 12, 1955.
Entered into force May 12, 1955.
Economic Aid to Yugoslavia. TIAS. 32.55. Pub. 6024.
3 pp. 5<}.
Agreement between the United States and Yugoslavia.
Exchange of letters— Signed at Belgrade May 12, 1955.
Entered into force May 12, 1955.
Defense — Facilities Assistance Program. TIAS 3256.
Pub. 6031. 4 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Greece. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Athens May 27, 1955. Entered
into force May 27, 19.55.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Extension of Facilities As-
sistance Program. TIAS 3257. Puli. 6025. 4 pp. 5(1:.
Agreement between the United States and Spain. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Madrid May 25, 1955. Entered
into force May 25, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Special Facilities Assistance
Program. TIAS 3258. Pub. 6026. 7 pp. 10(*.
Agreement between the United States and the Nether-
lands. Exchange of notes — Signed at Tlie Hague April
29,1955. Entered into force provisionally April 29, 1955; i
definitively .Inly 1, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Extension of Facilities As- <
sistance Program. TIAS 3259. Pub. 6027. 2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at London June 27, 1955. En-
tered into force June 27, 1955. '
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3260. Pub.
6061. 4 pp. 5t
Agreement between the United States and Thailand —
Signed at Bangkok June 21, 1955. Entered into force y
June 21, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3261. Pub.
6(t72. 3 pp. 5<f..
Agreement between the United States and Israel — Supple-
menting agreement of April 29, 195,5 — Signed at Washing-
ton June 15, 1955. Entered into force June 15, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3262. Pub.
6073. 8 pp. 10«(.
Agreement between the United States and Colombia —
Signed at Bogotil June 23, 1955. Entered into force June
23, 19.55.
Relief Supplies and Equipment — Duty-Free Entry and
Exemption From Internal Taxation. TIAS 3264. Pub.
6051. 6 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and the Republic
of Korea. Exchange of notes — Signed at Seoul April 22
and May 2, 1955. Entered into force May 2, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities — Child Feeding Pro-
gram. TIAS 3265. Pub. 6067. 17 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and Italy. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Rome June 30, 1955. Entered
into force June 30, 1955.
Telecommunications. TIAS 3266. Pub. 6092. 809 pp.
$2.50.
Convention, with annexes, and final protocol — Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1952. Signed on behalf of the
United States subject to certain declarations. Proclaimed
by the President of the United States September 13, 1955.
Entered into force with respect to the United States June
27, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3267. Pub.
6074. 17 pp. 15(#.
Agreement between the United States and Austria — Signed
at Vienna June 14, 1955. Entered into force June 14, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Cooperative Program of Agricul-
ture and Livestock. TIAS 3268. Pub. 6075. 4 pp. 54-
Agreement between the United States and Chile — Extend-
ing agreement of Januarv 16, 1951 — Signed at Santiago
April 27, 19.55. Entered into force April 27, 1955.
Guaranty of Private Investments. TIAS 3269. Pub.
6076. 4 pp. 5<t.
Agreement between the United States and Pakistan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Washington May 26, 1955.
Entered into force May 26, 1955.
130
Department of State Bulletin
July 16, 1956 Index
Algeria. U.S. Views on Consideration of Algerian
Question (Lodge) 125
American Principles. Our Partnership In Creating
a World of Peace (Nixon) 91
Asia. Our Partnership in Creating a World of
Peace (Nixon) 91
Ceylon. ICA To Assist Projects in Ceylon . . . 117
Communism. Our Partnership in Creating a World
of Peace (Nixon) 91
Disarmament. The United Nations and the Search
for Disarmament (Wilcox) 97
Economic Affairs
Changes in Greek Tariff Rates on Automobiles
and Trucks 117
Increase in Tariff on Imports of Linen Toweling . 115
Modification of Restrictions on Long-Staple Cotton
Imports 114
North Atlantic Ice Patrol Agreement Enters Into
Force 127
Europe. American Policy and the Shifting Scene
(Elbrick) 108
Germany. Reaffirmation of U.S. Views on German
Unification (Eisenhower, Conant) 106
Greece. Changes in Greek Tariff Rates on Auto-
mobiles and Trucks 117
Health, Education, and Welfare. 19th Interna-
tional Conference on Public Education . . . 126
International Organizations and Meetings. 19th
International Conference on Public Education . . 126
Japan. Commemorating Japanese Peace Treaty
Signing (Dulles) 96
Korea. Dedication of Plaque Honoring Korean
War Dead (Hammarskjold, Walker, Dodge) . . 119
Military Affairs. Strengthening Military Bases in
the Philippines (Nixon, Magsaysay) 95
Mutual Security. ICA To Assist Projects in
Ceylon 117
Non-Self-Governing Territories. Trust Territory
of the Pacific Islands (Nucker) 121
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. American
Policy and the Shifting Scene (Elbrick) ... 108
Philippines
Anniversay of Philippine Independence .... 93
Our Partnership in Creating a World of Peace
(Nixon) 91
Strengthening Military Bases in the Philippines
(Nixon, Magsaysay) 95
Poland. Lend-Lease Settlement With Poland ( text
of agreement) 113
Presidential Documents
Anniversary of Philippine Independence .... 93
Increase in Tariff on Imports of Linen Toweling
(text of proclamation) 115
Vol. XXV, No. 890
Modification of Restrictions on Long-Staple Cotton
Imports (text of proclamation) 114
Reaffirmation of U.S. Views on German Unification . 106
Publications
List of Treaties in Force 127
Recent Releases 128
Treaty Information
Current Actions 128
Lend-Lease Settlement With Poland (text of
agreement) 113
List of Treaties in Force 127
North Atlantic Ice Patrol Agreement Enters Into
Force 127
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 126
Dedication of Plaque Honoring Korean War Dead
(Hammarskjold, Walker, Lodge) 119
Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands (Nucker) . 121
The United Nations and the Search for Disarma-
ment (Wilcox) 97
U.S. Views on Consideration of Algerian Question
(Lodge) 125
Name Index
Conant, James B 107
Dulles, Secretary 96
Ei-senhower, President 106, 114, 115
Elbrick, C. Burke 108
Hammarskjold, Dag 119
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 120, 125
Magsaysay, Ramon 95
Nixon, Richard M 91,95
Nucker, Delmas H 121
Walker, E. Ronald 119
Wilcox, Francis 0 97
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: July 2-8
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 2.5, D.C.
Press releases issued prior to July 2 which appear
in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 364 of June
28 and 365 of June 29.
No. Date Subject
371 7/5 Delegation to Conference on Public
Education.
372 7/5 Greek tariff rates on automobiles.
373 7/3 Nixon : "Our I'artnership in Creating a
World of Peace."
374 7/6 Entry into force of ice patrol agreement.
to7.'> 7/6 Documents on German foreign policy.
376 7/6 List of treaties in force.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
the
Department
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300
(QPOl
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
TREATIES IN FORCE . . .
A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements
of the United States
This publication is a guide to treaties and other international
agreements in force for the United States on October 31, 1955.
It includes treaties and other agi'eements which on that date had
not expired by their terms or had not been denounced by the
parties, replaced or superseded, or otherwise definitely terminated.
Bilateral treaties and agreements are listed by country, with
subject headings under each country. Multilateral treaties and
agreements are arranged by subject and are accompanied by lists
of the countries parties to each instrument. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and citations to
texts are given with each treaty and each agi'eement listed.
A consolidated tabulation of documents affecting international
copyright relations of the United States is given in the appendix.
Treaties in Force (234 pp.) is for sale by the Superintendent
of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C., for $1.25.
Publication 6346
$1.25
Order Form
Please send me copies of Treaties in Force, A List of Treaties
o: Supt. of Documents j and Other International Agreements of the United States.
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C. ^ N •
i Street Address:
Enclosed find;
t City, Zone, and State:
{cash, check, or
money order).
/UA
J/ie^ Zllefia/}(^(M^n^ ^^ t/tcde/
93^*rB. //'^3 0
d. XXXV, No. 891
July 23, 1956
^ m
UNITED STATES FOREIGN ECONOMIC POLICY •
by Assistant Secretary Bowie ^^^
TRANSCRIPT OF SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS
CONFERENCE OF JULY 11 1*5
UNPUBLISHED DOCUMENTS DISTRIBUTED
AMONG DELEGATES TO 20TH CONGRESS OF
SOVIET COMMUNIST PARTY 153
U.N. CONFERENCE ON INTERNATIONAL ATOMIC
ENERGY AGENCY • Texts of Invitations and Report
of Working Level Meeting 162
For index see inside back cover
Me Qle/uv'i^i^eTU c^ ^la^e jOU-llGllIl
Vol. XXXV, No. 891 • Pubucation 6372
July 23, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing OflBce
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.S0, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing ot this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and t/i«
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of interna-
tional relations are*! listed^currently.
United States Foreign Economic Policy
hy Robert R. Bowie
Assistant Secretary for Policy Planning *
The subject assigned to me — United States for-
eign economic policy — is indeed a broad one.
Hence it may be well to start by explaining my
approach to it.
My talk will not catalog or describe all the vari-
ous elements or instrmnents of the foreign eco-
nomic policy of the United States. Many of these
will be discussed in detail by later speakers on
your program who can talk as experts. It would
be pointless for me merely to go over in brief what
they will cover more fully, even if I were qualified
to do so.
Instead, my effort will be to provide a setting or
context for the lectures that will follow. My
main purpose will be to analyze the relation of
our foreign economic policy to our overall na-
tional objectives and policies. That seems to me
the most useful contribution I can make to your
meetings.
This approach to the topic seems to me justified
for another reason. In some respects, the term
"foreign economic policy" is a misleading one.
It suggests that economic policy is separable or
independent. Actually foreign relations must be
conducted, witliin the limits of human abilities, as
an integrated whole. Every aspect — political,
military, or economic — is interdependent with ev-
ery other aspect. All go hand in hand, or should,
if foreign policy is to be successful in achieving
national objectives. Much of what I have to say
will emphasize this close link between foreign eco-
nomic policy and other parts of foreign policy.
' Address made before the International Banking Sum-
mer School at Rutgers University, New Brunswick, N.J.,
on July 9.
Need for an Expanding World Economy
These intimate ties among the economic, politi-
cal, and military aspects of foreign policy are evi-
dent when we examine the nature and scope of
United States interests in the world economy.
The recognition of tliose interests developed
gradually. Before World War I the United
States was not generally looked on as a leading
nation and was preoccupied with its own develop-
ment. In foreign policy its perspective was lim-
ited; its economic policies were based almost
entirely on domestic needs and interests. In the
decades after 1914, the relative power of the
United States changed rapidly as a result of its
own progress and the weakening of the other ma-
jor nations. But in general this shift in status
was not reflected in United States foreign policy
until the outbreak of World War II. From then
on, its foreign policies — political, military, and
economic — were rapidly adapted to its changed
position in the world.
Today, the United States has a unique role
among the free nations. With only 6 percent of
the people, the United States produces about 40
percent of the world's goods and services. Our
output is almost twice that of the United King-
dom, France, West Germany, and Italy combined.
Since the years of World War II, the United
States has sought to discharge the responsibilities
of its special position. It has come to recognize
the many interests it shares with other members
of the free world. For example, it has under-
taken commitments for collective defense unprec-
edented in its history.
In the economic field, the U.S. shares a com-
mon interest with other free nations in the steady
Ju/y 23, J 956
135
growth of their and our output of goods and
services. In part, this interest flows from our
position as a gi-eat trading nation. Our own
prospects for economic growth are bound up, in
some degree, with growth elsewhere. AVe buy
15 percent of the world's imports, and we account
for 20 percent of the world's exports. Increas-
ingly, we look to foreign sources for many com-
modities like copper and iron ore. Despite our
continental economy, we could not insulate our-
selves even from the strictly economic effects of
stagnation or decline abroad. In all probability,
the passage of time will make our prosperity even
more dependent on world progress.
This is only a part of our concern, however.
The free world's economic base is vitally impor-
tant to its ability to provide for the common
defense. In our democratic comitries, the claims
of defense constantly compete with those of hu-
man welfare. Tlie mounting costs of modern mil-
itary teclmology are reflected in all of our national
budgets. Yet if we fail to maintain the deterrent
of adequate military establishments, we shall take
the very real risk of having neither welfare nor
freedom. And so arises our common interest that
the economic base for defense should expand.
A third and dominating consideration is the
political health of the free world. Obviously,
this does not depend solely upon economic prog-
ress. At the same time, the free-world political
system will hardly survive, let alone flourish, if
it is not associated with an expanding economic
system. An inescapable fact is that peoples every-
where have come to believe that it is possible to
change the conditions of economic life for the
better. We can recognize that this belief has
been formed with grossly inadequate appreciation
of the difficulties in the way. But we should be
unforgivably blind if we did not understand the
far-reaching political import of this new factor
in world affairs.
These, then, are the interlocking reasons for
the American — and free-world — interest in an ex-
j^anding woi'ld economy: (1) our own economic
requirements, (2) our concern for the defenses
of the free world, and (3) our recognition of the
close relationship between political health and
economic progress.
In seeking to advance the objective of an ex-
panding economy, it is essential to assess our sit-
uation wisely. We need to remind ourselves con-
stantly that the tremendous events of this century
have changed things in fundamental ways.
The 19th Century Pattern
We can look back with longing to the orderly
and relatively impersonal workings of the 19th
centurj' world economy. Here was a grand de-
sign indeed and to it we owe much of our present
well-being. But its foundations have been shat-
tered by two world wars, by a depression of un-
precedented severity, and by the appearance of
a rival economic system that dominates 900 mil-
lion people and one-quarter of the surface of the "
earth.
The 19th century system rested on several essen-
tial factors.
The first was a political fact : Peoples were will-
ing and governments were able to allow interna-
tional imbalances to be corrected almost exclu-
sively by domestic adjustments even to the point
of large-scale unemployment. So long as this at-
titude prevailed, the system was workable. Other
features were, however, almost as crucial to the
19th century pattern.
As a second one, I would single out especially
the conditions which enabled private capital to
move across international boundaries with such
relative facility. This depended on a whole com-
plex of institutions and underlying assumptions.
There was the gold standard and the London
money market and the Bank of England to pro-
vide and maintain a unified monetary system for
the world. There were the British policies of
freedom of the seas and freedom of trade. There
was the British commitment to assure responsible
action on the part of many other governments.
Third : All of these went along with and helped
to underwrite the basic understanding that the
rules of the game would not be changed arbitrarily
or in any radical way. Investors often lost every-
thing through fraudulent ventures or in specu-
lative panics, but that did not stop the process of
investment. People were prepared to calculate
this kind of risk and adjust to it. They could be
sure that governments, at least, would not inter-
fere to deprive private persons of their accus-
tomed freedom of economic action.
Fourth: The limited number of independent
economic entities was a further aspect of the 19th
136
Department of State Bulletin
century system. Large parts of the world found
their place in the prevailing scheme as European
colonies. And, except for the United States, most
of the independent nations outside of Europe were
effectively dominated in their economic conduct by
the European powers.
All of these elements of the lOtli century pat-
tern have been drastically altered.
In most democratic nations today, the state has
assumed the burden of assuring full employment
and the steady functioning of the economy. No
longer are peoples or governments prepared to
allow international imbalances to be adjusted au-
tomatically by domestic deflation. "V^Hiatever its
merits or defects, this is a political fact which
appears likely to endure.
Moreover, the effects of this change on the inter-
national system have been multiplied by tlie crea-
tion of a large number of new independent states
in the former colonial areas. Their programs for
rapidly developing more balanced economies rely
heavily on government planning.
These basic changes have also undermined the
conditions which induced private capital to move
so freely across boundaries. In many cases, the
potential returns do not compensate for the added
risks of changes in national monetary, legal, and
economic policies.
It is out of the question to restore the interna-
tional order of the 19th century. We should rec-
ognize its virtues and the purposes that it served.
But under the conditions of the second half of
the 20th century, the system could not function
as it once did. Today, we can achieve similar
ends only by conscious and cooperative effort
among tlie nations. We need not despair about
repairing some of the damage to international
economic institutions ; we have had a measure of
success already. But we must recognize that posi-
tive actions by and among the nations are and
will be necessary, and that these actions will have
to square with the political practicabilities of
the times.
Requirements for Economic Growth
Wliat kinds of action must the free nations
take to achieve the steady economic growth that
is required for their security and well-being?
First 1 it is evident that the economic health of
the free world will depend heavily on the domes-
tic economic policies of its members. The goal
must be to create conditions favorable to a high
level of economic activity and a rapidly rising
productivity. These turn, of course, on many fac-
tors. One of the most crucial is a high rate of
capital formation. Substantial resources must be
devoted to new machinery and equipment. This
depends on fostering attitudes and mechanisms
that encourage and facilitate savings and invest-
ment and innovation.
Second, the free nations need trade and mone-
tary policies that gain tlie advantages of inter-
national specialization. For many nations an ex-
panding volume of foreign trade is critical to their
ability to achieve a satisfactory measure of eco-
nomic growth. Industrial countries like the
United Kingdom, Germany, and Japan have de-
veloped economies that are heavily dependent on
outside sources of food and raw materials and on
foreign markets for their industrial output. These
countries and the smaller industrial states can
prosper only in an expanding world economy in
which trade can flow with relative freedom.
And sucli conditions are also important for
other members of the free world. Our resources
are not sufficient to afford the wastes that come
from general and grievous departures from the
principles of liberal trade policy. We have seen,
too, that "beggar your neighbor" economic policies
benefit only the predatory members of the world
community.
A third objective must be to assure that critical
shortages of resources and skills shall not impede
the process of economic growth in the less de-
velojjed countries. To develop their economies
and lift their living standards, they must import
much industrial equipment and other products.
Thus their growth, which is vitally important for
its own sake, will also provide expanding markets
for industrial exports. But to achieve it will re-
quire adequate transfers of capital and skills to
supplement the domestic savings of the less de-
veloped countries. This is the field of investment
and aid policy.
United States economic policy can be considered
broadly under these three categories : (1) domestic
economic policy; (2) trade and monetary policy;
and (3) investment and aid policy.
Domestic Economic Policy
For many countries, the prosperity of the
United States has more effect on their own econ-
iijlY 23, J 956
137
omies than any other single outside factor. Thus
a great deal depends on how the United States
economy is performing.
For a decade now, its performance has been of a
high order. The United States has had two rela-
tively minor recessions, and these were quickly
surmounted. Over the last 10 years business ac-
tivity and employment have been almost con-
sistently at high levels.
This has taken place in a system of free enter-
prise which is highly dynamic. The tax system
seeks to foster a readiness to innovate and to take
risks. And our antitrust laws and other measures
are designed to maintain the essential vigor of the
competitive system.
There is general agreement about the merits
of the free enterprise system for the United States.
Yet all are conscious that government has a large
role in assuring economic stability at high levels
of activity. Since the depression, the Federal and
State Governments have adopted a whole series
of stabilizing measures and devices to supplement
the traditional central banking controls. These
include the program of unemployment insurance,
Federal support of farm prices, and guaranties
of bank deposits and of home mortgages. Fur-
thermore, the Federal budget and taxes have be-
come a major factor in the economy, through
which the Federal Government can exercise con-
siderable influence to limit economic fluctuations.
This larger governmental role was recognized
in the Employment Act of 1946. This act merely
makes explicit what was implicit theretofore, that
is, that the Federal Government has a responsibil-
ity for assuring against a serious decline in United
States economic activity. This public policy is
one on which there is general agreement between
the political parties.
So, if our foreign economic policy begins at
home, it begins with a political consensus, ex-
pressed in law: Governmental policy will
be directed toward maintaining high levels of em-
ployment and output, and toward keeping swings
in economic activity within close bounds.
Trade and Monetary Policies
Now let me turn to the field of trade and mone-
tary policies. Here we have sought to progress
by a variety of routes.
For more than two decades now, basic American
trade policy has been expressed in tariff reduc-
138
tions under the trade agreements legislation, not
in new tariffs. Our 1930 tariff structure has
gradually been revised to bring the average tariff
on dutiable imports down by about 50 percent.
The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
(Gatt) was the result of American initiative.
The Gatt's provisions for the reduction of trade
barriers, to which 34 nations subscribe, represent
progress toward a freer system of world trade.
At the recently concluded Geneva meetings, the
results included further concessions affecting
trade valued at about $2.5 billion.^ The United
States made an important contribution to this
commendable outcome, as did the 21 other nations
that negotiated the new agreement.
The General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade
can be made a more effective instrument through
the establishment of the administrative machinery
of the Organization for Trade Cooperation.
This, however, still awaits approval by the
Congress.
There is now broad public support in the
United States for a liberal trade policy. For six
decades after our Civil War, high protectionism
was United States public policy, with only one
period of deviation. In effect, this position has
been reversed. We go forward gradually, for
there are strong interests and emotions involved.
I do not overlook foreign criticism of the "peril
point" and "escape clause" features of American
tariff legislation or of the protection we accord to
American shipping. But the broad pattern of
movement has been steadily toward liberalized
foreign trade.
In the area of international monetary policy, I
need only recall that Bretton Woods was held at
an American invitation. We sought there,
among other things, for agreement on techniques
and procedures that would substitute, under mod-
ern conditions, for the automatic features of the
older international monetary system. The Inter-
national Monetary Fund agreement embodies this
approach.
The hopes of Bretton Woods have not been
fully realized, of course. But the work of the
Imf and the economic recovery of Western Eu-
rope put us much closer to eliminating the waste-
ful system of exchange restrictions. Further
steps toward the kind of world envisioned at Bret-
ton Woods seem to us essential.
' Bulletin of June 25, 1956, p. 1054.
Department of State Bulletin
It has been easy, to be sure, for the United
States to stand out in favor of a multilateral sys-
tem of international payments. We have had no
balance-of-payments stringencies of our own.
Yet, considering the natural desire of many of our
industries for wider foreign markets, we have
shown great understanding of the difficulties of
others and have tolerated with patience wide-
spread discrimination against our trade.
Our policy has also recognized that progress
toward improving the international economic sys-
tem could and should also be made by regional
groupings. We have supported the Oeec [Or-
ganization for European Economic Cooperation]
in its effective efforts to remove barriers to trade
among its European members. We helped bring
into being the European Payments Union, al-
though we recognized that, for a time at least, the
Epu would involve British and European dis-
crimination against dollar trade. This was taken
to be necessary to enable the great Western Eu-
ropean and British Commonwealth trading area
to move toward convertibility.
As we see now, liberalization of dollar trade has
proceeded a considerable distance in Western
Europe. Nearly all the Western European coun-
tries have freed half or more of their dollar im-
ports from quantitative restrictions. In view of
the strong reserve position of many foreign coun-
tries, the United States has hopes for further
early progress toward convertibility and nondis-
criminatory trade.
Six nations in Western Europe are also engaged
in a related, but more basic, effort toward closer
economic integrations, building on the existing
Coal and Steel Community. If they succeed in
creating a common market, the import will be far-
reaching indeed — for political as well as economic
reasons. Such measures could greatly enhance
the prospects for healthy growth of the European
economy. The United States sees no inherent
conflict between such integration and cooperation
by the integrated community in general efforts to
reduce artificial trade barriers. Indeed, rapidly
growing economies in Western Europe should
facilitate such cooperation.
In sum, the decade since World War II has seen
much headway in removing the obstacles to trade
among the free nations. Doubtless much more
remains to be done and further progress will have
its difficulties. But the efforts thus far, especially
through such agencies as Gatt, Imf, Oeec, Epu,
and the Coal and Steel Commimity have pro-
duced imi^ortant results. In this field, the task
for the future is to build on these foundations.
Flow of Capital
Economic progress of the free world also de-
pends on a second major factor : the flow of capi-
tal among its members. Until recent decades, this
essential volume of capital was provided almost
entirely by private investors. Such private in-
vestment is still large. The amount invested
abroad by private United States sources alone has
been averaging about $1.5 billion a year. About
80 percent of this amount goes to Canada, Latin
America, and Western Europe.
But many of the earlier conditions favoring pri-
vate foreign investment no longer prevail, espe-
cially in some of the countries most in need of
capital for their development. The reasons for
this have already been mentioned and need not
be repeated. Doubtless much can and should be
done to attract more private capital for foreign
investment.
There is little prospect, however, that this means
alone will be adequate to meet the pressing need
for foreign capital. Indeed, the necessity for some
special measures was foreseen as early as 1944
when the International Bank for Reconstruction
and Development was created. And this estimate
has been more than confirmed by the experience
of the last decade. Since 1945 the United States
has found it necessary to transfer more than $50
billion to other nations in the form of public
grants and loans.
Aside from relief activities like Uneea [U.N.
Relief and Rehabilitation Administration], the
first major transfer of public resources took place
under the Marshall plan. Nobody would ques-
tion, I suppose, that that program was decisive in
checking economic deterioration and setting in mo-
tion the forces of economic expansion in Western
Europe. That robust European recovery,
achieved by cooperative action, was essential both
for economic health and for the defense effort that
followed.
The Korean War led to a second phase in the
transfer of resources. United States military as-
sistance, averaging more than $2.8 billion a year,
has been designed to reinforce collective security,
but its economic effects should not be ignored.
July 23, 7956
139
Obviously, the program has served to lighten to
that extent the military burden on our allies. In
addition, their economies have benefited from
United States spending for offshore procurement,
operation of bases, and other purposes.
So long as the Soviet Union continues to in-
crease its military capability, the free nations
must keep up their guard by maintaining the
requisite forces for the conmion defense. Such
forces should, of course, be adapted to take account
of changes in military techniques and other con-
ditions. Even so, military spending will be a con-
tinuing economic burden and some countries will
still need help to carry it.
In the meantime, a third aspect of capital ex-
port has come to the fore in the drive of the less
developed nations for economic development.
Many do not realize the depth of the economic
gulf that separates the industrial nations from the
less developed nations. In the advanced econo-
mies of North America, Western Europe, and the
British Conunonwealth, 500 million people now
produce each year goods and services worth more
than $700 billion. In the less advanced econo-
mies of the free world, 1.2 billion people produce
about $150 billion each year. In other words, the
output in the industrial nations is about 10 times
as high per capita.
The problem differs sharply in kind as well as
in degree from the postwar problem in Western
Europe. Then the need was to restore and revive
an advanced productive system. The European
economies still had the stored-up skills and capital
of many generations. They had an extensive edu-
cational system, vast networks of public utilities,
and highly developed mechanisms to induce sav-
ings and convert them into productive assets.
The less developed nations lack almost all these
elements in vaiying degrees. They must create
most of the basic social capital — transport, com-
munications, power, educational facilities — which
is largely taken for granted in the industrialized
countries. They are grievously lacking in the
technical and management skills that are vital to
the operation of advanced industrial and agri-
cultural systems. Even more, their economic
growth will require far-reaching changes in eco-
nomic and social relationships and even in habits
of thought. Finally, these problems are posed
within a context of illiteracy, poverty, and dense
and growing populations.
Yet the peoples of these nations believe and ex-
pect that conditions can be materially improved in
a measurable period of time. This is a major po- '
litical fact. We can recognize that economic
growth in these countries will be a slow and diffi-
cult process. Undoubtedly its pace and character
will depend mainly on the efforts and choices of
the peoples themselves. Yet the free world as a
whole has a major stake in their economic progress
under free ausiJices. And the industrialized na-
tions clearly can assist such economic growth by
wisely sharing techniques and resources.
If foreign private investment could provide the
needed resources, the advantages would be many.
Such investment facilitates the selection of the
most productive projects. In addition to provid-
ing capital, such investment is also an efficient
means for developing the necessary technical and
managerial skills. And private investment also
helps to transmit the qualities of innovation and
enterprise so fundamental to economic progress.
In these countries, a few fields, such as petro-
leum, have indeed attracted substantial private
foreign investment, despite the obstacles. There
has also been some revival of European short- and
medium-term investment in the less developed
countries. If these countries succeed in achieving
a steady measure of growth, the range of private
investment activities will certainly expand.
In the meantime, it is worth while to work to-
ward reducing and minimizing discriminatory
measures adopted in some of the less developed
countries against foreign investment. It is pos-
sible to understand the fears prompting such
measures, without accepting them as wise or bene-
ficial for those countries. For our part, we have
sought to insure direct investors against some
of the risks of foreign operations. We should
also like to ease the tax burden on investors
abroad if the Congress will permit.
Public Financing and Technical Assistance
Still, when all has been said, we know that the
flow of direct private capital and skills will fall
short of the mark for a long time. That will
have to be supplemented by public or quasi-public
financing and teclmical assistance on more than
a transitory basis.
The International Bank is an effective answer
to part of the ijroblem. The bank provides a
mechanism for tapping the private investment
140
Department of State Bulletin
j market and today accounts for a significant por-
tion of private portfolio investment. Its loans
to the less developed areas now total more than $1
billion. Its affiliate, the International Finance
Corporation, will provide new latitude for as-
sistance to foreign private enterjirise.
In addition to loans, the bank provides valuable
advisory assistance to borrowers and potential
borrowers. Its survey missions have contributed
to development planning in a number of less de-
veloped countries. On occasion, staff members
are assigned to technical posts in these countries.
The bank's structure gives it flexibility for mak-
ing use of opportunities for technical assistance
of this kind.
The United Nations also fills part of the need
for technical assistance. This year 72 nations
have pledged $28 million to provide the services
of experts from the United Nations specialized
agencies to less developed comitries. In Jan-
uary, 1,360 United Nations specialists were spotted
around the world. Over its first 5 years, the
program amounted to about $115 million. The
United States has found it a worthwhile activity,
as is indicated by its contribution, 1951-55, of
approximately $65 million.^
Important and valuable as they are, these in-
ternational agencies and programs camiot fully
meet the needs of the less developed countries for
either capital or technical assistance. Recogniz-
ing this, the United States has engaged in an ex-
tensive program through various means. Since
World War II, the Export-Import Bank has be-
come a major source of United States develop-
ment aid. More recently, beginning in 1949-50,
we have carried on national programs of technical
and material aid from annually appropriated
funds. Within the past 2 years, American fai-m
surpluses have come to have a place in aid to
development programs abroad.
Let me review briefly the role of these national
instruments of United States aid and investment
policy.
The Export-Import Bank's primary function
is to provide financing related to American ex-
ports. In performing this function it makes
possible, of course, an expanded outflow of United
States goods and services. It has also contrib-
' For background on the U.N. Expanded Program of
Technical Assistance, see Bdxletin of July 9, 1956, p. 76.
uted to economic development by its loans and
technical services.
In its 22 years of existence, the Export-Import
Bank has disbursed more than $5 billion in loans
and guaranties of loans. As among the less de-
veloped regions, its most extensive operations have
been in Latin America, but it has made large
credits available to countries in Asia and Africa
as well.
As a public corporation, empowered to borrow
from the United States Treasury, the bank has
much more flexibility than agencies operating
under annual appropriations procedures. Since
its loans do not require government guaranties,
it is able to assist directly the operations of pri-
vate enterprise. In sum, the bank is an important
and in some ways a unique mechanism for devel-
opment assistance.
But like the Ibrd [International Bank for Re-
construction and Development], the Export-Im-
port Bank is limited to loans repayable in foreign
exchange. It is plain that such loans alone can-
not meet many development needs. For the time
being at least, there is room for grants and local-
currency loans as well.
The United States has had a decade of expe-
rience involving a variety of forms of bilateral
aid outside of Western Europe. The sums in-
volved are sizable : $7.7 billion of nonmilitary aid,
mainly grants, to Asia, Africa, and Latin Amer-
ica in the period 1945-55.
Much of this has been devoted to special pur-
poses like the disposal of war-surplus equipment
and provision for refugees and for survivors of
disasters. More recently, a major part of our
bilateral economic aid has been devoted to coun-
tries recently at war or bearing military burdens
beyond their own capacities. In fiscal years 1955
and 1956, financial assistance to South Korea,
the Indochinese States, Taiwan, and Pakistan ac-
counted for over 60 percent of all United States
economic aid to less developed countries. Even
so, our economic assistance has been designed
mainly to foster economic growth.
One recent innovation is the use of our surplus
farm commodities in the field of development
assistance. Since 1954 the United States has
sold — usually for local currencies — or granted
more than $1 billion of surplus commodities under
the "trade and development" provisions of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance
July 23, 1956
141
Act of 1954. A large part of the proceeds in turn
has been loaned to the purchasing nations for
fiiiancing economic development projects.
We are well aware of the need for caution and
restraint in disposing of our surpluses. We have
no wish to disrupt commodity markets or to im-
poverish other nations. So far our record has
certainly not been a reckless one.
With ingenuity and skill, surplus disposal
should be able to contribute materially to fiirther-
ing the economic growth of the less developed
nations. For example, these surpluses could pro-
vide such countries a reserve of commodities to
assure against explosive inflation and to allow
them to take greater fiscal risks.
The problems of the less developed nations call
for a variety of measures and tecliniques. These
countries are at different stages of development.
For some, the critical need now is for training and
technical skills ; for others, it is capital equipment ;
and, as we have seen, consumer goods may make a
major contribution to the process under proper
conditions. The particular requirements of any
country will change as it passes through various
stages.
Wliat we can be certain of is that over the next
decade the less developed nations as a whole will
need a steady inflow of resources and skills from
the industrial countries. The goal of the free
world should be to assure that this flow be in ade-
quate volume and effectively responsive to specific
needs as they appear. I believe that the United
States policy is firmly committed to this goal.
Need for Cooperation
At the start of my remarks, I stressed that the
economic health and growth of the free nations
were vitally related not only to their well-being
but to their security and stability. So far I have
focused on the kinds of policies required to pro-
mote such economic health and stability, both for
the industrial nations and for the less developed
members of the free world.
The analysis sharply underscores, I hope, one
basic point, that is, that the free nations cannot
achieve the requisite well-being or growth in iso-
lation. They must work together to promote these
interests. If they cooperate to enhance the pro-
ductivity of their economies, they can help each
other to improve the standards of life of their
peoples. But if they fail to recognize their com-
mon interests and to act wisely to promote them,
neither the mdustrial nor the less developed na-
tions will be able to achieve enduring prosperity. ;
The goals which the free nations must strive
for are valid for their own sake. They would be
essential even if the Soviet bloc did not exist.
The existence of the Soviet bloc serves only to
make more compelling the necessity for progress
toward these goals. Indeed, the ultimate survival
of the free nations may well turn on their ability
to develop their productive power.
The Soviet rulers are counting heavily on the
economic growth of the Soviet Union and other
countries of the Soviet bloc. We would be most
unwise to ignore the material results they have
achieved. The U.S.S.E. has attained a rapid
rate of industrial growth and an extremely high
rate of capital formation. For three decades it
has succeeded in directing a very large share of
output to investment and to military uses. The
European satellites and Communist China are now
engaged in emulating the Soviet system. Today,
the total output of the Soviet economy is about
one-third that of the United States; that of the
bloc as a whole is somewhat more than one-half.
These results have been attained at dreadful
human cost. In substance, the Soviet system is a
highly effective mechanism for holding down con-
sumption to very low levels and for directing
resources and energies to heavy industry and to
producers' goods. In these terms, the system oj)-
erates effectively. But its success has depended
on brutal coercion and a disregard for human
values that is abhorrent to all principles of free
peoples.
The Soviet rulers are clearly counting on this
material progress to shift the balance of power
in the world. The free nations cannot afford to
be complacent. Judging by present prospects,
the nations of Western Europe will do well to
maintain an annual rate of economic growth of
3.5 percent. Meanwhile, the Soviet bloc and its
satellites expect, even with some decline in their
rates of expansion, to maintain a rate of growth
materially more rapid. At this pace, the Soviet
bloc will equal or forge ahead of Western Europe
in total output within two decades, although its
living standards would still lag well behind those
of Western Europe. |
In the less developed countries, the prospects
for sustained economic growth are much more
speculative. The obstacles are much greater and
142
Department of State Bulletin
more deeply rooted than in Western Eui'ope.
These new nations face stupendous tasks of de-
veloping skills, mobilizing resources, and creating
new institutions and attitudes. The growth of
population alone will pose major problems for
many of these densely peopled areas. Thus, by
1975 India may need 80 percent more food than
in 1950 ; inevitably the need for resources and skills
in agriculture will limit its rate of industrial
progress.
These considerations emphasize the importance
of the economic tasks of the free nations.
The lesson for the mature nations is plain
enough. They cannot afford to allow narrow con-
ceptions of national interests to impede vigorous
measures to expand their efficiency and produc-
tivity. There is no inherent necessity that the
Soviet bloc should expand its output more rapidly
than Western Europe. The resources of the West
are greater and its working force is more pro-
ductive, man for man. If these are used effec-
tively and on a sustained basis, Western Europe
need not fall behind Soviet-bloc expansion.
Such an outcome will probably require, how-
ever, a degree of joint effort among the European
nations greater than has yet been achieved. The
Epu and the Oeec are specific evidence that intra-
European cooperation is practical. But Europe
will probably need to go on to closer economic
integration in order to provide the political and
other bases for achieving its full potential growth.
The success of the Coal and Steel Community sug-
gests the feasibility of such measures of actual
economic integration. This experience can be
built upon, through such measures as Ettkatom
and a gradual adoption of a common market, to
get much fuller advantage from the great eco-
nomic assets of Western Europe.
That is one reason for United States support for
progress toward European economic integration
which was reaffirmed by President Eisenhower
only a few weeks ago.*
The other task of the developed nations is the
provision of capital and skills to the less developed
countries. These newer nations must themselves
provide most of the resources and effort required
for growth. But outside help may be critical in
getting the initial start and maintaining early mo-
mentum in the process of development. No one
should underestimate either the importance or the
difficulty of the task. As I have already stressed,
it will require imaginative, long-term efforts by
governments and private investors and institu-
tions alike.
Some observers now profess to see the future
of the contest with the U.S.S.K. as being wholly
in the economic field. This is certainly too limited
a view. The Soviet Union is still a great military
power. To advance its interests and influence,
it will doubtless make use of political and other
means to the full. But we should not under-
estimate the economic aspects of the contest.
For a century and a half the free societies have
pioneered in advancing individual welfare with
freedom. They have succeeded on a scale un-
dreamed of until now. Surely they have no cause
to doubt the outcome of a competition based on
ability to fulfill human aspirations.
Mr. Randall To Be Special Assistant
on Foreign Economic Policy
The White House {Gettysburg^ Pa.) released
on July 10 the following letter from President
Eisenhower to Clarence B. Randall.
Jttlt 10, 1956
Dear Mk. Eandall: I am delighted that you
have agreed to serve as Special Assistant to the
President in the area of foreign economic policy
and that you will be taking up the work of your
able predecessor in assisting and advising me in
the orderly development of foreign economic pol-
icy and programs.^ I shall count on you to assure
the effective coordination of foreign economic mat-
ters of concern to the several departments and
agencies of the Executive Branch, and to effect a
further simplification of the present administra-
tive and coordinating structure in this field.
In this capacity you will assume the chairman-
ship of the Council on Foreign Economic Policy,
whose membership consists of the Secretaries of
State, Treasury, Agriculture, and Commerce, and
the Director of the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration, or their principal deputies, also my
Administrative Assistant for Economic Affairs,
' ma., June 4, 1956, p. 915.
Ju/y 23, 1956
' On June 22 the White House released an exchange of
correspondence between President Eisenhower and Joseph
M. Dodge in which the President agreed to Mr. Dodge's
request to be relieved in mid-July of his duties as Special
Assistant for Foreign Economic Policy.
143
my Special Assistant for National Security Af-
fairs, and a member of my Council of Economic
Advisers. The heads of other departments and
agencies should continue to be invited by the chair-
man to participate in meetings of the Council
when matters of direct concern to them are under
consideration.
As a part of this mission, I shall look to you
and your associates for the development of foreign
economic policies and programs designed to meet
the special problems created by Communist eco-
nomic activities in underdeveloped areas of the
free world.
So that you may be fully advised on the foreign
activities and problems of the Government, you
are invited to attend pertinent meetings of the
Cabinet and the National Security Council. I
shall expect you to establish appropriate working
relations with the National Security Council, the
National Advisory Council on International
Monetary and Financial Problems, and other
relevant groups as necessary to assure that the
formulation of foreign economic policy is prop-
erly integrated with the formulation of national
security policy, international financial policy, and
domestic economic policy.
You may provide yourself with such staff as is
necessary to assist you in connection with these
duties. In addition, you may need to make pro-
vision from time to time for a limited number of
special task forces for the review of specific for-
eign economic matters.
Needless to say, I am very glad that you are
continuing your service in the field of foreign eco-
nomic policy where you have already made such
a notable contribution. In the critical but hope-
ful years ahead we must continue to act construc-
tively in this vital field in order that the cause
of a just peace may be substantially advanced.
With warm regard,
Sincerely,
DwTGHT D. Eisenhower
The Honorable Clarence B. Kandall
Special Assistant to the President
Importance of Restoring Funds
Cut From Mutual Security Program
Statement hy President Eisenhower ^ I
It is my earnest conviction that the successive
slashes that the committees of the Congress have
made in mutual security funds are not in the best
interests of the United States of America. They
would definitely injure our efforts to help lead the
world to peace based on cooperation and justice.
The mutual security program has positive, con-
structive advantages and dividends for our people
and our friends throughout the world, both at this
moment and for the future. It is not enough to' j
put our money for defense only into our own
Armed Forces. We must continue building mu-
tual security through cooperation with our friends
abroad.
We must never forget that the Marshall plan
saved free Europe from communism. This Na-
tion spent twelve billion dollars in that effort.
Today, were it not for that program, we would be
sjiending more, much more, each year to maintain
our position in an impossible woi'ld situation.
Likewise, we must have confidence in the free
world. We must do what we can to help provide
an opportunity for people to make a living. We
cannot have a free world if that opportunity is
lacking. If it is so lacking, then we are bound to
have either dictatorship or foreign domination in
those nations.
That is what we are trying to avoid through the
mutual security program. It is one of the wisest
and most necessary programs our country has un-
dertaken in world affairs. Without it there can
be no peace.
This is a mere outline of the grave reasons that
lead me to say that it would be a grave mistake if
the Congress should fail to restore a substantial
part of the funds slashed from the mutual security
program. This is not a partisan political pro-
gram. It is a program for all our citizens in the
best interests of the United States of America.
'Issued to correspondents at Gettysburg, Pa., on July 9.
144
Department of State Bulletin
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference
Press release 380 dated July 11
Secretary Dulles : I thought that you might be
interested in a comment from me with reference
to the Soviet Communist Party statement of June
30. So I prepared such a comment, and this time
I got it mimeographed and in your hands in ad-
vance so you would not have to copy it down as
I read it.^
The Central Committee of the Soviet Com-
munist Party made a statement on June 30, 1956,
which is an important addition to the great Com-
munist debate now in progi-ess. It attempts to
explain how, under the Soviet Communist sys-
tem, the abuses of Stalinism were tolerated for so
many years and what they say will prevent the
recurrence of such abuses.
The statement seems primarily designed to re-
assure those who compose the international Com-
munist movement. But it was not only the Soviet
Party members and Soviet workers who suffered
from the abuses of Stalin. Other peoples also
suffered. That is a fact which the Soviet Com-
munists seem to ignore. They should see, if really
their eyes are opened, that the violence and ter-
rorism which they now denounce was not merely
Soviet domestic policy but also Soviet foreign
policy. Wliole peoples were thereby brought into
grievous captivity. And the still free people have
had to i^ay a heavy price to protect themselves.
They, too, are entitled to be assured that the evil
done in Stalin's name will be undone and that such
policies will not recur.
The Soviet Communist Party now promises a
decentralization of power in favor of the Soviet
Republics and, for individual citizens, "freedom
of speech and of the press and freedom of con-
science" and a rule of law. It says that "the
highest aim of the Soviet State is to raise the popu-
lation's living standards in every respect." But
^ The following five paragraphs were also released sep-
arately as press release 379 dated July 11.
these things were already promised by the Soviet
State Constitution adopted in 1936. That did not
prevent the policies of violence and the massive
terrorisms, tortures, enforced confessions, and
judicial murders which Kirushchev described in
his originally secret and now revealed speech of
last February.
Only the reality of vigorous democratic institu-
tions will genuinely insure against the corrupting
power of despotism.
The whole world will therefore watch to see
what will actually come of the present develop-
ments. If they dependably alter the domestic and
foreign policies and practices of the Soviet state,
it would beneficially transform the world scene.
We hopefully await the coming of that day.
Now if you have questions.
Q. At the beginning of the second paragraph of
your statement you say that the Soviet Commu-
nist statement was primanly designed to reassure
those who compose the international Communist
movement. Do you find evidence that it has or
has not heen accepted iy them?
A. I do not think that the evidence is yet in
sufficiently to answer that question. It seems that
the Communist Parties in many of these countries
are still pondering over the matter. There are
some initial reactions that seem to accept it. In
other cases there is not complete acceptance. The
overall response seems to be tentative rather than
definitive.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in the other half of this sec-
ond paragraph you talk about what the Soviets
should do to undo the evil done in Stalin's ruvme.
Specifically, do you mean that the Soviet Govern-
ment, for one thing, should volvmtarily liberate
the satellite countries as evidence of its neio
policy?
A. I believe that it should do so. It should re-
store independence to the satellite countries. I
July 23, 1956
145
think that is one of the touchstones of the reality
of a new policy. That is a point which the United
States has constantly emphasized, and President
Eisenhower himself, as you will recall, personally
expressed that point of view very strongly to
Messrs. Khrushchev and Bulganin when he was
at Geneva just about a year ago.
Possibility of Transformation
in U. S. S. R.
Q. Mr. Secretary., in the last paragraph when
you say, "TFe hopefully await the coming of that
day^'' can we derive from that that you feel this
transformation in the Soviet Union m/iy well alter
Soviet aggression that has heen so troublesome
over the years?
A. I believe — although no one can be certain
about the matter — I believe the forces that are now
working are going to prove to be irresistible.
Tliat does not mean that will happen today or
tomorrow. I have testified several times about
this matter before congressional committees in
the last few weeks. I said there that no sudden
transformation will come about. It is not a
matter for this year or next year, but I believe
this second postwar decade in which we are
will see these new forces take charge of the
situation and that we can really hopefully look
forward to a transformation of the international
scene.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you stated that you think
these forces are irresistible. You still feel,
though, that they can he reversed at any time?
A. I would say that the current policies of the
Soviet Union can still be reversed at any time be-
cause they don't yet depend upon the consent of
the governed. I believe that there are processes
at work which will require Soviet policies to be-
come responsive to the will of the governed, and at
that point they cease to be suddenly reversible.
Q. Mr. Secretary, will the elimination of the
present rulers of the Soviet Union he conducive
to the release of these forces or not?
A. I would not want to comment in t«rms of
personalities. I think that would be a highly
speculative thing. It would first depend on who
succeeded them. That would be getting into in-
ternal affairs to a degree which I prefer not to get
into.
Q. Is there anything you can tell us ahout the
Soviet note pointing out alleged violation of their
air territory hy our planes?
A. No. I received such a note yesterday after-
noon from the Soviet Ambassador, making cer-
tain complaints about the alleged violation of
their air territory by supposedly United States
bombers. I have referred the matter to the De-
fense Department for inquiry. I know nothing
about the matter whatsoever.
Soviet Economic Aid
Q. Air. Secretary, are you in agreement with
what Mr. Nixon has heen saying in Asia ahout
Comrmmist aid and the willingness of the United
States to continue aid to countries that are re-
ceiving economic aid from, the Oommunists?
A. I didn't get the last part of your question.
Q. Well, Mr. Nixon said that the United States
would continue to supply economic aid to Asian
countries that took it from the Communists — the
Russians.
A. I would merely say about that that I believe
Vice President Nixon has very effectively and well
expounded U.S. policy in the countries which he
has visited. I don't recall the precise language to
which you refer, but I am quite familiar in gen-
eral with what Vice President Nixon has said in
these countries, and I would say in general I am
quite in accord with it.
Q. Mr. Secretary, one of the specific quotes
from Mr. Nixon's I'emarhs at Karachi dealt with
foreign aid and, specifically, Soviet foreign aid.
He said: '■'■Soviet aid is offered not with strings
hut with a rope, and the recipient runs almost the
certain risk of having the rope tightened around
its neck?'' Would you agree with that view on
Soviet aid?
A. I do not think that Vice President Nixon
said that. He quoted somebody else as having
said it. That is the report which I got of the
incident.
Q. I read the State Department text of that
news conference, sir, and he did say it.
A. I read it also and that was not my under-
standing of it. [Laughter]
Q. Irrespective of whether he was quoting some-
body else or himself, do you agree with that
statement?
146
Department of State Bulletin
A. I think it is almost certain there is a risk
in accepting Soviet Communist aid. But I think
that almost inevitably follows from the fact that
the Soviet Union and satellite countries are them-
selves so impoverished in terms of the need for
consumer goods that only a strong political pur-
pose could justify and lead the Soviet rulers to
divert economic assistance from their own people
to other peoples. There must, therefore, be a
strong motive behind it. That motive needs to be
watched carefully. I do not want to say in every
case the taking of Soviet aid would involve a
great danger, but certainly when you see an area
as impoverished as the Soviet bloc is — and that
is highlighted by the recent riots in Poznan —
when you see the situation where the workers are
rioting and risking their lives to get more bread,
when you see such a country diverting its economic
wealth to other people, there must be a strong
political motive behind it, and that is a warning.
Neutralism
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you still ielieve thai neu-
tralism is immoral?
A. I believe what I said,^ which is that the kind
of neutralism which is indifferent to the fate of
others and which believes security can best be
sought in isolation and without concern for
others — I said that kind of neutrality, I believe,
is immoral. I did not say neutralism of all kinds
is immoral. I described the kind of neutralism
which I think is immoral, and to that view I still
adhere.
Q. Hoio is that expressed in the international
field, Mr. Secretary f
A. It is first of all expressed through member-
ship, I would say, in the United Nations, which
itself commits all of the members to the principle
of standing together as against aggression. That
indicates a concern for others. Now, of course,
as we know, the operation of that provision of the
United Nations Charter is subject to being im-
peded by the veto power in the Security Council.
The concept of mutual help, which is expressed
in the United Nations Charter, has been translated
in a good many cases into the collective security
arrangements which are permitted under article
51 of the charter, which is written — and I helped
to write it — for the reason of having an alterna-
tive to the Security Council and its veto power.
So the concept of nations being willing to help
each other is inherent in the United Nations Char-
ter and is also inherent in the collective security
arrangements made under article 51 of the charter,
which was devised to permit overcoming the pos-
sible veto power in the Security Council.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the further point — Mr. Nixon
in his Manila speech ^ made a distinction between
two hinds of neutrals, one that just is independent
the way we were when we were yowng and the sec-
ond which makes no moral distinction between
right and wrong. Do you think any of the present
governments in Asia qualify in the second
category?
A. Well, I wouldn't want to call countries by
name. I think I had better not do that.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the definition of a concern for
others as being expressed through membership
in the United Nations means, as a practical mat-
ter, does it not, that there practically aren't cmy
neutrals in the world? Practically all the coun-
tries which have been able to get into the United
Nations are there.
A. Yes, with one exception, Switzerland, which
has felt that its membership in the United Na-
tions would be inconsistent with its traditional
policy of neutrality. I would not want even there
to say that the neutrality of Switzerland was
immoral. It is based upon a very special set of
circumstances, and I think in the statement which
I made, and which has been alluded to by another
questioner, I said "except under very exceptional
circumstances," and there could be exceptional
circumstances, I' think perhaps are, in the case of
Switzerland. But Switzerland has not joined the
United Nations, although it could do so, because it
felt that was inconsistent with its traditional
policy of neutrality.
Q. I think some of us had the impression from
the statement you made that the standard which
was in your mind, the standard of action or com-
mitment, was the collective security system, that
is, the willingness to take a position on some spe-
cific current issue during the past 10 years. Your
definition here broadens neutrality to the point
where I now have the impression that hardly any
■ Bulletin of June 18, 1956, p. 999.
Jo/y 23, 1956
' ma., July 16, 1956, p. 91.
147
country would he considered to he mumoral m its
neutral policy.
A. I think there are very few, if any, although
I do believe this: I believe that countries which
denounce genuine collective security pacts are seek-
ing to i^romote a somewhat wrong view of
neutrality.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there have heen repeated re-
ports that this country is reevaluating its Middle
East policy and that as a consequence mayhe the
United States will assume full inembership in the
Baghdad Pact. Is such a reevalwition taMng
place, and is the possibility of full membership
under consideration?
A. No, there has been no recent consideration
or change of policy with reference to the Baghdad
Pact. Our position in that respect remains as it
has been.
Rearmament
Q. Mr. Secretary, within the past week the ques-
tion of rearmament has taken a pretty had kicking
aroumd in Germany — West Germany — and in
Japan. In Bonn the opposition icalked out, and
in Tokyo the Socialists won in the Upper House
on the issue. In the evaVaation of those circum-
stances is there any possible sign that loe may take
a new look at the rearmament of both countries?
A. The United States is not pressing any coun-
try to rearm. We do point out that the respon-
sibilities of membership in collective security or-
ganizations do imply a willingness on the different
countries' part to share to some fair degree the
responsibilities of the measure of collective arma-
ment which is deemed to be desirable. It is there-
fore, I think, incumbent, for example, upon Ger-
many, having become a member of the North
Atlantic Treaty, to bear a fair share of the respon-
sibility and of the burden in terms of armament
of the collective defense arrangement which is
being maintained under the North Atlantic
Treaty. In the case of Japan, there the situation
is somewhat different. Japan is not a member of
any collective security arrangement, although it
does have a security treaty with the United States.
But the question of what the Japanese do about
their constitution is for them to decide, and we
have not taken any position on that matter.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to tohat do you ascribe the
failure of the Japanese Government to get enough
conservative seats in the Upper House to amend
the constitution? Do you believe that that may
he a letting down of the guard in the face of the
Soviet peace offensive?
A. I think I said before — if not, I will say
again — that there is less fear in the world of war
than was the case heretofore. I think we can all of
us be very glad that that is the case. But we have
to recognize that people who are not so afraid
of war as they were are not going to be willing
to assume quite as heavy a burden for armament
as they did before. But I would personally much
prefer to have a world in which there is less dan-
ger of war than a world in which the danger ■
of war is so great that everybody feels they have
to rush into armament.
Q. Mr. Secretary, these irresistible trends in
Russia you spoke about before, do you think they
eventually toill help to bring about German re-
unification in this second postwar decade?
A. Yes, I believe so.
Influence Through "Conduct and Example"
Q. What could the West do in order to help
those forces at work in Russia? Could we do
something or should we jxist let them work hy
themselves?
A. I believe that the most we can do is to ad-
here to the old historic American tradition of set-
ting an example of the good fi-uits of freedom.
One of the phrases which I most often go back to
is in the opening paragraph of The Federalist
papers, in which it is said, "It seems to have been
reserved to the American people by their conduct
and example to show . . ." and then it goes on.
I believe that the best thing we can do is to show
by our conduct and example how good are the
fruits of this kind of a society, and that it is that
example which will be most influential.
The idea that we can help along by direct in-
terference is, I think, a false idea. It very rarely
helps to bring about changes in a foreign country
to have foreigners themselves directly intervene
in their internal affairs. But we can and do, I
think, set an example which is felt throughout
the world, and that tends to stimulate these proc-
esses. Tliey would not be irresistible in my
opinion if it were not for the fact that there is
this constant demonstration going on as to how
good freedom is. It is a conduct and example
148
li&pat\m&n\ of State Bulletin
which catches the imagination of people, and that
is why people throughout the world are constantly
striving to get more freedom and more liberty.
Q. Do you think that the -policy of exchange
of contacts would also have an impact?
A. I believe that it will, largely because it will
bring to the peoples of the Soviet Union a greater
knowledge of what are the freedoms that we en-
joy and how good are the fruits of tliose free-
doms. Much of that is still denied to the Soviet
people, and our conduct and example is only per-
suasive if it is known. If people can't see what we
do, our example doesn't count there; if they don't
know of our conduct, that doesn't count there. So
that in order that our conduct and example be in-
fluential it must be known.
Foreign Aid Cut
Q. Mr. Secretary, the House gives indication
of chopping about a billion and a half out of
the President's foreign aid program. No-w, both
you and the President have spoken in general
terms of the damage that would do. What spe-
cific damage will be done to United States and
free-world security if that cut is sustained today
or tomorrow?
A. Well, the use of that money, as I pointed
out before, is in terms of particular persons and
places. It is all right to deal with this money
as an anonymous thing — I wouldn't say it is all
right ; it is all wrong to deal with it as an anony-
mous thing. We have to translate this thing into
terms of actual places and actual persons, and the
greater part of this money goes to particular places
which I have enumerated. A great deal of it
goes to Korea. What do we want to do with
Korea? Do we want to undermine the defensive
capability of Korea or not? How about For-
mosa ? How about Viet- Nam ? How about Tur-
key, and so forth ? You go around the map, and
in each case you have got particular situations,
particular people, who are friendly with us, who
have coordinated their policies with ours; and if
you have drastically to alter those policies, and
not even be able to cushion the shock, it can have
a very serious effect upon the wliole system of
mutual security which we have built up.
Q. Do you feel that the Republicans in Con-
gress have not sufficiently backed up the President
in this?
July 23, 1956
392413—56 3
A. I think the Republicans in Congress have
backed up the President very well. As I recall,
when the vote was taken in the House Appropria-
tions Committee, all of the Republicans, I think,
but one voted against the big cut, and practically
all of the Democrats voted for the big cut.
Q. How about on the House floor? Quite a
feio Republicans lined up there.
A. You are talking about the appropriation
now, or the authorization?
Q. On the authorization.
A. I thought you were talking about the big
cut.
Q. Well, I am, talking about both. But you got
900 lopped off the authorization, which I figured
you werenH too happy about either.
A. Yes, but a good deal of that came back,
which we expected that it would. The big con-
cern we have is about the appropriations.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is there any conflict between
a policy whereby we influence people by our con-
duet and example and a policy of liberation of
the satellite nations?
A. I see no inconsistency between the policy of
conduct and example and the policy of liberation,
because it has been our conduct and example
which has been the great liberating force through-
out the world. Throughout practically all of the
last century the example which we set of our
freedom and independence was a tremendously
inspiring liberating force. It has been in large
part that which lias brought about this tremen-
dous evolution from colonialism to independence.
I don't claim for the United States the sole credit
for that at all, because there are plenty of other
democratic countries within the free world who
have set that example and who have tliemselves
taken an initiative. But what the United States
did in the way of its conduct and example goes
way back to the early days of this hemisphere
when, following our independence, other Ameri-
can countries gained their independence. The
Monroe Doctrine, which exemplifies our belief
in the independence of these countries, our con-
duct with reference to the Philippines — our whole
example has been a profound influence. And
when you talk, for example, to the people of a
country like Indonesia — or India for that mat-
ter— you find that the history that they know,
149
from which they get their inspiration, is very
largely early American history.
Q. Mr. Secretary., all Commimist organs are
currently engaged in spreading an idea of the
United States ieing engaged in subversive activi-
ties and citing, in that connection., the appropria-
tion of $100 million and the recent move in the
Senate for $25 miUion. You, undmihtedly, know
the appropriations referred to. Do you care to
say anything about that?
A. There has been, of course, no final action
taken on any of those matters at the present time.
But whatever sums are appropriated or made
available, if there are any, would be used only
for the purpose of carrying out this concept which
I have described; that is, making known to the
peoples of the world the good fruits of a free
society. It is not going to be used for subver-
sive activities as it is alleged.
U.S.-lndian Relations
Q. Mr. Secretary, could yon tell us how you
feel about the prospect of losing Mr. Cooper as
Ambassador to India, and could you assess for
us now what you think the status of the relations
between our two countries is?
A. It is naturally a disappointment to us in
the State Department to see a very fine, able, and
sensitive Ambassador drop out of that important
position. I do not think that it will have any
permanent effect upon the relations of our two
countries, and I believe that the relations of our
two countries are fundamentally good. There is
some surface agitation as between our two coun-
tries, but when you really get down to the funda-
mentals of our relations with each other, our
respect for each other, the good economic rela-
tions we have, the many exchanges of persons
and peoples that we have, I think it is a funda-
mentally wholesome and sound relationship.
There are, of course, differences in our views
about a good many international affairs, and the
Government of India takes certain views about
international affairs wliich are different ifrom
our own. But I have constantly emphasized we
do not hold that against India in the sense of its
being anything that is to be attacked by us or
as basically affecting our relations, because, as I
have often said, the hallmark of freedom is dif-
ference, and we must always expect that there
will be differences between free peoples. And
we do not seek for the kind of enforced conformity
which has been, up to now at least, a hallmark of
Soviet communism.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you still plan to accom-
pany the President to Panama, and, if so, could
you tell us what you expect from that meeting?'^
A. I do expect to go with the President to Pan-
ama. The meeting is not a business meeting, but
it is a meeting where most, I think, of the Presi-
dents of the 21 American Republics will gather
for personal acquaintance and for informal ex-
change of views. I believe that out of it will
come a fresh sense of fellowslup and a still fur-
ther invigoration of the Organization of American
States, which is a wonderful international or-
ganization— in many respects the best that there
is in the world.
Q. Thank you, sir.
President Sends Greetings
to Asian Leaders
Following are texts of letters from President
Eisenhower to Ngo Dinh Diem, President of Viet-
Nam, and to Chiang Kai-shek, President of the
Republic of China, lohich Vice President Nixon
delivered on his recent trip to the Far East.^
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER TO
PRESIDENT DIEM>
Dear Mr. President: At this time I wish to
extend to you and to your associates my warmest
congratulations. The people of my country and
of the entire Free World admire the devotion, the
courage and determination which you have shown
in surmounting the difficulties which confronted
your newly independent country.
We recall, in particular, your success in inspir-
*The Presidents of the American Republics will meet
at Panama City July 21-22 to commemorate the 130th
anniversary of the Consress of Panama.
■ For text of a letter from Mr. Eisenhower which Mr.
Nixon presented to President Magsaysay of the Philip-
pines, see Bulletin of July 16, 1956, p. 93.
= Delivered at Saigon on July 6. The Republic of Viet-
Nam on July 7 marked the second anniversary of Presi-
dent Diem's government.
150
Department of State Bulletin
ing a sense of national unity among your people ;
the courage of the A^ietnamese nation in withstand-
ing the pressures of aggressive Communism ; and
tlie notable progress made by your country toward
the great goal of constitutional government.
I am proud that the Government and the people
of the United States have been able to contribute
to your successful efforts to restore stability and
security to your country, and to help lay a solid
basis for social and economic reconstruction.
I speak for the people of the United States in
our well wishes today to you and your country-
men and I look to many years of partnership in
the achievement of our common goals.
Sincerely yours,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
His Excellency
Ngo Dinh Diem,
President of the RepuMic of Viet-Nam,
Saigon, Viet-Nam.
PRESIDENT EISENHOWER TO
PRESIDENT CHIANG »
Dear Mr. President: I welcome the opportu-
nity to send you my warm personal gi-eetings
through Vice President Nixon. I liave asked him
to make this special trip in order to convey to you
personally, and through you to the courageous
Chinese people, my admiration for your unyield-
ing stand against Communism.
International communism alters its tactics from
time to time, but we have as yet no evidence of any
change in its objectives. The American people
and Government realize this. Likewise, let there
be no misapprehension about our own steadfast-
ness in continuing to support the Republic of
China.
I am encouraged to hear of tlie progress which
has been made in improving the security and well-
being of the people of Taiwan despite the dangers
and difficulties confronting you. I am sure that
you share my own confidence tliat the close coop-
eration which has so long characterized our rela-
tions will continue. No problems are too great
for solution when a will to work together exists.
Your leadership and courage have served as an
inspiration to your people and to free men every-
where who have stood firm against the Communist
tyranny.
Sincerely yours,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
His Excellency
Chl\ng ICai-shek,
President of the Republic of China,
Taipei, Taiwan.
Polish Red Cross Declines
U.S. Offer of Food
Following is the text of a letter from Acting
Secretary Hoover to Harold Starr, General Cown-
sel of the American Red Cross, together with two
letters from Mr. Starr to Mr. Hoover.
ACTING SECRETARY HOOVER TO MR. STARR,
JULY 7
Press release 377 dated July 3
Tliank you for your letter of July 2, in wliich
you informed me of your transmission to the
League of Red Cross Societies of the offer of the
United States Government of wheat, flour, and
other foodstuffs, to relieve the shortages report-
edly current in Poland and particularly in the
Poznan area. We deeply appreciate your coop-
eration in transmitting our offer of assistance.
I have now received your letter of July 6, in
which you inform me of the advice of the League
of Red Cross Societies to tlie effect that the Polish
Red Cross does not see fit to accept tlie offer. As
I indicated to you in my letter of June 30,^ we
stood ready in all good faith to be of help to
the Polisli people. Our offer to be of assistance
in relieving distress in Poland remains open.
We welcome your suggestion to keep us in-
formed of any further reports received from the
League of Red Cross Societies in regard to our
offer.
MR. STARR TO MR. HOOVER, JULY 2
Promptly upon receipt of your letter of June
30, we advised tlie League of Red Cross Societies
3 Delivered at Taipei on July 7.
My 23, 7956
' Bulletin of July 9, 1956, p. 55.
151
in Geneva of the offer of the United States Gov-
ernment of wheat, flour and other foodstuffs, to
relieve the shortages reportedly current in Poland.
As you know, the League of Ked Cross Societies
is presently engaged in the distribution of food-
stuffs to the sufferers from the winter floods of
the Danube in Hungary, and the League was,
accordingly, advised that a program similar in
content could be undertaken in Poland through
their auspices, if acceptable to them and to the
Polish Ked Cross.
The League has assured us that it was prepared
to accept the responsibility and that it would
promptly transmit the offer of assistance to the
Polish Ked Cross. Furthermore, we are to be
advised immediately by the League of the response
from the Polish Red Cross, and we shall, in turn,
keep you currently informed.
MR. STARR TO MR. HOOVER, JULY 6
Supplementing my letter of July 2, 1956, rela-
tive to the offer of the United States Government
to make available wheat, flour and other food-
stuffs to relieve the shortages currently reported
in Poland, we have now received cable advice from
the League of Red Cross Societies that the Polish
Ked Cross does not see fit to accept the offer.
A copy of the cable containing the foregoing
advice is enclosed and you will note it contains an
expression of the League's appreciation for our
Government's offer.
It may be that the Polish Ked Cross will pro-
vide a more detailed expression of its rejection of
the offer to the League of Ked Cross Societies, and
we shall ask the League promptly to furnish us
copies of such further details. We shall, of
course, keep you informed of any further advice
received.
Text of Cable Transmitting
Reply of Polish Red Cross
Following telegram received Polcross "We have
received your telegram of July 2. In reply we see
no necessity to accept proposal of United States
Government presented in telegram." Please ad-
vise State Department and express appreciation
of League for offer.
Immigration Quota for Sudan
A PROCLAMATION'
Whereas under the provisions of section 201 (b) of ttie
Immigration and Nationality Act, ttie Secretary of State,
tlie Secretary of Commerce, and the Attorney General,
jointly, are required to determine the annual quota of
any quota area established pursuant to the provisions of
section 202 (a) of the said Act, and to reiwrt to the
President the quota of each quota area so determined;
and
Wherb^as the Sudan, formerly the Anglo-Egyptian Su-
dan, declared its independence on December 19, 1955 and
has been recognized as an independent country by the
United States ; and
Whereas the Secretary of State, the Secretary of Com-
merce, and the Attorney General have reported to the
President that in accordance with the duty imposed and
the authority conferred upon them by section 201 (b) of
the Immigration and Nationality Act, they jointly have
made the determination provided for and computed under
the provisions of section 201 (a) of the said Act ; and have
fixed, in accordance therewith, an immigration quota for
the Sudan as hereinafter set forth :
Now, therefore, I, DWIGHT D. EISENHOWER, Presi-
dent of the United States of America, acting under and by
virtue of the authority vested in me by the aforesaid Act
of Congress, do hereby proclaim and make known that
the annual quota of the quota area hereinafter enum-
erated has been determined in accordance with the law
to be, and shall be, as follows :
Area No.
Quota Area
Quota
86
Sudan
100
The provision of an immigration quota for any quota
area is designed solely for the purpose of compliance vpith
the pertinent provisions of the Immigration and Nation-
ality Act and is not to be considered as having any signifi-
cance extraneous to such purpose.
Proclamation No. 2980 of June 30, 1952 "^ is amended
accordingly.
In vfiTNESs WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this ninth day of July
in the year of our Lord nineteen hundred and
[sb:al] fifty-six, and of the Independence of the United
States of America the one hundred and eighty-
first
By the President :
John Foster Dulles,
Secretary of State.
'■ No. 3147 ; 21 Fed. Reg. 5127.
' Bulletin of July 14, 1952, p. 83.
152
Department of State Bulletin
Unpublished Documents Distributed Among Delegates
to 20th Congress of Soviet Communist Party
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The Department of State announced on June 30
that it had recently obtained through a confiden-
tial source certain documents which were, it is
believed, distributed to the delegates at the 20th
Party Congress of the Communist Party of the
Soviet Union on February 25, 1956.
They were distributed as supplements to the
version of the speech of First Party Secretary
N. S. Khrushchev, which was previously released
by the Department (June 4) .' The 18 documents,
which deal with Soviet affairs in 1922-23, have
been under study by the Department to determine
the previous history of publication or reference.
In view of the fact that on June 30 the Com-
munist Party of the Soviet Union made public a
segment of the documents in this series, the De-
partment has decided to make available the docu-
ments in its possession at this time, in the interests
of scholarship and historical perspective on the
events of 1922-23.
TEXT OF DOCUMENTS
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF PARTY
ORGANIZATIONS
1. Protocol by N. K. Krupskaya CLenin's Wife) and
Kamenev, May 18, 1924, on Notes Transmitted by
Lenin. Unpublished
I transmitted the notes which V. I. Uyich dictated to
me during his illness from 23 December to 23 January —
13 separate notes. This total number does not yet in-
clude the note concerning the national question (Mariya
Ilyishna has it). Some of these notes have already been
published (on the Workers-Peasants Inspection, and on
Sukhanov). Among the unpublished notes are those of
24-25 December '22 and those of 4 January '23 which
contain personal characterizations of some CC members.
Vladimir Ilyich expressed the definite wish that this note
of his be submitted after his death ^ to the next Party
Congress for its information.
N. Krdtskata
The documents mentioned in the declaration of Com.
N. K. Krupskaya, which are to be transmitted to the CC
Plenum commission, were received by me on 18 May '24.
L. Kamenev
Vladimir Ilyich's notes mentioned aliove and trans-
mitted to Com. Kamenev — are all known to me and were
earmarked by Vladimir Ilyich for transmittal to the Party.
18. V. 24.
N. Keupskata
End of protocol
L. Kamenev
N. Krupskaya
2. Note by Central Committee Plenum Commission
on Lenin's Notes, May 19, 1924. Unpublished
Having familiarized itself with the documents which
were transmitted to Com. Kamenev by N. K. Krupskaya
on 18. V. 24, the CC Plenum Commission decided :
To submit them to the nearest Party Congress for its
information.
19. V. 24
G. ZiNOVTEV
A. Smienov
M. Kalinin
N. BtTKHARIN
J. Stalin
L. Kamenev
3. Lenin's "Letter to the Congress" Regarding
Enlargement of Central Committee, December 23,
1922. Unpublished
I.
LETTER TO THE CONGRESS
I should very much like to advise that a series of
changes in our political organization be undertaken at
this Congress.
'Not printed here; see Conff. Bee. of June 4, 1956,
p. 8465.
'Lenin died Jan. 21, 1924. The 13th Congress of the
Russian Communist Party (Bolsheviks) took place
May 23-31, 1924.
July 23, 1956
153
I should like to share with you those thoughts which I
consider to be most essential.
I submit, as of j^rimary importance, that the size of the
CC membership be enlarged to several dozen, possibly
even to one hundred members. It seems to me that our
Central Committee would be exposed to great danger in
case future developments would not be favorable to us
(and we cannot rely on it) — if we had not undertaken
such a reform.
Next, I would like to call the Congress' attention to the
proposal that under some conditions Gosplan resolutions
should be given a legislative character, taking into con-
sideration here Com. Trotsky's proposition — up to a cer-
tain point and under certain conditions.
Referring to the first point, i. e., enlargement of CC
membership, I am of the opinion that it is necessary for
the raising of CC authority and for the serious work
aimed at raising the efficiency of our apparatus, as also
for the prevention of conflicts between small CC group-
ings which would gravely affect the fate of the Party as
a whole.
I think that our Party has the right to demand 50-100
CC members from the working class whom it can give up
without taxing its strength too highly.
This reform would lay the foundation for a greater
stability of our Party and would help it in its struggle
in the encirclement of hostile nations, a struggle which
in my opinion can and must greatly sharpen in the next
few years. I think that thanks to such a move the sta-
bility of our Party would increase a thousandfold.
Lenin
23 XII '22
Written by M. V.
4. Lenin, Additions to Above, December 24 and
December 25, 1922, and Postscript, January 4, 1923
(Popularly Known as Lenin's "Testament"). Pub-
lished in Various Sources, Including Leon Trotsky,
"The Real Situation in the Soviet Union," Pages
320-323
Continuation of the notes
24 December '22
II
By the stability of the Central Committee, of which I
spoke above, I mean measures to prevent a split — if such
measures can at all be found. Because the White Guard-
ist from Russkaya Mysl (I think it was S. F. Oldenburg)
was of course right when, in the first place, in their action
against Soviet Russia, he banked on the hope of a split
in our Party and also when, in the second place, in speak-
ing of this split, he banked on very serious differences
of opinion in the Party.
Our Party rests upon two classes and this may possibly
result in the violation of its stability ; and its fall could
not be prevented if these two classes did not reach an
agreement. Under such conditions to apply this or that
solution, and even to discuss the stability of our CC, Is
useless. No preventive measures would In such an event
avert a split. I hope, however, that this [the possibility
of a split in the Party] would threaten only in the remote
future, that it is so improbable that we need not even
talk about it.
I have in mind stability which would make a split im-
possible in the near future and I intend to examine here i
a series of a purely personal nature.
In my opinion, and from this viewpoint, such CC mem- ,
hers as Stalin and Trotsky present the most important
factor pertaining to stability. The character of relation-
ship between them contains, to my mind, the greater part
of the danger of that split, which could be avoided ; this
preventive aim can, I think, best be served along with
other purposes by raising the number of CC members to
50, to 100 persons.
Com. Stalin has, having become Secretary General, con-
centrated enormous power in his hands and I am not at
all certain that he is capable of utilizing this power with
sufficient caution. Com. Trotsky, on the other hand, as
was already demonstrated in his fight against the CC in
connection with the question of the People's Commissariat
of Communications, distinguishes himself not only as pos-
sessing great abilities. He is probably the most able man
in the present CC but at the same time he possesses an
exaggerated self-confidence and an exaggerated attraction
to the purely administrative side of affairs.
These two traits of the two able leaders of the present
CC might quite innocently lead to a split; if our Party
does not take steps to prevent this, the split can occur
unexpectedly.
I will not further attempt to characterize other CC
members as to their personal qualities. I will recall only
that the October episode of Zinovlev and Kamenev was, of
course, not an accident, but we should use it against them
even less than non-Bolshevism against Trotsky.
Speaking about the younger CC members, I want to
sa.v a few words about Bukharin and Pyatakov. In my
opinion they are the most able forces (of the younger
men) ; but in regard to them we should be aware of the
following: Bukharin is not only a very valuable and
very prominent Party theoretician, but is properly re-
garded as the favorite of the whole Party ; his theoretical
views, however, can be accepted as fully Marxist views,
but only with a very large grain of salt, because there is
something of the scholastic in him (he never studied and,
I think, has never completely understood, the dialectic).
25. XII.
Now for Pyatakov; he is a man of unquestionably
strong will and of great ability ; he is, however, too much
tempted by administrativeness, by the purely administra-
tive side of things, to be relied on in an important politi-
cal question.
It is clear that the first as well as the second observa-
tion refers only to the present, but both are made just
in case these two able and loyal workers are not able
to find an occasion to round out their knowledge and get
rid of their onesidedness.
Lenin
25. XII. 22
Written by M. V.
154
Department of State Bulletin
Supplement to Letter of Decemher 24, 1922
Stalin is too rude .and this defect, which can be freely
tolerated in our midst and in contacts among us Commu-
nists, can become an intolerable defect in one holding
the position of the Secretary General. Because of this,
I propose that the comrades consider ways and means
by which Stalin can be removed from this position and
another man selected, a man who, above all, would differ
from Com. Stalin in only one quality, namely, greater
tolerance, greater loyalty, greater kindness and more con-
siderate attitude toward his comrades, less capricious tem-
per, etc. This circumstance could appear to be a mean-
ingless trifle. I think, however, that, from the viewpoint
of preventing a split and from the viewpoint of what I
have written above concerning the relationship between
Stalin and Trotsky, this is not a trifle, or if it is one,
then it is a trifle which can acquire a decisive significance.
Lenin
Wrltteu by L. F.
4 January 1923
5. Lenin, Note on Enlargement of Central Com-
mittee, December 26, 1922. Unpublislied
Continuation of notes
26 December 1922
III
The enlargement of the OC membership to 50 or even
100 persons should serve, as I see it, a two- or three-fold
purpose; the more CC members there are, the more
persons will get to know the CC work and the smaller
will be the danger of a split as a result of taking some
careless step. Enlistment of many workers into the CC
will help our workers improve the efl5ciency of our
apparatus,^ which is very bad. Actually we have in-
herited it from the old regime, because it was entirely
impossible for us to reorganize it completely in such a
short time, especially during the period of war, of famine,
etc. For that reason the "critics," who, in a derogatory
or sarcastic manner, point out the defects of our appa-
ratus, can be boldly answered that they have no concept
whatever of the conditions of our present revolution.
Effective reorganization of the apparatus within five
years was entirely impossible — especially during the
period of the revolution. It is enough that during five
years we managed to create a government of a new
type in which the workers at the head of the peasants
stand against the bourgeoisie, and this at the time
when we are encircled by a hostile world; this was a
tremendous accomplishment. This knowledge should not,
however, blind us to the fact that it is actually the old
apparatus which we have taken over, the apparatus of the
Czar and of the bourgeoisie, and that now, when we have
attained peace and have satisfied our minimal needs, we
should devote all our effort toward improving the efli-
ciency of the apparatus. I picture this to myself in this
manner ; several dozen workers taken into the CC ma-
' Lenin here apparently is referring to the governmental
or administrative apparatus.
luly 23, 1956
chinery will be more able than anyone else to occupy
themselves with the control, efficiency and transforma-
tion of our apparatus. It became evident that the
Workers-Peasants Inspection, which initially possessed
this function, is incapable of performing it and can be
used only as an "auxiliary," or, under some conditions,
as an assistant of these CC members. Workers drawn
into the CC should, in my opinion, not be recruited from
among those who have behind them a long period of
service in the Soviet apparatus (in this part of my
letter I count the peasants as workers in every case),
because these workers have acquired certain habits and
certain prejudices, which we specifically consider it
necessary to combat.
The CC staff should be enlisted largely from among the
workers who are below the level of the group which were
promoted during the last five years to positions in the
Soviet apparatus, and from among those who are close
to the common workers and peasants, who are not di-
rectly or indirectly in the category of the exploiters. I
think that such workers, now attending all CC meetings,
and all Politbureau meetings, and having the opportunity
to read all CC documents — are capable of creating the
cadre of loyal supporters of the Soviet system ; they will
be able also, firstly, to add to the stability of the CC itself,
and secondly to work actually on rebuilding the apparatus
and making it efficient.
Written by L. F.
26. XII '22
6. Lenin, Notes Concerning the Assignment of
Legislative Functions to Gosplan, December 27,
1922. Unpublished, but Excerpts Appear in Trotsky,
"The Stalin School of Falsification," Page 76, and
Max Eastman, "Since Lenin Died," Page 15
Continuation of notes
27 December 1922
IV
CONCERNING THE ASSIGNMENT OF
LEGISLATIVE FUNCTIONS TO
GOSPLAN
This idea was, it seems to me, first put forth by Com.
Trotsky. I opposed it, because I considered that in such
a case this would introduce a basic inconsistency into the
s.vstem of our legislative institutions. After a thorough
examination of this question, I have nevertheless come to
the conclusion that it contains an essentially healthy idea,
namely, that Gosplan is somewhat divorced from our legis-
lative institutions despite the fact that, being an assembly
of competent individuals, experts and representatives of
science and technology, it actually has the most data
necessary to assess the situation.
Until now, however, our viewpoint was that Gosplan
should deliver to the State carefully compiled materials
sufficient for State institutions to decide the affairs of
the State. I consider that in the present situation, when
governmental affairs have become unusually complicated,
when it is continuously necessary to decide on questions
155
which require the expert knowledge of Gosplan members
and occasionally on questions which do not require such
expert knowledge, and, what is more, when it is necessary
to decide on questions, parts of which do and parts of
which do not require such expert knowledge of Gosplan —
I consider that at the present time we have to take the
step to broaden Gosplan's powers.
I picture to myself this step as follows : Gosplan's deci-
sions cannot be put aside by the regular governmental
processes, but require special procedures such as presenta-
tion of the matter before a VTIK session, its preparation
in accordance with special instructions, accompanied by
special regulations and notes necessary for consideration
of whether a given Gosplan decision should be abrogated
and finally — the review of Gosplan's decisions should be
made at regular and specific intervals, etc.
Com. Trotsky's concurrence in this matter, in my opin-
ion, could and should be obtained, but not as to the assign-
ment to the post of Gosplan chairman of one of our
political leaders or the chairman of the Supreme Council
of National Economy, etc. It seems to me that in this
question the basic consideration is much too closely tied
up with personal considerations. It seems to me that the
currently expressed objections to the chairman of Gosplan,
Krizhanovsky, and his deputy, Pyatakov, are twofold.
On the one hand they are criticized on the grounds that
they are too easygoing, that they do not assert themselves,
that they lack character, and on the other hand, that they
are supposedly too uncouth, that they behave like first
sergeants, that they do not have sufficiently solid scien-
tific background, etc. It seems to me that these criticisms
encompass two sides of the question pushed to their ex-
tremes and that we do need in Gosplan the skillful com-
bination of both of these types, one represented by
Pyatakov and the other by Krizhanovsky.
In my opinion Gosplan should be headed by a man with
scientific background, specifically in technology or agri-
culture, a man with great practical experience, an ex-
perience of several dozen years in the field of technology
or agriculture. In my opinion such a man needs not so
much administrative ability as he needs wide experience
and the ability to lead.
Lenin
27 Xii. '22
Written by M. V.
7. Continuation of Above, December 28, 1922.
Unpublished
Continuation of the letter on the legislative character of Gosplan
28 Xii. 22
I have noted that some of our comrades, who are in
positions to affect the affairs of the State in a decisive
manner, overemphasize the administrative side of the
question, which at the proper time and place is, of course,
indispensable, but which, however, should not be er-
roneously equated with scientific knowledge, with the
capacity for comprehension of broad realities, with leader-
ship talent, etc.
Every governmental institution, and specifically
Gosplan, requires the happy combination of these two
qualities ; thus, when Com. Krizhanovsky told me that he
managed to get Pyatakov for the work in Gosplan and that
there was a meeting of minds as to the division of labor —
I, giving my consent, felt, deep in me, on the one side,
certain doubts, but visualized, on the other hand, that we
might realize the desired combination of the two types of
governmental leaders. Whether my hope was realized — to '
assess this, we must wait awhile ; we must, over a period
of time, check this in practice; in principle, however, —
I think — we cannot doubt that the proper functioning of
governmental institutions absolutely requires such a com-
bination of characters and types (men, qualities). In my
opinion, in this case, the exaggeration of "administrative-
ness" is just as harmful as exaggeration generally. A
director of a governmental institution should possess in
the highest degree the capacity for leadership and a solid
scientific and technical knowledge to the extent needed for
checking a person's work. This is essential. Without it,
no real work can be done. On the other hand, he has to
know how to administer and has to have for this purpose ^
a suitable assistant or even assistants. It is doubtful
whether we will find the combination of these two qualities
in one person ; it is equally doubtful whether such a com-
bination is neces.sary.
Lenin
Written by L. F.
28 Xll. 22
8. Continuation of Above, December 29, 1922.
Unpublished
Continuation of the notes
29 December 1022
VI
Gosplan, it appears, is being completely transformed
into a commission of experts. At the head of this institu-
tion there should be a man of great and broad scientific
attainments in tlie field of technology. Administrative
ability should be here only a useful adjunct. Gosplan
doubtlessly needs to be to a certain degree Independent
and self-governing provided only that the employees of
this institution are honest and honestly seek to carry out
our plan of economic and social construction.
The last quality is found today, of course, only in unique
cases, because the overwhelming majority of scientists, of
which Gosplan is naturally made up, is heavily burdened
with bourgeois views and preconceptions. To control
these people in this respect should be the task of several
individuals who can constitute a Gosplan presidium ; these
individuals should be Communists and should be checking
daily, during the progress of work, to what degree the
bourgeois scientists are devoted to the cause, whether
they are unburdening themselves of their bourgeois prej-
udices, and also whether they are gradually accepting the
Socialist point of view. This twofold activity — scientific
control coupled with purely administrative work — is the
ideal to which Gosplan leaders in the new republic should
aspire.
It is logical to chop up the work done by Gosplan into
individual directives, or — on the other hand — should we
156
Department of Stale Bulletin
aim at the creation of a permanent band of specialists who
would be subject to systematic control by the Gosplan
presidium, who could reach decisions as to the entirety
of the problems within the scope of Gosplan's activity?
In my judgment, the second of the two is more logical
and we should make an effort to limit the number of burn-
ing and important sijecific problems.
Lenin
Written by M. V.
29. Xii. 22
9. Lenin, Notes on Raising the Number of Central
Committee Members, December 29, 1922. Unpub-
lisiied
Continuation of the notes
29 December 1922
VII
(FOR THE CHAPTER ON RAISING
THE NUMBER OF CC MEMBERS)
When raising the number of CC members, it is neces-
sary, in my opinion, to solve — probably first of all — the
problem of control and efiiciency of our apparatus, which
is good for nothing. For this purpose we should utilize
the services of highly qualified specialists; the task of
making these specialists available belongs to the Work-
ers-Peasants Inspection.
How the work of these control specialists, who also
have sufficient knowledge, is to be coordinated with the
work of these new CC members — practice should decide.
It appears to me that the Workers-Peasants Inspection
(as the result of its development and also as the result
of doubts in regard to this development) has reached
a stage, which we now observe, namely, a stage of tran-
sition from a separate People's Commissariat to the
assignment of special functions to CC members. This
transition is away from an institution which inspects
absolutely everything — away from a group consisting only
of a few members who are, however, first-class inspec-
tors who have to be well paid (this is particularly indis-
pensable in our era when everything has to be paid for
and in the situation when the inspectors are employed
only in those institutions which offer better pay).
If the number of CC members is adequately raised and
if they attend each year a course on administration of
governmental affairs, benefiting from the help of the
highly qualified specialists and of the members of the
Workers-Peasants Inspection, who are highly authorita-
tive in every sphere of activity — then, I think we will
successfully solve this problem which has so long evaded
solution.
Therefore, totally : about 100 CC members and no more
than 400-500 assistants, who, in their capacity as mem-
bers of the Workers-Peasants Inspection, control in
accordance with their directives.
Lenin
29 December 1922
Written by M. V.
10. Memorandum to Members of the Party Central
Committee Covering Transmission of Following
Documents, April 16, 1923. Unpublished
Proletarians of all countries, Unite!
THE COMMUNIST PARTY (BOLSHEVIKS) OF RUSSIA
THE CENTRAL COMMITTEE
DEPARTMENT OF THE BUREAU OF THE SECRETARIAT
NO. 12644/3
16 April 1923
TO ALL MEMBERS OF THE C C/R C P
On order of Com. Stalin there are sent for the infor-
mation of CC members :
a. A letter of Com. Trotsky to the CC members ;
b. Articles of Com. Lenin on the national question,
written at the end of December, 1922 ;
c. A letter of Com. Fotiyeva to Com. Kamenev together
with his answer ;
d. A letter of Com. Fotiyeva to Com. StaUn ;
e. Com. Stalin's declaration.
Assistant to the CC Secretary,
A. Nazaretyan
11. Letter From Trotsky to Stalin and Members of
the Central Committee on Lenin's Article on the
Nationalities Question, April 16, 1923. Unpublished,
but Eastman, "Since Lenin Died," Describes Con-
tent on Page 23
TO COM. STADIN
TO ALL MEMBERS OF THE CC/RCP
I have today received the enclosed copy of a letter from
the personal secretary of Com. Lenin, Com. Fotiyeva, to
Com. Kamenev concerning an article of Com. Lenin about
the national question.
I had received Com. Lenin's article on 5 March to-
gether with three notes of Com. Lenin, copies of which
are also enclosed.
I had made at that time a copy of this article, as of a
document of particularly basic significance, and have used
it as the basis for my corrections (accepted by Com.
Stalin) of Com. Stalin's theses, as well as for my own
article on the national question published In Pravda.
This article, as already stated, is of singularly basic
significance. It contains also a sharp condemnation of
three CC members. As long as even a shadow of hope
existed that Vladimir Uyich had left some instruction
concerning this article for the Party Congress, for which
it was obviously meant, judging by all signs and espe-
cially by Com. Fotiyeva's note — so long have I avoided
bringing this article up.
In the situation which has now arisen — as is also evi-
dent from Com. Fotiyeva's letter — I have no alternative
but to make this article known to the Central Committee
members, because, in my opinion, this article has no lesser
significance from the viewpoint of Party policy on the
national question than the former article on the question
July 23, 1956
157
of the relationship between the proletariat and the
peasantry.
If— on the basis of motives of an inner-Party nature,
whose significance is self-evident — no CC member will
make this article in one or another form known to the
Party or to the Party Congress, I, on my part, will con-
sider this as a decision of silence, a decision which—
in connection with the Party Congress— removes from me
personal responsibility for this article.
16. IV. 23
NO. 199/t
Enclosures : Com. Fotiyeva's
letter, three notes and an
article of Com. Lenin.
L. Tbotskt
Received at 8 : 10 p.m.
16. IV. 23
For accuracy : E. Lepeshinskaya
12. Lenin's Article onlNationalities Question, De-
cember 30, 31, 1922. Published in R. Pipes, "The
Formation of the Soviet Union: Communism and
Nationalism, 1917-23," Pages 273-274
Continuation of the notes
30 December 22.
COPY
CONCERNING THE NATIONAL QUES-
TION OR "AUTONOMIZATI ON"
I have committed, I think, a great offense against the
workers of Russia because I have not pressed with suf-
ficient energy and sharpness the well-known autonomiza-
tion question, known oflScially, it seems to me, as the
question of the union of the Socialist Soviet republics.
In the summer, when this question arose, I was ill, and
then in the autumn I was too confident of my recovery and
believed that I could press this matter at the October and
the December Plenums. However, I could not attend
either the October Plenum (devoted to this problem) or
the December Plenum; and in this way this question
passed me by almost entirely.
I managed only to talk with Com. Dzerzhinsky, who had
returned from the Caucasus, and who related to me how
this question looks in Georgia. I also managed to ex-
change a few words with Com. Zinoviev and passed on to
him my anxiety concerning this question. What I heard
from Com. Dzerzhin!5ky, who was at the head of a com-
mission sent by the Central Committee for the purpose of
"investigating" the Georgia incident, made me expect
nothing but the worst. If things have gone so far that
Ordzhonikidze could stoop to using physical violence,
which was told me by Com. Dzerzhinsky, then it can be
imagined in what a quagmire we have landed. Evidently
the whole concept of "autonomization" was basically
wrong and inopportune.
It is said that we need the unity of the apparatus.
Whence came these assurances? Was it not from the same
Russian apparatus, which, as I have already noted in one
of the earlier numbers of my journal, we have taken over
from the Czarate and have only thinly anointed with the
Soviet holy oil?
It cannot be doubted but that we should have waited
with this matter until we could have said that we answer /
for our apparatus as for our very own. And now we j
should conscientiously say something quite the opposite,
namely that we call as our ovra an apparatus which is
really foreign to us and which is a bourgeois and Czarist
hodgepodge, which we had no chance of subduing during
the past five years without the help of our states under
conditions when the "business" of war and the fight
against the famine was more important.
Under such conditions it is an entirely natural thing
that the point about the "freedom to withdraw from the
union," with which we justify ourselves, will prove to be
but a scrap of paper insufficient for the defense of foreign
races in Russia against the inroads of that very generically
Russian man, the Great Russian, the chauvinist, and
actually a villain and a ravager, which is what the typical
Russian bureaucrat is. It cannot be doubted but that the
insignificant percentage of Soviet and Sovietized workers
will drown in this chauvinistic sea of Great Russian
rascality like a fly in the milk.
It is offered in the defense of this undertaking that the
people's commissariats whose activity includes the mat-
ters pertaining to the national spirit, national education,
are autononiou.s. But a question arises here whether it is
possible to keep the people's commissariats entirely un-
related to the center and also a second question, whether
we have applied measures with proper care for the purpose
of defending foreign races against the generically, the
typically, Russian Derzhimorda [after a character in a
novel by Gogol, noted for his brutal arrogance]. In my
judgment we have not taken such measures although we
could and should have done so.
I think that a fatal role was played here by hurry and
the administrative impetuousness of Stalin and also his
infatuation with the renowned "social-nationalism." In-
fatuation in politics generally and usually plays the worst
role.
I am also afraid that Com. Dzerzhinsky, who went to
the Caucasus in order to investigate the "crimes" of these
"social-nationalists," distinguished himself also by his
typically Russian disposition (it is a common knowledge
that Russified members of other nationalities always like
to exaggerate when it comes to typically Russian atti-
tudes) ; the objectivity of his whole commission is charac-
terized by Ordzhonikidze's "accomplishments." In my
opinion, no provocation and also no insults can justify
these Russian good deeds and that Com. Dzerzhinsky has
committed an irreparable offense by treating these deeds
frivolously.
To all other citizens of the Caucasus, Ordzhonikidze
was the government. Ordzhonikidze had no right to allow
himself such impulsiveness as that with which he and
Dzerzhinsky have tried to excuse themselves. Quite to
the contrary, Ordzhonikidze was duty-bound to show self-
control to a degree that is not obligatory for other plain
citizens, let alone a citizen charged with a "political"
crime. After all the "social-nationalists" were actually
citizens charged with a political crime, and all circum-
158
Department of Stale Bulletin
stances of this accusation could only thus describe it.
Here we are already approaching a very basic question :
what should we understand by internationalism.
Lenin
Continuation of notes
31 December 1922
COPT
CONCERNING THE NATIONAL QUES-
TION OR " AUTONOMIZ ATI ON"
(continuation)
I have already written in my works treating the national
question that an abstract concept of nationalism is abso-
lutely worthless. Distinction should be made between the
nationalism of an oppressing nation and the nationalism
of an oppressed nation, the nationalism of a large nation
and the nationalism of a small nation.
Speaking about the second type of nationalism, we, the
nationals of a great nation, show ourselves almost always
in historical practice guilty of untold numbers of outrages
and, what is more — we do not even observe that we are
perpetrating untold numbers of acts of violence and abuse ;
it should suffice for me to cite my own Volga recollections
to show with what contempt we treated non-Russians ; a
Pole is always referred to as "Polak," a Tartar is sar-
castically called a "count," a Ukrainian— a "khokhol," *
a Georgian and other members of the Caucasian nations —
a "Capcasian man." °
For this reason the internationalism of the oppressing
nation, or of the so-called "great" nation (even If it is
great only through its violence, great only as an overlord
can be "great"), should depend not only on the formal
observation of equality among nations, but also of such
inequality by which the oppressing nation, the large na-
tion, would compensate for that inequality which actually
exists in life. He who does not understand this does not
understand the true proletarian approach to the national
question, actually still retains the petit bourgeois outlook,
and, for that reason, cannot but fall into the bourgeois
position.
What is important to a proletarian? For a proletarian
it is not only important but essential and compelling that
other nationalities offer him the maximum of trust in
the proletarian class struggle. What is the prerequisite
for this? More than a formal equality is required. It is
required that he compensate, in one way or another,
through his behavior toward, or through his concessions
to, the other nationalities for that distrust, that sus-
picion, those grievances which they have experienced in
the historical past at the hands of the government of the
"big power" nation.
I should think that Bolsheviks and Communists need
no further explanation. I think that in the case before
us, the case of the Georgian nation, we have a typical
example in which a really proletarian approach requires
of us a special caution, understanding, and the making of
concessions. A Georgian who treats this side of the
matter with frivolity, who frivolously chatters about the
charges of "social-nationalism" (while he himself is not
only a real and an authentic "social-nationalist" but also
a brutal Great Russian Derzliimorda) , that Georgian
actually harms the interests of proletarian class solidarity,
because nothing so much impedes the development and
the strengthening of proletarian class solidarity as na-
tional injustice ; the oppressed nationals are not as sensi-
tive in regard to any other matter as in regard to their
equality and in regard to nonobservance of this equality
by the proletarian comrades even when this is due only
to negligence or is demonstrated in the form of a joke.
It is for this reason that in this case it would be preferable
to sin by too much rather than too little concession and
indulgence toward national minorities. It is for this
reason that the basic interest of proletarian solidarity
and, therefore, of the proletarian class struggle, demands
in this case that we never treat the national question in
a formal manner, but that we always take into account
the indispensable difference which should exist in the re-
lationship of the proletarian oppressed (or small) nation
with the oppressing (or large) nation.
Lenin
31 XII. 22
for accuracy : Lepesbinskaya
Continuation of the notes
31 December 1922
COPY
* A reference to the softness of Ukrainian speech as com-
pared with the Great Russian.
° A reference to illiterate pronunciation.
CONCERNING THE NATIONAL QUES-
TION OR "AUTONOMIZATION"
(continuation)
What practical measure should be taken in the situa-
tion which has developed?
Firstly, we should retain and strengthen the union of
socialist republics ; there can be no doubt about this.
We need this as the Communist proletariat of the whole
world needs it in the fight with the international bour-
geoisie and in the defense against its machinations.
Secondly, we should retain the union of socialist re-
publics in regard to the diplomatic apparatus. It should
be mentioned here that this apparatus is quite excep-
tional in the governmental apparatus. We excluded
everyone from the old Czarist apparatus who formerly
had even the slightest influence. Here, the whole ap-
paratus, possessing the slightest influence, was made up
of Communists. For this reason this apparatus has ac-
quired for itself (we can boldly say) the name of a Com-
munist apparatus which has been tested and cleansed
of the old Czarist bourgeois and petty bourgeois influence
to a degree incomparably higher than that attained in
the apparatuses with which we have to be satisfied in
the other people's commissariats.
Thirdly, Com. Ordzhonikidze has to be punished as an
example (I say this with regret, the more so because
I myself belong to the circle of his friends and have
worked with him abroad, In the emigration) ; it is also
necessary to examine again or anew all the materials
of the Dzerzhinsky commission in order to correct that
great mass of injustices and of biased judgments defi-
nitely contained in them. Political responsibility for this
Jo/y 23, 7956
159
whole truly Great Russian-nationalistic campaign should
be placed squarely on the backs of Stalin and Dzerzhinsky.
Fourthly, we should introduce the most rigorous rules
concerning the use of the national language in the re-
publics of other nations which are members of our union ;
and we should ensure the most meticulous observance of
these rules. There is no doubt that under the pretext
of the unity of railway service, under the pretext of
fiscal unity, etc., a great number of abuses of the essen-
tially Russian type will be experienced by us. To fight
these abuses we must practice an exceptional vigilance ;
this is in addition to the special integrity required of
those who will devote themselves to this fight. We will
need here a detailed code which can be compiled, even
if only imperfectly, only by the nationals residing in a
given republic. It should not be predetermined that,
while we do this, we will nevertheless not consider at the
next Congress of Soviets the return to the former situa-
tion, i. e., that we will retain the union of the socialist
soviet republics only in the sphere of military affairs
and diplomacy, while in other matters each of the people's
commissariats will be fully independent.
We should keep in mind that the split of the people's
commissariats and the lack of coordination of their
work in relation to Moscow and to other centers can be
overcome to a suflBcient degree with the authority of the
Party provided this authority is used with a more or less
satisfactory circumspection and impartiality. Tlie harm
to our state which could result from lack of unity of the
national apparatuses with the Russian apparatus will be
incomparably smaller, infinitely smaller, than that other
harm to us and also to the whole international, to the
hundreds of millions of the nations of Asia, which, tread-
ing in our footsteps, is expected in the nearest future to
appear on the stage of history. It would be an unforgiv-
able opportunism if we, on the eve of this emergence of
the East and in the dawn of its awakening, would under-
mine in Its eyes our authority even through the smallest
tactlessness toward and injustice against our own mem-
bers of other races. The necessity of solidarity against
the imperialism of the West which is defending the
capitalist world is a different matter. Here, there is no
doubt and I need not say that I praise these measures
without any qualification. It is another thing, however,
when we see that we ourselves generate an imperialistic
outlook on relations with the oppressed nationalities, even
if it concerns only insignificant points; this undermines
completely our whole principled sincerity and our whole
principled defense of the fight against imperialism. And
the day of tomorrow in the history of the world will be
precisely that day when the people oppressed by imperial-
ism will awaken and when the decisive, long, and hard
fight for their liberation will begin.
Lenin
31. XII. 22
For accuracy ; Lepeshinskaya
13. Lenin to Trotsky, Regarding Lenin's Lack of
Confidence in Stalin's Attitude Toward Georgia Case,
March 5, 1923. Published in Trotsky, "The Stalin
School of Falsification," Page 81
Copi/ from a copy
For Eyes Only
TOP SECRET
Dear Com. Trotskt.
I ask you urgently to undertake the defense of the
Georgia case in the CO of the Party. This case is at
present "being shot at" by Stalin and Dzerzhinsky and I
cannot count on their objectivity. Even to the contrary.
If you would agree to undertake the defense of that case,
I would be at ease. If you could not for some reason
agree to do this, please return to me all the materials.
This will be for me the sign of your refusal.
Hearty Party greetings,
Lenin
Written by M. V.
5 March '23
For accuracy : M. Volodicheva
14. Note From Lenin's Secretary to Trotsky, March
5, 1923. Published in Trotsky, "The Stalin School
of Falsification," Page 81
To Comrade Teotskt.
Vladimir Ilyich asked me that, in addition to the letter
whose content you were given by telephone, I inform you
that Com. Kamenev is going to Georgia on Wednesday;
VI. II. wants to know if you would not want to send there
something from yourself.
M. VOLODICHEIVA
5 March '23
15. Letter of Fotiyeva (One of Lenin's Secretaries)
to Kamenev and Trotsky, Regarding Lenin's Article
on Nationalities, April 16, 1923. Published in
Trotsky, "The Stalin School of Falsification,"
Page 82
THE LETTER OF COM. FOTIYEVA
TO COM. KAMENEV,
COPY TO COM. TROTSKY
Lev Borisovich
I am transmitting to you, as the active Chairman of
the Political Bureau, the following which is pertinent to
our telephone conversation :
As I have already informed you on 31.XII. 22, Vladimir
Ilyich had dictated an article concerning the nationality
question.
He was very interested in this question and was himseU.
preparing to present this question at the Party Congress.
Shortly before his last illness he informed me that he
would publish this article, but later, after that, he took ill
and made no final arrangements.
V. I. considered his article as a document of guidance
and attached great importance to it. On the order of
Vladimir Ilyich this article was transmitted to Com.
Trotsky to whom V. I. entrusted the defense of his posi-
tion on this question at the Party Congress because they
have both held identical views in this matter.
The only copy of this article which I have is preseiTed
at V. I.'s order in his secret archive.
160
Department of Sfate Bulletin
I am transmitting this for your information.
I was unable to do it earlier because I have only today
returned to work after a period of illness.
Personal Secretary to Com. Lenin
L. FOTITEVA
16. IV. 23
For accuracy : E. Lepeshinskaya
16. Acknowledgment by Kamenev of Receipt of
Fotiyeva's Letter, April 16, 1923. Unpublished
COPY
ANSWER OF COM. KAMENEV TO
THE CO SECRETARIAT
Only a moment ago, at 35 minutes after 5, I received
the enclosed note from Com. Fotiyeva. I am sending
this note to the CC because it contains nothing which
pertains to me personally. In my opinion the CC should
immediately decide affirmatively the question of publish-
ing the article of Vladimir Ilyich.
L. Kamenev
which, without a doubt, are of a distinct basic significance,
and which Com. Trotsky had received already on 5 March
of this year — he considers admissible to keep as his own
secret for over a month without making their content
known to the Political Bureau or to the CC Plenum, until
one day before the opening of the 12th Congress of the
Party. The theme of these articles — as I was informed
today by the Congress delegates — is subject to discussion
and rumors and stories among the delegates; these arti-
cles, as I have learned today, are known to people who
have nothing in common with the CC; the CC members
themselves must seek information from these rumors and
stories, while it Is self-evident that the content of these
articles should have been reported first of all to the CC.
I think that Com. Lenin's articles should be published
in the press. It is only regrettable that — as is clearly evi-
dent from Com. Fotiyeva's letter — these articles appar-
ently cannot be published because they have not been
reviewed by Com. Lenin.
J. Stalin
10 o'clock p. m.
16. IV. 23
For correctness :
E. Lepeshinskaya
16. IV. 23
5: 43
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
17. Letter From Fotiyeva to Stalin, Regarding
Lenin's Letter on Nationalities, April 16, 1923.
Unpublished
THE LETTER OF COM. FOTITEVA
Com. Stalin
I have today sought the advice of Mariya Ilyinishna in
the question whether Vladimir Ilyich's article which I
sent to you should be published because of the fact that
Vladimir Ilyich had expressed the intent to publish it
in connection with a speech which he intended to make
at the Congress.
Mariya IlyinLshna has expressed the opinion that this
article should not be printed because V. I. had not issued a
clear order concerning its publication ; she only grants
the possibility of making this article known to the dele-
gates to this Congress.
From my point of view I need only to add that V. I.
did not consider this article to be in its final form and
ready for the printer.
L. Fotiyeva
16. IV. 23
9 o'clock in the evening
18. Declaration by Stalin to Central Committee
Members Regarding Transmission of Lenin's Article
on Nationalities, April 16, 1923. Unpublished
THE DECLARATION OF COM. STALIN
TRANSMITTED TO CC MEMBERS
I am greatly surprised that the articles of Com. Lenin
July 23, 7956
84th Congress, 1st and 2d Sessions
Civil Air Policy. Hearings before a subcommittee of the
House Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce
on H. R. 4648 and H. R. 4677, bills to amend the Civil
Aeronautics Act of 1938, as amended, and for other
purposes, H. R. 8902 and H. R. 8903, bills to amend
subsection 406 (b) of the Civil Aeronautics Act of 1938,
as amended. March 18 and July 22, 1955 (before entire
committee) ; January 17-April 20, 1956 (before Sub-
committee on Transportation and Communications).
G28 pp.
Swiss Watches — Adjustments. Hearings before the Per-
manent Subcommittee on Investigations of the Senate
Committee on Government Operations. June 29, 30,
1955, and January 10, 1956. 239 pp.
84th Congress, 2d Session
Hearings before the House Committee on Foreign Affairs
on draft bills proposed in Executive communications
No. 863, No. 953, and No. 1601, amending the United
States Information and Educational Exchange Act of
1948, and No. 1409, providing for cultural and athletic
exchanges and participation in international fairs and
festivals. March 6-15, 1956. 172 pp.
Mutual Security Act of 1956. Minority views to accom-
pany H. R. 11356, to amend the Mutual Security Act
of 1954, and for other purposes. H. Rept. 2213, part
2, June 5, 1956. 12 pp.
Maintenance of Production of Tungsten, Asbestos, Fluor-
spar, and Columbium-Tantalum in the United States
and Its Territories. Report to accompany S. 3982.
S. Rept. 2146, June 6, 1956. 9 pp.
Extension of Export Control Act of 1949. Report to
accompany H. R. 9052. S. Rept. 2147, June 6, 1956.
7 pp.
Authorizing the Panama Canal Company To Convey to
the Department of State an Improved Site in Colon,
Republic of Panama. Report to accompany H. R. 6245.
H. Rept. 2266, June 6, 1956. 5 pp.
161
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Invitations to U.N. Conference on Atomic Energy Agency
The Working Level Meeting on the Draft
Statute of the International Atomic Energy
Agency on July 2 released the following texts of
invitations to governments and to U.N. special-
ized agencies for the conference which will con-
vene at V.N. Headquarters in New York on Sep-
temher W to discuss., approve., and open for signa-
ture the Statute of the International Atomic En-
ergy Agency. These texts were approved hy the
Working Level Meeting at its 21st session, June 28.
INVITATION TO GOVERNMENTS
A Negotiating Group, composed of Australia,
Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Czechoslovakia, France,
India, Portugal, the Union of South Africa, the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland,
and the United States of America, having con-
cluded its deliberations on a draft Statute for the
International Atomic Energy Agency and, recall-
ing resolution 912 II (X) of the General Assem-
bly of the United Nations,^ has agreed to convene
a Conference at the United Nations Headquarters
in New York on September 20, 1956 for the pur-
pose of discussing, approving, and opening for
signature the Statute of the International Atomic
Energy Agency. The Government of the United
States of America, acting on behalf of the Nego-
tiating Group*, has the honor to invite the Gov-
ernment of to participate in this
Conference.
The Conference is being convened pursuant to
decisions reached by the Negotiating Group at
' For text of General Assembly resolution, see Bulletin
of Nov. 14, 1955, p. 801.
meetings held in Washington, D.C., from Febru-
ary 27 to June 28, 1956. The joint report of the
Group is enclosed. This report includes the text
of the draft Statute of the International Atomic
Energy Agency and the Agenda and Rules of Pro-
cedure for the Conference.
*NoTE : Except as noted in paragraph 6 of the enclosed
report, which reads :
"6. The Group also agreed that the invitations to the
Conference should be extended, on its behalf, by the Gov-
ernment of the United States of America to States Mem-
bers of the United Nations and of the Specialized Agen-
cies. The Representative of the United States indicated
that his Government would be honored to issue the invi-
tations on behalf of the Group, and noted, with reference
to statements made by other Representatives, that the
Group should understand that an invitation would be
sent to the Government of the Republic of China. The
U.S.S.R. Delegation stated that it would not object to
the issuance of invitations by the Government of the
United States in the name of the twelve States par-
ticipating in the present Meeting to the Conference for
approval of the Statute of the International Atomic En-
ergy Agency. However, the Representative of the Soviet
Union stated that his Government insisted on the send-
ing of an invitation to the People's Republic of China
and objected categorically to the sending of an invita-
tion to the addressee to which the United States Repre-
sentative had referred. The U.S.S.R. further considered
that invitations should be addressed both to North and
South Korea and to North and South Viet-Nam. The
Representative of Czechoslovakia made a statement to
the .same effect as the statement made by the Representa-
tive of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics. The
Representative of India stated that his Government in
respect of China could only agree to an invitation to the
Central People's Republic. His Government considered
that the invitation in respect of Korea should be ad-
dressed to both North and South Korea, and that sim-
ilarly the invitation to Viet-Nam should be addressed to
both North and South Viet-Nam. The Delegation of the
United Kingdom also made a statement of its position
on the question of sending an invitation to China."
162
Department of State Bulletin
Attention is drawn, in particular, to the Rules
of Procedure concerning the composition of dele-
gations and submission of credentials (Eule 4) ;
regulations governing the submission and consid-
eration of amenchnents to the Statute (Rules 24
and 25) ; the Secretary General of the Conference
(Rule 11) and expenses of delegations and the
Conference (Rule 38). All amendments submit-
ted in accordance with the first sentence of Rule
24 of the Rules of Procedure should be trans-
mitted to the Government of the United States
of America not later than September 10.
It will be appreciated if the Government of
will, at its earliest convenience,
notify the Government of the United States of
America whether it accepts this invitation.
INVITATION TO U.N. SPECIALIZED AGENCIES
A Negotiating Group, composed of Australia,
Belgium, Brazil, Canada, Czechoslovakia, France,
India, Portugal, the Union of South Africa, the
Union of Soviet Socialist Republics, the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland,
and the United States of America, having con-
cluded its deliberations on a draft Statute for
the International Atomic Energy Agency and,
recalling resolution 912 II (X) of the General
Assembly of the United Nations, has agreed to
convene a Conference at the United Nations Head-
quarters in New York on September 20, 1956 for
the purpose of discussing, approving, and open-
ing for signature the Statute of the International
Atomic Energy Agency. The Government of
the United States of America, acting on behalf
of the Negotiating Group, has the honor to invite
the [name of Specialized Agency] to designate
a representative to attend this Conference in an
observer capacity.
The Conference is being convened pursuant to
decisions reached by the Negotiating Group at
meetings held in Washington, D. C, from Febru-
ary 27 to June 28, 1956. The joint report of the
Group is enclosed. This report includes the text
of the draft Statute of the International Atomic
Energy Agency and the Agenda and Rules of
Procedure for the Conference.
It will be appreciated if the [name of Special-
ized Agency] will, at its earliest convenience, no-
tify the Government of the United States of
America whether it accepts this invitation.
REPORT OF WORKING LEVEL MEETING
1. The Working Level Meeting of the twelve-
nation Negotiating Group on the draft Statute
of the International Atomic Energy Agency held
eighteen plenary sessions in Washington, D. C.
between February 27 and April 18, 1956. A sum-
mary of the origin and development of the Meet-
ing is described in Amiex I attached.^ A list of
the participants is attached as Amaex II.
2. The initial three sessions were devoted to a
first reading of the draft Statute of August 22,
1955,^ and delegations indicated those articles on
which they wished to propose amendments. Dur-
ing its next fifteen sessions the Group reviewed
each article of the Statute, together with the pro-
posed amendments, taking into account the com-
ments advanced during the proceedings of the
tenth regular session of the United Nations Gen-
eral Assembly as well as those of the thirty-nine
States which submitted observations on the Stat-
ute in response to a request made by the initial
Negotiating Group in August 1955 to all States
Members of the United Nations and its Special-
ized Agencies.
3. The Negotiating Group established three com-
mittees: (1) a Scientific Committee to provide
the Meeting with appropriate technical definitions
and to review the Statute in its entirety for sci-
entific accuracy; (2) a Drafting Committee to
review the articles and proposed changes both
as to language and place of order of the language ;
and (3) a Committee of the Whole to work out
detailed arrangements for an international con-
ference on the draft statute.
4. At the final plenary session on April 18,
1956, the Negotiating Group approved, ad refer-
endum^ the revised text of the draft Statute at-
tached as Annex III. While the Australian,
Czechoslovak, Indian and Soviet Delegations re-
served their positions on certain provisions of the
Statute, as described in Annex IV, all delega-
tions voted in favor of the Statute as a whole.
5. At the same session, the Group agreed that
a conference should be convened at the United
Nations Headquarters in New York in the latter
part of September 1956 to discuss, approve and
open for signature the Statute of the International
Atomic Energy Agency.
^ Annexes not printed here.
' Bulletin of Oct. 24, 1955, p. 666.
Jo/y 23, J 956
163
6. The Group also agreed that the invitations
to the Conference should be extended, on its be-
half, by the Government of the United States of
America to States Members of the United Nations
and of the Specialized Agencies. The Repre-
sentative of the United States indicated that his
Government would be honored to issue the invi-
tations on behalf of the Group, and noted, with
reference to statements made by other Representa-
tives, that the Group should understand that an
invitation would be sent to tlie Government of
the Republic of China. The U.S.S.R. Delegation
stated that it would not object to the issuance of
invitations by the Govermnent of the United
States in the name of the twelve States partici-
pating in the present Meeting to the Conference
for approval of the Statute of the International
Atomic Energy Agency. However, the Repre-
sentative of the Soviet Union stated that his Gov-
ernment insisted on the sending of an invitation
to the People's Republic of China and objected
categorically to the sending of an invitation to
the addressee to which the United States Repre-
sentative had referred. The U.S.S.R. further
considered that invitations should be addressed
both to North and South Korea and to North and
South Viet-Nam. The Representative of Czecho-
slovakia made a statement to the same effect as the
statement made by the Representative of the Union
of Soviet Socialist Republics. The Representative
of India stated that his Government in respect of
China could only agree to an invitation to the
Central People's Republic. His Government con-
sidered that the invitation in respect of Korea
should be addressed to both North and South Ko-
rea, and that similarly the invitation to Viet-Nam
should be addressed to both North and South Viet-
Nam. The Delegation of the United Kingdom
also made a statement of its position on the ques-
tion of sending an invitation to China.
7. At meetings held on June 22, 26, and 28, 1956,
the Negotiating Group adopted the present report
and considered arrangements for the Conference.
The Group approved the text of the invitation to
the Conference and decided that the Conference
should convene on September 20, 1956. The
Group also unanimously approved the Agenda
and Rules of Procedure for the Conference, at-
tached as Annexes V and VI. The Group agreed,
in addition, to invite the specialized agencies of
the United Nations to designate representatives to
attend the Conference as observers.
ATTACHMENTS :
Annex I — Origin and Development of the Meeting (one
page)
Annex II — Participants (2 pages)
Annex III — Draft Statute of the International Atomic
Energy Agency ( 24 pages ) '
Annex IV — Reservations (5 pages)
Annex V — Agenda of the Conference on the Statute of
the International Atomic Energy Agency
(one page)
Annex VI — Rules of Procedure of the Conference on the
Statute of the International Atomic En-
ergy Agency (12 pages)
U.S. Views on Nuclear Tests
in Pacific Trust Territory
Statement hy Mason Sears
V.S. Representative in the Trvsteeship Cowncil ^
Before the High Commissioner concludes this
debate, I have a short statement to make. It con-
cerns the very thoughtful remarks yesterday by
the representative of Burma [U Mya Sein] and
today by the representatives of India [Arthur S.
Lall] and Syria [Najmuddine Rifai] about the
nuclear tests in the Pacific Trust Territory.
Mr. President, every citizen of the United States
regrets the necessity for these experiments and
sincerely looks forward to the day when they will
be no longer necessary. Toward that end the
United States has repeatedly declared that it will
continue to seek a safeguarded and controlled dis-
armament program which can lead to the cessa-
tion of further tests.
Mr. President, I will now refer for a moment to
the propriety of conducting tests in the Marshall
Islands.
First of all, the trust agreement of 1947 was
clearly predicated upon the fact that the islands
were a strategic area in which nuclear tests had
already been held and would be held again.
Secondly, let me ask a question. "Wlien you
come right down to it, does anyone suppose that
the United States would have voluntarily trans-
' For text of draft statute, see iUd., May 21, 1956, p. 852.
' Made in the U.N. Trusteeship Council on June 27
(U.S./U.N. press release 2428).
164
Deparfment of Sfafe Bulletin
ferred the islands to the Trusteeship System
if further nuclear tests were thereby to he
prohibited ?
And lastly, tests have been conducted in 1948,
1951, 1952, and again in 1954 without objection
from any United Nations body. In fact, no ob-
jection to the tests was ever heard in any quarter
imtil the unfortunate "fallout" of radiated ashes
in 1954.
The issue, therefore, is not the moral misuse of
a strategic trust territory. It is rather that these
tests have dramatized the horrifying issue of what
might happen to the world if an aggressor nation
were to precipitate a nuclear war.
But, Mr. President, let us not forget that there
is another side to the Pacific tests, which I believe
the Council will appreciate. It involves a belief
which I think almost' every member of this Coun-
cil will share. This is a recognition that the
nuclear tests in the Pacific have been so extensively
photographed and advertised that the whole world
has now come to understand that a third world
war might destroy the human race.
In consequence, it might well be that the Pacific
tests will go down in history as the time and the
place that made future international war impossi-
ble. If so, the Marshall Islands, without loss of
life or important damage to more than 5 square
miles of territory, will have shared in making one
of the greatest contributions that have ever been
made to the welfare of mankind.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
22d Session, ECOSOC
The U.S. delegation to the 22d session of the
U.N. Economic and Social Council at Geneva,
Switzerland, July 9-August 10, will be as follows :
United States Representative
John C. Baker, President, Ohio University, Athens, Ohio
Deputy United States Representatives
Walter Kotsehnig, Director, Office of Economic and Social
Affairs, Department of State
Nat B. King, U.S. Mission to the United Nations, New
York, N. Y.
Adi'isers
Kathleen Bell, Office of Economic and Social Affairs, De-
partment of State
Clarence I. Blau, Assistant to the Director, Bureau of
Foreign Commerce, Department of Commerce
Kathryn G. Heath, Senior Staff Officer for International
Relations, Department of Health, Education, and
Welfare
John H. Richter, Chief, European Analysis Branch, For-
eign Agricultural Service, Department of Agriculture
William J. Stibravy, Office of International Financial and
Development Affairs, Department of State
George Tesoro, U.S. Resident Delegation for Interna-
tional Organizations and Consulate General, Geneva
George Tobias, Labor Attach^, U.S. Resident Delegation
for International Organizations and Consulate General,
Geneva
Frederick Vreeland, U.S. Resident Delegation for Inter-
national Organizations and Consulate General, Geneva
Virginia Westfall, Office of International Administration,
Department of State
William H. Wynne, Office of International Finance, De-
partment of the Treasury
Scerctarii of Delegation
Henry F. Nichol, U.S. Resident Delegation for Interna-
tional Organizations and Consulate General, Geneva
Current U. N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Com-
mittee on Industry and Trade. Report of the Inter-
Secretariat Working Party on Trained Personnel for
Economic Development (Fifth Meeting) to the Com-
mittee on Industry and Trade (Eighth Session).
E/CN.11/I&T/122, January 5, 1956. 47 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Re-
port of the United Seminar on Population in Asia and
the Par East. E/CN.11/415, January 6, 1956. 31 pp.
mimeo.
Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East. Re-
port of the Inland Transport Committee (Fifth Ses-
sion) to the Commission (Twelfth Session).
(E/CN.11/416), January 19, 1956. 36 pp. mimeo.
Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral
Awards. Report by the Secretary-General. E/2822,
January 31, 1956. 59 pp. mimeo.
Commission on the Status of Women. Report of the
Inter-American Commission of Women to the Tenth
Session of the United Nations Commission on the Status
of Women. E/CN.6/281, February 23, 1956. 27 pp.
mimeo.
Advisory Services in the Field of Human Rights. Report
of the Secretary-General. E/2825, February 29, 1956.
6 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Europe. The Commission's
Programme of Work for 1956/1957. E/ECE/236, Feb-
ruary 29, 1956. 49 pp. mimeo.
Review of International Statistics (Part I). (Memo-
randum prepared by the Secretary -General).
E/CN.3/196, February 29, 1956. 48 pp. mimeo.
Economic Development of Undert-Developed Countries.
Survey of Current Work on Industrialization and Pro-
ductivity. E/2816, March 2, 1956. 151 pp. mimeo.
Forced Labour. Information Submitted by the Govern-
ment of the People's Republic of Poland Concerning
Laliour Conditions in Poland. B/281.5/Add.2, March 7,
1956. 26 pp. mimeo.
Jo/y 23, 7956
165
Report of the Expert Group on the Economic Develop-
ment of Southern Europe. B/ECE/233/A(id.l, March
12, 1956. 175 pp. mimeo.
Economic Development of Under-Developed Countries.
Conservation and Utilization of Non-Agricultural Re-
sources. Report by the Secretary-General. E/2836,
March 13, 1956. 6 pp. mimeo.
Economic Development of Under-Developed Countries.
Proposals for a Programme of Work on Industrializa-
tion and Productivity. E/2832, March 17, 1956. 67 pp.
mimeo.
Recognition and Enforcement of Foreign Arbitral Awards.
Memorandum by the Secretary-General. E/2840,
March 22, 19.56. 6 pp. mimeo.
Commission on Narcotic Drugs. The Single Convention :
Second Draft. E/CN.6/AC.3/7, March 29, 1956. 107 pp.
mimeo.
Review of the Illicit Traffic in Narcotic Drugs During 1955.
E/CN.7/309, March 29, 1956. 62 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Latin America. Co-Ordination
with the Inter-American Economic and Social Council.
Note by the Secretariat. E/CN.12/AC.34/6, March 30,
1956. 8 pp. mimeo.
Advisory Services in the Field of Human Rights. Memo-
randum by the Secretary-General. E/2853, April 9,
1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Latin America. Progress Re-
port by the Executive Secretary. E/CN.12/AC.34/2,
April 10, 19.56. 15 pp. mimeo.
Advisory Services in the Field of Human Rights. Ob-
servations of Specialized Agencies. E/2854, April 10,
1956. 8 pp. mimeo.
Forced Labour. Information submitted by the Govern-
ment of Czechoslovakia concerning labour conditions in
Czechoslovakia. E/2815/Add. 3, April 13, 1956. 24 pp.
mimeo.
Commission on Human Rights. Recent developments
under the European Convention for the Protection of
Human Rights and Fundamental Freedoms. Memo-
randum by the Secretary-General. E/CN.4/554/Add. 3,
April 11, 1956. 12 pp. mimeo.
Technical Assistance Committee. Report of the TAC
Working Group on the Evaluation of the Expanded
Programme. E/TAC/48, April 12, 1956. 12 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Programme of Technical Assistance under
General Assembly resolutions 200 (III), 418 (V), 723
(VIII) and Economic and Social Council resolution 222
A (IX). Report by the Secretary-General. E/2856,
April 19, 1956. 60 pp. mimeo.
Forced Labour. Statement submitted by the Government
of the People's Republic of Romania concerning labour
conditions in Romania. E/2815/Add. 4, April 20, 1956.
11 pp. mimeo.
Exchange of Telegrams Between the Minister of Foreign
Affairs of the Mongolian People's Republic and the
President of the Economic and Social Council [regard-
ing the application of the Mongolian People's Republic
for membership in ECAFE]. E/2862, April 24, 1956. 2
pp. mimeo.
Forced Labour. Comments of the Portuguese Permanent
Mission to the United Nations on the Conclusions re-
garding Portugal in the Report of the Ad Hoc Commit-
tee on Forced Labour. E/2S15/Add. 5, April 26, 1956.
9 pp. mimeo.
Replies from Governments to the Questionnaire on Forced
Labour. Portugal. E/AC.36/ll/Add. 26, April 26, 1956.
9 pp. mimeo.
The Expanded Programme of Technical Assistance. A
Forward Look. Report of the Technical Assistance
Board With the Comments thereon of the Administra-
tive Committee on Co-ordination. E/TAC/49 and Corr.
1, May 11, 1956. 49 pp. mimeo.
Eighth Annual Report of the Economic Commission for
Latin America (10 May 1955-15 May 1956). E/CN.12/
AC.34/9/Rev. 1. 90 pp. mimeo.
Annual Report of the United Nations High Commissioner
for Refugees. E/28S7, May 16, 1956. 112 pp. mimeo.
TREATY INFORMATION
U.S. and Belgium Agree To Extend
Cooperation in Atomic Energy
On July 12 the U.S. Atomic Energy Commis-
sion and the Department of State (press release
381) announced that the Governments of the
United States and Belgium had concluded an
agreement further extending their cooperation in ^
the field of civilian uses of atomic energy. The
new accord is in the form of an amendment to
the Agreement for Cooperation between the two
nations that has been in effect since July 21, 1955.^
The amendment is designed to recognize further
the special relationship that exists between the
Government of the United States and the Govern-
ment of Belgium in the field of atomic energy.
The agreement was signed July 12 by Baron I
Silvercruys, Ambassador of Belgium, in the name
of the Government of Belgium, and for the United
States by Lewis L. Strauss, Chairman of the
Atomic Energy Commission, and by Deputy Un-
der Secretary of State Robert Murphy. It is now
before the Joint Committee on Atomic Energy of
the Congress for the 30-day statutory waiting
period.
The new accord enlarges the scope of classified
information that may be exchanged in the field
of research, experimental power demonstration,
and power reactors and in the areas of teclmology
of ore discovery and processing.
Under the original agreement, the United States
may sell uranium enriched up to 20 percent with
fissionable uranium-235 for fueling research and
power reactors in Belgium. Under the new ac-
cord, the Commission, at its discretion, may make
a portion of the U-235 sold to Belgium available
as material enriched up to 90 percent for use in
a materials-testing reactor capable of ojierating
with a fuel load not to exceed 8 kgs. of contained
U-235 in uranium.
In the event the proposed International Atomic
Energy Agency to foster peaceful uses of the
atom is established, it is stipulated that the two
Governments will consult concerning any changes
deemed mutually desirable in light of the crea-
^ Treaties and Other International Acts Series 3301.
166
Department of State Bulletin
tion of the international agency. Also, Belgium
is one of the six nations in Western Europe now
considering creation of an atomic energy commu-
nity. The revised accord will permit, at the re-
quest of Belgium, the transfer of its rights and
obligations under this agreement to an integrated
European atomic energy community provided the
organization is capable of assuming them and
enters into an appropriate agreement for cooper-
ation with the United States.
Belgium has been an important supplier of
uranium ore since the U. S. atomic program began
in 1940. Arrangements for continued purchases
of Belgian ores are unaffected by the new agree-
ment.
U.S.-German Treaty of Friendship
Enters Into Force
Press release 383 dated July 13
The Treaty of Friendship, Commerce and Navi-
gation with the Federal Republic of Germany
signed at Washington on October 29, 1954,^ will
enter into force on July 14, 1956. Instruments
of ratification were exchanged at Bonn on June
14, 1956, and the treaty was proclaimed by the
President of the United States on June 26.
The present treaty is the first of this type which
the Federal Republic of Germany has negotiated
with any comitry since the end of World War II,
and it is a significant measure in the strengthen-
ing of cordial relations between the United States
and the Federal Republic.
On June 14, during the ceremony of exchanging
ratification instruments in Bonn, a press release
of the German Foreign Office stated "The treaty
. . . may be considered as a decisive step in post-
war German foreign trade policy, and will in its
basic principles have a definite influence on the
entire system of commercial treaties which the
Federal Republic is about to establish."
The following points are highlighted in the
treaty :
1. Each country agrees to accord, within its
territories, to citizens and corporations of the
other, treatment no less favorable than accorded
' For an announcement of the signing of the treaty,
together with statements by Secretary Dulles and Ger-
man Chancellor Konrad Adenauer, see Bulletin of Nov.
8, 1954, p. 681.
its own nationals and corporations with respect
to engaging in the usual commercial, industrial,
and financial activities;
2. The signatory governments formally endorse
standards regarding the protection of persons,
their property and interests which reflect ad-
vanced legal and constitutional principles;
3. Both countries recognize the need for special
attention to stimulation of the international move-
ment of private capital and agree that such move-
ment shall not be imnecessarily hampered ; and
4. The two Governments reassert their adher-
ence to the principles of nondiscriminatory treat-
ment of trade and shipping.
The new treaty deals in detail with a wide
range of subject matter, which falls into nine
broad categories : (a) entry, travel, and residence ;
(b) basic personal freedoms; (c) property-right
guaranties; (d) conduct and control of business
enterprises; (e) taxation; (f) exchange restric-
tions; (g) exchange of goods; (h) navigation;
and (i) exceptions, territorial applicability, and,
miscellaneous provisions.
The volume of U. S. trade with the Federal
Republic has been substantial in recent years and
continues to rise. U. S. exports to Germany were
valued at $493.7 million in 1954 and $594.7 mil-
lion in 1955. Imports from the Federal Repub-
lic increased from $278.2 million in 1954 to $366.2
million in 1955.
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Automotive Traffic
Convention concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New York June 4, 1954.'
Ratifications deposited: United Kingdom, February 27,
1956 ; Switzerland, May 23, 1956.
Customs convention on temporary importation of private
road vehicles. Done at New York June 4, 1954.'
Ratifications deposited: United Kingdom, February 27,
1956 ; Switzerland, May 23, 1956.
Aviation
Convention on international civil aviation. Done at Chi-
cago December 7, 1944. Entered into force April 4,
1947. TIAS 1591.
Adherence deposited: Sudan, June 29, 1956.
Cultural Property
Convention for protection of cultural property in event of
armed conflict, and regulations of execution. Done at
' Not in force.
July 23, 1956
167
The Hague May 14, 1954. Enters into force August
7, 1956."
Ratification deposited: Hungary, May 17, 1956.
Protocol for protection of cultural property in event of
armed conflict. Done at The Hague May 14, 1954.
Enters into force August 7, 1956."
Ratification deposited: Mexico, May 7, 1956.
Fisheries
Protocol amending the international convention for the
Northwest Atlantic fisheries of February 8, 1949 ( TIAS
2089) by providing that annual meetings of the Inter-
national Commission may be held outside North Amer-
ica. Done at Wasliington June 25, 1956.'
Sir/natures: Denmark, France, Iceland, and the United
States, July 9, 1956.
Nortii Atlantic ice Patrol
Agreement regarding financial support of the North At-
lantic Ice Patrol. Opened for signature at Washington
January 4, 1956. Entered into force July 5, 1956.
Notification tty the Netherlands of extension to: Nether-
lands Antilles, July 5, 1956.
Postal Services
Convention of the Postal Union of the Americas and Spain,
final protocol, and regulations of execution. Signed
at BogotA November 9, 1955. Entered into force
March 1, 1956.
Ratification deposited: Canada, May 2, 1956.
Agreement relative to parcel post, final protocol, and
regulations of execution of the Postal Union of the
Americas and Spain. Signed at Bogotii November 9,
19i!>5. Entered into force March 1, 1956.
Ratification deposited: Canada, May 2, 1956.
Trade and Commerce
Sixth protocol (if supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade. Done at Geneva
May 23, 1956. Entered into force June 30, 19.56. TIAS
3.591.
Schedules of concessions entered into force: Peru, June
30, 1956 ; France, July 1, 1956.
Trade-Marks
Memorandum of understanding regarding German trade-
marks in Italy. Sismed at Rome by the United States,
the United Kingdom, France, and Italy, July 5, 1956.
Entered into force July 5, 1956.
Wheat
International wheat agi-eement, 1956. Open for signa-
ture at Washington until and including May 18, 19.56.'
Acceptances deposited: Korea, July 7, 1956; Austria,
July 10, 1956 ; Vatican City State, July 12, 1956.
Notifications of intention to accept received: Australia,
June 26, 1956; Sweden, June 27, 19.56; Mexico, June
29, 1956 ; Guatemala, July 9, 19.56 ; Denmark, July 10,
1956 ; Belgium, Union of South Africa, and Yugoslavia,
July 12, 1956.
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: July 11,
1956.
Government receives from the other written notifica-
tion tliat it lias complied with statutory and constitu-
tional requirements.
Brazil
Agreement amending agricultural commodities agreement
of November 16, 1955 (TIAS 3417) to provide for addl- |
tional purchases of wheat and wheat flour and for
extension of time for such purchases to July 31, 1956.
Effected by exchange of notes at Washington June 28 '
and 29, 1956. Entered into force June 29, 1956.
Ecuador ^
Reciprocal trade agreement. Signed at Quito August 6, ■
1938. Modified by exchange of notes at Quito March 2,
1942. 53 Stat. 1951 and 56 Stat. 1472.
Terminated: July 17, 1956.'
Ethiopia
Agreement extending the agreement of May 18 and June
12, 1954, supplementing and extending the agreement
of December 24, 1952, and March 30, 1953 (TIAS 3026
and 2802), relating to the extension of technical coop-
eration to Eritrea. Effected by exchange of notes at
Addis Ababa April 4 and June 12, 1956. Entered into
force June 12, 1956.
Iran
Treaty of amity, economic relations, and consular rights.
Signed at Tehran August 15, 1955.'
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: July
11, 1956.
Italy
Agreement supplementing the surplus agrii-ultural com-
modities agi-eement of May 23, 1955, as amended (TIAS
3249, 3.525, and 3526). Signed at Rome July 5, 1956.
Entered into force July 5, 1956.
Netherlands
Treaty of friendship, commerce and navigation, with
protocol and exchange of notes. Signed at The Hague
March 27, 1956.'
\8enate advice and consent to ratification given: July
11, 1956.
Nicaragua
Treaty of friendship, commerce and navigation, and pro-
tocol. Signed at Managua January 21, 1956.'
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: July 11,
1956.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
BILATERAL
Belgium
Agreement amending the power reactor agreement for
cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic energy of
June 15, 1955 (TIAS 3301). Signed at Washington
July 12, 1956. Enters into force on day on which each
Confirmations
The Senate on June 26 confirmed Frederick Blake
Payne to be Diiector, Office of Economic Affairs, United
States Mission to the North Atlantic Treaty Organiza-
tion and European Regional Organizations.
'Will not enter into force at that time for the United
States.
^Notice of intention to terminate given by the United
States Jan. 17, 1956.
168
Department of State Bulletin
PUBLICATIONS
German Foreign Policy Documents
The Department of State announced on July
14 (press release 375 dated July 6) the release
of the sixth volume of Documents on German For-
eign Policy, 1918-191^5. This is series D, volume
VI, The Last Months of Peace, March-August
1939. The volumes are published cooperatively
by the United States, Great Britain, and France
from archives of the German Foreign Office cap-
tured by Allied forces at the close of World War
II.
Under a reciprocal arrangement some of the
volumes are edited and printed by the British
and some by the United States Government. This
volume was put out by the British on May 28,
and flat sheets were sent to the United States for
final binding by the Government Printing Office.
The volume begins immediately after the Ger-
man occupation of Prague on March 15, 1939, and
ends on August 8, 1939, with the crisis over Poland
at an acute stage.
The documents are printed in chronological
order. There is a list of documents by topics
to guide the reader.
As is customary in this series, the selection of
documents has been made jointly by the British,
French, and United States editors, who share full
responsibility for the selections made.
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printinrj Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be obtained
from the Department of State.
Guaranty of Private Investments. TIAS 3270. Pub.
6077. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Hondura.s. Ex-
chanfie of notes — Signed at Tegucigalpa April 22 and June
10, 1955. Entered into force June 10, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Surplus
Equipment and Materials. TIAS 3271. Pub. 6086. 4
pp. 5<f.
Agreement between the United States and Yugoslavia.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Belgrade May 19 and 22,
1955. Entered Into force May 22, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Surplus
Equipment and Materials. TIAS 3272. Pub. 60S7. 5
pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Cuba. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Habana March 18 and May 3,
1955. Entered into force May 3, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Surplus
Equipment and Materials. TIAS 3273. Pub. 6078. 3
pp. 5«(.
Agreement between the United States and Peru. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Lima March 22 and April 30,
1955. Entered into force April 30, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Surplus
Equipment and Materials. TIAS 3274. Pub. 6079. 4
pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Thailand.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Bangkok July 6, 1955. Eln-
tered into force July 6, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Surplus
Equipment and Materials. TIAS 3275. Pub. 6080. 4
pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Turkey. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Ankara May 26, 1955. Entered
into force May 26, 1955.
United States Educational Commission in the United
Kingdom — Additional Financial Contributions. TIAS
3276. Pub. 6039. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at London May 23, 1955. En-
tered into force May 23, 1955.
United States Educational Foundation in Thailand.
TIAS 3277. Pub. 6040. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Thailand —
Modifying agreement of July 1, 10.50, as amended. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Bangkok June 23, 19.55. En-
tered into force June 23, 1955.
American Commission for Cultural Exchange with Italy —
Educational Exchange Program. TIAS 3278. Pub. 6041.
4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Italy — Modi-
fying agreement of December IS, 194S. as amended. Ex-
change of notes— Signed at Rome April 22 and June 30,
1955. Entered into force June 30, 1955.
United States Educational Commission in Austria. TIAS
3279. Pub. 6042. 7 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Austria — Modi-
fying agreement of June 6, 1950. Exchange of notes —
Signed at Vienna June 6, 1955. Entered into force June
6, 1955.
United States Educational Foundation in Greece. TIAS
3280. Pub. 6029. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Greece — Modi-
fying agreement of April 23, 1948, as amended. Exchange
of notes— Signed at Athens March 12 and June 4, 1955.
Entered into force June 4, 1955.
United States Educational Commission for France.
TIAS 3281. Pub. 6028. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and France^
Amending and extending agreement of October 22, 1948, as
amended. Exchange of notes — Dated at Paris June 30,
1955. Entered into force June 30, 1955.
Jo/y 23, J 956
169
United States Educational Foundation in Norway.
TIAS 3282. Pub. 6030. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Norway — Modi-
fying agreement of May 25, 1949, as amended. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Oslo June 15, 1955. Entered into
force June 15, 1955.
Air Transport Services. TIAS 3285. Pub. 6032. 9 pp.
10(f.
Agreement between the United States and Syria — Signed
at Damascus April 28, 1947. Entered into force provision-
ally April 28, 1947 ; definitively June 21, 1955.
Interchange of Patent Rights and Technical Information
for Defense Purposes. TIAS 3286. Pub. 6033. 13 pp.
1(V.
Agreement between the United States and Greece — Signed
at Athens June 10, 1955. Entered into force June 16, 1955.
Interchange of Patent Rights and Technical Information
for Defense Purposes. TIAS 3287. Pub. 6034. 17 pp.
15«(.
Agreement and exchange of letters between the United
States and the Netherlands — Signed at The Hague April
29, 1955. Entered into force provisionally April 29, 1955 ;
definitively July 13, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Road Transportation Program.
TIAS 3288. Pub. 6097. 22 pp. 150.
Agreement between the United States and Bolivia — Signed
at La Paz August 3, 1955. Entered into force August 3,
1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Surplus
Equipment and Materiel. TIAS 3289. Pub. 6098. 4 pp.
5«f.
Agreement between the United States and Iraq. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Baghdad July 25, 1955. Entered into
force July 25, 1955.
Technical Cooperation. TIAS 3290. Pub. 6081. 21 pp.
150.
Agreement and memorandum of understanding between
the United States and Libya — Signed at Tripoli July 21,
1955. Entered into force July 21, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Program of Technical Assistance
to Medium and Small Industry. TIAS 3291. Pub. 6088.
4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Chile — Ex-
tending agreement of June 30, 1952 — Signed at Santiago
March 17, 1955. Entered Into force March 17, 1955. Op-
erati\'e retroactively December 31, 1954.
Vocational and Industrial Education. TIAS 3292. Pub.
6089. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Brazil — Ex-
tending agreement of October 14, 1950. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Rio de Janeiro June 3 and 13, 1955. En-
tered into force June 16, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Industrial Apprenticeship Train-
ing Program. TIAS 3293. Pub. 6082. 2 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Brazil — Ex-
tending agreement of June 30, 1952. Exchange of notes —
Signed at Rio de Janeiro June 30 and July 29, 1955. En-
tered into force July 29, 1955. Operative retroactively
July 1, 1955.
Army Mission to Cuba. TIAS 3294. Pub. 6090. 3 pp.
50.
Agreement between the United States and Cuba — Extend-
ing agreement of August 28, 1951, as extended. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Washington May 3 and 17, 1955. En-
tered Into force May 17, 1955.
Air Force Mission to Cuba. TIAS 3295. Pub. 6083.
3 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Cuba — Extend-
ing agreement of December 22, 1950, as extended. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Washington May 3 and 17,
1955. Entered into force May 17, 1955.
Defense — Communications Facilities in Newfoundland,
TIAS 3290. Pub. 60S4. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Canada —
Amending agreement of November 4 and 8, 1952, as
amended. Exchange of notes — Dated at Ottawa March
31 and June 8, 1955. Entered into force June 8, 1955.
TIAS 3302.
Claims — War Damage to Private Property.
Pub. 6068. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Luxembourg.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Luxembourg June 15, 1955.
Entered into force June 15, 1955.
Participation of Belgian Forces in United Nations Opera-
tions in Korea. TIAS 3325. Pub. 6017. 7 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Belgium —
Signed at Washington July 15, 1955. Entered into force
July 15, 1955.
Sale and Purchase of Tin Concentrates. TIAS 3327.
Pub. 6085. 2 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Thailand —
Signed at Bangkok September 9, 1955. Entered into force
September 9, 1955.
Technical Cooperation— Artibonite Valley. TIAS 3329.
Pub. 6100. 9 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Haiti. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Port-au-Prlnce May 11 and
June 24, 1955. Entered into force June 24, 1955.
Military Advisory Mission to Brazil. TIAS 3330. Pub.
6101. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Brazil — Amend-
ing agreement of July 29, 1948, as extended. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Rio de Janeiro April 13 and May 16,
1955. Entered into force May 16, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Technical Labor Services Pro-
gram. TIAS 3331. Pub. 6102. 7 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and El Salvador —
Signed at San Salvador August 8, 1955. Entered into
force August 8, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Costa
Rica. TIAS 3332. Pub. 6103. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Costa Rica —
Extending and amending agreement of February 13, 1951 —
Signed at San Jos6 April 25, 1955. Entered into force
April 25, 1955.
1
1
170
Department of State Bulletin
July 23, 1956 I n d
Atomic Energy
Invitations to U.N. Conference on Atomic Energy
Agency 162
U.S. and Belgium Agree To Extend Cooperation
iu Atomic Energy 166
U.S. Views on Nuclear Tests in Pacific Trust Terri-
tory (Sears) 164
Belgium. U.S. and Belgium Agree To Extend Co-
operation in Atomic Energy 166
China. President Sends Greetings to Asian
Leaders 150
Communism. Transcript of Secretary Dulles'
News Conference 145
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 161
Importance of Restoring Funds Cut From Mutual
Security Program (Eisenhower) 144
Department and Foreign Service. Confirmations
(Payne) 168
Economic Affairs
Mr. Randall To Be Special Assistant on Foreign
Economic Policy (Eisenhower) 143
United States Foreign Economic Policy (Bowie) . 135
Germany
German Foreign Policy Documents 169
U.S.-German Treaty of Friendship Enters Into
Force 167
Immigration and Naturalization. Immigration
Quota for Sudan (text of proclamation) . . . 152
International Organizations and Meetings
Invitations to U.N. Conference on Atomic Energy
Agency 162
22d Session, EOOSOC 165
Mutual Security
Importance of Restoring Funds Cut From Mutual
Security Program (Eisenhower) 144
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 145
Non-Self-Governing Territories. U.S. Views on
Nuclear Tests in Pacific Trust Territory ( Sears) . 164
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Confirma-
tions (Payne) 168
Poland. Polish Red Cross Declines U.S. Offer of
Food (Hoover, Starr) 151
Presidential Documents
Immigration Quota for Sudan 152
Importance of Restoring Funds Cut From Mutual
Security Program 144
President Sends Greetings to Asian Leaders . . . 150
Mr. Randall To Be Special Assistant on Foreign
Economic PoUcy 143
Publications
Gorman Foreign Policy Documents 169
Recent Releases 169
ex
Vol. XXXV, No. 891
Sudan. Immigration Quota for Sudan (text of
proclamation) 152
Treaty Information
Current Actions 167
U.S. and Belgium Agree To Extend Cooperation in
Atomic Energy 166
U.S.-German Treaty of Friendship Enters Into
Force 167
U.S.S.R.
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 145
Unpublished Documents Distributed Among Dele-
gates to 20th Congress of Soviet Communist
Party . 153
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 165
22d Session, ECOSOO 165
U.S. Views on Nuclear Tests in Pacific Trust Ter-
ritory (Sears) 164
Viet-Nam. President Sends Greetings to Asian
Leaders 150
Name Index
Bowie, Robert R 135
Dulles, Secretary 145
Eisenhower, President 143,144,150,152
Hoover, Herbert, Jr 151
Payne, Frederick Blake 168
Randall, Clarence B 143
Sears, Mason 164
Starr, Harold 151
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: July 9-15
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of 'State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press release issued prior to July 9 which appears
in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 375 of July 6.
No. Date Subject
377 7/9 Hoover letter to Red Cross on offer of
food to Poland.
t378 7/9 Cambodian awards to Air Force bands-
men.
379 7/11 Dulles : June 30 statement by Soviet
Communist Party.
380 7/11 Dulles : news conference transcript.
381 7/12 Atomic energy agreement with
Belgium.
*382 7/12 Davis, U.S. nominee for FAG Director
General.
383 7/13 U.S.-German treaty of friendship,
commerce and navigation.
*384 7/13 Educational exchange.
* Not printed.
t Held for a later issue of the Bulletin.
O. 8. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE; 1956
PUBHC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
the
UNITED States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. »300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
TREATIES IN FORCE . . .
A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements
of the United States
epartment
of
State
This publication is a guide to treaties and other international
agreements in force for the United States on October 31, 1955.
It includes treaties and other agi'eements which on that date had
not expired by their terms or had not been denounced by the
parties, replaced or sujierseded, or otherwise definitely terminated.
Bilateral treaties and agreements are listed by country, with
subject headings under each country. Multilateral treaties and
agreements are arranged by subject and are accompanied by lists
of the countries parties to each instrument. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and citations to
texts are given with each treaty and each agreement listed.
A consolidated tabulation of documents affecting international
copyright relations of the United States is given in the appendix.
Treaties in Force (234 pp.) is for sale by the Superintendent
of Documents, U.S. Govermnent Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C., for $1.25.
Publication 6346
$L25
Order Form
Please send me copies of Treaties in Force, A List of Treaties
Supt. of Documents ond Other International Agreements of the United States.
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C. „
Street Address:
Encloaed find:
t City, Zone, and State:
{cash, check, or
money order).
tJne/ u)efia/i^7yieni/ ^ t/iaie/
Vol. XXXV, No. 892
July 30, 1956
THE UNITED NATIONS: FRAMEWORK FOR PEACE •
by Deputy Assistant Secretary Phillips 175
TRANSCRIPT OF SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS
CONFERENCE OF JULY 18 181
DETENTION OF U.S. PERSONNEL IN SOVIET
UNION • Text of U.S. Note, Statement by Deputy Under
Secretary Murphy 189
CONTINUING THE U.N. SEARCH FOR AGREEMENT
ON DISARMAMENT
Statements by Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., and
Ambassador James J. Wadsworth 196
Text of Resolution 209
For index see inside back cover
"*»■»• «>»
^nt
^e/taoi^l^ent c^ t/lale
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 892 • Publication 6375
July 30, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. aovemment Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.>W, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and item? contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government ivith information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department, Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The United Nations: Framework for Peace
iy Christopher H. Phillips
Deputy Assistant Secretary for International Organization Afairs'^
I am delighted to be meeting with an associa-
tion such as yours, which is dedicated to the prin-
ciples and purposes of the United Nations and
specialized agencies and which, through both na-
tional branches and through the International
Federation of University Women, is helping to
translate these principles into practical action.
Your association, moreover, makes a very direct
contribution to several aspects of the work of the
United Nations and Unesco. For example, mem-
bers of the A.A.U.W. in this country and in
other member countries of the U.N. participate
in the work of the Commission on the Status of
Women. This work is especially important to
those countries where women are just being given
opportunities for educational, political, and eco-
nomic responsibilities.
Your International Federation has consultative
status with the U.N. and your national association
works closely with the U.S. delegation to the U.N.
Your association collects information regularly on
educational and other opportunities for women
which is incorporated into the reports of Unesco
and has made an outstanding contribution to the
work of the National Commission for Unesco.
Furthermore, your international fellowship
program, which makes grants to outstanding
women in many countries to carry on advanced
study, is an excellent example of "people to peo-
ple" international cooperation, which is so essen-
tial to the achievement of genuine international
understanding.
In short, I feel that I am meeting a group which
^ Address made before the South Atlantic Regional Con-
ference of the American Association of University Women
at Huntington, W. Va., on July 17 (press release 390).
is in every sense of the word an active partner in
the official work of your Government designed to
further world peace.
That is why I welcome this opportunity to speak
to you this afternoon on the United Nations. The
United Nations is not a static organization ; it is
not a cure-all. How well it works, to what extent
it fulfills the potential of resolve and hope and
wisdom of its founders depends on support and
understanding and faith that we, the member
countries, give to it.
The element of understanding is most impor-
tant. It is no accident that those who know the
United Nations best are usually its strongest sup-
porters. It is those who know least about the
United Nations who are usually its severest critics.
In other words, we must know not only what the
United Nations is supposed to do and can do but
also what it is not designed to do. Only then can
we judge fairly its accomplishments and short-
comings.
The United Nations is two things, and we some-
times confuse the one with the other. It is a state-
ment of principles and purposes, known as the
charter, designed to bring about international
peace and well-being. And it is an organization
established to make these principles and purposes
a reality.
The physical symbol of the United Nations is
the magnificent building standing on the banks
of the East River in New York from which ema-
nate such confusing sounds of both harmony and
discord.
To carry the philosophical approach a bit fur-
ther, one might say that the charter represents
man's reach; the organization as it works, man's
My 30, 1956
175
grasp. The United Nations provides a framework
for peace. It is not in itself an automatic peace
producer. In some respects it is a little like a
burglar alarm. Wliat happens after the alarm is
sounded is up to the members.
Effectiveness of the United Nations
A survey of the United Nations' progress to-
ward its goal of a peaceful world must take into
account its strength and limitations, what we can
expect of it and what it has accomplished.
The United Nations, as you know, is not and
was never intended to be a supergovernment or,
in fact, to have any legislative or law-enacting
powers at all. How then, we may ask, does it get
anything done at all ?
The answer is that the United Nations derives
its real power from its ability to mobilize world
opinion. In Senator Vandenberg's words, it is the
"town meeting of the world."
Most states desire to live at peace with other
states; they are for justice and against tyranny;
they don't like to see the weak pushed around by
the strong. This moral power when mobilized can
exert a tremendous force on the conduct of nations.
One very tangible example is the United Na-
tions action to resist aggression in Korea. It
should be remembered that this momentous deci-
sion was taken on recommendation of the Security
Council. The Council had no power to enforce its
recommendation. Yet 16 nations responded with
arms and men and 47— the overwhelming major-
ity—of the General Assembly gave their moral or
material support. It is unlikely that any nation
will again believe that it can get away with such
barefaced aggression as the Communists launched
in Korea.
Another tangible example of the efficacy of the
United Nations in marshaling world opinion is the
maintenance of an armistice in the Middle East.
For 8 years now the armistice, in spite of violent
incidents, has been kept. It has been supervised
by a mere handful of unarmed United Nations ob-
servers empowered only to investigate infractions
of the armistice and to report back to the parent
body.
This is no small accomplishment. Both sides in
the Palestine conflict have just grievances. Pas-
sions run high. Yet clearly the United Nations
has helped to induce on both sides a "decent respect
176
to the opinions of mankind." Neither wishes to
incur the condemnation of world opinion.
Sometimes the influence of the United Nations is
less clear-cut and tangible than the examples I <
have given.
For instance, take the 13 United States fliers held
by the Chinese Communists in violation of the
Korean armistice. The United States, in this case,
used the United Nations to bring this flagrant
injustice to world attention. The result was a
General Assembly resolution requesting the Sec-
retary-General to intervene directly with the Chi-
nese Communists on behalf of the United Nations.
It is testimony to the prestige of the United
Nations and to the skill of the Secretary-General
that the captured fliers were returned, after a face-
saving delay, by a regime denied recognition by
the United Nations. May it not be that this was a
move to gain respectability before the bar of world
opinion? Here once again, the United Nations
served the cause of justice.
Less tangible still, but perhaps of most sig-
nificance in the long run, is the increasingly evident
desire of member countries to justify their actions
within the context of the charter. And I mean
not only their international conduct but practices
within their own borders and jurisdiction as well.
Let me give you an illustration. For a number
of yeare now the International Labor Organiza-
tion and the Economic and Social Council have
been securing and presenting before the United
Nations facts on forced labor and slave labor in
member countries. The evidence has pointed ir-
refutably to the Communist states, who not only
countenance forced labor but use it for political
punishment and economic advantage.
Year after year the Soviet and satellite Com-
munists have denied this. They still deny it. But
at last there is some evidence that they may be
questioning the expedience of this inhuman
practice.
I believe we are justified in giving the LTnited
Nations, acting as the conscience of mankind, some
credit for this progress. We must not, however,
jump to the conclusion that Soviet communism or
communism in the satellite states has yet changed
its role of oppressive domination of the people.
The recent brutal suppression by the Polish Com-
munist authorities of the workers' demonstration
in Poznan should be warning enough.
The Polish workers and students who demon-
Deparfmenf of Sfafe BuWefin
stratecl in the streets of Poznan were protesting
economic exploitation. But it was not poor liv-
ing conditions alone which gave rise to this out-
burst; the Polish people were also protesting
against political oppression — against Soviet Com-
munist rule of their country. In voicing these
grievances publicly the demonstrators performed
an act of tremendous courage — and one which the
free world should take to heart. The ruthless
shooting down of the demonstrators was a typical
example of Stalinism in action and provided an
interesting and revealing example of just how
genuine Communist criticism of Stalin really is.
In another important area the U.N. has played
an important role. This is the outmoding of co-
lonialism. Since 1945 some 600 million people
have achieved independence, and the U.N. has
done much to speed the process. It is becoming in-
creasingly difficult for any country to deny by
force the attainment of self-government or inde-
pendence by peoples who have shown their desire
and ability to govern themselves.
In summation, to paraphrase a familiar state-
ment frequently used by men to express admira-
tion for women's tenacity, never underestimate
the power of mobilized world opinion. As it has
developed in the United Nations, it is a positive
force for evolution and good.
President Eisenhower's Proposal
I think there is no more striking example of the
use of the United Nations as a framework for
peace than the proposal President Eisenhower put
before it in 1953. It was in December of that year
that he appeared before the General Assembly and
called upon the member states to join with the
United States in pooling and sharing atomic
knowledge and resources for the peaceful use of
mankind.
The initiative was ours, but the response was
immediate, favorable, and almost unanimous. I
say almost, for the Soviet Union, whose coopera-
tion was most essential, opposed the idea and de-
nounced it as a propaganda move.
It took 2 years for the cumulative pressure of
world public opinion to bring the Soviets around.
In December 1955, they joined in a unanimous
vote of the 10th General Assembly to move ahead
with the establishment of an International Atomic
Energy Agency devoted solely to the peaceful uses
of the atom. It now seems a certainty that this
agency will come into existence within the year.^
This episode is an excellent illustration of the
fact that, while the United Nations provides the
framework of peace, it is how we use it that counts.
Of course, we are not always successful in our ef-
forts to work toward peace within the United
Nations framework.
Perhaps the failure of the United Nations over
10 years to make much progress toward genuine
safeguarded arms limitation is the best illustration
in point. There is no question but that the United
Nations is the proper forum for tackling this
formidable task. All nations great or small have a
vital stake in the issue. With the coming of the
atomic age, the threat of destruction transcends
national boundaries and the political sovereignty
of states.
We must face the fact that 10 years of negotia-
tion have not been successful in achieving a work-
able plan for the limitation, regulation, and con-
trol of arms. It is not, however, a failure charge-
able to the United Nations that agreement has not
been reached. It is, rather, evidence that the
United Nations cannot impose agreement upon its
members but that it is the members themselves
who must, first of all, agree to abide by the pro-
visions of the charter.
We sincerely believe that we have, for our part,
faithfully lived up to our commitments under the
charter to find an equitable and workable solution.
When we alone possessed the knowledge, the tech-
niques, and the ability to produce atomic weapons,
we offered to bring this knowledge and power
under the control of the United Nations. It is the
United States that has reduced its forces by over
9 million men since the end of World War II. We
have come down from a level of forces higher than
that of the Soviet Union to a level considerably
below. This holds true even in light of the recent
Soviet announcement thatHhey would reduce their
forces by an additional 1.2 million.
In contrast to our open record of efforts to re-
duce and control conventional and nuclear arma-
ments, the Soviet moves have been largely paper
proposals and propaganda initiatives. For years
' For a report of the Working Level Meeting on the draft
statute of the International Atomic Energy Agency, to-
gether with texts of the invitations to a conference at
U.N. Headquarters in September, see Bulletin of July
23, 1956, p. 162.
July 30, 7956
177
they have proposed "banning the bomb and trust-
ing the Russians'' and, in general, advanced pro-
posals which sounded well but which had little sub-
stance when it came to the matter of developing
measures to insure that both sides would abide
by agreements.
In spite of these discouragements and setbacks,
the United States believes that continued disarma-
ment negotiations are gradually narrowing the
gap between the positions of the Soviet Union and
ourselves. We are firmly resolved to continue
these negotiations in the United Nations, even
though Mr. Khrushchev quite recently has tended
to dismiss the work of the United Nations Dis-
armament Commission as useless.
In facing the future, we shall be guided by two
requirements. The first is to explore with imagi-
nation and courage every possible avenue that
might lead to agreement to a safeguarded system
of arms limitation and control. The second is,
imtil or unless agreement is I'eached, to continue
realistically and effectively the development and
production of such weapons of defense as our na-
tional security and the security of the free world
demands.
The ultimate recognition by all states that there
is no alternative to peace will, we must fervently
hope, lead to a workable agreement on safeguarded
disarmament. "While the difficulties are vastly
more complicated, the pattern for such an agree-
ment has been set by the successful negotiations
for the International Atomic Energy Agency.
Specialized Agencies
So far I have been talking about the big politi-
cal and security issues which have faced the
United Nations. These are the headline items —
the things we most often hear and read about.
They are the problems about which statesmen
like to make long and sometimes windy speeches,
which in turn sometimes give rise to a popular
conception of the United Nations as a forum for
talk rather than action.
Of course, talk is important in the United Na-
tions. It is directed to audiences the world over,
and it is part of the process of molding public
opinion. But the United Nations is far more than
a talkathon. It carries on important action pro-
grams which, though seldom making the head-
lines, profoundly affect people in the most remote
corners of the world.
Most of this work is carried on through the
specialized agencies of the United Nations — or-
ganizations like the Food and Agriculture Organi-
zation, the World Health Organization, the
International Labor Organization, and the United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Or-
ganization. These autonomous agencies are re-
lated by special agreements to the U.N. As a
result of their work dynamic economic and social
forces are being channeled to peaceful purposes.
I like to think of the work of these agencies as
the grassroots activities of the U.N. In count-
less hamlets and villages in the Far East, the
Middle East, and Latin America, the U.N. through
its specialized agencies is a tangible force for
good which comes to grips with pressing human
problems. It touches people where the need is
greatest and the opportunity most challenging.
I recall the story told me by an expert of the
Who. He had been working on a malaria-control
project in a village in north Thailand. Just for
curiosity he asked the village head man some
questions to find out what he knew about the
outside world. This venerable man had never
heard of President Eisenhower or Nehru or the
U.N. But when asked if he had ever heard of the
World Health Organization, a smile of recogni-
tion lit up his face. Yes, indeed, he knew "Mr.
WHO." He was the man who had been in his
village and killed all the mosquitoes.
One of the most significant of the U.N. action
programs is the Expanded Program of Teclmical
Assistance. Money for this program comes from
voluntary contributions of governments to a cen-
tral fund. Disbursements from the f imd are made
to the specialized agencies, which in turn send out
the experts and provide the teclinical know-how
needed in the less-developed countries of the
world. Last year 76 countries contributed to this
program and 92 countries and territories received
technical assistance.
I have visited some of the countries where the
program operates. I have seen livestock-improve-
ment projects over 2 miles high in the Andean
Mountains of Ecuador. I have seen ancient skills
of Andean Indians revived and put to economi-
cally useful purposes in all sorts of beautiful hand-
icraft and textile work. I have seen the amazing
results of compreliensive health and sanitation
programs in remote rural villages in Central
America. I have seen young men in Haiti learn-
178
Department of Slate Bullefin
ing the secrets of the gasoline engine and the
use of modern machine tools. I have seen the re-
sults of forest and natural-resources surveys which
have led to the exploitation of previously unknown
natural resources. These projects and many
others are typical of what is going on under the
U.N. Technical Assistance Program all over the
world.
This is a self-help program, because each coun-
try receiving assistance must contribute from its
own resources to the projects being financed by
the U.N. In terms of the U.S. program of tech-
nical cooperation it is relatively small — about $30
million as compared with $140 million. Some-
times, however, countries prefer to receive techni-
cal assistance from the U.N. rather than through
bilateral arrangements. Among some of the newly
independent coimtries of the world this is par-
ticularly true because of sensitivity to alleged po-
litical strings attached to bilateral agreements.
The United States has played a leading role in
the United Nations Technical Assistance Program
since its inception. This, of course, is in addition
to what we do through our own program of bi-
lateral teclinical cooperation. We participate in
both programs because it is in our enlightened
self-interest to do so.
We know that the United States cannot long
survive as one oasis of prosperity in a world of
misery. We do not, as some mistakenly believe,
seek to buy friendship, which of course is im-
possible. Rather, our basic long-run aim is the
growth of societies around the world capable of
retaining their freedom and independence. This
does not mean creating a galaxy of U.S. satellites.
It means helping countries to learn how to handle
effectively their own problems while meeting the
legitimate aspirations of their people.
Activities like the Expanded Program of Tech-
nical Assistance and the basic work of the spe-
cialized agencies contribute greatly to the U.N.
as a framework for peace. They not only develop
habits of practical international cooperation at
the teclmical and professional level, but they at-
tack poverty, hunger, disease, and illiteracy —
the root causes of instability, unrest, and war.
It is, of course, true that as a "have" country
in teclmical skills and know-how we find ourselves
more on the giving than receiving end as far as
tangible benefits are concerned. However, from
both the short-range and long-range point of view
we are the beneficiaries of the increased security
and stability which these U.N. programs give to
societies emerging into the fuller life of the 20th
century.
The New Dimensions of the United Nations
I have reviewed briefly how the U.N. provides
a framework for the maintenance of peace through
action in the political, economic, and social fields.
Now I would like to say a few words about the
new dimension the U.N. brings to U.S. foreign
policy. The President has referred to the U.N.
as "the cornerstone of our foreign policy." We
have been one of the strongest supporters of the
United Nations since its founding. Clearly, we
believe that participation in the United Nations
promotes our national security and is an impor-
tant way of advancing our foreign-policy
objectives.
Our membership in the United Nations and our
support for it does not mean, however, that every-
thing it does advances our interests. After all,
there are 75 other members who have their own
problems and interests. Nor does it mean that we
must bring all our foreign-policy problems before
the United Nations. It is not designed to take
the place of normal diplomatic relations and ne-
gotiations but to supplement these and to be a
court of last appeal in serious matters affecting
international security. Indeed this is clearly
stated in the charter. Article 33 says that "the
parties to any dispute, the continuance of which
is likely to endanger the maintenance of inter-
national peace and security, shall, first of all, seek
a solution by negotiation, enquiry, mediation, con-
ciliation, arbitration, judicial settlement, resort to
regional agencies or arrangements, or other peace-
ful means of their own choice."
We are sometimes criticized for bypassing the
United Nations in the conduct of our foreign
policy. While we believe that participation in the
United Nations serves our enlightened self-in-
terest, it cannot, of course, always take the place of
normal diplomatic relations between nations.
On the other hand, there are critics who charge
that the United Nations is threatening to inter-
fere with our internal affairs, to impose distaste-
ful treaties upon us, or even to dictate the courses
we conduct in our schools. The charter, as you
know, expressly forbids the United Nations to
interfere in the internal affairs of any member
July 30, 7956
179
country. As to the making of treaties, the United
Nations can propose treaties for the considera-
tion of members. But it is entirely up to the in-
dividual countries themselves whether or not they
will approve these treaties through their legal con-
stitutional processes. Knowing our United States
Senate, I doubt very much that a United Nations
proposed treaty to which we objected could be
sneaked through when a majority of the Senators
were looking the other way.
It is of course true that there is a tendency for
the major powers to guard zealously against any
real or imagined loss of sovereignty in the United
Nations. Sometimes they do not like their actions
or policies to be scrutinized or questioned by
countries who do not carry an equal burden of
power and responsibility. But I believe that those
whose causes are just have little to worry about
from such public examination of their policies.
In this connection there is an interesting dif-
ference of outlook between the major powers and
some of the smaller and newly independent coun-
tries. Secretary-General Hammarskjold de-
scribed it to me this way after one of his global
journeys. He said the newer countries are apt to
regard their participation in the U.N. as an ex-
tension rather than a limitation of their national
sovereignty. Through the U.N. they exert in-
fluence greater than they can alone. In the forum
of the U.N., for example, they feel able to chal-
lenge effectively the great powers, and they fre-
quently do.
After a brief, turbulent 11 years, what can we
trutlifully say about this rough-hewn framework
for peace, created with such high hopes 11 years
ago? Have the great expectations of 1945 been
realized, or have they come to be only things tliat
dreams are made of ? The answer, I believe, lies
somewhere between the two extremes.
True, we have not reached the millennium, and
many of the hopes of 1945 have yet to be realized.
Nevertheless the U.N. has performed impressive
services for the free world. It has exposed the
glaring divergence between Communist words and
Communist deeds. It has revealed the broad com-
mon denominator of social and economic aims
which bind nations together. It has released
human energies and enterprise into constructive
channels. It has fostered the development of a
common conscience of right and wrong in inter-
national relations.
The United Nations thus serves as a yardstick
by which the conduct of nations can be measured
and the cause of an orderly and peaceful world
can be advanced.
The foundations of the U.N. are basically sound.
They provide tremendous potentialities for peace-
ful evolution. It may be long before the structure
is completed. But a most hopeful beginning has
been made. The continued growth of the U.N.
depends not only on the ability of governments to
understand its powers and limitations. It re-
quires also the sustained interest and critical
understanding of organizations like the American
Association of University Women which reach
into every corner of our country.
I cannot emphasize too strongly the importance
of cutting through ignorance and prejudice and
coming to grips with facts. As has been pungently
stated, "It ain't people's ignorance that causes all
the trouble — it's their knowing so dang much that
ain't so."
Letters of Credence
Ecuador
The newly appointed Ambassador of Ecuador,
Teodoro Alvarado Garaicoa, presented his creden-
tials to President Eisenhower on July 16. For the
text of the Ambassador's remarks and the text of
the President's reply, see Department of State
press release 386.
Hungary
The newly appointed Minister of the Hungarian
People's Eepublic, Peter Kos, presented his cre-
dentials to President Eisenhower on July 17. For
tlie text of the Minister's remarks and the text of
the President's reply, see Department of State
press release 392.
BrazU,
The newly appointed Brazilian Ambassador,
Ernani do Amaral Peixoto, presented his creden-
tials to President Eisenhower July 18. For the
text of the Ambassador's remarks and the text of
the President's reply, see Department of State
press release 396.
180
Department of State Bulletin
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference
Press release 397 dated July 18
Secretary Dulles: I have no prepared state-
ment. I will be glad to answer your questions.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you favor a reduction in
the manpower strength of the U.S. armed forces?
A. I have not gone into that matter at all except
in terms of the broad general policy. I think
that is a question primarily for the military people
to make recommendations about. The broad con-
cept of our defensive policy I have set out a good
many times in terms of primary reliance upon se-
lective deterrent power. I believe in that general
principle. But how it is applied is, in the first
instance, a technical matter for the military
advisers.
Q. Mr. Secretary., would it he possible to carry
out the kind of cuts which are under consideration
now., and at the same time fulfill the military obli-
gations of the United States under its various
alliances?
A. In the first place, I do not know what are
these cuts that you refer to as being under consid-
eration. I am not aware of any particular cuts.
I have no doubt that they are being discussed in
the Pentagon, but I have no familiarity with
them ; I have seen no figures nor discussed any fig-
ures with any members of the Pentagon.
Q. Coidd I ask, then, whether substantial cuts
could be made in the armed services without af-
fecting the strength of the United States overseas?
A. "Well, are you talking primarily now about
Nato.?
Q. I was thinking primarily of NATO.
A. "VYell, our understanding about the NxVto
forces was very clearly set forth in the statement
which I made in London in October, I think it
was, 1954, at the time of the London-Paris Ac-
cords.^ We said at that time that it would be the
policy of the United States to maintain armed
forces in Europe which would involve our carry-
ing a fair share of the total Nato responsibility
there, and that statement was confirmed later on
by President Eisenhower, after consultation with
the congressional leaders. There is no intention
whatsoever of going back on that policy
declaration.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there is a distinct sentiment
in the United Nations regarding talks with dele-
gates who are infonned that the prospects for
some definite and valuable disarmament are better
note than they have been ever in the last decade.
Would you subscribe to that?
A. I would say that the basis for the thinking is
the growing realization throughout the world that
some limitation of armament is becoming more
and more imperative in view of the increasingly
destructive character of modern armaments. I
am not sure that any great progress has yet been
made in finding agreed technical ways of assuring
that disarmament would be upon a dependable
and controlled basis.
Q. Mr. Secretary, could I return to Mr. Ran-
kin's question? Do your remarks mean that you
did not see that Admiral Radford was preparing,
although not in definite form and had reached no
conclusions, proposals for reductions in our Armed
Forces of about 800,000 men?
A. I saw a newspaper story to that effect. I
have had no consultation nor conference whatever
with Admiral Eadford about the subject, nor have
I heard any such figure mentioned other than in
the press story.
Q. Thank you.
'BuLMTiN of Oct. 11, 1954, p. 523.
July 30, J 956
181
Q. Mr. Secretary, is it still the view of this Gov-
ernment that the West German Federal Republic
should raise 12 divisions as soon as possihle?
A. It is the view of the United States Govern-
ment that all of the members of Nato should make
the contribution which has been worked out by
Saceur and by the committee there which works
out these force goals. The agreed force goal for
the Federal Eepublic of Germany is 12 divisions,
and unless and until there is some change by the
joint action of Nato we believe that the commit-
ments thus given should be fulfilled.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you thirJc that modern
warfare has progressed to the point where sv/ih a
change is possihle now?
A. The change in the Nato force goals?
Q. Yes.
A. Well, that again is a question which is more
appropriate at this stage for consideration by the
military people than by the civilians. You will
recall that the Council of Ministers decided, I
think it was in December 1954, that the planning
should take into account atomic weapons, and the
planning has been going ahead on that basis.
Now, whether the military people doing that plan-
ning will finally come up with proposals for re-
duction or not, I do not yet know. That would
normally not come up until the fall of this year, at
a time when there comes about the so-called annual
review of the force goals.
Q. Mr. Sec7'etary, does opinion in Europe place
as m,uch importance on the maintenance of large
combat armed forces as, let^s say, a year or two
ago?
A. Well, I think that there has been a growing
feeling throughout the world that recent develop-
ments call for a greater emphasis upon modern
weapons and the means of their delivery and pro-
tection against their delivery, and perhaps less
weight upon manpower. That trend has been evi-
denced in the past division of our own military
effort as between the different armed services.
It is apparent in what is taking place in Russia,
assuming that the Soviets are in fact carrying out
what they said they would do in the way of re-
duction of their manpower. We know that there
has been no reduction in their efforts in the atomic
and thermonuclear field. There is that general
trend which is manifest, I think, wherever there is
military thinking throughout the world.. That is
the general trend. But to translate that general
trend into terms of the particular problem of Nato
is something which I am not qualified to do, cer-
tainly at the present time.
Q. Mr. Secretary, to sum up, would it he correct
to say that from your standpoint, looking at the
problems and the State Department's view, if the
Pentagon — ov/r military people — and the NATO
military people felt that this trend in modem
weapons made possihle at some future date a lower
figure for the West German armed forces, that
would not cross your pwrposes from a political
standpoint?
A. That is a rather complicated question.
Q. Well, turn it around: Are there political
objections from your viewpoint which might, you
feel, be strong enough to override the change in the
military thinking if that came about?
A. The only thinking that we have in relation
to that problem is our thinking as a member of
Nato, and of course, if there is an agreement in
the Nato Council upon lower force goals, there
would be no particular reason that I can think of |
from a political standpoint why we should urge 1
something higher than the force goals that the ■
military people thought were important. Gen-
erally speaking, the history of these things has
been that the military people do not tend readily
to lower their sights as far as force goals are J
concerned.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is it your information that the
Russians in their manpower cuts are turning to
primary reliance on the atomic and hydrogen
weapons?
A. They certainly seem to be putting their pri-
mary effort in that type of activity at the present
time, that is, of atomic and thermonuclear missiles
and the possible means of their delivery. But
they have not yet, so far as we know, reduced their
armed forces to such a degi'ee as to insure that those
forces could not still be a threat to Europe or to
any contiguous area. In other words, their land
forces have been so large that they could still be
reduced substantially and still leave the Soviet
Union with very formidable land power. But
certainly the trend of emphasis seems to have been
182
Department of State Bulletin
in favor of reduction of their manpower, which is
perhaps not wholly for military reasons but also
because of the fact that more workers are needed
in the farms and in the factories. But the trend
seems to be toward the reduction of manpower
and the continued concentration upon the thermo-
nuclear weapons. As I say, that trend has not
yet gone to the point so that we can dismiss as
unimportant the land forces which the Soviet
Union has, which are still quite formidable.
NATO Ground Forces
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you think NATO would he
materially weakened or even destroyed if there was
a substantial reduction in grovmd combat forces
in Europe?
A. I certainly do not think that there would be
any destruction of Nato if, in accordance with
competent military advice, there was a reforming
of the defense pattern of Nato. If that involved
more emphasis upon the new weapons and the ca-
pability of the atomic weapons and defense against
that and less emphasis upon manpower, and if that
was a competent military judgment, confirmed by
the political leaders of the different countries, I
would not think that the adoption of that concept
would have any effect at all in, as you put it I
think, destroying Nato.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is there any indication or in-
formation or evidence that NATO authorities
favor a substantial reduction of ground troops?
A. I have not discussed that in any way with
any of the Nato authorities. I have had no talk
with them at all on that topic since last December.
General Gruenther was here, but we only discussed
with him the possible impact of our mutual se-
curity legislation, and possible cuts in that pro-
gram, upon our contribution to Nato. So I have
not been informed at all as to their thinking, in
accordance with this directive which we gave
them a year and a half ago, that their planning
should take atomic weapons into account.
Q. Another question, Mr. Secretary. If there
is going to be a substantial reduction of NATO
ground forces, ivoiddnH that necessarily or subse-
quently lead to a reduction of the military aid
frog ram?
A. Well, I don't know that there will be a re-
duction of ground forces. And the cost, you know,
of these new weapons is very considerable. A
principal item involved in the current military aid
program is the provision of new weapons to Nato.
Now, those weapons are not themselves nuclear
weapons. They are primarily the means of pro-
tection against thermonuclear and atomic weapons,
and that item is a very large item indeed. I think
no one yet feels confident that it is possible to
make an overall net reduction of cost even if there
were the kind of shift your question envisages.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in light of the next decade's
increase in long-distance capabilities and also a
natural desire of people to see foreign troops leave,
won't the next decade see a phasing out of overseas
bases for America?
A. Well, that is a question which I think can't
be answered with a "yes" or a "no." I would say
that I hope very much that the political develop-
ments of the next decade will make it practical and
safe to rely less upon military force, and make
it possible to effect some reductions in our over-
seas disposition of forces. But that can't be an-
swered in the abstract, because there could at any
moment be political developments at one place or
another which would require an increase rather
than a decrease. You have to play this thing
by keeping in tune with the events. But I hope
very much that the next decade will have the trend
that I indicate.
Q. Along that line, would you presume that our
actions in the Philippines in turning over our
rights, title, and so forth to the air bases ^ would
set a precedent for Okinaioa? Vice President
Nixon went into this at Manila.
A. Well, I don't think you could make any pre-
cise parallel because, of course, our legal position
in Okinawa is quite different from our legal posi-
tion in the Philippines. There is a residual sov-
ereignty which Japan has in Okinawa, but for the
time being at least all of the powers and rights of
government are exercised by the United States in
accordance with the Japanese peace treaty. That
is quite a dissimilar situation from the Philippines.
Q. Mr. President — [Laughterl — Mr. Secretary,
doesn't that rise of neutralism and the develop-
ment of long-range weapons indicate that in the
' Ibid., July 16, 1956, p. 95.
July 30, 1956
183
foreseeable future the defense of the United States
wUl be based in the United States f
A. I don't think that question can with confi-
dence be answered in the affirmative. Certainly,
as there develops a greater capacity to deliver
weapons from a distance, there will be less de-
pendence upon foreign bases. But even that is
an oversimplification because of the fact that, while
you could perhaps ultimately develop your i-etalia-
tory power exclusively in the United States, it
could be much more costly to do so. I think I
have pointed out here before, in illustrative terms,
that a bomber operating from a base nearby the
Soviet Union might be a bomber which costs one-
tenth as much, and perhaps it could make 10 times
as many missions, as a comparable retaliatory
threat based upon the continental United States.
If so, your ratio in that matter in terms of cost
is about 100 to 1. So that, while it could be done,
it would be a very costly operation to do it, in
light of the present state of development.
Q. aSIt, you neglected the first part of my
premise, lohich loas the rise of neutralism, whereby
we may not have those bases.
A. Of course, if you assume that we don't have
the bases, then obviously we will have to base
our deterrent of retaliatory power upon the United
States.
Q. Mr. Sec7-etary, would this be in accordance
with the various multilateral agreements we have,
like NATO and so on, that we concentrate the
retaliatory poioer in the United States?
A. "Well, I do not think that the situation that
was suggested will arise in the sense that neutral-
ism will develop to such a point that there will not
be a combined defense of the North Atlantic Treaty
area, certainly that portion of it which lies in
Europe. And I believe that there will continue
to be, for the foreseeable future, the extension of
common facilities and so forth in Europe under
the North Atlantic Treaty.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Army always contends
that it must be prepared to fight these sinall brush-
fire loars. What part do wars of that type play
in these trends and thinking that you have been
talking about? Is suoh war ruled out, or is it
felt they will be fought with atomic weapons?
A. Of course, we would like to rule them out if
we could. And I do think that through the proc-
esses of diplomacy, through deterrent power
other than atomic weapons — for instance, in some
cases there are deterrents of an economic and finan-
cial character — it is possible to do a great deal to
exclude the possibility of the so-called brush wars.
Perhaps the possibility cannot be excluded en-
tirely. As you know, our theory of deterrence is
a theory of selective deterrent, and in the case of
a brush war, we need not drop atomic weapons
over vast populated areas.
Evaluation of Recent Soviet Proposals
Q. Mr. Secretary, these two most recent pro-
posals by the Soviet Union — reduction of arms and
the suspension of nuclear explosives — do you at-
tach any sincerity at all to these proposals, and, if
you do, what can we do to counteract their obvious
propaganda value?
A. Well, you referred to two things — the reduc-
tion of the numbers of their armed forces, I think,
was the first —
Q. I was thinking primarily, sir, in that connec-
tion in terms of what happened just recently, when
they accepted our figure for the reduction on both
sides, not just their own unilateral reduction which
they have announced.
A. Well, that was not the acceptance of the total
package, nor did it include acceptance of the con-
trols and checks that would be necessary to deter-
mine whether or not there was in fact a reciprocity
of reduction. It doesn't do any good for the
Soviet to accept figures unless they give the pos-
sibility of checking and controlling what actually
happens. It has been basic to the United States
policy that we would not reduce our Armed Forces
in reliance merely on a promise by another country
to reduce its armed forces, unless there was some
way of checking and controlling tliat promise.
And so far a great difficulty with the Soviet Union
has been that they have consistently rejected any
effective means of controlling and checking as to
whether or not they in fact did what they promised
to do.
Q. Well, is your answer then that you do not
think that there is any element of sincerity in the
proposal?
A. I think that, as far as the reduction of their
184
Department of Stale Bulletin
own manpower is concerned, there is sincerity to
it — if you want to use that word — in the sense that
I believe that a combination of their own military
concepts plus the need of more people in factories
and on the farms has probably led them to bring
about a reduction of their own armed forces, or
will do so. In other words, if you ask me whether
I think in fact they are going to do it, I would say
I think that they probably are, for the reasons
which I mentioned. But that is nothing upon
which we can depend unless we have some means,
or there is some international system set up, for
actually checking that they have done it — because
perhaps they won't do it.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Egyptian Ambassador
said yesterday, after his return from Cairo, Egypt
is noto prepared to accept our earlier offer on the
Aswan Dam, in financing it. Are we prepared
to go ahead loith that offer now?
A. I would not want to offer to answer that
question in advance of seeing the Ambassador,
whom I'm seeing, I think, tomorrow afternoon.
All I can say is that quite a lot of things have
happened since the offer was made and those would
have to be taken into account and will be taken
into account in my talk with the Egyptian
Ambassador.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you plan to attend the
Bepuhlican Convention, and if so, do you have any
plans to make a speech there?
A. I do plan to be present at San Francisco
while the convention is on, or at least during part
of the time the convention is on, particularly dur-
ing the period when the platform will be under
consideration. I have no present plans to make a
speech.
Q. Do you intend, sir, to help write the plat-
form plank on foreign policy as you did in 1952?
A. I expect I will have a certain part in the
writing of it, yes.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you say anything now
about your post Pan American plans?
A. I shall probably be in that general area for
the balance of the week, perhaps, subject to work-
ing out of details with the governments concerned,
going to Colombia and Ecuador, and to Peru for
the inauguration. I will be back on Sunday
[July 29].
Q. Mr. Secretary, have you looked into prec-
edent for the Secretary of State helping his party
write the foreign policy program? I dorCt re-
memher other Secretaries of State being at politi-
cal conventions. I may be mistaken.
A. No, I do not recollect and I have not looked
into that. But it seems to me quite unrealistic to
think that a Secretary of State should not have
some voice in the writing of the platform of his
party in relation to foreign affairs.
Q. Where is the line, sir, between that partici-
pation and the statement you made to us some time
earlier that you had no plans to take any part in
the political campaign this year? How do you
divide the two?
A. I would not think that giving my views, in
response to inquiries, to those who have the re-
sponsibility of the platform, would be engaging in
political activity.
Q. You have no plans to make any speeches that
you would consider political during the campaign?
A. I have no plans at the present time.
Q. Do you think it is possible to write a biparti-
san plank on foreign policy?
A. That depends on the Democrats. If they
agree, I could write one.
Q. Have they invited you to their con/vention?
A. No, but they still may. It would be a very
good idea. I would be delighted to go.
Q. Mr. Secretary, why do you have to go to
San FraTwisco for it? DonH you think the plat-
form is going to be written here anyway before the
convention?
A. Undoubtedly the platform will be initially
drafted here. I suppose that the prospective
chairman of the Eesolutions Committee will go out
to San Francisco with drafts covering the different
planks of the platform. But after the convention
begins or, indeed, before the formal convention
begins, there will be hearings, I suppose, as cus-
tomary, and various interested parties will appear
before the Resolutions Committee and make pro-
posals and suggestions with reference to various
items of the platform, including foreign policy. I
do not think that the platform will take final form
until after those different views have been heard.
Q. Sir, don't you think there is a certain risk at-
July 30, 1956
185
taohed in a very partisan foreign-policy plank
appearing which then later — suppose your party
wins the election again — you would have to defend
before possibly another Democratic Congress?
A. Well, your question assumes that the plat-
form will be highly partisan.
Q. It was in 1952, sir.
A. We are talking about 1956.
Q. Mr. Secretary, are you preparing a foreign-
policy plank for the platform? Are you now pre-
paring such a plank?
A. I am starting to crystallize some of my own
thinking about what might be in a plank, but so
far I have not had any discussion of it with the
people who will presumably be charged with the
actual drafting of it.
U. N. Technical Assistance
Q. Mr. Secretary, would you discuss the impli-
cations of a cut on the Hill of an appropriation to
the technical assistance aspects of the U.N.?^
A. I greatly regret that that cut has taken place.
I think it took place not primarily because of any
serious objection on the part of most of the Com-
mittee to the program as such. It was primarily,
I think, a feeling that we ought not to contribute
as much as 50 percent of the program. The effort
was to cut our contribution to 331/3 percent of the
total program. I would like myself to see the cut
restored, because there is no assurance that we can
abruptly, at least, get contributions from other
quarters to fill in the gap and therefore it may
result in a weakening of the program. I believe
that for a long-term proposition it is sound to ex-
pect other countries to carry sufficient of the pro-
gram so that our percentage could be reduced to
331/3 percent. But, as I say, to do it abruptly the
way that it has been done would cause confusion
and difficulties there and some weakening of the
program.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I would like to go tack to the
manpower question for just a moment. The rea-
sons tohich you have outlined for your belief that
the Russians a/re going to make the cut they spoke
' For a statement on the U.N. Expanded Program of
Technical Assistance by Assistant Secretary Wilcox before
the Subcommittee on International Organizations and
Movements of the House Foreign Affairs Committee, see
ilici., July 9, 1956, p. 76.
of and for possible reductions in American forces
are all internal military reasons, that is, reasons
which relate to needs for manpower in factories
and for a decreased need for manpower in the
military. My question is this: Do you see any
elements in international affairs, in relations, for
example, between the United States and the
Soviet Union, which would be favorable to a re-
duction of forces?
A. I believe that, as I indicated, the primary
reasons for the Soviet reduction, if it takes place,
are internal reasons, a shift of their own concep-
tions about the proper balance today of military
forces and the need for more people in the factories
and on the farms. Now, I think there has been
some considerable diminution of international ten-
sions. I think it is generally agreed there is less
risk of general war than has been the case here-
tofore. That may be an element in Soviet calcu-
lations. Also there is the fact that, while we have
not attempted to make propaganda use of it, the
United States set an example in reducing its
Armed Forces. The Soviet Union is a Johnny-
come-lately in that respect, although it is talking
as though it was setting the example. We, in fact,
of course, made the big cut immediately after the
close of the Second World War. We built up
again at the time of the Korean War. As soon as
that was over, we started cutting down. So that
I think we have really set the example in this re-
spect. That may have had some impact upon the
Soviet Union.
Q. Mr. Secretary, could I ask a related question
to that? Would you say that the relaxation or
diminution in international tension was also a
reason for the United States to consider further
reductions in its Armed Forces?
A. Well, I feel that it is vitally important for
the United States to maintain a certain measure of
superiority or equality with the Soviet Union in
terms of atomic weapons, missiles, and means of
their delivery, and so forth. I would not think
that the situation permitted of any particular re-
duction in that respect. It might be possible that
the trend that I referred to in terms of reduction
of manpower may perhaps be somewhat continued,
but that is primarily for the military people in
the first instance to make a recommendation.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you are portrayed in a press
report today as feeling that an ultimate cut in
I
186
Department of State Bulletin
the proposed West German troops for NATO
may he acceptable. Did you discuss this question
(with Chancellor Adenauer when he was here?
A. No. Wlien I discussed the matter with
Chancellor Adenauer, it was in terms of the great
importance of the Federal Eepublic carrying out
its present commitment to Nato.
Q. Mr. Secretary, it has been reported that you
submitted to the Senate Foreign Relations Com-
mittee a list of the diplomatic changes in the Mid-
dle East posts. Could you tell us whether those
reports are correct, and could you discuss some of
the reasons for those changes?
A. I can't comment on the changes that are
being discussed in the press until the matter has
been dealt with officially by the President. As
you know, the practice in these matters is to seek
the agrement of foreign governments to any
diplomatic exchange, and until that has been re-
ceived it is not considered to be good international
manners to discuss diplomatic changes.
Q. Mr. Secretary, a followup, if I may, on that
cut for technical aid of the U.N. It has been re-
ported that representatives of the Department of
State in Geneva have reported bach here that they
have encountered embarrassment and distress in
dealings with the Econom,ic and Social Council be-
cause of this impending cut. Has that informa-
tion, assuming that it is substantially correct,
been given to the Hill as one of the complications
involved in something of this kind?
A. I am sorry I can't answer that question. I
would assume that it has been, through one or
another of the Assistant Secretaries. But I am not
familiar personally with the report that you refer
to, nor have I dealt with it in any way.
Q. Thank you, sir.
Delegations to Inaugural Ceremonies
in Peru and Bolivia
Press release 402 dated July 20
President Eisenhower on July 20 named Secre-
tary Dulles as his personal representative to head
the U.S. delegation to the inauguration of the
President-elect of Peru, Dr. Manuel Prado
Ugarteche.
At the conclusion of the meeting of Presidents
in Panama, the Secretary will proceed to Bogota,
Colombia. He will spend July 24 there in confer-
ences with the President and other Government
officials. On July 25 he will proceed to Quito,
Ecuador, where he will confer with the President
and officials of the Ecuadoran Government.
Secretary Dulles will be accompanied to Colom-
bia and Ecuador by Mrs. Dulles; Henry F. Hol-
land, Assistant Secretary for Inter- American Af-
fairs ; Carl W. McCardle, Assistant Secretary for
Public Affairs; Maurice M. Bernbaum, Director,
Office of South American Affairs ; and William B.
Macomber, Special Assistant to the Secretary of
State.
On July 26 Mr. Dulles will fly to Lima, Peru,
where he will act as chief of the U.S. delegation
and personal representative of the President at
the ceremonies for the inauguration of the Presi-
dent-elect of Peru, Dr. Manuel Prado. The in-
auguration program will take place in Lima from
July 27 through August 1.
The U.S. delegation to the inaugural ceremonies
in Lima will include the following, with the rank
of special ambassador to represent the President :
Theodore C. Achilles, Ambassador to Peru
Henry F. Holland, Assistant Secretary of State for Inter-
American Affairs
Charles H. Percy, President, Bell and Howell Corpora-
tion
Willard L. Beaulac, Ambassador to Argentina
The other members of the U.S. delegation are :
Albert P. Morano, U.S. House of Representatives
Carl W. McCardle, Assistant Secretary of State for Pub-
lic Affairs
Maj. Gen. Robert W. Douglass, Jr., U.S. Air Force
George A. Blowers, Director, Export-Import Bank
Maurice M. Bernbaum, Director, Office of South Ameri-
can Affairs, Department of State
William B. Macomber, Si)ecial Assistant to the Secretary
of State
Members of the U.S. Embassy staff at Lima,
Peru, also named on the delegation are:
Clare H. Tlmberlake, Deputy Chief of Mission
Francis A. Llnville, Counselor of Embassy for Economic
Affairs
Col. Thomas M. Metz, U.S. Army Attache
Comdr. Arthur O. Mclntyre, U.S. Naval Attach^ and Naval
Attach^ for Air
Col. Charles H. Shaw, U.S. Air Attach^
John R. Neale, Director, U.S. Foreign Operations Mission
As the Secretary must be in Washington to re-
ceive Prime Minister Robert Menzies of Australia,
who arrives on July 31, it will be necessary for the
Ju/y 30, 1956
187
Secretary to depart from Lima on the evening of
July 28.
The necessity to return to Washington will make
it impossible for the Secretary of State to head the
U.S. delegation to the ceremonies for the inaugu-
ration of the President-elect of Bolivia, Hernan
Siles Zuazo, which will take place in La Paz, Bo-
livia, from August 3 through August 8.
The U.S. delegation to the Bolivian inaugural
ceremonies will be headed by Gerald Drew, U.S.
Ambassador to Bolivia, and will include with the
rank of special ambassador to represent the Presi-
dent:
Henry F. Holland, Assistant Secretary of State for Inter-
American Affairs
Charles H. Percy, President, Bell and Howell Corporation
Cecil B. Lyon, U.S. Ambassador to Chile
The other members of the U.S. delegation are :
Bourke B. Hickenlooper, U.S. Senate
Maj. Gen. Robert W. Douglass, Jr., U.S. Air Force
George A. Blowers, Director, Export-Import Bank
Maurice M. Bernbaum, Director, Office of South Ameri-
can Affairs, Department of State
Members of the U.S. Embassy staff at La Paz,
Bolivia, also named on the delegation are :
Eugene A. Gilmore, Deputy Chief of Mission
Col. Charles H. Shaw, U.S. Air Attach^
Lt. Col. Isaac W. Cundiff, U.S. Army Attach^
Ross A. Moore, Director, U.S. Foreign Operations Mission
Aswan High Dam
Press release 401 dated July 19
At the request of the Government of Egypt, the
United States joined in December 1955 with the
United Kingdom and with the World Bank in an
offer to assist Egypt in the construction of a high
dam on the Nile at Aswan.^ This project is one
of great magnitude. It would require an esti-
mated 12 to 16 years to complete at a total cost
estimated at some $1,300,000,000, of which over
^ Bulletin of Dec. 26, 1955, p. 1050.
$900,000,000 represents local currency require-
ments. It involves not merely the rights and in-
terests of Egypt but of other states whose waters
are contributory, including Sudan, Ethiopia, and
Uganda.
The December offer contemplated an extension
by the United States and United Kingdom of
grant aid to help finance certain early phases of the
work, the effects of which would be confined solely
to Egypt, with the understanding that accom-
plishment of the project as a whole would require
a satisfactory resolution of the question of Nile
water rights. Another important consideration
bearing upon the feasibility of the undertaking,
and thus the practicability of American aid, was
Egyptian readiness and ability to concentrate its
economic resources upon this vast construction
program.
Develojiments within the succeeding 7 months
have not been favorable to the success of the proj-
ect, and the U.S. Government has concluded that
it is not feasible in present circumstances to par-
ticipate in the project. Agreement by the riparian
states has not been achieved, and the ability of
Egypt to devote adequate resources to assure the
project's success has become more uncertain than
at the time the offer was made.
This decision in no way reflects or involves any
alteration in the friendly relations of the Govern-
ment and people of the United States toward the
Government and people of Egypt.
The United States remains deeply interested in
the welfare of the Egyptian people and in the de-
velopment of the Nile. It is prepared to consider
at an appropriate time and at the request of the
riparian states what stejis might be taken toward
a more effective utilization of the water resources
of the Nile for the benefit of the peoples of the
region. Furthermore, the United States remains
ready to assist Egypt in its effort to improve the
economic condition of its people and is prepared,
through its apjDropriate agencies, to discuss these
matters within the context of funds appropriated
by the Congress.
188
Department of State Bulletin
Detention of U.S. Personnel in Soviet Union
Following is the text of a note delivered to the
Soviet Ministry of Foreign Affairs hy the Ameri-
can Embassy at Moscow on July 16 concerning
Soviet detention of U.S. personnel involved in
aircraft incidents, together with a statement made
hy Deputy Under Secretary Murphy on July 18
hefore the Senate Foreign Relations Committee.
U.S. NOTE OF JULY 16
Press release 388 dated July 16
The Embassy of the United States of America
presents its compliments to the Ministry of For-
eign Affair9 of the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics and has the honor to refer to the question
of the detention of United States military per-
sonnel in the Soviet Union.
The United States Government has for~*some
time received, from persons of various nationali-
ties freed from Soviet Government imprisonment
during the last several years, reports that they
have conversed with, seen or heard reports con-
cerning United States military aviation personnel,
belonging either to the United States Air Force
or to the United States Navy Air Arm, in actual
detention in the Soviet Union. The United States
Government has sought in all such cases to obtain,
if possible, precise identification of American na-
tionals detained by tlie Soviet Government, al-
though it notes that by international law and
international practice the Soviet Government is
obliged to inform the United States Government
first of any American nationals whom the Soviet
Government holds in custody or to permit such
nationals to communicate with the proper United
States authorities.
The reports concerning such personnel have now
become so persistent and detailed, and so credible,
that, although the United States Government is
not able to identify by name these American na-
tionals now detained by the Soviet Government, it
Jo/y 30, 1956
393163—56 3
requests the Soviet Government to inform the
United States Government in detail concerning
each American military person who has been de-
tained in the Soviet Union at any time since Janu-
ary 1, 1949 of whom the United States Government
has not heretofore been informed by the Soviet
Government, giving in each case the name of the
person and the circumstances underlying his
detention.
Specifically, the United States Government is in-
formed and is compelled to believe that the Soviet
Government has had and continues to have under
detention the following :
1. One or more members of the crew of a United
States Navy Privateer-type aircraft which came
down in the Baltic Sea area on April 8, 1950.^ The
United States Government has since that time re-
ceived reports that various members of the crew of
this United States aircraft were, and are, detained
in Soviet detention places in the Far Eastern area
of the Soviet Union. In particular, it is informed,
and believes, that in 1950 and in October, 1953 at
least one American military aviation person, be-
lieved to be a member of the crew of this United
States Navy Privateer, was held at Camp No. 20
allegedly near Taishet, and Collective Farm No.
25, approximately 54 kilometers from Taishet, Said
to be under sentence for alleged espionage. This
American national was described as having suf-
fered burns on the face and legs in the crash of his
aircraft and using crutches or a cane.
Reports have been received from former pris-
oners of the Soviet Government at Vorkuta that in
September, 1950 as many as eight American na-
tionals, believed to be members of the crew of the
United States Navy Privateer to which reference
is made, had been seen in the area of Vorkuta and
specifically, that one person who was interned at
' For correspondence with the Soviet Union concerning
this incident, see Buixetin of May 1, 1950, p. 667, and
May 15, 1950, p. 753.
189
Vorkuta in September, 1950 stated that he was
serving a twenty- five year espionage sentence and
had been a member of a downed United States
aircraft.
For the information of the Soviet Government,
the crew of the United States Navy Privateer when
it departed for its flight over the liigh seas of
the Baltic consisted of the following United States
Navy personnel, all nationals of the United States :
Name Rank Serial Number
Fette, John H Lt 320676 USNR
Seeschaf, Howard W Lt 264005 USN
Reynolds, Robert D Lt. jg 36857.3 USN
Burgess, Tommy L Ens 506762 USN
Danens Jr., Joe H ADl 3685438 USN
Thomas, Jack W ADl 2242750 USN
Beckman, Frank L ATI 2799076 USN
Pui-eell, Edward J CT3 254043S USN
Rinniar Jr., Joseph Norris. ATS 2542600 USN
Bourassa, Joseph Jay— AL3 9539864 USN
2. One or more members of the crew of a United
States Air Force B-29 which came down on June
13, 1952, either over the Sea of Japan or near the
Kamchatka area of the Soviet Union. An officer,
believed by the United States Government to have
been a member of this crew, was observed in Oc-
tober 1953 in a Soviet hospital north of Magadan
near the crossing of the Kolyma River between
Elgen and Debin at a place called Narionburg.
This officer stated that he had been convicted,
wrongfully, under Item 6 of Article 58 of the
Soviet Penal Code.
For the infoi-mation of the Soviet Government,
the United States Air Force personnel on board
the B-29 which has been missing since June 13,
1952, were as follows :
Name Rank
Busch, Samuel N Major.
Sculley, James A 1st Lt
Service, Samuel D 1st Lt —
McDonnell, Robert J 1st Lt—
Homer, William B M/Sgt AF
Moore, David L M/Sgt AF
Blizzard, William A S/Sgt AF
Monserrat. Miguel W S/Sgt AF
Berg, Eddie R S/Sgt AF
Bonura, Leon F S/Sgt AF
Becker, Roseoe G S/Sgt AF
Pillsbury, Danny H A/IC AF
Serial Number
AO
AO
AO
AO
'33811
693414
752509
2222264
7025704
15229915
19244175
13164064
17281746
18359162
19.391813
18245964
3. Wliile the foregoing specific cases involve the
crew members of two aircraft, it may well be that
the Soviet Government has in its custody members
of the crews of other United States aircraft, par-
ticularly crew members of aircraft engaged on
behalf of the United Nations Command side of the
military action in Korea since 1950.
The United States Government desires that the
Soviet Government make its inquiry on the fore-
going subject as thoroughly as possible, but that
it keep this Embassy informed of progress as soon
as possible.
STATEMENT BY DEPUTY UNDER SECRETARY
MURPHY, JULY 18
The State Department and the various agencies
of this Government abroad have for years re-
ceived from time to time reports of the presence in
Soviet prisons or prison camps of American citi-
zens. The Department has endeavored to make a
careful examination so far as possible of the rec-
ords and other evidence available to determine
whetlier the reports were credible and whether
the individuals in question were actually Ameri-
cans. In a number of cases it was determined
that the reports were not sufficiently credible to
justify action or the individuals turned out not
to be American citizens entitled to the protection
of the United States Government. In cases in
wliich tlie Department was convinced of tlie iden-
tification and citizenship of the individuals
reported, the Department has taken vigorous dip-
lomatic action to obtain the release of the indi-
viduals identified.
Because it was believed that we would be more
successful in diplomatic negotiations if we could
identify by name and history individuals of whose
presence in Soviet detention we had evidence, the
Department and Embassy at Moscow concentrated
on those cases. There may be mentioned as an
example of such an incident the case of John
Noble, whom the Department succeeded in repat-
riating at the end of 1954.
From time to time, particularly in 1954 and
1955, reports came in from repatriates, American
and others, that they had heard of or actually seen
American military personnel, some particularly
identified as military aviation personnel, in Soviet
detention camps or prisons. There are also cases
of persons identified as American Army personnel
on whose cases we are working. In no case were
the informants able to identify the individual avi-
ation personnel by name, although physical de-
190
Department of State Bulletin
scriptions were given sometimes where the indi-
vidual was seen or they were otherwise identified,
such as that they were members of a crew which
had been brought down over the Baltic or in one
case a crew member on board an aircraft which
had come down off Kamchatka.
The Department made careful attempts to trace
down each of these stories. By June 1956 it con-
sulted with the Embassy at Moscow and the Em-
bassy at Tokyo (which had been in consultation
on this subject with the Japanese Foreign Office) ,
as well as with the Navy, Air Force, and Army
Departments and the Office of Secretary of De-
fense, as to whether we should not approach the
Soviet Government upon the basis that the Soviet
Government was under a legal duty to inform us
whether these reports, though anonymous as to
the identity of the individual Americans involved,
were true. We also took into account the fact
that publicity to the request might encourage
other repatriates to come forward with informa-
tion which might be more specific than informa-
tion we had already received. The Ambassadors
in Moscow and Tokyo and the Department of De-
fense and the other Departments concerned all
concurred in the proposal that this approach
should be made.
As the committee will see, whether there is any
success to the present approach will depend in the
first place on the possibility that the Soviet author-
ities will actually make an attempt to find out,
if they do not already know, what American per-
sonnel they have been holding of whom they have
not notified us. In the second place, the publicity
attendant to the release of the text of the note to
the Soviet Government may encourage other
repatriates to get in touch with American authori-
ties abroad or in this country and give us addi-
tional information. This is at present a hope but
there is evidence to base reliance on it. We have
at least one case of an individual who had appar-
ently been for years vaguely referred to as an
American but whom Japanese repatriates in 1955
more positively identified so that we succeeded in
identifying him to the Soviet Government and he
has been repatriated successfully. We have had
several instances in which vague reports turned
out after considerable investigation to be funda-
mentally true although original identifications
were not sufficiently accurate.
July 30, 1956
Alleged Violations of Soviet Territory
U.S. NOTE OF JULY 19
Press release 398 dated July 19
Following is the text of a note delivered to the
Soviet Embassy at Washington on July 19.
The Department of State has the honor to in-
form the Embassy of the Union of Soviet Social-
ist Republics that the latter's note no. 23 of July
10, 1956 alleging violations of Soviet territory by
United States Air Force twin-engine medium
bombers coming from Western Germany, has re-
ceived the most serious consideration of the
United States Government. It is noted that the
Soviet Government's note refers to "the American
Zone of Occupation in Western Germany". At-
tention is called to the fact that there is no longer
an American Zone of Occupation in Western Ger-
many. Presumably, the reference is to the Fed-
eral Republic of Germany.
A thorough inquiry has been conducted and it
has been determined that no United States mili-
tary planes based, or flying, in or adjacent to the
European area at the time of the alleged over-
flights could possibly have strayed, as alleged, so
far from their known flight plans, which carefully
exclude such overflights as the Soviet note alleges.
Therefore the statement of the Government of the
Soviet Union is in error.
The Department of State at the same time feels
obliged to comment on the accompanying state-
ments in the Soviet Embassy's note implying a
plot to hinder the improvement of international
relations and insinuating that the alleged Ameri-
can Air Force flights might have been arranged
by General Twining in Germany, following his
visit to the Soviet Union. These remarks, which
are as obviously out of place as they are imwar-
ranted, indeed of themselves have the effect of hin-
dering the improvement of international relations.
Department of State,
Washington, July 19, 1956.
SOVIET NOTE OF JULY 10
Embassy of the Union of Sovtbt Socialist Republics
No. 23
The Embassy of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
presents its compliments to the Department of State of
191
the United States of America and, on instructions from
the Soviet Government, has the honor to state the follow-
ing.
According to precisely established data, on July 4 of this
year at 8 : 18 a. m. Moscow time, a twin-engine medium
bomber of the United States Air Force appeared from
the direction of the Zone of Occupation in West Germany,
crossed over the territory of the German Democratic Re-
public, and invaded the airspace of the Soviet Union in
the Grodno area from the direction of the Polish People's
Republic at 9:35 a. ni. The aircraft which violated the
airspace of the Soviet Union flew along the MinsU-Vilnius-
Kaunas-Kaliuingrad route, penetrating the territory of
the Soviet Union to a depth of 320 kilometers and remain-
ing over the said territory for one hour and 32 minutes.
On July 5 of this year at 7 : 41 a. m. Moscow time, a
twin-engine medium bomber of the United States Air
Force appeared from the direction of the American Zone
of Occupation in West Germany, crossed the territory of
the German Democratic Republic, and at 8 : 54 a. m. in-
vaded the airspace of the Soviet Union in the area of
Brest, from the direction of the Polish People's Republic.
The aircraft violating the air boundary of the Soviet
Union flew along the Brest-Pinsk-Baranovichi-Kaunas-
Kaliningrad route, penetrating Soviet territory to a depth
of l.oO kilometers and remaining one hour and 20 minutes
over the said territory. The same day another twin-
engine bomber of the United States Air Force invaded the
airspace of the Soviet Union and penetrated Soviet ter-
ritory to a considerable depth.
On July 9 additional flights of United States aircraft
into the Soviet airspace took place.
The said violations of the air boundaiies of the Soviet
Union by American aircraft cannot be evaluated as being
other than intentional and conducted for purposes of
reconnaissance.
It must be emphasized that these gross violations of the
airspace of the Soviet Union have taken place at a time
when, as a result of the efforts of the Soviet Union and
other i)eace-loving countries, a definite easing of inter-
national tension has been achieved, when the relations
between nations are improving, and when mutual trust
among them is growing. Such a course of international
events meets the full approval of the peoples of all coun-
tries vitally interested in strengthening peace.
One cannot, however, fail to observe that reactionary
circles hostile to the cause of peace in a number of coun-
tries are disturbed by the lessening of international ten-
sion which has taken place. These circles attempt in
every possible way to hinder the further improvement of
relations and the creation of mutual trust among nations.
Among such attempts should be included the said gross
violation by the American Air Force of the airspace of the
Soviet Union, which consistently conducts a policy of
strengthening peace and broadening busine,sslike coopera-
tion with all countries, including the United States of
America.
In this connection, it is to be noted that the said viola-
tions of the air boundaries of the Soviet Union by Ameri-
can aircraft coincided with the stay of General Twining,
U.S. Air Force Chief of Staff, in the Federal Republic of
Germany.
The Soviet Government energetically protests to the
Government of the United States against so gross a viola-
tion of the airspace of the Soviet Union by American
military aircraft and considers this violation an inten-
tional act of certain circles in the United States, planned
to cause tension in the relations between the Soviet
Union and the United States of America.
Calling the attention of the Government of the United
States to the inadmissibility of such violations of the air-
space of the Soviet Union by American aircraft, the Soviet
Government states that all responsibility for possible
consequences of such violations rests with the Government
of the United States.
The Soviet Government expects that steps will be taken
by the Government of the United States to punish those
guilty of the said violations and to prevent such violations
in the future.
Washington, D. C, July 10, 1956
Correspondence With Iceland
Concerning Defense Agreement
U.S. NOTE OF JULY 17
Press release 394
Following is the text of a note delivered on July
17 at Reykjavik iy the ATneidca/ri ATubassador to
Iceland, John J. Mv^ccio, to the Icelandic Min-
istry for Foreign Affairs.
The Embassy of the United States of America
has the honor to acknowledge the receipt of the
note of the Ministry for Foreign Affairs of the
Government of Icehmd dated June 11, 1956, con-
cerning the defense agreement of 1951 between the
Government of Iceland and the Government of
the United States.^
The Ministry's note suggested that the proposed
bilateral negotiations between the Government of
Iceland and the Government of the United States
should not begin until August 1.
It is the understanding of the Embassy that the
date of August 1 M-as based on the assumption that
the new Government of Iceland would not be
formed prior to that date.
The Embassy believes that since negotiations
should not be undertaken until a new government
in Iceland shall have had time to formulate its
' Treaties and Other International Acts Series 2266.
192
Department of Slate Bulletin
views it would be inopportune to consider the
Ministry's proposal until after the new government
shall have taken office.
At that time it will be opportune to consider
arrangements concerning the location and pro-
cedure for the discussions envisaged.
ICELANDIC NOTE OF JUNE 11
The Ministry for Foreign Affaii-s presents its
compliments to the Embassy of the United States
of America and has the honour to submit the
following:
As the Embassy is aware of the Althing adopted
on Marcli 28th, 1956, the following resolution :
The Althing resolves to declare
that the foreign policy of Iceland should as hitherto be
foinnilated so as to ensure the independence and secur-
ity of the country, that friendly relations be maintained
with other countries and that the Icelandic people coop-
erate in security matters with their neighbour nations,
i. e. through cooperation in N.A.T.O.
In view of changed conditions since the Defense Agree-
ment of 19.51 was Concluded and in view of the declaration
made to the effect that foreign armed forces should not
be stationed in Iceland in time of peace, revision of the
system then adopted should immediately be initiated so
that the Icelanders themselves would perform the care
and maintenance of defense installations — other than
military duties — and that the Defense Force be with-
drawn.
If an agreement is not reached concerning these amend-
ments, the Defense Agreement should be terminated in
accordance with Article VII thereof.
In conformity with this expressed will of the
Althing, the Ministry hereby has the honour to
suggest that discussions be taken up between the
Government of Iceland and the Government of
the United States of America in order to intro-
duce a new system to replace that adopted under
the 1951 Defense Agreement. It is further sug-
gested that, due to the forthcoming General Elec-
tions, these discussions shall not commence until
August 1st, 1956, and that arrangements be made
before that date as to how and where such discus-
sions shall be initiated.
It is the intention of the Ministry for Foreign
Affairs that the 6 months' notice referred to in
Article VII of the 1951 Defense Agreement be
effective as from August 1st, 1956.
The Icelandic Permanent Eepresentative on the
North Atlantic Council will be instructed to notify
the Council accordingly in conformity with the
provisions of Article VII of the Defense Agree-
ment.
MiHiSTRT roR Foreign Afi'airs,
Reykjavik, June 11th, 1956.
U.S. Partnership With Pakistan
Statement hy Vice President Nixon ^
It has been a great pleasure for Mrs. Nixon and
myself to have briefly renewed our acquaintance
with Pakistan and to see our friends here. We
are deeply grateful for the warm and friendly
welcome extended us.
We regret that our stay this time has been
of short duration. However, I was privileged to
talk with President Mirza and members of your
Cabinet this morning. It is good to hear of the
progress you are making in building a new nation.
When I last visited Pakistan two and a half
years ago, your country was still constructing its
constitution. Now Pakistan has become a re-
public and is looking forward to the growth and
strengthening of its democratic institutions. The
United States is always happy to see good friends
striding forward with the other nations of the
free world.
Your Prime Minister, in his recent London
speech before the Foreign Press Association, noted
that peace can be maintained only through a dy-
namic, positive, and constructive approach and
by measures of collective security.
He also described the impatience of the Asian
people to enjoy the fruits of their freedom and to
improve their living conditions. The urge for
progress which he mentioned is a most construc-
tive force. I agree with him that our hope lies
in pressing forward in a cooperative effort to
improve the lot of the people.
We are glad that our partnership with Paki-
stan has been of some assistance to you in working
toward this goal of increased human welfare.
It is encouraging that you have formulated a
draft 5-year plan.
I trust that our countries will long be associated
as we are with other free Asian countries in these
endeavors toward real peace and a better life.
'Made to correspondents at Karachi on July 9.
Ju/y 30, 1956
193
Air Force Musicians Honored
by King and Queen of Cambodia
The Department of State announced on July 9
(press release 378) that Col. George S. Howard,
Chief of Bands and Music, USAF, W.O. Fred
Kepner, and S.Sgt. Robert Cray were honored in a
ceremony at the Department that day. In the
presence of the Ambassador fi-om Cambodia, Nong
Kimny, Jameson Parker, Special Assistant to the
Assistant Secretary of State for Public Affairs,
presented scrolls testifying to the award of the
Order of Monsaraphon to the three by their Maj-
esties the King and Queen of Cambodia. The
scrolls were forwarded by the Cambodian Govern-
ment through the American Embassy in Phnom
Penh for presentation. M.Sgt. Michael Mudre
accepted the scroll on behalf of Sergeant Cray,
who was unable to be present at the ceremony.
The awards were originally conferred on May
9, 1966, in Cambodia, when the Air Force Band
played a concert under the patronage of the King
and Queen. During the concert two compositions,
"Cambodian Suite" and "Sakrava," written by
Their Majesties' son, Prince Sihanouk, were per-
formed for the first time.
THE CONGRESS
President Urges Enactment
of Immigration Legislation
Following are texts of letters exchanged hy
President Eisenhower and Senator Arthur V.
Watkins. ^
SENATOR WATKINSTO PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
JtiLY 17, 1956
Dear Mr. President : Several times during the
past year you have spoken out to urge that Con-
gress take immediate steps to amend the Refugee
Relief Act and to modernize and overhaul some of
our basic immigration legislation.
' Reprinted from Cong. Rec. of July 18, 1956, p. 12119.
194
The legislative session is fast drawing to a close
and, as of this date, no effective action has been
taken by the Congress in this field; such action
now appears unlikely.
I have submitted to the Congress a series of bills
which incorporate the recommendations which you
presented to tlie Congress in your state of the
Union Message and in your message to Congress
on February 8, 1956. ^ These proposals have been
redrafted and sent to the desk as amendments to
the single general immigration measure to come
out of the Senate Judiciary Committee during this
Congress (H. R. 6888, commonly called the sheep-
herders bill).
Action on these amendments has bogged down
and it is apparent that unless quick action is taken
there will be no legislation affecting this crucial
problem during the 84th Congress.
I would appreciate your suggestions and com-
ments on this matter.
Sincerely,
Arthur V. Watkins
PRESIDENT EISENHOWERTOSENATOR WATKINS
July 18, 1956
Dear Arthur: Thank you for your letter of
July I7tli. I appreciate your giving me an oppor-
timity to point out once again the vital need for
legislation revising the McCarran-Walter Immi-
gration Act and amending the Refugee Relief Act.
As you know, on February 8, 1956, 1 submitted
to the Congress a four-point program designed to
reshape our existing immigration laws. This pro-
gram would revise and bring up to date the quota
system and remove the quota mortgages ; provide
a fair and workable substitute for the private bill
system of granting relief from deportation in
hardship cases; make a series of other improve-
ments and provide an exclusive, speedy, and fair
system of judicial review of administrative de-
portation orders. I empliasized then and I em-
phasize now that this country should have larger
immigration and that the national origins system
should be reviewed in its entirety.
As you so rightly state, it is important that the
Congress enact this program without delay. Un-
"BuiXETiN of Jan. 16, 1956, p. 83, and Feb. 20, 1956,
p. 275.
Depatiment of Sfate Bulletin
less action is taken in this session, immigration
from a iiinnber of friendly nations such as Greece
and Italy will be drastically reduced when the
visas which have been available to those countries
under the Refugee Relief Act are exhausted this
summer. For example, the already small regular
annual quota for Greece is limited to 154 as a
result of the mortgage imposed by the 1948 Dis-
placed Persons Act.
More than a year ago and again last January
I suggested revision of the Refugee Relief Act.
One of the most important of my suggestions was
that visas be reallocated from countries where they
are not needed to countries where they have been
exhausted and ai-e needed. For exa'nple, thou-
sands of visas authorized for escapees in Germany
and Austria have not been applied for while at
the same time the refugee-relief program can no
longer accept applications from escapees residing
in other countries.
Many of these people risked their lives to flee
from Communist persecution in the Baltic na-
tions, Poland, Czechoslovakia, Hungary, Ru-
mania, and Bulgaria. For them and for many
others who are relatives of American citizens the
only remaining opportunity to come to the United
States is under the small and heavily oversub-
scribed annual quotas of their native lands. As
a practical matter, in the absence of new legisla-
tion, visas for many of these deserving people will
never become available under the McCarran-
Walter Act.
The amendments which you have offered sub-
stantially cover the important recommendations
which I have made and they deserve the most
serious consideration. I again urge the Congress
to enact into law these several proposals before
the conclusion of the present session.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Transmittal of Lend-Lease Report
White House press release dated July 18
The President sent to the Congress on July 18
the 37th report to Congress on lend-lease opera-
tions ^ as required by the Lend-Lease Act of
March 11, 1941.
* H. Doc. 413, 84th Cong., 2d sess.
July 30, 1956
In his letter of transmittal the President in-
formed the Congress that, during the calendar
year of 1955, principal and interest receipts cred-
ited to lend-lease accounts of other governments
amounted to approximately $47 million. Cumu-
lative principal and interest receipts on account
amounted to about $574 million on Decem-
ber 31, 1955.
Scheduled lend-lease payments were, in general,
satisfactorily made by the debtor governments.
The creditor position of the United States imder
lend-lease settlement agreements at the year's close
had been reduced to $1,168 million, of which about
$16 million was past due.
No new lend-lease settlement agreements were
completed during 1955 ; however, negotiations
with the Government of Poland for a settlement
of that Government's World War II accounts were
well advanced, with formal signing anticipated
in 1956.2
The U.S.S.R. during the year returned the
group of 27 lend-lease naval vessels upon which
agreement was reached in December 1954 and an
additional 62 similar vessels under agreement
made in May 1955. The matter of the return,
and the disposition to be made, of another group
of 59 lend-lease naval craft was still under dis-
cussion with the U.S.S.R. at the close of the year.
Although, by agi'eement, silver loaned to other
governments during World War II under lend-
lease need not be redelivered in kind to the United
States before April 1957, advance returns were
made in 1955 by the Government of the Nether-
lands of approximately 23 million fine troy ounces
of silver on account.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
Extension of Export-Import Bank Act. Hearing before
a subcommittee of tlie Senate Committee on Banking
and Currency on S. 3868, S. 3329, and S. 2256. June 8,
1956. 45 pp.
Departments of State and Justice, the Judiciary, and Re-
lated Agencies Appropriation Bill, 1957. Conference
report to accompany H. R. 10721. H. Kept. 2288, June
8, 1956. 6 pp.
Amending the Act of September 3, 1954. Report to ac-
company H. R. 6888. S. Rept. 2226, June 13, 1956.
6 pp.
' For text of the agreement, signed June 28, see Buixetin
of July 16, 1956, p. 113.
195
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Continuing the U.N. Search for Agreement on Disarmament
Following are texts of statements made in the
U.N, Disarmament Commission hy Henry Cabot
Lodge,, Jr.,, U.S. Representative to the United
Nations, and James J. Wadsworth, Deputy U.S.
Representative, together with the text of the reso-
lution adopted on July 16.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, JULY 3
U.S./D.N. press release 2431
We meet today in the hope that the human
race — regardless of the differences in the way in
■which jiarts of it are governed, regardless of con-
flicting views about the nature of man — can avoid
becoming the helpless victim of the weapons which
science has created.
We meet at a time when the governments of
the states possessing the most powerful armed
forces have said that a major conflict waged with
the full force of modern weapons could gravely
jeopardize, if not destroy, our very existence.
Governments represented here also recognize
that the piling up of arms in a divided world can
create the kind of fear and suspicion which in the
past have led to conflict.
Having, we hope, this much understanding in
common, we meet to review the work undertaken
by our subcommittee in London, pursuant to the
resolution of the General Assembly of December
16, 1955.^ Let me recall that that resolution urged
the nations concerned, while continuing to work
on a comprehensive disarmament plan, to give
priority to President Eisenhower's plan for re-
' Bulletin of Jan. 9, 19.56, p. &3. For te.xts of proposals
submitted during the London meetings, Mar. 19-May 4,
1956, see U.N. doe. DC/83.
ciprocal aerial inspection and Mr. Bulganin's pro-
posal for establishing control posts at strategic
centers. It urged action on all such measures of
adequately safeguarded disarmament as are now
feasible.
Fifty-six of the countries represented in the
Assembly voted for the resolution. Every gov-
ernment represented at this table except the Soviet
Union supported that resolution.
My colleagues in this Commission — and public
opinion, wherever in the world such a thing
exists — will measure the report of the subcom-
mittee against these aspirations of the General
Assembly, which are those of the peoples of the
world.
The United States Government believes that the
London meetings did some good. At least the
atmosphere in which they proceeded appeared to
us to be generally constructive.
But far more could have been accomplished had
the Soviet Union been able to agree to the stand-
ards for disarmament accepted by the great ma-
jority. And as the Governments of Canada,
France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States stated in their joint declaration of May 4,
1956,^ we believe that the differences must be —
and can be — reconciled.
In this spirit we note that the Soviet Union did
not reiterate its usual demand for the unverifiable
elimination of atomic weapons as a prerequisite
to the regulation and reduction of armaments and
that, for the first time, it was willing to tell the
subcommittee — although only in the most general
terms — what things would be subject to interna-
tional inspection under its proposals.
' Bulletin of May 21, 1956, p. 838.
196
Department of State Bulletin
But the stark fact must be set down that our
disagreements loom larger than our agreements.
In the report, the basic positions of the various
governments are set forth, on the one hand, in the
Soviet paper of March 27; and, on the other, in
the working papers presented by the British and
French Governments and by the United States
Government; and finally, in the joint declara-
tion of May 4, 1956, introduced by the Canadian
representative on behalf of his Government,
France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States.
President Eisenhower's letter to Mr. Bulganin
of March 1, 1956,^ is a part of the record. It pre-
sents important proposals for bringing the nuclear
threat under control. The Soviet Union has not
replied to this letter. However, on June 6, 1956,
Mr. Bulganin sent a further communication to
President Eisenhower * which has a bearing on the
position taken by the Soviet Union at London.
Now, therefore, Mr. President, from all these
documents four important propositions emerge.
First, that we must curb the menace of nuclear
weapons — and here again. President Eisenhower
suggested a way in his letter of March 1 to Mr.
Bulganin.
/Second, that the quota of conventional arma-
ments and armed forces should be fixed by nego-
tiation and verified by inspection.
Third, that we should carry out the reduction
of armaments by stages, having in mind the
realities of world political conditions.
Fourth, that there must be an inspection device
which will assure each side that the other is ac-
tually doing what it promised to do. The world
has acclaimed President Eisenhower's "open
skies" plan as such a device, and the world waits
for Soviet acceptance of it.
Now let me discuss these four propositions in
that order.
Control of Nuclear Weapons
The first proposition which emerges f lom the
record of the subcommittee is on the control of
nuclear weapons.
The peoples of the entire world know that there
can scarcely be a greater threat to the future than
an uncontrolled nuclear arms race, developing ever
' Ihid.. Mar. 26, 1956, p. 514.
' White House press release dated June 8.
more terrible weapons and spreading to more areas
of the globe where it could more easily ignite a
nuclear conflagration.
The four-power declaration of May 4, 1956, pro-
vides that "at an appropriate stage and mider
proper safeguards, the buildup of stockpiles of
nuclear weapons would be stopped" — stopped, that
is the word — "and all future production . . . de-
voted to peaceful uses."
In his letter of March 1, 1956, President Eisen-
hower said the United States would join with
other nations to work out "suitable and safe-
guarded arrangements so that . . . fissionable
materials anywhere in the world would no longer
be used to increase the stockpiles of explosive
weapons." He jjroposed, further, to combine
these arrangements with the program of contribu-
tions from existing stockpiles to the international
atomic energy agency when it is established. The
President hopes in this way to "reverse the . . .
trend toward a constant increase in nuclear
weapons overhanging the world."
In contrast to this universal concern, the Soviet
Union, in its proposals of March 27 and again in
Mr. Bulganin's letter of June 6, 1956, deals only
with conventional forces. It makes no provision
at all for bringing the nuclear threat under con-
trol. The Soviet proposals thus fail to come to
grips with those elements of military strength
which are today significant and most feared in the
world.
The Soviet Union does claim that the reduction
of conventional weapons will facilitate the pro-
hibition and elimination of atomic weapons. For
our part, while we offer to work for the control
and limitation of such atomic weapons, we believe
their elimination is impractical because we know,
as the Soviet Union pointed out most cogently
in its paper of May 10 of last year," that there is
no way to verify by any presently known scientific
means of inspection that they have in fact been
eliminated. There is agreement on that.
The Western representatives in the subcommit-
tee did urge that a convention should include the
obligation upon participating states not to use
nuclear weapons except in accordance with the
charter. The Soviet Union opposed this under-
taking.
We will not mislead world opinion by propos-
" BuLLUriN of May 30, 1955, p. 900.
My 30, J 956
197
ing a ban on weapons which could not be securely
enforced, nor will we make any commitment which
would prevent their use in the defense of demo-
cratic nations against assault by armies with vast
reserves of disciplined manpower at the command
of powers which would themselves be able at any
time to turn to the use of atomic weapons.
Ceilings on Arms and Armed Forces
Now let me come to the second proposition,
which concerns the ceilings which should be
applied to armaments and armed forces.
In their joint declaration of May 4, 1956, Can-
ada, France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States stated their belief that a disarmament pro-
gi-am should begin under international control,
with significant reductions in armed forces to such
levels as are feasible under present unsettled world
conditions. There should be corresponding re-
ductions by the various powers in conventional
arraaments and military expenditures. Further
reductions would be carried out as world condi-
tions improve.
The United States at London advanced a figure
for purposes of illustration of 2.5 million for the
United States, the Soviet Union, and China;
750,000 for France and the United Kingdom ; and
not more than 500,000 for the forces of other coun-
tries to be attained in a first stage of disarma-
ment. Such figures as those would not only ap-
ply directly to men under arms ; they would also
be used as the basis of measurement for reduc-
tion in armaments and military expenditures. The
United Kingdom and French proposals are in the
form of a three-stage program without specific
figures, but we believe that the views of all three
countries regarding the levels to be reached in a
first stage are generally similar.
The Soviet Union's March 27 plan provides ceil-
ings for the United States, the Soviet Union, and
China of 1.5 million; of 650,000 for the United
Kingdom and France; and 150,000 to 200,000 for
other states, with corresponding reductions in con-
ventional armaments and budgets, all to be at-
tained by the end of 1958.
We should also note in this connection the Soviet
Union's announcement on May 14 that it intends
to reduce its armed forces by 1,200,000. It does
not say from what figure this reduction would be
made. Nor does it say what the number will be
after these reductions are made, if they are made.
In comparing these various proposals, the Com-
mission should consider these facts :
First, that the United States has already dras-
tically reduced its armed forces from a level of
12,300,000 in 1946 to about 2,900,000 at present.
In 1949 our forces were down to about 1,600,000
men; and we only increased them in response to
the call of the United Nations to repel flagrant
and brutal Communist aggression in Korea. The
contemplated reductions in Soviet forces would
bring them, it appears, approximately to the levels
which the United States reached some time ago.
Secondly, Soviet forces in Europe are stationed
close to their bases of supply and can be rein-
forced quickly ; and even after their cuts are com-
pleted— if they are — the Soviet Union will have
the strongest land forces in the world and, in
addition, will be a nuclear power of the first rank.
However much, therefore, we may value a cut
in Soviet forces — assuming that there really is
one — as an indication of good intentions, the
United States does not consider that unilateral
and unverified changes in the size of standing
armies is responsive to the urgent need for re-
ciprocal regulation of armaments under a reason-
able system of inspection.
The Soviet Union has also at various times pro-
posed measures which would reduce the foreign
troops in Germany, or would limit their weapons
capabilities. The United States is particularly
concerned that the Soviet proposals appear to con-
template continuing the division of Germany de-
spite the vows for its reunification which were
made at the Heads of State meeting in Geneva
last year.
Obviously, the restoration of German unity in
peace and freedom would reduce international ten-
sion and thus bring closer the achievement of the
regulation and reduction of all armaments and
armed forces.
Disarmament and Political Settlements
Now I come to the third proposition, which is
the staging of a program for disarmament and
its relation to political settlements. The true
meaning of all these different proposals on force
levels can best be understood in this connection.
In the course of the disarmament debates over
the last 5 years or so, the United States and its
allies have always discussed disarmament in the
context of the settlement of political issues. In-
198
Department of State Bulletin
deed, the General Assembly directs us to proceed
in this way.
Thus, the resolution adopted by the First Com-
mittee of the Assembly on November 18, 1953, be-
gins with this preface:
Mindful that progress in the settlement of existing in-
ternational disputes and the resulting re-establishment of
confidence are vital to the attainment of peace and dis-
armament and that efforts to reach agreement on a com-
prehensive and co-ordinated disarmament programme
with adequate safeguards should be made concurrenUu
with proijress in the settlement of international tlisiiules.
. . . [Emphasis supplied.]
Many other statements about the connection be-
tween solving international disputes and the de-
velopment of disarmament have been made in tlie
United Nations and elsewhere by statesmen of the
Western countries.
Need for Adequate Inspection System
The reductions which the United States sug-
gested at London could be accomplished in the near
future without waiting for the settlement of politi-
cal disputes. We do not believe, however, that
drastic reductions could be undertaken unless and
until there has been progress toward the settle-
ment of the major political issues which still di-
vide the world. Especially is this true when no
inspection system, or only an inadequate one, is
used to verify that reductions have in fact been
accomplished.
Now, Mr. President, I come to the final and
most vital proposition and that is inspection.
That is what we must deal with successfully
if we are to make progress. We could devise the
most perfect answers to the other three questions —
the most perfect agreement about how much we
would reduce our armed forces, by what stages we
would do it, how we would move from one stage
of reduction to the next — but without an adequate
inspection system the whole thing would be but a
chimera, a dream.
Inspection which is adequate must be able to
insure that what is promised is actually performed.
Inspection which is adequate must also provide
against surprise attack.
Unless we can agree on inspection which does
tliese two things, we will defeat the whole purpose
of arms limitation and control, which is to increase
and not decrease the security of nations; to pro-
vide real security, not false security; to build
trust, not distrust. It does seem obvious, but there
are moments when it is a good thing to state the
obvious.
There is some hope in the fact that the Soviet
Union has now adopted the view long urged by
other delegations that there must actually — physi-
cally— be international inspection on the spot in
all the affected countries before any reduction of
arms under a disarmament program is begun. But
time allotted by the Soviet Union to recruit, or-
ganize, and train these inspectors and put them
to work is very brief. Further, under the Soviet
plan the international control organization is too
weak. If the inspectors reported a violation of
the disarmament agreement, the control organ
would have to refer the matter — where? To this
room here — to a decision of the Security Council,
where, of course, it would be subject to veto. Now,
Mr. President, that is not inspection; it is not
disarmament ; it is politics.
Under the United States proposals, aerial in-
spection as proposed by President Eisenhower
would be an integral part of a plan for the reduc-
tion of armaments. This kind of inspection is
absolutely necessary over vast territories like the
United States and the Soviet Union, especially
as the reductions progress past the initial stage.
The United States would also accept the Bul-
ganin proposals for ground observers as a neces-
sary part of the plan.
Soviet Attitude Toward Inspection
Unfortunately the Soviet Union still appears
to be intransigent on air inspection. It will say
only that "at a specific stage of the execution of
the general disarmament program, when confi-
dence among states has been strengthened," it
"will consider the possibility of using aerial pho-
tography as one of the methods of control."
This Soviet attitude not only casts doubt on
the efficacy of an eventual agreement to reduce
arms; it also deprives the world of a most im-
portant safeguard against surprise attack.
Now let me be candid. Nobody claims that air
inspection could preclude every form of surprise
attack everywhere in the world ; but it could help
anywhere in the world and could undoubtedly
detect the big preparations — the hig preparations,
Mr. President — without which a major effort can-
not be made. That much can be said for it, and
that is a great thing.
July 30, 7956
199
And if something like that liad been in eflfect
in the last 15 years, there would probably have
been no Japanese attack on Pearl Harbor, no Com-
munist attack on Korea, and no Hitlerite attack
on the Soviet Union — or on Belgium, France, the
United Kingdom, or Yugoslavia — to mention na-
tions whose representatives are at this table today.
It is not going too far to say that.
If it were in effect today, it would lower to the
vanishing point the chances for the outbreak of
the kind of war from which the world has most to
fear, a nuclear war between the Soviet Union and
the United States — God lielp us !
The Soviet Union now seems to have even less
faith in international inspection than it showed
at London. Mr. Bulganin's recent lettere to a
number of Heads of State propose a series of uni-
lateral reductions in armed forces. But in these
letters Mr. Bulganin makes no mention of inspec-
tion whatsoever.
Does this mean that the Soviet Union has
abandoned the idea of "adequately safeguarded"
disarmament urged by the General Assembly ?
Does the Soviet Union really expect each coun-
try to lower its guard in a still dangerous world
without positive knowledge that other countries
are doing likewise and without regard to the dis-
astrous failures, marked in history, of efforts at
disarmament without inspection?
Mr. President, the United States has engaged
in unilateral disarmament without any interna-
tional inspection. We did it after World War I
and after World War II and we don't intend to
do it again. In fact a good case can be made that,
if the United States had not disarmed unilaterally,
without inspection, after World War I, World
War II might not have taken place, with all the
tragedy it entailed for everybody in the world,
including the Soviet Union. A good case can be
made that if the United States had not disarmed
unilaterally, without inspection, after World
War II we would not have had the dreadful fight-
ing in Korea. I think it is not unreasonable to
set that down.
Here, again, Mr. President, are the propositions
which confront us as they have been developed
within the last year, particularly in the subcom-
mittee, and I would like to sum them up.
On inspection, the Soviet Union in its proposal
of March 27 offers something — and we welcome
that fact — but it is still too little. Then, in its
proposal of June 6, it does not mention inspection
at all.
On strength of armed forces, the Soviet Union
proposes only the thinning-out of the mass of
men in uniform and the scrapping of equipment
which may be obsolescent in any event. It does
not tackle at all the question of regulating and
reducing nuclear weapons.
On the matter of the stages of reduction, the
Soviet Union would oblige countries not so power-
ful as it is, nor so strategically located, to reduce
their armed forces drastically, within a period of
2 or 3 years, with inadequate inspection and with-
out conditioning these reductions upon faithful
performance by all the participating states.
Furthermore, the Soviet Union would have
countries diminish their defensive powers whether
or not any settlement of major political issues had
taken place.
And it presents its plan as one which would
ultimately lead to elimination of atomic weapons,
although the Soviet Union, itself, has stated more
clearly than any other power the scientific reasons
why, as tecltnology stands today, this elimination
cannot be verified.
U.S. Position
The position of the United States is opposed to
that of the Soviet Union on these major points.
It is summed up for you in the joint declara-
tion of Canada, France, the United States, and
the United Kingdom — in their joint declaration
of May 4, 1956. The four countries stand for
moves to reverse the trend toward accumulation
of nuclear weapons. They stand for a jorogram
of disarmament to be accomplished in stages, each
stage to depend on the satisfactory completion of
the preceding phase and to be linked with orderly
progress toward the settlement of political
differences.
They would provide genuine inspection which
would justify the confidence of participating na-
tions in the disarmament program, including the
modern method of inspection from the air.
They would provide the most effective safe-
guard against surprise attack which has yet been
developed by taking airpower and turning it into
peace power.
This is our platform for peace through disar-
mament. But, Mr. President, we are not inflex-
200
Department of State Bulletin
ible, we are not rigid, and we are not devoted ex-
clusively to all-embracing programs.
The United States representative to the sub-
committee, Mr. Harold Stassen, has suggested that
the Soviet Union and the United States each con-
duct a trial inspection of a typical area, 20,000
square miles in each country, and that the United
States and the Soviet Union exchange missions to
identify some of the problems of inspection. We
have received no reply to these suggestions.
Mr. Chairman, 11 months ago President Eisen-
hower proposed that the United States and the
Soviet Union agree to establish aerial sentinels in
an open sky. The purpose was to make a big start
toward a real inspection system. This was one
purpose and quite sufficient in itself.
But there was another purpose. It was to pro-
tect those countries of the world which do not live
under totalitarian governments from surprise at-
tack— from an aggression which they, because of
the nature of their popular institutions, would
never commit.
Soviet Arguments
Months have now gone by and the Soviet Union
has but increased its opposition to the President's
proposal.
Let me note the two arguments they have given
against it.
On August 4, 1955, Mr. Bulganin told the Su-
preme Soviet of the U.S.S.R. that "aerial pho-
tography could not produce the desired results,
since both our countries cover a vast area in which
anything could be hidden."
In other words, we are told that the "open sky"
plan is ineffective because the inspection airplanes
could not see anything.
Then, on February 1, 1956, Mr. Bulganin in a
letter to President Eisenliower ^ wrote as follows :
Such flights would not free the peoples from the fear
of another war ; on the contrary, they would intensify that
fear and foster mutual suspicion. Judge for yourself,
Mr. President ; what would the military leaders of your
country do upon receiving a report that aero-photo-
graphic reconnaissance revealed that your neighbor pos-
sessed more airfields? They would most certainly order
an immediate increase in the number of airfields.
In other words, we are told that the "open sky"
plan is too effective because the inspecting air-
planes could see too much !
UUd., Mar. 26, 1956, p. 515.
The first of these argiunents is fallacious, as we
showed conclusively last year when we exhibited
across the street the astonishing capabilities of
modem aerial photography and as the Soviet
Union would surely discover for itself if it would
participate in the trial inspection the United
States has proposed.
The second argument is also fallacious. It is
not knowledge that fans fear and suspicion, it is
ignorance; it is not disclosure that creates inter-
national tension, it is a passion for concealment
and secretiveness.
The truth is, Mr. President, that both arguments
are fallacious — and, incidentally, both arguments
flatly contradict each other.
Four questions, therefore, arise — and I would
like to put them to the Soviet representative to-
day in earnestness, hopefulness and animated by a
strong desire for peace.
First, what are the Soviet Union's real reasons
for opposing reasonable aerial inspection ?
Second, is not the Soviet Union aware that
many peoples the world over will think that their
opposition to aerial inspection is because the So-
viet Union has something to hide ?
Third, or is it that the Soviet Union for rea-
sons of its own is not willing to apply to itself
this great safeguard against war ?
And, fourth, why does the Soviet Union dis-
parage the work of the United Nations, this work
on which we are all engaged here in this room, to-
ward disarmament?
These are serious questions, Mr. President — I do
not deny it. Inability to answer them would be
damaging to any government. I ask them in a
spirit of helpfulness. I ask them because I wish
to see the tension between the Soviet Union and
the rest of the world reduced. I urge the Soviet
leaders not to expose themselves to suspicion and
urge them to work with us to develop a thorough
inspection system in the air so that air power will
become peace power.
Faith in U.N. Effort
In closing, let me reaffirm the faith of the Amer-
ican people in the effort of the United Nations to
find the way to peace through disarmament.
The Soviet Government seems to believe that
the United Nations has only retarded mankind's
efforts to master the tools of destruction.
If progi-ess has been slow, the members of this
iuly 30, 7956
201
Commission — and, may I add, the public generally
throughout the world — know where the responsi-
bility lies. But we do not despair.
Despite all setbacks, an objective estimate will
show that the United Nations has worked to nar-
row the gap. "We have not solved the problem.
There are hospitals in the world where they still
have not found the cure for the most deadly dis-
eases. They are making headway. We here in
the United Nations are making headway. We
are narrowing the gap. It is no time to be cynical
or contemptuous of the work of the United Na-
tions. Our present approach to the problem,
based upon a search for immediate steps that can
be taken, offers promise that the gap may be nar-
rowed still further. I believe that every man
in his heart knows that. He has seen the progress
that has been made here since the war.
We have more than once seen the Soviet Union
come around to a view which it had consistently
rejected. And that is an element of hope. In
that way it has shown that, like all nations, it
responds to the worldwide expressions of hope and
fear which are concentrated upon it.
The United States and the Soviet Union be-
tween them control most of the destructive power
of the world, and much of the potential for good.
Let us not forget that, Mr. President. Fear and
greed are not the only motives that animate hu-
man beings. Faith in the future, hope in the great
things that men can do together working con-
structively— those are strong motivations, too.
And we therefore owe it to each other and to the
world to take account of the fears of millions ex-
pressed in this great United Nations organization
in finding a way to curb the rising menace of
armaments.
This Commission can help in this great work by
judging the issues presented before it and by rec-
ommending that its subcommittee continue its de-
liberation in accordance with the principles of the
declaration of May 4, 1956, by Canada, France,
the United Kingdom, and the United States.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, JULY 10
U.S./D.N. press release 2432
During the past few days I have carefully read
and reread the speech of July 3 of Mr. Gromyko,
the Soviet representative.'' Because it is an offi-
' For text, see U.N. doc. DC/PV. 52.
202
cial statement by the representative of one of the
greatest world powers, it is of intense — one could
say vital — interest to every man, woman, and child
in this world. Because, to quote Mr. Gromyko's
own words, "the disarmament problem in itself
affects the happiness and the life of peoples all
over the world," every person — wherever he or she
may be — looks to the Soviet Union's statements to
see whether to hope or whether to fear for the
future.
Frankly, Mr. President, my reading of Mr.
Gromyko's speech has been a disheartening expe-
rience. I am an optimist by nature — and even
now I do not give up hope — but there is not only
nothing in Mr. Gromyko's speech to inspire hope ;
there is definite justification for despair.
Lest you may think this is too strong a word,
let me direct your attention to the assertions of
belligerence and insincerity against the United
States which appear on pages 8-12 of the English
text; and also to page 21 of the English text in
which Mr. Gromyko refers to the so-called "open
sky" plan for aerial reconnaissance of military
installations, saying that this plan will not "do
any good to anybody or for the cause" and adding
gratuitously the derogatory adjective "notorious."
Let me recall that this plan which Mr. Gromyko
so characterizes was proposed personally at
G«neva last summer by President Eisenliower,
whose good faith and earnest desire for disarma-
ment and peace are questioned by no one.
Let me also say to M. Moch, for whose encyclo-
pedic knowledge I have the very highest regard,
that the United States does indeed define this
"open sky" plan as an integral part of disarma-
ment and no mere espionage device. And that
Mr. Stassen, the United States representative in
the subcommittee, has in fact proposed the setting
aside of limited test areas in the United States
and in the Soviet Union — an offer which has not
been accepted.
Then let me recall that this proposal was en-
dorsed by every member of the United Nations
except the Soviet Union and the satellites, at the
last General Assembly — 56 votes being cast in its
favor — and these 56 included not solely the Nato
powers ; not solely the Seato powers ; not solely the
members of the Organization of American States ;
but representatives of states from Europe, Africa,
and Asia who are members of the United Nations.
These 56 nations endorsed the "open sky" plan
Department of State Bulletin
which Mr. Grorayko now characterizes in a derog-
atory manner.
How can we in turn characterize Mr. Gromyko's
position ?
First, we must recognize that it is contemptuous
of the members of the United Nations wlio voted
to endorse this plan, because he does not express
simple disagreement, which is, of course, legiti-
mate ; his characterization of the plan is a phrase
of contempt for the 56 nations who voted for it.
Secondly, we may ask : Wliy does he do it ?
Here is a plan which will go far to make true
disarmament — disarmament with inspection —
possible.
When therefore Mr. Gromyko brands it as no-
torious, men will ask: Does he do so because the
Soviet Union is opposed to true — rather than to
trick — disarmament ?
Here is a plan, Mr. President, which will go far
to make major surprise attack impossible.
When he brands such a plan as "notorious,"
men will inescapably ask : Does Mr. Gromyko do
so because the Soviet Union is opposed to making
major surprise attack impossible?
Let us not deceive ourselves, Mr. President.
Those are the questions people will ask.
These are hard questions, Mr. President. I
realize that. But Mr. Gromyko is using hard
words — the words, I may say, of Stalin ; the words
of Vyshinsky. These words force us all — every
member of the United Nations — to look squarely
at the two questions which I have just asked and
to be governed accordingly.
Indeed, his words are on a par with those of the
Soviet Foreign Minister, Mr. Shepilov, who re-
cently bade the United States to "muzzle" its press
in its comments on Soviet-American relations,
thus showing contempt for democratic liberties
which have been constitutionally established for
167 years in this country. I mention this because
it is relevant to our topic here in the Commission,
as is shown in a text which I cite for Mr. Shepi-
lov— a text of an American diplomat and revo-
lutionary, who said this :
Were it left to me to decide whether we should have a
government without newspapers, or newspapers vifithout
a government, I should not hesitate a moment to prefer
the latter.
These are the words of Thomas Jefferson.
They express the spirit which animates our revo-
lution and our institutions, and I mention it be-
cause it breathes the same spirit of "openness" as
President Eisenhower's "open skies" plan.
Mr. President, we who are gathered around this
table cannot escape history— the judgment of his-
tory. We must not give up hope, but we cannot
disguise from ourselves the fact that this is a fate-
ful moment.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, JULY 12
U.S./U.N. press release 2434
TMs is a sad morning. Wliere we ought to be
working constructively toward disarmament and
expressing honest disagreement, if necessary, we
have instead just heard what is, in large part, a
scurrilous attack on my country, in the very worst
traditions of Stalinism.^
Those who know me know that never since I
have represented the United States in the United
Nations have I launched an attack on a member
state — and that includes the Soviet Union. But,
of course, I have the obligation — as every repre-
sentative has here — to reply when vilifications are
made against my country which I cannot allow to
stand unanswered.
It is painful for me to have to say that, at the
beginning of the speech, Mr. Gromyko has done
something which, in all truth, Mr. President, one
does not expect to be done by one occupying such
a prominent position. He has been guilty of par-
tial quotation — taking a quotation out of context —
which, though the word may be an ugly word,
is actually misquotation.
He says in his speech at the bottom of page 3 :
Mr. Lodge says to us : "For our part, while we offer to
work for control and limitation of atomic weapons, we
believe that their elimination is impractical. . . . Nor
will we make any commitment which will prevent their
use. . . .
Here is what I said:
. . . For our part, while we offer to work for the con-
trol and limitation of such atomic weapons, we believe
their elimination is impractical because we know, as the
Soviet Union pointed out most cogently in its paper of
May 10 of last year, that there is no way to verify by
any presently known scientific means of inspection that
they have in fact been eliminated. There is agreement on
that.
The Western representatives in the subcommittee did
urge that a convention should include the obligation upon
° For text of Andrei Gromyko's speech, see U.N. doc.
DC/PV. 57.
Jo/y 20, 1956
203
participating states not to use nuclear weapons except In
accordance with the charter. The Soviet Union opposed
this undertaking.
Eeally, Mr. President, we expect a little better
than that here in the United Nations.
The same tactics were used with regard to As-
sistant Secretary of State Wilcox. Mr. Gromyko
said at the top of page 4 :
With no less clarity has expressed himself Assistant
Secretary of State Wilcox, who stated that the very word
"disarmament" should be avoided since the United States
was merely seeking a limitation, regulation, and control
of armaments.
Now here is what Mr. Wilcox said. I have the
whole text here of his speech made in Chicago on
Jmie 29 : »
In speaking to you tonight about disarmament, I should
purposely avoid use of that term for the most part.
Bather, I should speak of the limitation, regulation, and
control of arms. My reason is that "disarmament" is a
word which can have misleading and inaccurate connota-
tions. To some people it may present an image of a world
without arms and therefore at peace. This, of course, is
an oversimplification of the problem at least in two
respects.
In the first place, the word "disarmament" as used in
our negotiations does not mean and has never meant,
even to its most enthusiastic proponents, the abandon-
ment of armed forces. The maintenance of substantial
armed strength is essential for internal security, for the
fulfillment of international commitments, and for carry-
ing out responsibilities in connection with the maintenance
of international peace and security under the U.N.
Charter.
In the second place, the relationship of disarmament to
peace is a complex one. Indeed the possession of arms,
under conditions of limitation and control, is probably
the surest guaranty of peace. Weakness invites aggres-
sion. It is not the absence of arms but an effective system
of limitation and control that we seek.
That is the end of that quotation from Assistant
Secretary of State Wilcox. I think it is the state-
ment of an honest man, and if the day will come
when we have to deal entirely in propaganda, en-
tirely in headlines, and when we cannot talk and
act here as honest men, then we will be in a bad sit-
uation.
Mr. Gromyko then saw fit to say that there was
an inconsistency between the General Assembly
resolution of 1946 and the United States position
of today. In 1946 the General Assembly called
for "elimination" — that is the word — and it was
the Soviet Union itself that said on May 10 that
° Bulletin of July 16, 1956, p. 97.
elimination is impossible. The real inconsistency
is between promising prohibition, as the Soviet
Union does, and the scientific facts which make
verification of prohibition impossible. This in-
consistency is between what Mr. Gromyko now
says and what the Soviet Union said on May 10,
1955. I should like to read one paragraph from
what it said on that day :
Thus, there are possibilities beyond the reach of inter-
national control for evading this control and for organiz-
ing the clandestine manufacture of atomic and hydrogen
weapons, even if there is a formal agreement on interna-
tional control. In such a situation, the security of the
States signatory to the international convention cannot
be guaranteed, since the possibility would be open to a
potential aggressor to accumulate stocks of atomic and
hydrogen weapons for a surprise attack on peaceloving
States.
The United States has been guilty of no incon-
sistency.
Then, Mr. President, Mr. Gromyko saw fit to
imply that we could not reduce our Air Force be-
cause the contracts which the Air Force places
with private industry would make it impossible for
us to reduce those expenditures.
One of the astounding facts here in the United
States at the present time which makes the United
States the despair of Communist theorists is that,
when the war in Korea came to a close and the war
orders to American industry occasioned by that
war came to a close, American industry converted
to peacetime production, with the result that we
have a bigger prosperity than we have ever had
before. The idea that you can maintain prosper-
ity in America only by having a war and war or-
ders is an utter figment of the imagination. It is
the product of the crudest and most childish prop-
aganda, and I advise Mr. Gromyko to drop it be-
fore he makes himself ridiculous.
He did not mention the people who are em-
ployed in the aviation industry in the Soviet
Union, which, of course, is a government industry
and the greatest monopoly in the world ; whereas
in this country one of the basic and salient fea-
tures of our way of doing things is antitrust legis-
lation which makes monopoly illegal. One
constantly reads in the papers of people who en-
gage in a monopoly being prosecuted. So let us
not have any more of this talk about monopoly.
As regards the statement that Mr. Gromyko
made about overflights — his allegation that Amer-
ican airplanes have flown over the Soviet airspace
204
Department of State Bulletin
— all I can say to him now is that the United
States has received the Soviet note on this matter
on July 10," that we are looking into the situation
immediately, and that we will reply in due course
to the Soviet note after ascertaining all the facts.
That is all I can say at the present time, and I can
assure him that this matter will be looked into
very vigorously.
Then Mr. Gromyko saw fit to make absolutely
unfounded strictures against the United States
policy in Asia and various parts thereof, which
are so absurd that I will not go into them. But
they prompt me to observe that he certainly is in
no position to pass judgment on others as long as
the people of the satellite states are held in an iron
bondage, from which the heroic Poles in the last
few weeks have been trying to escape — with the
■applause, I might say, of lovers of freedom all
over the world.
That is all I care to say now, Mr. President. I
merely wish to add that those proposals in Mr.
Gromj'ko's speech which are not an assault on the
United States and which do relate to disarmament
will, of course, be carefully studied by us, and I
reserve the right to speak on them at a later date.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR WADSWORTH,
JULY 13
U.S. /U.N. press release 2435
I wish to direct my attention for a few moments
this morning to the subject of nuclear weapons
testing.
Yesterday afternoon this Commission was priv-
ileged to hear two remarkable speeches: the first
by Mr. Krishna Menon, distinguished representa-
tive of India, and the second by Mr. Moch, the dis-
tinguished representative from France.^^ I will
attempt, insofar as I can, not to duplicate the
points which were raised by Mr. Moch in his at-
temjDt to bring into perspective the points which
were raised by Mr. Menon in his most eloquent
speech.
Let us begin first by saying that the tests of
these new weapons have indeed caused great con-
cern in the world. Popular concern about these
tests is only natural, for we are dealing with a
force which is largely m^known and which has
required mankind to employ a new scale of
measurement.
^° See p. 191.
" U.N. doc. DC/PV. 58.
Yet I believe the essence of the problem is sim-
ple enough.
A competition is under way in connection with
the development of a new and terrible weapon.
But each side, I hope, knows full well the dangers
involved in developing this weapon — dangers
which are so much greater than those which have
attended the development of any other arm in
history.
For reasons I shall explain further, my delega-
tion wishes to associate itself most solidly with
the position taken by the distinguished represent-
ative of France yesterday afternoon, in which he
pointed out that the only sure answer, in his opin-
ion and in the opinion of my country, is to place
international safeguards and limitations upon the
weapon itself and upon the means of delivering
it, under a program which would apply equally
to all nations concerned.
In the absence of such an agreement, the United
States is obliged to develop the weapon for our
own safety and that of our friends in the world.
We shall continue to work, as we have in the past,
for an agreement to bring the nuclear threat un-
der control in which the limitation of tests must
be an integral part. And, in the meantime, we
will certainly do everything in our power to in-
sure that the radiation from all sources, including
nuclear tests, does not rise above tolerable levels.
Now, Mr. Chairman, we agree with Mr. Menon
that no nation has the right to make the air, the
earth, and the seas unlivable, or to blight the ge-
netic heritage. The United States has not done so
and we shall not do so. We are just as concerned
for the well-being of our citizens and for future
generations of our people as the Government of
India, for example, is concerned for its people, or
Great Britain for its subjects, or as any other gov-
ernment is concerned for its people.
Yesterday Mr. Moch, the best qualified of us all,
demonstrated, I think conclusively, that properly
conducted tests do not constitute a hazard to hu-
man health and safety. I wish to supplement his
remarks with some reference drawn from United
States studies and experience.
The Government of the United States and Pres-
ident Eisenhower personally are deeply and ur-
gently concerned with the problem of the nuclear
threat that overhangs the world. Scarcely any
July 30, 1956
205
matter with which the Government must deal is
the subject of more intensive high-level study and
consideration.
Relation Between Testing and Disarmament
On the basis of this careful consideration, the
United States believes the question of tests of nu-
clear weapons is necessarily related to the larger
question of agreeing on a meaningful disarmament
program. The questions are in fact inseparable
if we are to deal with the real issues involved.
Limitation on the testing of nuclear weapons is
logical, enforceable, and sound from a security
standpoint only as an integral part of a disarma-
ment program in which we have agreed to limit the
nuclear threat itself.
So, our studies lead to two conclusions :
First, that properly conducted nuclear tests do
not constitute a hazard to human health and
safety.
Second, that, in the absence of agreement to
eliminate or limit nuclear weapons under proper
safeguards, continuation of testing is essential for
our national defense and the security of the free
world.
Now let me explain briefly these two conclusions.
Last year the United States proposed that the
United Nations undertake to pool the world's
knowledge about the effects of atomic radiation
on human health. In December the General As-
sembly established a special scientific committee
to collect, evaluate, and distribute reports received
from governments on levels of radiation and scien-
tific observations concerning the eilects of radia-
tion.
The United States is cooperating to the fullest
extent with the United Nations committee in the
collection and dissemination of data on this sub-
ject. We believe the first step in dealing with any
scientific problem is to mobilize resources, explore
what is known, and point out what still needs to be
done. The work of the committee, we believe, will
stimulate further study by competent authorities,
encourage the international interchange of in-
formation, and provide each nation with adequate
data for reaching its own conclusions on the
problem.
The National Academy of Sciences, drawing
upon the experience and services of a large number
of the best-qualified internationally recognized
experts, on June 12 last released a report on its
year-long study, and the report states this para-
mount conclusion:
Atomic weapons testing has not raised world-wide radi-
ation to biologically dangerous levels and will not do so
if continued at the same rate as in the past.
From time immemorial, human beings have been
receiving a fairly steady amount of radiation from
natural sources — from outer space, from the
earth's crust, and, as Mr. Moch pointed out yester-
day, even from their own bodies. Comparing this
natural radiation with that from test explosions,
the United Kingdom Medical Research Council,
as has been pointed out, last month stated that, if I
nuclear testing were to continue indefinitely at the
same rate as over the past few years, there would
be a buildup of activity gradually reaching a pla-
teau in about a hundred years' time which would
give the average individual a radiation exposure ^
over a period of 30 years of less than one percent
of what he would receive in the same period from
natural sources.
Concern for General Safety
Now, Mr. Chairman, the United States and the
United Kingdom give full public notice of the
start and location of their tests. These Govern-
ments join with other governments in devising and
applying extensive safeguards on a cooperative
basis. We believe this method shows more con-
cern for the general safety than the method of
setting off unheralded secret explosions in the
remoter parts of the Eurasian land mass.
I submit that the United States has shown by its
own scientific studies, its support of United Na-
tions studies in the field, and tlie extensive precau-
tions with which it conducts its tests that it is
keenly aware of its obligations to its citizens and
to mankind to provide adequate safeguards against
harmful effects of radiation from any source
whatsoever.
We do not attempt to say that there is no danger,
but we do say that that danger can be controlled.
The United States is firmly pledged, and I re-
peat that pledge, that it will not use nuclear weap-
ons or any other weapons in any manner incon-
sistent with the United Nations Charter.
The United States, however, has a responsibility
not only to its own people but to the peoples of the
free world to maintain its capacity to defend itself
and to deter aggression. By so doing, it contrib-
206
Department of Stale Bulletin
utes to the maintenance of international peace and
security, which is a basic charter goal.
Now the basis for the United States capacity for
self-defense and deterrence of aggression is an ade-
quate weapons capability. In an age of rapid
scientific advance such a capability is not an ob-
jective that can be gained once and thereafter
maintained without further effort. Especially is
this true when the recent Soviet boasts of superi-
ority in nuclear weapons indicate that they are
developing them as rapidly as their resources and
technology will permit. In the absence of any
safeguarded agreement to limit these weapons,
constant efforts for improvement must be made.
As President Eisenhower recently stated, our
purpose in nuclear testing is not to develop a
"bigger bang." We know we can make them big.
Our purpose, the President continued, is "to find
out ways and means in which you can limit, to
make it useful in defensive purposes, perhaps of
shooting against a fleet of airplanes that might be
coming over, to reduce fall-out, to make it more
of a military weapon and less one just of mass
destruction."
The simple fact is that in the absence of arms
control and in the face of constant new develop-
ments, a wide variety of weapons are required to
provide the versatility and flexibility essential to
defense against aggression whenever, wherever,
and however it may occur. No nation around this
table, Mr. Chairman, would in seriousness propose
or accept the proposition that in the absence of any
agreement or safeguards it should unilaterally
stop all research, all development, and all testing
of, for example, military aircraft. The necessity
for relating any limitation on research and devel-
opment of nuclear weapons to a safeguarded agree-
ment is, I believe, equally clear.
If a disarmament agreement can be reached —
and we pray that it will — to limit nuclear weapons
under proper safeguards, the United States would,
of course, be prepared to agree to restrictions on
the testing of such weapons. The United States
representative in the subcommittee at London con-
firmed this intention.
President Eisenhower, in his letter of March 1
to Marshal Bulganin, has proposed a method of
dealing with the basic problem. I would like to
quote one paragraph of that letter. He says :
In my judgment, our efforts must be directed espe-
cially to bringing under control the nuclear threat. As
an important step for this purpose and assuming the satis-
factory operation of our air and ground inspection system,
the United States would be prepared to work out, with
other nations, suitable and safeguarded arrangements so'
that future production of fissionable materials anywhere
in the world would no longer be used to increase the
stockpiles of explosive weapons. With this could be
combined my proposal of December 8, 1953, "to begin now
and continue to make joint contributions" from existing
stockpiles of normal uranium and fissionable materials
to an international atomic agency. These measures, if
carried out adequately, would reverse the present trend
toward a constant increase in nuclear weapons overhang-
ing the world.
The distinguished representative from India was
kind enough to accentuate the word "reverse."
My ultimate hope [President Eisenhower continued] is
that all production of fissionable materials anywhere in
the world will be devoted exclusively to peaceful purposes.
The United States still awaits a reply from the
Soviet Union to the President's letter.
So, Mr. Chairman, we believe that these pro-
posals contain the seed of a solution to the great
problem overhanging us all — that of bringing the
nuclear threat under control. The search for
peace of mind, for security, in face of a vast but
little understood threat has prompted an almost
spontaneous effort to proscribe and exorcise the
evil — and I believe that we should pay tribute to-
day, Mr. Chairman, to the many helpful and
thoughtful speeches that have been made by mem-
bers of this Commission, particularly those who
have not been members of the subcommittee.
But we believe at the same time that the right
way is to attack the roots and by a great effort of
statecraft to develop a program for limiting nu-
clear weapons and promoting peaceful uses of
atomic energy in which the limitation of the tests
will be an important integral part. God speed the
day when this may happen !
To this task, Mr. Chairman, we dedicate our-
selves.
STATEMENT BY AMBASSADOR LODGE, JULY 16
D.S./U.N. press release 2436
All members of our Commission have now
spoken at least once. The record is therefore
almost complete, and we can accordingly draw
some conclusions as to where we stand.
The role of the Disarmament Commission is to
take stock of what has happened in the subcom-
July 30, 1956
207
mittee, to present the issues clearly, and to point
the path for possible solution of problems.
We cannot afford to let much more time go by.
The long-range guided missile is already looming
on the scene. Wlien it becomes a standard weapon,
no nation would have more than 15 minutes to get
ready to defend itself and hit back.
Already the time approaches when several na-
tions may have atomic weapons, when atomic artil-
lery may be the normal equipment of any force,
when any skirmish anywhere in the world could
blaze up into a nuclear conflagration.
We must act before these deadly missiles are
poised in hidden nests ready to strike — and before
the problem of nuclear control becomes too diffuse
and too unstable to handle.
The United States is therefore urgently con-
vinced of the need for an effective system for the
international regulation and limitation of all
armaments and armed forces. We believe, as we
have often said, that such a system might be built
upon the following propositions :
First, it should begin promptly under effective
international control with significant reductions
in armed forces, armaments, and military expendi-
tures to such levels as are feasible in present un-
settled world conditions.
Second, further reductions should be carried out
in stages, as world conditions improve and as the
satisfactory completion of each stage is proved.
We believe that preliminary trial operations would
be useful.
Third, that the principal danger to world safety
is the nuclear threat and that urgent measures
should be taken to bring it under control. Presi-
dent Eisenhower on March 1, 1956, wrote to Mr.
Bulganin suggesting such measures.
Fourth, we believe that a reliable method of
international inspection, including air reconnais-
sance, is absolutely vital to provide against sur-
prise attack and to insure that the obligations of
an agreement are faithfully executed.
These basic propositions of United States dis-
armament policy are contained in the resolution
introduced by Mr. Nutting on July 3,^ which we
support.
These propositions seem to us to merit the sup-
port of everyone who is sincerely interested in
disarmament. It is regrettable that the Soviet
Union has not so far been able to agree.
• U.N. doc. DC/87.
Reductions in Armed Forces
Mr. Gromyko's speech of July 12 leaves us in
some doubt as to where the Soviet Union stands
on some of these propositions and shows it to be
still negative on others.
But the Soviet representative did say that his
Government is now apparently ready to accept, as
a first step, a manpower ceiling of 2,500,000 for
the U.S.S.R. and the U.S.A., and of 750,000
for France and the United Kingdom. If this
means what it appears to mean, this is good news.
I say this because the Soviet readiness to accept
the 2,500,000 manpower ceiling resembles the pro-
posal put forward by Mr. Harold Stassen in
London.
We hope it means that the Soviet Union rec-
ognizes that reductions on this scale are realistic
in tlie present state of the world and that they
would promote greater international confidence
and a wider disarmament agreement.
But as responsible men we must recognize that
the Soviet Union has not yet accepted effective
international inspection by the most modern
means, including some measure of air control.
We therefore cannot tell whether the new Soviet
statement means a serious step toward disarma-
ment or is just an empty phrase.
The Soviet Union would also apparently limit
the forces of all other countries, including some
vitally important members of the free world al-
liance, to 250,000 men.
These meetings of the Disarmament Commis-
sion have also made it clear that the Soviet Union
has resorted to the erstwhile policy of making
elimination of atomic weapons — which nobody
can verify — the prerequisite of any disarmament
program. In other words, "ban the bomb and
trust the Soviet Union."
It has also become clear that the Soviet Union
still holds to the proposal Mr. Bulganin made last
month for a series of unilateral unverified reduc-
tions by several states without agreement and
without inspection.
Unilateral demobilization might conceivably be
a good thing if we were sure it was really happen-
ing. But in the absence of inspection one cannot
be sure, and to be wrong could be fatal.
These unilateral reductions do not appear to
mean any diminution of the firepower of Soviet
forces. Marshal Zhukov sized up the situation
for the Communist Party Congress when he de-
208
Department of State Bulletin
clared that "the great achievements of heavy in-
dustry have made possible the rearming of our
army, navy, and air force with first-class military
equipment." Nor can we gain much satisfaction
from the reported Soviet deployment homeward
of 30,000 men from Germany and the dramatized
fly-away of obsolete aircraft to new bases com-
paratively few miles away. Soviet forces in Ger-
man territory — even after the cut takes place —
would still outnumber those of all other countries
combined. Many, many times their number could
be brought quickly back to Germany if emergency
arose. They do not have to cross a 3,000-mile- wide
submarine-infested Atlantic Ocean, as we have
done twice in my lifetime, to help to rescue Europe
from aggression.
What actually is happening is this: that the
Soviet Union is only now proceeding to bring its
forces down to those which the United States
reached some time ago — a welcome but tardy
development.
The United States publishes detailed figures
on the size of its forces, year by year. I have often
recited them. The Soviet Union, despite many
invitations, will not do the same thing.
Nevertheless, Mr. Gromyko in both of his
speeches makes the claim that the reductions of
Soviet armed forces since World War II "have
exceeded by far the reduction of the armed forces
of the Western powers."' We can, of course, only
estimate — because we don't have the facts — but
we believe that this assertion is contrary to fact.
Timing of Program
Coming now to the second question — that of
timing or staging a disarmament progi'am : Mr.
Gromyko has tried to make it appear that what
he calls the "West" would not consider the re-
duction of armaments until there had been "pre-
liminary settlement of controversial international
problems."
Mr. Chairman, this statement ignores what I
have already pointed out : that the United States
is prepared to reduce to 2,500,000 men, with cor-
responding reduction in armaments and expendi-
tures, in the world as it is or in a world very much
like it, irrespective of political differences, pro-
vided that there is adequate inspection, including
aerial reconnaissance. And we made that offer
last spring, when the Soviet Union rejected it.
Text of Resolution '
U.N. doc. DC/Ql
The Disarmament Commission,
Having studied the Third Report of the Disarma-
ment Sub-Committee,
Recording its appreciation of the Sub-Committee's
efforts,
Considering that new proposals have been formu-
lated and proposed in the course of its current
sessions,
Considering that the resolution introduced on 3
July by the United Kingdom, Canada, France and
the United States, as amended, sets forth the prin-
ciples upon which an effective programme for the
regulation and limitation of all arms and armed
forces can be based.
Welcoming the narrowing of differences on cer-
tain aspects of the disarmament problem that has
been achieved both in the Sub-Committee discus-
.slons and in the present session of the Disarmament
Commission,
Noting that major difficulties remain to be solved
before agreement is reached on an international dis-
armament programme with safeguards which wiU
ensure the faithful observance of the programme by
all States,
Convinced that a reconciliation of the opposing
points of view is both possible and necessary,
Recalling the terms of resolution 914 (X) adopted
by the General Assembly on 16 December 1955,
Asks the Sub-Committee to study these proposi-
tions at the appropriate time, taking account of the
principles affirmed therein and striving to increase
the area of agreements ; and
Requests the Sub-Committee to report to the Com-
mission which will then examine the various resolu-
tions and proposals already presented to it or which
shall have been presented between now and its next
session.
' Introduced by Peru ; adopted on July 16 by a
vote of 10-1 (U.S.S.R.)-1 (Yugoslavia).
It is not only in the field of conventional arma-
ments that we propose to begin now, irrespective
of political settlements, to reduce the nuclear
threat as well. The President proposed, for ex-
ample, on December 8, 1953, "to begin now and
continue to make joint contributions from their
stockpiles of normal uranium and fissionable ma-
terials to an International Atomic Energy
Agency."
We have made these offers because we think
they would contribute to the settlement of politi-
cal tensions, which, in turn, would permit more
July 30, 7956
209
disarmament and so on, in a beneficent cycle.
Yet, Mr. Gromyko prefers to emphasize that "dis-
armament and the settlement of outstanding po-
litical problems" are, to quote him, "quite different
things" and that "to mix them up would only
mean to lump them together" and complicate
them both.
The Nuclear Threat
I have mentioned two Unitea otates proposi-
tions : first, conventional reductions, and secondly,
timing. Our third proposition relates to the con-
trol and limitation of the nuclear threat. Every
speaker has insisted that a disarmament plan must
deal with the nuclear threat ; that it is not enough
merely to discard older weapons, or to return more
infantrymen to reserve status.
Mr. Belaunde of Peru has pointed out the ab-
surdity of setting up a reduction in obsolescent
weapons "while leaving wide open the tragic arm-
aments race in nuclear weapons."
Mr. Brilej of Yugoslavia went to the heart of
the matter when he declared that while there
were "at present insurmountable obstacles to the
establisliment of an effective system of control
covering the elimination of atomic weapons,"
there is "no impossibility involved in the control
of measures relating to the halting of the produc-
tion of nuclear weapons." He was right when
he said that "initial agreements should provide
both for an effective reduction of conventional
armaments and armed forces and for certain meas-
ures relating to nuclear weapons, as well as for
an adequate system of control."
In his letter of March 1, 1956, President Eisen-
hower said the United States would join with
other nations to work out "suitable and safe-
guarded arrangements, so that fissionable mate-
rials anywhere in the world would no longer be
used to increase stockpiles of explosive weapons."
He proposed, further, to combine these arrange-
ments with the program of contributions from ex-
isting stockpiles to the International Atomic
Energy Agency when it is established. The
President hopes in this way to "reverse the trend
toward a constant increase in nuclear weapons
overhanging the world."
In its proposals of March 27, 1956, and in Mr.
Bulganin's letters of June 6, 1956, the Soviet
Union proposed no measures to master the nuclear
threat. It merely claimed that reduction of
conventional forces would facilitate the elimina-
tion of nuclear weapons and suggested that troops
in Germany should not be equipped with atomic
weapons.
But on July 3, Mr. Gromyko introduced his res-
olution calling anew for an unconditional fro-
hibition on the use of atomic weapons ; ^^ and in
his speech of July 12, he spoke of the elimination
of all stocks of atomic bombs.
From Mr. Gromyko's speech you would gain no
inkling that there were any special difficulties in
accounting for nuclear material, particularly that
produced in the past. Yet the truth is that it is
the Soviet Union itself which has stated more
clearly than anyone else, in its May 10, 1955, paper,
that accumulated nuclear stocks could be used to
evade international control and to organize the
clandestine manufacture of atomic and hydrogen
weapons.
The Soviet Union's resolution is based upon
prohibition — either outright prohibition or pro-
hibition of use.
So long as current circumstances exist, a prom-
ise to prohibit atomic weapons must be unen-
forceable. And like all unenforceable laws it
brings the regime of law into disrepute — in this
case, the law of nations.
The Soviet delegate has also rebuked other coun-
tries for refusing to take the pledge never to use
atomic weapons or not to be the first to use them,
or the Soviet idea of denying nuclear weapons to
any troops based in Germany.
This calls our attention to the further fact that
prohibition of use, as the Soviet Union proposes
it, would be unequal and prejudicial to some par-
ties— in this case, to the free parliamentary de-
mocracies and their allies.
This same point was thoroughly explored in
Committee I of the General Assembly last year,
prior to adoption of its directive to us of Decem-
ber 16, 1955.
As the Belgian representative then told the
Committee —
Sucb undertakings would have the efEect, if there were
some potential aggressor in the world, of reassuring such
an aggressor as to the consequences of the act which he is
contemplating, and consequently of encouraging the ag-
gressor to commit the aggression.
We fully subscribe to that analysis. We do not
believe that smaller countries which confront coun-
tries witli strategically superior geographical iDOsi-
" U.N. doc. DC/88 and Corr. 1.
210
Department of State Bulletin
tion and vast reserves both of manpower and
atomic weapons should be deprived of the prime
means of defense and deterrence against aggres-
sion. When these same countries are true democ-
racies, which by the very nature of their institu-
tions are not disposed to strike the first blow in
war, any such compact as Mr. Gromyko proposes
could be suicidal.
The United States, true to its obligations under
the charter, will never use atomic weapons or any
weapon — gun, bomb, ship, or plane — except to fight
off and crush a predatory attack. But it will not
be party to tying the hands of liberty when liberty
must fight against aggression.
We, therefore, oppose the resolution which the
Soviet representative introduced on July 3, 1956.
Inspection
Coming now, finally, to the fourth question, the
vital one of inspection, we were glad to see that the
Soviet Union in its March 27 proposal for the first
time gave us a list, although a very restrictive
one, of the things which could be inspected under
the plan. We were, and are, puzzled that there
was no provision for inspection in Mr. Bulganin's
letter to President Eisenhower of June 6, 1956.
We are disappointed that the Soviet Union
seems to have stepped up its opposition to the
President's plan for an "open sky." We are con-
fident that eventually world opinion will bring
them to it.
The "open sky" plan, Mr. Chairman, imposes no
burden on the Soviet Union we are not ready to
shoulder ourselves.
It does not propose any isolated foray for in-
telligence purposes ; it is put forward as an integral
part of a disarmament plan.
Mr. Gromyko makes two curious errors in his
statement of the four-power position on inspec-
tion.
First^ he says that the Soviet Union has sub-
mitted a "thoroughly elaborated system of control"
in the form of the Bulganin plan for observers at
big centers, but that the Western powers "boil the
whole thing down to carrying out aerial photog-
raphy. . . ." Mr. Gromyko certainly knows that
we also accept the Bulganin plan. He knows, too,
that the aerial inspectors would not simply be
flying blind but would be checking the information
which would have been exchanged.
Second, he claims that the question of carrying
out aerial photogi-aphy on territory situated out-
side the United States is "completely omitted from
the United States proposals." Surely, he cannot
have overlooked the assurances we have given
many times over that this plan could be extended
to bases used by the United States outside its ter-
ritory with the consent of the nations concerned,
and I have no reason to believe that they would not
all consent.
With regard to inspection the Soviet Union
seems, therefore, to have advanced a step or two by
identifying the objects of inspection and proposing
the Bulganin plan, only to fall back a step or two
with its increased opposition to air reconnaissance
and by its distortion of our proposals.
The consensus of this Commission is, I tliink,
already clear. It wants to record that some prog-
ress has been made. It wishes to urge every state to
move promptly to do everything which can be done
under adequate control before a comprehensive
program is attempted; it wants disarmament,
thereafter, to proceed by stages with each stage
depending on satisfactory performance and related
to an increase in international confidence ; it wants
measures of both conventional and nuclear arms
control ; it is hopeful of the promise of preliminary
and partial measures to break the deadlock ; it is
strongly convinced of the necessity for thorough
inspection to provide security against great sur-
prise attack and assurance that obligations are be-
ing faithfully executed.
As I recite these simple but powerfully com-
pelling desires, I emphasize that they are all re-
flected in the draft resolution introduced by Mr.
Nutting on July 3. I may say, Mr. Chairman, that
I am also conscious that they are identical with the
aspirations of humanity everywhere.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
International Congress and Exposition of Plioto-
grammetry
The Department of State announced on July 16
(press release 387) that the U.S. Government will
be represented by the following delegates at the
Eighth International Congress and Exposition of
Photogrammetry at Stockholm, Sweden, from
July 17 to August 2, 1956 :
William Clinton Cude, chairman, Engineering Research
Jw/y 30, 7956
211
and Development Laboratory, Fort Belvoir, Va., Depart-
ment of the Army ; President, American Society of
Photogrammetry
Russel K. Bean, Chief, Staff Photogrammetry Section,
Topographic Division, Geological Survey, Department
of the Interior
Harry Leon Coggin, Cartographer, Photographic and Sur-
vey Section, Joint Intelligence Group, Office of the Joint
Chiefs of Staff, Department of Defense
Charles G. Coleman, Photographic Interpretation Center,
Department of the Navy
John I. Davidson, Chief, Special Maps Branch, Topo-
graphic Division, Geological Survey, Department of the
Interior
Fredrick J. Doyle, Ohio State University Research Foun-
dation, Air Research and Development Command, Balti-
more, Md., Department of the Air Force
Conrad A. Ecklund, Chairman, Pacific Coast Region of the
Topographic Division, Department of the Interior
Lt. Col. H. W. Hauser, Army Intelligence Center, Camp
Holabird, Md., Department of the Army
C. E. Kowalczyk, Hydrographic Office, Department of the
Navy
Edmond S. Massie, Project Chief, Eastern Photogram-
metric Unit, Division of Engineering, Department of
Agriculture
Capt. O. S. Reading, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Depart-
ment of Commerce
Louise J. Reed, Air Chart Information Center, St. Louis,
Mo., Department of the Air Force
Earl J. Rogers, Division of Forest Economics, Forest Serv-
ice, Department of Agriculture
John H. Roscoe, Office of U.S. Antarctic Programs, Office
of the Secretary of Defense
Comdr. L. W. Swanson, Chief, Division of Photogram-
metry, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department of
Commerce
G. C. Tewinkel, Coast and Geodetic Survey, Department
of Commerce
Carl A. Traenkle, Wright Air Development Center, Wright-
Patterson Air Force Base, Columbus, Ohio
George D. Whitmore, Deputy Chief Topographic Engineer,
Geological Survey, Department of the Interior
Maj. LeRoy A. Williams, Director, Research and Develop-
ment, Headquarters, U.S. Air Force, Department of
Defense
The International Society of Photogrammetry,
a nongovernmental organization and sponsor of
this congress, is the only international organiza-
tion in this science. One of the long-term ob-
jectives of the congi'ess is to establish international
standards for calibration of photogrammetric
equipment. Photogrammetry is relied npon as the
sole modem source of detail information and
measurements in preparing and revising coastal
charts and in producing airport landing charts,
and it is used exclusively in highway planning and
construction.
Confirmation of Delegates to
Eleventh General Assembly
The Senate on July 19 confirmed the following
to be representatives of the United States to the
11th session of the General Assembly of the United
Nations :
Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr.
William F. Knowland
Hubert H. Humphrey
Paul G. Hoffman ^
Ellsworth Bunker
The following were confirmed to be alternate
U.S. representatives for the same period :
James J. Wadsworth
Richard Lee Jones
Frank C. Nash
Edward S. Greenbaum
Mrs. Oswald B. Lord
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Agriculture
International plant protection convention. Done at Rome
December 6, 1951. Entered into force April 3, 1952.-
Riitification deposited: Ecuador, May 9, 1956.
Aviation
Protocol to amend convention for unification of certain
rules relating to international carriage by air signed at
Warsaw October 12, 1929 (49 Stat. 3000). Done at The
Hague September 2S, 1955.'
Ratifications deposited: Poland, April 23, 1956; Egypt,
April 26, 1956 ; Laos, May 9, 1956.
Customs Tariffs
Convention creating the international union for the publi-
cation of customs tariffs, regulations of execution, and
final declarations. Signed at Brussels July 5, 1890. En-
tered into force April 1, 1891. 26 Stat. 1518.
Adherence deposited: Israel, May 29, 1956.
Protocol modifying the convention signed at Brussels July
5, 1890 (26 Stat. 1518), creating an international union
for the publication of customs tariffs. Done at Brussels
December 16, 1949. Entered into force May 5, 1950.^
Notification of adherence given: Israel, July 2, 1956.
* Confirmed on July 20.
- Not in force for the United States.
' Not in force.
212
Department of State Bulletin
Genocide
Convention on the prevention and punishment of the crime
of genocide. Done at Paris December 9, 1948. Entered
into force January 12, 1951."
Accession deposited (with reservations) : Argentina,
June 5, 1950.
Germany
Charter of the arbitral commission on property rights and
interests in Germany (annex to convention on the settle-
ment of matters arising out of the war and the occupa-
tion signed at Bonn May 26, 1952, as amended by the
protocol on the termination of the occupation regime
signed at Paris October 23, 1954). Entered into force
May 5, 1955. TIAS 3425.
Accession deposited: Belgium, May 4, 1956.
Labor
Convention (No. 73) concerning the medical examination
of seafarers. Done at Seattle June 29, 1946. Entered
into force August 17, 1955.^
Ratification registered: Finland, May 15, 1956.
Postal Services
Universal postal convention, vs-ith final protocol, annex,
regulations of execution, and provisions regarding air-
mail and final protocol thereto. Signed at Brussels July
11, 1952. Entered into force July 1, 1953. TIAS 2800.
Ratificatioiis deposited: Indonesia, June 16, 1956; Portu-
gal, June 27, 1956.
Refugees
CoiLstitution of the Intergovernmental Committee for
European Migration. Adopted at Venice October 19,
1953. Entered into force November 30, 1954. TIAS
3197.
Acceptances deposited: Brazil, June 28, 1955; France,
September 9, 1955; Colombia, September 19, 1955;
Venezuela, November 28, 1955 ; Spain, May 25, 1956.
Telecommunications
International telecommunication convention. Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1952. Entered into force
January 1, 1954. TIAS 3266.
Ratification deposited (with reservations) : Hungary,
June 8, 1956.
War
Geneva convention relative to treatment of prisoners of
war ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded and sick in armed forces in the field ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded, sick and shipwrecked members of armed
forces at sea ;
Geneva convention relative to protection of civilian
persons in time of war.
Dated at Geneva August 12, 1949. Entered into force
October 21, 1950 ; for the United States February 2, 1956.
TIAS 3364, 3362, 3363, and 3365, respectively.
Ratification deposited: Greece, June 5, 1956.
Adherence deposited: Libya, May 22, 1956.
Wheat
International wheat agreement, 1956. Open for signature
at Washington through May 18, 1956.
Acceptances deposited: Union of South Africa and the
United States, July 16, 1956.
Notifications of intention to accept received: Dominican
Republic, July 10, 1956; El Salvador, India, and
Israel, July 11, 1956 ; Norway, July 12, 1956 ; Bolivia,
Costa Rica, Ecuador, Federal Republic of Germany,
France, Japan, Nicaragua, Portugal, and Switzerland,
July 13, 1956 ; Netherlands, July 14, 1956 ; Argentina,
Brazil, Canada, Egypt, Greece, Italy, Lebanon, Li-
beria, Panama, Peru, and the Philippines, July 16,
1956.
BILATERAL
Afghanistan
Agreement providing development assistance to Afghani-
stan. Effected by exchange of notes at Kabul June 23,
1956. Entered into force June 23, 1956.
Austria
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washington June 8, 1956.
Entered into force: July 13, 1956 (date on which each
Government notified the other that it bad complied
with all statutory and constitutional requirements).
Bolivia
Agreement for the establishment of an Army Mission to
Bolivia. Signed at La Paz June 30, 1956. Entered into
force June 30, 1956.
Agreement for the establishment of an Air Force Mission
to Bolivia. Signed at La Paz June 30, 1956. Entered
into force June 30, 1956.
France
Convention supplementing the conventions of July 25,
1939, and October 18, 1946, relating to the avoidance
of double taxation, as modified and supplemented by
the protocol of May 17, 1948 (59 Stat. 893 ; 64 Stat. (3)
B3 ; 64 Stat. (3) B2S). Signed at Washington June 22,
1956.'
Senate advice and consent to ratification given: July
19, 1956.
Honduras
Convention for the avoidance of double taxation and the
prevention of fiscal evasion witli respect to taxes on
income. Signed at Washington June 25, 1956.'
iSenate advice and consent to ratification given: July
19, 1956.
Libya
Agreement providing development assistance to Libya.
Effected by exchange of notes at Tripoli June 27, 1956.
Entered into force June 27, 1956.
Mexico
Agreement amending the Migrant Labor Agreement of
1951 (TIAS 2331), as amended and extended. Effected
by exchange of notes at Mexico June 29. 1956. Entered
into force June 29, 1956.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Confirmations
The Senate on July 21 confirmed Cavendish W. Cannon
to be Ambassador to Morocco.
The Senate on July 21 confirmed Christian M. Ravndal
to be Ambassador to Ecuador.
The Senate on July 21 confirmed Walter K. Scott to be
Deputy Director for Management of the International
Cooperation Administration.
July 30, J 956
213
Designations
Robert B. Memminger, as Special Assistant for Bagli-
dad Pact Affairs, Bureau of Near Eastern, Soutli Asian,
and African Affairs, effective July 1.
Joseph J. Chappell, as Deputy Director, Visa Office,
Bureau of Security and Consular Affairs, effective July 15.
Julius Holmes, as Special Assistant to the Secretary
with responsibility for examining ways and means to
improve and extend NATO cooperation in nonmilitary
fields and to develop greater unity in the North Atlantic
Community, effective July 15. In this capacity Mr.
Holmes will be worliing on behalf of the Department with
Senator Walter F. George.
Establishment of Embassy at Tunis
On June 5 the American Consulate General at Tunis,
Tunisia, was elevated to the rank of Embassy.
Closing of Consular Agency at Rio Grande
The U.S. Consular Agency at Rio Grande, Brazil, was
closed to the public as of June 30 and closed officially on
July 14. AH functions formerly performed by the Con-
sular Agency will now be handled by the U.S. Consulate,
Porto Alegre, Brazil.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale In the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Wastiington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free puMications, which may be ob-
tained from the Department of iBtate.
Air Transport Services. TIAS3338. Pub. 6110. 4 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland —
Amending agreement of February 11, 1946, as amended.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Washington August 4 and
16, 1955. Entered into force August 16, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3340. Pub.
6112. 11 pp. 10<i.
Agreement between the United States and France — Signed
at Paris August 11, 1955. Entered into force August 11,
1955.
Kingdom. Exchange of letters — Signed at London June 3
and 7, 1955. Entered into force June 7, 1955. And re-
lated exchanges of letters — Signed at London June 3
and 7. 1955.
Financial Arrangements for Furnishing Certain Supplies
and Services to Naval Vessels. TIAS 3344. Pub. 6118.
7 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Ecuador —
Signed at Quito July 8, 1955. Entered into force October
6, 1955.
Defense— Loan of Vessels and Small Craft to China.
TIAS 3346. Pub. 6119. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and China — Amend-
ing agreement of May 14, 1954. as amended. Exchange of
notes — Dated at Taipei June 18, 1955. Entered into force
June 18, 1955.
Air Transport Services. TIAS 3347. Pub. 6121. 2 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and China-
Amending agreement of December 20, 1946, as extended
and amended. Exchange of notes — Dated at Washington
February 7 and April 15, 1955. Entered into force April
15, 1955.
TIAS 3341. Pub.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities.
6113. 7 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and the United
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: July 16-22
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press release issued prior to July 16 which ap-
pears in tliis issue of the Bulletin is No. 378 of
July 9.
Snbject
Nominations for 11th General Assem-
bly delegation.
Ecuador credentials (rewrite).
Delegation to Photogrammetry Con-
gress (rewrite).
U.S. note on Soviet detention of air-
craft survivors.
Cultural and scientific aid to Israel.
Phillips : "The United Nations : Frame-
work for Peace."
Dulles : Katzen report.
Hungary credentials (rewrite).
Educational exchange.
Note to Iceland on defense agreement.
Status of International Wheat Agree-
ment.
Brazil credentials (rewrite).
Dulles : news conference.
Reply to Soviet note alleging U.S. vio-
lations of Soviet territory.
Foreign Relations volume.
Dulles : letter on death of Ambassador
Izaguirre.
Aswan High Dam.
Delegation to inaugural ceremonies in
Peru and Bolivia.
Cannon nominated Ambassador to
Morocco.
Ravndal nominated Ambassador to
Ecuador.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Btjlletin.
No.
Date
*3S5
7/16
386
387
7/16
7/16
388
7/16
t389
390
7/17
7/17
t391
392
*393
394
*395
7/17
7/17
7/17
7/17
7/17
396
397
398
7/18
7/18
7/19
t399
*400
7/19
7/19
401
402
7/19
7/20
*403
7/21
*404
7/21
214
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
July 30, 1956
Index
Vol. XXXV, No. 892
Atomic Energy. Continuing the V.N. Search for
Agreement on Disarmament (Lodge, Wadsworth,
text of resolution) 196
Bolivia. Delegations to Inaugural Ceremonies in
Peru and Bolivia 187
Brazil
Closing of Consular Agency at Rio Grande, Brazil . 214
Letters of Credence (Do AmaralPeixoto) .... 180
Cambodia. Air Force Musicians Honored by King
and Queen of Cambodia 194
Colombia. Secretary Dulles' Visit 187
Congress, Tlie
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 195
President Urges Enactment of Immigration Legis-
lation (Eisenhower, Watkins) 194
Transmittal of Lend-Lease Report 195
Department and Foreign Service
Closing of Consular Agency at Rio Grande, Brazil . 214
Confirmations (Cannon, Ravndal, Scott) .... 213
Designations (Chappell, Holmes, Memminger) . . 214
Establishment of Embassy at Tunis 214
Disarmament. Continuing the U.N. Search for
Agreement on Disarmament (Lodge, Wadsvyorth,
text of resolution) 196
Economic Affairs. Transmittal of Lend-Lease
Report 195
Ecuador
Letters of Credence (Alvarado Garaicoa) .... 180
Secretary Dulles' Visit 187
Egypt. Aswan High Dam 188
Germany. Alleged Violations of Soviet Territory
(texts of notes) 191
Hungary. Letters of Credence (Kos) 180
Iceland. Correspondence With Iceland Concerning
Defense Agreement (texts of notes) 192
Immigration and Naturalization. President Urges
Enactment of Immigration Legislation (Eisen-
hower, Watkins) 194
International Organizations and Meetings. Inter-
national Congress and Exposition of Photo-
grammetry 211
Military Affairs
Alleged Violations of Soviet Territory (texts of
notes) 191
Correspondence With Iceland Concerning Defense
Agreement (texts of notes) 192
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 181
Netherlands. Transmittal of Lend-Lease Report . 195
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Transcript
of Secretary Dulles' News Conference .... 181
Pakistan. U.S. Partnership With Pakistan
(Nixon) 193
Peru. Delegations to Inaugural Ceremonies in
Peru and Bolivia 187
Poland. Transmittal of Lend-Lease Report . . . 195
Presidential Documents
President Urges Enactment of Immigration Legis-
lation 194
Transmittal of Lend-Lease Report 195
Protection of Nationals and Property. Detention
of U.S. Personnel in Soviet Union (Murphy, text
of note) 189
Publications. Recent Releases 214
Treaty Information
Correspondence With Iceland Concerning Defense
Agreement (texts of notes) 192
Current Actions 212
Tunisia. Establishment of Embassy at Tunis . . 214
United Nations
Confirmation of Delegates to Eleventh General
Assembly 212
Continuing the U.N. Search for Agreement on Dis-
armament (Lodge, Wadsworth, text of reso-
lution) 196
The United Nations : Framework for Peace
(Phillips) 175
U.S.S.R.
Alleged Violations of Soviet Territory (texts of
notes) 191
Detention of U.S. Personnel in Soviet Union (Mur-
phy, text of note) 189
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 181
Transmittal of Lend-Lease Report 195
Name Index
Alvarado Garaicoa, Teodoro 180
Cannon, Cavendish W 213
Chappell, Joseph J 214
Do Amaral Peixoto, Ernani 180
Dulles, Secretary 181,187
Eisenhovi'er, President 194, 195
Holmes^ Julius 214
Kos, Peter 180
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 196
Memminger, Robert B 214
Murphy, Robert 189
Nixon, Richard M 193
Phillips, Christopher H 175
Ravndal, Christian M 213
Scott, Walter K 213
Wadsworth, James J 196
Watkins, Arthur V 194
U 3 GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1956
PUBLJC LFBRARY
STATiSTtCAl. DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
the
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, $300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
TREATIES IN FORCE . . .
A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements
of the United States
epartment
of
State
This publication is a guide to treaties and other international
agreements in force for the United States on October 31, 1955.
It includes treaties and other agreements which on that date had
not expired by their terms or had not been denounced by the
parties, replaced or superseded, or otherwise definitely terminated.
Bilateral treaties and agreements are listed by coimtry, with
subject headings under each country. Multilateral treaties and
agreements are arranged by subject and are accompanied by lists
of the countries parties to each instrmnent. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and citations to
texts are given with each treaty and each agi'eement listed.
A consolidated tabulation of documents affecting international
coiDyright relations of the United States is given in the appendix.
Treaties in Force (2Si pp.) is for sale by the Superintendent
of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C., for $1.25.
Publication 6346
$1.25
Order Form
Please send me copies of Treaties in Force, A List of Treaties
Supt. of Documents ""'^ Other International Agreements of the United States.
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C. Name:
Street Address :
Enclosed find:
g City, Zone, and State:
(cash, check, or
money order).
DEPOSITORY
Vol. XXXV, No. 893
August 6, 1956
•atbs
COMMEMORATING THE FIRST INTER-AMERICAN
CONFERENCE
Address by President Eisenhower 219
Declaration of Panama ^^"
CULTURAL AND SCIENTIFIC AID TO ISRAEL • State-
ment by Secretary Dulles and Summary of Katzen Report . . 222
SEARCH FOR PERMANENT SOLUTIONS TO THE
REFUGEE PROBLEM
Statement by John C. Baker 244
Text of ECOSOC Resolution 246
REGULATION OF WATERS OF THE ST. LAWRENCE
RIVER AND LAKE ONTARIO • Supplementary Order
of Interrmtional Joint Commission 227
FOURTH PROGRESS REPORT ON THE AGRICUL-
TURAL TRADE DEVELOPMENT AND ASSIST-
ANCE ACT 230
For index see inside back cover
Boston Public Library
Cuperin^^'r'i'"'* of Documents
AUG 2 4 1956
•-«tmo»
^.^..^y^. bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 893 • Publication 6378
August 6, 1956
For sale b; the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price;
82 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprhited. Citation of the Department
o» State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Commemorating the First Inter-American Conference
Address hy President Eisenhower ^
To address a thought to the Heads of the Amer-
ican States here assembled is indeed a unique
opportunity and a unique honor. I profoundly
appreciate it.
We here commemorate the most successfully
sustained adventure in international community
living that the world has ever seen. In spite of
inescapable human errors in our long record, the
Organization of American States is a model in the
practice of brotherhood among nations. Our co-
operation has been fruitful because all of our
peoples hold certain basic spiritual convictions.
We believe :
That all men are created equal;
That all men are endowed by their Creator with
certain inalienable rights, including the right to
life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness;
That government is the creation of man, to serve
him ; not man's master, to enslave him ;
That those who demonstrate the capacity for
self-government thereby win the right to self-
government ;
That sovereign states shall be free from foreigii
interference in the orderly development of their in-
ternal affairs.
Inspired by our faith in these convictions, our
nations have developed in this hemisphere institu-
tional relations and a rule of international law to
protect the practice of that faith.
Our association began as we experienced the sol-
emn but glorious transition from colonialism to
national independence. Our association was in-
'Made at Panama on July 22 at the Commemorative
Meeting of Presidents of the American Reimblics (White
House press release) .
tensified as we sought to maintain that independ-
ence as against recurrent efforts of colonial pow-
ers to reassert their rule. More recently it has
been perfected to protect against encroachments
from the latter-day despotisms abroad.
We are pledged to one another by the Inter-
A merican Treaty of Reciprocal Assistance of 1947
to treat an armed attack by any state against an
American State as an attack against all of us and
are joined in the 1954 Declaration of Solidarity
for the Preservation of the Political Integi'ity of
the American States Against International Com-
munist Intervention.
Preserving Peace Within America
Furthermore, we are organized to assure peace
among ourselves. The time is past, we earnestly
believe, when any of our members will use force to
resolve hemispheric disputes. Our solemn prom-
ises to each other foresee that the community will
take whatever measures may be needed to preserve
peace within America.
In all of tliese matters our nations act as sov-
ereign equals. Never will peace and security be
sought at the price of subjecting any nation to
coercion or interference in its internal affairs.
Thus, much has been done to assure the kind of
national life which was the lofty vision of those
early patriots who, in each of our countries,
founded our Republics and foresaw the values in-
herent in hemispheric cooperation.
May it not be that we, can now look forward to
a new phase of association, in which we shall ded-
icate to individual human welfare the same meas-
Augusf 6, T956
219
Declaration of the Presidents of the
American Republics in Panama
We, the Pkesidents of the American Bepublics
Commemorating in the historic City of Panama
the Assembly of Plenipotentiaries of the American
States of 1826, convoked by the Liberator Sim6n
Bolivar, which constituted the first collective mani-
festation of Pan Americanism ; and recognizing the
continuing validity of the ideals which inspired the
precursors of continental solidarity, subscribe to
the following Declaration:
1. The destiny of America is to create a civiliza-
tion that will give tangible meaning to the concept
of human liberty, to the principle that the State is
the servant of man and not his master, to the
faith that man will reach ever greater heights in
his spiritual and material development and to the
proposition that all nations can Uve together in
peace and dignity.
2. The full realization of the destiny of America
is inseparable from the economic and social devel-
opment of its iieoples and therefore makes necessary
the intensification of national and inter-American
cooperative efforts to seek the solution of economic
problems and to raise the standards of living of the
Continent.
3. The accomplishments of the Organization of
American States, and assurance of peace among the
Member States and of security for the Continent,
demonstrate how much can be achieved in the vari-
ous fields of international endeavor through a loyal
cooperation among sovereign nations, and move us
to strengthen the inter-American organizations and
their activities.
4. In a world in which the dignity of the indi-
vidual, his fundamental rights and the spiritual
values of mankind are seriously threatened by to-
talitarian forces, alien to the tradition of our
peoi)les and their institutions, America holds stead-
fastly to its historic mission: to be a bulwark of
human liberty and national independence.
5. An America united, strong and benevolent will
not only promote the well-being of the Continent but
contribute toward achieving for the whole world
the benefits of a peace based on justice and freedom,
in which all peoples, without distinction as to race
or creed, can work with dignity and with confidence
in the future.
Signed in the City of Panama this twenty-second
day of July, nineteen hundred and fifty-six."
in the coming years, consecrate more effort to en-
riching the material, intellectual, and spiritual
welfare of the individual.
Since the day of creation the fondest hope of
men and -women has been to pass on to their
children something better than they themselves
enjoyed. That hope represents a spark of the
Divine which is implanted in every human breast.
Too often, from the beginning, those hopes
have been frustrated and replaced by bitterness
or apathy.
Of course, the problems thus presented are pri-
marily those of the particular country in wliich
the affected individuals reside. But I believe we
can be helpful to each other. The possibilities
of our partnersliip are not exhausted by concen-
tration on the political field. Indeed, our or-
ganization has already begun to apply the
principle that the material welfare and progress
of each member is vital to the well-being of every
other. But we can, I think, do more.
Increasing Effectiveness of OAS
On this matter a simple thought which I have
had an opiDortmiity to express to some other
American Presidents here has been viewed gen-
erously by them. It is that each of us should
name a special representative to join in preparing
for us concrete recommendations for making our
Organization of American States a more effective
instrument in those fields of cooperative effort
that affect the welfare of our peoples. To those
representatives we could look for practical sug-
gestions in the economic, financial, social, and
technical fields which our Organization might
appropriately adopt. As one useful avenue of
effort, they could give early thought to ways in
which we could hasten the beneficial use of nu-
ure of noble effort that heretofore has protected
and invigorated the corporate life of our nations ?
I do not suggest that the initial task is ended.
A nation's peace and liberty can never be taken for
granted. We must constantly be vigilant, indi-
vidually and collectively. But we can, I believe.
° Signed by the following : Chiefs of State — Pedro E.
Aramburu (Argentina), Juscelino Kubitschek (Brazil),
Carlos Ibafiez del Campo (Chile), Jos6 Figueres (Costa
Eica), Fulgencio Batista (Cuba), Hector B. Trujillo
(Dominican Republic), Jos6 Maria Velasco Ibarra (Ecua-
dor), Carlos Castillo Armas (Guatemala), Paul Magloire
(Haiti), Adolf o Ruiz Cortines (Mexico), Anastasio
Somoza (Nicaragua), Ricardo Arias Espinosa (Panama),
Alfredo Stroessner (Paraguay), Dwight Eisenhower
(United States), Alberto Zubiria (Uruguay), Marcos
P^rez Jimenez (Venezuela) ; Presidents Elect — Hernan
Siles Zuazo (Bolivia), Jos6 Maria Lemus (El Salvador),
Ernesto de la Guardia (Panama), Manuel Prado
Ugarteche (Peru).
220
Department of State Bulletin
clear forces througliout the hemisphere, both in
industry and in combating disease.^
The coming years will bring to mankind limit-
less ways in which this new science can advance
human welfare. Let us progress together, as one
family, in achieving for all our people these
results.
Our Organization can never be static. We are
here to commemorate a dynamic concept ini-
tiated at the first Inter- American Conference of
1826, convoked by Simon Bolivar. We here pay
tribute to the faith of our fathers, which was
translated into new institutions and new works.
But we cannot go on forever merely on the mo-
mentum of their faith. We, too, must have our
faith and see that it is translated into works. So,
just as our nations have agreed that we should
join to combat armed aggression, let us also
join to find the ways which will enable our peo-
ples to combat the ravages of disease, poverty,
and ignorance. Let us give them, as individuals,
a better opportunity not only to pursue happiness
but to gain it.
A gi"eat family history has drawn together this
unprecedented assemblage of the Presidents of
the Americas. Perhaps, in our day, it may be
given us to help usher in a new era which will add
worthily to that history. Thus, we too will have
served the future, as we have been greatly served
by the past that we honor here today.
Secretary Dulles' Arrival Statement
Press release 415 dated July 29
Panama Meeting
I have had a most interesting and useful week
in Panama and South America.
The Panama meeting was outstanding in the
' At this point the President departed from his pre-
pared text and said :
"So earnestly, my friends, do I believe in the possibilities
of such an organization for benefiting all our people that
in my own case and with the agreement of the other
Presidents to this Organization I shall ask my brother,
Milton Eisenhower — already known to nearly all the
Presidents here — to be my representative on such an
organization. He would, of course, in the necessary cases,
be supported by the professional and technical men whose
assistance would be required."
gains it recorded for American solidarity. It not
only gave promise of new scope for the Organiza-
tion of American States, but it also afforded Presi-
dent Eisenhower and me the opportunity to talk
personally with each of the Presidents of 18 other
American Republics. Nothing so intimate, and
at the same time so comprehensive, has ever oc-
curred. The good results will long be enjoyed.
I was able to carry forward the spirit of the
Panama Conference by visits to Colombia, Ecua-
dor, and Peru, where I exchanged views with high
officials on matters of mutual concern. At Peru
I had the privilege of representing President
Eisenhower at tlie inauguration of President
Prado. The comprehensive talk which I had with
him prior to his inauguration laid, I believe, the
foundation for continuing excellent relations be-
tween our two comitries.
Nationalization of Suez Canal Company
I have, of course, during my trip been in close
touch with international developments through
frequent telephone conversations with Acting
Secretary Hoover and througli the fact that im-
portant cables from our Embassies abroad came
both to the Department and to me. I have been
particularly concerned with the Egyptian action
in purporting to nationalize the Suez Canal Com-
pany. Such action strikes a grievous blow at in-
ternational confidence. The action could affect not
merely the shareholders, who, so far as I know, are
not Americans, but it could affect the operation of
the canal itself. That would be a matter of deep
concern to the United States as one of the maritime
nations.
Seizure of Installations
of Suez Canal
Department Announcement of July 27
Press release 413
The announcement by the Egyptian Govern-
ment on July 26 with respect to the seizure of the
installations of the Suez Canal Company carries
far-reaching implications. It affects the nations
whose economies depend upon the products which
move through this international waterway and the
maritime countries as well as the owners of the
August 6, 1956
221
company itself. The U.S. Government is consult-
ing urgently with other governments concerned.
Department Announcement of July 28
Press release 414
Acting Secretary of State Herbert Hoover, Jr.,
met on July 28 with the Egyptian Ambassador,
His Excellency Dr. Ahmed Hussein, to discuss
with him recent developments affecting U.S.-
Egyptian relations.
Mr. Hoover informed the Ambassador that,
entirely apart from the question of the seizure by
Egypt of the installations of the Suez Canal con-
cerning which the Department had made a state-
ment on July 27, the U.S. Government was shocked
by the many intemperate, inaccurate, and mislead-
ing statements made with respect to the United
States by the President of Egypt during the past
few days, and particularly in his Alexandria
speech delivered on July 26. He pointed out that
such statements were entirely inconsistent with
the friendly relations which have existed between
the two Governments and peoples and were alien
to the frank and cordial relationships which have
prevailed among American and Egyptian officials.
Under the circumstances, the Acting Secretary
said, the United States had no alternative but to
protest vigorously the tone and content of these
statements.^
Survey of Helmand Valley
Project in Afghanistan
The International Cooperation Administra-
tion announced on July 18 that a team of Ameri-
can experts has arrived in Afghanistan to assist
the Afghan Government in surveying the poten-
tialities of that country's multimillion-dollar Hel-
' In a statement to correspondents on .July 28, Lincoln
White, Acting Chief of the News Division, said, "At the
suggestion of the United Kingdom and French Govern-
ments that an American representative be present with
the British and French Foreign Ministers for exploratory
conversations regarding the situation growing out of the
seizure by Egypt of installations of the Suez Canal Com-
pany, Deputy Under Secretary of State Robert Murphy
will leave today for Loudon. Mr. Murphy will be ac-
companied by William C. Burdett, Acting Director of the
Office of Near Eastern Affairs."
For a statement made by Secretary Dulles on his
arrival from Panama on July 29, see above.
mand Valley land reclamation project. The pur-
pose of the study is to recommend the steps that
need to be taken to realize the potentialities of the
$80 million project which the Afghan Govern-
ment started in 1946 to make more productive
land available to its people.
Since 1950 the Export-Import Bank has lent
Afghanistan $39.5 million to help finance engi-
neering construction in the Helmand Valley. Two
large storage dams and related irrigation canals
have been completed. The project is designed ul-
timately to irrigate between 400,000 and 600,000
acres of once barren land, thus providing thou-
sands of Afghans with new productive farms.
The survey will review progress in rural and
agricultural development, the land-settlement pro-
gram, power potentials and utilization, proposed
industrial development, and the administration of
the entire project.
Cultural and Scientific Aid
to Israel
STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES'
I have asked you to join me here today because
I wanted to tell you of the program which we
have developed to use $3,500,000 in local currency
for cultural, scientific, and humanitarian projects
in Israel.
Last February I asked Mr. Bernard Katzen to
go to Israel to find a constructive use for these
funds.- As a result of his on-the-spot survey and
his re^jort and recommendations, a plan has been
developed to which private and public groups
in both the United States and Israel are giving
their support. We are asking Congress to author-
ize this undertaking.
It is particularly appealing to me, notably be-
cause most of the projects in this program are
to be carried out by private groups. I hope that
similar programs can later be extended to other
nations.
Such programs provide immediate help to those
in foreign countries that we do not normally reach
directly in our government-to-government aid
programs. It is my belief that this approach
' Made to correspondents on July 17 (press release 391).
= Bulletin of Feb. 6, 195G, p. 207.
222
Deparfmenf of Stale Bullelin
through private organizations demonstrates the
bonds of friendship between our people and the
peoples of various countries. It is in the spirit
of President Eisenhower's proposals at Baylor
University last May.^
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
Press release 389 dated July 17
The United States .proposes to expend over 6
million Israeli pounds ($3,500,000) now on deposit
in Israel on scientific and humanitarian projects
in that country.
This provides for assistance, largely to private
gi'onps in Israel, to foster closer relations between
the peoples of the United States and Israel. It is a
pilot project which may be extended to other
countries.
The program has been recommended to the Con-
gress for authorization, and an appropriation re-
quest has just been submitted, as a result of a report
and recommendations made by Bernard Katzen,
special consultant to the Department, who went to
Israel last February at the request of. Secretary
Dulles. Mr. Katzen was asked by the Secretary to
investigate and make recommendations with re-
gard to a fund in Israeli pounds built up under the
Informational INIedia Guaranty Program, which
permits countries having a shortage of foreign
exchange to import books, periodicals, and other
informational media fi-om the United States
through regular commercial channels. Under this
program, foreign importers in countries with soft
currencies can make payment to the American
exporter in local currency and the exporter can
exchange the local currency for dollars upon ap-
])lication to the U.S. Information ^Vgency.
This program is presently operating in 12 coun-
tries and agi-eements exist with 15 other countries.
The projects recommended for assistance include
provision for expanded facilities for a number of
organizations that care for orphans, underprivi-
leged children, and the handicapped — the blind,
deaf-mutes, and the crippled.
There would be established chairs in American
studies at Israel's major universities, and scholar-
ship funds for studies in fields that will contribute
to closer U.S.-Israel understanding.
Assistance is also proposed toward the construc-
' 76 id., June 4, 1956, p. 91.5.
Augusf 6, 1956
tion of cultural and community halls at such cen-
ters as Tel Aviv, Haifa, Nazareth, and in Galilee.
Quarters would be supplied for a U.S. informa-
tion center and library at Tel Aviv, thus saving a
future expenditure of money from new tax funds.
A wing is recommended to house an American law
library for the Israel Bar Association, as a means
to promote an understanding of the American
legal system.
Assistance would be given in the translation and
publishing of books, a substantial portion of which
would be American textbooks and technical man-
uals. It is recommended that a museum be con-
structed for the display of arts and antiquities,
and provision has been made for archeological
research and exploration.
Several projects would promote the teaching
and use of the English language, while others are
designed to introduce courses in American history
and literature.
The program as a whole has thus been designed
to reach all walks of Israeli cultural life and hu-
manitarian interests.
The undertaking has had the support and co-
operation of most leading Jewish organizations
in the United States and of Israeli private organi-
zations as well as the Israeli Government. Var-
ious U.S. Government entities have been involved,
including the International Cooperation Admin-
istration, the Treasury, and the U.S. Information
Agency, in addition to the Department of State.
The projects themselves are concentrated largely
in the leading cities of Israel which directly serve
the needs of half the population of Israel and are
imjiortant centers for nearby villages and rural
areas.
Mr. Katzen in his report to Secretary Dulles
asserted that an important consideration in their
selection was "the potentiality of each project for
the consolidation of goodwill between the people
of Israel and the United States."
"In addition," ]\Ii'. Katzen continued, "an at-
tempt has been made to interest the many social
groupings in Israel and to include a variety of
scientific, educational, and humanitarian activi-
ties. Special mention should be made of the pro-
posed cultural halls at Haifa and Nazareth, where
Arabs represent a substantial portion of the
population."
Mr. Katzen observed: "The overwhelming fa-
vorable response in Israel to this mission suggests
223
that local currency funds may also be useful in
other countries to promote friendly relations with
the United States through science, education, and
culture. This would provide a dramatic new ap-
proach to one of the most basic problems in our
foreign relations : the creation of goodwill for our
own country among the broad masses of foreign
peoples."
Mr. Katzen noted that the projects were tenta-
tively selected from 270 proposed by private Israeli
organizations and the Israeli Government and its
subdivisions, including cities and other types of
settlements.
"The problem was clearly not one of finding
uses for the funds which would be effective and
would contribute to better United States-Israel
relations but to choose a relative few from so
many fiiie proposals," Mr. Katzen said.
After the proposed pi-ojects were received, they
were screened by the public and private organiza-
tions of both countries involved and finally by
Mr. Katzen with the following points of view :
(1) Each individual proposal should demon-
strate an aifinity between the United States and
Israel, thus contributing to friendly relations be-
tween the people of the two countries.
(2) To assure the proper impact, the individual
proposal should provide something new and not
merely continue something already in effect.
(3) The program as a whole, to be effective,
should contain elements appealing as much as
possible to all the major social groupings within
Israeli society.
(4) The geographic distribution of the projects
should be taken into consideration. A large num-
ber of fine projects were proposed for Jerusalem,
for example, but to accept them all would have
restricted benefits to other parts of Israel and thus
would not adequately demonstrate the interest of
the Government and people of the United States in
all areas of Israel. It was also necessary to con-
sider the availability of existing facilities. Help
toward the construction of a law library in Tel
Aviv appeared justified, for example, although a
similar request for Jerusalem was not considered
of equal priority because existing facilities are
more nearly adequate.
(5) The program should be balanced with a few
recommendations for primarily humanitarian
causes. Oitr interest in traditional educational,
scientific, and cultural fields should not cause us
to exclude other projects wliich tap deep reser-
voirs of human sympathy. The allocation of
small sums for such purposes would have a tre-
mendous appeal, perhaps demonstrating more ^
clearly than anything else the continuing interest j
of the United States in Israel.
Among the Jewish organizations which Mr.
Katzen contacted were the American Jewish Con-
gress, Hadassah, the American Jewish Committee,
B'nai B'rith, the United Jewish Appeal, the Zion-
ist Organization of America, the National Jewish
Welfare Board, the American Technion Society,
the American Friends of the Hebrew University,
Yeshivah University, the American OUT Federa-
tion, the World Academy for Higher Jewish
Studies, the Jewish Agency for Palestine, the Jew-
ish AVar Veterans, Bnai Zion, the Jewish National
Fund, the Federation of Jewish Women's Organi-
zations of New York City, the Jewish Theological
Seminary, the Synagogue Council of America, the
American Fund for Israel Institutions, the Amer-
ican Israel Society, the National Council of Jew-
ish Women, the Union of Orthodox Congregations
of America, the Israel Olympics Sports Conamit-
tee, Brith Abraham, the Council of Jewish Fed-
erations and Welfare Funds, the Rabbinical Coun-
cil of America, the American Zionist Council, the
American Committee for the Weizmann Institute
of Science, and the Hebrew Union College.
United States and Israel Sign
Educational Exchange Agreement
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
Press release 410 dated July 26
The Governments of Israel and the United
States on July 26 signed an agreement putting into
operation a program of educational exchanges
authorized by the Fulbright Act. The signing
took place in the Department of State witli George
V. Allen, Assistant Secretary for Near Eastern,
South Asian and African Affairs, representing
the Government of the United States and Abba
Eban, Ambassador of Israel, representing the
Government of Israel.
The agreement provides for the expenditure of
Israeli currency owed to or owned by the United
States and available for educational exchange
224
Department of State Bulletin
activities equivalent to an aggregate amount of
$500,000, with not more than $100,000 to be spent
during any single year. The funds will be used
to finance exchanges of persons between the two
countries for study, research, instruction, and
other educational activities for the general pur-
pose of furthering understanding between the
peoples of Israel and the United States.
Under the terms of the agi'eement a binational
organization, to be known as the United States
Educational Foundation in Israel, will be estab-
lished to facilitate the administration of the pro-
gram. The Foundation will have a 6-niember
Board of Directors with equal representation by
Israeli and U. S. citizens in addition to the Amer-
ican Ambassador to Israel, who will serve as
honorary chairman of the Board. All recipients
of awards under the program authorized by the
Fulbright Act are selected by the Board of For-
eign Scholarships, whose members are appointed
by the President of the United States and which
maintains a secretariat in the Department of State.
Responsibility for carrying out the provisions of
the Fulbright Act is vested in the Secretary of
State.
After the members of the Foundation's Board of
Directors have been appointed and a program has
been formulated, information about specific op-
portunities will be released.
"With the signing of this agreement a few days
before the 10th anniversary of the approval of the
Fulbright Act, Israel becomes the 31st country to
participate in the educational exchange program
which the act authorizes. Approximately 25,000
persons have been awarded grants since the begin-
ning of the program.
upon the experience of various previous exchange
programs to initiate a practical bipartisan pro-
gram of such exchanges by sponsoring the passage
of Public Law 584 in 1946. The Fulbright agree-
ments with various countries around the globe,
of which the one we are signing today will be the
31st, have provided the authority for exchanging
well over 25,000 people between countries of dif-
ferent history, tradition, and culture.
It was my privilege to have been associated with
tlie signing of some of the earliest Fulbright agree-
ments, and it is a particular pleasure for me to
participate in the signing of this agreement with
the new State of Israel. The role which the United
States played in the establishment of this state
and our friendly associations are matters of com-
mon knowledge. This appears to me to be all the
more reason for promoting better understanding
of the role which this state plays today in the
Middle East. There has been a degree of innova-
tion and experimentation in the State of Israel
which bears eloquent testimony to the vigor and
resourcefulness of its people. Desoite its numer-
ous ties with the United States thei e are undoubt-
edly many of its citizens who ha^ e no firsthand
knowledge of our country and its institutions.
I can therefore foresee a great amount of mutual
benefit to be derived from the exchange of persons
between the United States and Israel which will
be made possible by the signing of this agreement.
Speaking for the Department of State, which is
charged with the administration of this program,
I can assure you, Mr. Ambassador, that we will
pursue the goal of creating mutual understanding
with the same devotion and conviction that has
characterized the carrying out of these programs
in other countries.
STATEMENTS AT SIGNING
Press release 411 dated July 26
Assistant Secretary Allen
It has long been my conviction that exchange
of persons between countries is the best long-term
insurance for peace. Today, when all countries
have become neighbors, it becomes increasingly
important that people get to know each other by
visiting each other and learning to appreciate and
understand each other's point of view and
problems.
Senator Fulbright, a Rhodes Scholar, drew
Ambassador Eban
I count it a high honor to sign this agreement
for financing educational excliange programs be-
tween the United States of America and Israel.
During the past decade the United States has
made continuing efforts to strengthen recognition
and respect for Israel's sovereignty, to consolidate
her economy and fiscal stiiicture, and to promote
the security and welfare of her people. I have
been privileged to set my hand, on Israel's behalf,
to treaties, agreements, and contracts which illus-
trate the friendly interest of the American people
in the progress and development of Israel.
August 6, 1956
225
The agreement which we sign today strengthens
cooperation between the United States and Israel
in the field of cultural effort. We are here re-
minded of the high issues involved in Israel's pur-
suit of her cultural destiny. In terms of our
territory and population we are a small country.
We shall never be able to emulate the material
achievements of the great continental and imperial
powers. But these inexorable limitations do not
apply to us in the realms of the mind and the
spirit. Here we are as free as any nation to soar
t« the highest peaks of achievement which any
people may achieve.
In her previous era of independence little Israel
was surrounded by mighty and powerful empires.
Their temporal grandeur has crumbled in the dust,
while our small voice has come down through the
ages with undiminished power. A people may be
small in geogi-aphy but great in history. If Israel
is ever to attain gi-eatness of any kind, then this
prospect will be achieved in the dimensions of
spiritual and cultural strength.
We cannot undertake to rise again to the high
levels of Israel's ancient revelation. But, at least,
the objective conditions for cultural creativeness
are all present in Israel today — an incomparably
potent language, deep roots in an ancient cultural
tradition, and a keen insight into the challenge
and opportunity of the atomic age.
This agreement will make it possible for the
citizens of Israel to learn more of the splendid
achievements of the American people in the sci-
ences, the letters, and the arts. It will also enable
Americans to contemplate the cultural strivings
of the small country from which America derived
the basic principles of its own spiritual life.
There is thus a deep universal significance in this
field of American-Israel cooperation ; and we both
may rejoice in the addition of a new link to the
strong chain of our friendship.
Senator J. W. Fulbright
I am happy to be here today to witness the sign-
ing of this important agi'eement between our two
countries. It was 10 years ago that I introduced
legislation for binational exchange programs for
teachers, lecturers, and research scholars in the
belief that such exchanges would eventually create
firmer foundations for a peaceful and orderly
world. It was my opinion then, as it is now, that
political, military, and economic arrangements to
keep the peace, no matter how ingenious or clever,
cannot succeed or endure unless the people them-
selves are better able to know, trust, and inider-
stand each other.
Israel is now the 31st country to join us in this
effort. Beginning with the Philippines and
Burma in 1947-48, the program now includes
countries in Europe, the Middle East, Asia, the
South Pacific, and, more recently, Latin America.
Since 1947-48, approximately 25,000 persons have
not only shared their cultures and obtained a more
intimate understanding of each other's lives, prob-
lems, needs, and hopes but have passed this under-
standing on to their fellow countrymen. This
accomplishment is, to me, very gratifying and
vindicates the high hopes I had for the program
in the beginning.
The signing of this agi'eement with the Govern-
ment of Israel opens another chapter in this ven-
ture in international understanding. I am confi-
dent that it will result, as it has in other countries,
in a renewed spirit of tolerance, cooperation, and
mutual understanding.
Confirmation of Delegates to
UNESCO General Conference
The Senate on July 26 confirmed the following
to be representatives of the United States to the
ninth session of the General Conference of the
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization:
Stanley C. AUyn
Athelstan F. Spilhaus
Mrs. Helen C. Russell
Mrs. Elizabeth E. HefCelfinger
Asa T. Spaulding
The following were confirmed to be alternate
representatives :
Herold C. Hunt
Robert MeClintock
226
Department of S/afe Bulletin
Regulation of Waters of St. Lawrence River and Lai<e Ontario
The following was released to the press at Wash-
ington and Ottawa on July 3 by the International
Joint Commission ( United States and Canada) .
The International Joint Commission, at its meet-
ing in Montreal on July 2, issued a Supplementary
Order to the Order it issued on 29 October 1952 '
approving the construction, operation, and main-
tenance of hydroelectric power works in the Inter-
national Rapids Section of the St. Lawrence
River. In its 1952 Order of Approval, the Com-
mission anticipated the need to develop the method
of regulation of the flow of the St. Lawrence
River in the light of further information to be
obtained and specifically retained jursidiction to
make such further order or orders as might
prove to be necessary.
In the interval between the approval of the St.
Lawrence River Power project in October of
1952 and the issuance of the Supplementary Or-
der today, the Commission has conducted exten-
sive investigations and studies, through its Inter-
national Lake Ontario Board of Engineers, and
has held public hearings in both the United States
and Canada, under the Reference from the two
Governments, dated 25 June 1952, regarding the
levels of Lake Ontario. As a result of these in-
vestigations, the Commission made recommenda-
tions to the Governments of Canada and the
United States which were designed to protect in-
terests of navigation and property both upstream
and downstream, and within these limits to give
substantial benefits to power. These recommenda-
tions were accepted by both Governments, and
the July 2 Supplementary Order gives effect
thereto.
The Supplementary Order provides that the
levels of Lake Ontario will be regulated within a
range of mean monthly elevations from 244 feet
in the navigation season to 248 feet, as nearly as
' BuiXETiN of Dec. 29, 1952, p. 1019.
may be ; prescribes detailed criteria for the regu-
lation of the discharge of water from Lake On-
tario and the flow of water through the Interna-
tional Rapids Section of the St. Lawrence River;
and prescribes a Plan of Regulation, known as
No. 12-A-9, as the basis for calculating critical
water profiles and designing the channel excava-
tions in the river.
The Commission's studies looking to the perfec-
tion of a plan of regulation which will take ad-
vantage of progressive channel developments will
proceed under the direction of the Commission's
International St. Lawrence River Board of
Control.
TEXT OF SUPPLEMENTARY ORDER OF AP-
PROVAL
WHEREAS the Commission, by Order dated 29 Oc-
tober 1952 (Docket 68), approved the construction, main-
tenance and operation jointly by the Hydro-Electric Power
Commission of Ontario and an entity to be designated by
the Government of the United States of America of cer-
tain works for the development of power in the Interna-
tional Rapids Section of the St. Lawrence River, subject
to the conditions enumerated in the said Order ; and
AVHEREAS the Commission has been informed that the
President of the United States of America by Executive
Order No. 10,500, dated 4 November 1953,' designated the
Power Authority of the State of New York as the United
States entity to construct, maintain and operate the pro-
posed works In the United States ; and
AVHEREAS Appendix A to the said Order describes the
features of the works so approved and provides that
channel enlargements will be undertaken in specified
areas, designed to give stated maximum mean velocities
in any cross-section of the channel, under regulation
of outflow and levels of Lake Ontario in accordance with
Method of Regulation No. 5, as prepared by the General
Engineering Branch, Department of Transport, Canada,
dated Ottawa, September 1940 ; and
WHEREAS, condition (i) of said Order provides that,
upon completion of the works, the discharge of water
from Lake Ontario and the flow of water through the
' Ibid., Nov. 23, 1953, p. 724.
August 6, 1956
227
International Rapids Section shall be regulated to meet
the requirements of conditions (b), (c) and (d) thereof,
and subject to jiossible modifications and changes to be
recommended subsequently by the International St. Law-
rence River Board of Control, in accordance with the
said Method of Regulation No. 5 ; and
WHEREAS, by the said Order of 29 October 1952, the
Commission specifically retained jurisdiction to make such
further Order or Orders relating to the subject matter of
the Applications of the United States of America and
Canada (Docket 68) as may be necessary in the judgment
of the Commission ; and
WHEREAS the Commission, as a result of its investi-
gations under the Reference from the Governments of
Canada and the United States of America, dated 2.5 June
1952,' regarding the levels of Lake Ontario (Docket 67),
has determined that it would not be practicable to base
the regulation of flows from Lake Ontario on the said
Method of Regulation No. 5 ; and
WHEREAS, pursuant to published notices, hearings
were held by the Commission at Detroit, Michigan, on
4 June 1953, Rochester, New York, on 17 November 1953
and 12 April 1955, Hamilton, Ontario, on IS November
1953, and Toronto, Ontario, on 14 April 1955, at which
all persons interested were afforded convenient opiwrtu-
nity of presenting evidence to and being heard before the
Commission; and at the said hearings held at Toronto
and Rochester in April 1955 all interested persons were
given convenient opportunity to express their views upon
the criteria and range of stage which had been tentatively
proposed by the Commission ; and
WHEREAS the Commission, on 9 May 1955, by letters
addressed to the Secretary of State for External Affairs
of Canada and the Secretary of State of the United 'States
of America, respectively,'' recommended adoption by the
two Governments of the following :
(i) A range of mean monthly elevations for Lake On-
tario of 244 feet (navigation season) to 248.0 feet as
nearly as may be ; and
(ii) Criteria for a method of regulation of outflows and
levels of Lake Ontario applicable to the works in the In-
ternational Rapids Section of the St. Lawrence River ; and
(iii) Plan of Regulation No. 12-A-9, subject to minor
adjustments that may result from further detailed study
and evaluation by the Commission ; and
WHEREAS, by letters dated 3 December 1955, the Sec-
retary of State for External Affairs of Canada and the
Under Secretary of State of the United States of America
advised the Commission that the Government of Canada
and the Government of the United States of America,
respectively, approved the range of mean monthly eleva-
tions for Lake Ontario and the criteria recommended in
the Commission's said letters of 9 May, 1955 ; and
WHEREAS, in the said letters dated 3 December 1955,
the Commission was advised further that the Government
of Canada and the Government of the United States of
America approved Plan of Regulation No. 12-A-9 for the
purpose of calculating critical profiles and the design of
channel excavations in the International Rapids Section
of the St. Lawrence River ; and
' Department of State press release 489 of June 24, 1952.
' Bulletin of Jan. 16, 1956, p. 91.
228
WHEREAS, in the said letters dated 3 December 1955,
the two Governments urged the Commission to continue
its studies with a view to perfecting a plan of regulation
so as best to meet the requirements of all interests both
upstream and downstream, •within the range of elevations
and criteria therein approved ; and
WHEREAS, by letter dated 3 December 1955, the Sec-
retary of State for External Affairs, on behalf of the
Government of Canada, has informed the Commission of
the arrangements that have been made for the redesign
of a portion of the St. Lawrence Seaway Canal in the
vicinity of Montreal, between Lake St. Louis and the
Laprairie Basin ; and
WHEREAS condition (i) of the said Order of Approval
dated 29 October 1952 makes provision for adjustments
and progressive improvements in the plan of regulation,
subject to requirements and procedures specified therein.
NOAA^ THEREFORE, THIS COMMISSION DOTH
ORDER AND DIRECT that the Order of Approval issued
by the International Joint Commission on 29 October
1952, be and the same is hereby amended as follows:
(1) Paragraph (a) of Appendix A to the said Order
is amended by deleting the words, "Method of Regulation
No. 5, as prepared by the General Engineering Branch,
Department of Transport, Canada, dated Ottawa, Sep-
tember, 1940", and substituting the words, "Plan of Reg-
ulation No. 12-A-9, as prepared by the International Lake
Ontario Board of Engineers, dated 5 May 1955"; and by
adding the following sub-paragraph, "As approved by the
Government of Canada and the Government of the United
States of America in similar letters dated 3 December
1955, the said Plan of Regulation No. 12-A-9 shall be the
basis for calculating critical profiles and designing chan-
nel excavations". The said paragraph (a) will then read
as follows :
"(a) Channel enlargements will be imdertaken from
above Chimney Point to below Lotus Island, designed to
give a maximum mean velocity in any cross-section of the
channel which will be used for navigation not exceeding
four feet per second at any time, also between Lotus
Island and Iroquois Point and from above Point Three
Points to below Ogden Island designed to give a maximum
mean velocity In any cross-section not exceeding two and
one-quarter feet per .second with the flow and at the stage
to be permitted on the first of January of any year, under
regulation of outflow and levels of Lake Ontario in ac-
cordance with Plan of Regulation No. 12-A-9, as prepared
by the International Lake Ontario Board of Engineers,
dated 5 May 19.55. Downstream from the power houses
channel enlargements will be carried out for the purpose
of reducing the tail water level at the power houses.
Final locations and cross-sections of these channel en-
largements will be determined from further studies.
As approved by the Government of Canada and the
Government of the United States of America in similar
letters dated 3 December 1955, the said Plan of Regu-
lation No. 12-A-9 shall be the basis for calculating criti-
cal profiles and designing channel excavations."
(2) Condition (i) of the said Order of 29 October 1952
is deleted and the following substituted therefor ;
"(i) Upon the completion of the works, the discharge of
water from Lake Ontario and the flow of water through
the International Rapids Section shall be regulated to
meet the requirements of conditions (b), (c), and (d)
hereof; shall be regulated within a range of stage from
Departmenf of State Bulletin
elevation 244.0 feet' (navigation season) to elevation
248.0 feet, as nearly as may be; and shall be regulated
in accordance viith the criteria set forth in the Commis-
sion's letters of 17 March 1955 to the Governments of
Canada and the United States of America and approved
by the said governments in their letters of 3 December
1955 and qualified, by the terms of separate letters from
the Government of Canada and the Government of the
United States of America dated 11 April 1956 and 1 May
1956, resi)ectively, to the extent that these letters agree
that the criteria are intended to establish standards which
would be maintained with the minimum variation. The
project works shall be operated in such a manner as to
provide no less protection for navigation and riparian
interests downstream than would have occurred under
pre-project conditions and with supplies of the past as
adjusted, as defined in criterion (a) herein. The Commis-
sion will indicate in an appropriate fashion, as the oc-
casion may require, the inter-relationship of the criteria,
the range of elevations and the other requirements.
The criteria are as follows :
(a) The regulated outflow from Lake Ontario from 1
April to 15 December shall be such as not to reduce the
minimum level of Montreal Harbour below that which
would have occurred in the past with the supplies to Lake
Ontario since 1860 adjusted to a condition assuming a
continuous diversion out of the Great Lakes Basin of
3,100 cubic feet per second at Chicago and a continuous
diversion into the Great Lakes Basin of 5,000 cubic feet
per second from the Albany River Basin (hereinafter
called the 'supplies of the past as adjusted').
(b) The regulated winter outflows from Lake Ontario
from 15 December to 31 March shall be as large as feas-
ible and shall be maintained so that the difficulties of
winter power operation are minimized.
(c) The regulated outflow from Lake Ontario during
the annual spring break-up in Montreal Harbour and in the
river downstream shall not be greater than would have
occurred assuming supplies of the past as adjusted.
(d) The regulated outflow from Lake Ontario during
the annual flood discharge from the Ottawa River shall
not be greater than would have occurred assuming sup-
plies of the past as adjusted.
(e) Consistent with other requirements, the minimum
regulated monthly outflow from Lake Ontario shall be
such as to secure the maximum dependable flow for power.
(f ) Consistent with other requirements, the maximum
regulated outflow from Lake Ontario shall be maintained
as low as possible to reduce channel excavations to a
minimum.
(g) Consistent with other requirements, the levels of
Lake Ontario shall be regulated for the benefit of property
owners on the shores of Lake Ontario in the United States
and Canada so as to reduce the extremes of stage which
have been experienced.
' All elevations mentioned in this Order are stated in
relation to the United States Lake Survey 1935 datum.
[Footnote in the original]
' "present channel conditions" refers to conditions as of
March 1955. [Footnote in the original]
(h) The regulated monthly mean level of Lake On-
tario shall not exceed elevation 248.0 with the supplies of
the past as adjusted.
(i) Under regulation, the frequency of occurrences of
monthly mean elevations of approximately 247.0 and
higher on Lake Ontario shall be less than would have
occurred in the past with the supplies of the pa.st as ad-
justed and with present channel conditions in the Galops
Rapids Section of the Saint Lawrence River."
( j ) The regulated level of Lake Ontario on 1 April shall
not be lower than elevation 244.0. The regulated monthly
mean level of the lake from 1 April to 30 November shall
be maintained at or above elevation 244.0.
(k) In the event of supplies in excess of the supplies
of the past as adjusted, the works in the International
Rapids Section shall be operated to provide all possible
relief to the riparian owners upstream and downstream.
In the event of supplies less than the supplies of the past
as adjusted, the works in the International Rapids Sec-
tion shall be operated to provide all possible relief to navi-
gation and power interests.
The flow of water through the International Rapids
Section in any period shall equal the discharge of water
from Lake Ontario as determined for that period in
accordance with a plan of regulation which, in the judg-
ment of the Commission, satisfies the afore-mentioned
requirements, range of stage and criteria and when ap-
plied to the channels as determined in accordance with
Appendix A hereto produces no more critical governing
velocities than those specified in that appendix, nor more
critical governing water surface profiles than those es-
tablished by Plan of Regulation 12-A-9, when applied
to the channels as determined in accordance with Ap-
pendix A hereto, and shall be maintained as uniformly
as possible throughout that period.
Subject to the requirements of conditions (b), (c) and
(d) hereof, and of the range of stage, and criteria, above
written, the Board of Control, after obtaining the approval
of the Commission, may temporarily modify or change
the restrictions as to discharge of water from Lake
Ontario and the flow of water through the International
Rapids Section for the purpose of determining what
modifications or changes in the plan of regulation may
be advisable. The Board of Control shall report to the
Commission the results of such experiments, together
with its recommendations as to any changes or modifica-
tions in the plan of regulation. When the plan of regula-
tion has been perfected so as best to meet the requirements
of all interests, within the range of stage and criteria
above defined, the Commission will recommend to the
two Governments that it be made permanent and, if the
two Governments thereafter agree, such plan of regula-
tion shall be given effect as if contained in this Order."
Signed at Montreal this second day of July, 1956.
A. G. L. McNaughton
Len Jordan
Geo. Spence
RoGEB B. McWhoktee
J. LuciEN Danseeeau
Eugene W. Weber
August 6, 1956
229
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
FOURTH SEMIANNUAL REPORT ON ACTIVITIES UNDER PUBLIC LAW 480 <
President's Message of Transmittal
To the Congress of the United States :
I am transmitting herewith the fourth semian-
nual report on activities carried on under Public
Law 480, 83d Congi-ess, as amended, outlining op-
erations under the act during the period January
1 through June 30, 1956.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower.
The White House, Jvly 11, 1956.
Introduction
This report deals with activities under the sev-
eral Public Law 480 programs during the last
6 months of fiscal year 1956. During the
period covered by this report, Public Law 540
amended title II and title III of the act, increasing
the title II authority for famine relief and other
assistance from $300 million to $500 million, and
permitting payment of ocean transportation costs
for title II shipments and title III donations. In
addition, the Agricultural Act of 1956 provided
that strategic and other materials acquired by the
Commodity Credit Corporation through barter
transactions under title III shall be transferred to
the supplemental stockpile established by section
104 (b) of Public Law 480 unless these materials
are obtained for other purposes. The Agricultural
Act of 1956 also provided that strategic materials
acquired through barter may be entered free of
duty and Ccc shall be reimbursed for materials
transferred to the supplemental stockpile.
' H. Doc. 447, 84tli Cong., 2d sess. For texts of the first
three semiannual reports, see Bulletin of Jan. 31, 1955,
p. 200; Aug. 1, 195.-), p. 197; and Jan. 2.3, 1956, p. 130.
For a summary of Department of State policies on the
disposal of surplus agricultural commodities, see ihid.,
Feb. 20, 1956, p. 301. For an excerpt from a staff study
by the Interagency Committee on Agriciiltural Surplus
Disposal, see ihid., June 18, 19.56, p. 1019.
The administration has recommended that Pub-
lic Law 480 be amended to increase the authorized
amount of title I from $1,500 million to $3,000
million. The administration also has recom-
mended that (1) section 104 (h) of the act be
amended to provide assistance to activities and
projects authorized by section 203 of the United
States Information and Educational Exchange
Act of 1948; and (2) that section 304 be repealed
to permit barter transactions with Soviet bloc
countries.
Summary
During the period January-June 1956, the pro-
graming of surplus agi'icultural commodities
under the three titles of the act totaled $1,264.8
million, bringing to $2,953 million the total amount
of progi'ams since the beginning of operations
under the act.
Since the beginning of the program, agreements
for the sale of agricultural commodities for for-
eign currency under title I total $1,466.9 million
at an estimated Ccc cost - ($1,041.9 million at
export market value), of which $801.2 million
($537.8 million at export market value) repre-
sents agreements signed during the period covered
by this report. This acceleration in progi'aming
reflects the mandate of the Congress contained in
Public Law 387, 84th Congress, 1st session, which
' As used in this report, CCC cost represents the cost of
commodities to the Commodity Credit Corporation, includ-
ing investment, processing, handling, and other costs.
Export mai'ket value i-eflects the price at which these
commodities are sold to foreign buyers under the pro-
gram. The export market value figures are less than the
CCC cost for those commodities for which special export
programs have been developed for dollar as well as
foreign currency sales to meet competition in International
trade. [Footnote in original.]
230
Deparlment of State Bulletin
TABLE I
Commodity Composition of All Agreements Signed,
January-June, 1956
Commodity
Approximate quantity
Market
value
ccc
cost
Wheat and wheat flour...
Feed grains
69,996,000 bushels 1
25,97.'i,000 bushels 2--
8,144,000 hundredweight...
903,200 bale^
Millions
$116.1
32.5
.62.2
126.8
41.8
11.8
85.9
3.1
22.7
.3
2.5
Millions
$234.8
61.1
102.7
195.6
Tobacco
64,585,000 pounds
62,642,000 pounds
41.8
18.7
85.9
82,051,000 pounds
3.1
22.7
Cotton linters
16,700 bales
.3
Seeds
55,000 hundredweight
2.5
Total commodities
495.7
42.1
759 1
42. 1
537.8
801.2
transportation.
' Wheat and wheat equivalent of flour.
3 See the following:
Corn
Barley
8,356,000
17, 619, 000
increased the title I authorization from $700
million to $1,500 million and directed that this
amount be considered an objective to be achieved
as rapidly as possible within the safeguards estab-
lished in the law.
A worldwide ship shortage existed during the
last half of the period covered by this report.
This resulted in shipments under all titles of the
act being delayed.
Shij^ments under title I since the beginning of
the program total nearly $500 million at export
market value, of which approximately $225 mil-
lion represented shipments during the January-
June 1956 period.
Cumulative shipments made or authorized for
famine relief and other assistance abroad under
title II of the act totaled $218 million at Ccc cost,
of which $78 million was authorized during this
period. Cumulative donations for foreign and
domestic relief through nonprofit voluntary agen-
cies and intergovernmental organizations under
title III of the act amounted to $681 million at
Ccc cost, of which $129.4 million was donated dur-
ing this period. Cumulative barter contracts en-
tered into under title III amounted to $587.1 mil-
lion at export market value, of which $256.2 mil-
lion represents contracts entered into during this
period. Although the figures cited for the differ-
ent programs are not comparable, the amounts
shown give an indication of the value of com-
modities being moved or committed under these
pi'ograms.
The benefits gained from the uses of foreign
currency being generated from title I sales be-
came more evident during the reporting period.
Important projects are being developed for the
purposes specified in section 104 of the act.
Title I. Foreign Currency Sales
AGREEMENTS SIGNED
A total of 27 agreements, or supplements to
agreements, involving a Ccc cost of approxi-
mately $801.2 million, were entered into with 19
countries during the period January-June 1956.
The commodity composition, export market value,
and Ccc cost of these agreements are shown in
table I.
A total of 59 agreements, or supplements to
agreements, with a total Coc cost of $1,466.9 mil-
lion, have been entered into with 27 countries since
the inception of the program. The commodity
composition, export market value, and Ccc cost
of these agreements are shown in table II.
TABLE II
Commodity Composition op All Agreements Signed,
Ending June 30, 1956
Commodity
Approximate quantity
Mariset
value
oco
cost
Wheat and wheat flour...
Feed grains..
168,196,000 bushels 1
56,770,000 bushels 2
10,262,000 hundredweight..
1,712,500 bales
Millions
$268.2
70.7
66.7
260.5
81.2
19.9
157.2
1.2
.3
3.1
22.7
.3
2.5
Millions
$526.1
109.2
Rice _.
Cotton
123.8
357.9
Tobacco
123, 478, 000 pounds
90,227,000 pounds
81.2
32.5
Fats and oils . . . .
1 ,023,822,000 pounds
3,000,000 pounds
37,000 hundredweight
165.7
Poultry
1.2
.3
3.1
75,864,000 pounds.
16,700 bales
22.7
Cotton linters
.3
Seeds
56,000 hundredweight
2.5
Total commodities
954.5
87.4
1,426.6
87.4
Savings anticipated from
(47)
CCC costs adjustments
and procurement short-
fall.
Total
1,041.9
3 1,466.9
1 Wheat and wheat equivalent of flour.
* See the following:
Corn
Oats
Barley
Grain sorghums
' Net obligation.
SHIPMENTS
Bushels
18,622,000
4,751,000
27, 562, 000
5, 795, 000
Title I shipments since the beginning of the
program totaled approximately $500 million at
export market value through Jmie 30, 1956, of
which about $225 million represented shipments
made during the reporting period. The export
market value of commodities programed imder
August 6, 7956
231
all agreements signed through June 30, 1956, was
approximately $954 million (excluding ocean-
transportation costs), but $496 million of this
amount was covered by agreements entered into
during the reporting period.
The difference between the total amount pro-
gramed and the total amount shipped as of June
30, 1956, is $185 million in the case of cotton, and
$269 million for all other commodities combined.
Cotton has moved slowly because of price difficul-
ties. This condition should be relieved after
August 1, 1956, when exports can be made under
the new Ccc cotton export sales program. This
program provides for the sale of Ccc cotton for
export at competitive world prices. The delay
may mean that shipment of the amount of cotton
programed through June 30, 1956, will extend be-
yond the end of the calendar year 1956. Ship-
ments of other commodities should be substantially
completed by the end of the calendar year if cargo
vessels are available.
The value of shipments under title I represented
about 12 percent of the total value of agricultural
exports during the fiscal year 1956.
Shipments since the beginning of the program
through June 30, 1956, totaled nearly 4,500,000
metric tons, of which about 3,700,000 metric tons
were shipped during fiscal year 1956. Title I
wheat exports comprised about 28 percent of total
wheat exports during the fiscal year 1956 ; cotton,
23 percent ; cottonseed oil and soybean oil, 50 per-
cent ; and tobacco, 13 percent.
USUAL MARKETINGS
In accordance with the provisions of title I re-
quiring reasonable safeguards that sales of agricul-
tural commodities for foreign currencies shall not
displace our usual marketings or be unduly dis-
ruptive of world market prices, appropriate as-
surances have been obtained from governments
with which agreements have been negotiated.
Also, sales for foreign currencies under title I
have been made at the price level no lower than
that for commodities available for export sales for
dollars.
CURRENCY USES
Under agreements entered into during the Jan-
viary-June 1956 period, the dollar values of plan-
ned foreign currency uses for the eight purposes
specified in section 104 of the act are shown in
table III.
TABLE III
Planned Uses of Foreign Currency Under Agree-
ments Signed During January-June 1956
Agriculturalmarketdevelopment (sec. 104(a))i
Purchase of strategic material (sec. 104 (b))i
Commou defense (sec. 104 (c))
Purchase of goods for other countries (sec. 104 (d) ) i
Grants for balanced economic development and trade
among nations (sec. 104(e))
Payment of United States obligations (sec. 104 (f))i
Loans for multilateral trade and economic develop-
ment (sec. 104 (g))
International educational exchange (sec. 104 (h)) '
Total signed agreements. .
Million
dollars
equivalent
6.3
2.0
87.3
7.4
157.7
273.2
3.9
Percent
of total
1.2
.4
16.2
1.4
29.3
50.8
.7
100.0
ilnordertoprovide flexibility in the use of funds, many agreements provide
that a specified amount of local currency proceeds may be used under sec.
104 (a), (b), (f), and (h). In some Instances, possible uses under sec. 104 (d)
are also included in this category. Therefore, estimates based on the best
information now available are Indicated above under subsecs. (a), (b), (d),
and (h). Balances not otherwise distributed are included under subsec. (f).
This distribution is subject to revision when allocations have been completed.
3 Includes ocean transportation financed by CCC.
Agricultural market development. — Section 104
(a) : A jjart of the foreign currencies accruing
from title I sales is being used to assist the de-
velopment and expansion of foreign markets for
United States agricultural products. As of June
30, 1956, foreign currencies equivalent to approxi-
mately $20.3 million have been tentatively planned
for these activities in 26 countries.
Market development projects are initiated and
carried out in close cooperation with United States
and foreign trade groups in a manner designed
to be beneficial to both groups. In most cases, the
United States Government furnishes part of the
foreign currencies required for the projects and
supervises the activities. The United States trade
group carries out the project and provides for the
necessary dollar costs. The cooperating foreign
trade group meets part of the local costs.
This procedure gives private traders in the
United States and abroad the opportunity to work
together on the problems of expanding old and
developing new commercial markets for United
States agricultural commodities on a continuing
basis. It ensures that projects are beneficial to
both the United States and the foreign country.
A wide variety of market development projects
is carried on pursuant to section 104 (a). Types
of projects that have been approved to date follow.
Market surveys : This type of project is designed
to determine potential demand for specific agri-
232
Department of State Bulletin
cultural commodities and how this demand may
be developed and supplied. During the reporting
period, market surveys were undertaken for dairy
products and wheat products in Colombia and to-
bacco in Spain. A team representing American
dairy interests studied the potential market for
dairy products in Colombia in close cooperation
with Colombian dairy interests. The team has
made specific recommendations concerning the ex-
pansion of markets for dairy products and suitable
followup projects are being developed. A survey
conducted by a representative of the American
flour millers with the Colombian wheat and wheat
products trade has resulted in proposed projects
to popularize American wheat flour. Three
United States tobacco groups, cooperating with
tlie University of Kentucky, have sent United
States agricultural economists to Spain to work
with Spanish tobacco interests in exploring the
market potential for United States tobacco prod-
ucts. The team will submit a report of findings
and recommendations this summer.
Nutrition education: These activities improve
the health and welfare of people abroad and at
the same time expand the market for agricultural
commodities that can be supplied by the United
States. For example, a project is being under-
taken with Japanese private groups to put nutri-
tion demonstration teams with mobile kitchens in
the field demonstrating to housewives and others
the benefits of an improved diet. Wheat products
are the chief commodities used in these demon-
strations.
Two-way visits: Visits by foreigners to the
United States and visits of United States citizens
to foreign countries improve international trade
relations. The exchange of ideas and information
in this manner is expected to result in greater con-
sumption of United States agricultural commodi-
ties. Visits to the United States have been ar-
ranged for tobacco officials and buyers from Thai-
land and Korea, and cotton specialists from Japan
and France. United States soybean and poultry
experts are now in Eui'ope and United States to-
bacco, cotton, and soybean representatives have
visited Japan.
Advertising and sales techniques : United States
advertising and sales techniques are being used
abroad with appropriate variations to meet local
conditions. Cooperative programs to expand the
use of cotton in France and Japan, and tobacco
August 6, 1956
393890—50 3
in Japan, have been undertaken. A Japanese-
American Soybean Council has been established
to promote the use of soybeans and soybean
products.
Trade fairs: Market-development projects are
also conducted through participation in interna-
tional trade and food fairs. The United States
participates in two kinds of fairs: One is the
diversified fair of a largely industrial type; the
other is the food fair, which is devoted exclusively
to food items. Exhibits are planned where the
greatest number of potential buyers of agricul-
tural products are expected to congregate.
Typical of the agricultural exhibits staged
abroad was the market-promotion exhibit at the
International Trade Fair in Osaka, Japan, April
8-22, 1956.3 xiie exhibit demonstrated the avail-
ability, quality, and uses of dairy, wheat, cotton,
tobacco, rice, and soybean products. Samples of
products made from surplus commodities were
distributed to fair visitors. Among the samples
handed out were cups of milk and ice-cream cones
made from United States nonfat milk solids and
anhydrous butterfat; sweet rolls and cake made
from United States wheat floui*; cigarettes made
from United States tobacco leaf; and "ala," a
cracked wheat product which is cooked and eaten
like rice.
Market-promotion exhibits are not limited to
trade fairs. One of the largest exhibits during
the January-June 1956 period was the "super-
market" exhibit held in Rome, Italy, June 17-30,
1956. The exhibit was held in connection with
the International Congress on Food Distribution,
June 18-22. A full-scale United States super-
market, complete in every major detail, was put
on display.
United States exhibits are organized coopera-
tively with private agricultural trade groups. In
general, exhibit ideas, technical personnel, and
display materials for the agricultural exhibits are
provided by private agricultural trade groups.
The United States Government organizes and
manages the exhibits; rents the space; provides
for the design, construction, and operation of the
exhibits; ships necessary exhibit material; and
provides travel and per diem for industrial tech-
nicians and commodity specialists participating
in the joint effort.
' Bulletin of June 11, 1956, p. 974.
233
Exhibits during the January-June 1956 period
were held at Ciudad Trujillo, Dominican Repub-
lic; Osaka, Japan; Eome, Italy; and Barcelona,
Spain. Exhibits scheduled for the balance of the
year will be held in London, England ; Salonica,
Greece ; Zagreb, Yugoslavia ; and Vienna, Austria.
Purchase of strategic materials. — Section 104
b) : During the reporting period, the title I
agreement entered into with the Government of
Indonesia provided for the tentative earmarking
of $2.0 million in local currency for the purchase
of strategic materials. This brings the total
amount of local currency earmarked for this pur-
pose to $6.8 million. A contract has been signed
with Brazil for the purchase of $2.8 million worth
of "rare earth" for the supplemental stockpile.
Under section 104 (f) the equivalent of $5.7 mil-
lion in Argentine pesos was used for the purchase
of tungsten for the stiategic stockpile, and the
equivalent of $1.0 million in Austrian schillings
was used to purchase aluminum powder for the
armed forces.
Common defense. — Section 104 (c) : This sec-
tion of the act provides that local currency pro-
ceeds of sales may be used to procure military
equipment materials, facilities and services for
the common defense. Up to June 30, 1956, sales
agreements signed with four countries — Iran,
Korea, Pakistan, and Yugoslavia — provide that
about $166 million equivalent may be used for this
purpose, of which about $108 million will accrue
from fiscal year 1956 sales. The use of $20.5 mil-
lion equivalent has been authorized so far, in-
cluding about $14.5 million worth of rupees to
Pakistan and $6 million worth of hwan to Korea.
In Pakistan the funds provided are being used
primarily to meet military construction and Paki-
stani troop support costs. Currency available in
Korea is being used to bolster the military posi-
tion of the Republic of Korea.
Purcha.se of goods for other countries. — Section
104 (d) : Nine sales agreements signed through
June 30, 1956, provide that a portion of the sales
proceeds may be used by the United States to
finance the purchase of goods or services for other
friendly countries. The sales agreements may
earmark specific amounts or may provide that un-
specified portions of sales proceeds which will be
set aside for various United States uses may be
used for this pui-pose. The act provides that, un-
less the requirement is waived, dollar reimburse-
ment must be made to the Ccc if the local currency
is used to procure goods or services which will be
provided to an aid-receiving country on a grant
basis.
There is usually no prior commitment on the
part of the United States' to use these funds either
to procure specific goods or services or to procure
goods or services for a particular country. Cer-
tain standards conforming as closely as possible
with commercial practice have been established for
programing the use of these funds. These are de-
signed to avoid disrupting normal trade patterns
as far as possible and to assure that the goods or
services are purchased at competitive prices.
By Jinie 30, 1956, arrangements had been con-
cluded for use of $8.8 million equivalent of these
funds : $5 million worth of lire accruing from the
sale of surplus commodities to Italy will be used
to procure industrial commodities for Israel; half
of the lire will be gianted to Israel and will be
purchased with dollars appropriated for the mu-
tual security progi'am in Israel, while the re-
mainder will be loaned to that country. About
$1.8 million of Japanese yen, which will also be
purchased with appropriated dollars, will be used
to purchase textiles for Vietnam.
The fiscal year 1956 sales agreement with Austria
contained provisions under which the United
States may exchange up to $2 million in schillings
for Spanish pesetas acquired from Austria from
the sale of fertilizer to Spain. Sixty percent of
any pesetas so acquired by the United States will
be loaned to Spain and 40 percent I'etained for use
in payment of United States expenses there.
Grants for economic dei'elopment. — Section 104
(e) : Through Jmie 30, 1956, only one sales agree-
ment has provided for a grant of local currency
proceeds to promote economic development. This
was for Greece. Because of the great damage and
human misery caused by the earthquakes in April
1955, it was agreed that the drachma equivalent
of $7.5 million would be granted to that country
to help finance rebuilding and lepair of housing in
the areas devastated by the earthquake. This
work got underway very shortly after the disaster
and will continue for at least another year. Ac-
cordingly, a grant of $6.5 million equivalent has
now been approved for this pui-pose and the re-
mainder will be made available as soon as addi-
tional drachma funds are available.
Payment of United States ohligations. — Section
234
Department of State Bulletin
104 (f) : Agreements signed during the periodJan-
iiary-June 1956 tentatively earmarked $157.7 mil-
lion, or yU.3 percent of sales proceeds, for the pay-
ment of United States obligations, a percentage
which approximates the portion of sales proceeds
reserved for this jjurpose in earlier agi'eenients.
Since dollar reimbursement is required for nearly
all of these funds, it is expected that eventual dol-
lar recovery will be considerably more than the
10 percent minimum stipulated in the law.
All dollar payments foi' these foreign currencies
are credited to the Commodity Credit Corporation.
Of the funds earmarked for the payment of
United States obligations, a major portion is allo-
cated to the Treasury Department for sale to
United States Government agencies for appropri-
ated dollars. The Treasury sells the currencies at
the rate of exchange at which the purchasing agen-
cies could otherwise obtain the currencies. This
is not necessarily the same exchange rate as is ap-
plicable to the commodity sales. The dollar re-
turn to the Ccc consequently will not be the same
as the dollar market value of the commodities sold.
In countries such as Turkey and Spain, most sales
are to defense agencies for use in meeting the costs
of military base construction. Substantial pur-
chases are also made by such agencies as the De-
partment of State and the United States Infor-
mation Agency which have continuing needs for
funds to meet administrative and operating
expenses.
The Department of Defense is authorized to use
up to $100 million worth of these funds for mili-
tary family housing purposes. This program, for
which $85.1 million has been tentatively allocated,
is more fully discussed below.
Sales of funds for specific purposes, which may
be formally stipulated in the country agi'eements,
include the equivalent of $3.0 million in Argentine
pesos to the General Services Administration for
the purchase of tungsten, and about $1.0 million
in Austrian schillings to the Navy for the purchase
of alumimun poM'der.
A small portion of these cui'rencies has been
made available for congressional travel expenses,
a use exempted from the requirement for dollai'
reimbui-sement by section 502 (b) of Public Law
665, 83d Congress.
Military family housing. — The Department of
Defense plans for the uses of foreign currency
under section 104 (f) are largely for military
family housing and construction in accordance
with Public Law 765, 83d Congress, and Public
Law 161, 84th Congress. These laws authorize
the Department, subject to the approval of the
Bureau of the Budget, to use $100 million worth
of foreign currencies, generated by title I sales,
for construction, rent, or procurement of United
States military family housing in foreign coun-
tries. Public Law 161 further provides that the
Department of Defense shall reimbiirse the Com-
modity Credit Corporation from appropriations
available for the payment of quaiiers allowances.
The reimbursements to Ccc are made on a de-
ferred, rather than a lump-sum, basis.
Tentative allocation of local currency for pur-
chase or construction of military family housing
amounted to a total of $85.1 million equivalent in
agreements with the following countries :
Million,
equivalent
Austria $6. 4
Japan 25. 0
Finland 7. 0
Italy 3. 5
Spain 16. 0
United Kingdom 27.2
Total 85. 1
A summary of plamied uses of foreign currencies
for military family housing follows :
Austria : The $6.4 million equivalent of Austrian
schillings will be used by the United States Air
Force to purchase about 577 prefabricated units
to be erected at 4 different locations in Morocco.
Japan : Of the $25.0 million equivalent of Jap-
anese yen earmarked for military family housing,
the United States Army plans to construct a total
of 1,700 units for the 3 United States services in
Japan (898 units to be constructed for the Air
Force at 9 different locations in Japan ; 297 imits
for the Navy, and 505 units for the Army).
Finland: Apjiroximately $7 million worth of
prefabs will be purchased in Finland for constiiic-
tion of military family housing in countries' of the
Meditei'ranean area, including Greece and Libya.
Italy : The equivalent of $2.7 million in Italian
lire is being allocated for the construction of 219
units in Italy, including 30 units for the Air Force
and 189 for the Army.
Spain: The $16 million equivalent earmarked
for military dependent housing is planned for the
construction of 687 units in Spain (495 for the
Augusf 6, 1956
235
Air Force and 192 for the Navy). The program
has been delayed due to nonavailability in Spain
of certain equipment items (plumbing, heating,
electrical, etc.). The Bureau of the Budget has
allocated $190,000 for architectural development
and site engineering costs.
United Kingdom : The full amoimt of the 1955
agreement ($15.2 million) has been obligated and
housing contracts have been awarded for con-
struction of 1,481 units for the United States Air
Force and 16 for the Navy.
Loans for multilateral trade and economic de-
velopment.— Section 104 (g) : Sales agreements
signed with 21 countries provide that a substantial
portion of local currency proceeds may be used for
loans under section 104 (g) of the act to promote
multilateral trade and economic development.
The act provides that loans may be made through
established banking facilities of the foreign coun-
try or in any other appropriate manner. Strategic
materials, services, foreign currencies or dollars
may be accepted in payment of the loans.
Negotiations to conclude loan agreements are
conducted by United States representatives with
foreign governments. The agreements specify
terms and conditions of repayment, and so forth,
which have been developed in consultation with
the National Advisory Council on International
Monetary and Financial Problems. The Export-
Import Bank acts as agent of the United States
Government in executing the agreements and serv-
icing the loans.
A total of about $508 million equivalent, or a lit-
tle less than half of the total proceeds expected as
a result of sales concluded by June 30, 1956, is
earmarked for loan purposes. This includes $153
million provided by fiscal year 1955 sales agree-
ments and $355 million by fiscal year 1956 agree-
ments. As noted previously, sales increased ap-
preciably in the last half of fiscal year 1956 and
amounts earmarked for loan purposes increased
almost proportionately during this period.
By June 30, 1956, loan agreements had been con-
cluded with 7 countries providing for local cur-
rency loans of the equivalent of about $105 million.
These include (in million dollar equivalents) :
Austria, $1.5; Spain, $10.5; Israel, $19.14; Japan,
$59.5; Ecuador, $3.1 ; Peru, $7.75 ; and Chile, $4.0.
Most of the loan agreements which have been
signed refer to sales negotiated in fiscal year 1955.
Virtually all of the local currency proceeds of these
sales is on deposit and can be released for expendi-
ture for loans or for other purposes specified in the
sales agreements. Negotiations to conclude addi-
tional loan agreements to carry out the provisions
of the remainder of the fiscal year 1955 and fiscal
year 1956 sales are actively underway. In several
instances, however, negotiations have been pro-
tracted because of delays in securing complete
agreement with foreign governments as to loan
terms, loan uses, and other relevant issues so as
adequately to protect these United States assets.
The loan agreements usually do not specify the
purposes for which funds will be used within the
general area of economic development. This is
usually covered by a supplementary agreement as
programs are developed. By the end of the fiscal
year, programs involving expenditures of up to
$96.9 million in local currency had been approved
for seven countries; including (in million dollar
equivalents): Austria, $1.5; Spain, $9.0; Israel,
$15.4; Japan, $59.5; Ecuador, $3.1; Peru, $4.4;
and Chile, $4.0. Final arrangements for utiliza-
tion of the total amomit of the loan funds have not
been made with Spain, Israel, or Peru. Actual
disbursement of funds is authorized as local cur-
rency deposits become available and as funds ai'e
needed during the progress of the project work.
The funds will be used for a variety of purposes
designed to increase purchasing power and stand-
ards of living in these friendly countries. For
example, the equivalent of $57 million, or almost
60 percent of the total value of these projects, will
be used to develop additional electric power fa-
cilities, including about $51 million of Japanese
yen and $6.5 million worth of Israeli pounds.
Another portion of the loan to Israel — about
$3 million equivalent — will be made available to
finance construction of about 1,000 dwelling units
for workers. Examples of other programs in-
clude reforestation and watershed control in
Spain, improving highways in Chile, and estab-
lishing agricultural credits in the tropical coastal
area of Ecuador. The equivalent of about
$20 million will be spent to finance part of the
costs of irrigation projects in Spain, Israel, Peru,
and Japan. The projects in Israel and in the iso-
lated parts of Spain, where agricultural unem-
ployment is acute as a result of last winter's freeze,
will improve land used for fruit (other than
citrus) and vegetable production. The newly
irrigated land in Peru is intended to be used for
236
Department of State Bulletin
the production of bananas, coffee, and other tropi-
cal products. The $8.4 million of yen used for
this purpose in northern Japan will permit con-
tinuation of work previously stai-ted by the Jap-
anese Government on land to be used for the
production of grain, fruit, and vegetables needed
for domestic consumption.
International Educational Exchange. — Section
104 (h) : The educational exchange program is au-
thorized by Congress to help promote mutual
understanding between the people of the United
States and those of other countries.
Substantially all of the title I agreements to
date have provided for the use of some of the local
currency proceeds under section 104 (h) of the act
to finance international educational exchange pro-
grams authorized by section 32 (b) (2) of the
Surplus Property Act of 1944, as amended ( Pub-
lic Law 584, 79th Cong., the Fulbright Act) . Edu-
cational exchange programs have been signed with
Chile and Peru, each program amounting to
$300,000 (dollar equivalents).
Authorizations have been furnished the diplo-
matic missions to enter into formal negotiations
for executive agreements to provide for the follow-
ing educational exchange programs (dollar equiv-
alents) : Argentina, $300,000; Brazil, $540,000;
Colombia, $300,000; Ecuador, $300,000; Finland,
$250,000; Spain, $600,000; Thailand, $400,000;
and Turkey, $750,000.
Five additional programs totaling more than
$2 million are in active preparation within the
Department of State.
Title II
As a result of the amendment included in the
Agricultural Act of 1956, the amount of transfers
of surplus commodities which may be made under
title II of Public Law 480 was increased to $500
million, compared to the previous limitation of
$300 million in terms of Cck> investment. The
amendment also makes it possible to pay ocean-
freight costs on these shipments, as well as on
surplus foods donated through the United States
voluntary agencies and intergovernmental organi-
zations under title III of Public Law 480. Pro-
grams of assistance may be authorized over a
3-year period ending Jime 30, 1957. Reasonable
precautions must be taken to assure that these
transfers will not displace or interfere with sales
that might otherwise be made.
Title II authority enables the United States to
use some of its surplus farm products to alleviate
suffering following in the wake of flood, earth-
quake, hurricane, drought, crop shortages, and
other natural disasters. Although the program
has been largely limited to supplying emergency
relief, it has also been possible to undertake others
of a somewhat different nature which equally serve
humanitarian purposes.
Through June 30, 1956, commitments under-
taken under this authority approximate $260 mil-
lion in estimated Ceo costs. Programs already
authorized total $218 million, of which over two-
thirds, or about $150 million, was grain. Other
commodities include $31 million of fats and oils,
$27 million of milk and milk products, $7 million
of raw cotton, and $3 million of dry beans.
During the past 6 months, about $78 million
of shipments was authorized, bringing the total
authorizations for the fiscal year 1956 to $110 mil-
lion or about the same amount as last year. Ship-
ment of about 211,000 metric tons of food and
feedstuffs was authorized in connection with the
President's offer of assistance to Western Europe,
which was afflicted by one of the worst winters in
the past 2 or 3 decades. Over $19 million of food
and feedstuffs was provided to Italy to meet emer-
gency needs; over $13 million of grain, fats, and
milk products went to Turkey to help meet the
needs created by the winter emergency, as well
as that caused by severe earthquake and fire ; and
$3.2 million of grains, beans, and butter will be
distributed under the supervision of the League
of Red Cross Societies to the needy people afflicted
by storms and floods in Hungary. Still under dis-
cussion are programs for Greece and Yugoslavia
to replace stocks used for relief distribution. Ad-
ditional quantities of foods available in stocks
were distributed free by the voluntary agencies in
five countries, including France, Greece, Portugal,
Spain, and Italy. Shipments to replace these
stocks have been authorized under title III of
the act.
Other programs included the provision of $34.5
million of wheat and rice to Pakistan to avert
threatened famine as a result of floods and insect
damage to crops. Shipment of $1.2 million worth
of rice was authorized to Japan to replace that
which Laos had received earlier for drought relief.
Almost $6 million of wheat is being furnished to
Libya to meet the continuing shortage of food
Augusf 6, T956
237
grains in that country. About $1.3 million worth
of surjilus foods will be shipped to Western Ger-
many for assistance in feeding refugees and es-
capees from behind the Iron Curtain.
These programs are tyijical of those undertaken
during the last 2 years. Help has been supplied
to countries in many parts of the world including,
in addition to those already mentioned, India,
Nepal, Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam in the Far
East, several central and southern European coun-
tries, and several countries in Central and South
America. Expansion of school-lunch programs
in Japan and Italy has been made possible by con-
tributions of surplus foods. Relatively small
amounts of raw cotton have been made available
to United States voluntary agencies for manu-
facturing into bedding, towels, and shirts for free
distribution abroad.
As a general rule, foreign governments must
agree to distribute the commodities to needy peo-
ple. Packages or containers of food are labeled
as gifts of the United States. The foreign gov-
ernments arrange for suitable publicity within
their countries to publicize the gift of these com-
modities, as well as those furnished in bulk. In
a few instances it has been determined to be in our
national interest or has been necessary for prac-
tical reasons to permit foreign governments to use
some of tlie connnodities as payment for work re-
lief or for sale to consumers. If the latter is per-
mitted, the sales proceeds must be used by the
foreign government, upon agreement with the
United States, for purposes designed to strengthen
and rehabilitate its economy.
Title III
Title III of the act covers donations for domestic
use and for distribution abroad by nonprofit vol-
untary agencies and intergovernmental organiza-
tions as well as Ccc barter activities.
Section 302, domestic donations. — Since Janu-
ary 1, 1956, the distribution of surplus commodi-
ties to domestic outlets, which had been made
under authority of this act for the period July-
December 1955, has been made under authority of
section 32 of the act of August 24, 1935, as
amended. During the 6 months' period domestic
donations totaled approximately 450 million
pounds, an increase of about 55 percent over the
previous 6 months.
Section 302, foreign donations. — Section 302 of
the act authorizes donations of surplus foods in
Ccc stocks to United States nonprofit voluntary
relief agencies and to intergovernmental organiza-
tions, such as the United Nations International
Children's Emergency Fund and the American
Red Cross to assist needy persons outside of the
United States. Most of these agencies have been
making regular relief distribution around the
world for many years. The availability of sur-
plus foods permits them to distribute substantially
larger amounts of relief foods than would be pos-
sible from their own private financing.
As previously noted. Public Law 540 now makes
it jDOSsible to finance some of the ocean-freight
costs of these shipments, as well as processing,
packaging, and other related costs. The foreign
governments accord duty-free entrance to these
shipments and cover the cost of transportation
within their own countries. The United States
origin of the commodities is clearly identified as a
gift from the people of the United States. The
foods are given free to needy persons who do not
have the means to buy them. Program requests
and operations in each country are reviewed by a
committee consisting of representatives of United
States diplomatic missions, foreign governments,
and the voluntary agencies. Assurances are ob-
tained that the relief program does not conflict
with other United States suiplus food disposal
operations.
Wheat, rice, corn, and dry beans were added in
mid-December 1955 to the list of commodities
available for foreign donation. Butter and but-
ter oil have also been available but were with-
drawn on July 1, 195G, because Ccc inventories
of butter have been depleted and anticipated pur-
chases are expected to be sufficient only to cover
sales and requirements for domestic donations.
The quantity and value of commodities approved
for foreign donation for the period January-June
1956 are shown in table IV.
Section 303, barter : Prior barter legislation was
strengthened and reemphasized by this section.
Early legislation providing for barter included
the Commodity Credit Corporation Charter Act
of 1948, as amended, the Agricultural Act of 1949,
and the Agi-icultural Act of 1954. Section 303
directs the Secretary of Agriculture to use every
practicable means to expedite the barter or ex-
change of Ccc-owned agricultural commodities
for strategic materials entailing less risk of loss
238
Department of State Bulletin
through deterioration or subject to substantially
lower storage costs ; and for other materials, goods,
and equipment needed by Government agencies
for their programs. Further, other Government
TABLE IV
Commodities Approved for Donation for Foreign
Relief Through Nonprofit Voluntary Agencies
AND Intergovernmental Organizations, January-
June 1956
Commodity
Millions of
pounds
Millions of
dollars at
CCC cost
49.6
30.2
22.8
47.9
78.0
H. 7
180.3
104.0
224.7
4.4
Butter
20.1
19.7
21.3
3.0
1.4
33.2
Rice --.
15, 1
Wheat *
11.2
Total
744.2
129.4
agencies procuring such materials, goods, or equip-
ment are directed to cooperate with the Secretary
of Agriculture in the disposal of agricultural com-
modities by means of barter or exchange.
During the reporting period, the Agricultural
Act of 195G, containing certain barter provisions,
was enacted. This law provides that strategic and
other materials acquired by the Ccc through bar-
ter, unless obtained for other purposes, shall be
transferred to the supplemental stockpile estab-
lished by section 104 (b) of Public Law 480;
strategic materials acquired through barter may
be entered free of duty; and Ccc shall be reim-
bursed for materials transferred to the supple-
mental stockpile.
Barter transactions are effected through con-
tracts between Ccc and private United States
business firms which use commercial trade chan-
nels in fulfilling these contracts. Barter contracts
call for the delivery of specified materials with
payment to be received in Ccc-owned agricultural
commodities which must be exported by the con-
tractor. The origin of materials and the destina-
tion of agricultural commodities are limited to
friendly countries but are not required to be iden-
tical. Materials are valued at not to exceed cur-
rent mai'ket prices when the offer is accepted and
agricultural commodities are valued at prevailing
Ccc export prices applicable to export sales when
connnodities are taken by the contractor. Con-
tracts generally run for a period of up to 2 yeai'S.
As a supporting export program, barter is de-
signed to place private United States business
firms in a competitive position of purchasing ma-
terials from other countries conditional upon the
exportation of agricultural commodities in pay-
ment.
Barter contracts entered into during January-
June 1956 totaled $256.2 million, bringing the
total for 1955-56 to $305.3 million in comparison
with $281.8 million for 1954-55. During period
January-June 1956, agricultural commodities ex-
ported by contractors, largely against prior con-
tracts, totaled $106.8 million and materials deliv-
ered to Ccc totaled $105.7 million. The excess in
agricultural commodity exports is covered by cash
deposits or irrevocable letters of credit in favor
of Ccc.
Barter contracts entered into in the current
period were at a higher rate than during the July-
December 1955 and the July 1954-June 1955
jieriods and considerably above that for the first
5 years of the barter progi-am. Table V com-
pares barter contracts negotiated since the incep-
tion of the barter program for these periods.
TABLE V
Comparison of Barter Contracts Entered Into in
Specified Periods '
[Million dollars]
Materials
1949-50
through
1953-54
1954-55
July-De-
cember
1955
January-
June 1966
Strategic:
Minimum stfKitpilp
$71.8
$6.7
162.8
100.9
$0.7
2.3
43.8
$4.2
187.4
Supplemental stockpile type 2
55.6
Total strategic - _ ..
71.8
259.4
46.8
247.2
'"Pf&l.
28.4
7.4
22.4
2.3
6.3
TJpfpnse
2.7
35.8
22.4
2.3
9.0
Total -
107.6
281.8
49.1
256.2
1 Years beginning July 1.
' Acquired and held as assets by CCC using as a guide the ODM supple-
mental stockpile list tor kinds, quantities, and specifications. Materials to
be transferred to GSA as provided by sec. 206 of the Agricultural Act of 1956.
3 Nonstrategic materials, goods, and equipment for other Government
agencies.
Agricultural commodity exports by contractors
in fulfillment of barter contracts with Ccc totaled
$106.8 million for the period covered by this re-
port. This amount is $50.8 million, or one-third,
less than the value of barter exports for the July-
December 1955 period. The sharp decline results
from the low total value of new barter contracts of
$49.1 million concluded during the July-December
August 6, 1956
239
TABLE VI
Agricultural Commodities Exported Through Barter in Specified Periods'
Unit
1949-50
through
1953-54
1954-56
July-
December
1955
January-June 1956 '
Commodities
Under all
contracts
1954-55
contracts
1955-56
contracts
Bushel. -
Quantities in thousand units
33, 445
9,388
990
40, 261
4,381
4,725
6,244
2,835
217
19,687
23,473
39, 401
15, 925
21,905
6,884
2,786
15,044
31, 701
13, 292
4,011
14,415
4,342
404
6,980
7,059
632
1,904
626
24, 721
do
6,233
3,379
12,511
do - --
3,816
Rve
do
404
Pound
4,630
66
20
65
1
65
6
26
1
do.
Total quantity
1,227
1,759
3,043
1,783
447
1,336
MiUlon dollars
Total value
107.6
124.6
167.6
106.8
26.8
80.0
1 Year beginning July 1.
2 Includes partial estimate for June.
' January-June 1956 represents sales (exportation to be made within 1 year). Under new cotton export sales program (announcement CN-EX-2, dated
Apr. 17, 1956, as amended) a substantial increase is expected.
< Includes flaxseed, dried skim milk, rice, linseed oil, cottonseed meal, soybeans, tobacco, peanuts, and pinto beans.
1955 period (table V) because of restricted barter
opportunities in that period. However, barter ex-
ports are expected to rise during the next 6 months
in view of the larger amount of new barter con-
tracts of $256.2 million entered into during the re-
porting period.
A total of 35 different countries has received
agricultural commodities exported under barter
arrangements since the expanded barter program
beginning in 1954—55 through June 30, 1956, as
shown in table VII.
TABLE VII
Value of Agricultural Commodity Exports by Des-
tination, 1954—55 AND 1955-56 Barter Contracts
Through June 30, 1956 '
[Thousand dollars]
Country
Austria
Belgium.-
Colombia
Costa Rica
Denmark
Egypt
Finland
France
West Germany
Greece
Guatemala
India
Iran
Ireland.-
Israel-
Italy
Japan -
Korea
Value
4,082
39, 407
652
17
967
6,989
782
1,000
47, 820
11, 209
141
606
94
12, 974
6,986
4,474
64,892
3,084
Country
Mexico
Netherlands -..
Norway
Panama-
Peru
Portugal
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Taiwan (Formosa)
Trieste
Turkey
United Kingdom-
Venezuela
Yugoslavia
Others'.-
Total
Value
9,616
60, 683
II, 101
25
1,479
2,424
4,126
967
996
2,829
1,360
40, 699
39, 262
24
2,616
14, 875
389, 055
TABLE VIII
Value of Materials Delivered by Barter Contrac-
tors in Specified Periods'
[Value in million dollars]
1949-50
through
1953-64
1954-65
July-
Dec.
1965
January-June 1956 '
Materials
Under
all con-
tracts
1954-55
con-
tracts
1955-56
con-
tracts
Strategic:
Minimum stockpile
71.8
4.8
64.6
2.1
1.0
36.2
19.3
1.4
43.6
62.6
0.1
36.0
22.6
1.3
8.5
Supplemental stockpile 3.
30.0
Total strategic
71.8
61.6
66.6
97.5
67.7
39.8
'"p?jfr.
28.4
7.4
21.1
1.0
8.2
.1
8.1
Defense . - _
other
Total supply
35.8
21.1
I.O
8.2
.1
8.1
Total -
107.6
82.6
66.5
105.7
67.8
47.9
• Year beginning July I, Includes partial estimate for June.
•Includes Cuba ($1,000), Cyprus ($6,000). and other shipments for which
documents listing countries of destination have not been processed.
1 Years beginning July 1.
2 Includes partial estimate for June.
' Acquired and held as assets by CCC, using as a guide the ODM supple-
mental stockpile list for kinds, quantities, and specifications. Materials to
be transferred to GSA as provided by sec. 206 of the Agrlcultiu'al Act of 1966.
< Nonstrategic materials, goods, and equipment for other Government
agencies.
The rate of material deliveries to Ccc by con-
tractors against barter agreements in the report
period increased somewhat over that for past pe-
riods. Materials delivered by contractors, except
for supplemental-type strategic materials, either
have been transferred or are scheduled for transfer
to other agencies with full reimbursement to Ccc.
The acquisitions of supplemental-type strategic
240
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
materials have been limited to materials within the
Office of Defense Mobilization supplemental stock-
pile list and of a durable nature for which carrying
costs are significantly less than the carrying costs
for the agricultural commodities exchanged. As
provided by the Agricultural Act of 1956, supple-
mental-type strategic materials will be transferred
to the supplemental stockpile with reimbursement
to tlie Ccc. Materials delivered in the report pe-
riod compared with past deliveries are indicated in
table VIII.^
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 1st and 2d Sessions
Return of Con0scated Property. Hearings before a sub-
committee of tbe Senate Committee on the Judiciary on
S. 854, S. 995, S. 1405, S. 2227, and S. 3507 to transfer
the Office of Alien Property Custodian from the De-
partment of Justice to the Department of State, and
for other purposes. November 29, 30, 1955, and April
20, 1956. 688 pp.
84th Congress, 2d Session
Amendment to Cargo Preference Statutes. Hearings be-
fore a subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Inter-
state and Foreign Commerce on S. 2584, a bill to exempt
sales of surplus agricultural commodities for foreign
currencies from certain statutes relating to shipping.
April 19, 20, and 26, 1956. 161 pp.
The Supplemental Appropriation Bill, 1957. Hearings be-
fore the Senate Committee on Appropriations on H. R.
12138, an act making supplemental appropriations for
the fiscal year ending June 30, 1957, and for other pur-
poses. 799 pp. [Civil Functions Department of the
Army, Government and Relief in Occupied Areas, May
* An appendix to this report contains the follovying
additional tables (not printed here) :
Table I : Commodity composition of programs under
title I, Public Law 480 agreements signed through June
30, 1956.
Table II : Commodity composition of programs under
title I, Public Law 480 agreements signed Jan. 1, 1956,
through June 30, 1956.
Table III : Approximate quantities of commodities
under agreements signed through June 30, 1956, title I,
Public Law 480.
Table IV : Approximate quantities of commodities under
agreements signed Jan. 1, 1956, through June 30, 1956,
title I, Public Law 480.
Table V : Planned uses of foreign currency under title
I, Public Law 480 agreements signed Jan. 1-June 30, 1956.
Table VI : Planned uses of foreign currency under title
I, Public Law 480 agreements signed through June 30,
1956.
Table VII : Transfer authorizations issued under title
II, Public Law 480, July 1, 1954, to June 30, 1956.
23, 1956; Export-Import Bank of Washington, July 2,
1956 ; Department of State, July 9, 1956 : International
Fisheries Commissions. Extension and Remodeling of
State Department Building, Payment of Vatican Claims,
Missions to International Organizations, Funds Appro-
priated to the President — President's Special Interna-
tional Program.]
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Hearing before a
subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Foreign Rela-
tions pursuant to S. Res. 93 and S. Res. 185. Part 7,
June 7, 1956. 45 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Community Act of 1955.
Report to accompany S. 3822. S. Rept. 2528, June 11,
1956. 15 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
Report to accompany S. 4112. S. Rept. 2298, June 22,
1956. 21 pp.
East-West Trade. Hearing Before tlie Permanent Sub-
committee on Investigations of the Senate Committee on
Government Operations. Part 3, June 26, 1956. 6 pp.
Influence of Cargo Preference Statutes on the Surplus
Agricultural Disposal Program. S. Rept. 2376, June 27,
1956. 24 pp.
Commercial Treaties With Iran, Nicaragua, and the
Netherlands. Hearing before the Senate Committee on
Foreign Relations on Executive E, a Treaty of Amity,
Economic Relations, and Consular Rights with Iran ;
Executive G, a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, and
Navigation With the Republic of Nicaragua ; and Execu-
tive H, a Treaty of Friendship, Commerce, and Naviga-
tion With the Kingdom of the Netherlands. July 3,
1956. 24 pp.
Tax Convention With the Republic of Honduras Relating
to Double Taxation. Message from the President trans-
mitting a Convention between the United States of
America and the Republic of Honduras for the avoid-
ance of double taxation and the prevention of fiscal
evasion with respect to taxes on income, signed at
Washington on June 25, 1956. S. Exec. K, July 11, 1956.
22 pp.
Extension of Export-Import Bank Act of 1945. Report
to accompany S. 3868. S. Rept. 2487, July 11, 1056. 7 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
Report to accompany S. 4203. S. Rept. 2530, July 11,
1956. 15 pp.
Transfer of Guar Seed to Free List. Report to accompany
H. R. 9396. H. Rept. 2681, July 11, 1956. 2 pp.
Importation of Lathes Used for Shoe Last Roughing and
Shoe Last Finishing. Report to accompany H. R. 10177.
H. Rept. 2682, July 11, 1956. 3 pp.
World Health Assembly. Report to accompany H. J. Res.
659. H. Rept. 2690, July 11, 1956. 4 pp.
Operation of Article VII, NATO Status of Forces Treaty.
Report of the Senate Committee on Armed Services
made by its Subcommittee on the Operation of Article
VII of the NATO Status of Forces Agreement to review
operation of article VII of the agreement between the
parties to the North Atlantic Treaty regarding the
status of their forces covering period from December 1,
1954, through November 30, 1955. S. Rept. 2558, July 12,
1956. 12 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended.
Report to accompany H. R. 12215. H. Rept. 2695, July
12, 1956. 15 pp.
Foreign Service Act Amendments of 1956. Report to ac-
company S. 3481. H. Rept. 2696, July 12, 1956. 64 pp.
Approving Relinquishment of United States Consular
Jurisdiction in Morocco. Report to accompany H. J.
Res. 657. H. Rept. 2697, July 12, 1956. 12 pp.
Authorizing the Sale of Certain Vessels to Brazil. Report
to accompany H. J. Res. 677. H. Rept. 2699, July 12,
19.56. 3 pp.
Customs Simplification Act of 1956. Report together with
minority views to accompany H. R. 6040. S. Rept. 2560,
July 13, 19.56. 28 pp.
Authorizing Canadian Vessels to Transport Coal to Og-
densburg, N.Y. Report to accompany H.R. 9874. H.
Rept. 2711, July 13, 1956. 5 pp.
August 6, 1956
241
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings ^
Adjourned During July 1956
ICAO Assembly: 10th Session Caracas June 19-July 17
International Association for Bridge and Structural Engineering: Lisbon June 25-July 2
6th Congress.
U.N. Committee on South- West Africa New York June 26-July 12
U.N. ECE Coal Statistics Working Party Geneva July 2-4
U.N. ECE Committee on Agricultural Problems: 7th Meeting . . Geneva July 2-7
FAO Technical Advisory Committee on Desert Locust Control: Tehran July 3-5
6th Session.
U.N. Disarmament Commission New York July 3-13
U.N. ECOSOC Technical Assistance Committee Geneva July 4-6
FAO Desert Locust Control Committee: 3d Session Tehran July 8-12
19th International Conference on Public Education (Joint IBE/ Geneva July 9-17
UNESCO).
UNESCO Executive Board: 44th Session Paris July 11-31
International Whaling Commission: 8th Meeting London July 16-20
WMO Panel on Water Resources Development Geneva July 16-18
OEEC Ministerial Meeting Paris July 17-19
International Wheat Council: 19th Session London July 17 (one day)
Conference of Governments Signatory to the International Wheat London July 18-19
Agreement, 1956.
Commemorative Meeting of Presidents of American Republics . . Panamd. July 21-22
International Congress on Housing and Town Planning Vienna July 22-26
FAO/OIE Meeting on Control of Tick-borne Diseases of Livestock . Rome July 23-27
In Session as of July 31, 1956
North Pacific Fur Seal Conference Washington Nov. 28 (1955)-
U.N. Trusteeship Council: 18th Session New York June 7-
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 22d Session Geneva July 9-
International Association of Theoretical and Applied Limnology: Helsinki July 27-
13th Congress.
PAIGH Commission on Geography: Meeting of National Mem- Rio de Janeiro July 30-
bers.
International Union of Physiological Sciences: 1st General Assem- Brussels July 30-
bly.
20th International Physiological Congress Brussels. July 30-
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Housing and Building Materials: Bangkok July 30-
4th Meeting.
Scheduled August 1- October 31, 1956
International Conference of Social Work: 8th Session Munich August 6-
U.N. European Regional Consultative Group on the Prevention of Geneva August 6-
Crime and Treatment of Offenders: 3d Session.
U.N. ECAFE/UNESCO Seminar on Urbanization Bangkok August 8-
International Geographical Union: 9th General Assembly Rio de Janeiro August 9—
18th International Geographical Congress Rio de Janeiro August 9-
ITU International Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR): 8th Warsaw August 9-
Plenary Session.
U.N. Conference of Plenipotentiaries on a Supplementary Con- Geneva August 13-
vention on the Abolition of Slavery, the Slave Trade and In-
stitutions and Practices Similar to Slavery.
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, July 20, 1956. Asterisks indicate tentative dates. Following
is a list of abbreviations: ICAO, International Civil Aviation Organization; U. N., United Nations; ECE, Economic
Commission for Europe; FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization; ECOSOC, Economic and Social Council; IBE, Inter-
national Bureau of Education; UNESCO, United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; WMO, World
Meteorological Organization; OEEC, Organization for European Economic Cooperation; OIE, International Office of
Epizootics; PAIGH, Pan American Institute of Geography and History; ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and the
Far East; ITLT, International Telecommunication Union; CCIR, Comity consultatif international des radiocommunica-
tions; ILO, International Labor Organization; SEATO, Southeast Asia Treaty Organization; WHO, World Health Organ-
ization; PASO, Pan American Sanitary Organization; ICEM, Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration;
GATT, General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade.
242 Department of State Bulletin
Scheduled August 1- October 31, 1956 — Continued
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Transportation and Communica-
tions: Committee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous
Goods.
17th International Exhibition of Cinematographic Art
10th International Congress of Entomology
lOtli International Edinburgh Film Festival
American International Institute for the Protection of Childhood:
Directing Council.
6th International Congress of Soil Science
5th International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological
Sciences.
ICAO Legal Committee: Subcommittee on Legal Status of Aircraft .
Atlantic Treaty Association Education Conference
FAO Council: 25th Session
6th ILO Regional Conference of American States Members
8th International Congress for the History of Science and 4th Gen-
eral Assembly of the International Union for the History of
Science.
SEATO Committee of Economic Experts
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: Group of Experts To
Study Certain Technical Railway Questions.
International Geological Congress: 26th Session
U.N. ECAFE Railway Subcommittee: 5th Session of Working
Party on Railway Track Sleepers.
ICAO Joint Financing Conference To Revise the Danish and Ice-
landic Agreements.
WHO Regional Committee for Western Pacific: 7th Session ....
FAO Conference: Special Session
PASO Executive Committee: 29th Meeting
U.N. Expert Committee To Review Salary Allowance and Benefits
System: 2d Session.
9th Meeting of PASO Directing Council and 8th Meeting of Re-
gional Committee of WHO for the Americas.
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Economic Development and
Planning: 2d Meeting.
3d ICAO Air Navigation Conference
ILO Tripartite Preparatory Technical Maritime Conference . . .
International Atomic Energy Agency: General Conference on the
Draft Statute.
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and In-
ternational Monetary Fund: 11th Annual Meeting of Boards
of Governors.
14th International Dairy Congress
ICEM Executive Committee: 5th Session
2d International Congress of Tribunals of Accounts
3d International Congress on Archives
PASO Executive Committee: 30th Meeting
U. N. Advisory Committee on Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy . .
Pan American Highway Congresses: 2d Meeting of Permanent Ex-
ecutive Committee.
ICEM Council: 5th Session
U. N. International Sugar Conference
UNESCO Regional Conference on Exchange of Publications in
Latin America.
Hague Conference on International Private Law: 8th Session . . .
U. N. Committee on Question of Defining Aggression
International Congress of National Libraries (with UNESCO) . .
GATT Contracting Parties: 11th Session
ILO -Advisory Committee on Salaried Employees and Professional
Workers: 4th Session.
U.N. ECE Committee on the Development of Trade: 5th Session .
WMO Commission for Maritime Meteorology: 2d Session ....
South Pacific Commission: 16th Session
International Union of Official Travel Organizations: 11th Assembly
U.N. ECE Timber Committee
IT.N. Scientific Committee on Effects of Atomic Radiation: 2d
Meeting.
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 1st Meeting of Consul-
tative Subcommittee on Rice.
U.N. ECE Electric Power Committee: Working Party on Rural
Electrification.
U.N. ECAFE Committee on Industry and Trade: 2d Session of
the Trade Subcommittee.
UNESCO Executive Board: 45th Session
International Council for the Exploration of the Sea: 44th Annual
Meeting.
Geneva August 15-
Venice August 16-
Montreal August 17-
Edinburgh August 19-
Montevideo August 27-
Paris August 29-
Philadelphia September 1-
(Undetermined) September 3-
Paris September 3-
Rome September 3-
Habana September 3-
Florence and Milan September 3-
Bangkok September 3-
Geneva September 3-
M6xico, D. F September 4-
Bangkok September 5-
(Undetermined) September 6-
Manila September 7-
Rome September 10-
Antigua (Guatemala) .... September 1 1-
New York September 13-
Antigua (Guatemala) .... September 16-
Bangkok September 17-
Montreal September 18-
London September 19-
New York September 20-
Washington September 24-
Rome September 24-
Geneva September 24*-
Brussels September 24-
Florence September 25-
Antigua (Guatemala) .... September 29-
New York September-
Washington October 1-
Geneva October 1*-
New York October 1-
Habana October 1-
The Hague October 3-
New York October 8~
Habana October 10-
Geneva October 11-
Geneva October 15-
Geneva October 15-
Hamburg (Germany) . . . October 16-
Noum& (New Caledonia) . October 19-
Vienna October 22-
Geneva October 22-
New York October 22-
Rome October 24-
Geneva October 29-
Tokyo October 29-
New Delhi October 29-
(Undetermined) October-
Augusf 6, 1956
243
Morocco Recommended for Admission
to United Nations
Statements hy James J. Wadsicorth
Dejmty V.S. Representative to the U.N}
U.S. /U.N. press release 2438
The United States wholeheartedly supports the
application of Morocco for membership in the
United Nations. Today the Security Council
will, I am confident, approve Morocco's applica-
tion unanimously. In doing so, the Council will
be recormnending for membership a state whose
nationhood extends across 12 centuries.
My country, as a free nation, welcomes the
opportunity it has today to cast a vote for another
free nation. The action which the Security
Council can take today will affinn the full stature
of the African country "farthest west." ^
"Wlien France and Morocco on March 2 of this
year reached agreement that Morocco was again
to be fully independent, the United States wel-
comed this as farsighted statesmanship.^
The United States is happy that France, a
country who helped us win our independence,
now sponsors this application of Morocco. We
are gratified that France and Morocco have found
agreement which has culminated in this action.
Morocco, by its acceptance of the solemn obliga-
tions of the charter, strengthens the United
Nations. Morocco will bring to the United
Nations the richness of a heritage which has been
a main current in the stream of history. Our
vote will be in favor of Morocco's application.
U.S./U.N. press release 2439
The unanimous vote which the Security Coun-
cil has just cast in favor of Moroccan membership
in the United Nations is an action in keeping with
the letter and spirit of article 4 of the United
Nations Charter, which opens membership to all
jDeace-loving states accepting the obligations of
the charter and, in the judgment of the organi-
zation, able and willing to carry out these
obligations.
After a period when membership remained
almost static because of consistent abuse of the
veto, the 10th session of the General Assembly
saw the coming into membership of 16 nations.
On February 6 of this year, the Security Coun-
cil took the significant and unanimous action of
recommending the Republic of Sudan for mem-
bership. That action had no overtones of political
barter. It was taken on the merits of Sudan
herself.
This is thus the second instance this year when
we have considered individual applicants on their
merits and when there has been no attempt to in-
troduce considerations alien to the charter as a
condition for membersliip — neither "package
deals" nor extraneous consideration of any kind.
Unfortunately, this proper action with respect
to these states only serves to highlight the grave
injustice which is still being perpetuated against
one of the world's oldest sovereign states — Japan.
The United Nations needs the full participation
of Japan, which has demonstrated its devotion to
the purposes and principles of the United Na-
tions Charter. The United States will continue
to work for Japan's early admission in accordance
with the precedents established in the case of the
Republic of Sudan and now, today, the case of
Morocco. The same considerations apply to the
Republic of Korea and Viet-Nam, unjustly
blocked from taking their proper places in the
United Nations.
Search for Permanent Solutions
to tlie Refugee Problem
Statement hy John C. Baker ^
Before commenting on the report which is now
before the Council ^ and which has just been am-
plified by the excellent statement by Mr. Read,'
I would like to take this opportmiity to express
a tribute from all of us to a truly great humani-
tarian.
The sudden death of Dr. van Heuven Goedhart
1 Made In the Security Council on July 20.
" Morocco has often been referred to in history as tlie
Maghreb al-Aksa, meaning "Land Farthest West."
' Bulletin of Mar. 19, 1956, p. 466.
' Made at the 22d session of the IT.N. Economic and
Social Council at Geneva on July 13 (U.S. delegation
press release). Mr. Baker is U.S. representative on the
Council.
- Report of the U.N. High Commissioner for Eefugees
(U.N. doc. E/2887).
^ James M. Read, Deputy High Commissioner for
Refugees.
244
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
only a few days ago is a serious blow not only
to the cause of refugees throughout the world but
also to the forces of good striving for a better
world. His death is a tragic loss to all and
especially to the hundreds of thousands of refu-
gees in many different countries. The devotion
and courage, the tireless energy and singleness
of purpose with which he applied himself to his
work cannot be surpassed. With a reluctance to
accept compromises which would prejudice the
truth, and with brilliant insight, he went straight
to the heart of a problem. And perhaps most
of all, he had a warm and a sensitive heart which
showed itself not only in his concern for refugees
throughout the world but also in his day-to-day
contacts with those who were privileged to know
him.
Just as his life was an inspiration to all who
came under his influence, his death imposes upon
us an obligation to rededicate ourselves even more
strongly to the work to which he gave his life.
There is still much to be done.
It is with this thought in mind that the United
States delegation together with the delegation
from Norway has introduced the resolution which
has recently been distributed. The purpose of
this resolution is to express our deep regret over
his death and as a tribute to his memory to bring
to a successful conclusion with all possible speed
the program of permanent solutions to refugee
problems.
Before going into the need for the urgent action
recommended in the resolution, I would like to
make a few comments on the excellent report of
the High Commissioner which is now before the
Council. This report indicates that, in spite of a
chronic shortage of funds, substantial progress is
being made on the refugee problem. At the be-
ginning of 1955, it was estimated that some 300,000
refugees coming within the High Commissioner's
mandate were unsettled and needed assistance. Of
these, more than 84,000 were in refugee camps.
The High Commissioner's report indicates that
the nmnber of unsettled refugees has now been
reduced to some 250,000, and the number in camps
to about 70,000. "VVliile these figures still indicate
an acute problem, we are grateful for the prog-
ress which has been made during the last year.
The report before us, which is a straightforward,
factual, and precise chronicle of achievement, is
adequate testimony of this progi'ess, and I would
like to express to the staff of the High Commis-
sioner the great appreciation of my delegation.
As we can see from this report, the Office of the
High Commissioner has been very active. It has,
for example, in the field of international protec-
tion, continued to promote ratification of the 1951
Convention on the Status of Eefugees. Three
ratifications have been obtained in the last year,*
bringing the total to 18 ^ — which is more than for
any previous convention pertaining to refugees.
In a related area, the report indicates progress
in obtaining for refugees the right to work, the
benefits of education, and public assistance. Con-
cessions in these areas not only are of great im-
portance to the thousands of unsettled refugees
but also redound to the benefit of the hundreds of
thousands of other refugees who have managed to
establish themselves in new homes throughout the
free world.
United Nations Refugee Fund
For the unsettled refugees and more particularly
for those in camps and for the so-called "difficult
cases," the High Commissioner has been especially
active in administering the program of the United
Nations Kefugee Fund which the General Assem-
bly authorized at its ninth session.'' The activity
in this connection has been summarized in chapter
I of the report in a concise and complete manner,
and we also have before us the reports of the
Unref Executive Committee on its second and
third sessions.^
I believe the members of the Council will agree
that the Unref program, in addition to having a
direct effect on the refugee problem, has within
the space of a year stimulated a general aware-
ness and concern for the problems of the refugees
whom it is seeking to assist. For example, we
have noted that, in addition to the contributions
to the fund by govermnents and private sources,
including especially that of the Netherlands Na-
tional Campaign, governments of the countries of
residence have taken increasingly active measures
on behalf of refugees. These measures have in-
* Ecuador, Holy See, and Iceland.
" The first 15 to ratify were Australia, Austria, Belgium,
Denmark, France, Federal Republic of Germany, Israel,
Italy, Luxembourg, Morocco, the Netherlands, Norway,
Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom.
"For text of General Assembly resolution 832 (IX),
see Bulletin of Nov. S, 1954, p. 705.
' U.N. docs. A/AC.79/28 and A/AC.79/41.
August 6, 1956
245
eluded the commitment of nearly $4 million in
local contributions from governments and other
sources within the countries of asylum to the 1955
program.
The importance of these efforts to integiate
refugees in the countries of residence has been re-
peatedly stressed by the High Commissioner. The
establishment of such a progi-am in which the
countries of residence actually participate is in-
deed one of the major accomplishments of the
High Commissioner. In this connection, the reso-
lution adopted at the third session of the Unref
Text of Resolution '
The Econwnic and Social Cminoil,
Recalling with gratitucJe the work accomplished
by Dr. G. J. van Heuven Goedhart as United Na-
tions High Commissioner for Kefugees,
Mindful of liis devoted and untiring efforts to
lead the nations to a final solution of the refugee
problem,
Noting with satisfaction the Report of the United
Nations High Commissioner for Refugees,
1. Expresses its deep regret over his untimely
passing ;
2. Reaflirm-s its abiding interest in tiuding as
quickly as possible permanent solutions to the refu-
gee problem ;
3. Urges aU Governments to do everything in
their jwwer to support the work on behalf of ref-
ugees in the spirit in which it was carried forward
by the late High Commissioner, and as a solemn
tribute to his memory, to bring it to a successful
conclusion.
'U.N. doc. E/Hes (XXII)/2, adopted by the
Council on July 13 by a vote of 15 to 0 with three
abstentions (Czechoslovakia, U.S.S.R., Yugoslavia).
Executive Committee urging governments to effect
a systematic closure of camps in connection with
the integi-ation program is a notable step toward
the solution of refugee problems. The contribu-
tion of individuals and groups may be of great
help toward the closure of camps. It is, for ex-
ample, interesting to see that the camp adoption
scheme, originated and coordinated by the High
Commissioner, has resulted in the adoption by
various groups of 153 camps. This is more than
75 percent of the total number in existence.
In accordance with the hope expressed by the
246
Council at its 20th session,^ the High Commis-
sioner has interested many countries in receiving
difficult cases, which include refugees who are
tubercular, aged, or otherwise disabled.
At tliis point may I call attention to the splendid
efforts, noted in the report, of other agencies on
behalf of refugees. Foremost among these are the
great voluntary agencies which have for many
years played and continue to play an indispen-
sable role.
In addition to expressing our thanks for this
excellent report, my delegation would like to ex-
tend heartiest congratulations to the entire staff
which, under the inspired leadership of the High
Commissioner, was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize
of 1954. This award is a most fitting tribute to
their work.
Need for Financial Support
Although substantial progress has been made in
the past few years in helping the refugees, there
is still another side of the picture which is quite
alarming. Only about half of the amount due
under the 4-year progi-am of $16 million in gov-
ernmental contributions has been received. This
means that only about half of the program of per-
manent solutions scheduled for 1956 can be im-
plemented this year. Many projects already ap-
proved have been held up because of lack of funds.
This situation, to which the High Commissioner
has drawn attention in the introduction to his re-
port, is of such a nature as to throw into question
the seriousness with which member governments
regard a special program which the General As-
sembly may decide to supjjort. Indeed, the ma-
jority of governments which supported the adop-
tion of General Assembly resolution 832 (IX)
are not among those who have contributed to
Unref.
In this connection, I want to point out that my
Government believes that special voluntary pro-
grams under the auspices of the United Nations
should have general international support and
that, when such support is not forthcoming, it is
faced with considerable difficulties in justifying
its own participation. However, I am pleased to
report that the President has asked the Congress
for $1,500,000 for the 1956 program, and, in order
'U.N. doc. E/Kes. 089 (XX).
Department of Stale Bulletin
to enable the U.S. contribution to be made early
in the year, $800,000 is requested for the first half
of 1957. Final action on this matter has not yet
been taken by the Congress.^ The payment of the
contribution will be related to the contributions
from other governments.
In conclusion, Mr. President, I have attempted
to point out that, althougli considerable progress
has been made in the solution of the refugee prob-
lem, this progress will be jeopardized unless ac-
tion to implement the full program is promptly
undertaken. The amount needed to complete the
program, as the distinguished representative from
the Netherlands has just mentioned, is $11,500,000
during the next 2i/^ years. Surely this com-
paratively small amount for such a great need can
be raised without further delay.
I invite all delegations here to join in the spon-
sorship of the resolution presented by the delega-
tions of Norway and the United States. The
cause to which the High Commissioner dedicated
his life must be carried on with increased vigor
both by governments which have already con-
tributed and by governments whose contributions
we confidently expect.
Significance of Gold Coast Elections
Statement by Mason Sears ^
By a joint resolution the 83d Congress of the
United States extended its cordial greetings to the
people of the Gold Coast and expressed its inter-
est in their many progressive achievements in the
building of democratic institutions.
Kecalling this expression of good will, the
United States delegation wishes to congratulate
the people of the Gold Coast and Togoland for
the way they handled the July 17 elections.
For the Gold Coast it means the end of its status
as a colonial territory.
For Togoland we are hopeful that this election
will be considered as a reinforcement of the recent
plebiscite and that the end of trusteeship will be
approved by the United Nations.
'The Congress has appropriated $1,900,000 to be used
for calendar year 1956 and the first half of calendar year
1937.
' Made in the U.N. Trusteeship Council on July 19
(U.S./U.N. press release 2437). Mr. Sears is U.S. rep-
resentative on the Council.
It only remains now for the newly elected legis-
lature of the Gold Coast to adopt a motion for
independence, which the British Government has
already promised to accept.
The emergence of this part of West Africa into
nationhood marks the first occasion of its kind in
tlie history of Afi-ica south of the great deserts.
The success with which the powers of govern-
ment have been transferred from the British peo-
ple to the people of the Gold Coast should be a
matter of international recognition. It points up
how naturally adaptable and cooperative the
African people can be if given a proper chance to
adjust their ways to the complications which have
come to them from contacts with the people of
Europe and Asia and the New World.
It should also emphasize how much the British
people are doing all over the world — in Nigeria,
in the Cameroons, in the Caribbean, in Malaya,
and elsewhere — toward the rapid promotion of
self-government and independence.
The future of the Gold Coast is about to be
placed entii'ely in the hands of its own people. In
the meantime the theory which Prime Minister
Nkrumah has so often proclaimed — that it is bet-
ter to have self-government with danger than ser-
vitude in tranquillity — will be tested in his coun-
try as it was in my own during the first years of
our Republic.
In the period ahead we believe that a spirit of
national pride and patriotism will guide the ac-
tivities of the Gold Coast people. This is of spe-
cial importance because the contribution which
the Gold Coast can make by its example to the
welfare and stability of Africa during the next
few years will mean much not only to the African
Continent but to the rest of the world.
The United States delegation wishes Prime
Minister Nkrumah every success as the first leader
of this new African democracy.
U. S. Delegations to
International Conferences
International Union of Physiological Sciences
The Department of State announced on July
24 (press release 409) that the U.S. Government
will be represented by the following delegation
at the first general assembly ot the International
August 6, 1956
247
Union of Physiological Sciences, which will con-
vene at Brussels, Belgium, on July 30, 1956.
Wallace Osgood Fenn, chairman, Professor of Physiology,
School of Medicine and Dentistry, .University of
Rochester
Ko Kuei Chen, Professor of Pharmacology, School of
Medicine, University of Indiana
Ralph Waldo Gerard, Professor of Neurophysiology,
Mental Health Research Institute, University of
Michigan
Dr. Carl Frederic Schmidt, Professor of Pliarmaeology,
University of Pennsylvania
Maurice B. Visscher, Head of the Department of Physiol-
ogy, University of Minnesota
Concurrently, the 20th International Physio-
logical Congress is being held under the sponsor-
ship of the International Union of Physiological
Sciences, which in August 1955 was admitted to
membership in the International Council of
Scientific Unions ( Icsu) . This is one of the oldest
international congresses in the general field of
science, the first meeting having been held in
Switzerland in 1889. Since then meetings have
been held triennially except for the two world war
periods.
International Finance Corporation
Begins Operations
The AVorld Bank announced on July 25 the
formation of the International Finance Corpora-
tion and the appointment by its Board of Directors
of Robert L. Garner to be president of the corpo-
ration. Ire is now established as an affiliate of
the World Bank with the purpose of encouraging
the growth of productive private enterprise, par-
ticularly in the less developed areas of the world.
Eugene R. Black, president of the World Bank, is
chairman of the Board of Directors of the
corporation.
Mr. Garner was appointed at the first meeting
of the Board of Directors on July 24. The Board
also adopted a number of resolutions to enable
Ifc to begin operations. Among them was a reso-
lution calling on Ifc's present member govern-
ments to make full payment for their shares of the
corporation's capital stock. The payment is to be
made in gold or U. S. dollars within 30 days, or
by August 23, 1956.
The corporation is beginning its of)erations with
31 member countries and capital subscriptions
amounting to $78,366,000. Ire's Articles of Agree-
ment stipulate that the new institution would come
into existence when at least 30 countries had sub-
scribed at least $75 million of the authorized capi-
tal of $100 million. These requirements were met
when France and Germany took final action for
membership on July 20. Additional countries
which fulfilled membership requirements between
June 15 and July 24 were Colombia, Denmark,
Finland, and Japan. Other members of the bank
eligible to be original members of Ifc have until
December 31, 1956, to complete action for member-
ship, and most of them have indicated their inten-
tion to do so.^
Membership in the corporation is open to coun-
tries which are members of the World Bank, and
members are represented on the Board of Directors
of the corporation by the same directors who rep-
resent them in the bank. At present there are 12
directors of the corporation.
The corporation expects to make extensive use
of the experience and personnel of the bank. The
treasurer, secretary, director of administration,
and director of information of the bank have been
appointed to the same positions in Ifc. The
corporation's operating staff will be relatively
small, and arrangements are now being comjileted
for the employment of staff members of several
different nationalities.
The corporation will invest in prodvictive pri-
vate undertakings, in association with private
investors, in cases where sufficient private capital
is not available on reasonable terms. In general,
Ifc will aim to stimulate, and to help to create
conditions which will stimulate, the flow of both
domestic and international private investment into
productive private enterprises.
Investments will be made by the corporation
without governmental guaranty. The corpora-
tion is not itself authorized to invest in capital
stock, but, apart from this one restriction, it can
make its investments in any form it considers
appropriate. It may, for instance, buy securities
which give it the right to participate in the profits
of an enterprise and which, when sold, can be con-
' The United States completed the action required for
membership on Dec. 5, 1955 (Btilletin of Jan. 9, 1956,
p. 54). For President Eisenhower's message to Congress
recommending U.S. participation and a summary of the
principal features of IFC, see iMd., May 23, 1955, p. 844.
248
Department of Sfate BuUefin
verted by the purchasers into capital stock. Ifo
will usually make all or part of each investment
on a basis approximating venture capital. It will
not, however, assume responsibility for managing
enterprises in which it invests.
The corporation has authority to invest in any
kind of productive private enterprise, including
agricultural, financial, and commercial undertak-
ings, but its main emphasis is likely to be on in-
dustry. The corporation will invest in an enter-
prise only if it is satisfied that the private interests
concerned are contributing their full share of the
funds required and that the remaining require-
ments cannot be met from other sources on rea-
sonable terms. Ifc's investments will supplement,
and not take the place of, private capital.
The corporation will seek to revolve its funds
by selling its investments to private investors
whenever it can appropriately do so on satisfac-
tory terms. It will be authorized to raise addi-
tional funds by selling its own obligations in the
market, but it is not likely to do so in the early
years of its operations.
IFC Members and Subscriptions to Capital Stoci(
as of July 24, 1956
Amount
(in U.S.
Country dollars)
Australia 2, 215, 000
Bolivia 78, 000
Canada 3,600,000
Ceylon 166, 000
Colombia 388, 000
Costa Rica 22, 000
Denmark 753, 000
Dominican Republic 22, 000
Ecuador 35,000
Egypt 590, 000
El Salvador 11,000
Ethiopia 33, 000
Finland 421, 000
France 5, 815, 000
Germanv 3, 655, 000
Guatemala 22, 000
Haiti 22, 000
Honduras , 11,000
Iceland 11,000
India 4,431,000
Japan 2, 769, 000
Jordan 33, 000
Mexico 720, 000
Nicaragua 9, 000
Norway 554, 000
Pakistan 1, 108, 000
Panama 2, 000
Peru 194, 000
Sweden 1, 108, 000
United Kingdom 14, 400, 000
United States 35, 168, 000
Total 78,366,000
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Finance
Articles of agi'eement of the International Finance Cor-
poration. Done at Washington May 25, 1955.
Entered into force July 20, 1956, for: Australia, Bolivia,
Canada, Ceylon, Colombia, Costa Rica, Denmark,
Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador,
Ethiopia, Finland, France, Federal Republic of Ger-
many, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Iceland, India,
Japan, Jordan, Mexico, Nicaragua, Norway, Pakis-
tan, Panama, Peru, Sweden, United Kingdom, and
the United States.
Japan
Treaty of peace with Japan. Signed at San Francisco
September 8, 1951. Entered into force April 28, 1952.
TIAS 2490.
Ratification deposited: Philippines, July 23, 1956.
Telecommunications
International telecommunication convention. Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1952. Entered into force
January 1, 1954. TIAS 3266.
Ratification deposited {with reservations): Poland,
June 22, 1956.
Final protocol to the international telecommunication
convention. Signed at Buenos Aires December 22, 1952.
Entered into force January 1, 1954. TIAS 3266.
Ratification deposited: Poland, June 22, 1956.
Additional protocols to the international telecommunica-
tion convention. Signed at Buenos Aires December 22,
1952. Entered Into force December 22, 1952.
Ratification deposited: Poland, June 22, 1956.
Wheat
International wheat agreement, 1956. Open for signature
at Washington through May 18, 1956.
Acceptance deposited: India, July 19, 1956.
BILATERAL
Burma
Agreement providing technical services to Burma in ex-
change for kyat funds to be used for the purchase of
rice. Effected by exchange of notes at Rangoon June
30, 1956. Entered into force June 30, 1956.
Colombia
Agreement for establishment and operation of a rawin-
sonde observation station on island of San Andrfis.
Effected by exchange of notes at Bogota February 6 and
March 14, 1956. TIAS 3611.
Entered into force: July 6, 1956 (date of signature of
a memorandum of arrangement).
Agreement amending agreement of February 6 and March
14, 1956 (TIAS 3611) for establishment of a mete-
orological station on island of San Ajidres. Effected
by exchange of notes at Bogota June 7, 13, and 20, 1956.
TIAS 3611.
Entered into force: July 6, 1956 (upon entry into force
of agreement of February 6 and March 14, 1956).
Avgust 6, 1956
249
Ethiopia
Agreement amending and extending the cooperative pro-
gram agreement for studv of water resources of June
23 and 24, 1952, as amended (TIAS 2662, 2814, and
3025). Effected by excliange of notes at Addis Ababa
June 26 and 27, 1956. Entered into force June 27, 1950.
United Kingdom
Agreement amending the agreement for cooperation con-
cerning civil uses of atomic energy of June 15, 1955
(TIAS 3321). Signed at Washington June 13, 1956.
Entered into force: July 16, 1956.
Confirmations
Tlie Senate on July 26 confirmed George V. Allen to
be Ambassador to Greece.
The Senate on July 26 confirmed Henry A. Byroade to
be Ambassador to the Union of South Africa.
The Senate on July 26 confirmed William M. Rountree
to be an Assistant Secretary of State.
The Senate on July 26 confirmed Edward T. Wailes to
be aiinister to Hungary.
PUBLICATIONS
Foreign Relations Volume
Press release 399 dated July 19
The Department of State on July 28 released
Foreign Relations of the United States, 19^1, Vol-
ume IV, The Far East. This volume will be fol-
lowed by volume V, also on the Far East. These
two volumes deal chiefly with situations and
events which culminated in the attack on Pearl
Harbor and the precipitation of the United States
into World War II.
More than two-thirds of this volume deals with
the discussions regarding the possibility of a peace-
ful settlement of the conflicting interests of the
United States and Japan arising from Japan's un-
declared war in China, her expansionist moves
southward, and her link with the Axis Powers.
Papers on these subjects are arranged in six chron-
ological chapters.
The two volumes of Foreign Relations on Japan,
1931-19^1, published in 1943, contain documen-
tation on direct, bilateral discussions between the
American and Japanese Governments. Papers
included in those volumes are not reprinted.
The documents in the present volume may be read
as a supplement to the section on "Informal Con-
versations between the Governments of the United
States and Japan, 1941," volume II, pp. 323-795,
of the 1931-1941 volumes.
The material now made public shows in some
detail the efforts of private individuals to bring
about conciliation, the discussions which went on
among officials in the Government regarding pro-
posals offered, and exchanges of views with other
interested governments.
Of special historical interest are the papers re-
lating to the Japanese modus vivendi proposal of
November 20, consultations thereon within the
U. S. Government and with the Governments of
China, the United Kingdom, Australia, and the
Netherlands, and the preparation of the counter-
proposal of November 26, which was the last diplo-
matic move before the Japanese struck at Pearl
Harbor.
The remainder of volume IV contains sections
dealing with wartime cooperation among the
United States, the British Empire, China, and the
Netherlands in the Far East and the decision of
the Soviet Union to remain neutral in the Pacific
war; consideration during 1941 of sanctions
against Japanese policies of aggression and vio-
lation of treaty rights; export control and freez-
ing of Japanese assets; and relations of Japan
with the Axis Powers and the Soviet Union.
Copies of volume IV (1044 pp.) may be pur-
chased from the Superintendent of Documents,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington
25, D. C, for $4.50 each.
Recent Releases
For sale 6;/ the SupcrintenSent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Wasliinyton 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be obtained
from the Department of State.
Military Mission to Iran. TIAS 3520. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Iran — Extend-
ing agreement of October 6, 1947, as revised and extended.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Tehran February 13, 1956.
Entered into force February 13, 1956.
250
Department of State Bulletin
North Atlantic Treaty: Co-operation Regarding Atomic
Information. TIAS 3521. 19 pp. 15(f.
Agreement between the parties to the North Atlantic
Treaty — Signed at Paris June 22, 1955. Entered into force
JIarch 29, 1956.
Atomic Energy — Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 3522.
9 pp. I'V.
Agreement between the United States and Thailand —
Signed at Bangkok March 13, 1956. Entered into force
Jlarch 13, 1956.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Equipment
and Materials. TIAS 3523. 3 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between tlie United States and the Republic
of the Philippines — Implementing paragraph 3 of agree-
ment of June 26, 1953. Exchange of notes — Signed at
Manila July 27, 1953. and March 3, 19.56. Entered into
force March 3, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities— Return of Schillings
in Exchange for Spanish Pesetas. TIAS 3524. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Austria — Im-
plementing article II 1 (b) of agreement of February 7,
1956. Exchange of notes — Signed at Vienna March 5 and
6, 19.56. Entered into force March 6, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3525. 3 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between the United States and Italy — Modi-
fying agreement of May 23, 1955. Exchange of notes —
Dated at Rome August 30 and September 2, 19.55. En-
tered into force September 2, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3526. 3 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between the United States and Italy — Modify-
ing agreement of May 23. 1955, as modified. Exchange of
notes — Dated at Rome December 13 and 16, 1955. En-
tered into force December 16, 1955.
Economic Cooperation — Informational Media Guaranty
Program. TIAS 3528. 3 pp. 5«(.
Agreement between the United States and Bolivia. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at La Paz February 27 and
March 10, 1956. Entered into force March 10, 1956.
Education — Cooperative Program in Peru. TIAS 3333.
Pub. 6104. 3 pp. 5(*.
Agreement l)etween the United States and Peru — Extend-
ing agreement of September 25 and 29, 1950. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Lima February 23 and April 26, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in El Sal-
vador. TIAS 3334. Pub. 6105. 4 pp. 5(t.
Agreement between the United States and El Salvador —
Extending agreement of November 10 and December 13.
1950. Exchange of notes — Signed at San Salvador March
7 and June 14, 1955. Entered into force June 27, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Hon-
duras. TIAS 3335. Pub. 6107. 4 pp. 5<t.
Agreement between the United States and Honduras —
Extending agreement of September 21 and 28, 1950. Ex-
chiiiitre of note,s — Signed at Tegucigalpa April 27, 19.55.
Entered into force April 29, 1955.
Agriculture — Cooperative Program in Costa Rica. TIAS
3336. Pub. 6108. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Costa Rica —
Extending agreement of September 18 and November 14,
1950. Exchange of notes — Signed at San Jos4 January
IS and February 7, 19.55. Entered into force April 22,
1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities — Resale and Delivery
to Switzerland. TIAS 3527. 3 pp. 5«!.
Agreement between the United States and Spain — Sup-
plementing agreement of March 5, 1956 — Signed at Madrid
March 20, 1956. Entered into force March 20, 1956.
Reciprocal Trade. TIAS 3529. 8 pp. 10<f.
Agreement betv^een the United States and Iceland —
Amending agreement of August 27, 1^3. Exchange of
notes— Signed at Reykjavik March 5 and 6, 1956. Entered
into force March 6, 1956. .4nd proclamation by the Presi-
dent of the United States— Issued March 16, 1956.
Parcel Post. TIAS 3530. 23 pp. 15f
Agreeement between the United States and Spain — Signed
at Madrid July 16, 1955, and at Wa-shington August 30,
1955. Entered into force January 1, 1956.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Equipment
and Materials. TIAS 3531. 4 pp. 5«f.
Agreement between the United States and Colombia.
Exchange of notes— Dated at Bogota. February 22 and
March 14, 1956. Entered into force March 14, 1956.
Slavery. TIAS 3532. 34 pp. 15«(.
Protocol, with annex, between the United States and other
governments — Amending Convention of September 25,
i926. Opened for signature at the Headquarters of the
United Nations, New York. December 7, 19.53. Proclaimed
by the President of the United States March 16, 1956.
Entered into force with respect to the United States
March 7. 1956.
Air Transport Services. TIAS 3536. 33 pp. 15(t.
.\greement and exchange of notes lietween the United
States and the Federal Republic of Germany — Signed at
Washington July 7, 1955. Entered into force April 16,
1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3538. 9 pp.
10^.
Agreement between the United States and Chile — Interim
implementation of agreement of March 13, 1956. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Santiago March 20 and 26,
1956. Entered into force March 26, 1956.
Passport Visas. TIAS 3539. 12 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and China. Ex-
change of notes — Dated at Taipei December 20, 1955, and
February 20, 1956. Entered into force February 20, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities — Use of Pesetas Ex-
changed for Austrian Schillings. TIAS 3540. 3 pp. 5^.
A;:;reement between the United States and Spain — Sup-
plementing agreement of March 5, 1956. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Madrid March 16 and 17, 1956. Entered
into force March 17, 1956.
Technical Cooperation — Joint Commission for Economic
Development. TIAS 3541. 3 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between the United States and Lilieria — Super-
seding agreement of December 22, 1950 — Signed at Mon-
rovia October 6, 1955. Entered into force October 6,
1955.
Technical Cooperation. TIAS 3542. 5 pp. 5<f.
Agreement between tlie United States and Liberia — Re-
placing agreement of December 22, 1950 — Signed at Mon-
August 6, 7956
251
rnvia October 6, 1955. Entered into force February 3,
1950.
Atomic Energy— Cooperation for Civil Uses. TIAS 3543.
21 pp. 154.
Agreement between the United States and the Federal
Republic of Germany — Signed at Wa.«hington February
13, 1956. Entered into force April 23, 1956.
Passport Visas. TIAS 3544. 4 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and the Union of
South Africa. Exchange of notes — Signed at Capetown
March 28 and April 3, 1956. Entered into force May 1,
1956.
German External Debts — Settlement of Debts of City of
Berlin and of Berlin Public Utility Enterprises. TIAS
3545. S pp. 10(*.
Agreement between the United States and the Federal
Republic of (Germany. Exchange of note.s — Dated at
Bonn/Bad Godesberg and Bonn February 29 and March
2, 19.50. Entered into force March 2, 1956. With ex-
change of notes — Dated at Bonn August 13 and 29, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Amount of Cash Contribu-
tion by the Government of Japan. TIAS 3546. 5 pp. 5^.
Arrangement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo April 13, 1956. En-
tered into force April 13, 1956.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Assembly and Manufacture
of Airplanes in Japan. TIAS 3547. 8 pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo April 13, 1956. En-
tered into force April 13, 1956.
Whaling — Amendments to the Schedule to the Interna-
tional Whaling Convention Signed at Washington on
December 2, 1946. TIAS 3548. 6 pp. 5((.
Adopted at tlie Seventh Meeting of the International
Whaling Commission. Moscow, July 18-23. 195.5. Entered
into force November S, 1955 and March 7, 1956.
Mutual Security — Military and Economic Assistance.
TIAS 3551. 4 pp. 5(t.
Agreement between the United States and the Republic
of the Philippines — Supplementing and amending agree-
ment of April 27, 1955. Exchange of notes — Signed at
Manila April 20, 1956. Entered into force April 21, 1956.
Foreign Consular Offices in the United States. April 1,
1950. Pub. 6.320. Department and Foreign Service
Series 52. 50 pp. 200.
A publication containing a complete and official listing of
the foreign consular offices in the United States, together
with their jurisdiction and recognized personnel.
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade — Analysis of
Renegotiation of Certain Tariff Concessions. Pub. 6324.
Commercial Policy Series 157. 15 pp. 100.
A report on the results of the renegotiation of some of
the existing conees.sions by the Dominican Republic, Fin-
land, and France with the United States.
When Americans Live Abroad. — Pub. 6340. Department
and Foreign Service Series 54. 42 pp. 250.
A pamphlet prepared at the Foreign Service Institute by
Glen H. Fisher as a supplement to an orientation seminar
in Working With Foreign Peoples.
Report of the United States of America to the United
Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organiza-
tion, 1954-1955. Pub. 6341. International Organization
and Conference Series IV, UNESCO 32. 13 pp. Limited
distribution.
A report describing the activities of the United States in
carrying out the program and objectives of UNESCO.
The Program of Emergency Aid to Chinese Students,
1949-1955. Pub. 6343. International Information and
Cultural Series 47. 29 pp. 200.
A report on the program that provided emergency aid to
Chinese students and scholars in order that they could
continue their educational programs in the United States.
Treaties in Force — A List of Treaties and Other Interna-
tional Agreements of the United States. Pub. 6346. 234
pp. $1.25.
A list of treaties and other international agreements of
the United States on record in the Department of State
on October 31, 1955.
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade — Analysis of
United States Negotiations — Sixth Protocol (Including
Schedules) of Supplementary Concessions. Pub. 5348.
Commercial Policy Series 158. 307 pp. $1.
A report on trade agreement negotiations completed dur-
ing the conference held at Geneva, Switzerland, January-
May 1956.
Air Force Mission to Paraguay.
7 pp. 100.
TIAS 3339. Pub. 6111.
Agreement between the United States and Paraguay —
Extending and amending agreement of October 27, 1943,
as extended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Asuncion
July 22, 19.55. Entered into force July 22, 1955 ; opera-
tive retroactively October 27, 19.53.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Vene-
zuela. TIAS 3342. Pub. 6114. 6 pp. 5<f.
Agreement between the United States and Venezuela —
Extending the program. Exchange of notes signed at
Caracas March 21 and April 23, 1955. Entered into force
April 23, 1955.
Military Assistance Advisory Group.
6117. 4 pp. 50.
TIAS 3343. Pub.
Agreement between the United States and Cuba. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Habana June 24 and August
3, 1955. Entered into force August 10, 1955.
Army Mission to Paraguay. TIAS 3345.
6 pp. 50.
Pub. 6120.
Agreement between the United States and Paraguay —
Extending and amending agreement of December 10, 1943,
as extended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Asuncion
July 22, 1955. Entered into force July 22, 1955 ; opera-
tive retroactively December 10, 1953.
Education — Cooperative Program in Paraguay. TIAS
3350. Pub. 6122. 6 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Paraguay —
Extending agreement of September 18 and November 11,
1950. Exchange of notes — Signed at Asuncion April 5,
1955. Entered into force April 5, 1955.
Financial Arrangements for Furnishing Certain Supplies
and Services to Naval Vessels. TIAS 3351. Pub. 6123.
6 pp. 50.
252
Department of State Bulletin
Agreement between the United States and Canada. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Ottawa July 21, 1955, and re-
lated aide-memoire — Dated at Ottawa July 21, 1955. En-
tered into force October 19, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Ecuador.
TIAS 3352. Pub. 6124. 4 pp. 5«*.
Agreement between the United States and Ecuador —
Extending agreement of September 15, 1950. Exchange
of notes — Signed at Quito March 17 and April 12, 1955.
Entered into force April IS, 1955.
Agriculture — Cooperative Program in Paraguay. TIAS
3354. Pub. 6126. 6 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Paraguay —
Extending agreement of September IS and November "11,
1950. Exchange of notes — Signed at Asunci6n April 5,
1955. Entered into force April 5, 195.'j.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Para-
guay. TIAS 3355. Pub. 6127. 6 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Paraguay —
Extending agreement of September 18 and November 11,
1950. Exchange of note.s — Signed at Asuncion April 5,
1955. Entered into force April 5, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Nica-
ragua. TIAS 3356. Pub. 6134. 4 pp. 5(t.
Agreement between the United States and Nicaragua —
Extending agreement of January 31, 1951, as supple-
mented— Signed at Managua April 27, 1955. Entered into
force April 27, 1955.
Education — Cooperative Program in Nicaragua. TIAS
3357. Pub. 6135. 4 pp. 5(*.
Agreement between the United States and Nicaragua —
Extending agreement of January 31, 1951, as supple-
mented— Signed at Managua April 27, 1955. Entered into
force April 27, 1955.
Education — Cooperative Program in the Dominican Re-
public. TIAS 3358. Pub. 6136. 3 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between the United States and the Dominican
Republic — Extending agreement of March 16, 1951, as
modified and supplemented. Exchange of notes — Signed
at Ciudad Trujillo April 19 and May 5, 1955. Entered
into force May 5, 1955.
Military Facilities — Importation of Goods by American
Personnel in Greece. TIAS 3368. Pub. 6141. 7 pp. 10«(.
Agreement between the United States and Greece — Imple-
menting agreement of October 12, 1953. Exchange of
notes — Dated at Athens June 27, 1955. Entered into force
June 27, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities — Allocation Under
Mutual Security Act. TIAS 3369. Pub. 6215. 3 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Italy. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Rome May 19, 1955. Entered
into force May 19, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Facilities Assistance Pro-
gram. TIAS 3370. Pub. 6157. 5 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Yugoslavia.
Exchange of letters — Signed at Belgrade September 30,
1955. Entered into force September 30, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Peru.
TIAS 3371. Pub. 6146. 3 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Peru — Extend-
ing agreement of September 22 and 25, 1950. Exchange
August 6, 1956
of notes — Signed at Lima February 23 and March 22,
1955. Entered into force April 5, 1955.
Education — Cooperative Program in Ecuador. TIAS
3373. Pub. 6148. 4 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Ecuador —
Extending agreement of September 15, 1950. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Quito March 17 and April 12, 1955.
Entered into force April 26, 1955.
Agriculture — Cooperative Program in Honduras. TIAS
3374. Pub. 6149. 4 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Honduras —
Extending agreement of January 30, 1951, as supple-
mented— Signed at Tegucigalpa April 27, 1955. Entered
into force April 27, 1955.
Education — Cooperative Program in Honduras. TIAS
3375. Pub. 6150. 4 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Honduras —
Extending agreement of April 24, 1951, as supplemented —
Signed at Tegucigalpa April 27, 1955. Entered into force
AprU 27, 1955.
Inter-American Highway. TIAS 3376. Pub. 6151. 8
pp. 104.
Agreement between the United States and Honduras —
Amending agreement of September 9 and October 26,
1942. Exchange of notes — Signed at Tegucigalpa May
10 and 12, 1955. Entered into force May 12, 1955.
United States Forces — Death of Members in France.
TIAS 3380. Pub. 6160. 10 pp. IO4.
Agreement between the United States and France-
Signed at Paris July 1, 1955. Entered into force July 1,
1955.
Defense — Facilities for Repair of Jet Engines. TIAS
3381. Pub. 6161. 15 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and Italy — Signed
at Rome July 8, 1955. Entered into force July 8, 1955.
Economic Assistance to Libya. TIAS 3382. Pub. 6162.
4 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Libya. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tripoli May 6 and 30, 1955.
Entered into force May 30, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Assembly and Manufacture
of Airplanes in Japan. TIAS 3383. Pub. 6164. 8 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo June 3, 1955. En-
tered into force June 3, 1955.
Lend Lease Settlement — Return of Certain United States
Naval Vessels. TIAS 3384. Pub. 6165. 10 pp. IO4.
Agreement between the United States and the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics — Signed at Washington May
26, 1955. Entered into force May 26, 1955.
Uranium Reconnaissance. TIAS 3385. Pub. 6166. 12
pp. 10<S.
Agreement between the United States and Brazil. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Rio de Janeiro August 3, 1955.
Entered into force August 3, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Surplus
Equipment and Materials. TIAS 3387. Pub. 6168. 4
pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Haiti. Ex-
253
change of notes — Dated at I'oit-au-Frince March 21 and
April 5, 1955. Entered into force April 5, 1955.
Relief Supplies and Equipment— Duty-Free Entry and
Exemption from Internal Taxation. TIAS 3388. Pub.
0169. G pp. 5((.
Agreement between the United States and Ecuador. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Quito September 6, 1955. En-
tered into force September 6, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Program of Medical Education.
TIAS 3390. Pub. 6170. 6 pp. 5(«.
Agreement between the United States and Colombia.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Bogota May 10 and June 14,
1955. Entered into force June 14, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3391. Pub.
0171. 12 pp. 10<<.
Agreement l>etween the United States and Ecuador —
Signed at Washington October 7, 1955. With relate<l
note — Signed at Washington October 7, 1955. Entered
into force October 7, 1955.
Defense — Establishment of a Petroleum Products Pipe-
line in Newfoundland. TIAS 3392. Pub. 6172, 5 pp. 5(t.
Agreement between the United States and Canada. Ex-
change of notes — Dated at Ottawa September 22, 1955.
Entered into force September 22, 1955.
Military Assistance Advisory Group. TIAS 3393. Pub.
6173. 3 pp. 5t
Agreement between the United States and Colombia.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Bogotd July 13 and Sep-
teml>er 16, 19.55. Entered into force September 20, 1955.
Army Mission to Bolivia. TIAS 3.394. Pub. 6174. 3
pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Bolivia — Ex-
tending agreement of August 11, 1942, as extended.
Exchange of notes — Signed at La Paz August 9 and Sep-
tember 9, 1955. Entered into force September 9, 1955 ;
operative retroactively August 11, 1950.
Telecommunications — Registration of Frequencies Used
in Iceland by United States Authorities. TIAS 3395.
Pub. 6175. 3 pp. 5(».
Agreement between the United States and Iceland. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Reykjavik July 11 and 20,
1955. Entered into force July 20, 1955.
TIAS 3396. Pub.
Military and Economic Aid to Korea.
6186. 5 pp. 5<*.
Agreed minute between the United States and the Repub-
lic of Korea — Dated at Seoul November 17, 1954. And
amendment to agreed minute of November 17, 1954 —
Signed at Washington August 12, 1955.
TIAS 3397. Pub.
Defense — Arsenal Facilities in Korea.
6178. 6 pp. 5«(.
Agreement between the United States and the Republic
of Korea. Exchange of notes — Signed at Seoul May 29,
1955. Entered into force May 29, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Panama.
TIAS 3398. Pub. 6179. 3 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Panama^ —
Extending agreement of February 26, 1951 — Signed at
I'anamd April 14, 1955. Entered into force April 14, 1955.
Education — Cooperative Program in Panama. TIAS
3399. Pub. 6180. 4 pp. H^.
Agreement between the United States and I'anama —
Extending agreement of September 22 and October 10,
1950. Exchange of notes — Signed at Panama March 24
and April 30, 19.55. Entered into force April 30, 1955.
Agriculture — Cooperative Program in Ecuador.
3401. Pub. 6187. 3 pp. 5^.
TIAS
Agreement between the Unitetl States and Ecuador —
Extending agreement of May 29. 1952. Exchange of
uote.s — Signed at Quito March 17 and April 6, 19.55.
Entered into force April 14, 1955.
Oil Shale Study in Brazil. TIAS 3403. Pub. 6188. 5
pp. 55".
Agreement between the United States and Brazil — Ex-
tending agreement of August 16, 1950. Exchange of
note.s — Signed at Ilio de Janeiro June 22, July 27, and
October 19, 1955. Entered into force October 19, 19.".5 ;
operative retroactively July 1, 1055.
Guaranty of Private Investments. TIAS 3404. Pub.
6189. 5 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Bolivia. Ex-
change of note.s — Signed at I^ Paz September 23, 1955.
Entered into force September 23, 1955.
Guaranty of Private Investments. TIAS 3405. Pub.
6190. 4 pp. 5<f.
Agreement between the United States and Ireland. Ex-
change of notes — .Signed at Dublin October 5, 1955.
Entered into force October 5, 1955.
Economic Cooperation — Informational Media Guaranty
Program. TIAS 3406. Pub. 6191. 3 pp. 5(f.
Agi'eement between the United States and Indonesia. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Djakarta September 15, 1955.
Entered into force Septemljer 15, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Deposit of Belgian and
Luxembourg Funds. TIAS 3407. Pub. 6192. 3 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Belgium —
Amending annex B of agreement of January 27, 1950.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Brussels August 24 and
September 3, 1955. Entered into force September 3, 1955.
TIAS 3408. Pub.
Military Assistance Advisory Group.
6193. 4 pp. rj<^.
Agreement between the United States and Ecuador, Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Quito July 29 and August 24,
1955. E5ntered into force August 24, 1955.
Exchange of Medical Films. TIAS 3409. Pub. 0194.
6 pp. Sf*.
Agreement between the United States and the Union of
Soviet Socialist Republics. Exchange of notes — Dated at
Washington March 17 and September 5, 1955. Entered
into force September 5, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Cooperative Agricultural Pro-
gram. TIAS 3410. Pub. 6195. 2 pp. 5<t.
Agreement between the United States and Panama — Ex-
tending agreement of June 30, 1952 — Signed at PanamS
April 23, 1955. Entered into force April 23, 1955.
254
Department of State Bulletin
August 6, 1956 Index
Afghanistan. Survey of Helmand Valley Project
in Afghanistan 222
Africa. Sifjniflcance of Gold Coast Elections
( Sears ) 247
Agriculture. Progress Report on the Agricultural
Trade Development and Assistance Act . . . 230
American Republics
Commemorating the First Inter-American Con-
ference (Eisenhower, text of declaration) . . . 219
Secretary Dulles' Arrival Statement 221
Canada. Regulation of Waters of St. Lawrence
River and Lake Ontario (text of Order of Ap-
proval) 227
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 241
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade De-
velopment and Assistance Act 230
Department and Foreign Service. Confirmations . 250
Economic Affairs
Cultural and Scientific Aid to Israel (Dulles,
Katzen) 222
International Finance Corporation Begins Oper-
ations 248
Regulation of Waters of St. Lawrence River and
Lake Ontario (text of Order of Approval) . . 227
Educational Exchange. United States and Israel
Sign Educational Exchange Agreement (Allen,
Eban, Fulbright) 224
Egypt
Seizure of Installations of Suez Canal .... 221
Secretary Dulles' Arrival Statement 221
International Organizations and Meetings
Calendar of Meetings 242
International Finance Coriwration Begins Oper-
ations 248
International Union of Physiological Sciences . . 247
Israel
Cultural and Scientific Aid to Israel (Dulles,
Katzen) 222
United States and Israel Sign Educational Ex-
change Agreement (."Vllen, Eban, Fulbright) . . 224
Morocco. Morocco Recommended for Admission to
United Nations (Wadsworth) 244
Mutual Security. Survey of Helmand Valley
Project in Afghanistan 222
Non-Self-Governing Territories. Significance of
Gold Coast Elections (Sears) 247
Peru. Secretary Dulles' Arrival Statement . . . 221
Presidential Documents
Commemorating the EMrst Inter-American Con-
ference 219
Progress Report on the Agricultural Trade Develop-
ment and Assistance Act 230
Vol. XXXV, No. 893
Publications
Foreign Relations Volume 250
Recent Releases 250
Refugees and Displaced Persons. Search for
Permanent Solutions to the Refugee Problem
(Baker, text of resolution) 244
Science. International Union of Physiological
Sciences 247
Treaty Information. Current Actions 249
United Nations
Confirmation of Delegates to UNESCO General
Conference 226
Morocco Recommended for Admission to United
Nations (Wadsworth) 244
Signiflcanceof Gold Coast Elections (Sears) . . . 247
Search for Permanent Solutions to the Refugee
Problem (Baker, text of resolution) 244
Name Index
Allen, George V 225, 250
Baker, John C 244
Byroade, Henry A 250
DuUes, Secretary 221,222
Eban, Abba 225
Eisenhower, President 219,230
Fulbright, J. W 226
Katzen, Bernard 222
Rountree, William il 250
Sears, Mason 247
Wadsworth, James J 244
Wailes, Edward T 250
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: July 23 29
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press releases issue<l prior to July 23 which ap-
pear
In this
Issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 389 and
391 of July 17, and 399 of July 19. |
No.
Date
Subject
*405
7/24
Byroade nominated ambassador to
Union of South Africa.
*406
7/24
Allen nominated ambassador to Greece.
*407
7/24
Rountree nominated Assistant Secre-
tary.
*40S
7/24
Wailes nominated minister to Hun-
gary.
409
7/24
Delegation to Physiological Union
(rewrite).
410
7/26
Educational exchange agreement
signed with Israel.
411
7/26
Statements at signing of agreement
with Israel.
*412
7/27
Educational exchange.
413
7/27
Suez Canal.
414
7/28
Hoover meeting with Egyptian ambas-
sador.
415
7/29
Dulles : arrival statement.
''Not printed.
a. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1956
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
TREATIES m FORCE . . .
A List of Treaties
and Other International Agreements
of the United States
epartment
of
State
This publication is a guide to treaties and other international
agreements in force for the United States on October 31, 1955.
It mcludes treaties and other agreements which on that date had
not expired by their terms or had not been denomiced by the
parties, replaced or superseded, or otherwise definitely terminated.
Bilateral treaties and agreements are listed by country, with
subject headings under each country. Multilateral treaties and
agreements are arranged by subject and are accompanied by lists
of the coimtries parties to each instrument. Date of signature,
date of entry into force for the United States, and citations to
texts are given with each treaty and each agreement listed.
A consolidated tabulation of documents affecting international
copyright relations of the United States is given in the appendix.
Treaties in Force (234 pp.) is for sale by the Superintendent
of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C., for $1.25.
Publication 6346
$1.25
Order Form
Please send me copies of Treaties in Force, A List of Treaties
Supt. of Documents """^ Other International Agreements of the United States.
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C. y^^^^.
Street Address:
Enclosed And:
J City, Zone, and State:
(cash, check, or
money order).
ri^
M
Vd. XXXV, No. 894
August 13, 1956
.^eNx o*.
'■*tb» o*
REPORT ON THE SUEZ SITUATION
Address by Secretary Dulles 2S9
Arrival Statement by Secretary Dulles . 261
Text of Tripartite Statement 262
THE PROBLEM OF PEACE IN THE FAR EAST • by
Assistant Secretary Robertson 264
COUNTERING THE SOVIET THREAT IN THE FAR
EAST • by Hotcard P. Jones 274
SURVEYING THE WORLD ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL
SITUATION • Statements by John C. Baker .... 286
THE SATELLITE PROGRAM FOR THE INTER-
NATIONAL GEOPHYSICAL YEAR • by Hugh
Odishau) 280
For index see inside back cover
iVT ,^
*■«»«• o»
eyAe z/lefic(/)(&n€'ni^ <^ Cytale
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 894 • Pubucation 6379
August 13, 1956
For sale by tbe Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Peice:
62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1955).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Sen-ices Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service, The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of interrut-
tional relations ar^ listed currently.
Report on the Suez Situation
Following is the text of a radio and television
address made hy Secretary Dulles at the White
House on August 3, together with a statement
made on his retuirn to Washington from the three-
power conference held at London and a joint
U.S -U.K. -French statement issued mi August 2
foUoioing the London conference.^
ADDRESS BY SECRETARY DULLES
Introduction hy President Eisenhower
Good evening, citizens.
All of us, of course, appreciate the tremendous
importance of the Suez Canal. Its continuous
and effective operation is vital to the economies of
our countiy, indeed, to the economies of almost all
of the countries of the world.
So all of us were vastly disturbed when Colonel
Nasser a few days ago declared that Egypt in-
tended to nationalize the Suez Canal Company.
At that moment. Secretary Dulles was in South
America. But as soon as he returned, and because
of liis great experience, his wisdom in this kind of
affair, he went at my request to London to confer
witli our British and French friends concerning a
proper course of action.
This noon he returned. Because of the infor-
mation he has, and the background he can give
you, T instantly asked the television industry to
give him a few minutes this evening to explain to
you what he can this evening and give you a report
on what he has been talking about in London.
Secretary Dulles :
Mr. President, I greatly appreciate what you
have said and this opportunity to speak here from
tlie White House about this dangerous, critical
Suez situation and to tell the American people,
' For earlier U.S. statements on the Egyptian seizure of
installations of the Suez Canal, see Bui,letin of Aug. 6,
1956, p. 221.
with some background, the kind of thing I have
been reporting to you by cable from London and
then which we talked over personally here at the
Wliite House this afternoon.
Now this trouble about the Suez Canal started
about a week ago when President Nasser an-
nounced tliat he was going to take over the opera-
tion of the Suez Canal. And at that time he tried
to seize the moneys and the property and the
personnel of this Universal Suez Canal Company,
which is the operating company of that canal.
Now, this act by President Nasser goes far be-
yond a mere attempt by a government to national-
ize companies and properties within its territory
which are not international in character, because
the Suez Canal and the operating company are
international in character.
Now let me give first a little background about
the Suez Canal. That is an international water-
way which was built by the Universal Suez Canal
Company with international funds about a cen-
tury ago. And then in the year 1888 all of the
great powers that were principally concerned with
that canal made a treaty providing tliat the Suez
Canal shall be open at all times, in war as well as
in peace, to the shipping of all nations on free
and equal terms.
Egypt is a party to that treaty and has repeat-
edly recognized it. And, indeed, only a couple
of years ago President Nasser himself reaffinned
the allegiance of Egypt to that treaty. In all the
world there is no international waterway as fully
internationalized as is the Suez Canal.
Suez Canal Company
Now let me talk about the Universal Suez Canal
Company. That is the company that originally
built the canal and which, since 1888, lias been the
means of assuring that the canal would in fact be
operated as a free and open international water-
way as pledged by the 1888 treaty.
Augusf 13, 7956
259
That company itself is a company of an inter-
national character. Registered in Egypt, it oper-
ates under a franchise given it by the Government
of Egypt. Shareholders are of many nationali-
ties, the board of directors is international, and
the canal work — the building of the canal and
the keeping of it in good repair — is supervised
by an international body of engineers.
The job of that company is to see that the canal
is open at all hours to the passage of all vessels
of all the nations. This means it has to keep the
canal in good operating condition ; it has to pro-
vide qualified pilots for the transit of the ships
through the canal ; and it must organize and direct
the two-way shipping, which is a rather compli-
cated affair because it is very crowded and it is
a canal of over 100 miles long and during most of
the way ships cannot pass each other — so there
is danger of collision. And the organizing of this
thing is a very complicated bit of business.
Now here are a few very interesting statistics
that I've put down. In 1955, 14,666 ships passed
through the canal. They had a tonnage of over
115 million. They flew the flags of more than
40 different nations. They carried the products
of all the world.
There are 187 pilots. They are from 13 na-
tions— 56 French, 52 British, 32 Egyptian, 14
Dutch, 11 Norwegian, and so on. Two of the
pilots are Americans.
It is, by far, the world's greatest ocean high-
way. It has nearly three times the traffic that
goes through the Panama Canal, where you and
I were, Mr. President, just last week.
Speech by President Nasser
Now, why did President Nasser suddenly decide
to take over this operation of the Suez Canal?
Now, he has told us about that in a long speech
that he made. And in that speech he didn't for a
moment suggest that Egypt would be able to
operate the canal better than it was being oper-
ated so as to assure better the rights that were
granted under the 1888 treaty. The basic reason
he gave was that if he took over this canal it would
enhance the prestige of Egypt.
He said that Egypt was determined "to score one
triumph after another" in order to enhance what
he called the "grandeur" of Egypt. And he
coupled his action with statements about his am-
bition to extend his influence from the Atlantic to
the Persian Gulf.
And also he said that by seizing the Suez Canal
he would strike a blow at what he called
"Western imperialism." And he thought also
that he could exploit the canal so as to produce
bigger revenues for Egypt and so retaliate for the
failure of the United States and Britain to give
Egypt the money to enable it to get started on
this $1 billion-plus Aswan Dam.
Now President Nasser's speech made it abso-
lutely clear that his seizure of the canal company
was an angry act of retaliation against fancied
grievances. No one reading that speech can
doubt for a moment that the canal, under the
Egyptian operation, would be used not to carry
out the 1888 treaty better but to promote the polit-
ical and economic ambitions of Egypt and what,
as I say. President Nasser calls the "gi'andeur" of
Egypt.
Now, of course, the government of a free and
independent country — which Egypt is, and we
want to have it always that — should seek to pro-
mote by all proper means the welfare of its people.
And President Nasser has done much that is good
in that respect.
But it is inadmissible that a waterway interna-
tionalized by treaty, which is required for the
livelihood of a score or more of nations, should
be exploited by one country for purely selfish pur-
poses. And that the operating agency which has
done so well in handling the Suez Canal in accord-
ance with the 1888 treaty should be struck down
by a national act of vengefulness.
To permit this to go unchallenged would be to
encourage a breakdown of the international fabric
upon which the security and the well-being of all
peoples depend.
And the question, Mr. President, as we've
agreed, is not whether something should be done
about this Egyptian act — but what should be done
about it.
Now, there were some peoj^le who counseled im-
mediate forcible action by the governments which
felt themselves most directly affected. This, how-
ever, would have been contrary to the principles
of the United Nations Charter and wovdd un-
doubtedly have led to widespread violence en-
dangering the peace of the world.
Decision To Call Conference
At London we decided upon a different ap-
proach. We decided to call together in conference
the nations most directly involved with a view to
260
Department of Stale Bulletin
seeing whether agreement could not be reached
upon an adequate and dependable international
administration of the canal on terms which would
respect, and generously respect, all of the legiti-
mate rights of Egypt.
So today the British Government is calling a
conference of 24 nations to be held on August 16.
These 24 nations consist of three groups of eight.
First of all, the eight nations which are party to
the 1888 treaty — this includes the Soviet Union
and Egypt.
Then in the second group there are eight other
countries not included in the foregoing category,
whose citizens own the greatest volume of traffic
that goes through the canal.
And then as a third group there are eight other
countries not included in the foregoing categories,
whose pattern of international trade shows a spe-
cial dependence upon the canal.
These nations that are invited are truly repre-
sentative and have a broad geographical and cul-
tural diversification.
We believe that out of this conference will come
a plan for the international operation of the canal
which will give assurance that the objectives of
the 1888 treaty will in fact be realized and that
the canal will continue to be operated by those who
feel that it is their duty to serve the international
commmiity and not to serve the special interests
of any one nation.
This plan should both give security to the na-
tions principally concerned with the canal and
also fully protect the legitimate interests of Egypt.
Egypt, we believe, should be adequately repre-
sented on this operating authority and be assured,
also, of a fair and reasonable income for the use
of the property, because the canal, although it
is internationalized, is on Egyptian territory.
There is every desire that Egypt shall be treated
with the utmost fairness. And, also, the owners
and the employees of the now dispossessed Uni-
versal Canal Company should also, of course, be
fairly treated.
If these principles are accepted by the confer-
ence, then we believe that they will also be accepted
by Egypt.
As you know, Mr. President, it is one thing for
a nation to defy just one or two other nations. But
it's quite a different thing to defy the considered
and sober judgment of many nations — nations
which have treaty rights in the canal and which in
large part depend for their economic livelihood
upon the operation of the canal in accordance with
the 1888 treaty.
Now, I've been asked, "Wliat will we do if the
conference fails?" My answer to that is that we
are not thinking in terms of the conference's fail-
ing. But I can say this : We have given no com-
mitments at any time as to what the United States
would do in that unhappy contingency.
I repeat, we assume, Mr. President — with you—
that the conference will not fail but will succeed.
And I believe that by the conference method we
will invoke moral forces which are bound to
prevail.
Mr. President, you and I have often talked
about our Declaration of Independence and the
principles that are set forth in that great docu-
ment. And one of those principles is that to
which the founders pledged themselves — that they
would pay a decent respect for the opinions of
mankind.
I believe, Mr. President, that most people pay
decent respect for the opinions of mankind when
these are soberly, carefully, and deliberately for-
mulated. And because I believe that, I am con-
fident that out of this conference there will come
a judgment of such moral force that we can be
confident that the Suez Canal will go on, as it has
for the last 100 years, for the years in the future
to serve in peace the interests of mankind.
Concluding Retnarks by the President
Mr. Secretary, I think that everybody who hears
you this evening will be certain you carried out
this latest assignment in accordance with the prin-
ciple which has always activated you — to uphold
the interests of the United States in the interna-
tional field with due regard for fairness to every
other nation and with the objective of promoting
peace in the world.
Thank you very much indeed, Mr. Dulles.
ARRIVAL STATEMENT BY SECRETARY DULLES
Press release 425 dated August 3
I return from 2 days of intensive talks in Lon-
don, where I have conferred with Prime Minister
Eden and with the Foreign Ministers of France
and of Great Britain.
Augosf J3, 1956
261
We dealt with the dangerous Suez situation.
A week ago President Nasser of Egypt suddenly
and arbitrarily seized the operating facilities of
the Suez Canal and said that he would turn this
vital international waterway into an Egyptian
operation designed to promote, as he put it, the
"grandeur" of Egypt.
We do not, however, want to meet violence with
violence. We want, first of all, to find out the
opinion of the many nations vitally interested be-
cause we believe that all the nations concerned, in-
cluding Egypt, will respect the sober opinion of
the nations which are parties to the international-
izing treaty of 1888, or, by its terms, entitled to its
benefits.
So a conference of the 24 nations principally
concerned has been called to be held in about 2
weeks to consider this problem. We would hope
that out of this would come a solution which all
the nations, including Egypt, will respect so that
the danger of violence may be averted.
I plan promptly to report fully to President
Eisenhower.
TEXT OF TRIPARTITE STATEMENT =
The Governments of France, the United King-
dom and the United States join in the following
statement :
1. They have taken note of the recent action of
the Government of Egypt whereby it attempts to
nationalise and take over the assets and the re-
sponsibilities of the Universal Suez Canal Com-
pany. This Company was organised in Egypt in
1856 under a franchise to build the Suez Canal
and operate it until 1968. The Universal Suez
Canal Company has always had an international
character in terms of its shareholders, directors
and operating personnel and in tenns of its re-
sponsibility to assure the efficient functioning as
an international waterway of the Suez Canal. In
1888 all the great Powers then principally con-
cerned with the international character of the
Canal and its free, open and secure use without
discrimination joined in the treaty and Conven-
tion of Constantinople. This provided for the
benefit of all the world that the international char-
acter of the Canal would be perpetuated for all
time, irrespective of the expiration of the con-
" Issued at London on Aug. 2.
262
cession of the Universal Suez Canal Company.
Egypt as recently as October 1954 recognised that
the Suez Canal is "a waterway economically, com-
mercially and strategically of international im-
portance," and renewed its determination to
uphold the Convention of 1888.
2. They do not question the right of Egypt
to enjoy and exercise all the powers of a fully
sovereign and independent nation, including the
generally recognised right, under appropriate con-
ditions, to nationalise assets, not impressed with
an international interest, which are subject to its
political authority. But the present action in-
volves far more than a simple act of national-
isation. It involves the arbitrary and unilateral
seizure by one nation of an international agency
which has the responsibility to maintain and to
operate the Suez Canal so that all the signatories
to, and beneficiaries of, the Treaty of 1888 can
effectively enjoy the use of an international water-
way upon which the economy, commerce, ahd se-
curity of much of the world depends. This
seizure is the more serious in its implications be-
cause it avowedly was made for the purpose of
enabling tlie Government of Egypt to make the
Canal serve the purely national purposes of the
Egyptian Government, rather than the interna-
tional purpose established by the Convention of
1888.
Furthermore, they deplore the fact that as an
incident to its seizure the Egyptian Government
has had recourse to what amounts to a denial of
fundamental human I'ights by compelling em-
ployees of the Suez Canal Company to continue
to work under threat of imprisonment.
3. They consider that the action taken by the
Government of Egypt, having regard to all the
attendant circumstances, threatens tlie freedom
and security of the Canal as guaranteed by the
Convention of 1888. This makes it necessary that
steps be taken to assure that the parties to that
Convention and all other nations entitled to enjoy
its benefits shall, in fact, be assured of such
benefits.
4. They consider that steps should be taken to
establish operating arrangements under an inter-
national system designed to assure the continuity
of operation of the Canal as guaranteed by the
Convention of October 29, 1888, consistently with
legitimate Egj'ptian interests.
5. To this end they propose that a conference
should promptly be held of parties to the Conven-
Department of State Bulletin
tion and other nations largely concerned with the
use of the Canal. The invitations to such a con-
ference, to be held in London, on August 16, 1956,
will be extended by the Government of the U.K.
to the Governments named in the Amiex to this
Statement. The Governments of France and the
U.S. are ready to take part in the conference.
Annex
Signatories
Tonnage
ownership
Proportion
of Trade
United Kingdom
Norway
Australia
Netherlands
Germany
Iran
Spain
Danemark
Ethiopia
France
Sweden
India
Italy
U.S.A.
Indonesia
U.S.S.R.
Greece
Ceylon
Egypt
Japan
New-Zealand
Turkey
Portugal
Pakistan
U.S. Position Regarding
NATO Commitments
Stateinent hy Admiral Arthur W. Radford
Chairman, Joint Chiefs of Staff ^
It is very imfortunate that numerous stories
have appeared in the American and in the inter-
national press which took ideas and statements
out of context and consequently have given rise
to wholly unwarranted speculation and misinter-
pretation. Several representatives of the Nato
countries have expressed concern over the alleged
United States position with respect to Nato
forces, and, to allay these apprehensions, I would
like to convey to you the following information.
I wish to reaffirm that the United States has
commitments to Nato and intends to honor
those commitments. We recognize that the Mili-
tary Committee is the authority which determines
the strategic guidance on which force goals are
based. Changes to the force structure must be
made in the manner prescribed in the Nato doc-
uments. We have just completed our answers
to the Annual Review Questionnaire, which will
be reviewed by the Nato Council in December
' Read to the NATO Military Representatives Com-
mittee at Washington on July 23 by Lt. Gen. Leon John-
son, U.S. representative to the NATO Standing Group
and Military Committee (Department of Defense press
release dated July 26).
1956, and there were no significant changes over
the U.S. answers of last year. We will not make
any significant changes without following the nor-
mal Nato procedures. We expect that our allies
will act in the same manner. Any major changes
to the previously agreed Nato force commitments
should meet with the concurrence and approval
of the members of the alliance. If it comes to
pass that Nato decides on a further review of force
goals, we will meet with our allies and reexamine
force levels.
You have my reassurance that the United States
Government is not, nor does it have any intention
of, unilaterally changing its Nato conunitments.
Congressional Members Added
to Inaugural Delegation to Bolivia
Press release 418 dated July 31
The Secretary of State annovmced on July 31 the
appointment of Senator Eobert Humphreys and
Representative Frank T. Bow as congressional
members of the U. S. special delegation to the in-
auguration of President-elect Dr. Heman Siles
Zuazo, to be held at La Paz, Bolivia, on August 6,
1956. Dr. Siles, Vice President in the outgoing
Bolivian administration, was elected on June 17,
195G, to succeed Dr. Victor Paz Estenssoro.
Other members of the delegation whose names
were announced previously' include Gerald A.
Drew, U. S. Ambassador to Bolivia; Henry F.
Holland, Assistant Secretary of State for Inter-
American Affairs; Cecil B. Lyon, U.S. Ambassa-
dor to Chile ; Charles H. Percy, President of Bell
and Howell Corporation; Maj. Gen. Robert W.
Douglass, Jr., U. S. Air Force; and George W.
Blowers, Director of the Export-Import Bank of
Washington. The delegation also includes a rep-
resentative of the Department of State and rank-
ing officers of the U. S. Embassy at La Paz.
U.S. To Ship Wheat to Iran
in Flood Relief Emergency
The United States will send up to 20,000 tons of
wheat to Iran to help meet an emergency which
has arisen there as a result of flash floods in the
central part of the country, the International Co-
operation Administration announced on July 30.
' Bulletin of July 30, 1956, p. 187.
Augosf 13, 1956
263
The wheat will be used to replace Iranian grain
stocks which are now being used to help feed vic-
tims of the floods. Present Iranian grain stocks
are considered barely adequate to meet the needs
of the nonstricken areas.
The wheat is being supplied as a gift of the
American people to the people of Iran under pro-
visions of title II of the Agricultural Trade De-
velopment and Assistance Act. This provision
authorizes Ica to use U.S. agricultural commodi-
ties for emergency relief purposes abroad.
Arrangements are now being made to transport
the grain, and it will arrive in Iran in ample time
to prevent a grain shortage.
The Problem of Peace in the Far East
hy Walter S. Robertson
Assistant Secretary for Far Eastern A-ffairs '
I want to talk tonight about certain aspects of
the problem of peace, with special reference to
the Far East, which is the particular area of my
official responsibility.
Of all the problems which beset our times the
problem of how to bring peace to the world weighs
most heavily upon the heart of man. The peoples
of the world long for peace, for relief from ten-
sion and anxiety, for the assurance that they shall
escape the frightful slaughter, suffering, and de-
struction of another world war, a war which, in
this age of thermonuclear weapons, probably
would spell the end of civilization as we know it.
And here in America we long for normalcy, for
prosperity, for relief from the ever-increasing
burden of taxation imposed by a staggering debt
of some $275 billion and the huge sums required
for our defense and mutual security programs.
Nostalgically we long for the opportunity to en-
joy the full fruits of our labors and of our na-
tional genius, untroubled by the ghastly spectacle
of impending doom.
It is against this background of universal long-
ing for peace that international Communist
leaders, after years of aggression, violence, and
vindictiveness, have suddenly begun to portray
themselves as the apostles of peace, of peaceful
coexistence, and of international good will. This
1 Address made before the Virginia Bar Association
at White Sulphur Springs, W. Va., on Aug. 3 (press
release 420 dated Aug. 2) .
shift from threats to smiles, calculated to appear
as a response to the universal craving for peace,
came so suddenly that you can almost pinpoint
the day.
In March 1955, once it became certain that, de-
spite their dire threats. West Germany was to be
brought into Nato and rearmed, the Soviets sud-
denly summoned the Austrian Chancellor to Mos-
cow and accepted a treaty which they had re-
jected through 379 meetings over a period of 7
years. They promptly agreed to and welcomed
a four-power meeting "at the summit" on the
Western Allied terms. Swiftly they dispatched
their top leader to Belgrade to recant the attacks
made against Tito and "eat crow," such as the
Soviets had never eaten crow before.
The Chinese Communists just as suddenly went
into reverse. Chou En-lai, who had been even
more vitriolic than the Russians in heaping abuse
upon the fi-ee world, went into an accommodating
switch when the signal came. With much pub-
licity Chou proclaimed that five great principles
should thereafter govern relations between na-
tions. These principles might well hjave been
written by Woodrow Wilson, so universally ac-
ceptable were they. Then at Bandung, in April
1955, Chou began to talk of the underlying friend-
ship between America and the Chinese people, an
historic fact which he had not previously deigned
to recognize. At the same time he asserted his
willingness to sit down and negotiate with us
264
Department of State Bulletin
what he called "the peaceful liberation of For-
mosa," something he had repeatedly vowed he
would never do.
The summit conference took place in Geneva
in July 1955 in such an atmosphere of sweetness
and light that a new phrase was coined to epito-
mize the new relationship. It was called the spirit
of Geneva. There was nothing to challenge this
spirit throughout the 5-day conference for the
simple reason that there was no attempt to nego-
tiate many of the stubborn, brooding issues that
constituted tlie cold war. The Foreign Ministers
conference, which was directed to take up these
issues, met on October 27 and adjourned 20 days
later, without reaching agreement on a single
substantive issue. And so the fundamental issues
of the cold war remained behind the new policy
of peaceful talk and smiles.
Now the world is still evaluating another shift
in the Sino-Soviet line — the removal of Stalin
from his demigod pedestal and his installation as
the official Communist whipping boy.
Now what does it all really mean? Does it
mean that the Communists have had a change of
heart? Is the denunciation of Stalin that is now
going on confirmation of their sincerity, that they
really have given up their objective of commu-
nizing the world and want to live in peaceful co-
existence with their neighbors? Or does it only
mean that at long last the Communists have come
to realize that the free world cannot be intimi-
dated, that force will be met with force, that fur-
ther overt aggressions will not be tolerated; and
that if they, the Communists, are to achieve their
international objectives they must adopt a new
tactic in the hope that the sweet talk of peace will
find responsive chords in the hearts of people
everywhere and that the free world, particularly
the United States, will be lulled into letting down
its guard spiritually and physically? The fate
of generations to come will depend upon the accu-
rate answer to this question.
"Wliatever the reasons, the evidence at hand is
such that we must proceed with the utmost caution
before beginning to tear down our protective
fences. "Those who cannot remember the past,"
wrote George Santayana, "are condemned to re-
peat it." We cannot fail to remember that the
Soviets have violated 25 major agreements with us
during the last 20 years. We cannot fail to re-
member the dismantling of our forces following
World War I and the fearful cost of our own
unpreparedness in 1941. We cannot fail to re-
member the dismantling of our military might
following World War II and the bloody lesson of
Korea — 135,000 casualties and 15 billions of dol-
lars of treasiu"e — which gave us back our strength.
Wliat is the evidence to which I refer ? Perhaps
the most eloquent testimony as to the true mean-
ing of Communist tactics comes from tlie Commu-
nist leaders themselves — Soviet and Chinese alike.
Their testimony must be weighed fully in our
decision.
Of particular significance is a statement in a
speech by Mr. Khrushchev, the number-one Soviet,
on September 17, 1955, at a state dinner in Mos-
cow given in honor of the East German Commu-
nist Premier : "Any one who mistakes our smiles
for withdrawal from the teachings of Karl Marx
and Lenin," said Mr. Khrushchev, "is making a
mistake. Those who expect this will have to wait
until Easter Monday falls on Tuesday."
Note here that Khrushchev, who led the move-
ment to topple Stalin from his pedestal, is holding
firmly to the philosophy of Lenin.
Teachings of Lenin
Now what are the teachings of Lenin to which
Mr. Khrushchev gives fresh allegiance?
We are living [Lenin wrote] not merely in a state but
in a system of states, and the existence of the Soviet
Kepublic side-by-side with imperialist states for a long
time is unthinkable. One or the other must triumph in
the end. And before that end supervenes, a series of
frightful collisions between the Soviet Republic and the
bourgeois states will be inevitable.
Lenin depicted the Communist Party as a man
ascending a steep, unexplored mountain who
reaches an obstacle impossible to forward progi-ess.
"The man then," said Lenin, "must turn back,
descend, seek another path, longer perhaps, but
one which will enable him to reach the suntmit."
Lenin's summit was clearly defined. "First,"
he wrote, "we will take Eastern Europe, then the
masses of Asia, and then we'll surround America,
that last citadel of capitalism. We won't have to
attack; it will fall into our lap like an overripe
fruit."
In the frenzied haste to repudiate Stalin, not
one word has yet been said by any Communist
anywhere about renouncing the goals of Lenin,
so far as the free world has been informed.
And what about the rulers of Ked China ? Have
they wavered in their devotion to the f undamen-
August 73, T956
265
tal principles expounded by Lenin? Again, the
answer is vital to any sober evaluation of the
Communist new look.
Mao Tse-tung, the unchallenged leader of the
Communist Party in China, has been as explicit
about himself as Hitler was about himself in Mein
Kannpf. Back in the early 1940's, when those silly
books were coming out of Eed China saying that
the Chinese Communists were not really Com-
munists but just agrarian reformers, Mao was
writing of himself for all the world to read :
I am a Marxist, dedicated to communizlng China and
the world under the leadership of Moscow.
Chou En-lai said to me one day in Chungking
back in 1945 with great irritation : "Wliy do these
Americans come over here and go back home and
write that we are not Communists, that we are
just agrarian reformers?" And then, with a flash
in his eye, he said : "We are not agrarian reform-
ei's ; we are Communists and we're proud of it."
More recent testimony is volunteered by Liu
Shao-chi, the official spokesman for the Chinese
Communist Party, in a recent speech made in
Peiping. Liu is not particularly well known in
America, but he is a dedicated, philosophical Com-
munist and happens to be the number-two man in
the Chinese Communist Party, outranking the
much publicized Chou En-lai. In his Peiping ad-
dress some months ago, he had this to say :
The Soviet road is the road that all humanity must in-
evitably take, in accordance with the laws of the develop-
ment of history. To bypass this road will be impossible.
We have always believed Marxism-Leninism to be
universal truth.
To review the long rollcall of nations who have
been miable to bypass the Soviet road and are now
enslaved by international communism is a melan-
choly exercise: Russia, Estonia, Latvia, Ijithu-
ania, Czechoslovakia, Poland. Bulgaria, Hungary,
Rumania, Albania, East Germany, Mainland
China, Outer Mongolia, Tibet, North Korea,
North Viet-Nain — 16 countries, including parts of
countries, and over 900 millions of people. We
might note in passing that, since 1945, some 650
million people have emerged from a status of de-
]>endency on Western powers into freedom and
independence.
It is evident that the blueprint which Mr. Lenin
bequeathed to his disciples has been followed with
fanatical dedication, grimly proving that the
much revered leader and master architect of the
Communist Party was no fantastic dreamer but
a practical, ruthless, relentless realist. This is a
hard, uncompromising fact which we cannot sweep
under the rug of our present-day considerations.
Now let me address myself to the Far East, my
own area of official responsibility.
East Meets West
In what we are wont to call the good old days,
almost every speaker began his talk about the
Far East by quoting Kipling's famous lines : "East
is East and West is West, and never the twain
shall meet." He thus at one fell swoop relieved
botli himself and his audience of a multittide of
problems which he thought would never be posed.
But it is the next two succeeding Unes which are
of burning concern to us today. In reading them
you get very much the same sensation that you do
in looking at the photograph of an atomic explo-
sion. Let's put the lines together :
East is East and West is West,
And never the twain shall meet,
Till earth and sky stand presently
At God's great judgment seat.
Yes, at long last the poet's prophecy has been
fulfilled. East and West have met, and in the
meeting there has mushroomed a cloud of mighty
problems, jjroblems which will require the utmost
in faith and wisdom and patience of which both
East and West are capable if the Asian nations
are to survive in freedom — deep resentments of
"Western colonialism, overpopulation, mass pov-
erty and ignorance, shortage of educational facili-
ties, poor public health, shortage of investment
capital, economic and political instability, social
unrest, deep suspicion of the white man, and, over-
riding all, the aggressions, infiltration, and sub-
version of international commmiism.
Communist objectives in Asia have long been
recognized and clearly defijied : the manpower of
China, the industrial capacity of Japan, the raw
materials and excess food of Southeast Asia.
Objective number one already has been
achieved — Cliina's manpower. The attack on
Korea in 1950 was, in the opinion of many, the
first step toward Japan's industrial resources.
The war in Indochina, sparked and supplied by
the Red Chinese, marked the beginning of the
Communist bid for Southeast Asia. If these three
objectives are ever realized, our Pacific frontiers
might well be pushed back to the west coast and
266
Department of State Bulletin
Lenin's dream of surronnding America would be
well on its way to fulfillment.
Today, as I have said, the Chinese Communists
have shifted their tactics in concert with the
Soviets. They are pressing ahead with a cam-
paign of cultural exchange, of trade, and even
of economic aid at the expense of their own sorely
pressed economy. Reasonably enough, there are
those who therefore ask whether these develop-
ments presage any abandonment of the Chinese
Communist objective of world domination.
Now, in exploring the road to peace, there are
a number of questions that we must ask in search
for signs that the Commimists are really turn-
ing over a new leaf.
The first question I would ask relates to Korea.
The fighting in Korea ended with the signing
of the armistice in July 1953. The armistice was
designed to preserve the military balance until a
political conference could be arranged to con-
clude a political settlement.
The Communists have cynically disregarded the
armistice agreement's reinforcement provisions.
They have brought into North Korea since the
signing some 450 modern aircraft, over half of
which are jets, and have brought in other combat
materiel, greatly strengthening their striking
power, in violation of the armistice terms. De-
spite propaganda about the withdrawal of Chinese
Communist troops, the Chinese Communists still
keep some 350,000 troops in North Korea, which,
together with the North Koreans they have
trained, gives them a formidable army of approxi-
mately 700,000. Wlien the United Nations tried
in negotiations at Geneva to arrange for the uni-
fication of Korea, the Communists insisted upon
tenns which would have meant simply turning
over South Korea to the Commimists. The Com-
munists have repeatedly reasserted this position
and the obviously false claim that they were the
victims rather than perpetrators of aggression in
1950.
So we now ask, as we asked for 2 months at
Geneva in 1954: Are the Communists prepared
to observe the armistice they have signed; are they
prepared to withdraw their forces and renounce
their aggression in Korea; are they willing to
agi'ee to free elections under the supervision of the
United Nations?
A second unanswered question relates to Viet-
Nam, unhappily divided into two parts by the
Geneva settlement of July 1954. The northern
half of the country is under the iron control of
the Communist Viet Minh. The southern por-
tion, under the guidance of Prime Minister Diem
of the Republic of Viet-Nam, is steadily progress-
ing on the difficult road toward full-fledged demo-
cratic statehood.
By May 1955, the date of completion of the
Red takeover in North Viet-Nam, more than 800,-
000 refugees had fled south to escape the Com-
munist enslavement. These refugees, along with
12 million of their fellow countrymen in Viet-
Nam, aspire for the unification of their counti-y
as a sovereign state, pursuing its destiny free of
all foreign domination. These millions are pas-
sionately opposed to communism and to any
scheme for unification under communism.
Meanwhile, there has been a strong buildup of
military strength by the Communist-controlled
Viet Minh, in callous violation of the cease-fire
agreement. The effective strength of their fight-
ing forces has been more than doubled ; their artil-
lery firepower increased by sixfold. They have
brought in other combat materiel prohibited by
the cease-fire agreement. These forces were sup-
plied and trained by the Red Chinese.
And so, my second question is : Will the Com-
munists permit reunification of Viet-Nam as a free
and independent state ?
Perhaps the gravest threat to peace in the Far
East relates to the Communist attitude toward
Formosa, the seat of the National Government of
China. This fertile island is a link of great
strategic importance in our chain of island de-
fenses in the Pacific. It is also the home of 10
million Chinese who are stanch enemies of com-
munism. The Chinese Communists have declared
that they will use force, if necessary, to conquer
Formosa and bring its people under Communist
domination. This the United States is determined
to prevent and to this end has entered into a mu-
tual defense treaty with the Government of the
Republic of China. For an entire year we have
l)een endeavoring to extract from the Chinese
Communists, through our Ambassador Johnson at
Geneva, a pledge to renounce the use of force in
the settlement of the Formosan problem.
Now the renunciation of the use of force does
not require the abandonment of national objec-
tives. It only requires that a nation pursue its
objectives by peaceful means. This is a principle
which has been accepted universally by civilized
states and is fundamental to the charter of the
August 13, 1956
267
United Nations. Up to the present time, in our
long-drawn-out discussions in Geneva on tliis sub-
ject, the Chinese Communists have doggedly re-
fused to agree to refrain from the threat or use of
force against Formosa. And now they are fever-
ishly engaged in the construction between Shang-
hai and Canton of 10 new airfields capable of
handling modern jet combat planes; they are
building a strategic military railway into Amoy
harbor; they are greatly multiplying their gun
emplacements, greatly augmenting their striking
power against the island.
So, we ask yet another question : Are the Chinese
Communists prepared to renounce the use of force
in the achievement of their political objectives?
And what of our American citizens, unjustly
imprisoned, many of them tortured, and still held
in Red China nearly 11 months after the Chinese
Communists had pledged at Geneva to take steps
so that these Americans could expeditiously exer-
cise their agreed right to return home? Are the
Chinese Communists now prepared belatedly to
make good on this public promise ?
There are similar questions to be asked in In-
donesia, Burma, Cambodia, Laos, Thailand, Ma-
laya, Singapore, Japan, and the Philippines, and
in Europe, Africa, the IVIiddle East, and the Near
East, but the evening is not that long.
Red China, as I have shown, is the mighty in-
strument of Communist power in Asia. "With its
dedicated international Marxist leaders it is like a
giant octopus with tentacles of infiltration and
subversion stretching into every country of the
area.
This is the regime, still in military occupation
of North Korea in defiance of the United Nations,
subverting the Geneva accords in Indochina,
threatening war in the Formosa Straits. This is
the regime which some people contend should be
admitted to the United Nations as a "peace-loving"
state. Congress spoke clearly on this subject
shortly before it adjourned. By joint resolution
of July 23, 1956, Congress went on record unani-
mously, 391 to 0 in the House of Representatives
and 86 to 0 in the Senate, against the admission
of Communist China to the United Nations.
Nothing could have shown more clearly the
strength of the feeling of the American people
on this subject. It is earnestly hoped that this will
help to dispel the illusion of some of our allies
that this question somehow is a partisan political
issue in the United States.
Policy of U.S.
Now in asking our questions concerning the
Communist intentions toward the nations of the
Far East we must at the same time keep in mind
the necessity for attuning our own policy to the
needs and aspirations of its peoples if we are to
effectively help them resist the Communist tlireat.
What is our policy? "VVliat do we want of the
world? For what are we willing to sacrifice so
much ?
However complicated its implementation may
be, our policy can be stated quite simply : Our
one objective is a world of free nations, having
tlie opportunity of working out their own national
destinies in peace and freedom, unthreatened by
Communist domination. Our mutual defense
treaties, our huge military expenditures, our mili-
tary and economic programs are all dedicated to
this end. We want this both for humanitarian
and for selfish reasons. We have learned at bitter
cost that freedom is indivisible, that what en-
dangers the freedom of others endangers our own,
that a free world is the only kind of world in
which the values we put above life can survive.
Reporting to the Nation last November after
the ill-fated four-power Foreign Ministers con-
ference in Geneva, Secretary Dulles restated
America's confession of faith:
We believe [said Mr. Dulles] in justice for all and in
the right of nations to be free and the right of individuals
to exercise their God-given capacity to think and to be-
lieve In accordance with the dictates of their mind and
conscience. We shall not cease to pursue these objectives
or ever seek a so-called peace which compromises them."
Of course I need not tell you, ladies and gentle-
men, that the American people do not want war
with any nation, that the President of the United
States is a man dedicated to peace. We have com-
mitted ourselves to explore every avenue for the
relaxation of tensions. We will seek permanent
peace by every honorable means, but peace at any
price is not peace at all. If peace only meant
freedom from war, we could guarantee a peaceful
world tomorrow — on Communist terms. But
what kind of world would it be? A police state,
a silent world of subjugation where no free voice
is ever heard.
Speaking in Philadelphia in August of last
year, President Eisenliower stated our case :
" Bulletin of Nov. 28, 1955, p. 870.
268
Department of State Bulletin
There can be no true peace [he said] which involves
acceptance of a status quo in which we find injustice to
many nations, repressions of human beings on a gigantic
scale, and with constructive effort paralyzed in many
areas by fear. . . . The peace we want — the product of
understandins and agreement and law among nations —
is an enduring international environment based on jus-
tice and security. It will reflect enlightened self-interest.
It will foster the concentration of human energy — indi-
vidually and organized — for the advancement of human
standards in all the areas of mankind's material, intel-
lectual, and spiritual life.'
And so we come to the heart of the matter —
■why it is that there are questions we must ask as
we attempt to assess the so-called "new look" of
the Communist world; why it is that we must
have answers to these questions before we can
lower our guard and abandon our defenses.
The issues which divide the Communist world
from the free go far beyond any competition of
strategic geography or of social and economic
systems. The world we must live and strive in
stands apart in its separate conception of the
nature and meaning of life, of man's relation to
the state, and indeed of his relation to God. It
is this conflict of philosophy and government that
everywhere cuts across the specific problems
before us.
In closing I should like to remind you of an
oft-repeated ancient Chinese proverb. It is in
the form of a question and answer : "What is the
cure for muddy water?" the question goes.
"Time," is the answer.
Yes, time is on our side, as it always is on the
side of the free, whatever the discouragements
and setbacks might be. In the long rollcall of his-
tory, nazism and fascism will be episodes only —
dark incidents, if you will. So, too, will com-
munism be, although the most evil and pervasive
of the three. Man was not created for, nor will
he permanently endure, the ruthless regimentation
of Communist slavery.
Already the signs are multiplying that the vic-
tims of communism are becoming restless under
the yoke. The brave defiance of the East Ger-
mans in June 1953; the recent bloody rioting in
Poznan, Poland, for bread and freedom; the
rumblings of discontent in Czechoslovakia and
Hungary; the present uprisings in Tibet are re-
minders that the human spirit is unconquerable.
"Success in establishing a just and durable
'Ibid., Sept. 5, 1955, p. 376.
August 73, 1956
peace," said President Eisenhower in a recent
address, "may be long in coming, but there is no
force so capable of helping to achieve it as the
strength, the might, the spirit of 165 million free
Americans. In striving toward this shining goal,
this country will never admit defeat."
ICA Programs for Far East Total
$767 Million in Fiscal Year 1956
The U. S. economic and technical assistance pro-
gram in coimtries of the Far East totaled about
$767 million during the fiscal year ended June 30,
the International Cooperation Administration
announced in a summary issued on July 23. This
figure excludes direct military assistance, such as
planes and tanks.
Nine countries make up Ica's Far Eastern area
of operations: Cambodia, China (Taiwan), Indo-
nesia, Japan, Korea, Laos, the Philippines, Thai-
land, and Viet-Nam.
The significance of the economic segment of the
year's mutual security program in the Far East is
apparent when compared to previous years:
• In 1956 these nine Far Eastern nations re-
ceived 58 percent of U.S. worldwide economic and
technical assistance.
• In 1953 they received only 12 percent.
• In 1954 this rose to 51 percent; in 1955, to 55
percent.
• By comparison, Europe received 66 percent in
1953 and only 8 percent in 1956.
Since the end of World War II, six of the nine
Far Eastern nations participating in the mutual
security program have endured armed conflict
with rebel and Coimnunist-assisted forces. They
have been and still are threatened by external
Commmiist aggression as well as significant efforts
at internal subversion.
Between them these nine nations — five of which
have only recently achieved independence — have
a total population of about 300 million, or about
one-sixth of the total free-world population.
Most of their peoples live on small farms of about
one to two acres. Population density, however,
varies dramatically, ranging from 16 people per
square mile in Laos, to 1,000 or more in some parts
of Java and in Japan.
The IcA assistance is designed to further the
goal which President Eisenhower in his foreign-
269
aid message to Congress on March 19 ' described
as "an endui-ing peace witli justice." In his mes-
sage the President said :
We must continue to work with other countries to insure
that each free nation remains free, secure from external
aggression and subversion, and able to develop a society
marked by human welfare, individual liberty, and a ris-
ing standard of living. . . . Peace with justice remains
the sole objective of our mutual security programs.
The bulk of the Far Eastern aid — close to $600
million or about 78 percent — is going to Korea,
Taiwan, and Viet-Nam. These three country pro-
grams are among the largest financed anywhere
by IcA. Seven of the nine countries — all but
Japan and Indonesia — are receiving defense-sup-
port funds, amounting to almost $730 million.
All nine countries particijaate in the technical co-
operation programs, to which the United States
is contributing about $34 million for the year.
The defense-support programs contribute di-
rectly to the security of the United States and the
free world by helping cooperating countries to
maintain the armed forces needed for effective de-
fense, often larger than the nations could support
by themselves. At the same time, defense-sup-
port programs help achieve a rate of economic
progress essential to the maintenance of financial
and political stability.
The teclinical cooperation programs provide
the sharing of skills, knowledge, techniques, and
experience of the United States in many fields
such as health, agriculture, education, and public
administration.
The fiscal 1956 programs required a I'ecord
number of about 2,000 American tecluiicians in
the nine countries, including those sent imder
IcA-financed contracts with universities and other
private organizations or firms. More than 3,400
nationals of the participating countries will study
or train in the United States with financial as-
sistance from the 1956 funds.
The total nonmilitary programs, country-by-
comitry for the 1956 fiscal year, announced for the
first time, are shown in the accompanying table.
Over and above the amount approved for coun-
try programs, there is also a $100-million Asian
Economic Development Fund for assisting proj-
ects which benefit two or more nations. This
• Bulletin of Apr. 2, 1956, p. 545.
270
fund is available over a 3-year period for use in
the Far East and South Asia.
Of the $767 million in the nine country pro- ,
grams, about $560 million is being used largely to /
finance imported commodities, mostly of U.S. \
origin, which will be sold for local currencies in ;
the countries concerned. Nonindustrial imports i
include about $140 million worth of American sur-
plus agricultural products.
These salable goods include such items as fer-
tilizer for farmers, petroleum products, machin-
ery and vehicles, and raw materials necessary to
maintain the functioning of essential economic
activities. Tlie goods are sold to consumers,
farmers, and businessmen for local currency,
which then may be used for direct support to the
country's military effort or for local currency costs
of development projects which help increase the -
country's capacity for self-support, help it attain
the economic strength necessary to preserve inde-
pendence, and help it to achieve better living con- ■
ditions.
It is planned that one-half of the proceeds de-
rived from the sale of IcA-financed commodity im-
ports, or the equivalent of abovit $280 million, will
be used for the direct support of country military
efforts. The remaining local currency will be
used for purposes not directly military, but which
indirectly contribute to the ability of the country
to maintain its defense effort.
Typical dual-purpose projects which serve both
a military and an economic purpose include the
construction or improvement of highways and
bridges, railways, harbors, and telecommmiica-
tions facilities.
The balance of the $767 million, or about $207
million, is being used to pay for technical services,
supplies, and equipment that Ica furnishes for
projects in agriculture, transportation, industry,
education, liealth, and public administration.
Korea
Ioa's fiscal 1956 program for Korea amounted
to $322 million in defense support and $5 million
in technical cooperation — a total of $327 million,
exclusive of military aid. This represented the
largest amount of economic assistance going to any
country in the world.
Korea provides the most clear-cut instance of
the need for the defense-support program. A
country the size of Indiana, with a population of
Department of State Bulletin
NONMILITARY PROGRAMS, FISCAL 1956
[In millions of dollars]
Tech-
nical
cooper-
ation
Defense
support
Devel-
opment
assist-
ance
Total
Cambodia
China (Taiwan) . .
Indonesia
Japan
Korea
Laos
Philippines
Thai and
Viet-Nam*
2.0
3.3
7.0
.95
5.0
1.0
5.9
5.0
3.5
43.2
70.0
'4.1
45.2
73.3
11. 1
.95
322.0
47.7
23. 2
29.5
193.7
327.0
48. 7
29. 1
34. 5
197. 2
Totals ....
33. 65
729.3
4. 1
767. 06
*In addition to the funds provided for Viet-Nam in
fiscal 1956, about $75 million allocated to that country
in 1955 was carried on to the 1956 program. These
funds represent estimated "savings" on the 1955 military
support program under which ICA provided local currency
to supplement Viet-Nam's own resources in maintaining
its large armed forces.
22 million and a per capita gross national product
of $80, the Eepublic of Korea maintains 20 army
divisions — the same number as does the United
States.
The U.S. aid makes possible Korea's mainte-
nance of the large forces which are necessary to
deter renewed Communist aggression and, at the
same time, enables the coiuitry to build toward a
more viable economy and improved living con-
ditions. The IcA assistance has emphasized the
rehabilitation of the nation's transportation, com-
munications, power, mining, and agriculture.
The country is being brought closer to the ob-
jective of eventually bearing a greater share of the
cost of both its military and its development ef-
fort. It is training technical and administrative
personnel with our aid, and generally strengthen-
ing the governmental services for the people.
The severe power shortage is being relieved by
the construction of three new electric plants. The
railroad network has been further restored and
improved imder the 1956 program. Eoads,
bridges, port installations, and telecommunica-
tions facilities continue to receive assistance.
Light industries have been rehabilitated and de-
veloped, and a fertilizer plant is under construc-
tion which will supply one-third of Korea's
nitrogenous fertilizer requirements. Ica sent $57
million worth of fertilizer to Korea during the
year.
China
In China (Taiwan) U.S. aid is helping the Gov-
ernment of the Republic of China in its etl'orts to
strengthen its defense forces, to maintain price
stability, and to increase the island's industrial and
agricultural production. Partly as a result of
U.S. aid, production of goods and services per
IDerson in 1955 was 25 percent above 1950 ; indus-
trial output rose 95 percent ; farm crop production
increased 18 percent; electric-power generation
increased 89 percent; and railway freight ton-
mileage increased 79 percent. Despite these
gains, Taiwan's production is still inadequate to
maintain, with its own resources, a viable economy
and a defense establishment necessary to counter
the threat from Communist China.
The United States and the Chinese Govern-
ments consider that emphasis should be placed on
industrial development as the best approach to the
buildup of Taiwan's capacity for eventual self-
support. Some of the major industrial develop-
ment projects to which U.S. aid is contributing
are electric power, transportation, and a variety of
manufacturing plants.
Cambodia, Laos, and Viet-Nam
Cambodia, Laos, and Viet-Nam, three newly
independent countries, are using U.S. aid to help
provide adequate support to their military forces ;
to establish banks and other financial institutions
required for operating financially as independent
nations ; to recover from the damage and disloca-
tions due to war and the results of the Geneva
settlement; to strengthen essential government
services, including the training of personnel ; and
to lay foundations for longer-range economic
development.
Viet-Nam
In Viet-Nam the largest share of the Ica aid
goes for the support and strengthening of the
Vietnamese National Army. In addition, the
U.S. program is helping Free Viet-Nam with the
restoration and improvement of highways, inland
waterways, and irrigation facilities; an extensive
agricultural program, including resettlement on
abandoned agricultural land, implementation
of the government's land reform program, and
development of rural credit facilities for farm-
ers; the improvement of primary and vocational
August 13, 1956
271
education; and improvement of public adminis-
tration.
Thirty-seven million dollars from the fiscal 1956
fimds are being devoted to programs for the re-
settlement of the 660,000 civilian refugees from
the Communist north and their absorption into the
coimtry's economy.
Laos
In Laos by far the greatest part of Ica's aid is
helping the Government to support and strengthen
its army and police. Other programs are helping
Laos restore and improve transportation and com-
munications, strengthen public services, improve
its agricultural production, and bring about a bet-
ter utilization of the country's resources. A man-
agement firm has been sent by Ica for 2 years to
help the Lao Government establish and operate a
procurement office for the import of capital and
consumer goods and military support items and
to demonstrate foreign trade operations to the lo-
cal mercantile and business community.
Cambodia
In Cambodia about half of the total aid funds
are being used to support the local currency costs
of the army. The 1,000-year-old Siem Keap irri-
gation system is being rehabilitated and the port
of Phnom Penh dredged. Ica is financing the
engineering and construction of a $15-million all-
weather highway to connect Plinom Penh with the
deep-water port which the French are building on
the Gulf of Siam and helping with the costs of
other road rehabilitation. Aid is also being given
in teacher training, school curriculum, and text-
book preparation; equipping of vocational and
agricultural schools ; training of nurses and health
technicians ; strengthening of the Ministry of In-
formation; and improvement of environmental
sanitation.
Japan
Ica's assistance to Japan is limited to technical
cooperation, given through the Japan Produc-
tivity Center, organized and sponsored by Japa-
nese business and industrial leaders and given offi-
cial Japanese Government recognition and sup-
port. The free labor unions participate in its ac-
tivities. U.S. funds in this program finance the
services of American technicians in Japan and
help pay for visits of Japanese groups — govern-
ment, management, and labor — to the United
States and other coimtries to study measures for
increasing Japan's efficiency in engineering de-
sign, quality control, packaging and marketing,
and improvement of industrial management and
labor relations.
From Public Law 480 surplus agricultural sales
proceeds, the yen equivalent of $59.5 million has
been loaned to Japan for economic-development
projects, including agricultural programs, in con-
junction with Ica. Up to $49.4 million more
from 1956 surplus agricultural sales to Japan is
to be loaned for developmental purposes.
Thailand
Economic aid to Thailand, which had consisted
of only technical aid prior to fiscal 1955, was sub-
stantially expanded by the inauguration of defense
support after the fall of North Viet-Nam to the
Communists. Particular attention is being given
to improving public administration, expanding
transportation and communications facilities, pro-
viding budgetary support for certain military
projects, expanding and diversifying agricultural
production and the economic base of the country
generally, improving essential governmental serv-
ices to the people, and promoting increased soli-
darity with neighboring free nations by joint plan-
ning and execution of projects of mutual interest.
Key parts of Thailand's road network are being
improved to increase the mobility of defense forces
and facilitate economic growth. Ica has already
provided $13 million to start construction of a
modern hard-surfaced highway planned to con-
nect Bangkok with the underdeveloped northeast
region. Work started in November 1955 on the
first section of the new road, about 100 miles in
length.
About 25 percent of the defense-support funds
for Thailand are being used to generate local cur-
rency to help finance construction of military and
naval training facilities.
U.S. aid in combating malaria has helped
Thailand make rapid progress against the disease,
and within a year it is expected that this former
number-one killer will be under control through-
out the country. Small- and medium-sized indus-
tries are being helped to expand, and projects
ranging from automotive maintenance facilities
to the introduction of Puerto Eican sweet potatoes
— producing twice the quantity of potatoes that
272
Department of State Bulletin
the native plants had produced — are being as-
sisted.
Indonesia
Aid to Indonesia was increased 47 percent this
fiscal year, from $7.2 million in fiscal 1955 to $11.1
million in 1956. This is the largest progi-am yet
undertaken in Indonesia and emphasizes the train-
ing of technical and managerial personnel in agri-
culture, industry, health, education, and public ad-
ministration and the improvement of production
techniques in agriculture and industry. Major
projects include agricultirral extension, land rec-
lamation, contracts with American universities to
assist Indonesian universities in in^proving med-
ical, engineering, and industrial education, a con-
tract for the preparation of educational films, and
the training in the United States of nearly 300
Indonesians a year in technical subjects.
Most spectacular is the "blitz" campaign against
malaria, aimed at eliminating malaria within 5
years in this sixth most populous country in the
world. The $4.1 million in development assist-
ance to Indonesia supplemented the technical
cooperation funds by providing supplies and
equipment for two important projects — malaria
control and civil police administration. The
malaria program, worked out with the assistance
of American technicians under the technical co-
operation program, is being implemented much
more rapidly because dieldrin and spraying equip-
ment worth $2.7 million are also being provided
with the development-assistance funds.
Philippines
The villagers and small farmers in the Pliilip-
pines are sharing with industry the benefits from
the $29.1 million in aid which Ica is providing.
Of the total funds, $4.2 million is in support of an
expanded rural-development program; $7.6 mil-
lion is to import equipment and commodities
needed for projects to expand and diversify the
base of the Philippine economy — in particular,
rural road construction, port and harbor improve-
ments, rural health units, and water-supply and
land-development projects; $5.9 million is for
technical cooperation in the fields of public ad-
ministration, education, agriculture, labor, and
industry, for training Filipino technicians in the
United States, for technical advisory services of
U.S. personnel, and for supplies and equipment
August 13, 1956
394654— B6 3
for demonstration and instruction in aU major
fields of activity ; $6.7 million is to provide local
currency for an industrial loan program ; and $4.7
million is to continue the military construction
program begun in fiscal 1955 in connection with
the reorganization of the Philippine Army.
Most of the U.S. aid is in support of President
Magsaysay's comprehensive economic-develop-
ment program, for which the Philippines is
budgeting $79.5 million of its own funds this fiscal
year to encourage industrialization under private
business, to improve government services, to ex-
pand transportation and communications facili-
ties, and to improve the living conditions and earn-
ing capacity of the rural population, who make up
70 percent of the Philippines' 22 million people.
Simplifying Customs Procedures
Statement iy President Eisenhower
White House press release dated August 2
I have today approved H. R. 6040, the Customs
Simplification Act of 1956.
The heart of this measure is a revision of valua-
tion procedures. Tliis change will do more than
any other single measure to free the importation of
merchandise from customs compUcations and pit-
falls for the inexperienced importer. It allows
our customs value decisions to be based on normal
commercial values current in trade with the United
States. It permits businessmen to predict with
greater certainty the amount of tariff duty to be
paid on imports. It simplifies the valuation work
of the Bureau of Customs and reduces delay in the
assessment of duties.
I am also particularly gratified to approve H. E.
6040 because it marks the culmination of the legis-
lative proposals which this administration has
made for customs simplification and customs man-
agement improvement. The Customs Simplifi-
cation Act of 1953 made many important changes
in customs administrative provisions which have
resulted in more certain and equitable duty assess-
ments. The Customs Simplification Act of 1954
began a study by the United States Tariff Com-
mission looking toward a much-needed revision
of the tariff classification schedules of 1930 and
made helpful changes in the administration of
the antidumping laws. With the passage of H. R.
273
6040 all of the principal improvements relating to
customs procedui'es recommended on January 23,
1954, by the Commission on Foreign Economic
Policy, which I endorsed in my special message
of March 30, 1954, have now been authorized or
undertaken.
The legislation previously passed by the Con-
gress, together with the regulatory and adminis-
trative changes made by the Treasury Department
and the Bureau of Customs, have in the past 3
years cut the average time required for a final
decision on customs duties from about 1 year
to less than 6 months. Further progress in this
direction is expected, and I am confident that H. R.
6040 will contribute to it.
It camiot be said that our work is completed,
because customs simplification and procedural im-
provement problems require continuous attention.
However, all of these measures add up to a record
of real accomplislmaent in the administration's
program for greater certainty, fairness, and effi-
ciency in customs administration. They repre-
sent real progress in facilitating the exiaansion of
our trade with other nations, an essential step in
strengtliening our own economy and the economies
of the free world that are linked to ours.
Countering the Soviet Threat in the Far East
hy Howard P. Jones
Deputy Assistant Secretary for Far Eastern Affairs ^
The international Communists are presenting a
new face to the world. This new face is being ex-
hibited on all sides, internally and externally. In-
ternally, it is dramatically displayed in the famous
"de-Stalinization" campaign. Externally, it is
demonstrated in the openlianded visits of Khrush-
chev and Bulganin to Rangoon and Karachi,
Djakarta and New Delhi; the application of the
baby-kissing, gift-bearing technique to the world
in general and Southeast Asia in particular.
A few years ago in Berlin, Germany, I spent an
evening with a patriotic Russian who had defected
from the Soviet headquarters in Berlin. Some of
you may have read the book which he later wrote.
If not, I commend it to you. His name is Klimov.
The book he wrote was entitled Terror Machine —
The Inside Story of the Soviet Administration in
Germany.
Major Klimov was maintaining that the ma-
jority of the Russian people were against the re-
gime in the Kremlin.
"But that is most difficult for me to believe," I
' Address made before the South Atlantic Regional Con-
ference of the American Association of University Women
at Huntington, W. Va., on July 16.
protested. "Thirty years have passed — a new gen-
eration of Russians has grown up. They know
nothing of the outside world and they have been
fed propaganda continuously. How could their
minds challenge the all-powerful masters of the
Kremlin?"
Klimov was silent for several moments. Fi-
nally, he said, "Nevertheless, I am right. Perhaps
I can explain it to you this way. A human being —
any human being — reacts alike to certain stimuli.
He reacts alike to hunger, he reacts alike to thirst,
and he reacts alike to injustice. And Russia is full
of injustice !"
When Dictator Stalin was toppled from his
throne in Communist history recently, the world
wondered whether this represented a response to
internal pressures of the kind Klimov was talking
about or whether it was simply another tactic, an-
other false face for the Soviets to present to the
world. It had great significance — of that every-
one was convinced. In effect the new Soviet pos-
ture repudiated two decades of Stalinism. But
whether this was the leopard changing its spots
or merely blaming its sf)ots on the past was a
question still to be answered. Also whether this
274
Depariment of State Bulletin
was simply a tactic conjured up by the leaders of
the regime for their own purposes, or whether it
represented response to internal pressures, a rec-
ognition that something must be done about
domestic injustice and resultant discontent, was
not known.
As time has gone by, however, evidence lias been
accumulating to indicate that this Soviet new look
was, in fact, a reaction to internal pressures about
which something had to be done. The interna-
tional repercussions of de-Stalinization in Iron
Curtain countries could hardly have been foreseen,
and these too indicate that all was not well beliind
the Curtain and that, as Klimov put it, human be-
ings were reacting alike to injustice — in Poland,
in East Germany, in Hungary, even within the dis-
ciplined Communist Parties within Free Europe,
as well as in Russia.
There is more hope on the Iron Curtain horizon,
in other words, than we have seen in a long time.
We in the Department of State believe, as Secre-
tary Dulles pointed out last week,^ that "there are
processes at work which will require Soviet poli-
cies to become responsive to the will of the gov-
erned. . . ." We do not expect any sudden trans-
formation, but we do look for new forces to begin
to take charge of the situation in this second post-
war decade which will lead to a transformation of
the international scene.
Effect in Far East
But what of the effect of all this in the Far
East ? Behind the walls of Communist China, the
effect of de-Stalinization as such remains an
enigma. In the great stretches of Southeast Asia,
the ripples were few if any. Indeed, most of the
people, except for Moscow-dominated Communist
leaders in countries like Indonesia and Burma, if
they have heard of communism at all, think of it
in terms of a local political party and judge it by
the positions taken on local issues. More mean-
ingful to these countries was another aspect of
the new Soviet look — the Communists bearing
gifts. Khrushchev and Bulganin had, in fact,
brought an apparent change in Soviet policy to
Southeast Asia in realistic terms that could be
measured in cold cash. To Indonesia, to Burma,
to India, to Pakistan, to Cambodia, to Laos — the
Communists were offering economic and technical
= Bulletin of July 23, 1956, p. 146.
August 13, 1956
assistance. They emphasized that there was a big
difference between their aid and ours — theii- aid,
they said, was "without strings."
In Djakarta last year a yoimg newspaperman
came up to me and said, "I want to ask an em-
barassing question." Something had been
bothering him. "It is this," he said. "What are
America's motives in helping Indonesia? What
do you want ? You must want something. Wliat
is it — what are you after?"
It was a question I was to hear repeated time
after time by intelligent Asian leaders who felt
that they had reached a personal relationship
which would permit them to ask what they felt was
a very blimt question. It was a question keynot-
ing the suspicion of the West that exists in many
quarters in these new nations. It was a question
which, answered satisfactorily in terms which an
Asian could accept, would eliminate the corroding
suspicion that is America's most difficult foe in the
Far East.
The answer, of course, is a simple one. Indo-
nesia is interested in maintaining its freedom and
independence. America is interested in helping
Indonesia maintain its freedom and independence.
And so we have an identity of interest with any
Asian country, be it neutralist or not, which wants
to remain free. And our aid programs have been
designed to that end.
But now the Soviets have moved in. Theirs is
a program which cannot be discounted. Wliile an
imitation, it is also a challenge to our own efforts
in this part of the world. And there is a danger
here that our Asian friends do not always ap-
preciate. The new Soviet approach is often re-
ferred to as economic penetration of Southeast
Asia. It is more accurately defined as political
penetration by economic means.
Soviet Promises to Burma
Take the country of Burma — a small, fertile
country made famous for us by Kipling. Let us
see what is happening "from Rangoon to Man-
dalay."
The Soviets reportedly have offered economic
aid and technical assistance without strings in
any amount that Burma will accept. They have
promised to construct as a gift to the people of
Burma an M. I. T. or a Georgia Tech — that is, an
institute of technology in Rangoon. They will
build dormitories, classrooms, and auditoriums.
275
Laboratories with complete equipment will be con-
structed, they say, for an institution that will take
care of 1,000 undergraduates and 100 graduate
students.
Burma is a country whose 20 million people live
on rice. Wlien I say "live on rice," I do not mean
merely that they eat rice. Burma is a part of the
great rice bowl of Asia, and 75 percent of the for-
eign exchange which Burma must have to pay for
imports she requires comes from rice. In fact,
directly or indirectly, about 50 percent of all the
government revenues of Burma comes from rice.
Unfortunately, the United States also produces
rice. Rice is a surplus commodity in the United
States. There is only one place where people
eat rice in large quantities and that is in Asia —
so the United States Government sells rice to Asia
under concessional terms. Whether we like it or
not, we thus become a competitor of Burma.
At this point I want to insert a caveat. Every
effort is made by the United States Government
to insure that surplus rice is not, in fact, dumped
into Asia in competition with Burma and
Thailand and other Asian countries which pro-
duce rice. Every effort is made to insure that —
(1) the country purchasing American rice
makes its normal purchases from other Asian
countries so that in effect the American rice sale
will be over and above the amount that would be
otherwise purchased ;
(2) no rice is sold for local currencies to coun-
tries which would have the foreign exchange to
buy rice from their normal suppliers ;
(3) prior consultations are held with the gov-
ernments of the primary producing comitries to
insure that the sale of our surplus rice does not
hurt them.
Nevertheless, the position in which this puts the
United States versus the Soviets is not altogether
satisfactory. For example, last year Burma had
a million tons of rice she could not sell. Khrush-
chev and Bulganin arrived in Rangoon. "We
will take your rice," they said. "We will buy all
of it. What's more, we will contract to buy large
quantities for the future." And they sat down
and signed a contract to buy 400,000 tons of rice
each year for the next 4 years.
Let us see what that means. Translated into
dollars, this contract runs to about $160 million.
What are the Soviets going to pay for the rice?
Are they going to pay in dollars, or sterling, or
other forms of cash? Of course not. For that
rice, Burma will get Soviet equipment, Soviet
capital goods, Soviet machinery, Soviet techni-
cians. Wlien parts wear out, spare parts will flow ,,
in from the Soviet Union, not from the factories
of the United States and the rest of the free world.
How long can a country economically dependent
upon the Soviet Union remain politically inde-
pendent ?
Moreover, every Soviet citizen who enters
Burma will be an agent under Communist control.
That is how the weapon of penetration by eco-
nomic means works. All this emphasizes that the
new look in Moscow is not yet less dangerous than
the old look to free-world countries which want
to remain free.
Tactics in Indonesia
Similarly, offers of economic aid have been
made by the Soviets to Indonesia. In Indonesia,
however, the Commimists have so far primarily
used another weapon, the weapon of a vigorous,
well-financed local political party. Millions of
dollars were spent in Indonesia last year by the
Communists. When one drove through the coun-
tryside of Indonesia, Communist streamers were
spread across the road above one's head, from tree
to tree. New Communist schools were in process
of construction. Everywhere one looked or lis-
tened, Communist meetings were being held and
Communist orators were speaking.
These people were all things to all men. In
Surabaya, Communist speakers carried copies of
the Koran from which they quoted in their
speeches. This, of course, was in 100 percent
Moslem territory, where the people believe in God.
In north Sumatra, a political party called the
Islam Communist Party was organized. Asian
peoples living in their small villages and cities,
still largely isolated from the world of interna-
tional struggle, are politically unsophisticated,
naive. They know little of what communism
means. When Vice President Hatta of Indonesia
heard of the formation of this new political party,
the story is told that he flew over to north
Sumatra, gathered the leaders of the party to-
gether, and said to them :
"What do you mean by this ? Don't you know
that Islam and communism are oil and water, that
the two cannot be mixed ? Don't you know that a
people who believe in God cannot accept the ma-
276
Departmenf of State Bulletin
terialistic philosophy of the Communists?" He
talked to them in this vein for quite some time.
Finally he stopped and awaited their answers.
There was a long pause. Finally, one of the
leaders said to him, "But, Dr. Hatta, we did not
know ; that is not what the Communists told us."
By such political chicanery, when Indonesia
held its first election this spring since its revolu-
tion, the Communists received 16 percent of the
vote.
There is much discussion these days as to
whether, in view of the emphasis the Communists
are placing on economic assistance to Asian coim-
tries, the United States should not place less stress
on its military program and more on its economic
program.
Cold war has its arsenal just as does hot war.
The use of a military weapon, an economic weap-
on, the weapon of terror or subversion, or prop-
aganda, or political accommodation, is simply a
question of selection and adaption to the circiun-
stances.
Use of Military Weapons
Let us take a brief look at Communist ta:Ctics
in another part of the Far East where they are
still employing military rather than economic or
political weapons. These militai'y weapons, aimed
at three targets in the Far East, are ever ready to
be fired.
In North Korea, across the demilitarized zone,
stands a Commimist army, far more effective than
it was at the signing of the truce 3 years ago.
There the Communists have introduced 350 jet
planes and built new jet airports and strengthened
the firing power of their forces, all in violation
of the terms of the armistice.
In Viet-Nam, the same story is repeated. Again,
since the 1954 talks in Geneva, the military forces
of the Viet Minh have been strengthened in viola-
tion of the terms of the armistice. Firepower has
been increased sixfold. Chinese Communist arms
and ammunition and training instructors have
been introduced.
And, finally, across the South China Sea lies
Formosa — more properly, Taiwan. Taiwan is a
small island some 200 miles in length and 80 miles
in width. Insignificant as it appears on the map,
it has a population of 10 million, larger than that
of Australia. This island is an important link
in the United States Pacific chain of defense that
runs from Japan through Korea, Okinawa, the
Philippines, and so on down the Pacific.
Across 75 miles of stormy straits stand powerful
Communist military forces. Chou En-lai, the Chi-
nese Conamunist Premier, has said repeatedly,
"We intend to take Taiwan by peaceful means, if
possible; by force if necessary." Opposite Tai-
wan, on the China mainland, 10 new jet airfields
have been constructed in the past year. These
fields are being readied to launch and service the
warplanes of the Chinese Communist air force —
now boasting over 1,500 jet planes. In addition,
a military railroad is being built from the harbor
of Amoy, opposite Taiwan, to connect with the
main north-south railroad from Canton to Shang-
hai, linking this coastal point to Mukden in Man-
churia and from there connecting it with the great
trans-Siberian railroad from Vladivostok to Mos-
cow and Leningrad.
Discussions at Geneva
Discussions have been held for nearly a year
in Geneva between Ambassador U. Alexis John-
son, representing the United States, and Chinese
Communist Ambassador Wang Ping-nan on two
subjects: (1) the release of American prisoners
still held in Communist China; and (2) an at-
tempt to obtain a mutual renunciation-of-force
agreement.
As a matter of interest to every American, you
should know how the first matter stands. Ten
months ago, on September 10, 1955, the Chinese
Communist representatives in the discussions
which have been going on in Geneva said : ^
The People's Republic of China recognizes that Amer-
icans in the People's Republic of China who desire to
return to the United States are entitled to do so, and
declares that it has adopted and will further adopt appro-
priate measures so that they can expeditiously exercise
their right to return.
As of today only 8 of the 19 Americans have
been released. Eleven are still in Communist Chi-
nese prisons.
But it is the second item that particularly con-
cerns us in relation to the subject before us. If
these Clunese Communists are sincere, it should
be a simple matter to agree upon a statement in
which both coimtries renounce the use of force
to obtain their objectives.
' Ibid., Sept. 19, 1955, p. 456.
August 13, 1956
277
During the many months when our Ambassador
has been endeavoring to gain acceptance of a
statement by the Communists, the declaration has
gone through many drafts.^ In essence there are
only two words that prevent us from getting to-
gether on such a statement. These two words are
significant. They are these : "including Taiwan."
The Chinese Conununists, in brief, are willing to
renounce the use of force in gaining their objec-
tives except as respects Taiwan.
Progress in Countering Soviet Threat
I have painted a sobering picture. There is
no point in mincing words over the problems
which face us. They are serious. But you should
also know what your Government is doing about
them. And I can honestly say that, in my opin-
ion, substantial progress has been made in coun-
tering the Soviet threat in the Far East.
The basic problem in the Far East is to help
the people of Free Asia in their aspirations for a
better life while at the same time insuring mili-
tary strength adequate to resist aggression. The
mutual security program, through teclmical and
economic-development assistance, is helping them
to achieve their objectives. The military-assist-
ance part of the program is assisting them in main-
taining internal order and security and in creat-
ing a first line of defense against aggression while
they build up intex-nally.
These Asian people must have hope that they
will be more secure and better off tomorrow than
they are today. So long as this is true, we may
assume that, barring aggression, these free nations
will remain free. Our aid programs are helping
the governments of these countries in making such
faith and hope possible. I said "barring aggres-
sion," and it should be noted that for over a year
the forces of armed aggression in the area have
been held in check. Similarly, the forces of in-
ternal subversion and instability have likewise
been held in check.
Look at Viet-Nam. A year ago the newly inde-
pendent Goverimient there was fighting against
tremendous odds for its existence. It was faced
with the military and subversive threat of Com-
munists to the north of the 17th parallel. It was
confronted by internal strife. Armed bands of
self-seeking political religious sects were chal-
* Ibid., Jan. 30, 1956, p. l&l, and June 25, 1956, p. 1070.
lenging the Government's authority. Hundreds of
thousands of refugees, fleeing from Communist
domination in the north, were pouring into the
country. The problems were well-nigh over-
whelming. We can take great satisfaction in the
remarkable improvement in the situation, which
without our contribution would have been im-
possible.
We now find a firmly entrenched nationalist
government under the leadership of President
Diem. This government has proved its capacity
not only to survive in the face of Communist sub-
versive efforts but to assume the responsibilities
of independence. The Diem government has
achieved a decisive victory in the recent elections
for the Assembly, which is now meeting to ratify
a constitution for Free Viet-Nam.
In Korea 3 years ago the Communists were made
to understand that, if they failed to reach an agree-
ment for an early cease-fire, they would run the
risk of retaliation massive enough to cost them far
more than war could gain. Today Korea is at
peace, albeit an uneasy peace.
In Korea we have demonstrated with other na-
tions of the United Nations that a free nation can
successfully be defended against Communist ag-
gression and can be reconstructed and built up to
defend itself. Our aid program is the major fac-
tor in the sujjport of the Korean Army, which is
the largest among the free nations of Asia. That
army has obviously become an effective deterrent
against further aggression by the Red Chinese
and North Korean armies entrenched beyond the
38th parallel.
On Taiwan another strong Asian army faces the
Communists across the 75-mile-wide straits be-
tween the island and the mainland. Taiwan con-
tinues to occujiy a position of key importance. We
regard its defense as essential to the non-Commu-
nist countries of the Far East as well as the United
States itself. In addition, the Government of the
Republic of China provides a source of hope for
the mainland Chinese and an alternative focal
point for their loyalty. As Assistant Secretary of
State Walter S. Robertson has pointed out —
It also furnishes a political alternative to Communist
doiiinatlon for some 13 million overseas Chinese residing
in strategic parts of Southeast Asia. As Communist
China continues a policy of repression and murder at
home and intensifies its subversive action abroad, the
maintenance of a China that is free and independent as-
sumes an ever-increasing importance.
278
Department of Slate Butletin
A year ago, when the Chinese Communists were
particularly aggressive in pressing their claims to
Taiwan, the President sought and obtained from
Congress the overwhelming assurance that the
might of this country could be used if necessary to
guard the peace. War has not broken out in the
Formosa Strait.
In the Philippines, another important partner
in the global defense arrangements in the Pacific
area, again progress can be reported. The in-
ternal threat of armed communism has been gen-
erally overcome, thus making it possible for Pres-
ident Magsaysay to proceed with his plans for the
economic development of his comitry. Through
continued U.S. aid programs, we are assisting the
Philippine efforts to strengthen the main weak-
nesses of the economy — the rate of industrial de-
velopment and backward rural conditions.
Japan is becoming an asset to the free world.
Japan, like Germany, has staged a remarkable
economic recovery and its growing eelf-defense
capabilities are encouraging.
We are also working closely with the so-called
neutralist countries to insure that they too are able
to maintain their freedom and independence. We
have an aid program in Indonesia, and Burma too
is turning to us for help.
The recent visit of Indonesia's President Su-
karno to the United States was an outstanding
example of the way in which good will and under-
standing may be developed on both sides by two
leaders of friendly countries getting together and
exchanging views.
Finally, our network of mutual defense treaties
in the Pacific is creating greater security through-
out the area and giving assurance and confidence
to the participating governments. This program
provides equipment, training, and economic sup-
port for the military and police forces, as well as
aid for economic-development purposes.
I should like to emphasize the importance of the
Seato Pact signed at Manila in September 1954.
This brings together eight nations, pledged to
common defense against external aggression or
internal subversion. Its protective power em-
braces not only the territories of its members but
the three states of Viet-Nam, Laos, and Cam-
bodia as well. Seato does not stop with arrange-
ments for military defense but also envisions mu-
tual assistance in economic and cultural fields.
In Bangkok this year, a permanent headquarters
for the Seato organization was established.
In reviewing the situation in the Far East to-
night, there are three points that I hope I have
left with you :
(1) That there is a stirring of the human spirit
behind the Iron Curtain that makes one tliink
Klimov's rejection of injustice may be on the
way^not soon but in yeurs to come.
(2) That we cannot count on this and relax our
guard ; the new Soviet tactics in the Far East are
no less dangerous than those previously employed ;
indeed, no tactic has been dropped — the one best
adapted to the circumstances is used.
(3) That the United States has made real prog-
ress in thwarting Commimist objectives in the
Far East and strengthening the free world. In-
deed, it may have been the effectiveness of our
programs which has brought about the change in
those of the Soviets.
Finally, the free world looks to us for leader-
ship in the fight to keep it free. This is a respon-
sibility the United States of America in the line
of its finest tradition can but fully discharge.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
International Wheat Agreement, 1956. Message from the
President transmitting the International Wheat Agree-
ment, 1956, which was formulated at the United Nations
Wheat Conference concluded on April 25, 1956, re-
mained open for signature in Washington until and
including May 18, 1956, and was signed during that
period by plenipotentiaries of 40 governments, Including
the United States of America and 5 other exporting
countries and 34 importing countries. S. Exec. I, June
13, 1956. 38 pp.
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Report to accom-
pany S. Res. 286. S. Rept. 2235, June 14, 1956. 3 pp.
Swiss Watches— Adjustments. Report of the Senate
Committee on Government Operations made by its Per-
manent Subcommittee on Investigations. S. Rept. 2239,
June 18, 1956. 12 pp.
Amendments to Public Law 480, 83d Congress. Report
to accompany H. R. 11708. H. Rept. 2380, June 18, 1956.
15 pp.
Relinquishment of Consular Jurisdiction m Morocco. Re-
port to accompany S. J. Res. 165. S. Rept. 2274, June
19, 1956. 15 pp.
Arranging for Exhaustive Studies To Be Made Regarding
Foreign Assistance by the United States Government.
Report to accompany S. Res. 285. S. Rept. 2278, June
20, 1956. 3 pp.
Report of the National Advisory Council on International
Monetary and Financial Problems, Covering Its Oper-
ations From July 1 to December 31, 1955, Pursuant
to Section 4 (b) (5) of the Bretton Woods Agreements
Act. H. Doc. 430, June 20, 1956. 70 pp.
Amendments to Public Law 480, 83d Congress. Report to
accompany S. 3903. S. Rept. 2290, June 22, 1956. 13 pp.
August 13, 1956
279
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
The Satellite Program for the International Geophysical Year
hy Hugh Odishaw
Executive Secretary, U.S. National Committee for the IGY^
The satellite program for the International Geo-
physical Year represents a new departure in ma'n's
continuing effort to increase his knowledge of the
physical universe. Its significance for science, by
permitting man to reach into the upper atmos-
phere to gather data needed for an understanding
of Ms environment, cannot be overstressed. It is
one of the boldest, most imaginative steps taken
by man ; from the days of antiquity, as recorded in
myth and fable, man's inquiring, restless spirit
has attempted to free itself from the earth and to
reach out into the vast universe stretcliing about
him.
The Igt satellite program represents the first
of man's steps toward acquiring direct knowledge
of the universe far beyond the earth's surface and
far beyond the scope of aircraft, balloons, and even
conventional research rockets. These initial steps,
limited though they may be in terms of man's
aspirations, are important and exciting. They
represent a historical event almost without parallel
in terms of man's relationship to his cosmic en-
vironment. They also represent a method whereby
man can secure specific knowledge of many events
and phenomena in the outer atmosphere.
Many of these phenomena are masked from the
earth by its absorbing atmosphere. Rockets and
satellites provide tools to reach directly into those
rarefied regions of the outer atmosphere with
' Remarks made at the IGY Western Hemisphere Con-
ference at Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, on July 19. Mr. Odishaw
was chairman of the satellite session at the conference.
For background on the International Geophysical Tear,
see Bulletin of Apr. 18, 1955, p. 644, and Dec. 12, 1955,
p. 989.
280
measuring instruments. This will provide us not
only with information of great intrinsic value but
with data that can be correlated with vast quanti-
ties of groimd-based observations.
Rockets are limited to a narrow zone of the
atmosphere, ascending and descending almost ver-
tically, and to short intervals of time. Satellites
will explore a vast region of the outer atmosphere
and are expected to last weeks, months, perhaps a
year. This feature not only permits the accumu-
lation of considerable information in both depth
and time but will enable man to study the time
variation of planetary and interplanetary
phenomena.
The Igt satellite program thus affords an un-
usual opportunity for the acquisition of informa-
tion about the upper atmosphere. As in other Igt
programs, this opportunity is a broad one: The
nations of the world will not only observe the
satellite but will participate in the scientific pro-
gram, insuring its success. The ground-station
scientific program, in particular, will require ex-
tensive international participation in order to
secure maximum advantage from the endeavor.
Observations, by radio or optical instruments, per-
mit the conduct of important experiments relating
to outer-atmosphere air density, composition of
the earth's crust, and various geodetic determina-
tions. The more participation there is, the better
the end results that may be obtained. Moreover,
it is hoped that other nations can place Igt satel-
lites in orbit during the Igt, increasing the amount
of data thereby attainable and taking advantage
of the interests, activities, and observing stations
Department of State Bulletin
established during the Igx by the many participat-
ing nations.
A preliminary list of advantageous satellite ob-
servation and measurement sites has been made
by the U.S. National Committee, calling for some
13 optical observation stations and some 10 radio
observation stations. Emphasis has been placed
on a north-south line of stations, in view of the
launcliing aspects, with some added stations to pro-
vide longitudinal coverage. These are but sug-
gestive, for it is hoped that many more stations
will be established by the nations participating in
the Igt.
It is most fitting that this next step in the devel-
opment of the Igt satellite program, concerned
with the ground-station observation and measure-
ment program, can now be presented before the
CsAGi [Comite special de I'annee geophysique In-
ternationale] and the Paigh [Pan American Insti-
tute of Geography and History], gathered to re-
view, to coordinate, and to implement Western
Hemisphere activities during tlie Igy period, 1957-
58. It is fitting that the program has advanced
whereby this step can now be delineated because
most of the proposed stations, linked to circimi-
stances necessarily associated with launching of
the vehicle, make possible further inter- American
cooperation, a cooperation which has long char-
acterized the relations among the nations of South,
and Central, and North America.
I should like in these remarks to summarize the
salient aspects of the satellite: first, the develop-
ment of the program through Csagi deliberations
and actions; second, the subsequent development
of the U.S. National Committee's satellite pro-
gram and aspects of its present status; third, the
scientific program relating to ground-station ob-
servation and measurements, including proposed
station sites; and finally some of the types of
experiments that can be conducted by instrmnen-
tation within the satellite.
Development of Satellite Program
Interest in earth-circling research satellites for
the Igy began with the adoption of resolutions,
during the summer and early fall of 1954, regard-
ing the desirability of such vehicles. These resolu-
tions were adopted by three international scien-
tific bodies: the International Scientific Radio
Union, the International Union of Geodesy and
Geophysics, and the Special Committee for Igt
of the International Council of Scientific Unions
(Csagi). The resolution of most immediate in-
terest is the one adopted on 4 October 1964 by the
Csagi :
In view of the great Importance of observations during
extended periods of time of extra-terrestrial radiations
and geophysical phenomena in the upper atmosphere, and
in view of the advanced state of present rocket techniques,
CSAGI recommends that thought be given to the launch-
ing of small satellite vehicles, to their scientific Instrumen-
tation, and to the new problems associated with satellite
experiments, such as power supply, telemetering, and ori-
entation of the vehicle.
In view of these international recommendations,
the U.S. National Committee for the Igt (Usnc-
Igt) studied the possibility of constructing,
launching, and observing an instrumented satel-
lite. These studies led to the conclusion that an
instrumented satellite program not only was of
scientific importance but was feasible. On 14
March 1955, accordingly, the committee trans-
mitted its general recommendation for an Igt
satellite program to the President of the National
Academy of Sciences and the Director of the Na-
tional Science Foundation.
Meanwhile the scientific and technical studies of
the committee's special satellite group continued.
By the early part of May a preliminary program
had been developed, and the committee directed
its chairman to transmit the proposed program to
the Government through the National Science
Foundation. This was done on 6 May 1955.
Late in July, the Government's approval of the
satellite program permitted the chairman of the
UsNC to notify the Csagi of our plans. In his
letter of 26 July 1955 to Professor Sydney Chap-
man, President of Csagi, Dr. [Joseph] Kaplan,
chairman of the Usnc-Igt, said :
The Committee on behalf of the National Academy of
Sciences wishes to inform you at this time that, in re-
sponse to the CSAGI resolution, the program of the
United States for the International Geophysical Year
now includes definite plans for the launching of small
satellites during the International Geophysical Year.
The United States National Committee believes that
significant scientific data may be gathered as a result of
this program in such fields as geodesy, atmospheric
physics, ionospheric physics, auroral physics, and solar
radiation. The participation of other nations engaged
in the International Geophysical Year is invited, and to
this end we shall provide full scientific information on
the orbiting vehicle so that other nations may monitor the
device and make appropriate observations. The United
States National Committee looks forward to the interest
August 13, 1956
281
and cooperation of other nations iu what it hopes will
be one of the great seientitie achievements of our time.
On 29 July 1955, Professor Chapman released
this letter to the public at Brussels through
CsAGi's Secretary General, M. Nicolet. A few
minutes later, the President's endorsement of the
program was made public at the White House by
the President's press secretary :
On behalf of the President. I am now announcing that
the President has approved plans by this country for goinu
ahead with the launching of small unmanned earth-cir-
cling satellites as part of the United States participation
in the International Geophysical Year which takes place
between July 19.j7 and December 1958. This program will
for the tirst time in history enable scientists throughout
the world to make sustained observations in the regions
beyond the earth's atmi)sphcie.
The President expressed personal gratiflcatiou that the
American program will provide scientists of all nations
this important and unique opiiortunity for the advance-
ment of science.
Professor Chapman replied to Kaplan on 3
August 1955. The substance of Chapman's letter
is contained in the following three quoted para-
graphs :
On behalf of the CSAGI I wish to express great satis-
faction that it was in consequence of the CSAGI resolu-
tion you quote, that your National Committee arranged
for a study of the possibilities and value of the construc-
tion of a satellite vehicle for upper atmospheric and
other scientific exploration.
I am glad to know that this study was so successful
that your Committee felt able to resolve to construct and
launch small satellites as a i)art of the United States
contribution to the International Geophysical Tear and
to announce these plans publicly. The long experience
of your scientists in rocket launching and construction,
and the brilliant scientific use they have made of rockets
for upper atmospheric and solar exploration, gives con-
fidence that the plans so announced will be fulfilled.
This will indeed be one of the great scientific achieve-
ments of our time, and will give occasion and opportunity
for the cooperation of other nations in this outstanding
part of the great enterprise, the International Geophysical
Year.
These, then, were the early steps in the develop-
ment of the Academy's Igy satellite program.
Importance of Cooperative Effort
The cooperative nature of the satellite program
is particularly important if the full scientific value
of the project is to be realized. Only with the
cooperation of scientists of all the American Re-
publics can this progi'am, or indeed any of the
other programs of the Igt, yield their full poten-
tial. Because of the orbit of the satellite, the sta-
tions to be set up in Central and South America
are perhaps the most important in the worldwide
network.
Broad participation of U.S. scientists in this
endeavor is being effected by the National Acad-
emy of Sciences, which established the U.S.
National Committee for the Igy. TMs commit-
tee, with its subcommittees and panels, is charged
with responsibilities for planning, directing, and
executing the U.S. Igt effort. The Government
has cooperated extensively in the realization of the
program, both program-wise and fiscally.
Seeking the most expert advice available, the
UsNC appealed to the Department of Defense for
logistic support of the satellite program. This
support will be provided jointly by the three mili-
tary services under Navy management. A group
has been established, directed by Dr. John P.
Hageu of the Naval Research Laboratory, for the
conduct of Project Vanguard, the name assigned
to the Department of Defense's effort.
Although it is clearly an exciting and signifi-
cant endeavor, one should not lose sight of the
difficulties of the enterprise. The committee's
studies indicated that existing rocket techniques
provided a soimd basis for the feasibility of the
proposal. Yet the venture is truly a pioneering
one, and partly for this reason the committee has
called for some dozen instrumented satellites, with
the hope that at least five or six would be success-
fully placed in their orbits.
The scientific basis for the satellite program is
to be found in the need for basic, directly observed
data, which ground-based experiments are unable
to provide. The lack of such data is probably the
single most important factor accounting for the
present incomplete explanations and theories re-
garding such fields as auroral and ionospheric
physics.
The atmosphere of the earth acts as a huge
slrield against many types of radiation and objects
that are found in outer space. It protects the
earth from things which are known to be or which
might be harmful to human life, such as excessive
ultraviolet radiation, cosmic rays, and those solid
particles known as meteorites. At the same time,
however, it deprives man of the opportunity to ob-
serve many things that could contribute to a better
understanding of the universe. In order to ac-
quire data that are presently unattainable, it is
vital that scientists be able to place instruments
282
Department of State Bulletin
outside the earth's atmosphere in such a way that
they can make continuing records of the various
properties about which information is desired.
Rocket soundings of the upper atmosphere have
yielded significant results, and tlie Igy program
includes a major rocket-research eilort. Unfor-
tunately, rockets have two serious disadvantages :
Their total flight is extremely short and the time
spent in a particular altitude range is even
shorter; and their flight paths are restricted in
terms of atmospheric coverage. Thus, in spite of
the very great value of rocket data, there exists
a need for a device that can provide synoptic data
over a^jpreciable lengths of time.
Plans for Launching Satellite
Present plans call for the satellite to be launched
from the east coast of Florida at Cape Canaveral.
There will be a three-stage rocket assembly to pro-
vide the means of placing the satellite in its orbit.
The first stage, delivering a thrust of 27,000
pounds, will start the system on the first part of
its flight. "Wlien its fuel is exhausted, some 40
miles from the launching site and within about 2
minutes after takeofl', the system will have attained
a velocity of 3,000-1,000 miles per hour. The
second rocket stage will then take over, attaining
a velocity of about 11,000 miles per hour, and
burning out at an altitude of about 130 miles; the
systena will then coast onward. AVlien it has
reached an altitude of about 300 miles, the last
rocket will impel the satellite into its orbit at a
speed of about 18,000 miles per hour.
This orbit, then, will permit the satellite to re-
volve about the earth in an apparent latitude range
of about 40 degrees on either side of the Equator.
As it revolves about the earth once every hour and
a half, the earth will rotate beneath. Since the
earth rotates about its axis once every 24 hours,
it will have made about one-sixteenth of a revolu-
tion each time the satellite orbits once completely.
If the orbit of the satellite were circular, one-
sixteenth of a revolution, or 22.5 degrees, would
be approximately accurate. The orbit is to be
elliptical, however, so that more than one-sixteenth
of a revolution will be made by the earth during
one revolution of the satellite; the displacement
will be about 25 degrees. Thus after one revolu-
tion the satellite will appear about 25 degrees west
of its launching site, 50 degrees on its second
passage, and so on.
There are two primary advantages to this shift-
ing orbit between 40 degrees north to 40 degrees
south of the Equator : First, the satellite's instru-
ments will be able to record observations over a
broad expanse of the high atmosphere. Second,
the excellent band-width coverage will permit the
scientists of a large number of nations to take
measurements and to make observations. In the
planned orbit the satellite will be observable from
the United States, Central and South America,
and Africa; southern Europe and possibly some
regions in the midnorthern latitudes; Indonesia,
Australia, and New Zealand; the Balkans and
the Middle East; the Caspian Sea area and part
of the U.S.S.R. ; Pakistan, China, Japan, India,
and several other countries in Asia in the mid-
northern latitudes. The U.S. National Commit-
tee hopes that later satellites may be launched so
as to permit scientists of additional nations to
particiijate in the study.
The first satellite will be spherical in shape,
about 20 inches in diameter, and will weigh
approximately 21.5 pounds. About half of this
M'eight will be required for the instrument itself ;
the other half will be left for the various instru-
ments, including the telemetering system.
Visual observation of the satellite with the
naked eye under optimum conditions, and prefer-
ably with binoculars, will be possible. This will
permit amateurs, a large number of whom have
expressed interest in the satellite project, to con-
tribute to the scientific jDrogram.
A number of experiments are planned, including
measurements of ambient air density, surface com-
position and shape of the earth, ambient tempera-
ture and pressure, meteoric incidence and intensity
of solar radiation in the extreme ultraviolet, and
intensity of cosmic radiation.
Precision determination of the orbit of the
satellite as it moves in its elliptical path from 200
to perhaps 1,500 miles from the earth is necessary
to the achievement of the planned experiments.
Plans call for precision tracking and observation
by both optical and radio methods.
Once placed in its orbit, the satellite becomes in
effect a celestial body newly arrived upon the
cosmic scene. As such, the first problem becomes
its acquisition — those initial observations which
not only establish its celestial existence but which
provide data for preliminary calculations of its
orbit in order that ephemerides may be made.
August 13, 1956
283
These predictions will permit, first, the concen-
tration of ground stations on the preliminary orbit
and, second, the subsequent acquisition of more
extensive data on the basis of which the various
studies can be conducted.
Ground-Station Observations
One of the most important sets of experiments
made possible by the earth-satellite program re-
lates to observations, measurements, and calcula-
tions which can be made from ground stations.
Here both radio and optical observation stations
play significant roles. The following are three
areas of study that can be conducted :
1. Air Density: Very little is presently known
about the density of the upper atmosphere. From
the geometry of the satellite's course and observa-
tions of its flight, calculations can be made of the
air density.
2. Composition of the Earth'' s Crust: The
satellite will proceed in an elliptical orbit. At its
speed of about 18,000 miles per hour there is a
centrifugal force which balances the earth's gravi-
tational pull. Careful observations of the orbit
and its variations will permit calculations of
mass distribution in the earth. This, in turn,
should yield information about the composition
of the crust.
3. Geodetic Determinations: Determinations
similar to those noted above will provide data
about the oblateness of the earth. This will yield
an improvement in our information about the
shape of the earth. Synchronized observations
may permit improvements in determinations of
longitude and latitude. These observations would
supplement the observations that are planned in
the Igy latitude and longitude program.
Optical observations may be conducted by sev-
eral means. The radio tracking system should
provide acquisition data, but, in the event of fail-
ure of the transmitter in the satellite, optical
means of acquisition are necessary. Here teams of
observers using binoculars may prove most valu-
able. Although a particular individual will, for
obvious technical reasons, have difficulty in view-
ing the satellite, trained teams of observers can
undertake a satellite acquisition program. By
placing binoculars on fixed mounts and employ-
ing a group of such installations disposed so as to
cover a large region of the heavens, with good
data as to position of the installation, timing of
observations, and critical review of the observa-
tions by professional leaders, a major contribution
to the overall program becomes possible.
Once the satellite has been acquired, not only
can the precision optical equipment be brought
rapidly into play, but the simpler type of tele-
scopes in astronomical observatories can partic-
ipate in the observation program.
One of the difficulties in the initial optical ac-
quisition of the satellite, aside from considerations
relating to the effectiveness of the simple acquisi-
tion net, is the problem of atmospheric conditions.
Extensive cloud cover, for example, would mini-
mize the chance of optical acquisition. Here the
radio tracking system can play an important part.
Limitations of the optical observation system are
that the path of the satellite must be initially
known to a precision of 3 degrees so that prelimi-
nary sighting positions can be established for in-
suring photographic acquisition; conditions of
visibility will restrict optical observations to brief
twilight periods.
On the basis of visibility and other technical
considerations, the U. S. National Committee feels
that some desirable locations for the optical ob-
servation stations include the following: White
Sands, N. Mex., U. S. A.; Cocoa Beach, Fla.,
U. S. A.; Venezuela or Netherlands Antilles;
Quito, Ecuador (with radio observations) ; Anto-
fagasta, Chile (also with radio observations) ;
Cordoba, Argentina ; Bloemf ontein. South Africa ;
Australia; Maui, Hawaii; Southern Japan; India
or Pakistan ; Egypt or east edge of Mediterranean ;
Southern Spain or French Morocco. Other sta-
tions would be desirable, both latitudinally and
longitudinally. It is hoped that many nations,
particularly in Latin America, can establish opti-
cal tracking and observing stations.
The radio tracking system, developed by the
Naval Research Laboratory, is known as Mini-
track. It uses a phase comparison method in which
a radio signal is transmitted from the satellite to
the ground station. Satellites will transmit Mini-
track signals at 108 mc. Ground stations will in-
clude a precision multiple-antenna array and a
complex electronics installation, requiring an oper-
ating staff of 10 technicians. The expected pre-
cision of observation is about 3 minutes of arc
under normal conditions with improvement to a
precision of 20 seconds of arc for observation at
small zenith angles, or for nighttime operation.
284
Department of State Bulletin
In terms of minimum north-south chain of sta-
tions, intended to insure radio tracking, and in
terms of necessary spacing (taking economic fac-
tors into account) , the committee believes that the
following station sites would be desirable : Santi-
ago, Chile; Antofagasta, Chile (with optical ob-
servation station) ; Lima, Peru; Quito, Ecuador
(with optical observation station) ; Panama; An-
tigua, British West Indies ; Habana, Cuba ; Jack-
sonville, Fla., U. S. A.; Washington, D. C,
U. S. A. ; San Diego, Calif., U. S. A. Plans for
the cooperative establishment of these stations are
under way. Additional stations are desirable, and
it is hoped that many nations will participate in
the radio tracking program.
Participation is possible by use of ground sta-
tions of the precision type or by a simplified
("Mark II Minitrack") system, which has been
developed for supporting the primary network;
results from this device, if a broad network could
be established, would be very important in the
acquisition of the satellite. Information on re-
ceiving-station design, as well as the radio track-
ing signal characteristics, will be made available
to CsAGi as soon as the committee can prepare re-
ports on teclinical work still in progress.
Types of Experiments To Be Conducted
In addition to the experiments described above,
the satellite affords a unique tool for obsei-vations
of atmospheric and cosmic phenomena not directly
susceptible to measurements on the earth — and
phenomena which in many instances are masked
by the earth's atmosphere. It is expected, within
the payload limitations of the satellite, that re-
search experiments can be conducted. The fol-
lowing are examples of such typical experiments
under consideration :
I. Temperature : Measurements of temperatures
within the satellite and at its surface will be made.
The heat within the satellite is derived from solar
radiation, the power supplies, thermal radiation
emitted by the earth, and a very small amount
from friction.
II. Pressures: The satellite shell will be air-
tight and may contain an inert gas. Pressure
gages will be used to measure pressures during the
satellite's life in order to check on leakages and in
connection with possible meteoric effect.
III. Meteoritic Particles: Small meteoric parti-
cles, a few thousandths of an inch in diameter, are
constantly impinging upon the earth's atmos-
phere. Estimates as to the quantity reaching the
earth's surface vary. These micrometeorites are
believed to contribute a measurable amount to
ionizing the atmosphere in the E-region (about 60
to 90 miles above the earth). With the use of
simple impact detectors these micrometeorites can
be observed. Moreover, measurements of pressure
within the satellite will reveal meteorite penetra-
tion and some information on size.
IV. Ultraviolet Radiation: Much of the radia-
tion from the sun is masked from the earth by
the atmosphere. This is particularly true of the
extreme ultraviolet radiations in the Lyman-alpha
region. The satellite offers an opportunity to
observe this radiation on a long-term basis and
thereby to determine the influence of solar flares
on its emission from the sim.
V. Cosmic Rays: Cosmic rays have high ener-
gies and there are variations in their energy con-
tent. Because the earth's magnetic field deflects
these particles, only those with the highest ener-
gies penetrate the midlatitudes. Many of the low-
energy particles are absorbed in the earth's at-
mosphere, and observations of cosmic rays are gen-
erally of "secondaries." The satellite will per-
mit direct studies of primary cosmic rays above
the masking atmosphere.
At the present time some 48 nations are for-
mally participating in the Igt program and ad-
ditional nations are expected to participate or to
cooj^erate in the worldwide effort during 1957-58.
The Igt satellite program is just one part of this
unprecedented, cooperative international effort.
The fact that man can make a satellite and set it
in an orbit about the earth is a monumental step
forward in man's continuing search for knowl-
edge of his physical environment.
Caribbean Commission Appointment
The President on August 2 appointed Roderic
L. O'Connor to be a Commissioner and Chairman
of the United States Section of the Caribbean
Commission for a term of 2 years.
August 13, 1956
285
Surveying the World Economic and Social Situation
Follotoing are texts of statements made hy John
C. Baker, U.S. representative on the U.N. Eco-
nomic and Social Council^ at the 22d session of
EGOSOG at Geneva on July 10 and 18.
PRACTICAL ACTION IN THE SOCIAL FIELD
U.S. delegation press release dated Jul.v 10
It is fitting that our Council should consider as
its first substantive item "Practical Action in the
Social Field." This subject is concerned with
I^eople — with their needs and aspirations and with
the action that governments can take individually
and through international organizations to pro-
mote their welfare. We must strive constantly
to meet current human needs and at the same time
plan to solve tomorrow's human problems if we are
to make steady and encouraging progress in
raising levels of living.
Acting on this belief, the Economic and Social
Council began its series of periodic inventories of
the world social situation to provide the factual
data essential for imaginative planning. Then
we outlined a progi-am of concerted practical ac-
tion based on the findings of the first Report on
the World Social Situation.'^ Last year, we re-
viewed the fii-st Intei'national Survey of Programs
of Social Development.^ Fine as that survey was,
we still lacked a clear picture of the extent to which
international and national programs were inte-
grated into one pi-ogram of practical action.
Thus, the Council proposed the study now before
us ^ to provide a basis for evaluating the present
priority programs before we examine the findings
of the next Report on the World Social Sitimtion.
'U.N. publication 1952.IV.11.
' U.N. publication 195.^.IV.8.
^ Program of Concerted Practical Action in the Social
Field of the United Nations and the Specialized Agencies.
Report of the Secretary-General (U.N. doc. E/2890).
When the proposal was discussed last year, it
was clear we were not seeking another collection
of reports from agencies. We wanted, above
everything else, an analysis by the Secretary-Gen-
eral of the emphasis given to each priority pro-
gram. We note, however, that the presentation
in report E/2890 is by agency and there is no sum-
mary under each priority program. The burden
of rearranging the data as a basis for evaluation
and future planning is placed on governments.
Nevertheless, detailed examination of the report
indicates that tlie United Nations and the spe-
cialized agencies have, in practice, taken account of
the priority programs outlined by the Council in
1953. For this action, we heartily commend the
Secretary-General of tlie United Nations and the
Directors General of the specialized agencies. And
we want to take tliis opportunity to reaffirm the
strong support of my Government for intensified
international efforts to strengthen social programs
and for taking into account the social aspects of
economic development.
Setting Up Priorities
In our view, the time seems ripe for the Council
to seek the advice of its subsidiary bodies and of the
specialized agencies with a view to recommending
major emi)]iasis on the most pressing problem
within each of the broad priority areas. Let me
illustrate with a specific problem within one of the
nine priority programs, namely, malaria.
In 1952, the Report on the World Social Situa-
tion showed that 300 million people suffered from
malaria and 3 million died of it each year.
Dramatic achievements have resulted from the
international control programs instituted at the
request of governments since 1952. Today the
problem is just two-thirds as great as it was. In
certain countries where malaria formerly was a
serious problem, it has no significance today.
286
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bu//ef/n
P2radication of malaria has meant relief from
human misery, increased i^roductivity, and
greater social and economic well-being for the
l)e.ople. Similar benefits should be realized for
the hundreds of millions of people still suffering
from malaria today.
No aspect of the social and economic develop-
ment of a malarious area is immime to the effects
of this disease. In such areas, malaria bears much
of the responsibility for the low learning capacity,
inefficiency, high medical costs, grave social-wel-
fare problems, neglect of natural resources, and
low rate of economic development. It is also
costly to the entire world.
Sixty percent of the goods imported into my
country, for example, comes from malarious areas.
Malaria control among those who produce goods
purchased by us requires at least 5 percent of the
annual production budget. Here is a hidden tax
of over a third of a billion dollars annually, but
projected on a world basis tliis hidden tax becomes
a cost of staggering proportions. Himian welfai-e
is, indeed, a very practical problem.
Certainly the internationally approved decision
to move from control measures to actual eradica-
tion of malaria in a few years represents a land-
mark in the history of man's attack on one of his
oldest, most debilitating, and most vicious enemies.
Imagine what the eradication of this one disease
will mean in raising the levels of living of people !
Based on past experience with the eradication of
malaria, is it not worthwhile for the Council to
consider the most urgent problem on which the
United Nations and the specialized agencies might
place major emphasis within each of the other
l^riority program areas? We think it is.
Now, let me turn to five specific points in the
report before us today. Paragraph 4 of this
report informs us that countries are not neces-
sarily requesting the types of technical assistance
which are outlined in the priority programs. No
supporting information is given to show the ex-
tent of the difference between the requests and the
priority programs. Thus, we lack the basis for
determining whether or not the priority programs
need to be reevaluated. The needs of countries
differ. So does the timing for specific progi-ams.
Obviously, there can be no uniform way for car-
rying out the priority programs. In general,
however, the extent to which the priority pro-
grams fit the needs of countries is an indication
of how realistic they are.
We hope that each government represented here
which has requested multilateral technical assist-
ance will give us its view on this point. And we
hope the representatives of organizations provid-
ing t^clinical a.ssistance will, in turn, give us their
comments on the practicality of the priority pro-
grams. We believe such a discussion can be help-
ful in future planning.
Community Development
Next we wish to comment on paragraph 6 of
the report, concerning the community-develop-
ment process. My delegation agrees that the
Secretary-General, in his special report next sum-
mer, should include recommendations on the long-
range application of the community-development
process. Last year the Council defined conunu-
nity development. We now have international
agreement that it is a process to produce a con-
certed program of action. We assiune the secre-
tariat will take this definition into account in
responding to pertinent resolutions adopted by
the Council prior to its 20th session.
We firmly believe the community-development
i:)rocess can be used to achieve practical results
in many different activities related to the common
goal of raising levels of living. The process is
particularly effective in developing and strength-
ening local and national organizations for admin-
istering social progi-ams.
Let me refer briefly to a problem in my own
countiy and the action we took. Every local
community in the United States realized that it
had a serious problem on its hands if it were to
meet the educational problems created by our rap-
idly increasing population. Financing expan-
sion, more teachers, new buildings were only a
few of the problems to be met. Countless indi-
viduals and gi'oups in each area became interested
in these problems and widespread discussion oc-
curred. President Eisenhower's first state-of-the-
Union and budget messages to Congress recom-
mended specific action.
The Pi-esident named a committee to plan and
conduct an overall study of the Nation's elemen-
tary and secondary school needs. About 4,000
local, regional, and State conferences on education
were held last year involving more than a half
million of our citizens.
Congress appropriated funds to help the States
defray the cost, but each State and Territory
worked out its own progi-am to fit its own needs.
August 13, 1956
287
The "Wliite House conference held at the end of
the year climaxed the series of State and Terri-
torial conferences. Nearly 2,000 people partici-
pated in it. The year's activity was the most
thorough, widespread, and intensive study the
American people liave ever made of their schools.
The first result is a sizable increase in the num-
ber of people from all walks of life who are par-
ticipating in educational activities. A series of
bills have been introduced into State legislatures
and into our Federal Congress to help solve these
problems. They have wide public support. The
net result is that more effort and more money
are being expended to improve our schools than
ever before.
Here is an example of the community-develop-
ment process in action in my country. The needs
of the local communities determined the action.
The expressed needs of the people determined the
practical projects which are being supported
throughout the country, such as to train more
teachers, to finance and to build more schools.
We, like many other nations, know that the com-
munity-development process is effective.
Conditions in Underdeveloped Countries
Let me turn now to the third specific issue in the
report. It is found in paragraph 11, relating to
the need for studies of actual conditions in under-
developed countries. We agree with the Secre-
tary-General that this problem should be taken
into account in connection with the examination
of the second Report on the World Social Sitim-
tion.
Wlien we look back to the organization of the
Council 10 years ago, we realize that we now have
a great deal of basic factual information on geo-
graphic, social, economic, and demographic con-
ditions. Wlien we look ahead at the problems
before us, we know much more information is
needed if we are to outline specific programs to
promote the welfare of the human race.
The fourth specific issue is in paragraph 13 of
the report. Here it is suggested that the Council
support the formulation of a long-range program
in urbanization. We supported the Council deci-
sion requesting the secretariat to give special at-
tention in the second Report on the World Social
Situation to the problems involved in urbaniza-
tion. We, however, have serious doubts about the
separate program which is proposed. In our opin-
ion, we do not need a new program. Instead, we
should consider the problems involved in urbani-
zation in each of the existing priorities and pro-
grams of concerted practical action in the social
field.
Urbanization is a process which involves a whole j
series of complex problems relating to social and
economic development— housing, health, educa-
tion, social welfare, labor standards, food distri-
bution, nutrition. Indeed, it is a new way of life.
In fact, urbanization includes all the problems
reflected in the priority programs recommended
by the Council in 1953. Thus, we strongly believe
that long-range plans should be related to the
existing priorities and programs. Countries newly
confronted with urbanization as well as industrial-
ized countries will agree that urbanization occurs
with the least difficulty when all the social and
economic programs are intermeshed into one pro-
gram of practical action to improve levels of
living.
The final issue I want to refer to is in paragraph
14. It concerns "methods of integrating economic
and social projects into a coherent development
plan and achieving thereby a proper balance and
phasing of projects." Mr. President, we all recog-
nize that there will be no worldwide agreement on
the percentage of public expenditures which
should be devoted to particular programs. Nor
will there be agreement on any single pattern of
relationships among social and economic pro-
grams. By contrast, we already have considerable
agreement on the elements in a program of social
and economic development. It should be possible
to develop a broad area of understanding and
agreement as to some of the necessary interrela-
tionships between industrialization on one hand
and improvements in health or education or social
services on the other.
Thus, an important contribution could result
from analyzing the different methods used and
the problems encountered by comitries in inte-
grating social and economic action into multipur-
pose related efforts to raise levels of living. We
believe the Secretary-General should be requested
to undertake a study which analyzes these differ-
ent methods and problems. Because of the heavy
work program in getting ready for the 11th ses-
sion of the Social Coirunission and because of the
time involved in getting information from gov-
ernments, we suggest that such a study be pre-
pared for the 12th session of the Social
Commission.
288
Qsportmeny of Sfafe Bulletin
My delegation will be happy to work with other
delegations in formalizing these various ideas into
an effective resolution.*
In conclusion, Mr. President, we are encouraged
by the reports of social progress made by the
United Nations and the specialized agencies.
This great family of international organizations
is striving to meet urgent needs. And it is plan-
ning effectively to solve tomorrow's problems.
Since today is prolog for tomorrow, let us con-
tinue to keep these two objectives before us so
that our progress in another 10 years will sur-
pass our greatest expectations today.
THE WORLD ECONOMIC SITUATION
U.S. delegation press release dated July 18
I should like to join in thanking the Secretary-
General for his opening analysis of the world eco-
nomic situation. His presence among us and his
participation in this discussion, together with that
of the executive secretaries of the regional com-
missions, emphasize the importance which the
United Nations and all of us on this Council at-
tach to this annual survey.^ I should also like to
say a word of thanks to those other members of
the secretariat who assisted in the preparation of
the studies and reports without which this annual
review would not be possible. Not only is this
documentation essential to the work of this Coun-
cil, but it is coming to be more and more widely
used by governments, economists, and students the
world over.
Arnold Toynbee, the famed British historian,
has suggested that the 20th century will be re-
membered, not for its wars, not for its conquests
of distance and disease, not even for the splitting
of the atom, but for "having been the first age since
'The Council on Aur. 2 unanimously adopted a resolu-
tion stressing the need for intensified and concerted in-
ternational efforts In strengthening social programs in
independent countries and non-self-governing and trust
territories, and the need for attention to the social aspects
of economic development in the Interests of integrated
development. It also requests the Secretary-General to
include in the special study being prepared recommenda-
tions for concerted international action on a long-range
basis for the promotion of community development. It
reaffirms the Council's request to give special attention in
the second report on the world social situation "to the
problems of peoples undergoing rapid transition especially
through urbanization."
= U.N. publication 1>)56.II.C.1 (U.N. doc. E/2S64).
the dawn of civilization ... in which people
dared to think it practicable to make the benefits
of civilization available for the whole human
race."
To help convert this vision into reality is the
basic challenge before this Council and before the
United Nations. It is the objective of the most
far-reaching economic and social movement in
history, affecting all continents and the great
majority of the world's population. The distin-
guishing mark of this movement is the almost uni-
versal concern with the problems of economic
growth and improved levels of living. Today
governments must promise not only "liberty,
equality, and fraternity" but also more material
advantages, if they are to obtain and hold the
support of their peoples.
This year's world economic report of the Secre-
tary-General performs a double function. On the
one hand, it measures the success or failure of the
world economy to move along the road toward
this objective over the past 10 years. On the
other, it alerts us to some of the problems which
must be overcome if, in the years ahead, the bene-
fits of modern science and technology are to spread
to ever larger numbers of people.
I can think of no more fitting manner to mark
the first 10 years of the Council's work than to
assess the extent to which we have moved toward
the economic and social goals laid down in the
charter of the United Nations, while we all pledge
ourselves anew to these great ends.
I do not propose to review this record in detail.
To do so would but duplicate the fine work of our
competent secretariat. I should like, however,
briefly to recall what seem to me some of the main
economic developments of the last decade.
Unprecedented Economic Accomplishment
In comparison with any other decade of the last
half -century, including the great prosperity which
followed the First World War, the past 10 years
were a period of unprecedented economic accom-
plishment for large areas of the world. Thus
substantial progress has been made in realizing
the hopes for greater security from hunger and
want which were raised during the Second World
War. This is true even if we do not take into
account the rapid reconstruction of the immediate
postwar years.
Of course, when we measure country against
August 13, 1956
289
country and area against area large differences in
economic performance appear. But in almost
every country and every area the rate of economic
growth in the j)ostvvar period has been well above
earlier long-term trends, contrasting sharply and
hopefully in many underdeveloj^ed countries with
previous centuries of extremely slow economic
progress.
For example, in Latin America as a whole the
last decade was probably the most prosperous
period of its recorded history. The economic ad-
vances achieved during this time, when added to
the gains made during the war, virtually doubled
the total real income of the area.
While, by and large, the countries of Southeast
Asia have not made as rapid economic progress,
there are strong indications that in the last 2 or 3
years the area as a whole has achieved a sustained
increase in per-capita income despite large in-
creases in population. If these trends prove to
be lasting, this may well be one of the most im-
portant economic developments of our time.
WTiile continued economic growth in this area is
not necessarily assured, the experience of the past
few yeai'S suggests that such growth is possible on
the basis of available resources and within exist-
ing social and political frameworks.
There are hopeful signs even in areas where
economic problems are especially difficult. In the
Middle East, for example, the secretariat report
finds that progress toward utilizing its great po-
tentialities for economic development has been
encouraging.
Thus, simultaneously with the unexpected rise
in birthrates in the industrialized countries and
the phenomenal decline in death rates in the un-
derdeveloped areas, we have witnessed over the
last decade a striking demonstration of the power
of the world economy to support larger numbers
of people at a higher standard of living than ever
before.
It is encouraging to note that since 1948 the
increase of production in the underdeveloped
countries as a whole has compared favorably witli
that in the more developed countries. But, as the
world economic report suggests, the most signifi-
cant development in the underdeveloped countries
since the war is to be found not in the physical
expansion of productive capacity, important
though that has been, but rather in the gradual
evolution of a climate favorable to economic de-
velopment. The effects of this evolution can be
seen not only in the market place but in political
and social institutions and most strikingly in the
spirit and determination of the peoples and the .
leaders of these countries to improve their eco-
nomic conditions.
In most developed countries maintenance of a
satisfactory level of productive employment has ]
come to be regarded as a major objective of eco-
nomic policy. The last 10 years have witnessed
the further development of built-in economic sta-
bilizers, with watchful governments determined
to do everything possible to prevent serious or pro-
longed business recessions. Actually, as the world
economic report makes clear, the major economic
problem of the postwar period in these countries
has not been the problem of depression but rather
the moderation of excessive demand, the control
of inflationary pressures, and the problem of bal-
anced economic growth.
It is gratifying indeed to see that, without sacri-
ficing desirable mobility of resources and flexi-
bility of output, unemployment in the industrial-
ized coimtries has been reduced to levels that before
the war did not seem possible to most economists.
A new spirit of economic progress is also abroad
in these countries.
For the first time in a generation, trade restric-
tions are being progressively dismantled. The
volume of trade has been rising, not only to
record absolute levels but also in relation to world
production. This is a particularly noteworthy
trend when we compare it with the experience of
the years before World War II. During that time
world trade grew by much less than the increase
in world production, thus giving rise to the theoi*y
that we were witnessing a long-term decline in the
importance of international trade. Recent devel-
opments indicate that this may well have been a
mistaken view.
Economic Growth in the United States
The remarkable economic growth enjoyed by my
own country since the war is, of course, one of the
noteworthy developments of the last decade.
Forecasts by some people in the early postwar
years that millions in the United States would be
unemployed did not materialize. Instead, the
postwar period witnessed an almost constantly
rising trend of economic activity.
This trend has continued into 1956, and a broad
expansion of production has carried our economy
290
Department of State Bulletin
to new high levels. In the first quarter of 1956,
goods and services were produced at a seasonally
adjusted annual rate of over $398 billion — an $11
billion increase from the 1955 average and $23
billion higher than a year earlier.
Concurrently, employment rose to over 65 mil-
lion and unemployment declined to a new low
level. In April of this year, personal incomes were
6 percent above the level attained a year earlier,
with average per capita personal incomes after
taxes over $1,650, while consumer prices have re-
mained essentially stable for the past 3 years.
In fact, the general expansion in demand has
been so pervasive that it was fomid necessary to
adopt monetary measures to control inflationary
pressures.
As I pointed out in my statement during last
year's discussion of the world economic situation,''
the recent rise in American business activity was
led principally by two major industries — residen-
tial construction and motor vehicles. Nearly 8
million new passenger cars were produced in 1955.
During the couree of 1955, however, the expansion
broadened to nearly all parts of the economy and
business activity advanced on eveiy front.
Residential construction and automobile pro-
duction have recently declined from the excep-
tionally high levels attained in 1955. Although
they are important segments of our economy, the
decline in these areas has been offset by expansion
in other sectors, particularly in nondurable goods
and services and in industrial investment.
Indeed, one of the principal features of our
economy this year is the substantial expansion of
l)lanned expenditures on plant and equipment.
Early this year businessmen reported that they
planned expenditures in 1956 for fixed investment
of $35 billion, more than 20 percent above that of
1955. Planned increases were reported by all
major industry gi-oups.
In addition, govermnent purchases of goods and
services have gi'adually expanded during the past
year, after substantial declines in 1953 and 1954.
Spending by State and local governments has
been rising to meet the requirements of a rapidly
growing population for schools, roads, and other
community facilities and services.
Looking to the immediate future, all projec-
tions of national product which have been made
by governmental and private research agencies
» Bui-LETiN of Aug. 22, 195.5, p. 312.
August 13, 1956
emphasize the prospects for continued growth and
for advancement in the standard of living. Per-
haps even more important is the fact that, for the
first time, American businessmen are planning ex-
panded investment for several years ahead.
These bold plans for the future underline the
widespread confidence of the American people in
the basic strength of their economy.
Since arriving in Geneva I have been asked by a
number of delegates as to the effect that the steel
strike in the United States will have upon our
economy and upon the world economy. I shall
not venture to predict how soon that strike may
end, nor its terms of settlement. We are all aware
of and regi-et the loss in wages and in production
that it is causing. I do not believe this strike will
alter production totals seriously for 1956.
However, may I note that this is a price which
we are ready to pay and a risk we are prepared to
rmi because it is part of a free labor market, of
free trade imions, of free employers, and of free
collective bargaining. This Council has in the
past concerned itself deeply with the problems of
insuring freedom of association and freedom of
economic action to workers. I am sure that this
Council would not wish to see the exercise of such
freedom prohibited, even though it carried with
it the threat of some economic loss.
A^Hiile I am on this theme, I am reminded that,
only 3 days before the steel strike began in the
United States, there was another strike in Poznan,
the basis of which, according to the official Polish
press, was the dissatisfaction of the workers. This
demonstration was met with tanks and guns which
opened fire on the workers with the loss of many
lives.
Mr. President, I hope that in our deliberations
on the world economic situation we never forget
that the highest purpose of any economic system
must be to provide its people with the good things
of life under conditions of justice, liberty, and
freedom. If it fails to do that, it fails in every-
thing, no matter what the production and balance-
of-payments figures might show.
The' great boom of 1955 circled the globe, and
mines and factories in country after country shat-
tered all records. But we members of this Coun-
cil cannot afford to sit back and rejoice over the
signs of economic improvement which we see all
about us, satisfying though they are.
We cannot for one moment forget the many and
difficult tasks which still lie ahead if the good life
291
is to be brought to more than a fraction of the
workl's population. The fact that, at this point
of the 20th century, the greater part of mankind
is still living in areas where extreme poverty is
the rule should be a constant reminder of the mag-
nitude of the job that remains to be done. If the
accomplishments of these past years are to be the
forerunners of greater worldwide prosperity,
these must be days of realistic appraisal and care-
ful consideration of how we can best consolidate
and extend our gains.
The World Economic Survey and the Secretary-
General liimself, in his penetrating statement on
the world economic situation, have pointed out
some of the obstacles which still lie in the path of
world economic progress. The problem of con-
solidating economic growth in large parts of the
world to the point where it can become self-sus-
taining; the balance-of -payment problems of
many countries; the problem of encouraging the
international flow of private capital to meet more
fully the needs of economic development; the
problem of growing population pressure in areas
where modern public health techniques have
brought about spectacular drops in the death rate,
while the birthrate remains high — merely to list
these should be sufficient to dissipate any com-
placency arising out of the world's economic per-
formance of the last decade.
What Lies Ahead?
I should now like to consider briefly a few of the
developments wliich we may anticipate in the
years ahead. I shall not attempt to forecast the
index of world production, or the level of world
trade, or the figui'es on employment and unem-
ployment, even for my own country. That task is
for braver men, men with a flair for clairvoyance.
Rather, I should like to examine briefly some of
the broad elements which we can expect will char-
acterize the world economy.
But first, may I say what must be immediately
evident to anyone who gives thought to the f utm-e.
All the most optimistic economic forecasts will
mean nothing if we — all of us — do not work to-
gether to assure peace. At the same time, the tre-
mendous economic possibilities that would be
opened up for all nations by disarmament must
excite the imagination. These considerations
should spur all of us to even gi-eater efforts to
build a solid foundation for a truly i^eaceful
world. The distinguished representative of the
Netherlands wisely said that confidence comes
from deeds and experience. While our experi-
ence seldom keeps up with our hopes, we must
keep our hopes and objectives high if our achieve-
ments are to be worthy of the goals of the United
Nations.
Our common objective in the Economic and
Social Council is the growth of production in an
expanding world economy. Many factors point
to such growth. Of com-se, growth will bring
change and change brings instability. But we
should not fear the problems the economic change
will bring. Rather, we should welcome them as
part of the process of economic development and
turn our energies to adjusting to them.
With an increasing understanding of economic
forces, with governments in industrialized coun-
tries committed to a policy of maintaining high
levels of employment, and with new attitudes of
responsibility on the part of businessmen, we
can hope to avoid deep depressions like that of the
thirties. It means that we can, perhaps, limit the
duration of even moderate economic adjustments.
These developments do not mean, of course,
that future economic fluctuations have been elimi-
nated. However successful it may be in manag-
ing its economy, no country, including those with
centrally planned economies, can expect economic
progress without interruption.
There are indications that international trade
and private investment will play a more impor-
tant role in the world economy. As the Council
knows, my delegation would regard the latter as
a particularly desirable development, since we feel
that, in most underdeveloped countries, private
enterprise and government can work effectively
together for economic development.
We can expect the process of industrialization to
continue to spread in the less developed areas. We
have already seen it making considerable strides
during the past decade in Asia, the Middle East,
and Latin America. Over the coming years,
many millions of people in these areas will see
their occupations, their places of residence, and
their ways of living change as they move toward
industrialization and urban life.
Finally, in the years ahead, organized interna-
tional cooperation through the United Nations and
the specialized agencies will continue to be one of
the vital forces working on the international eco-
nomic scene, bringing the knowledge of the entire
world to bear on solving our common problems.
292
Department of State Bulletin
Mr. President, it is all too easy in discussions
such as this one to become involved in abstract
economic terminology. While tliis serves the very
useful purpose of facilitating our analysis, we
must never allow ourselves to lose sight of the fact
that we are dealing not with abstractions but with
the stark economic realities of people's lives, with
food on the family table, roofs over people's heads,
and machines to produce the necessities and com-
forts of life.
It is in such concrete terms that we must fix our
conunon goal of making untrue — everywhere and
forever — Hobbes' notorious definition of human
life as "solitary, poor, nasty, brutish and short."
The successful pursuit of this goal will require
the courage, wisdom, and stamina of all our
peoples.
I have tried to indicate some of the recent trends
which, I believe, warrant confidence for the fu-
ture— the new determination among many peoples
to achieve economic improvement; the commit-
ment of governments to a policy of maximum em-
ployment; the dismantling of trade restrictions
and the increasing importance of international
trade; and the forward planning by many busi-
nessmen, reflecting a new sense of social respon-
sibility.
If, at the same time, we contmue to develop the
commimity of purpose that brought the United
Nations into being, then we can look forward to
ever greater achievements in human welfare.
Then, indeed, we shall have made progress to-
ward the attainment of Toynbee's vision, the hall-
mark of our century.
which included the United States, met at "Wash-
ington, D. C, between February 27 and June 28,
1956. The negotiating group unanimously
adopted a draft statute for the proposed agency
and agi'eed to convene the September conference
for the purpose of discussing, approving, and
opening for signature the statute. Eighty-seven
states members of the United Nations and of the
specialized agencies will be invited to attend. It
is anticipated that the conference may be in ses-
sion for a period of 4 or 5 weeks.'
Ambassador Wadsworth, as the United States
Eepresentative for International Atomic Energy
Agency Negotiations, was chairman of the United
States delegation to the above 12-nation negotiat-
ing group.
In addition to his new duties, Ambassador
Wadsworth will continue to serve as Deputy
Eepresentative of the United States to the
United Nations, where he has been serving since
his appointment in February 1953. Since that
time, he has been active at all sessions of the Gen-
eral Assembly, has served as the Deputy U.S. Eep-
resentative in the Security Council, as U.S. Eep-
resentative at several sessions of the Economic and
Social Council, and as Deputy U.S. Eepresentative
on the United Nations Disarmament Commission
and on the Disarmament Subcommittee.
TREATY INFORMATION
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
Conference on Statute of Atomic Energy Agency
The Department of State announced on August
2 (press release 422) that the President on that
day had appointed James J. Wadsworth as the
United States representative and chairman of the
United States delegation to the Conference on the
Statute of the International Atomic Energy
Agency, scheduled to convene at United Nations
Headquarters at New York on September 20, 1956.
The creation of an agency for developing the
peaceful uses of the atom was first proposed by
President Eisenhower in an address made before
the General Assembly of the United Nations on
December 8, 1953. A 12-nation negotiating group.
U.S., Sweden Agree to Amend
Atomic Energy Agreement
The Atomic Energy Commission and the De-
partment of State (press release 423) annoimced
on August 3 that the Governments of Sweden and
the United States have agreed on an amendment
to the Agreement for Cooperation in the Peaceful
Uses of Atomic Energy, concluded earlier this
year, to increase from 6 to 12 kilograms the
amount of contained U-235 that may be leased
to Sweden for research reactor fuel. Also in-
cluded is a proviso for Sweden to obtain gram
quantities of U-233, U-235, and plutonium for
laboratory research.
^ For texts of invitations and report of Working Level
Meeting, see Bulletin of July 23, 1956, p. 162.
August 13, 1956
293
The amendment was signed on August 3, 1956,
by Charge d'Aflfaires Count Carl Douglas for
Sweden and by C. Burke Elbrick, Acting Assistant
Secretary of State for European Affairs, and
Chairman Lewis L. Strauss of the Atomic Energy
Commission for the United States.
Sweden is planning the construction of a re-
search reactor similar to the one being constructed
at Oak Ridge, Tenn., which is cooled and moder-
ated by ordinary water. The Swedish facilities
would be modified to use uranium fuel enriched up
to 20 percent U-235, as provided in the present
agreement.
The amendment to the Swedish accord is now
before the Joint Congressional Committee on
Atomic Energy, where it will remain until Con-
gress reconvenes.
Rights and Interests in Germany. Signed at Bonn
July 13, 1956. Entered into force July 13, 1956.
Israel
Agreement for a program of educational exchanges au- /
thorized by the Fulbright Act (60 Stat. 754). Signed
at Washington July 26, 1956. Entered into force July
26, 1956.
Sweden
Agreement amending research reactor agreement for co-
operation concerning civil uses of atomic energy of
January 18, 1956 (TIAS 3477). Signed at Washington
August 3, 1956. Enters into force on day on which
each Government receives from the other written noti-
fication that it has complied with statutory and con-
stitutional requirements.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Automotive Traffic
Convention concerning customs facilities for touring.
Done at New York June 4, 1954.'
Ratification deposited: United States, July 25, 1956.
Customs convention on temporary importation of private
road vehicles. Done at New York June 4, 1954.'
Ratification deposited: Unite<l States, July 25, 1956.
United Nations
Constitution of the United Nations Educational, Scientific
and Cultural Organization. Done at London Novem-
lier 16, 1945. Entered into force November 4, 1946.
TIAS 1580.
Signature: Bulgaria, March 16, 1956.
Accepion.ce deposited: Bulgaria, May 17, 1956.
BILATERAL
Germany
Administrative agreement concerning the Arbitration
Tribunal and the Arbitral Commission on Property,
' Not in force.
Confirmations
The Senate on July 27 confirmed G. Lewis Jones to be
Ambassador to Tunisia.
Organization Change
The Department of State announced on July 26 (De-
partment Circular 198) the establishment in the Office of
the Assistant Secretary for Public Affairs of the position
of Special Assistant for East-West Contacts. The Special
Assistant for East-West Contacts will have primary re-
sponsibility for initiating and developing proposals for
interchanges between this coimtry and the Soviet-bloc
countries and, in consultation with the interested bureaus
and ofiices of the Department, for determining this Gov-
ernment's policies and actions regarding such proposals.
In addition, the Special Assistant is the central point
within the Department for consultations on these matters
with other departments and agencies of the United States
Government.
Designations
Frederick T. Merrill, as Special Assistant for East-West
Contacts, effective July 26.
294
Department of State Bulletin
August 13, 1956 I n d
American Republics. The Satellite Program for
the Interuational Geophysical Year (Odishawi) . 280
Asia
Countering the Soviet Threat in the Far East
(Jones) 274
ICA Programs for Far East Total $767 Million in
Fiscal Year 1956 269
The Problem of Peace in the Far East (Robert-
son) 264
Atomic Energy
Conference on Statute of Atomic Energy Agency . 293
U.S., Sweden Agree To Amend Atomic Energy
Agreement 293
Bolivia. Congressional Members Added to Inaugu-
ral Delegation to Bolivia 263
China, Communist
Countering the Soviet Threat in the Far East
(Jones) 274
The Problem of Peace in the Far *East (Robert-
son) 264
Communism. Countering the Soviet Threat in the
Far P^st (Jones) 274
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 279
Congressional Members Added to Inaugural Dele-
gation to Bolivia 263
Department and Foreign Service
Confirmations (Jones) 294
Designations (Merrill) 294
Organization Change 294
Economic Affairs
Simplifying Customs Procedures (Eisenhower) . . 273
Surveying the World Economic and Social Situa-
tion (Baker) 286
Egypt. Report on the Suez Situation (Dulles, text
of tripartite statement) 259
France. Report on the Suez Situation (Dulles, text
of tripartite statement) 259
Health, Education, and Welfare. Surveying the
World Economic and Social Situation (Baker) . 286
International Information. The Satellite Pro-
gram for the International Geophysical Year
(Odishaw) 280
International Organizations and Meetings
Caribbean Commission Appointment 285
Conference on Statute of Atomic Energy Agency . 293
Iran. U.S. To Ship Wheat to Iran in Flood Relief
Emergency 263
Military Affairs. U.S. Position Regarding NATO
Commitments (Radford) 263
Mutual Security
ICA Programs for Far East Total $767 Million in
Fiscal Year 1956 269
U.S. To Ship Wheat to Iran in Flood Relief Emer-
gency 263
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. U.S. Posi-
tion Regarding NATO Commitments (Radford) . 263
e X Vol. XXXV, No. 894
Presidential Documents. Simplifying Customs
Procedures 273
Science. The Satellite Program for the Interna-
tional Geophysical Year (Odishaw) 280
Sweden. U.S., Sweden Agree To Amend Atomic
Energy Agreement 293
Treaty Information
Current Actions 294
U.S., Sweden Agree To Amend Atomic Energy
Agreement 293
Tunisia. Jones confirmed as ambassador . . . 294
U.S.S.R.
Countering the Soviet Threat in the Far East
(Jones) 274
The Problem of Peace in the Far East (Robert-
son) 264
United Kingdom. Report on the Suez Situation
(Dulles, text of tripartite statement) .... 259
United Nations. Surveying the World Economic
and Social Situation (Baker) 286
Name Index
Baker, John C 286
Dulles, Secretary 259
Eisenhower, President 273, 293
Jones, Howard P 274
Jones, G. Lewis 294
Merrill, Frederick T 294
O'Connor, Roderic L 285
Odishaw, Hugh 280
Radford, Arthur W 263
Robertson, Walter S 264
Wadsworth, James J 293
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: July 30-August 5
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Sabject
Publication on educational exchange
program.
Educational exchange.
Delegation to Bolivian inauguration.
Passamaquoddy reference to IJC.
Robertson : Virginia Bar Association.
Biography of Ambassador G. Lewis
Jones, Jr.
Wadsworth to represent U.S. at atomic
energy agency conference.
Atomic agreement with Sweden.
NAC recommendations on U.S.-Iceland
defense agi'eement.
Dulles : airport statement.
Hill : "Congress Looks Again at Red
China."
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the Bttlletin.
No.
Date
t416
7/31
*417
7/31
418
7/31
t419
8/2
420
8/2
*421
8/2
422 S/2
423
8/3
t424
8/3
425
8/3
t426
8/3
PUBUC
STAT IS-
COPLEY
G
the
of
State
Order Form
Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washingfton 25, D.C.
Eneloted And:
(cash, check, or
money order).
TTHZin
United
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, 9300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Foreign Relations of tKe United States . . .
The basic source of information on
U.S. diplomatic history
1941, Volume IV, THE FAR EAST
This volume will be followed by Volume V, also on the Far
East. These two volumes deal chiefly with situations and events
which culminated in the attack on Pearl Harbor and the precipita-
tion of the United States into World War II.
More than two-thirds of this voliune deals with the discussions
regarding the possibility of a peaceful settlement of the conflicting
interests of the United States and Japan arising from Japan's
undeclared war in China, her expansionist moves southward, and
her link with the Axis Powers.
The material now made public shows in some detail the efforts
of private individuals to bring about conciliation, the discussions
which went on among ofScials in the Government regarding pro-
posals offered, and exchanges of views with other interested
governments.
Of special historical interest are the papers relating to the
Japanese modus vivendi projjosal of November 20, consultations
thereon within the United States Government and with the Gov-
ernments of China, the United Kingdom, Australia, and the
Netherlands, and the preparation of the counterproposal of No-
vember 26 which was the last diplomatic move before the Japanese
struck at Pearl Harbor.
The remainder of Volume IV contains sections dealing with
wartime cooperation among the United States, the British Em-
pire, China, and the Netherlands in the Far East and the decision
of the Soviet Union to remain neutral in the Pacific war; con-
sideration during 1941 of sanctions against Japanese policies of
aggression and violation of treaty rights ; export control and freez-
ing of Japanese assets; and relations of Japan with the Axis
Powers and the Soviet Union.
Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, Government Printing Office, Washmgton
25, D. C, for $4.50 a copy.
Please send me copies of Foreign Relations of the United States,
1941, Volume IV, The Far East.
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
EPOSITORY
^/w zi)€fva^&yie^ /O^ t/twte/
Vol. XXXV, No. 895
August 20, 1956
'A TBS
CORRESPONDENCE OF PRESIDENT EISENHOWER
AND PREMIER BULGANIN CONCERNING CON-
TROL OF ARIVIAINIENTS AND REDUCTION OF
ARMED FORCES 299
CONGRESS LOOKS AGAIN AT RED CHINA •
by Assistant Secretary Hill '*^"
JAMES BUCHANAN— STATESMAN AND DIPLOMAT
• by John F. Simmons ^1"
NORTH ATLANTIC COUNCIL RECOMMENDS CON-
TINUATION OF U.S.-ICELANDIC DEFENSE
AGREEMENT
Text of NAC Recommendations 3""
Letter From Icelandic Delegation 308
For index see inside back cover
l«MT o»
'•*tb» o'
,^Ae z/^efid^t^enl^ c^ t/lale
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 895 • Pcbucation 6382
Augu&t 20, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent ol Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
52 issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The prtnttng of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1956).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprhited. Citation of the Department
or State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, u^ well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Boston Public Library
Superintendent of Documents
SEP 4 -1956
Correspondence of President Eisenhower and Premier Bulganin
Concerning Control of Armaments and Reduction of Armed Forces
THE PRESIDENT TO PREMIER BULGANIN
White House press release dated August 7
August 4, 1956
Dear Mr. Chatrman : I refer to your letter of
June 6 to wliich I have given a great deal of
thought.
It confirmed your announcement of last May
that you plan to reduce somewhat the manpower
level of your armed forces. Such a reduction I
welcome. That would correspond with the action
of the United States Government in steadily re-
ducing the size of its armed forces ever since the
end of World War II, with an exception only for
the Korean war period.^
However, I doubt that such reductions of this
particular kind as our governments may make in
their respective national interests will contribute
effectively to eliminate the fear, and the vast cost,
generated by national armaments. There is ob-
vious need of international supervisory mecha-
nisms and controls which will encourage greater
reductions. I regret that we have made so little
progress in this respect.
Some time ago I agi-eed to your proposal for
groimd inspection on the assumption that you
would also agi-ee to my proposal for aerial in-
spection, and exchange of military information,
made at Geneva a year ago. So far, I under-
stand that you reject this on the ground that it
would be an intelligence operation. What I pro-
posed was to be preceded by an exchange of com-
plete military blueprint information, and was
designed to make known to each other that neither
of us is preparing a sudden massive attack against
the other, and that each of us is fulfilling such
agreements as I trust we shall be able to reach in
the field of disarmament. Surely that kind of
' For a statement by Secretary Dulles on reduction of
armed forces by the U.S. and the U.S.S.R., see Bdlletin
of May 28, 1956, p. 880.
intelligence is desirable and necessary, and in the
interest of peace and international confidence.
Can we not make progress on this ?
And also I recall my letter to you of March 1,
1956,^ when I proposed that, after a date to be
agreed upon, production of fissionable materials
anywhere in the world would no longer be used
to increase the stockpiles of explosive weapons.
I had hoped that this proposal, which seemed to
me to be of considerable significance, would appeal
to you as an important step toward bringing the
nuclear threat imder control. However, you have
never responded to that proposal, and your letter
of June 6 makes no reference to the control of
nuclear weapons. May I again urge careful con-
sideration of the matter, and especially my pro-
posal of last March ?
You refer in your letter to a possible reduction
of our respective forces in Germany. Obviously
the problem of forces in Germany cannot be dealt
with as an isolated matter. In this respect, I
must confess that I am greatly disturbed by the
developments which have occurred since we met
at Geneva last year. We there agreed that the
reunification of Germany was a common respon-
sibility of the four Governments at Geneva, and
we also agreed that Germany should be reunified
by means of free elections carried out in con-
formity with the national interests of the German
people and the interests of European security.
Not only has this not happened, but I hear of
statements from your side which seem to imply
that your Government is determined to maintain
indefinitely the division of Germany.
I must confess that I am perplexed as to how
we can work together constructively if agree-
ments which are negotiated at the highest level
after the most thorough exploration do not seem
dependable.
■ Bulletin of Mar. 26, 1956, p. 514.
August 20, 1956
299
Nevertheless, it is my earnest hope that we will
find ways to make progress toward a meaningful
control of armaments, a hope shared, I believe, not
only by ourselves but by the peoples of the world.
I and my associates have never ceased to give
the most intensive study to this whole matter of
limitation of armaments and above all the elimi-
nation of the growing threat of nuclear weapons
and new means of delivery. If this study de-
velops further possibilities of international action,
as I trust it will, I shall communicate them to you,
either directly or through the appropriate organs
of the United Nations. In this connection, I must
say that I do not share your view about the activi-
ties of the United Nations Disarmament Subcom-
mittee. Discussions there have done much to shed
light on this difficult problem and, I hope, to nar-
row somewhat the gap between our points of
view.
May we not, Mr. Chairman, do more to realize
the hopes which were born of our meeting at
Geneva ? We then made promises, notably about
Germany, which desperately need to be fulfilled.
We pledged ourselves to disarmament efforts
which could be fruitful of good for all the world
if only we could agree on measures of supervision
and control which should be attainable if neither
of us has anything hostile to hide. We sought
to find the way to develop contacts which would
enable our peoples, through better knowledge of
each other, to strengthen their friendship, wliich
can be a precious bulwark of peace.
We realize that efforts are being made in your
country to eradicate some of the evils of an earlier
period. This we welcome. But I hope that you
and your associates will not confine these effoi-ts
to those evils as manifested within your Party
and nation. Those evils were also projected into
the international field. Even today they consti-
tute a gi'ievous obstacle to doing those things
which we both agreed ought to be done. This
situation needs also to be remedied by a new spirit
for which I earnestly appeal.
I am.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
His Excellency
Marshal Nikolai A. Bulganin
Chairman of the Coiincil of Ministers
of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics
Moscow
PREMIER BULGANIN TO THE PRESIDENT
White House press release dated .Tune 8
The Kremlin, Moscow
/me 6, 1956
Dear Mr. President: I think you will agree
with me that at the present time the problem of
disarmament continues to be one of the most im •
portant and urgent international problems.
After the end of the Second World War, which
caused innumerable sacrifices and great material
losses to humanity, all of us were determined to do
everything possible in order not to allow a third
world war to break out. It was with this aim in
mind that after the Second World War the nations
began negotiations on the reduction of armaments
and the prohibition of atomic weapons. Unfor-
tunately, these negotiations have not as yet pro-
duced any positive results. I believe that you
also share the opinion that the appearance of new
types of weapons for mass destruction, such as
atomic and hydrogen weapons, makes the neces-
sity of solving the problems of disarmament par-
ticularly urgent. I need not give more details to
you, who are an outstanding military man and
who were so close to the events of the past war.
You will I'ecall, Mr. President, that at the Meet-
ing of the Heads of Government of the Four
Powers at Geneva, of which we still retain the
warmest recollections, all participants, including
you on behalf of the Government and people of
the United States, expressed the common desire
to eliminate the threat of war and to diminish the
burden of armaments.
The Soviet Government directed particular
attention to the study of how the disarmament
talks could overcome the deadlock in which they
find themselves at present. The facts show that
the negotiations on the question of disarmament
which were conducted in the U.N. subcommittee
have not given positive results. Recently these
negotiations have become extremely complicated.
Actually, the activity of the subcommittee on dis-
armament is retarding progress in this matter.
Under such conditions it is difficult to expect the
U.N. talks to lead to concrete results in the area of
disarmament in the very near future.
Taking this circumstance into consideration, the
Soviet Government decided to make a new ap-
proach to the solution of the disarmament prob-
lem. We should like to have this aspiration of the
Soviet Government correctly understood.
300
Depatlmeni of Sfafe Builefin
We have become deeply convinced that now,
•when a definite easing of international tension is
taking place and the "cold war" is becoming a
thing of the past, there are more favorable condi-
tions for stopping the armament race and for
taking disarmament measures. Under these con-
ditions we believe that until such time as an inter-
national agreement on the disarmament problem
is reached, the efforts of states should be directed
toward each one's taking concrete measures for
reducing armaments, which measures could be car-
ried out without waiting for the conclusion of an
international agreement on disarmament. The
execution of such measures would undoubtedly
contribute to further lessening of international
tension and to strengthening of mutual trust
among the nations, which in turn would lead to
the creation of more favorable conditions for the
realization of an all-embracing universal program
of disarmament.
I trust, Mr. President, that you will agree that
an initiative of the Great Powers, including the
Soviet Union and the United States, which have
at their disposal the greatest armed strength and
material resources would be of decisive importance
in this respect.
Guided by the high aims of strengthening peace
among peoples, the Soviet Government decided to
take the initiative and, without waiting for a dis-
armament agreement, make a large cut in the
armed forces of the Soviet Union, amounting to
1,200,000 men, this in addition to the 1955 cut of
640,000 men. The armaments and combat ma-
teriel of the armed forces of the U.S.S.K., as well
as the military expenditures of the Soviet Union
in the U.S.S.R. state budget, will be cut accord-
ingly-
In line with this decision, 63 divisions and sepa-
rate brigades are being demobilized, including
three air divisions and other combat units num-
bering over 30,000 men stationed on the territory
of the German Democratic Republic. We of
course understand that the withdrawal from Ger-
many of the said number of Soviet troops does
not solve the question entirely. This measure of
the Soviet Government is only the first step. How-
ever, we base our thinking on the premise that
if the Governments of the United States, England,
and France, which have their troops on German
territory, would for their part also take steps to
reduce their armed forces in Germany, then this
would undoubtedly prepare the ground for more
decisive steps in this matter. At the same time
we have in mind that such measures on the part
of the governments of the four powers could later
lead to an agreement on a sharp reduction in the
foreign armed forces in Germany or the with-
drawal of foreign armed forces from German ter-
ritory.
My colleagues and I express the hope that the
Government of the United States and that you
pei-sonally, Mr. President, will carefully examine
the enclosed statement of the Soviet Government
on the question of disarmament dated May 14,
and that on your part you will make a significant
contribution to the cause of ending the armaments
race, and to the cause of a further easing of inter-
national tensions and strengthening of universal
peace.
Appropriate steps by our states would undoubt-
edly be supported by other countries, which would
mark the beginning of a practical realization of
the all-embracing program of disarmament men-
tioned above.
With sincere respect.
N. Btjlganin
His Excellency
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower,
President of the United States,
Washington.
Statement of the Government of the U.S.S.R. on
the Problem of Disarmament
Mat 14, 1956
It is now recognized by all that an easing of the tension
in international relations has recently been achieved. The
sparks of war, which not so long ago had threatened to
flare up into a new world conflict, have been extinguished.
Deflnite progress has been achieved toward settling some
of the unsolved political problems in Asia and in Europe.
This has been accomplished through negotiations between
the states concerned.
Recently there has been a considerable broadening of
relations between states, and meetings and contacts be-
tween the statesmen of the great powers have been re-
sumed. At these meetings they have begun to discuss
important international problems, including those prol)-
lems on which there are differences of opinion, and greater
efforts have been made to find ways of reconciling the
views and positions of states with different social struc-
tures.
In every country public opinion is growing more and
more favorable toward international cooperation. A vast
zone of peace has come into being, including states large
and small, and embracing most of the population of the
globe.
August 20, 1956
301
All of this has contributed toward the easing of inter-
national tension and the strengthening of peace. This
does not spring from the actions of governments alone.
Tremendous influence has been exerted in that direction
by the growing strength of peoples and their longing
for peace, for the peaceful co-existence of states. This
is an important result of the many efforts of peoples to
consolidate the peace, to ensure the development of inter-
national cooperation in the interest of peace and the im-
provement of the well-being of nations.
However, we should not be content with what has been
achieved. Tension in international relations has not yet
been eliminated, the necessary trust in relations between
states has not yet been created, and the aggressive forces
of certain states are attempting to follow their old course,
which is hostile to the best interests of peace.
The chief obstacle in the way of a further easing of in-
ternational tension is the continuing armaments race. In
spite of the obvious improvement in the international
situation that has recently been effected, the states are
still maintaining unnecessarily large armed forces. The
stockpiling of atomic and hydrogen bombs continues.
Millions of young men have been placed under arms and
diverted from peaceful creative work.
Influential groups — above all the big monopolies — which
are engaged in the manufacture of weapons and are mak-
ing huge profits on armament deliveries, are interested in
continuing the armaments race, and in the growth of
militarism. It is these very aggressive groups, wielding
great influence in some countries, that are now striving
to prevent the further easing of tension in international
relations and to maintain an artificially induced war
psychology.
The activity of these groups is directly related to the
continuance of such measures in the "cold war" as the
creation and expansion in several areas of the world of
aggressive military blocs, the organization of military
bases on foreign territories, and the inflation of military
budgets.
Of course, such a situation assures the big monopolies
of immense profits, but it is incompatible with the vital
interests of the masses. The present overinflated military
budgets of the capitalist states mean high taxes on the
earnings and income of workers, a further rise in prices
for articles of mass consumption, and deterioration in
the living conditions of peoples. The more of a nation's
funds that go into increasing armaments, the less of its
funds remain for peaceful progress, the improvement of
the economy, educational and public health needs, and aid
to less developed countries and areas.
The peoples of the world cannot be reconciled to such
a situation, which has been caused by the growth of a
monstrous inflated militarism that overwhelms them with
its weight.
But if the foundation of economic development is not
laid by peaceful requirements but by the armaments race,
and if more and more material values are swallowed up
by the overinflated armed forces of states and many
billions are spent every year solely in order to replace
with new armaments those which were just manufactured
yesterday and have already become obsolete today, then
such an economy rests on a shaky and unreliable founda-
302
tion. It is a dangerously unstable economy, one that
bears the threat of catastrophe.
As we know, in the past an armaments race has even-
tually led to war. Experience proves this in the case
of both World War I and World War II. The nations
felt the full burden of these wars. These wars carried
to their graves many millions of human beings, brought
great misery to peoples, and caused the destruction of
thousands of cities and tens of thousands of villages in
Europe, Asia, and Africa, and the annihilation of wealth
created by the labor of many generations. Under present
conditions, when there are available such types of arms
as atomic and hydrogen bombs as weU as such means
of delivering them as long-range bombers and guided
missiles which can deliver the aforementioned weapons
to any point on the globe, the beginning of a third world
war would lead to much heavier human losses, incom-
parably greater material losses, annihilation of the largest
cities and industrial centers, and the destruction of whole
regions and provinces, especially in countries with highly
developed industry and great density of population.
The situation as it now exists demands that the nations
and governments, which bear the responsibility for the
destiny of their countries, take active steps to stop the
armaments race and to prevent the possibility of the out-
break of a new war. A further improvement in the inter-
national situation can and must be made, above all, by
reducing armaments and by carrying out effective meas-
ures leading to disarmament. As for the Soviet Union,
immediately after the end of World War II it carried out
a number of measures for a decisive reduction of its war-
time armed forces, demobilizing 33 age classes of draftees
from the Soviet Army.
Moreover, during all the entire postwar period the
Soviet Union has persistently sought in the United Na-
tions to achieve an international agreement on disarma-
ment problems, and for that purpose has submitted
appropriate proposals.
On the recommendation of the Soviet Union the General
Assembly of the United Nations as early as 1946 adopted
a resolution on a general reduction in armaments and the
prohibition of atomic weapons. However, this resolution
has not yet been implemented. When it came to working
out concrete measures for carrying out this resolution, all
kinds of objections to it were raised by the Western
powers.
The Soviet Government has considered and still con-
siders that a solution of the problems of disarmament
must carry with it the prohibition of atomic and hydrogen
weapons, as well as a decisive reduction of conventional
armaments and the size of the armed forces. It has
always tried to have these measures carried out by the
nations under appropriate international control. The
Soviet Government proposed the establishment of inter-
national control at all large airflelds, railroad junctions,
ports and important highway junctions, in order to be able
to prevent a surprise attack on the part of an aggressor.
Taking into consideration the fact that under present
conditions an atomic war represents a particular danger
to nations, the Soviet Government attaches the greatest
importance to the prohibition of atomic and hydrogen
weapons. It is precisely for this reason that we have
Deparlmenf of State BuUefin
proposed and are proposing the immediate adoption of
a decision on the complete prohibition of atomic and
liydrogen weapons, the discontinuance of their production,
and the destruction of available stocl^s of such weapons
in order that the great discovery of mankind, atomic
energy, may serve exclusively peaceful purposes. This
Soviet proposal met with objections on the part of the
U.S.A. and other Western powers. These objections were
raised again and again under the pretext that an agree-
ment could not be reached concerning the establishment
of international control, although the Soviet Union not
only did not object to international control but, on the
contrary, insisted uix)n the need for establishing such
control. The Soviet Union's proposal to prohibit the test-
ing of atomic and hydrogen weapons is also being rejected.
As is well known, the Soviet Union has not confined
itself to introducing the proposal for a complete and un-
conditional prohibition of atomic weapons and their with-
drawal from the armaments of nations. Seeing that there
was no desire on the part of the U.S.A. and other Western
powers to go in this direction, the Government of the
U.S.S.R. suggested taking at least the first step in this
direction. The Soviet Government introduced a proposal
that the great powers solemnly declare that they would
not use atomic weapons and that they renounce the use
thereof. The assumption of such an obligation by the
nations would mean a moral and political condemnation
of atomic weapons. This obligation could be contracted
without any delay and would, of course, play its great
role in removing the threat of an atomic war.
These proposals of the Soviet Union, which found full
support on the part of China, Poland, Czechoslovakia,
and other people's democracies, as well as on the part
of a number of other states, corresponded to the well-
known international agreement adopted after the First
World War by many states concerning the renunciation
of chemical and bacteriological weapons which, as we
know, played a positive part and had a restraining in-
fluence with regard to the use of weapons of this kind.
There can be no doubt that the renunciation of atomic
weapons is in the interest of all nations, and the assump-
tion of such an obligation by the nations, especially by
the great powers, would lead to an improvement in the
international situation. The Western powers, however,
did not agree to this proposal, although in this case they
could not cite diflSculties in establishing international
control because it was a question only of a moral and
political obligation and of reaching without further delay
the first agreement directed against atomic war on the
part of all great powers.
All of this shows that the Soviet Union has worked
and still works for an immediate solution of the problem
of the prohibition of atomic and hydrogen weapons and
for the taking of the first steps in this direction even at
the present time.
In view of the negative position maintained by the
United States and by its Western partners, it has been
impossible to date to achieve such agreements.
When refusing to adopt the course of prohibiting atomic
and hydrogen weapons, the Western jwwers referred to
the fact that the Soviet Union had an advantage over
the Western countries in conventional armaments and
that the Western powers could agree to the prohibition
of atomic weapons only after a considerable reduction
in conventional armaments. To this end they introduced
the proposal to establish limits for the armed forces of
the five great Powers, namely, the U.S.S.R., the United
States, and China, from one to one and a half million
men, and for England and France 650,000 men each. In
order not to delay the solution of disarmament prob-
lems and to achieve some important success in the matter
of stopping the armaments race, the Soviet Union agreed
to this proposal of the Western powers. It seemed that
a definite agreement could then be reached. However,
this was not the case. As soon as the Soviet Union ex-
pressed its agreement to this proposal, the Western powers
began to refuse to have anything to do with it, looking
for any kind of pretext to bury their own proposal.
Last fall, at the meeting of the Foreign Ministers of the
Four Powers at Geneva, the Western powers proposed that
the solution of disarmament problems begin with a reduc-
tion in conventional armaments, without combining this
with the prohibition of atomic weapons. Such was Great
Britain's proposal. The British Foreign Minister pre-
sented this same proposal in the House of Commons in
February of this year. The Soviet Union also agreed to
this proposal.
When the U.N. Subcommittee on Disarmament met in
London 2 months ago, the Soviet Government submitted
for its consideration a plan for a reduction in conven-
tional armaments and in the size of armed forces, a plan
which could be realized without waiting for an agreement
on the question of atomic weapons, because the diver-
gences in the positions of the Soviet Union and the West-
ern powers on the question of prohibiting atomic weapons
had become the main obstacle blocking an agreement. But
even this proposal of the Soviet Union met with resistance
on the part of the Western powers. It turned out that
the Western powers had been speaking of the priority of
a reduction in conventional armaments as long as they
thought that the U.S.S.R. would reject such a proposal.
As soon as we presented a concrete plan for reducing con-
ventional armaments, the Western powers, including Great
Britain, which had introduced that proposal earlier,
started retreating and refused to accept the proposals
aimed at the realization of these measures. This time
they began to state that the question of reducing conven-
tional armaments could not be considered without the
question of atomic weapons having been solved. They
contradicted what they had been saying the day before.
Therefore the disarmament question again fell into a
vicious circle, in which there was no progress in the solu-
tion of the problem of the prohibition of atomic weapons
or in reducing conventional armaments and armed forces.'
After this, one should not wonder at the futility of the
whole work of the U.N. Subcommittee on Disarmament.
The Subcommittee was established under the high-sound-
ing title of a Subcommittee on Disarmament. Actually,
' For working papers and proposals submitted during
the London meetings Mar. 19-May 4, 1956, see U.N. doc.
DC/83. For a declaration issued at London on May 4 by
the U.S., Canadian, French, and British delegations, see
Bulletin of May 21, 1956, p. 838.
August 20, 7956
303
however, it has become merely a screen to cover up the
armaments race. It is also clear who is responsible for
such a situation.
New pretexts are now being continually invented to
have the Subcommittee on Disarmament deal with any-
thing except stopping the armaments race or reducing
armaments. There is much talk, for instance, to the
effect that stopping the armaments race is inopportune
at this time because a number of political problems have
not been settled. In this connection it is being said
openly that it is impossible to stop the armaments race
without first settling the German problem, and the Near,
Middle, and Far Eastern problems. The Soviet Union
is prepared, of course, to continue to contribute actively
to the settlement of these and other political problems.
It is not the fault, either, of the Soviet Union that the
German, as well as a number of other international prob-
lems, have not yet been settled. If in such a situation
the Western powers make a solution of the disarmament
problem dependent on the settlement of the German ques-
tion and at the same time have already started to re-
establish militarism in West Germany, then this indicates
that the German question is artificially being made an
ob.iect of bargaining in order to free their hands for the
realization of plans to revive German militarism and
include a unified Germany in the military blocs of the
Western powers.
It is clear that such an approach cannot contribute
to tlie solution of the German problem or to cessation
of the armaments race.
There is much talk of the so-called aerial photography
in which, as we know, some intelligence services are
interested. But it is clear that all this aerial photography
has no connection whatsoever with the reduction of arma-
ments or with the establishment of control over the reduc-
tion of armaments. On the contrary, it can only increase
the apprehensions of nations with respect to the plans
of aggres.sive circles and lead to a further intensification
of the armaments race. The futility of the work of the
U.N. Disarmament Subcommittee is connected, to some
extent at least, with the fact that all participants in the
Subcommittee except the U.S.S.R. are active members of
the Atlantic bloc. As the recent sessions of the NATO
Council in Paris have shown, the chief members of this
bloc are agreeing among themselves not to allow a reduc-
tion in armaments, in order to include atomic weapons
in the armaments of the armies of that bloc and to take
steps toward a further increase in armaments. It Is
obvious that while carrying out such a policy in practice
the powers of the Atlantic bloc see it as their task in the
Disarmament Subcommittee to camouflage this policy and
at the same time prevent agi-eement among the nations
on the problems of disarmament. Therefore in the Sub-
committee no progress is being made, and the problems
of disarmament remain at dead center.
The Soviet Government believes that the time has
come when the U.N. Commission on Disarmament should
study the results of the activity of the said Subcommittee
and give this study wide publicity in order that all may
see who is contributing to and who is Interfering with
cessation to the armaments race, and to outline the ways
for a practical realization of the General Assembly's
resolutions on disarmament which were adopted as far
back as 10 years ago.
The present state of affairs in the field of disarmament
is not consistent either with the present state of interna-
tional relations or with the requirements of nations which
are vitally concerned in a further easing of international
tension. It is obvious also that the attempts of some
powers to foist upon other states, including small and
less develojjed countries, a high level of military expendi-
tures is alien to the interests of peoples and the strengthen-
ing of universal peace.
The Soviet Government will continue to strive for the
achievement of a mutually acceptable international agree-
ment on reduction of the armed forces of nations and f»r
an agreement on prohibition of the atomic and hydrogen
(thermonuclear) weapons. At the same time, the Soviet
Government considers that, under the conditions now ex-
isting, there are primarily needed practical actions which
could contribute to the solution of the problem of a sub-
stantial reduction in armaments of nations and to the
cessation of the armaments race.
Such practical actions on the part of nations, which
would transfer the problem of reduction of armaments
from the plane of general and fruitless talks to that of
concrete actions for the reduction of armed forces, are
under present conditions the best means for a further
easing of international tension and for the growth of
mutual trust among nations.
The peoples of the Soviet Union are engaged in peaceful
creative work. They want the maximum of their energj',
their efforts, and their material means to be directed
toward the construction of new factories, plants, electric
power stations, mining installations, dwellings, hospitals,
.schools, and universities. While using to an ever increas-
ing extent the enormous wealth of their immense country,
the Soviet people strive to live in peace and friendship
with all their neighbors and with all peoples of the world.
They are convinced that the general development of peace-
ful constructive work will benefit all nations.
In promoting the cause of peaceful cooperation among
nations, the Soviet Union favors the broadening of inter-
national economic and commercial ties. It favors the
removal of artificial barriers of every kind which have
been set up by some countries and which act as brakes on
the development of trade among nations. We are con-
vinced that this is consistent with the interests not only
of the Soviet Union but also with the interests of aU
other countries and peoples because a cessation of the
armaments race and broadening of international trade
and economic ties among countries would oiien great
opportunities for improving the welfare of peoples and
would further the establishment of friendly cooperation
among all nations, great and small.
For its part, the Soviet Union is prepared to expand
to the greatest possible extent its trade relations with
other states on the basis of mutual benefit and removal
of existing restrictions.
Desiring to make a new contribution to the cause of
disarmament and the safeguarding of peace, and striving
toward the creation of even more favorable conditions for
peaceful economic and cultural progress in the Soviet
304
Department of Stafe Bulletin
Union, the Government of the U.S.S.R. decided on the
fiiUowing:
1. To carry out in the course of one year, during the
period ending May 1, 1957, an additional and even more
ciiiisiderable reduction in the size of tlie armed forces
of the Soviet Union, namely, by 1,200,0(10 men, over and
above the reduction in the anned forces of the U.S.S.R.
carried out in 1955, amounting to 640,000 men.
2. In accordance with the above, to demobilize 63 divi-
sions, and separate brigades, including demobilization of
three air divisions, and other combat units stationed
within the territory of the German Democratic Republic,
the latter numbering over 30,000 men.
Also deactivate some of the military schools of the
Soviet Army.
I'ut in mothballs 375 warships of the naval fleet.
;>. In accordance with the above, to reduce the arma-
ments and combat materiel of the armed forces of the
U.S.S.B., as well as the expenditure of the Soviet Union
for military needs under the U.S.S.R. state budget.
4. To give opportunities to men discharged from the
armed forces for employment in industry and agriculture.
In undertaking this additional and very large reduction
in the size of the SoWet armed forces and armaments, the
Soviet Government strives to further the cause of a prac-
tical implementation of the disarmament program which
Is under consideration at the United Nations. The addi-
tional reduction in the number of Soviet troops and arma-
ments shows better than any words that the Soviet Union
is a sincere and faithful champion of peace, a sincere
and faithful champion of the easing of international ten-
sion.
In making tliis decision, the Soviet Government takes
into account the fact that, as far as Europe is concerned,
the French people, the British people, and also the peoples
of the Soviet Union and other peace-loving European
countries do not want war, the heavy consequences of
which they continue to feel even now, and that they strive
to improve relations between nations and develop further
all aspects of international cooperation.
Other governments, including the governments of the
United States of America, Great Britain, and France, can-
not fail to follow this example if they sincerely desire
to further the strengthening of peace.
The Soviet Government will be prepared to consider
the question of a further reduction in the armed forces
of the U.S.S.R. if the Western powers — the United States
of America, Great Britain, and France — for their part
carry out a corresponding reduction in their armed forces
and armaments.
The adoption of such measures would be an important
step toward the realization of a universal disarmament
program and would create an actual basis for expediting
a solution of the problem of prohibiting atomic and
hydrogen weapons.
In talcing the above decision, the Soviet Government
proceeds on the basis of the fact that the demobilization
of 1,200,000 Soviet citizens and their return to peaceful
work, beneficial to society, will be another great contribu-
tion to the further development of all aspects of the
national economy of the U.S.S.R., and will greatly pro-
mote the creation of material and cultural values for
the benefit of our socialist society.
At the same time, the further curtailment of military
expenditures under the U.S.S.R. state budget will pro-
vide an opportunity to make the funds released available
for peaceful constructive work, in order to cari-y out
even more successfully huge plans for the socialist devel-
opment of our country and for improving the welfare
of the Soviet people.
In carrying out the additional large reduction in the
Soviet armed forces and armaments, the Soviet Govern-
ment proceeds on the basis of the fact that the forces of
peace have grown considerabl.v stronger at the present
time; that they are better organized and have available
many means of duly resisting any attempts to break the
peace. At the same time the Soviet Government expresses
its conviction that the armed forces of the Soviet Union
will effectively protect the peaceful work of our nation
and that the Soviet people and the peace-loving peoples
of other countries will not relax their vigilance but will
be on guard against the machinations of forces which are
hostile to the cause of peace and to peaceful collaboration
among nations.
Inauguration of President Siles
of Bolivia
FoUoimng is the text of a message sent hy Sec-
retary Dulles to President Herndn Siles Zu-azo
of Bolivia on the occasion of his inauguration on
August 6 {p7'ess release 4^ dated August 6).
In extending warmest good wishes for the suc-
cess of Your Excellency's Administration, I wish
to express my regret that prior commitments in
Washington required my return from South
America before July 31 and therefore prevented
my attending today's inaugural ceremonies.
I have noted with interest the recent promul-
gation of a decree establishing the National Sta-
bilization Council, about which you spoke to
President Eisenhower in Panama. The United
States regards the establishment of the Council
as an important organizational step which should
help Bolivia move forward toward solution of its
pressing e<;onomic problems. We shall observe
the work of the Council with keen interest.
August 20, 1956
305
North Atlantic Council Recommends Continuation
of U.S.-lcelandic Defense Agreement
TEXT OF NAC RECOMMENDATIONS
Press release 424 dated August 3
Following are the recomm,endations of the
North Atlantic Council concerning the defense
agreement between Iceland and the United States
which were transmitted to the Governments of
Iceland and the United States on July 26, 1956,
in response to a request hy the Government of Ice-
land made on June 22, 1956.
Th^ Icelandic Government have formally re-
quested the Council of the North Atlantic Treaty
Organization "to review the continued necessity
for the facilities and their utilisation, and to make
recommendations to the two governments con-
cerning the continuation" of the Defence Agree-
ment between Iceland and the United States of
America within the framework of the North At-
lantic Treaty. This request was made under
Article VII of the Agreement in question. In
placing this request before the Council, the Ice-
landic Representative drew attention to the as-
surances regarding Iceland's special position given
at the time the North Atlantic Treaty was nego-
tiated in 1949, and in particular to the fact that
it was then recognised that foreign armed forces
would not be required in Iceland in time of peace.
2. In reviewing the situation, the Council have
in the first place considered whether international
conditions have so far improved as to warrant a
basic change in the arrangements made under the
Defence Agreement between Iceland and the
United States of America. This Agreement was
made in 1951, at a time when the international situ-
ation had seriously deteriorated, and unprovoked
attacks had been launched against the Republic of
Korea from which United States forces had just
been withdrawn.
3. It is the Council's regular practice to make
thorough surveys of international developments as
a basis for assessing common defence needs and
306
strategy in the situation with which they are con-
fronted. In May of this year the foreign min-
isters of the fifteen member countries met in Paris
and as a result of the survey then made in com-
mon, issued a conununique.^ In it, they reaffirmed
that the reasons which gave rise to the Atlantic
Alliance had not disappeared, and that Atlantic
security remained a basic problem. It was the
sense of the communique that the Western Powers
could not relax their vigilance and that the
framework of the common defence remained
necessary.
4. Since the Ministerial Meeting in May, the
Permanent Council have continued to examine the
international situation. They have noted recent
internal developments in the Soviet Union. These
may represent the beginnings of an evolution
which would help to bring about a better under-
standing between the Soviet Union and the free
world. It must, however, be recognised that it
is as yet too early to assess its true meaning or
to conclude that a relaxation of our common de-
fence is warranted. The Soviet announcement
that they intend to reduce the number of men
under arms has also been examined, but it is clear
that this unilateral action could readily be re-
versed and that Soviet offensive capabilities are
being maintained. Only an effective international
agreement on disarmament with controls would
make real security possible for all. In the Coun-
cil's view, therefore, the conclusions reached at
its May meeting hold equally good today. The
defensive strength of the Alliance has been a major
factor in bringing about an improvement in the
international situation, and a relaxation of the
defence effort now could well reverse this trend.
This deterrent to aggression is therefore no less
necessary today if we are not to fall back, but
' Bulletin of May 21, 1956, p. 836.
Department of Stale Bulletin
are to make further progress toward a better and
safer world.
5. Present dangers to peace and to Atlantic se-
curity arising from the world political situation
are given a sharper edge as a result of develop-
ments in new weapons, in new tecliniques and in
the speed and range of modern bombers and sub-
marines. Nato has therefore within the past few
years made a fundamental reassessment of the
military assumptions on which Atlantic defence
must now be based. This reassessment has shown
that, should an aggressor strike, events of the first
few hours may well prove decisive. The far-reach-
ing changes made necessary in defence planning,
especially to guard against surprise attack, have
greatly increased the importance of facilities in
strategic areas, and of their maintenance in a state
of readiness. This applies not only to Iceland
but also to other Nato countries which in recent
years have provided necessary facilities, main-
tained and manned by the forces of their partners
in the Alliance. None of these governments deems
that the present situation justifies any change in
these arrangements.
6. These new circumstances have a particular
bearing on the special situation of Iceland.
Among the fifteen members of the Alliance, Ice-
land alone does not maintain armed forces of its
own. If the Icelandic Government should deprive
itself of the protection provided by defence forces
in the country supplied by its Nato partners, it
would be possible for an aggressor to seize control
of Iceland with very small forces, either airborne
or of the seaborne commando type, before effective
assistance could be rendered. Iceland would thus
incur the risk of occupation and of the extinction
of its freedom. It should be borne in mind that an
aggressor planning to attack the Alliance would in
such conditions be strongly tempted, as a prelimi-
nary for such an attack, to seize an unprotected
Iceland because of its geographical position. Ac-
tion necessary to evict the invader would in all
probability involve great destruction and loss of
life.
7. The freedom and security of Iceland are, in
themselves, a major objective and responsibility
of the Atlantic Alliance. They also have great
importance for the freedom and security of all
Nato members. Iceland in enemy hands would
represent a great threat to the security of the At-
lantic area. The country lies across the natural
line of sea and air communications between North
America and the European members of Nato. It
represents a key position for the defence of these
countries against air attack, for the safe convoying
of supplies by sea, and for the movement of de-
fensive fighter aircraft between North America
and Europe. The security of the member coun-
tries of Nato would be seriously threatened if these
facilities were unavailable in the critical days and
hours immediately preceding and following an
attack. These considerations underline the im-
portance in present conditions of the stationing
in Iceland of armed forces to defend the country
and to maintain facilities in a state of readiness
and manned by trained personnel.
8. The Council wish to affirm that the defence
considerations set forth above, which represent the
views of the highest military authorities of the
Alliance, have their full support.
9. The North Atlantic Treaty expresses the de-
termination of its members to safeguard their
freedom, for which purpose they have "resolved
to unite their efforts for collective defense".
As Allies working together, the members of the
Atlantic Community are called on to take such
steps in the light of prevailing conditions as are
necessary to help in the common defence, as well
as to avoid actions which may render attacks more
likely or more dangerous for their partners. The
Council wish to record their appreciation of the
loyal and steadfast participation of Iceland in this
work of the Alliance in the past seven years. This
has strengthened the unity which has been a major
factor in preserving peace during this period, and
is still the main hope for future peace and progress.
10. In the view of the Council, the present inter-
national situation has not improved to such an
extent that defence forces are no longer required
in Iceland. Under present circumstances, the
withdrawal of United States forces, now in Ice-
land on behalf of the Alliance as a whole, would
leave the country completely imdefended. A
major deterrent to aggression in the North At-
lantic area would no longer exist and a gap would
be opened in the chain of defence which maintains
our security.
11. It is the tangible and visible evidence of
forces and installations in being, in place and
ready, which constitutes an effective deterrent
against aggression. An effective deterrent is our
greatest safeguard against the outbreak of war.
12. The North Atlantic Council, having care-
fully reviewed the political and military situation,
August 20, 1956
307
find a continuing- need for tlie stationing of forces
in Iceland and for the maintenance of the facilities
in a state of readiness. The Council earnestly
recommend that the Defence Agreement between
Iceland and the United States of America be con-
tinued in such form and with such practical ar-
rangements as will maintain the strength of the
common defence.
The Coimcil trust that in the proposed bilateral
talks between Iceland and the United States of
America full weight will be given to the Council's
findings and to the considerations set forth in this
review.
LETTER FROM ICELANDIC DELEGATION,
JUNE 22>
I. On April 9th, 195G, the Icelandic Delegation
had the following statement circulated to Perma-
nent Representatives :
Before the North Atlantic Treaty was signed in 1949
three members of the Icelandic Government went to
Washington in order to discuss the implications of the
proposed Treaty with the United States Government.
After extensive discussions with the Secretary of State
of the United States they returned to Iceland and issued
a declaration wherein the following statement is found :
"Towards the end of the discussions it was declared
on behalf of the United States :
1. That in the event of war the members of the Organ-
ization would desire facilities in Iceland similar to
those afforded in the last war and that it would
entirely be up to Iceland when these facilities were
afforded.
2. That all the contracting countries completely under-
stood the special position of Iceland.
3. That it was recognised that Iceland had no armed
forces and did not intend to establish any.
4. That it was out of the question that foreign armed
forces or military establishments would be required
in Iceland in time of peace."
During the Korean crisis in 1951 it was agreed that
the world situation at that time was extremely serious.
The Icelandic Government in view of that fact concluded
a Defense Agreement with the United States on behalf
of NATO and on the basis of that Agreement American
armed forces were sent to Iceland. In order to under-
line the temporary nature of this Agreement Article VII
therefore provides as follows :
"Either Government may at any time, on notification
to the other Government, request the Council of the North
Atlantic Treaty Organization to review the continued
necessity for the facilities and their utilization, and to
-Read to correspondents on Aug. 3 by Lincoln White,
Acting Chief of the News Division. The letter was ad-
dressed to Lord Ismay, Secretary General of NATO, by
Hans G. Andersen, permanent representative of Iceland
to the North Atlantic Council.
make recommendations to the two Governments concern-
ing the continuation of this Agreement. If no under-
standing between the two Governments is reached as a
result of such request for review within a period of six
months from the date of the original request, either Gov-
ernment may at any time thereafter give notice of its
intention to terminate the Agreement, and the Agreement
shall then cease to be in force twelve months from the
date of such notice. Whenever the contingency provided
for in Articles 5 and 6 of the North Atlantic Treaty shall
occur, the facilities which will be afforded in accordance
with this Agreement shall be available for the same use.
While such facilities are not being used for military
purpo.ses, necessary maintenance work will be performed
by Iceland or Iceland will authorise its performance by
the United States."
For some time public opinion in Iceland has increas-
ingly favoured the withdrawal of the troops. The argu-
ment uiwn which this trend is based is to the effect that
the crisis which made the conclusion of the Agreement
necessary in 1951 no longer exists and that the world
situation has been greatly improved. On March 28th,
1956, the Icelandic Althing (Parliament) adopted the fol-
lowing resolution by a vote of 31 for and 18 against :
"That the foreign policy of Iceland should as hitherto
be formulated so as to ensure the indejjendence and secu-
rity of the country, that friendly relations be had with
other countries and that the Icelandic people coordinate
their defense matters with those of their neighbour nations,
i. e. tiirough cooperation in NATO. In view of changed
conditions since the Defense Agreement of 1951 was con-
cluded and in view of the declaration made to the effect
that foreign armed forces should not be in Iceland in time
of peace, revision of the system then adopted should im-
mediately be initiated so that the Icelanders themselves
would ]wrform maintenan<?e and security functions (other
than military) connected with the defense installations,
and that tlie Defense Force be withdrawn.
"If agreement is not reached concerning these changes,
the Defense Agreement should be terminated in accord-
ance with Article VII thereof."
It should be noted that under Article VII of the Defense
Agreement a time limit of 18 months is stipulated for the
termination of the Agreement. This time limit has refer-
ence to the date of the original request to the North
Atlantic Council for a review of the situation. This re-
quest has not yet been submitted and this paper is circu-
lated only as background information.
II. On June lltli, 1956, the Ministry for For-
eign Affairs of Iceland notified the United States
Ambassador in Reykjavik that in conformity with
the expressed will of the Althing —
the Ministry hereby has the honour to suggest that dis-
cussions be taken up between the Government of Iceland
and the Government of the United States of America in
order to introduce a new system to replace that adopted
under the 1951 Defense Agreement. It is further sug-
gested that, due to the forthcoming General Elections,
these discussions shall not commence until August 1st,
1956, and that arrangements be made before that date as
to how and where such discussions shall be initiated.
It is the intention of the Ministry for Foreign Affairs
that the 6 months' notice referred to in Article VII of
the 1951 Defense Agreement be effective as from August
1st, 1956.
308
Department of State Bulletin
The Icelandic Permanent Representative on the North
Atlantic Council will be instructed to notify the Council
accordingly in conformity with the provisions of Article
VII of the Defense Agreement.
III. In view of the fact that discussions between
the Governments of Iceland and the United States
will not be possible before August 1st the 6 months'
notice referred to in Article VII will not become
effective until August 1st, 1956. The Icelandic
Government considers, however, that it is desir-
able, as provided in Article VII of the Defense
Agreement, that the views of the Council regard-
ing this matter in the light of the present world
situation and the Althing Eesolution should be
available before the bilateral discussions begin.
Therefore, I have been instructed by my Govern-
ment to make a formal request to the Council for
an opinion under Article VII of the Defense
Agreement. My Government would wish to have
the views of the Council as soon as possible.
I would appreciate it if you could have this note
circulated to Permanent Representatives before
the meeting of the Council on Monday, June 25th,
1956.
NATO Fellowship and Scholarship
Program Approved for Second Year
Press release 429 dated August 8
The North Atlantic Council has approved for
the second year a NATO-sponsored Fellowship and
Scholarship Program under the conditions of
article 2 of the North Atlantic Treaty, which pro-
vides for cooperation in nonmilitary fields. This
program is designed to encourage study and re-
search in fields of mutual interest to Nato mem-
bers who constitute the North Atlantic Commu-
nity. These fields, which give insight into pres-
ent needs and future development of the Commu-
nity, include historical, political, legal, social, cul-
tural, economic, scientific, and related subjects.
Competition for the awards was opened August
1 and will close November 1, 1956. Announce-
ments of successful candidates will be made April
4, 1957, the eighth anniversary of the signing of
the North Atlantic Treaty. Two categories of
awards are specified : research fellowships to can-
didates of recognized stature in their own comitry
for 2- to 4-month periods and scholarships to
younger scholars for the 1957-58 academic year.
Emphasizing the multilateral character of the
Nato program, the plan for selection gives prefer-
ence, when other qualifications are equal, to can-
didates prepared to conduct their projects on the
other side of the Atlantic. They must be nationals
of a member state and must plan to pursue their
research or study in one or more of the other
member countries.
Candidates will be selected by a Selection Com-
mittee under the chairmanship of Ambassador
L. D. Wilgress, permanent representative of Can-
ada to the North Atlantic Council. Mr. Wilgress
is also chairman of the Nato Committee on Infor-
mation and Cultural Relations. The following
comprise the other members of the Committee:
James B. Conant, U. S. Ambassador to the Federal Re-
public of Germany and former President of Harvard
University
Robert Marjolin, Professor at Nancy University and for-
mer Secretary General of the Organization for European
Economic Cooperation
Alberto Tarchiani, former Italian Ambassador to the
United States
H. U. Willink, Master of Magdalene College, Cambridge,
former Vice Chancellor of Cambridge University
In the United States, candidates for the fellow-
ship jDrogram are to submit api^lications to the
Conference Board of Associated Research Coun-
cils, 2101 Constitution Ave., NW., Wasliington
25, D.C. Scholarship candidates are to apply to
the Institute of International Education, One
East 67th St., New York 21, N.Y. These organ-
izations are assisting the DejDartment of State
in the initial screening of applications. They will
submit their recommendations to the Board of
Foreign Scholarships, which is composed of 10
leading educators and educational administrators
appointed by the President of the United States.
The names of candidates recommended by the
Board will be presented by the Department of
State to Nato's international Selection Commit-
tee, which will make final awards.
Margaret Ball, professor of political science
and history, Wellesley College, received the Nato
fellowship for the United States for the 1956-57
program. Her research will be on the general
subject of Nato and the European movement and
will be conducted in London, Paris, Bonn, and
other European capitals.
August 20, 1956
309
Congress Looks Again at Red China
ly Robert C. Hill
Assistant Secretary for Congressional Relations^
There are many famous capitals in the world,
but there is only one Detroit. Wlierever one
travels about the globe, Detroit is known for the
miracle of mass production; it is known for its
modern industry; it is known for its commerce.
The visible products of its factories are seen and
are utilized everywhere. It is a symbol to all the
world of the miracle that is America. I am there-
fore grateful to be with you today to address this
distinguished audience.
Detroit is a great exporter, and, as a result, we
all know that Detroit is vitally interested in what
goes on abroad. The Detroit Board of Commerce
includes those in this great city who take the deep-
est interest of all in foreign developments.
In my present position with the State Depart-
ment I work closely with Congress. We in the
State Department feel that Congress, as the di-
rectly elected representatives of the American
people, constantly feels the pulse beat of America.
Senators and Congressmen must be aware, on a
day-by-day basis, what the people in their States
are thinking. It is one part of my task to keep
our Secretary of State, John Foster Dulles, and
other officials of the State Department aware of
what Congress and, therefore, what the American
people consider of importance.
The subject I am about to deal with today I be-
lieve is of interest to all Americans. There are
few problems in the field of international rela-
tions which do not affect American trade in one
way or another. In the case of Communist China
the relationship is the more readily apparent be-
' Address made before the Detroit Board of Commerce,
Detroit, Midi., on Aug. 6 (press release 426 dated Aug. 3)-
cause the course of conduct of the Red regime has
been such that the United States, one of the great
commercial nations of the world, has discontinued
all trade with the China mainland rather than
fuel the economic engine needed for Communist
aggression.
Recently, Vice President Nixon — who has
proved himself highly talented in international
matters — made a quick trip around the world.
His initial objective was to participate in Inde-
pendence Day celebrations in the Philippines.
But he made a special trip also to Taiwan to de-
liver a letter to the head of the Government of
China.^ This letter from President Eisenhower
affirmed the support of the Government of the
United States for the Republic of Cluna.
I mention this particularly because of the con-
cern that some of us have had over rumors that
the United States Government mi^ht be weaken-
ing in its opposition to the recognition of Com-
munist China by the United Nations. These
rumors, unfounded as they are, have gained some
credence abroad. I think it is important that the
United States position be made unmistakably
clear.
Recently the Congress of the United States once
again reaffirmed our stand on this issue. Ameri-
cans are miited on this point. It is not a partisan
political matter.
On July 23 Congress declared itself in a con-
current resolution as being unequivocally against
the seating of Red China in the United Nations.
In the Senate, the vote on the resolution was 86
^ Bulletin of July 23, 1956, p. 151.
310
Department of State Bulletin
to nothing. In the House, it was 391 to nothing.
Not one Senator, not one Representative, favored
accepting into the United Nations the regime
which cost us and our allies so many thousands of
dead and wounded in Korea.
Even so, we may see in the next few months, as
the United Nations General Assembly meeting
opens, a small but vocal minority, even here at
home, urging admission of Communist China to
the United Nations and recognition of Red China
by the United States. Leaders of this automotive
capital of the world who have played such a major
role in extending American commerce around the
globe will, I am sure, not be among them.
Your sense of patriotism, your sense of decency
have marked every move you have made since the
first American automobiles were produced and
furnished to the entire world.
The action of Congress on the issue of seating
China in the United Nations parallels the position
the executive branch of the Government has con-
sistently taken. Our President, our Secretary of
State, and other national leaders have expressed
themselves so clearly on this point that I find it
difficult to understand how the United States po-
sition could be misjudged by anyone.
My job with the State Department is to help
keep close relations with the Congress. On such
broad issues as the one I am talking about here,
this is comparatively easy since the executive and
legislative branches are in fundamental harmony
to begin with.
Congressional expression on this subject goes
back even before the present administration took
office. On May 15, 1951, the House of Representa-
tives adopted a resolution opposing the admission
of Communist China to the United Nations. The
Republican Party made this an important plank
in its 1952 platform. Congress spoke again on
this subject on July 21, 1953, on August 26, 1954,
on July 8, 1955, June 20, 1956, and July 14, 1956,
each time declaring opposition to seating Red
China in the United Nations. This is exclusive
of committee reports and speeches which are
added to the total record of the American f)eople's
determination that Red China shall not shoot its
way into respectability.
The extraordinary unity in the United States
on this issue in recent years is best exemplified by
a report from the Committee on Foreign Affairs
on July 16 recommending the passage of the most
Text of Resolution on Communist China '
Resolved hy the Hotise of Representatives (the
Senate concurring) , That it is the sense of the Con-
gress that its previous expressions should be and
are hereby reemphasized that the Communist re-
gime in China should not be admitted to member-
ship in the United Nations or any of its specialized
agencies as the representatives of China ; and
That the Congress hereby expresses its convic-
tion that such admission would gravely injure the
United Nations and impair its effective functioning
in accordance with the aims, principles, and pro-
visions of the United Nations Charter.
' H. Con. Res. 265, 84th Cong., 2d sess. ; adopted
by the House of Representatives on July 18 by a
vote of 391-0 and by the Senate on July 23 by a
vote of 86-0.
recent congressional resolution. I quote from the
committee report : ^
The members of the Communist regime in China are
exerting continuous effort to gain admission into the
United Nations and its specialized agencies as the rep-
resentatives of China. At a time when these efforts are
being intensified by the Communist bloc and supported
by some others, it is particularly important to restate and
reemphasize the overwhelming sentiment of the United
States as expressed by its people, by its Congress, and
by its President.
History has some vivid examples of grave consequences
flowing from actions taken by governments which mis-
judged American opinion on a given issue. It would be
tragic if anyone abroad failed to understand how deep
and determined is the feeling of the American people on
the issue involved in this resolution. By the very nature
of their office, Members of Congress know and reflect
accurately the views and deep feelings of the American
people, whom they represent. That is what gives extra-
ordinary significance to the repeated unanimous votes of
the Congress against the admission of Communist China
to the United Nations.
You all know the reasons why American public
opinion is so united, why the Congress and the ex-
ecutive branch of the Government are united, and
why both major political parties are united on this
question as they have perliaps never before been
so completely united in our political history.
Charges Against Red China
Red China, condemned by the United Nations
as an aggressor in Korea, continues to maintain
a huge army of 350,000 troops in North Korea in
defiance of the United Nations, against which it
'H. Kept. 2733, S4th Cong., 2d sess.
August 20, 1956
311
waged unprovoked war. Further, Red Cluna has
grossly violated the terms of the armistice agree-
ment which brought an end to the Korean fighting.
Despite express prohibitions to the contrary, the
Communist Chinese have brought into North Ko-
rea hundreds of combat airplanes which were not
there when the fighting stopped. They have built
airfields and have brought in vast quantities of
other combat material.
In Viet-Nam they have ignored the terms of
the Geneva agreements which ended the fighting
there by fostering and supporting a continued
military buildup in the northern part of that di-
vided country.
Against the terms of the cease-fire agreement,
the effective Communist fighting forces have been
doubled under their aegis. Artillery firepower
has been increased six times, and prohibited com-
bat material has been moved in. The training
and equipment have been supplied by Red China.
Further in defiance of the Geneva accords, Red
Chinese controlled rebels have refused to relin-
quish control of two northern provinces of Laos
to the legal government. Active terror tactics
have been employed in Thailand by agents of the
Red Chinese.
And across the Thai border in Red China itself,
a renegade "autonomous Thai state" has been es-
tablished to induce peoples in Thailand, Laos, and
other lands in this area to rebel against their own
governments.
So far I have mentioned only a few of the
counts in the indictment against Red China. They
have violated every standard of international con-
duct by torturing and imprisoning our citizens
without cause, seizing our property without com-
pensation, and engaging in an unceasing campaign
of lies and vilification designed to promote hatred
of the United States.
Nearly 11 months ago, as the result of ambassa-
dorial talks at Geneva, the Chinese Communists
promised to take measures which would enable
the Americans imprisoned in Chinese jails ex-
peditiously to exercise their acknowledged right
to return home. To date this promise has not been
kept. Instead, 11 of our American citizens are
unjustly held as political hostages in an effort to
force us into discussions of reopening trade, a
meeting between our Secretary of State and Chou
En-lai, the Chinese Communist Foreigii Minister,
and abandonment of our support for the Republic
of China.
Our other primary objective in agreeing a year
ago to ambassadorial talks with the Communist
Chinese was to obtain from them a meaningful
public declaration of their willingness to renounce
the use of force or the threat of force, particularly
with respect to the Formosa area, which we are
committed to defend under the terms of a mu-
tual defense pact with the Republic of China.
We ourselves have repeatedly expressed our in-
tention to refrain from the use of force except in
exercise of the inherent right of individual and
collective self-defense. We did not ask the Com-
munists to renounce their objectives. We asked
them only to pledge themselves to use peaceful
means in advancing their claims. To date they
have refused to do so.
These are the people who want to be recognized
by the United States and seated in the United
Nations. By what logic do they think their ac-
tions justify this? I think they have a logic. I
think they believe we are so supine that they can
slap us in the face and still gain United States
recognition. They believe that they can continue
to defy the United Nations and still enter this
distinguished organization. They are misin-
formed enough to think American businessmen
are eager to trade on any terms, even when such
trade would aid their preparations for a new
aggression.
These are some of the facts that explain why
Congress again and again has expressed your will
by voting against admission of the Chinese Reds
into the United Nations.
Those who advocate recognition of Red China
and its admission to the U.N. say, "Let's forget
everything but the fact the Reds are in effective
control of the mainland of China."
Let us look at the facts closely. The Reds are
a minority in China. China was seized by a Red
ann3\ That is a fact no one can deny. That is not
surprising because the House Committee on Soviet
Aggression [Select Committee To Investigate In-
corjjoration of Lithuania, Latvia, and Estonia
into the U.S.S.R. (83d Cong.)] reports that the
Reds have never taken over any country, includ-
ing non-Russian parts of the Soviet Union itself,
without the use, or threat of use, of Red troops.
Millions literally have been slain in Cluna to
remove the opposition. But it is still there. This
was a minority movement, I repeat, which seized
control of China by force and by the lies of so-
312
Deporfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
called "agrarian reformers." A vicious minority
rules the China mainland.
We have reports of widespread disillusion, of
desire to get away from what this Chinese Red
regime represents. Are we to confirm the enslave-
ment of the whole Chinese nation? Are we to
grant these Communists our blessing and are they
to receive that of the world, a blessing that is
essential to them if they are permanently to hold
sway ? Do we want to make certain that China
remains Communist?
Importanee of Chinese Republic
Meanwhile on Taiwan our loyal ally, the Re-
public of China, remains as a symbol of psycholog-
ical resistance as well as a military force in being.
So long as it continues to exist, the Chinese Com-
munist conquest is incomplete. So long as this
flame is not extinguished, millions of overseas
Chinese as well as those subjugated on the main-
land can have hope. We cannot permit any act of
ours to jeopardize the continued existence of that
hope.
There is no disposition in the Congress, the State
Department, or the White House to do so.
This is an age of high-pressure propaganda.
In the Lenin Institute in Moscow, there is an
organization whose business is to coin propaganda
slogans. The Communists have coined many
phrases that have come into general use — ^"peace-
ful coexistence," "preventive war," "Why not
recognize the facts on China?"
Some of these phrases are very catchy and hit
at human emotions. But it is going to be very,
very hard to cover up the facts about Red China.
The American people have learned from casualties
in their own homes or their neighbors' homes,
from the reports of returning soldiers. We are
a Christian and a forgiving people. But the facts
show the Chinese Reds have not changed one iota
since the Korean war ended. We are a practical
people. Is it practical to confirm unprincipled
tyrants in power?
The Communist world is not the solid monolith
its propagandists and apologists would have us
believe. That monolith trembles with discord
which, despite gun-in-the-back rule, occasionally
breaks into the open, as it did in East Berlin, in
Poznan, in Tibet, and elsewhere. The once-free
citizens of hitherto sovereign countries everywhere
long to live in freedom again.
August 20, 1956
395489—56 3
The United States is the flaming beacon of liv-
ing freedom for the millions of people from
Prague to Peiping who pray for liberty. We must
not, will not, let that beacon fall to the ground.
If this administration had done nothing more,
it could stand before the American people proudly
as a result of having moved world affairs from
the military to the political plane. The whole
world learned at the Geneva summit meeting of
our earnest desire for world peace. But we do
not want the peace of surrender. As Secretary
Dulles has stated :
We have peace. Peace is the goal which we devoutly
seek. But let us never forget that the peace we now have,
and the peace which we would preserve, is not peace at any
price. It is peace with freedom, purchased by those who
were willing to fight and die.
Steadfastness to principle and sacrifice for principle are
the proven price of the good that we have won. It would
be reckless to expect further good at any lesser price. To
achieve peace with justice, peace with sovereignty for na-
tions great and small, peace with respect for human be-
ings without regard to class, will require sustaining the
effort, the sacrifice, the solidarity which has brought us
where we are today.
Our Government is daily bending all its efforts
to attaining peace ; but we are all agreed that such
a peace cannot be attained by compounding a fel-
ony against mankind.
It would be well, I think, for the Chinese Red
leaders to remember that our patriotism is rooted
in, above all, a love of freedom and free institu-
tions. That patriotism stood the trials of Valley
Forge, of San Juan Hill, of Chateau-Thierry,
Guadalcanal, the Normandy beaches, and even the
hopeless, bitter, stalemate in Korea.
I speak with deep conviction when I state that
this patriotism will keep us from yielding to black-
mail by the Red Chinese today. It is easy to un-
derstand why the Congress, representing the peo-
ple of the United States, have once again said em-
phatically "No" to admission of Red China to the
United Nations.
Travel to Communist China
Press release 428 dated August 7
The Department of State has taken note of the
fact that the Chinese Communist regime has an-
nounced that it has invited certain United States
newspaper correspondents and commentators to
visit Communist China.
313
The State Department has taken this occasion
to review carefully its policy with respect to the
nonissuance of passports validated for travel to
Communist China. After such review, it con-
tinues to be the policy of the State Department
not to issue such passports.
The United States welcomes the free exchange
of information between different countries irre-
spective of political and social differences. But
the Chinese Communist regime has created a spe-
cial impediment. It adopted the practice of tak-
ing American citizens into captivity and holding
them in effect as political hostages. It continues
to do so despite the fact that on September 10,
1955, at Geneva, it promised that all Americans
in Conununist China would be allowed expedi-
tiously to exercise their right to return to the
United States.^
So long as these conditions continue, it is not
considered to be in the best interests of the United
States that Americans should accept the Chinese
Communist invitation to travel in Communist
China.
White House Meeting on
Suez Canal Situation
Following is the text of a statement released
hy the White House on August 12 following Presi-
dent Eisenhower's meeting with congressional
leaders on the Suez Canal situation}
President Eisenhower met today with the bi-
partisan congressional leadership for the purpose
of reviewing the Suez Canal situation. The
meeting was attended by the Vice President ; Sec-
retary of State Dulles ; Arthur Flemming, Direc-
tor of the Office of Defense Mobilization; Ad-
miral Radford, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of
Staff; Gordon Gray, Assistant Secretary of De-
fense for International Security Affairs ; and the
following Senators and Representatives:
Senate Democrats
Senator Lyndon Johnson
Senator Earle C. Clements
Senator Walter F. George
Senator Theodore Francis
Green
Senator Richard B. Russell
Senate Republicans
Senator WilUam F. Know-
land
Senator Styles Bridges
Senator Eugene D. MilUkln
Senator Leverett Salton-
stall
Senator Alexander Wiley
Senator H. Alexander
Smith
House Democrats
Speaker Sam Rayburn
Congressman Carl Albert
Congressman Thos. E. Mor-
gan
Congressman A. S. J. Car-
nahan
House Republicans
Congressman Joseph W.
Martin, Jr.
Congressman Charles Hal-
leck
Congressman Leslie C.
Arends
Congressman Leo Allen
Congressman Robert B.
Chiperfield
Congressman John M.
Vorys
Congressman Dewey Short
The President expressed his appreciation for
the attendance, at considerable inconvenience,
of the Members of Congress present. He said he
considered their attendance as important in view
of the London conference on the Suez matter,
scheduled to be convened on August 16 with the
United States as a participant.
The President and the Secretary of State then
reviewed the situation and the actions taken thus
far by the United States to deal with it, and the
preparations for the London conference. Mr.
Flemming described the bearing of possible events
in the Middle East upon the petroleum situation.
The President and the Secretary of State
pointed out that in view of the acceptance by 22
of the 24 nations invited,^ the conference will
offer the opportunity for reaching a peaceful and
equitable solution, in accordance with the concepts
of the 1888 governing treaty.
They made clear that the United States will at-
tend with the purpose of contributing to such a
solution with the objective of safeguarding the in-
terests of those dependent on the Canal as well as
recognizing the legitimate interests of Egypt.
We are hopeful of such an outcome.
They stressed, however, the continuing grav-
ity of the situation and the difficulty in achieving
a constructive solution.
There was a general, vigorous discussion. All
recognized the importance of dependable opera-
tion of the Canal as a major artery of world
traffic.
' Bulletin of Sept. 19, 1955, p. 456.
314
"For earlier U.S. statements on the Egyptian seizure
of installations of the Suez Canal, see Bulletin of Aug. 6,
1956, p. 221, and Aug. 13, 1956, p. 259.
^Por a list of the nations invited to the London con-
ference, see ibid., Aug. 13, 1956, p. 263. Egypt and Greece
declined the invitation.
Department of State Bulletin
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
Claims of Vatican City for Losses and Damages Caused by
United States Armed Forces During World War II.
Report to accompany H. R. 10766. S. Rept. 2292, June
22, 1956. 6 pp.
Authorizing the Panama Canal Company To Convey to
the Department of State an Improved Site in Colon,
Republic of Tanama. Report to accompany H. R. 6245.
S. Rept. 2296, June 22, 1956. 5 pp.
United States Participation in the International Bureau
for the Publication of Customs Tariffs. Report to ac-
company S. J. Res. 178. H. Rept. 2423, June 25, 1956.
2 pp.
The Supplemental Appropriation Bill. 1957. Hearings
before subcommittees of the House Committee on Ap-
propriations. Part 2 (includes Department of State),
June 13-July 3, 1956. 301 pp.
Foreign Affairs Advisory Board. Hearing before the Ad
Hoc Subcommittee on H. R. 8788 of the House Committee
on Foreign Affairs on H. R. 8788, to provide for the estab-
lishment of the Foreign Affairs Advisory Board. June
22, 1956. 17 pp.
Extension of Export Control Act of 1949. Conference
report to accompany H. R. 9052. H. Rept. 2485, June
26, 1956. 3 pp.
Foreign Service Act Amendments of 1956. Hearings be-
fore the House Committee on Foreign Affairs on S.
3481, a bill to amend the Foreign Service Act of 1946,
as amended, and for other purposes. June 27-20, 1956.
83 pp.
Providing Certain Basic Authority for the Department
of State. Report to accompany S. 2569. H. Rept. 2508,
June 28, 1956. 19 pp.
Strengthening International Relations Through Cultural
and Athletic Exchanges and Participation in Interna-
tional Fairs and Festivals. Report to accompany S.
3116. H. Rept. 2.509, June 28, 1956. 4 pp.
Authorizing the Loan of Naval Vessels to Foreign Gov-
ernments. Report to accompany H. R. 11613. H. Rept.
2524, June 28, 1956. 11 pp.
House Committee on Armed Services. Full committee
hearing on H. R. 11613, authorizing the loan of naval
vessels to certain friendly nations. No. 102, June 28,
195G. 11 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as Anieiuled.
Report to accompany H. R. 12050. H. Kept. 2531, June
29, 1956. 21 pp.
Temporary Suspension of Duty on Alumina Imported for
Use in Producing Aluminum. Report to accompany H. R.
10269. H. Rept. 2547, June 29, 1956. 2 pp.
Temporary Suspension of Duty on Crude and Calcined
Bauxite. Report to accompany H. R. 8228. S. Rept.
2400, July 2, 1956. 2 pp.
Domestic Industries Affected by Foreign Imiwrts. Re-
port together with minority views to accompany S. Res.
23G. S. Rept. 2401, July 2, 1956. 8 pp.
Suspension of Duties and Import Taxes on Metal Scrap.
Report to accompany H. R. 8636. S. Rept. 2410, July 2,
1956. 6 pp.
International Wheat Agreement of 19.56. Hearing before
the 'Senate Committee on Foreign Relations on Execu-
tive I, 84th Congress, 2d Session. July 3, 1956. 19 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Act of 1954. Report to ac-
company S. 4162. S. Rept. 2404, July 3, 1956. 7 pp.
Providing for the Establishment of a Federal Advisory
Council on the Arts. Report to accompany S. 3419.
S. Rept. 2409, July 3, 1956. 8 pp.
Participation in the American International Institute for
the Protection of Childhood. Report to accompany
H. J. Res. 664. H. Rept. 2586, July 3, 1956. 3 pp.
Amending the Atomic Energy Act of 1954. Report to ac-
company H. R. 12094. H. Rept. 2589, July 3, 1956.
7 pp.
International Wheat Agreement, 1956. Report to accom-
pany Executive I, 84th Congress, 2d Session. S. Exec.
Rept. 7, July 5, 1956. 5 pp.
Requiring International Agreements Other Than Treaties
To Be Transmitted to the Senate Within 60 Days After
Execution Thereof. Report to accompany S. 147. S.
Rept. 2416, July 5, 1956. 3 pp.
Extension of Export-Import Bank Act. Report to accom-
pany H. R. 11261. H. Rept. 2620, July 5, 1956. 4 pp.
Tax Convention With the French Republic Relating to
Double Taxation. Message from the President trans-
mitting a convention between the United States of Amer-
ica and the French Republic, signed at Washington on
June 22, 1956, supplementing the convention of July 25,
1939, and October 18, 1946, relating to the avoidance of
double taxation, as modified and supplemented by the
protocol of May IT, 1948. S. Exec. J., July 6, 1956.
39 pp.
Mutual Security Appropriation Bill, 1957. Report to ac-
company H. R. 12130. H. Rept. 2636, July 6, 1956. 20
pp.
Studies Regarding Foreign Assistance by the United States
Government. Report to accompany S. Res. 285. S.
Rept. 2434, July 7, 1956. 1 p.
Supplemental Appropriation Bill, 1957. Report to accom-
pany H. R. 12138. H. Rept. 2638, July 7, 1956. 74 pp.
Mutual Security Act of 1956. Conference report to ac-
company H. R. 11356. H. Rept. 264;J, July 7, 1956.
28 pp.
Commercial Treaties With Iran, Nicaragua, and the Neth-
erlands. Report to accompany Executive E, Executive
G, and Executive H, 84th Congress, 2d Session. S.
Exec. Rept. 9, July 9, 1956. 9 pp.
Temporary Suspension of Duty on Certain Alumina. Re-
port to accompany H. R. 10269. S. Rept. 2435, July 9,
1956. 2 pp.
Providing for a Joint Committee To Represent the Con-
gress at the Unveiling of the Commodore John Barry
Memorial at Wexford, Ireland. Report to accompany
H. Con. Res. 244. Rept. 2439, July 9, 1956. 2 pp.
Authorizing the Appropriation of $5 Million To Be Spent
for the Purpose of Promoting the Pan-American Games
To Be Held in Cleveland, Ohio. Report to accompany
H. R. 12033. H. Rept. 2713, July 13, 1956. 3 pp.
Urging the Creation of an International Juridical Com-
mission Within the Framework of the North Atlantic
Treaty Organization. Report to accompany H. J. Res.
668. H. Rept. 2714, July 13, 1956. 4 pp.
Granting the Consent of Congress to the State of New
York To Negotiate and Enter Into an Agreement or
('ompact With the Government of Canada for the Estab-
lishment of the Niagara Frontier Port Authority With
Power to Take Over, Maintain, and Operate the Present
Highway Bridge Over the Niagara River Between the
City of Buffalo, N.Y., and the City of J'ort Erie, On-
tario, Canada. Report to accompany H. J. Res. 549.
H. Rept. 2716, July 13, 1956. 2 pp.
Mutual Security Appropriation Bill, 1957. Report to ac-
company H. R. 12130. S. Rept. 2579, July 14, 1956.
14 pp.
The Supplemental Appropriation Bill, 1957. Report to ac-
company H. R. 12138. S. Rept. 2580, July 14, 1956. 45 pp.
Improvement of Procedures for the Development of For-
eign Air Commerce. Report to accompany S. 3914.
S. Rept. 2586, July 16, 1956. 18 pp.
Expressing the Sense of Congress Against Admission of
the Communist Regime in China as the Representative
of China in the United Nations. Report to accomimny
H. Con. Res. 265. H. Rept. 2733, July 16, 1956. 7 pp.
Participation in the American International Institute for
the Protection of Childhood. Report to accompany S. J.
Res. 195. S. Rept. 2612, July 17, 1956. 6 pp.
Authorizing an Appropriation To Enable the United States
To Extend an Invitation to the World Health Organ-
ization To Hold the Eleventh World Health Assembly
in the United States in 1958. Report to accompany
S. J. Res. 183. S. Rept. 2613, July 17, 1956. 3 pp.
August 20, 1956
315
James Buchanan — Statesman and Diplomat
hy John F. Simmons
Chief of Protocol ^
It is an honor to appear today as the repre-
sentative of the Department of State and a great
pleasure, indeed, to share a platform with my
friend Sir Eoger Makins [British Ambassador to
the United States], whose wit and eloquence make
him an asset to any gathering, public or private.
I am happy also for an opportunity to return
again to the State of Pennsylvania, where many
of my own forebears were born and spent their
lives.
Before he left for the west coast. Under Secre-
tary of State Herbert Hoover, Jr., asked that I
bring to you his sincere personal best wishes and
his regrets that previous commitments made it
impossible for him to join you today.
My sharing this platform with Sir Eoger at a
commemorative ceremony for James Buchanan is
a happy reminder that British-American rela-
tions have taken a turn for the better in the cen-
tury since Buchanan was Secretary of State. In
the Oregon border dispute, which Buchanan han-
dled with great skill, history shows that there was
no small degree of divergence between the views
of our two nations and that the annexation of
Texas, in which Buchanan ably played his role,
was similarly a matter which caused considerable
international friction between us at the time.
I am glad that times have changed and that
now our two nations work closely together rather
than at odds. This is one of the outstanding facts
of our present international situation. We may
be thankful that this is so.
James Buchanan served long and creditably in
both the House of Representatives and the Sen-
ate before he was picked by President Polk in
' Address made at the Buchanan Centennial of the
Buchanan Foundation, Lancaster, Pa., on Aug. 5.
1845 to become liis Secretary of State. His in-
terest in foreign affairs began more than a decade
previous to this appointment, and this without
doubt helped to bring the job to him.
Minister to Russia
The year 1832 brought Buchanan the appoint-
ment by President Jackson as Minister to Russia,
a post left vacant by the resignation of John Ran-
dolph. His principal mission was to negotiate a
new commercial treaty. This was his first train-
ing in the field of foreign affairs. Buchanan's
negotiations for a new commercial treaty were
successful, and by the 18th of December 1832 the
new treaty was signed.
From St. Petersburg, which he reached in June
1832, Buchanan wrote many letters to his friends
at home, in which are interesting descriptions of
the city, the government under Czar Nicholas, the
formality of the diplomatic corps, the censorship
of the press, and the ignorance of even the higher
society regarding America. There is evidence in
his letters of an increasing interest in European
politics as well as an obvious concern with the
insufficiency of American diplomatic salaries.
Elected to the Senate after his return from
Russia, Buchanan maintained a continuing in-
terest in foreign relations. In January and
February 1835 and in the same months a year
later he spoke on the French spoliation claims. In
these speeches he showed the same ability in analy-
sis and the same capacity to master details which
appeared later in his state papers.
As a Senator, Buchanan was also deeply in-
terested in the recognition of Texas. He sup-
ported, in April of 1838, the recommendation of
the President that an act be passed authorizing re-
316
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
prisals and the use of naval force of the United
States against Mexico in the event of a refusal by
the Mexican Government to come to an amicable
adjustment of the matters in controversy between
the two countries. By this time he had been
made chairman of the Committee on Foreign Re-
lations of the Senate, and his speech is particu-
larly interesting because the situation at that time
affords an almost complete analogy with the situ-
ation regarding Oregon which Buchanan was to
face during his Secretaryship.
Oregon Question
As the dispute over Oregon became a subject of
controvei*sy, Buchanan turned his attention as a
Senator to it. As early as 1838 he argued that we
should assert our right to the Oregon Country, and
in 1844 he gave his support to proposed resolu-
tions which looked to the giving of notice to Great
Britain of the termination of the convention of
1827, which provided for joint use of the territory
by the two nations.
The increasing weight of westward migration
awakened the Oregon question and made a politi-
cal issue of it. In the great migration of 1843,
over 800 pioneers crossed the plains and mountains
in covered wagons and settled in Oregon, and
there was great agitation for abrogation of the
convention of 1827. The slogan "Fifty-four forty
or fight" figured in James K. Polk's successful
campaign for the Presidency in 1844.
Despite all the fire and heat, however, Polk pre-
ferred not to fight for "fifty-four forty" if he
could avoid it. In July of 1845 Buchanan ap-
proached the British Minister in Washington with
an offer to divide the territory at the 49tli parallel.
The offer was rejected at first, and Polk announced
for fifty-four forty, but in time the British Gov-
ernment indicated its willingness to consider the
49th-parallel compromise. After some negotia-
tion the British submitted a draft treaty and
the President sent it to the Senate, which ap-
proved it, thus making it possible for Polk to
soften his original position. In June of 1846
Secretary Buchanan and the British Minister
signed the treaty.
Diplomatic Victories for Peace
The settlement of the Oregon boundary question
was regarded here — forgive me. Sir Roger — as a
major victory for American diplomacy. But the
earlier settlement of the northeast boundary
through the Webster- Ashburton treaty, I hasten
to add, has been regarded as a major victory for
British diplomacy. Each side, in each settlement,
compromised somewhat its original position. But
in working out reasonable solutions both sides
won victories — victories for peace.
In our foreign affairs today, as in Buchanan's
day, there are still disputes and differences.
Events of the recent past show this clearly enough.
If in our international dealings today we can show
the nerve, skill, and reasonableness that Polk and
Buchanan showed in dealing with the Oregon
question, we can hope that difficult questions can
be resolved in the present and future as success-
fully and amicably as they have been by states-
men and diplomats of both nations in the past.
ICA Aid to Latin'America
in Fiscal Year 1956
The U.S. contributions toward technical coop-
eration and emergency assistance programs in
Latin America totaled $72.6 million during the
1956 fiscal year. This figure was announced on
August 5 by the International Cooperation Ad-
ministration in summarizing nomnilitary aid to
Latin America for the 14th year of U.S. coopera-
tion in bilateral programs in that area.
U.S. technical and emergency assistance has
increased annually during the last 3 years to this
current alltime high of $72.6 million, the largest
amount of U.S. assistance rendered Latin Amer-
ica in any one year since the inception of the pro-
gram 14 years ago.
Technical cooperation in dollars today is run-
ning at a rate of $28 million as compared with
about $18 million in 1952. More U.S. technicians
are at work in Latin America and more Latin
Americans are being trained in the United States
than ever before.
Latin America relies less on direct U.S. Govern-
ment assistance than any other area of the free
world cooperating in the mutual security program.
The bulk of I^atin America's dollar earnings come
from inter- American trade, from U.S. direct pri-
vate investment, and from tourism.
Representing the United States' principal trad-
ing partners, the group of Latin American nations
have an average of $3.5 billion export trade with
the United States annually and import about $3.5
billion worth of U.S. goods and services each year.
August 20, 1956
317
U.S. dii-ect private investments in Latin America,
growing at an average rate of about $400 million
annually, today total some $6.5 billion — larger
than in any other region of the world and about 37
percent of all U.S. private investment abroad.
U.S. tourists spent over $380 million in Latin
America last year, with about two-thirds of that
amount being spent in Mexico and making the
tourist industry the largest single source of dollars
in the economy of that country.
Loans from the International Bank for Eecon-
struction and Development and from the Export-
Import Bank are on the upswing in Latin Amer-
ica, and, in addition, about $100 million in local
currency, generated by the sale of U.S. agricul-
tural surpluses, will be available to Latin Ameri-
can nations in the form of long-term loans to
supplement private and public investment.
U.S. technical assistance and emergency eco-
nomic aid provided to the 19 Latin American
Eepublics cooperating in the mutual security pro-
gram are being used to bolster these nations' own
efforts to create strong national economies and to
assist in maintaining political stability in the area,
all of which tends to foster increased trade and
attract a greater flow of investment capital.
For the fiscal years from 1952 through 1956 the
United States has provided a total of about $115
million for technical cooperation, supplemented
by approximately $65 million in emergency eco-
nomic aid for three of the cooperating countries —
Bolivia, Guatemala, and Haiti.
A summary of Ica's assistance to each of the
Latin American nations for fiscal year 1956, an-
nounced for the first time on August 5, appears
in the accompanying table.
Technical Cooperation
U.S. programs of technical assistance began in
Latin America in 1942 when the Institute of Inter-
American Affairs (Iiaa) was set up as a U.S.
Government corporation to administer teclinical
cooperation programs.
Througli U.S. programs of teclmical coopera-
tion in 19 of the Latin American Republics and
in 5 overseas territories of Western European
powers, the United States is sharing its teclmical
knowledge and experience by sending U.S. tech-
nicians to Latin America to work with and advise
local tecluiicians in various projects of mutual
interest and by providing training opportimities
AID TO LATIN AMERICA, FISCAL 1956
[In millions of dollars]
Tech-
Emer-
nical
gency
Total
coopera-
econom-
tion
ic aid
Bolivia
$2.7
$23.0
$25.7
Brazil
3.7
3.7
ChUe
2.2
2.2
Colombia
1.3
1.3
Costa Rica
0.9
0.9
Cuba
0. 5
0.5
Dominican Republic ....
0.3
0.3
Ecuador
1.7
1.7
El Salvador.
0.9
0.9
Guatemala
2.0
16. 2
18. 2
Haiti
1. 4
5.0
6.4
Honduras
1.2
1.2
Mexico
0.7
0.7
Nicaragua
0.8
0.8
Panama
1. 1
1. 1
Paraguay
1. 9
1.9
Peru
2.8
2.8
Uruguay
0. 1
0. 1
Venezuela
0. 2
0.2
Overseas Territories ....
0.4
0.4
Regional Projects
1.6
1.6
Totals
$28.4
$44.2
$72.6
for Latin Americans in the U.S. and in other
countries. As of June 30, 1956, nearly 900 U.S.
teclmicians and contract personnel were working
on assignments in Latin America, about 140 more
than there were a year previously. During the
1956 fiscal year, some 1,800 Latin Americans par-
ticipated in the training program.
At the request of the Latin American Govern-
ments, the U.S. is providing teclmical assistance
to a broad range of project activities in the fields
of agriculture, education, health and sanitation,
industry and mining, transportation and commu-
nications, labor, public administration, housing
and community development. These joint activi-
ties are based on the individual development plans
of each country as well as on the extent to which
each country can cooperate effectively and its
willingness to pay a fair share of the total cost.
Ica's share in financing the dollar costs of cooper-
ative programs in the 1956 fiscal year amounted to
$28,376,000.
The Latin American nations, for their part, put
up almost double the amount in cash — a total in
local currencies equivalent to about $50 million,
with about a third coming from state, municipal,
and other local agencies. In addition, substan-
tial contributions in goods and services upon which
318
Department of State Bulletin
it is difficult to place an accurate dollar value were
made by these national and local agencies.
As teclmical cooperation programs gained in
momentum since their beginnings in 1942, support
for them has increased among the Latin American
people to a point where their governments now are
l^roviding more funds, more facilities, and more
personnel than ever before to this phase of eco-
nomic development. At the start the bulk of the
funds and technicians were contributed by the
United States, but by 1947 the Latin American
share in these programs was about 50 percent.
Since then, host-government contributions in local
currencies, goods, and services have climbed to
about 21/^ times those of the United States.
Distribution of Ica's share of project costs, by
activity, for fiscal 1956 is estimated as follows:
(Inmillions)
Agriculture and natural resources $10.0
Industry and mining 2.0
Transportation 1.9
Labor .8
Health and sanitation 5.5
Education 4.2
Public administration 1.5
Community development and housing .7
General and miscellaneous 1.8
Total $28.4
Servicios: The principal device through which
these programs have operated in Latin America
since technical cooperation began there 14 years
ago has been a joint service imit or bureau set up
with the government of the host country known as
a servicio. At present, there are 56 servicios in
operation, jointly financed and administered by
the United States and the host country.
College Contracts: One of the newest instru-
ments used in technical cooperation is the college-
to-college contract, financed through mutual se-
curity program funds. On June 30, 1956, there
were 23 of these IcA-financed contracts in opera-
tion in Latin America through which 18 U.S.
universities were sharing technical knowledge and
experience with schools or government agencies
in 14 countries.
Development Assistance
Development assistance, for which Ica granted
a total of $44.2 million in the 1956 fiscal year, was
provided to meet urgent needs in three countries —
Bolivia, Guatemala, and Haiti. This aid sup-
plemented technical cooperation programs in these
countries and was granted in response to requests
for help in meeting economic emergencies which
could not be met with the nations' own resources.
Bolivia: Emergency economic assistance is de-
signed to help Bolivia cope with severe economic
problems and to build a stronger, more diversified
economy. This assistance began during 1953
when the dip in world prices for tin resulted in a
sharp reduction in Bolivia's foreign exchange
earnings. It was continued in fiscal years 1955
and 1956. The $23 million of development as-
sistance funds made available in fiscal year 1956
brought the cumulative total of U.S. economic aid
to Bolivia to about $37.7 million. In addition,
nearly $15 million worth of surplus agricultural
commodities were granted under title II of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance
Act.
Of the fiscal 1956 total for emergency economic
aid, $17 million was in the form of surplus U.S.
agricultural commodities sold to Bolivia under
the provisions of section 402 of the Mutual Se-
curity Act with proceeds from the sales of these
commodities in Bolivia being planned for use in
paymg local costs of economic development proj-
ects under the mutual security program. These
include projects in transportation, communica-
tions, supervised agricultural credit, irrigation
works, construction of farm-to-market roads,
bridge construction, road maintenance, resettle-
ment, and health and sanitation.
The remaining $6 million of fiscal 1956 economic
aid funds was used to purchase machinery and
equipment for activities in agriculture, road trans-
portation, aviation development, and internal mi-
gration as well as to finance the engineering con-
struction of an all-weather bridge across the Piray
River and an engineering-management survey of
the Bolivian mining industry.
Guatemala: The United States has expanded
its program of assistance to Guatemala in order
to help the new anti-Communist government of
President Castillo Armas stabilize and strengthen
that nation's economic position.
The $16.2 million of development assistance
funds made available in the 1956 fiscal year
brought total U.S. aid in this category to $21
million. Of this total, $3.9 million — all from
fiscal 1956 funds — was used for purchase of U.S.
surplus agricultural commodities, sales of which
will generate local currencies to be used in carry-
ing out economic development projects under the
mutual security program.
U.S. development assistance funds are being
August 20, 7956
319
used primarily for tliree highway construction
projects : the Atlantic Highway, which will con-
nect Guatemala City with the Atlantic ports of
Puerto Barrios and Santo Tomas; the Pacific
Slope Highway, which crosses Guatemala from
Mexico to El Salvador; and a connecting road
between Quezaltenango on the Pan American
Highway and Retalhuleu on the Pacific Slope
Highway. The balance is being used to assist the
Guatemalan Government in carrying forward its
rural development program for resettling Guate-
malan families on government land in selected
areas and to accelerate the self-help housing pro-
gram in Guatemala City.
Haiti: A total of $6.6 million was granted for
economic and emergency aid to Haiti in fiscal
years 1955 and 1956. In fiscal year 1956, U. S.
help was continued in a $5 million progi-ani to
alleviate the effects of the disastrous hurricane
and flood of 1954. Reconstruction and rehabili-
tation of Haiti's access roads and irrigation sys-
tems and the development of its Artibonite Valley
are the principal activities in this program.
U.S. Winter Relief Shipments
to Europe Total 211,000 Tons
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on August 4 that the United States
has provided some 211,000 metric tons of Ameri-
can foodstuffs — equivalent to 22 shijiloads — to
eight European countries under President Eisen-
hower's offer of help to relieve the widespread
suffering caused by last winter's record frosts and
cold wave which ruined crops throughout Europe.
The agricultural commodities were distributed
among distressed people in France, Greece, Hun-
gary, Italy, Portugal, Spain, Turkey, and
Yugoslavia.
Commodities authorized included 115,432 tons
of wheat and flour, 28,600 tons of corn, 22,555
tons of powdered milk, 18,460 tons of cheese,
14,052 tons of butter, 10,078 tons of beans, 753
tons of rice, 400 tons of seed oils, and additional
amounts of butter, cheese, and milk aggregating
some 757 tons.
The largest programs were carried out in Italy,
Spain, and Turkey, where the indicated need was
greatest. These countries received 94,995 tons,
39,500 tons, and 49,566 tons, respectively, of the
commodities authorized. Amounts authorized for
distribution in the other coimtries were: 2,135
tons for France, 891 tons for Greece, 15,800 tons
for Hungary, 1,400 tons for Portugal, and 6,800
tons for Yugoslavia.
On February 19, 1956, President Eisenhower,
acting out of concern over the considerable suffer-
ing and damage caused by the worst winter the
European people have had in decades, announced
on behalf of the American people that the United
States was prepared to make available agricul-
tural commodities which we have in abmidance
for the humanitarian purpose of relieving the dis-
tress in Europe.'
The commodities were distributed through the
field facilities of American voluntary relief
agencies and through governmental welfare agen-
cies. In addition, the Red Cross and the U.S.
Armed Forces in Europe cooperated to provide
medicines, blankets, and other emergency supplies
in areas of distress. The League of Red Cross
Societies also cooperated in the relief progi'am.
In most countries, urgent needs for food were
met by increasing the distribution of stocks which
relief agencies had on hand overseas and by ar-
ranging for the distribution of stocks available
to the local governments. The United States then
arranged to replenish these stocks. All distribu-
tions under this program were identified as gifts
of the American people.
The program was carried out under the au-
thority of titles II and III of the Agricultural
Trade Development and Assistance Act of 1954
(Public Law 480), as amended. Title II author-
izes the use of $500 million worth of agricultural
commodities by the President to meet famine or
other urgent relief requirements of friendly na-
tions, or of friendly populations without regard
to the friendliness of their governments. Title
III authorizes the free distribution of food from
U.S. stocks to needy persons abroad by private
U.S. voluntary agencies having regular programs
overseas.
Based on cost to the Commodity Credit Cor-
poration, the value of the commodities distributed
under the European winter emergency program is
estimated at $68 million. Additional costs, in-
cluding the ocean transportation, which is
financed from mutual security program funds,
came to about $12 million.
' Bulletin of Mar. 5, 1956, p. 367.
320
Oeparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
President Decides Against
Increasing Tariff on PAS
White House press release dated August 10
The President on August 10 announced that he
has acted on the United States Tariff Commis-
sion's report of its escape-clause investigation re-
lating to Para- Aminosalicylic Acid (PAS) , which
is used in the treatment of tuberculosis. The
President accepted as the findings of the Tariff
Commission the findings of the three Commis-
sioners who concluded that the domestic industi-y
is not presently experiencing serious injury, that
it is not faced with a threat of serious injury, and
that escape-clause relief is not warranted. The
other three Commissioners found serious injury
from imports and recommended that the tariff
be increased from its present rate of 31^^ per
pound and 25 percent ad valorem to 5<4 per pound
and 35 percent ad valorem.
Under present law, in escape-clause cases where
the Tariff Commission is equally divided, the
President is authorized to accept the findings of
either group of Commissioners as the findings of
the Commission.
The President's decision was taken only after
consultation with interested departments and
agencies in the executive branch of the Govern-
ment, including the Department of Health, Edu-
cation, and Welfare and the Office of Defense
Mobilization.
The Tariff Commission's report was submitted
to the President on June 14, 1956. Copies of the
Commission's report may be obtained from the
U.S. Tariff Conamission, Washington 25, D.C.
Text of President's Letter '
Dear Mk. Chairman : The United States Tariff
Commission on June 14, 1956 submitted to me
a report of its escape clause investigation relating
to Para-Aminosalicylic Acid or PAS, as it is re-
ferred to in short. The Commission's investiga-
tion was made pursuant to Section 7 of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as amended.
The members of the Commission are equally
divided on the question of whether relief is war-
ranted. Under present law, I am authorized to
consider the findings of either gi'oup of Commis-
sioners as the findings of the Commission.
' Addressed to Representative Jere Cooper, chairman
of the Ways and Means Committee, House of Representa-
tives, and to Senator Harry Flood Byrd, chairman of the
Senate Committee on Finance.
The three Commissioners who concluded that
escape clause relief is warranted found serious
injury to the domestic industry producing PAS.
These three Commissioners recommend that the
tariff on imports of PAS be increased from the
present rate of 31/20 a pound and 25% ad valorem
to 5(4 a pound and 35% ad valorem.
The other three Conunissioners did not find that
the domestic industry is currently experiencing
serious injury, nor did they find it threatened
with serious injury.
After full consultation with interested depart-
ments and agencies of the Executive Branch, in-
cluding the Department of Health, Education
and Welfare and the Office of Defense Mobiliza-
tion, I have decided to accept as the findings of
the Commission the findings of the three Commis-
sioners who held no escape clause relief to be nec-
essary at this time.
Sincerely,
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
Approval Withiield on Bill To Credit
Taxes Paid U.K. on Royalties
White House press release dated August 10
Memorandum of Disapproval
I am withholding my approval of H. K. 7643,
"An Act to amend the Internal Revenue Code of
1939 and the Internal Eevenue Code of 1954 with
respect to foreign tax credit for United Kingdom
income tax paid with respect to royalties and other
like amounts." This bill would extend to firms
with a permanent establisliment in the United
Kingdom that receive royalties there a credit for
taxes imposed by the United Kingdom on the
payor of the royalties. This provision would be
retroactive to 1950.
Under the income tax convention with the
United Kingdom royalties received by a United
States licensor are not subject to tax in the United
Kingdom if the recipient has no permanent estab-
lishment there. If it does have a permanent estab-
lishment, the royalty is subject to British taxation.
The American recipient reports the net amount
of royalties from British sources and receives no
United States tax credit for the British tax paid.
This treatment under United States law arises
from two court decisions {Trico Products Gorp.^
46 BTA 346, affirmed 137 F. (2d) 424, cert. den.
320 U. S. 799, reh. den. 321 U. S. 801 ; Irving Air
August 20, 1956
321
Chute Co., Inc., 1 T. C. 880, affirmed 143 F. (2d)
25C, cert. den. 323 U. S. 773).
The combined effect of the United States income
tax law and the income tax convention with the
United Kingdom is to produce a different combi-
nation of British and United States taxes on the
royalties paid some American recipients than on
others. However, the United States tax law is
not the cause of this difference in treatment. It
is caused by the provisions in the convention itself.
The appropriate way to correct the situation would
be modification of the convention. The Treasury
Department currently is conducting discussions
on the convention with the British and will add
this problem to the agenda.
The present status of royalty payments from
the United Kingdom to the United States has been
well known to interested parties at least since the
convention was adopted in 1945. Many arrange-
ments between licensees and licensors have re-
flected existing law and the burden of British tax
may not rest on United States licensors in such
cases. Consequently, to allow the British tax as
a credit against the United States tax on a retro-
active basis would give a windfall gain to some
American licensors.
The proposed change would single out for spe-
cial relief a small group of taxpayers whose need
for relief has not been demonstrated. Tax relief
should not be given in this way.
For these reasons, I am constrained to withhold
my approval of the bill.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The White House,
August 10, 1956.
Passamaquoddy Reference
Submitted to IJC
Press release 419 dated August 2
The United States and Canada forwarded on
August 2, 1956, to the respective sections of the
International Joint Commission letters requesting
the Commission to conduct investigations and to
submit a report respecting the Passamaquoddy
Tidal Power Project.^
Authorization for this investigation was con-
tained in Public Law 401, approved January 31,
1956, and an appropriation to commence the work
' For previous documents relating to the project, see
Bulletin of Nov. 21, 1948, p. 648, and Dec. 25, 1950, p. 1021.
was made by Congress in Public Law 603, ap-
proved June 20.
The text of the reference sent to the U.S. Sec-
tion of the Commission reads as follows :
Sirs : In accordance with the provisions of Article IX of
the Boundary Waters Treaty of January 11, 1909, the Gov-
ernments of Canada and the United States have agreed
to refer and do hereby refer to the International Joint
Commission the follovcing matters for joint examination
and advisory report, including conclusions and recom-
mendations :
a) It is desired that the Commission determine the
estimated cost of developing the international tidal
power potential of Passamaquoddy Bay in the State
of Maine and the Province of New Brunswick, and
determine whether such cost would allow hydro-
electric power to be produced at a price which is
economically feasible ;
b) The Commission is requested to determine the ef-
fects, beneficial or otherwise, which such a power
project might have on the local and national econ-
omies in the United States and Canada and, to this
end, to study specifically the effects which the con-
struction, maintenance and operation of the tidal
power structures might have upon the fisheries in
the area.
In the discharge of its responsibilities under this refer-
ence the Commission is requested to review and, so far
as Is practicable, make advantageous use of existing re-
ports and plans such as the report of March 15, 1950,
submitted by the International Passamaquoddy Engi-
neering Board to the Commission and the supplemental
report of May 1952 prepared by the United States Army
Corps of Engineers on the details of estimate of cost of
a comprehensive investigation of the Passamaquoddy
tidal power project. Having regard to the foregoing, the
Commission should determine the most desirable general
project design from the viewpoint of the public interest
In United States and Canada respectively — such design
to include plans for structure and appurtenant works in
sufficient detail to form the basis of dependable cost esti-
mates and considerations of economic feasibility.
In the conduct of its investigations, and otherwise in
the performance of its duties under this reference, the
Commission may utilize the services of specially qualified
engineers and other experts of the technical agencies of
the United States and Canada and will, so far as possi-
ble, make use of any pertinent data that may be available
in such agencies or which may become available during
the course of the Investigations, thus avoiding duplication
of effort and unnecessary expense.
The United States Government is willing, subject to the
availability of funds, to incur costs in connection with
this survey up to $3,000,000, and the Canadian Government
is willing to incur costs up to $300,000. Each Government
has the right to participate at its own expense in aU as-
pects of the survey to an extent appropriate with its in-
terests. In making administrative arrangements for the
necessary surveys and studies, the Commission should
give suitable effect to these responsibilities.
The costs incurred by the Governments of the United
322
Department of State Bulletin
states and Canada respectively under this reference will
be credited against the costs to be borne by each of the
Governments in the event that the project should be con-
structed as a joint undertaking by the two Governments.
The decision of the two Governments to refer this study
to the Commission does not imply any commitment re-
garding the eventual construction of the project.
It is the desire of both Governments that the Commis-
sion endeavor to complete its various surveys, investi-
gations, studies and other activities under the reference
within a three-year period. Upon completion, it is re-
quested that the Commission prepare and submit to the
Governments of the United States and Canada a compre-
hensive report covering the subject matter of this refer-
ence. The Commission's report should include the de-
tails of the specific design, cost estimates, and an esti-
mate of the benefits to be derived or the losses to resnlt
from this project.
Very truly yours,
Hekbekt Hoover, Jr.
Acting Secretary
World Bank Reports Net Income
of $29.2 Million for Fiscal 1956
The International Bank for Reconstruction and
Development on August 6 reported a net income
of $29.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1956, compared with $24.7 million for the preced-
ing fiscal year. This income was placed in the
supplemental reserve against losses on loans and
guaranties, and raised the reserve to $150.7 million.
Loan commissions amoimted to $14.7 million and
were credited to the bank's special reserve, in-
creasing that reserve to $77 million. Total re-
serves at the end of the fiscal year were $227.7
million.
Gross income, exclusive of loan commissions,
was $63.9 million, compared with $58.5 million in
the preceding year. Expenses totaled $34.7 mil-
lion; they included $26.5 million for interest on
the bank's bonds and $700,000 for bond issuance
and other financial expenses.
The bank made 26 loans in 20 countries totaling
the equivalent of $396.1 million during the year,
bringing gross total loan commitments at June 30
to $2,720.1 million. The loans were made in Al-
geria, Burma (2), Colombia, Ecuador, Federation
of Rhodesia and Nyasaland, Finland, Guatemala,
Haiti, Honduras, India, Japan (2), Lebanon,
Nicaragua (4), Norway, Pakistan (2), Panama,
Peru, Thailand, Union of South Africa, and
Uruguay. Disbursements were $283.9 million,
compared with $274.2 million during the preced-
ing year. Cumulative disbursements to June 30
amounted to $1,963.7 million.
All repayments of principal due during the year
were made, and some borrowers made payments in
advance. A total of $48.4 million was paid by
borrowers. By June 30 a total of $250 million
had been repaid by borrowers on all bank loans.
During the year, by private placement, the bank
sold or agreed to sell $61.7 million principal
amounts of loans, without its guaranty, and $10.5
million with guaranty. The cumulative total of
these sales at June 30 was $276.2 million, of which
$207.2 million were sales without the bank's
guaranty.
Two bond issues amounting to the equivalent of
$22 million were offered during the year; they
were an issue of fl 40 million in the Netherlands and
an issue of Sw fr 50 million in Switzerland. The
total of bonds outstanding on June 30 amounted
to $850.2 million.
During the year Afghanistan and Korea be-
came members of the bank, so that on June 30 there
were 58 member countries and total subscribed
capital was $9,050.5 million.
Forty-Five Countries Participate
in World Book Exchange Program
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on August 11 that 423 libraries in 45
countries are now playing an important part in
the free world's exchange of technical knowledge.
Under Ica sponsorship 30 libraries in Europe, 101
in the Far East, 133 in the Near East and Africa,
and 159 in Latin America are participating in a
global book-exchange program.
Brazil, India, Pakistan, and Indonesia top the
list in numbers of books requested. Brazil, with
62, has the largest number of individual libraries
participating. These Brazilian libraries have re-
quested more books and periodicals than any other
single country — almost 34,000 during the last 2
years. Twenty libraries in India have received
more than 24,000 publications; and Pakistan, with
36 participating libraries, and Indonesia with 18,
have each received over 22,000 books.
The individual library which has received the
largest number of periodicals and publications
is the Government Library in Eritrea, located in
Asmara, the country's capital. The only library
in Eritrea participating in the book-exchange
August 20, T956
323
program, it has received nearly 7,000 volumes.
The book-exchange program was originally es-
tablished in 1948 by the U.S. Book Exchange, Inc.,
a private, nonprofit organization sponsored by
American national learned societies and library
organizations. Located in the Library of Con-
gress, its purpose is to serve as a cooperative clear-
inghouse for the national and international ex-
change of publications.
Librarians of several major public, private, and
university libraries in the United States serve on
the Exchange's board of directors. It has accum-
ulated over 3,500,000 publications of all kinds and
enrolled as members about 600 libraries in the
United States and Canada. Before Ica contracted
with it, in mid-1954, to build up the technical li-
braries of countries to which Ica was extending
technical as-sistance, it already had enrolled 200
foreign libraries as members. These it continues
to serve, without Ica sponsorship.
Tlie Ica participation has encouraged the ef-
forts of libraries in the newly developing areas of
the world to improve their files of study and re-
search material which can help speed social and
economic jirogress. Ica reported that foreign
countries have said they particularly like the plan
because of its mutual assistance aspects, since they
are required to send to the U. S. Book Exchange,
Inc., as many books as they receive from it. How-
ever, the Book Exchange is willing to let overseas
libraries operate on long-term "overdrafts" on
their book accounts.
Ica's technical cooperation programs are de-
fined in the Mutual Security Act as programs for
the international interchange of technical knowl-
edge and skills designed to contribute primarily
to the balanced and integi-ated development of the
economic resources and productive capacities of
economically underdeveloped areas. In extend-
ing technical cooperation, Ica employs about 4,000
American technicians abroad to give on-the-spot
assistance in the participating country ; it brings
over 5,000 foreign officials and technicians to the
United States each year for study or observation
of American methods in their specialized fields;
and it provides various types of technical mate-
rials to aid the other country.
Ica's original contract with the Book Exchange
anticipated that during the 2 years to mid-1956
not moi-e than $30,000 would be used for Latin
America and not more than $32,000 for the Near
East, $18,000 for South Asia, $10,000 for the Far
East, and $4,000 for P^urope. But a year later it
was necessary to add $10,000 to the allocation for
Europe, and in March 1956 the allocation for the
Far East was increased by $6,000 because greater
use was being made of the exchange plan than had
been anticipated. For the 2 years Ica provided
$116,000 in support of the Book Exchange and has
just allocated an additional $95,000 to continue
the plan through June 1957.
Tlie U.S. funds from Ica are made available
under contract to the U.S. Book Exchange, Inc.,
to pay handling and transportation costs to co-
operating libraries overseas of books and periodi-
cals on technical, scientific, and educational sub-
jects and for other services which the Exchange
gives to foreign countries, such as locating spe-
cifically needed publications through exchange
or assisting in the establishment of complete sub-
ject libraries.
Foreign publications are what the U.S. Book
Exchange seeks from libraries abroad. U.S. pub-
lications received from overseas are not acceptable
for exchange credit. By this means, the Book
Exchange is able to make many thousands of for-
eign books and technical publications in various
languages available to its American member
libraries.
Tlie Book Exchange deals largely with surplus
books and periodicals at least 1 year old. Par-
ticipating libraries are notified of the materials
available and are permitted to draw the items they
desire. Publications are available in all subject-
matter fields on levels varying from elementary to
postgraduate. The emphasis, however, is on spe-
cialized technical and scientific materials.
Publications in the fields of medicine, public
health, industry, science, agriculture, and educa-
tion comi^rise a large part of the Exchange's
stocks. In addition, many kinds of periodicals
are made available, such as the Journal of the
American Medical Association^ American Eco-
nomic Review^ Chemical and Engineering News,
Journal of Marketing, National Education Asso-
ciation Joiirnal, and the Geographical Review.
Overseas member libraries are required to pay
transportation costs only on shipments of items
from themselves to the Book Exchange. This is
the only cost they must bear in the program.
A list of the countries in which libraries are
exchanging publications with Ica assistance
follows :
324
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
Countries
Europe
Austria
Belgivim
Denmark
Iceland
Netherlands
Norway
Portugal
Yugoslavia
Near East, Sojtth Asia, and
Africa
Ceylon
Egypt
Eritrea
India
Iran
Iraq
Israel
Lebanon
Liberia
Libya
Pakistan
Turkey
Latin America
Bolivia
Brazil
British West Indies
Chile
Colombia
Costa Rica
Cuba
Dominican Republic
Ecuador
El Salvador
Guatemala
Haiti
Mexico
Panama
Paraguay
Peru
Uruguay
Venezuela
Far East
Indonesia
Japan
Korea
Philippines
Taiwan
Thailand
Viet-Nam
Libraries
partici-
pating
30
1
7
1
20
4
19
17
14
6
4
36
4
Books re-
ceived
133
8
62
1
13
10
8
3
1
4
1
4
1
5
1
4
16
14
3
159
18
8
39
5
13
17
1
101
1,235
628
890
859
1,853
3, 189
1,644
1, 166
11,464
8
1, 172
6,989
24,315
478
5, 109
8,219
9, 352
10,519
36
22, 200
88, 397
1,843
33, 701
169
2,237
1,312
14
7,652
49
38
88
215
4,775
596
81
9,394
1,846
27
64, 037
22, 108
1, 611
801
5,256
8, 124
2, 553
48
40, 501
$49 Million Loan Signed
for Japanese Development
Formal signing of a $49.35 million loan agree-
ment between Japan and the United States for
use of Japanese yen generated by sale of U. S.
agricultural commodities in Japan was announced
by the International Cooperation Administration
on August 11.
The loan agreement follows the $65.8 million
agreement for the sale of U. S. agricultural com-
modities signed last February 10 under the Agri-
cultural Trade Development and Assistance Act
(P. L. 480). At that time it was specified that
Japan would purchase the agricultural commodi-
ties— wheat, cotton, corn, barley, tobacco, and
others — and that 75 percent of the proceeds would
be set aside as a loan for mutually advantageous
economic development purposes in Japan. The
remaining 25 percent will be used by the United
States for American military housing and other
purposes in Japan.
The loan agreement was signed by Samuel C.
Waugh, president of the Export-Import Bank of
Washington, which will administer the loan, and,
for the Japanese Government, Ambassador Masa-
yuki Tani and the Financial Minister of the Jap-
anese Embassy, Takeshi Watanabe.
The chief development fields involved are irri-
gation, drainage and reclamation, forestry, live-
stock and livestock products, port and storage
facilities, fei'tilizer for domestic use, the domestic
sugar beet industry, electric power resources, and
the promotion of productivity of the Japanese
economy.
The period of the loan is 40 years, with interest
at 3 percent if paid in U. S. dollars, 4 percent if
paid in Japanese yen. Both interest and principal
may be repaid in either yen or dollars.
Tunisia Recommended for Admission
to United Nations
Statement hy James J. Wadsioorth
Deputy U.S. Representative to the U.N}
Only a few days ago we met to give our unani-
mous support to the French resolution recom-
mending the admission of Morocco to the United
Nations.- The delegation of France asks us today
to support the application of Tunisia. The United
States will do so enthusiastically.
The independence of Tunisia was proclaimed on
March 20th, this year. On March 22d the United
^ Made in the Security Council on July
press release 2440).
- Bulletin of Aug. 6, 1956, p. 244.
•6 (U.S./U.N.
Augusf 20, 7956
325
States recognized this happy event in a congratu-
latory message addressed to the Bey, the Govern-
ment, and the people of Timisia.^ I need hardly
say, Mr. President, how great is the satisfaction
vrith which the Government and the people of the
United States welcome the independence of Tu-
nisia and in particular the enlightened spirit in
botli Timisia and France which made this possible.
Today we have our third opportunity this year
to consider the application of a state for member-
ship in the United Nations solely on its merit in
accordance with the charter.'' Twice we have
found ourselves in unanimous agreement. I have
no doubt the same will be true today.
We sincerely hope that we have reached the
stage where every application for membership can
be considered in this manner. In my statement
before the Security Council last Friday, I ex-
pressed this hope with respect to Japan. I also
called attention to the eligibility of the Republic
of Korea and the Eepublic of Viet-Nam.
Unfortunately at our last meeting the repre-
sentative of the Soviet Union, while admitting
that Japan was eminently qualified, again linked
the admission of Japan to the admission of an-
other applicant — a consideration wholly outside
the charter. In common with the other members
of this Council, the United States will continue
to adhere to the principles of the cliarter. It is
in this spirit that we will vote for the French
resolution.
The Government of Tunisia has, in accordance
with the provisions of article 4, accepted the obli-
gations of the charter. The United States is con-
fident that Tunisia is able and willing to live up
to them fully. We look forward to close and har-
monious relations with the Tunisian delegation
to the United Nations.'
Report on Radioactive Fallout
Transmitted to United Nations
U.S. /U.N. press release 2445 dated August 10
The United States Mission to the United
Nations on August 10 transmitted to the Secre-
'Ibid., Apr. 2, 1956, p. 552.
* On Feb. 6, 1956, the Council recommended the Republic
of Sudan for membership.
'' The Council on July 26 unanimously recommended the
admission of Tunisia to the United Nations.
tary-General for the use of the United Nations
Scientific Committee on the Effects of Atomic
Radiation copies of a report entitled "Radioactive
Fallout through September 1955," which sum-
marizes data obtained by the United States Atomic i
Energy Commission in the period 1951-1955 from
its monitoring network covering 26 stations in the
United States and 62 stations abroad.
The report, prepared by Merril Eisenbud and
John H. Harley, of the Atomic Energy Commis-
sion's Health and Safety Laboratory, is printed
in its entirety in the current edition of the maga-
zine Science, a journal of the American Associa-
tion for the Advancement of Science.
The main purpose of the Aec's monitoring pro-
gram is to gather data on the levels of human ex-
posure produced by radioactive fallout at great
distances from nuclear explosions. Such exposure
may result from external irradiation by radio-
active dust deposited on the surface of the earth
or from internal irradiation caused when radio-
active material enters the body by ingestion.
The 4-year period covered by the Eisenbud-
Harley report places the average gamma dose
from nuclear fallout at around 10 millirad.
Authorities estimate that the average external dose
from natural sources, both terrestrial and cosmic,
is of the order of 75 millirad per year, or 300 milli-
rad in 4 years. On this basis, the gamma dose
delivered from fallout is about 3 percent of the
average gamma dose from natural sources. Thus,
even the maximum theoretical dose from fallout
to date is a small fraction of the gamma dose re-
ceived from natural radioactivity, and this slight
increment is considerably smaller in magnitude
than the normal variations in natural dose which
occur from place to place throughout the world.
Cumulative surface deposits of Strontium 90
(which has been selected for continuing study be-
cause it is potentially the greatest ingestion haz-
ard) show that the fallout accumulation of this
isotope is only a minute proportion of the com-
monly accepted permissible content for the human
skeleton.
The United States worldwide monitoring sys-
tem is operated on a 24-hour basis. Adhesive-
coated film is used for collecting the fallout sam-
ples. The films are sent to the Aec's Health and
Safety Laboratory in New York, where their
radioactivity is assayed.
The Aec's experience in the collection and analy-
326
Department of State Bulletin
sis of radioactive fallout as well as the necessary
apparatus has been offered to other United Na-
tions members to assist in current worldwide
investigations of the effects of radiation on
human health and safety. The United Nations
undertook these studies as a result of a United
States sponsored resolution at last year's United
Nations General Assembly.^
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
ITU International Radio Consultative Committee
The United States will be represented at the
8th plenary assembly of the International Radio
Consultative Committee, International Telecom-
munication Union, at Warsaw, Poland, August
9-September 13, by the following delegation:
Chairman
John S. Cross, Assistant Chief, Telecommunications Di-
vision, Department of State
Vice Chairman
Edward W. Allen, Chief Engineer, Federal Communica-
tions Commission
Memhers of the Delegation
Dana K. Bailey, Scientific Director, Page Communica-
tions Engineers, Inc., Washington, D.C.
Edwin W. Bemis, Engineer, Operation and Engineering
Department, American Telephone and Telegraph Com-
pany, New York, N.Y.
John B. Coleman, Administrative Engineer, Product En-
gineering, Radio Corporation of America, Camden, N.J.
William Q. Crichlow, Chief, Frequency Utilization Sec-
tion, Central Radio Propagation Laboratory, National
Bureau of Standards, Department of Commerce
Harold E. Dinger, Chief, Radio Interference Section,
Naval Research Laboratory, Department of the Navy
Florence T. Dowling, Telecommunications Division, De-
partment of State
William D. George, Chief, High Frequency Standards
Branch, Central Radio Propagation Laboratory, Na-
tional Bureau of Standards, Department of Commerce
Jack W. Herbstreit, Chief, Tropospheric Propagation Re-
search Section, Central Radio Propagation Laboratory,
National Bureau of Standards, Department of Com-
merce
Axel G. Jensen, Director of Visual and Acoustic Research,
Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc., Murray Hill, N.J.
Wayne Mason, Manager, Radio Corporation of America
Frequency Bureau, New York, N.Y.
Arnold G. Skrivseth, Assistant Chief, Technical Research
* Bulletin of Nov. 21, 1955, p. 855.
Division, Office of the Chief Engineer, Federal Com-
munications Commission
George S. Turner, Chief, Field Engineering and Moni-
toring Division, Federal Communications Commission
A. Prose Walker, Manager of Engineering, National Asso-
ciation of Radio and Television Broadcasters, Wash-
ington, D.C.
Nathaniel White, Chief, Frequency Allocation apd
Radio Propagation Section, Office of the Chief Signal
Officer, Department of the Army
French H. Willis, Member of the Technical Staff, Bell
Telephone Laboratories, Inc., New York, N.Y.
Secretary of Delegation
Leo W. Garvey, Office of International Conferences, De-
partment of State
Members of the Staff
Gertrude C. Grabowska, Office of International Confer-
ences, Department of State
Jessie G. Harris, Telecommunications Division, Depart-
ment of State
Eulalie K. Kraft, Telecommunications Division, Depart-
ment of State
Current U. N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
General Assembly
International Law Commission. Co-operation with inter-
American bodies. Report by the Secretary on the pro-
ceedings of the third meeting of the Inter-American
Council of Jurists held at Mexico City, January-
February 1956. A/CN.4/102, April 12, 1956. 46 pp.
mimeo.
UNREF Executive Committee. Survey on the number and
situation of refugees living in unofficial camps in Aus-
tria. A/AO.79/38 and Corr. 1, May 16, 1956. 60 pp.
mimeo.
UNREF Executive Committee. Financial statements of
the United Nations Refugee Fund for the period 1 Janu-
ary 1956-30 AprU 1956. A/AC.79/34, May 17, 1956.
7 pp. mimeo.
Report on the Third Session of the UNREF Executive
Committee (Geneva, 28 May-1 June, 1956). A/ AC. 79/
41, June 12, 1956. 44 pp. mimeo.
Provisional Agenda of the Eleventh Regular Session of
the General Assembly: Item proposed by Greece. Ai>-
plication, under the auspices of the United Nations,
of the principle of equal rights and self-determination
of peoples in the case of the population of the island of
Cyprus. Letter dated 12 June 1956 addressed to the
Secretary-General by the Permanent Representative of
Greece to the United Nations. A/3120/Add. 1, June 13,
1956. 8 pp. mimeo.
Information From Non-Self -Governing Territories: Sum-
mary and Analysis of Information Transmitted Under
Article 73 e of the Charter. Report of the Secretary-
General. Caribbean Territories. Summary of Informa-
tion on the Windward Islands. A/3111/Add. 2, July 12,
1956. 21 pp. mimeo.
Application of Tunisia for Admission to Membership in
the United Nations. Letter dated 14 July 1956 from
the Minister of Foreign Affairs of Tunisia addressed to
the Secretary-General. A/3144, July 23, 1956. 2 pp.
mimeo.
August 20, 1956
327
Application of Morocco for Admission to Membersliip in
tlie United Nations. Letter dated 17 July 1956 from the
Minister of Foreign Affairs of Morocco addressed to the
Secretary-General. A/3143/Add. 1, July 24, 1956. 1 p.
mimeo.
Draft International Covenants on Human Rights. Note
by the Secretary-General. A/3149, July 25, 1956. 2 pp.
mimeo.
Disarmament Commission
Index to Documents of the Disarmament Commission,
the Sub-Committee of the Disarmament Commission
and the General Assembly on the regulation, limitation
and balanced reduction of all armed forces and all
armaments and related matters. 1 November 1952 to
31 December 1954. DO/INF. 3, May 1, 1956. 172 pp.
mimeo.
Third Report of the Sub-Committee of the Disarmament
Commission. DC/S3, May 4, 1956. 82 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 19 May 1956 from the USSR Representative
to the Secretary-General transmitting the "statement
of the USSR Government on the disarmament problem"
of 14 May 1956. DC/84, May 23, 1956. 12 pp. mimeo.
Security Council
I.etter dated 8 March 1956 from the Representative of
Syria addressed to the President of the Security Coun-
cil. S/3555, March 8, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 13 March 19.56 from the Permanent Repre-
sentative of Israel addressed to the President of the
Security Council. S/3559, March 14, 1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 6 April 1956 from the Permanent Represent-
ative of Israel addressed to the President of the
Security Council. S/3577, April 6, 1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 12 April 19.56 from the Permanent Represent-
ative of Israel addressed to the President of the
Security Council. S/3585, April 12, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 9 April 1956 from the Permanent Represent-
ative of Egypt addressed to the President of the
Security Council. S/3579/Rev. 1, April 13, 1956. 4 pp.
mimeo.
Report of the Secretary-General to the Security Council
pursuant to the Council's Re.solution of 4 April 1956
on the Palestine Question. S/3596, May 9, 1956. 47 pp.
mimeo.
Letter dated 31 May 19.56 from the Representative of
Israel addressed to the President of the Security Coun-
cil. S/3603, June 1, 19.56. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 13 June 19.56 from the Representatives of
Afghanistan, Egypt, Indonesia, Iran, Iraq, Jordan,
Lebanon, Libya, Pakistan, Saudi Arabia, Syria, Thai-
land and Yemen, addressed to the President of the
Security Council, received on IS June 1956. S/3609,
June 18, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 28 June 1956 from the Representative of
Israel addressed to the President of the Security Coun-
cil. S/3611, June 28, 1956. 1 p. mimeo.
Letter dated 4 July from the Minister for Foreign
Affairs of Morocco addressed to the Secretary-General,
Concerning the Application of Morocco for Admission
to Membership in the United Nations. S/3617, July 13,
19.56. 1 p. mimeo.
Summary Statement by the Secretary-General on Matters
of which the Security Council is Seized and on the
Stage Reached in Their Consideration. S/3618, July 16,
1956. 71 pp. mimeo.
Letter dated 14 July 1956 from the Minister of Foreign
Affairs of Tunisia to the Secretary-General of the
United Nations. S/3622, July 20, 1956. 2 pp. mimeo.
Letter Dated 17 July 1956 from the Minister of Foreign
Affairs of Morocco addressed to the Secretary-General,
Transmitting a Declaration of Acceptance of the Obliga-
tions Contained in the Charter. S/3625, July 20, 1956.
1 p. mimeo.
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Morocco
Protocol establishing the transitional regime for the In-
ternational Zone of Tangier. Signed at Rabat July 5,
1956. Entered into force July 10, 1956.
Siy natures: Morocco and Belgium, France, Italy, Nether-
lands, Portugal, Spain, United Kingdom, and United
States.
Trade and Commerce
Third protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Denmarli and
Federal Republic of Germany). Done at Geneva July
15, 1955. Enters into force 30th day follovping notifi-
cation of intention to apply concessions from both ne-
gotiating contracting parties.
tsii/iiatures: Federal Republic of Germany, July 20, 1955 ;
Denmark, AugHst 10, 1955; Turkey, July 17, 1956.
Fourth protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Federal Republic
of Germany and Norway). Done at Geneva July 15,
19.55. Enters into force 30th day following notification
of intention to apply concessions from both negotiating
contracting parties.
Sinnaturcs: Federal Republic of Germany, July 20,
19.55; Norway, September 29, 1955; Turkey, July 17,
1956.
Fifth protocol of supplementary concessions to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Federal Republic of
Germany and Sweden ) . Done at Geneva July 15, 1955.
Enters into force 30th day following notification of in-
tention to apply concessions from both negotiating con-
tracting parties.
Signatures: Federal Republic of Germany, July 26,
1955 ; Sweden, August 1, 1955 ; Turkey, July 17, 1956.
Fifth protocol of rectifications and modifications to texts
of schedules to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade. Done at Geneva December 3, 1955.'
Signature: Turkey. July 17, 1956.
Proems verbale of rectification concerning the protocol '
amending part I and articles XXIX and XXX of the
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, the protocol '
amending preamble and parts II and III of the general
agreement, and the protocol " of organizational amend-
ments to the general agreement. Done at Geneva De-
cember 3, 1955.
Signature: Federal Republic of Germany, July 12, 1956.
BILATERAL
Burma
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of February 8, 1956 (TIAS 3498). Effected by
exchange of notes at Rangoon July 25, 1956. Entered
into force July 25, 1956.
Canada
Convention modifying and supplementing the convention
and accompanying protocol of March 4, 1942 (56 Stat.
^ Not in force.
328
Department of Stale Bulletin
1399), as modified June 12, 1950 (TIAS 2347), for the
avoidance of double taxation and prevention of fisoal
evasion in income taxes. Signed at Ottawa August 8,
1956. Will become effective as of January 1 of tlie
year in whicli the exchange of ratifications talves plaeo.
Korea
Agreement for disposition of equipment and materials
furnished by the United States under the Mutual De-
fense Assistance Agreement of January 26, 1950 (TIAS
2019) and no longer required by Korea. Effected by
exchange of notes at Seoul May 28 and July 2, 1956.
Entered into force July 2, 1956.
Pakistan
Agreement for disposition of equipment and materials
furnished by the United States under the Mutual De-
fense Assistance Agreement of May 19, 1954 (TIAS
2976) and no longer required by Pakistan. Dated at
Karachi May 15, 1956. Entered into force May 15,
1956.
Panama
Agreement for certain radio communications betvpeen
amateur stations on behalf of third parties. Effected
by exchange of notes at Panamd July 19 and August 1,
1956. Enters into force September 1, 1956.
Designations
E. Allan Lightner, Jr., as Deputy Assistant Secretary
for Public Affairs, effective June 3.
PUBLICATIONS
Publication Marias Anniversary
of Fulbright Act
Press release 416 dated July 31
The Department of State on August 1 marked
the 10th anniversary of the approval of the Ful-
bright Act (Public Law 584, 79th Congress) by
releasing a special publication entitled Swords
into Ploioshares — A New Venture in International
* Department of State publication 6344 ; for sale by the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington 25, D. C. — price 25 cents.
Understandi7ig} Tliis title symbolizes the orig-
inal purpose of the act which was, in effect, to
turn the implements of war into instruments of
peace and understanding. The legislation, intro-
duced by Senator J. William Fulbright, authoriz-
ing the use of certain foreign currencies derived
from the sale of surplus World War II materials
for educational exchanges between the United
States and other countries, was enacted into law
on August 1, 1946.
The booklet reviews the accomplishments of the
program "in terms of lessening the likelihood of
another war by promoting a greater people-to-
people understanding." It describes the various
ways in which the 25,000 American and foreign
participants have obtained a better understanding
of the people of the country visited; how they are
sharing this understanding with their fellow coun-
trymen through lectures, articles, books, and in-
formal discussions; and how they are advancing
the frontiers of knowledge in many fields. It also
points out that the cost of these exchanges to the
American taxpayers was less than 5 hours of fight-
ing World War II.
One of the most important factors contributing
to the success of this educational exchange pro-
gram to date has been the cooperation of the
American public. As noted in the booklet, the
Department of State is assisted in the adminis-
tration of the progi-am by three major contract
agencies in the United States. In addition, more
than 5,000 American educators and specialists in
many fields contribute their services voluntarily
as members of screening committees throughout
the counti-y. Further cooperation comes from the
special advisers at over 1,000 colleges and uni-
versities who provide assistance to Americans
interested in participating in the program or to
foreign nationals here under its auspices. Many
voluntary services by local citizens and Americans
temporarily residing abroad are likewise provided
in the other countries where the program is in
operation. Nongovernmental financial coopera-
tion is also impressive.
It is estimated that the total value of such sup-
port from American educational institutions and
organizations as well as from public and private
sources overseas during 1955 alone amounted to
approximately $6 million — scarcely a million less
than the dollar equivalent of foreign currencies
expended by the United States Government.
August 20, 1956
329
Recent Releases
Por sale ty the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Oov-
emment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may lie ob-
tained from the Department of State.
Mutual Defense Assisitance — Loan of United States Naval
Vessels to the Republic of Korea. TIAS 3353. Pub. 6125.
2 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and the Republic
of Korea — Supplementing agreement of January 29, 1955.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Seoul August 29, 1955.
Entered into force August 29, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3411. Pub.
6196. 3 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Peru — ^Amend-
ing agreement of February 7, 1955 — Signed at Lima
June 25, 1955. Entered into force June 25, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3412. Pub.
6197. 3 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Peru — Amend-
ing agreement of February 7, 1955 — Signed at Lima Sep-
tember 20, 1955. Entered into force September 20, 1955.
Payment for Damages to Property of Japanese Nationals.
TIAS 3418. Pub. 6205. 7 pp. 10^-.
Agreement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo August 24, 1955. En-
tered into force August 24, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Program of Agriculture. TIAS
3420. Pub. 6209. 27 pp. 15«(.
Agreement between the United States and the Dominican
Republic. Exchange of notes — Dated at Ciudad Trujillo
June 22 and 30, 1955, and confirmation — Signed at Ciudad
TrujlUo October 13, 1955. Entered into force October 13,
1955.
Defense — Joint Brazil-United States Military and De-
fense Commissions. TIAS 3421. Pub. 6210. 4 pp. 5<f.
Agreement between the United States and Brazil. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Rio de Janeiro August 1 and
September 20, 1955. Entered into force September 20,
1955.
Technical Cooperation — Program of Education. TIAS
3433. Pub. 6232. 18 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and Libya — Signed
at Tripoli July 28, 1955. Entered into force July 28, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — ^Public Health Program. TIAS
3434. Pub. 6233. 18 pp. 104.
Agreement between the United States and Libya — Signed
at Tripoli July 28, 1955. Entered into force July 28, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Natural Resources Program.
TIAS 3435. Pub. 6234. 18 pp. 10«S.
Agreement between the United States and Libya — Signed
at TripoU July 28, 1955. Entered into force July 28, 1955.
Technical Cooperation — Program of Agriculture. TIAS
3436. Pub. 6227. 17 pp. 104.
Agreement between the United States and Libya — Signed
at Tripoli July 28, 1955. Entered into force July 28, 1955.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Surplus
Equipment and Materials. TIAS 3440. Pub. 6228. 15
pp. 154.
Agreement between the United States and France. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Paris September 23, 1955.
Entered into force September 23, 1955.
Health and Sanitation — Cooperative Program in Colom-
bia. TIAS 3441. Pub. 6229. 10 pp. lO^S.
Agreement between the United States and Colombia — '
Extending agreement of September 15 and October 20,
1950, as supplemented. Exchange of notes — Signed at
Bogota April 5, May 2 and 31, 1955. And agreement be-
tween the Government of Colombia and The Institute of
Inter-American Affairs — Signed at BogotS. June 10, 1955.
Entered into force June 10, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities — Purchase of Addi-
tional Wheat. TIAS 3446. Pub. 6246. 3 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Yugoslavia —
Supplementing agreement of January 5, 1955. Exchange
of letters — Signed at Belgrade October 1, 1955. Entered
into force October 1, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3449. Pub.
6250. 4 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Greece — Signed
at Athens June 24, 1955. Entered into force June 24, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3450. Pub.
6251. 5 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Greece — Signed
at Athens June 24, 1955. Entered into force June 24, 1955.
Defense — Radar Stations in Newfoundland-Labrador
Area. TIAS 3452. Pub. 6260. 6 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Canada. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Ottawa June 13, 1955. En-
tered into force June 13, 1955.
Defense — Radar Stations in British Columbia, Ontario,
and Nova Scotia. TIAS 3453. Pub. 6261. 7 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and Canada. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Ottawa Jime 15, 1955. En-
tered into force June 15, 1955.
Emergency Flood Relief Assistance. TIAS 3460. Pub.
6262. 2 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and India. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at New Delhi October 4, 1955.
Entered into force October 4, 1955.
Passport Visas — Non-Immigrant Visa Procedures. TIAS
3472. Pub. 6285. 3 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Australia. Ex-
change of notes — Dated at Canberra July 29, August 9,
17, and 20, 1955. Entered into force August 20, 1955.
Reduction in Japanese Expenditures Under Article XXV
2 (b) of the Administrative Ag^reement of February 28,
1952. TIAS 3494. 10 pp. 104.
Arrangement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo August 19, 1955. En-
tered into force August 19, 1955.
International Labor Organization — Amendment of the
Constitution, 1953. TIAS 3500. 8 pp. lOp.
Instrument of amendment — Adopted at Geneva, June 25,
1953, by the General Conference of the International La-
bor Organization. Entered into force May 20, 1954.
Commission for Educational Exchange. TIAS 3502.
13 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and Peru — Signed
at Lima May 3, 1956. Entered into force May 3, 1956.
330
Department of State Bulletin
August 20, 1956
Index
Vol. XXXV, No. 895
American Principles. James Buchanan — Statesman and
Diplomat (Simmons) 316
Atomic Enersry. Report on Radioactive Fallout Trans-
mitted to United Nations 326
Bolivia. Inauguration of President Siles (Dulles) . . . 305
Canada. Passamaquoddy Reference Submitted to IJC . . 322
China. Communist
Congress Looks Again at Bed China (Hill, text of resolu-
tion) 310
Travel to Communist China 313
Congress, The
Congress Looks Again at Red China (Hill, text of resolu-
tion) 310
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign Policy . . 315
White House Meeting on Suez Canal Situation 314
Department and Foreign Service. Designations (Llghtner) . 329
Disarmament. Correspondence of President Eisenhower
and Premier Bulganin Concerning Control of Armaments
and Reduction of Armed Forces (Elsenhower, Bulganin,
text of Soviet announcement) 299
Economic Affairs
Approval Withheld on BlU To Credit Taxes Paid U.K. on
Royalties (Eisenhower) 321
$49 Million Loan Signed for Japanese Development . . 325
Passamaquoddy Reference Submitted to IJC 322
President Decides Against Increasing Tariff on PAS . . 321
World Bank Reports Net Income of $29.2 Million for
Fiscal 1956 323
Educational Exchange
NATO Fellowship and Scholarship Program Approved for
Second Year 309
Publication Marks Anniversary of Fulbrlght Act . . . 329
Egypt. White House Meeting on Suez Canal Situation . . 314
Europe. U.S. Winter Relief Shipments to Europe Total
211,000 Tons 320
Germany. Correspondence of President Elsenhower and
Premier Bulganin Concerning Control of Armaments and
Reduction of Armed Forces (Eisenhower, Bulganin, text
of Soviet announcement) 299
Iceland. North Atlantic Council Recommends Continua-
tion of U.S. -Icelandic Defense Agreement (text of recom-
mendations, Icelandic letter) 306
International Information. Forty-Five Countries Partici-
pate In World Book Exchange Program 323
International Organizations and Meetings. ITU Interna-
tional Radio Consultative Committee 327
Japan. $49 Million Loan Signed for Japanese Develop-
ment 325
Latin America. ICA Aid to Latin America in Fiscal Year
1956 317
Military Affairs. North Atlantic Council Recommends Con-
tinuation of U.S.-Icelandic Defense Agreement (text of
recommendations, Icelandic letter) 306
Mutual Security
ICA Aid to Latin America In Fiscal Year 1956 317
U.S. Winter Relief Shipments to Europe Total 211,000
Tons 320
North Atlantic Treaty Organization
NATO Fellowship and Scholarship Program Approved for
Second Year 309
North Atlantic Council Recommends Continuation of U.S.-
Icelandlc Defense Agreement (text of recommendations,
Icelandic letter) 306
Presidential Documents
Approval Withheld on Bill To Credit Taxes Paid U.K. on
Royalties 321
Correspondence of President Elsenhower and Premier Bul-
ganin Concerning Control of Armaments and Reduction
of Armed Forces 299
President Decides Against Increasing Tariff on PAS . . 321
Publications
Publication Marks Anniversary of Fulbrlght Act . . . 329
Recent Releases 330
Treaty Information
Current Actions 328
North Atlantic Council Recommends Continuation of U.S.-
Icelandic Defense Agreement (text of recommendations,
Icelandic letter) 306
Tunisia. Tunisia Recommended for Admission to United
Nations (Wadsworth) 325
U.S.S.R. Correspondence of President Elsenhower and Pre-
mier Bulganin Concerning Control of Armaments and
Reduction of Armed Forces (Eisenhower, Bulganin, text
of Soviet announcement) 299
United Kingdom
Approval Withheld on Bill To Credit Taxes Paid U.K. on
Royalties (Eisenhower) 321
James Buchanan — Statesman and Diplomat (Simmons) . 316
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 327
Report on Radioactive Fallout Transmitted to United
Nations 326
Tunisia Recommended for Admission to United Nations
(Wadsworth) 325
Name Index
Bulganin, Nikolai A 300
Dulles, Secretary 305
Elsenhower, President 299, 314, 321
HIU, Robert C 310
Hoover, Herbert, Jr 322
Llghtner, B. Allan, Jr 329
Simmons, John F 316
Wadsworth, James J 325
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: August 6-12
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D.O.
Press releases issued prior to August 6 which ap-
pear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 416 of
July 31, 419 of August 2, and 424 and 426 of Au-
gust 3.
No. Date Subject
427 8/6 Dulles message to Bolivian President.
428 8/7 Nonissuance of passports for Communist
China.
429 8/8 NATO fellowship program for 1957-58.
t430 8/8 Young : "The Challenge of Asia to U.S.
Policy."
tHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 19S6
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S300
(GPO)
the
lepartment
of
State
Order Form
Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Eneloaed And;
(cash, check, or
money order).
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Foreig,n Relations o£ the United States . . .
The basic source of information on
U.S. diplomatic history
1941, Volume IV, THE FAR EAST
This volume will be followed by Volume V, also on the Far
East, These two volumes deal chiefly with situations and events
which culminated in the attack on Pearl Harbor and the precipita-
tion of the United States into World War II,
More than two-thirds of this volume deals with the discussions
regarding the possibility of a peaceful settlement of the conflicting
interests of the United States and Japan arising from Japan's
undeclared war in China, her expansionist moves southward, and
her link with the Axis Powers.
The matei'ial now made public shows in some detail the efforts
of private individuals to bring about conciliation, the discussions
M'hich went on among officials in the Government regarding pro-
posals offered, and exchanges of views with other interested
governments.
Of special historical interest are the papers relating to the
Japanese modus vivendi proposal of November 20, consultations
thereon within the United States Government and with the Gov-
ernments of China, the United Kingdom, Australia, and the
Netherlands, and the preparation of the counterproposal of No-
vember 26 which was the last diplomatic move before the Japanese
struck at Pearl Harbor.
The remainder of Volume IV contains sections dealing with
wartime cooperation among the United States, the British Em-
pire, China, and the Netherlands in the Far East and the decision
of the Soviet Union to remain neutral in the Pacific war; con-
sideration during 1941 of sanctions against Japanese policies of
aggression and violation of treaty rights ; export control and freez-
ing of Japanese assets; and relations of Japan with the Axis
Powers and the Soviet Union.
Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, Govermnent Printing Office, Washmgton
25, D. C, for $4.50 a copy.
Please send me copies of Foreign Relations of the United States,
1941, Volume IV, The Far East.
Name:
Street Address :
City, Zone, and State:
tJAe/ z/Jefia^CmeTii/ xw t/tciie^
Vol. XXXV, No. 896
August 27, 1956
-^«NT o*.
LONDON CONFERENCE ON SUEZ CANAL • Statements
by Secretary Dulles 335
CURRENT ASPECTS OF THE STRUGGLE WITH COM-
MUNIS INI • by Ambassador Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr. . . . 353
THE CHALLENGE OF ASIA TO UNITED STATES
POLICY • by Kenneth T. Young, Jr 340
U.S. OFFERS TO SPONSOR SEMINAR ON CITIZEN-
SHIP EDUCATION
Statement by John C. Baker 360
Letter to V.N. Secretary -General 361
TEXT OF SUPPLEMENTARY TAX CONVENTION
WITH CANADA 364
For index sec inside back cover
'-■"cumeTits
SEP 1 9 1956
^Ae zl)efia/)il^menl: c^ t/ta/^e
^.«T o»
•»«r^ o» •■
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 896 • Publication 6383
August 27, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Domimeuts
U.S. Government Printing Office
Wafhlngton 25. D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1965).
Note: Contents ot thLs publication are not
copyrighted and Items contahied herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Dbpartment
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
interrmtional affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and interrmtional agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral interruitioTUil interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
London Conference on Suez Canal
Following is the text of a statement made hy
Secretary Dulles on, August 16 at the conference
on the Suez Canal, tohich opened at London on
that date, together with two statements made at
Washington before his departure on August l^.^
STATEMENT AT CONFERENCE, AUGUST 16
We have met here to deal with a grave situation.
I do not need to labor that fact because otherwise
we would not have come here from many parts of
the globe. If we cannot deal with it construc-
tively, immeasurable ills may descend upon much
of the world. On the other hand, if we can deal
with it constructively, all the world will benefit
and particularly the peoples of Asia and Europe.
Historical Background
I should like to make a few observations first of
all about the canal itself. The Suez Canal is a
waterway of importance to all the nations. For
many of them in Europe and in Asia it is, in an
almost literal sense, the "lifeline" it has been
called.
From its beginning, a century ago, the Suez
Canal and its operations have been indelibly
stamped witli an international character. The
canal was built under international auspices, with
international capital, and for international pur-
poses. The building and operations were con-
ducted by the Universal Suez Canal Company,
formed in 1856. The relations between the com-
pany and the Government of Egypt were habit-
ually regulated by what were called "conven-
' For the Secretary's report to the Nation on the London
talks during which the U.S., U.K., and France decidefl to
call the conference, see Bulletin of Aug. 13, 1956, p. 259.
For the list of nations invited, see ibid., p. 263 ; Egypt and
Greece declined the invitation.
tions." The basic convention, and the ratifying
decree, is that of February 22, 1866.
In 1888 the nations principally concerned made
a treaty "repecting the free navigation of the Suez
Maritime Canal." That treaty is of perpetual
duration. It is, by its terms, for the benefit of all
nations and is open to adherence by any of them.
The preamble to the treaty expressed the pur-
pose as being "to establish, by a conventional act,
a definite system designed to guarantee at all times,
and for all powers, the free use of the Suez Mari-
time Canal, and thus to complete the system under
which the navigation of this canal has been placed
by the firman of His Imperial Majesty, the Sul-
tan, dated the twenty-second of February, 1866."
TIius the decree of February 22, 1866, certify-
ing the convention of that date between the Gov-
ernment of Egypt and the Universal Suez Canal
Company, has been by reference incorporated into
and made part of "the definite system" set up by
the 1888 treaty. Egypt was not an initial signa-
tory of the treaty, being bound by the signature
of the Ottoman Empire, of which it was then a
part. Since becoming an independent nation,
Egypt has accepted the treaty as binding upon it.
Under the "system" thus established in 1888
there have occurred, no doubt, some abuses. Na-
tional politics were not wholly excluded even by
the treaty of 1888. But by and large the opera-
tion of the canal has been competent and even-
handed and has led to a steadily increasing move-
ment of general world trade through the canal
which has been beneficial to all the nations and
which increasingly makes them dependent upon
the canal. About one-sixth of all the world's sea-
borne commerce now passes through the Suez
Canal.
The canal plays a special role in the close re-
lationship between the economy of Europe and
the petroleum products of the Middle East. Eu-
rope received through the canal in 1955 67,000,000
August 27, 1956
335
tons of oil, and from this oil the producing coun-
tries received a large part of their national in-
come. The economies of each of these areas are
largely dependent upon and serve the economies
of the other; and the resultant advantages to all
are largely dependent upon the permanent inter-
national system called for by the 1888 treaty.
Recent Events
Now let me refer to the events which brine us
here.
On the 26th of July, 1956, the Egyptian Gov-
ernment, acting unilaterally and without any
prior international consultation of which we are
aware, issued a decree purporting to nationalize
the Universal Suez Canal Company and to take
over "all its property and rights pertaining
thereto," and to terminate its right, affirmed by
the 1866 decree, to operate the canal until 1968.
The installations of the Suez Canal Company
were then physically taken over by the Egyptian
Government. Its employees wei-e prohibited from
leaving their work without Egyptian Government
permission, under penalty of imprisonment.
President Nasser at the same time made a public
declaration of the reasons for his action. He said
that the timing and immediate occasion for the
nationalization was the fact that the Governments
of the United States and the United Kingdom had
shown themselves unwilling to commit themselves
to finance the foreign exchange costs of the vast
program to construct the Aswan High Dam and
related works.
But President Nasser made clear that his action
was not merely an act of retaliation. Speaking
on August 12, 1956, he said that he had been think-
ing about it for two and a half years. The an-
nouncement was timed to coincide with the fifth
anniversary of the revolution and to demonstrate,
he said, its capacity for action. In his July 26
speech proclaiming the seizure of the canal com-
pany's rights, Pi-esident Nasser said, ""We shall,
God willing, score one triumjih after another."
He has made clear his desire to use the canal for
Egyptian national purposes. He has described as
one source of Egyptian strength the "strategic po-
sition of Egypt" which "embraces the crossroads
of the world, the thoroughfare of its traders" ; and
he has described as another source of Egyptian
strength "oil, a sinew of material civilization
without which all of its machines would cease to
function and rust would overcome every iron part
beyond hope of motion and life." "So," he says,
"we are strong . . . when we measure the extent
of our ability to act."
Now there is every reason why the Government ,
of Egypt should, by every proper means, build up
and strengthen its country, both materially and
morally. The United States has been and is
wholly sympathetic with that goal and we have
contributed in no small measure toward its
realization.
However, the grandeur of a nation is not rightly
measured by its ability to hurt or to threaten
othere. Whenever there is interdependence, which
is a characteristic of our times, one of the parties
can hurt the other. And the greater the interde-
pendence, the greater the power to hurt. But that
aspect of interdependence cannot properly be used
for national aggrandizement. Particularly is that
the case when the interdependence has been built
up in reliance of solemn governmental promises. |
In the Suez Canal, the interdependence of na- '
tions achieves perhaps its highest point. The eco-
nomic life of many nations has been shaped by
reliance on the Suez Canal system, which, as I
have pointed out, has treaty sanction. To shake
and perhaps shatter that system, or to seek gains
from threatening to do so, is not a triumph;
neither does it augment grandeur.
The Suez Canal, by reason of its international-
ized character, both in law and in fact, is the last
place wherein to seek the means of gaining na-
tional triumphs and promoting national ambitions.
I realize that President Nasser, taking note of
the worldwide reaction to his action, now says that
Egypt will accord freedom of transit through the
canal, that operations will be efficient, and that
tolls will continue to be reasonable.
But we are bound to compare those words with
other words which have perhaps a more authentic
ring. We are also bound to note the difference
between what the treaty of 1888 called "a definite
system destined to guarantee at all times and for
all powers the free use of the Suez Maritime Ca-
nal," to use the words of the preamble of the 1888
treaty, and an Egyptian national operation which
puts other nations in the role of petitioners.
One thing is certain. Whatever may be the
present intentions of the Egyptian Government,
the trading nations of the world know that Presi-
dent Nasser's action means that their use of the
336
Department of State Bulletin
canal is now at Egypt's sufferance. Egypt can,
in many subtle ways, slow down, burden, and make
unprofitable the passage through the canal of the
ships and cargoes of those against whom Egypt
might desire, for national political reasons, to
discriminate.
Thus Egypt seizes hold of a sword with which
it could cut into the economic vitals of many na-
tions. Some of these nations are now especially
disturbed because the present Government of
Egypt does not conceal its antagonism toward
them. To these the new situation understandably
seems imacceptable.
But even those nations which may at the mo-
ment enjoy Egypt's favor cannot but realize that
the operations of the canal are in the long run
less dependable even for them. That is bound to
be the case whenever operations can be influenced
by the fear or by the favor of any single nation.
Tlie international confidence which rested upon
the convention of 1866 with the Suez Canal Com-
pany and the treaty of 1888 has been grievously
assaulted. It is for us to consider whether that
confidence can peacefully be repaired. If not, tlien
we face a future of the utmost gravity, possibili-
ties of which we hesitate even to contemplate.
Recognition of Need for Action
It is an encouraging fact that all concerned
recognize that there is need for remedial action.
Tlie Egyptian Government, although it declines
to participate in this conference, recognizes that
what it has done has created a need for corrective
action. On August 12, 1956, President Nasser
proposed tlie drafting of a new international treaty
which would reaffirm and "guarantee" freedom of
navigation on the Suez Canal. That is the
Egyptian Government's formula for undoing the
harm that has been done and for restoring the
confidence which its acts have so gravely impaired.
The Soviet Government, in its statement of
August 9, 1956, recognized that this conference
"may provide an opportunity for finding a (peace-
ful) approach to a settlement of questions con-
nected with the freedom of navigation within the
Suez Canal which — taking into account the new
cii'cumstances — may be acceptable to the Egyptian
state as well as to the other countries concerned."
All of the governments represented here, plus
the Government of Egypt, recognize the need for
international action. Indeed, our presence here
is the beginning of sucli action.
The question is therefore not whether something
needs to be done. As to that, we are all agreed.
The question is xohat should be done.
Need To Restore Confidence
Now a solution of tlie problem we face is diffi-
cult enough to find and to apply. But let us not
exaggerate the difficulties which are inherent in
the problem and let us not create new difficulties
by injecting false issues.
"What is required is a permanent operation of
the canal under an international system which
will, in fact, give confidence to those who would
normally wish to use the canal. Those in Asia
and elsewhere who depend upon the canal for the
movement of their exports and impcTts should be
assured that their economies will not be disrupted.
Those who provide oil out of the sands of the
^Middle East should be confident that they can
ship the oil to its only advantageous market.
Those in Europe who convert their industries from
coal to oil or who manufacture, bu}', or drive
motor cars — to use only some of the many possible
illustrations — must be confident that fuel will be
dependably forthcoming.
Those who build, charter, or operate tankers and
general cargo and passenger boats miist have con-
fidence that their ships can move through the
canal on schedule, for even a day's delay can turn
a shipping operation from one of profit to one
of loss. Insurers of ships and cargoes must feel
confident that there will not be obstructions or
maritime disasters.
Confidence is what we seek, and for this it is
indispensable that thefe should be an administra-
tion of the canal which is nonpolitical in its op-
eration. That, I think, is the key to the problem —
an operation which is nonpolitical in character.
The canal should not be, and should not be al-
lowed to become, an instrument of the policy of
any nation or gi'oup of nations whether of Europe
or Asia or Africa.
Now to achieve this will, as I say, be hard
enough. But let us not unnecessarily make it
harder. We do not have here to measure our
action in terms of that illusive quality which is
called "prestige," whether it be the prestige of a
single nation or of a group of nations. If we
allow ourselves to be swayed by such factors, we
Aogusf 27, J 956
337
shall not worthily discharge the grave responsi-
bility which fate has imposed upon us. We have
to solve a practical problem ; it is simply how to
give effective practical expression to the principles
of the 1888 treaty.
Questions Concerning 1866 Convention
Now a first thought which inevitably suggests
itself is : Should we seek a solution in terms of
reinstating, for the remainder of its term, the
convention of 1866 between Egypt and the Uni-
versal Canal Company? As I say, that thought
naturally occurs.
I feel I should say this : The United States does
not believe that the Egyptian Government had the
right to wipe out that convention establishing the
rights of the Universal Suez Canal Company until
1968. This arrangement had the status of an in-
ternational compact. Many nations relied upon
it. Tlie operating riglits and the assets of that
company were impressed with an international
interest. The Government of the United States
questions the Government of Egypt's right uni-
laterally to take its action of July 26th last.
Nevertheless — while the United States reserves
the legal position in this respect — we are quite
prepared to explore the new situation which has
been created, seeking a solution which is fair to
all and generally acceptable.
We must, of course, start with the treaty of
1888, which provides in perpetuity that — I quote
from the treaty — "the Suez Maritime Canal shall
always be free and open, in time of war as in time
of peace, to every vessel of commerce or war, with-
out distinction of flag," and which treaty calls for
a "system" — again I quote that word "system" —
to assure that. Wliat shall that system now be,
if the convention of 1866 is not to be restored to
life?
U.S. Views on Solution
The United States believes that a fair and equi-
table plan can be devised which will recognize the
legitimate interests of all. It further believes that
it is in the interest of world peace that the nations
gathered here should agree on such a plan ; that it
should be accepted by all necessary parties and
promptly put into operation.
What are the principles that should underlie
such a plan ?
First: The canal should be operated efficiently
as a free, secure international waterway in accord-
ance with the principles of the Suez Canal con-
vention of 1888.
Second: The operation should be divorced from
the influence of national politics, from whatever
source derived.
Third: There should be recognition and satis-
faction of all legitimate rights and interests of
Egypt in the canal and in its operation, including
an equitable and fair return.
Fourth: Provision should be made for the pay-
ment of fair compensation to the Universal Suez
Canal Company.
Those, we believe, are the principles, and under
those principles what might be a plan ?
A plan along the following lines would satisfy
all these requirements :
1. Tlie operation of the Suez Canal in accord-
ance with the 1888 treaty and the principles there-
in set forth would be made the responsibility of an
international board to be established by treaty
and associated with the United Nations. Egypt
would be represented on such a board, but no sin-
gle nation would dominate it and its composition
would be such as to assure that its responsibilities
would be discharged solely with the view to
achieving the best possible operating results with-
out political motivation in favor of, or in preju-
dice against, any user of the canal.
2. Egypt would, by appropriate arrangement,
have the right to an equitable return which will
take into account all legitimate Egyptian rights
and sovereignty.
3. The arrangement would make provision for
payment to the Universal Suez Canal Company
of fair compensation. And,
4. Finally, any differences on the last two
points — that is, the right of Egypt to an equitable
return, and fair compensation to the company —
would be settled by an arbitral commission to be
named by the International Court of Justice.
Now it could be asked, does such a plan infringe
upon Egypt's sovereignty ? The answer is, it does
not. Egyptian sovereignty is, and always has
been, qualified by the treaty of 1888 which makes
of the canal an international — not an Egyptian —
waterway.
Egypt has always recognized and recognizes to-
day the binding effect of that treaty. Wliat we
consider and suggest here are merely means to
effectuate rights in relation to the canal which are
possessed by those nations which are parties to
I
338
Department of Stale Bulletin
that treaty or for whose benefit the treaty is avow-
edly made.
We recognize, of course, that at this stage any
proposal should be flexible, within the limits of
such basic principles as we have outlined. And,
of course, Egypt's views should be ascertained.
But we believe that the principles set forth, and
a plan such as that we have outlined, contain the
basic elements needed to restore confidence and to
assure that the Suez Canal will be operated in
accordance with the treaty of 1888. Thus it may
increasingly serve the vital interests of all the
world, to which that treaty is solemnly and per-
petually dedicated.
FIRST STATEMENT OF AUGUST 14'
White House press release
I shall be leaving very soon for the conference
at London which deals with the Suez Canal prob-
lem.
I have just had a final talk with President
Eisenhower, going over the position which the
United States delegation will take at that con-
ference. We went over together a good many
of the formulae which could be devised to assure
dependable international operation of that canal
consistent with the rights and dignity of Egypt.
We believe that such a formula can be found and
that it will be found, because any nation that
would reject such a formula would be accepting
a heavy responsibility before the world.
Therefore, I go hopefully and with confidence
that we will have a peaceful solution.
DEPARTURE STATEMENT >
Press release 434 dated August 14
I am leaving for the London conference on the
Suez Canal with a deep awareness of the im-
portance of this meeting. It bears closely on the
peace and welfare of all the nations of the world.
The legitimate treaty rights and interests possessed
by the world community in the Suez Canal, in-
cluding of course the rights of Egypt, must be as-
sured and respected.
President Eisenliower and the congressional
leaders with whom we conferred last Sunday
■ Made at the White House after a conference with the
President.
' Made at the Jlilitary Air Transport Terminal.
have made clear the concern of the United States
in the satisfactory settlement of this problem.* I
shall devote myself untiringly to this end. All
of us at the conference will, I am sure, be con-
scious of the heavy responsibility that it places
upon us, a responsibility for world security. And
because we feel that responsibility I am confident
that we shall achieve a positive result.
MEMBERS OF U.S. DELEGATION
Pre.ss release 433 dated August 13
U.S. Representative
John Foster Dulles, Secretary of State
Special Assistant
John W. Hanes, Jr.
Coordinator
William B. Macomber, Special Assistant to the Secretary
of State
Senior Advisers
Winthrop W. Aldrich, Ambassador to Great Britain
Walworth Barbour, Deputy Chief of Mission, American
Embassy, London
Charles E. Bohlen, Ambassador to the U.S.S.R.
Robert W. Bowie, Assistant Secretary of State for Policy
Planning
C. Douglas Dillon, Ambassador to France
Gordon Gray, Assistant Secretary of Defense
Carl W. McCardle, Assistant Secretary of State for Pub-
lie Affairs
Herman Phleger, Legal Adviser, Department of State
William M. Rountree, Deputy Assistant Secretary of State
for Near Eastern, South Asian, and African Affairs
Advisers
Andrew H. Berding, Deputy Director, U.S. Information
Agency
Donald C. Bliss, Foreign Service Inspector, OflBee of the
Deputy Under Secretary of State for Administration
William C. Burdett, Jr., Deputy Director, Office of Near
Eastern Affairs
W. Bradley Connors, Counselor, American Embassy,
London
Andrew W. Foster, Counselor, American Embassy, London
Dayton S. Mak, Second Secretary, American Embassy,
London
Stanley D. Metzger, Assistant Legal Adviser for Economic
Affairs, Office of the Legal Adviser
Edwin G. Moline, Officer-in-Charge of Economic Organi-
zation Affairs, Office of European Regional Affairs
Arthur R. Ringwalt, First Secretary, American Embassy,
London
William R. Tyler, Deputy Director, Office of Western Eu-
ropean Affairs
Evan Wilson, First Secretary, American Embassy, London
' Bulletin of Aug. 20, 1956, p. 314.
August 27, 1956
339
The Challenge of Asia to United States Policy
J)y Kenneth T. Young, Jr.
Director, Office of Southeast Asian Affairs '■
The challenge of Asia sweeps so wide and cuts
so deep that it may seem presumptuous to expect
to fathom its significance and pretentious to ex-
amine it in one brief effort, particularly by an
outsider. Yet we would be as derelict by shrink-
ing from this staggering subject as we may appear
foolhardy by exploring it. As the topic of this
essay and the occasion of this forum imply, we
cannot ignore Asia. We must mold an attitude,
a policy as we say, toward Asia. For there can
hardly be any more challenging task than to seek
an understanding of the East, of Asia, in all its
colorful, elusive variations. One hundred years
ago Senator Seward predicted:
The Pacific Ocean, its shores, its islands and the vast
region beyond will become the chief theatre of events in
the world's great hereafter.
It would be fascinating to hear his version of the
challenge of Asia today in the light of his proph-
ecy of a century ago.
Asia with half the planet's population, 10 newly
independent nations, and the world's oldest sur-
viving cultures is now in the midst of a new pe-
riod of evolution. By Asia, I am referring pri-
marily to that portion of the continent and out-
lying islands which for administrative purposes
in the Department of State we call the Far East.
Ancient Asia in diverse ways is now the world's
latest frontier burning with newborn hopes and
insistent aspirations accelerating the tempo of
life with a sense of urgency and excitement to
construct a new world.
The challenge to Asians involves a long series of
^ Address made at the summer forum of the School
of International Relations, University of Southern Cali-
fornia, Los Angeles, Calif., on Aug. 13 (press release 430
dated Aug. 8).
choices, decisions, adaptations, and new insights.
It means a planned, conscious effort to set new
goals, use new ways, and make them work ac-
cording to new values. Emergent Asia challenges
our wisdom and ingenuity to try to understand
what the Asians are seeking, help them over their
hurdles where and when we can, and with them
move toward the better living which modem
means of all sorts make possible. I propose to
examine the many facets of these challenges in the
realm of contemporary change, the question of
basic values, the prospects of political freedom,
the problem of poverty and economic growth, the
adjustment to a world community, and United
States interests.
The Challenge in Today's World
Some call this the "age of anxiety," some the
"age of analysis." It is to a degree both, but it
is also the age of change and chance. Until the
20th century, change worked slowly, often imper- ■
ceptibly. Today the time span for radical tech- '
nological and social innovations is shorter than
life expectancy. The element of novelty is one
prominent, even dominant, feature in today's
world.
Secondly, contemporary life may possibly pro- t
vide the possibility of moving from a "status so-
ciety" to a "fluid society." The arts of produc-
tion and consumption, the universal reach of trans-
portation, conmiunications, and education, and the
ideas of humanitarian equality and opportunity
combined open up tremendous advances for people
everywhere. The whole pattern of metropolitan
concentration and sedentary agriculture that has
characterized all of the world's known civilizations
is put out of balance by the trend of teclmology
340
Department of State Bulletin
of just the past generation or two, to cite one ex-
ample. The perfection of niacliinery and elec-
tronics, the development of automation, and the
harnessing of atomic power have created prospects
for even more leisure and freedom from arduous
work. A whole new pattern of life in infinite di-
mensions is unveiling before us.
Tliirdly, we now live in a total world. One
hundred years ago, the world was segmented into
India, the Near East, Europe, and America, with
China and Japan separate. Today, despite its
differences and sometimes antagonisms, the world
is a totality — interconnected, interacting, and in-
terdependent. Air flight, radio, television, and
projected spatial exploration crisscross meridians
and longitudes; consolidation of the globe has
thrown closer together the immense diversity of
cultures, arts, racial and national groups. This
change is a fact of profound importance for the
international relations of every country and espe-
cially of our own.
The effect of change is a deep and pervasive
challenge both to the Asians and to us. We
must harmonize older patterns of emotions, be-
liefs, and intentions satisfactorily with a fluctuat-
ing environment. Accepting a telescoped time
span, absorbing a constant novelty, and encom-
passing a total world is the uniqueness of today's
life. For most people, and for the conservative
past historic rhythms of Asia, today's world is
difficult. The adjustment is abrupt, blunt, and
sudden. As Alfred Whitehead has indicated, it
is of supreme importance for mankind today to
possess "... a philosophic power of undei'stand-
ing the complex flux of the varieties of human
societies . . . instinctive grasp of the relevant fea-
tures of social currents, the survey of society
from the standpoint of generality."
The Question of Values
The first step in understanding what is happen-
ing in Asia, therefore, is to determine the focal con-
cepts and human values which Asian leaders and
Asian people themselves are selecting to shape the
particular purposes of each free country in Asia.
In a word, these values arise with especial force
in Asia out of the aftermath of the past and the
aspirations of the future.
There is an interesting cyclical interaction be-
tween the East and the West. First, Asia in-
fluenced the Mediterranean-Atlantic cultures in
arts, customs, and philosophy. Then, during the
past few centuries Europe and America pro-
foundly affected Asia and still do. In the future,
the cycle may possibly swing back again, at least
part way, for the energies and ideas released by
emergent Asia have their unique points.
The period 1500-1940 drastically and irrevers-
ibly altered the limited relations between the
West and the East and the traditional configura-
tions of Asia. The countries of the East changed
little for centuries. Asian societies and cultures
were static and rigid, despotic and conservative,
agrarian and feudal. A small ruling class, usually
hereditary and forever autocratic, held power. In
the words of Joseph Conrad, "this was the East
of the ancient navigators, so old, so mysterious,
resplendent, somber, living and unchanged, full
of danger and promise."
Then for some three centuries the alien rule,
the military power, the technology, the manners
and mores, and, above all, the ideas of the West,
of Europe in particular, hit ancient Asia with the
force of a tidal wave. Sir George Samson in his
study of this impact has written that "the in-
trusion of this disruptive, challenging element into
the sequestered and conservative life of Asia must
be a dominant theme in the modern history of any
Asian state."
Colonialism produced a legacy of bitterness,
liut it also generated the major tendencies of
nationalism, westernism, and modernism. The
key factor, I believe, is to be found in the new
leadership and the spirit of the people. The West
developed and trained a small educated elite and
gave it, and through it, the people the inspiration
and the incentive toward freedom. Colonialism
affected Asia. Out of the cauldron came a vivid,
vibrant pattern of emotional drives :
Revolt against alien rule as well as any dis-
crimination and disparity;
Equality with all races, nations, and individ-
uals;
Determination for a new destiny without op-
pression, poverty, and misery;
Cocperation among the countries of Asia and
with the world at large.
Needless to say the elements of nationalism,
westernism, and modernism that spark these forces
display all the diversity that is Asia. There is no
uniformity in details, in emphasis, in timing.
But there is a common search for a new harmoni-
ous synthesis of values and purpose. There is
August 27, 7956
341
taking place throughout Asia a synthesis derived
from traditional forms and customs, the adapta-
tion to Western impact, and the application of
Asian responses to the contemporary world in
flux.
Everywhere that Asian leadership has had a
chance to choose it has selected as focal values
the concept of liberty, the democratic process, and
the importance of individual rights. At least in
doctrine, if not always in practice, the stress on
individual morality in the Buddhist ethics. Is-
lamic law, Confucian humanism, and Hindu phi-
losophy blend with the European and American
emphasis on the dignity of man. In general many
Asian leaders have freely chosen these basic values :
1. The equality of all men before the law.
2. The inalienable rights of men which gov-
ernments must neither deny nor abridge.
3. The greatest good of the greatest number.
4. A government of laws responsive to the con-
sent and needs of the people.
Each free Asian country expresses these values
and purposes in its own characteristic manner.
Indonesia has embodied its Five Basic Principles
in its constitution : Belief in God, Humanism, Na-
tionalism, Sovereignty of the People, and Social
Justice. The Three Principles of Dr. Sun Yat-
sen form the creed of free Chinese. The constitu-
tions of Korea and the Philippines embody much
the same democratic principles as our own. Bur-
ma has undertaken its national program called
Pyidawtha and is seeking to revive the religious
influence of Buddhism. Viet-Nam, the newest
republic in Asia, has just drafted a constitution
upholding human freedoms. According to Asian
pronouncements and declarations the current ob-
jectives of their present value systems are national
independence and individual freedom, human wel-
fare and social justice, and peace. In the phrase
from the American Constitution so often repeated
in Asia — life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.
The challenging question is whether the people
of Asia will fully accept and share these human
values and social purposes over the long run.
This is an issue primarily for the Asian leaders
and peoples who in instance after instance have
freely chosen such goals. It is up to them to nour-
ish and safeguard what they value most. We can
only supplement their efforts.
In considering this question of basic values, it
is well to acknowledge that their existence is chal-
lenged by a not altogether favorable environment.
Anyone who has traveled, taught, or fought in
any part of Asia has seen the low value placed on
human life, for the concepts of social justice, indi-
vidual liberty, and equal opportunity are new. ,
Freedom will be hard to preserve and easy to over-
turn in an environment that has become condi-
tioned to authoritarian rule, paternalism, and re-
pression from the top. The demands of the com-
pressed sequence and the extensive innovations of
contemporary life may not allow new creeds and
a new orientation time to sink their roots. A
much worse colonialism. Red slave colonialism, is
seeking to engulf these lands.
The survival of human values in Asia is part of
the same world ideological contest of this century
— freedom or tyranny. Impatient for results and
pressed with insistent demands to produce stabil-
ity and end poverty, Asians could have taken from
them — or themselves abandon — the values and
l^urpose of human freedoms if they become disil-
lusioned or desperate over disappointments of
their own failures or of the shortcomings of their
friends. Nevertheless, while the future is un-
known and the present clouded, Asia may discover
that the very novelty and utility of the Western
concepts of human rights and social purposes con-
tain their own power of growth and survival.
There is sometimes no stopping a triumphant idea
which has found its moment in history.
Implications for U.S.
What does the great challenging question of
values in Asia mean to us in America? It can
have the most serious implications for our own
way of life. The ultimate direction of Asia may
well influence our own destiny. Therefore, we
must help insure the growth and survival of free
Asia. This means first that we must understand
the judgments and decisions of our Asian friends.
We as a nation must also fully realize that we
share in common with the leaders of Asia the basic
and universal values that inspired our own Re-
public : the dignity of man, the welfare of the in-
dividual, and the right of self-government. The
recent Prime Minister of Burma, U N>i, voiced the
opinion in Philadelphia last year, "The ideas of
the American Revolution are today the most ex-
plosive of all forces, more explosive in their ca-
pacity to change the world than B-52's or even
atomic bombs."
342
Departmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
I
This similarity or community of ideals and pur-
poses is perhaps the most poignant part of the
challenge to us in contemporary Asia. How can
we let them fail here or there? We must not.
We must be true to our own ideals. Asians are
sensitive to discrimination. If we understand
and respect the Asians' various approaches to
freedom and if we wisely deal with some trouble-
some ditl'erences, then we can rightfully and help-
fully join in the new pioneering of freedom in
Asia. Here is a striking opportunity for America.
An Indonesian friend of mine has said, "The job
of building our own house for the first time gen-
erates a sense of exhilaration, perhaps long for-
gotten by older nations which have become settled
in their ways."
So much of the Asian experience today reminds
us of our own that we can have the sympathy and
the generosity to join hands with them in the
American frontier spirit of the good neighbor and
trusted partner. However much the American
spirit may be misunderstood, mocked, or maligned
abroad, we should hold fast to our faith that the
vitality of our free institutions, the creativity of
our own pioneering outlook, and the energies un-
leashed by humanitarian ideals can contribute to
making a better life in this total world. We will
need foresight and intelligence to make use of the
new economic, biological, technological, and psy-
chic forces in any imaginative, constructive way
as distinct from the static, negative, and destruc-
tive purposes of totalitarian communism. That
can be our most noble response to the sununons
of Asia's challenge. As Walt Whitman wrote in
his Passage to India:
Lauds fouud ami nations born, thou born America fur
l)urpose vast. . . .
The Prospects of Political Freedom
The eli'ective translation of social purposes and
national values into concrete results is the func-
tion of politics and government — the management
of public affairs in Aristotle's concept. A dra-
matic, exciting experiment is going on in Asia.
With astonishing uniformity the newly inde-
pendent nations and most of the countries never
subjugated have selected the general form of
constitutional representative government. Every-
where the leaders of Asia have so far rejected
traditional political institutions centering around
hereditary absolutism. As many observers have
noted, one of the remarkable consequences of the
aftermath of colonialism has been the "western-
ism" or westernization of the political process in
Asia, in one form or another.
By and large the components have been the
standard ones : written constitutions, fundamen-
tal political and civil rights, secret elections and
universal suffrage, responsible legislatures, ac-
countable executives, and an independent judici-
ary. Asians had no experience in the democratic
process and representative machinery. Yet dur-
ing the past few years these have been put into
operation with surprising initial success. Con-
sider elections in countries of mass illiteracy and
low standards of living. This is the telling, ex-
citing political story in Asia. It has worked so
far. India had an election of 107 million. Nearly
a year ago some 40 million Indonesians conducted
their first general election. The Philippines, Cey-
lon, Burma, Cambodia, Laos, Viet-Nam, Malaya,
and Singapore have all gone to the polls during
the past year in nationwide voting for candidates
and parties.
Much of the political process in any country is
its internal affair. Much of the current politics of
Asia is unstudied and imknown. But the United
States in its official dealings with independent
Asia at this stage of their development runs into
four key elements of representative government
there :
First, the nationalist movements and revolution-
ary drive that liberated the country from alien
rule and formulated the goals of independence
shared by the leadership, the urban groups, and
the large rural population. As many have noted,
nationalism sets the stage but cannot enact the
drama of new freedom. The winning of a revolu-
tion is often easier to achieve than the management
of its consequences.
Secondly, unitary national political leadership
built around the nucleus of a dominant personality
and the nationalist revolutionary movement rather
than multiple political opposition, although there
may be some minor factions outside the national
coalescence, and that in some instances consists of
several parties or groups. Nuclear leadership is
also similar to our experience in the first decade
of the Republic. Asian examples are : Sun Yat-
sen and Chiang Kai-shek, and the Kuomintang;
Gandhi, Nehru, and the Congress Party; Aimg
San, U Nu, and the Anti-Fascist People's Freedom
Augusf 27, ?956
343
League in Burma; Sukarno and Hatta in Indo-
nesia; Magsaysay and the Nationalist Party in
the Philippines; Syngman Ehee in Korea; Ngo
Dinh Diem and the national revolutionary parties
in Free Viet-Nam; and the Sangkiun and Prince
Norodom in Cambodia.
Thirdly, the growth of a postrevolutionary ad'
ministratwe group competent to carry out the pro-
gram of the revolution under the complex and
trying conditions of contemporary society. The
tendency toward state control and planning com-
bined with the appalling lack of trained persons
and the need to create and man a host of new or-
ganizations may place the success or failure of
each country's program on the overworked talents
of this small but growing key group of young
men and women. They must carry on the pioneer-
ing spirit and produce the results their older
leaders promised for the revolution or reform.
Fourthly, participation of the rural covimuni-
ties in revolutionary movements and national pro-
grams. Inasmuch as most of Asia is rural, the
participation and loyalty of the farmers and their
families is crucial to the survival of the demo-
cratic process and human values in Asia.
Fortunately, many Asian leaders are realizing
the vital importance of enlisting the support and
the energies of the rural people whose lot has been
so wretched and ignored. President Magsaysay
is emphasizing an imaginative rural development
program to improve living conditions in the 20,000
barrios in the Philippines. President Diem and
the Vietnamese Government have undertaken tlieir
own civic action program in the villages and hope
to follow it up with a long-range community de-
velopment and land reform plans. The purpose
of the Pyidawtha program in Burma is to encour-
age initiative for self-help at the village level and
to promote public appreciation in the villages of
the national welfare program. India has an am-
bitious community development project. Per-
haps a truly significant enterprise for Americans
is the Joint Commission on Rural Reconstruction
on Taiwan. Two Americans are among its 5-man
membership under Chinese chairmanship. It has
made a distinctive approach in leadership training,
democratic processes, and land tenure. It is a
truism that unless Asian governments and exter-
nal assistance can satisfy the aroused farmers and
urban dwellers to some modest extent the national-
ist revolutions and constitutional institutions will
be rejected.
Wlien looked at objectively, the environment for
such government in Asia is not altogether propi-
tious. In considering our response to the politi-
cal challenge of Asia, we must take into account
many obstacles facing nationalist leaders today.
There are first the implacable conditions of pov-
erty, illiteracy, and confusion. As everyone
knows, children without rice and men witliout jobs
cannot live on ballots. Next is the stealthy con-
niving of Communist subversion constantly seek-
ing to midermine the independent nationalist gov-
ernments, alienate and befuddle their support, and
exploit every weakness to seize power. The effec-
tiveness of Communist organization shows up in
their gains in the recent elections in Burma and
Indonesia. And thirdly there are inherent weak-
nesses. Some of the traditional political concepts
of Asia are not conducive to humanitarian
democratic ideals and purposes. Political experi-
ence has not long included national elections, par-
ties, individual rights, for example, although there
has been an interesting kind of village democracy
in many parts of Asia. The tremendous demands
of national programs and lack of resources may
crack the present nuclear leadership before a new
political and social system can be created suffi-
ciently experienced and elastic to absorb the
stresses of eventual diversion and new leadership.
The government may still seem far away to the
people. And finally a series of administrative
weaknesses which seem endemic with new govern-
ments may cause their downfall. In a word, they
may attempt too much too soon with too little.
They inherit a legacy of revolutionary promissory
notes, good in themselves. New popular aspira-
tions accumulate — the people insist on results.
Ideals and practices are separated by a wide
gap in time and resources ; Asian ministers speak
urgently, even nervously, of the handful of years
they have to carry out their programs. But the
aims and apparatus of the social-welfare state are
complicated and hard to manage. They require
a large body of talented administrators and ex-
perienced experts. Countries emerging from
colonial cocoons and societies in which the popu-
lation is illiterate and scientifically untrained do
not have a pool of such skills. They have hardly
any at all to begin with, as Indonesia, Laos, Viet-
Nam, and Burma know. There is no middle class
in most of Asia. Local government apparently
is losing its vitality and utility, at least for the
time being, while a process of centralization and
344
Department ot State Bulletin
urbanization absorbs the energies of the hard-
pressed officials. The Lack of a tradition or a con-
cept of public service and the tendency toward
corruption, monopolistic practices, and self-per-
petuating cliques in the parties and departments
of Asian governments conceivably could lead to
the breakdown of responsive representative gov-
ernment. The centrifugal force of linguistic or
racial minorities adds to the fragility of many
new Asian governments.
Alternatives to Democracy
It is prudent to make allowance for the possibi-
lity that in time the great experiment could fail.
Some Asian countries could turn to some form of
the age-old pattern of autocracy. Alternate ways
would be Communist autocracy such as has been
foisted on mainland China, or a new oligarchy,
civil or military. But the returns on the present
arrangements have hardly started to come in, and
they are encouraging so far.
Our response should be to help keep it so to the
extent that it is proper for us to do so. We should,
first of all, have an interest in seeing through an
experiment for which we in so many cases are
the inspiration or for which our own past and cur-
rent experience serve as a useful guide. We can,
if we are thoughtful and adroit, help our Asian
friends to dispense with some of the painstaking
errors we made and to profit from our practice.
The American system has greatly influenced the
current constitutions and political arrangements
of the Philippines, Korea, Japan, Viet-Nam, and
Burma. Indonesia, now considering the basic con-
stitutional issues of presidential or cabinet-type
executive and federal or unitary government, is
interested in how our forms work. The Federa-
tion of Malaya is about to go through the process
of creating a constitution.
Secondly, we need some general criteria for de-
scribing the efficacy and the character of Asian
constitutions and governments so that we will not
lose our perspective. To some they appear too
loose, too alien. To others they may seem too
strong, too Asian. The distinguished Indian Am-
bassador to the United States has reminded us
quite appropriately that democratic political de-
velopment in Asia need not necessarily follow the
same pattern as Western types of parliamentai-y
or presidential forms of government. Professor
Emerson of Harvard, in his useful survey of
Representative Government in Southeast Asia, has
suggested an approach :
No one should come to the study of Southeast Asian
political institutions with the fixed preconceptions that
they should conforua to established Western models. . . .
No single political formula can be set up by which to meas-
ure whether or not a society reaches the goals implicit in
the democratic creed. Ultimate judgment rests not upon
conformity to institutional frameworks which have been
established elsewhere, but upon the ability of the citizen
of high or low estate to make his voice heard and to live
in the conviction that the government of his society ia
not a remote and alien enterprise but a living process in
which he participates on equal terms. These are things
of which Southeast Asia has known little in the past, and
toward which it now strives.
Western friends and observers sometimes are
anxious lest the tendency toward unitary nuclear
leadership and strong executive powers unwit-
tingly reinstitute traditional authoritarianism
lying latent, and restrict or stifle the democratic
process and individual rights. However, an es-
sential aspect of the political challenge to us in
Asia is the necessity to realize the need for execu-
tive leadership and to tolerate a wide variation of
direction in the political process, subject to the
broad criteria suggested by Emerson. If free
Asia successfully makes the transition to relatively
stable government, develops real democratic par-
ticipation, and eradicates illiteracy, the forms of
democracy and the functions of the state are bound
to be different from ours. But the results will be
favorable. We must on our side show an aware-
ness of the full, legitimate scope of the democratic
process, its minimum essence and its endless search
for improvement. On some such formula of
breadth and tolerance we can work out a practical
understanding with Asians based on the sharing
of common purposes and ultimate values.
In the third place, a spirit of tolerance on both
sides is important if we are to meet this challenge
of politics because there are different approaches
on many important issues besides political develop-
ment. Asians put more current stress on the evils
of colonialism and less on communism than we are
inclined to. We have a different view of free en-
terprise, state planning, and socialism. In dip-
lomatic affairs, the Asians often diverge from our
positions. It is important not to overestimate the
difficulties of these divergencies, in view of the
wide area of basic agreements.
Finally, the survival of freedom requires our
sympathy, encouragement, and support for those
Augusf 27, J956
345
groups and movements sliaring om- broad purposes
and generally enhancing our interests. The criti-
cal developments in South Viet-Nam in 1955 con-
fronted us with a dramatic challenge. The poli-
tical issue turned on the continuation in office of
Ngo Dinh Diem, whom many Vietnamese and
foreigners, officially or otherwise, considered fin-
ished. Without his stouthearted leadership at
that moment, Viet-Nam could have collapsed. A
somewhat unconventional revolutionary national-
ism quickly organized itself in Viet-Nam, sup-
porting Ngo Dinh Diem's leadership. Other
forces in Viet-Nam and in the free world stood
by him. At this crucial, confusing moment of
trial in Viet-Nam the Department of State, pressed
for an opinion on the situation, declared that:
The United States has great sympathy for a nationalist
cause that is free and effective. For this reason we have
been and are continuing to support the legal government
of Ngo Dinh Diem.
The courageous struggle of the Vietnamese to
work out their destiny by themselves and to for-
mulate a new sense of national purpose has won
the admiration of the United States and the free
world. To support President Ngo Dinh Diem
and to aid the Vietnamese people in the rehabili-
tation and reconstruction of a country ravaged by
8 ruinous years of civil and international war is
consistent with our historic policy of supporting
the aspirations of freedom and independence.
In general, the challenge of Asia and our inter-
ests there indicate that we seek and support a
democratic leadership which is vigorous, hard-
headed, and competent to deal swiftly and ef-
fectively with domestic problems and with various
Communist attempts at subversion or even ag-
gression. It follows from the development of the
key elements in Asian politics that we sometimes
have little choice in supporting the current nuclear
leadership. Those who criticize some of these
groups fail to realize that governments in the free
world cannot always pick and choose their associ-
ates. However, the other two elements, the new
administrative group and commimity develop-
ment, are very much open to growth and change
as a result of outside support and stimulus. One
of the most far-reaching aspects of the challenge
of Asia is whether the West, which finds so many
Western-style governments in Asia, will help them
quickly accumulate the essential skills and talents
to meet the problem of poverty and diplomatic ad-
justments abroad.
The Problem of Poverty and Economic Growth
As elsewhere in the world, the people of Asia
demand relief from the grinding toil of back-
breaking work, the gnawing discomforts of jjoor
food and wretched living, and the hopeless wheel
of life. Their leaders seek the modernity of in-
dustrialization and technology to meet the rising
expectations of the people. Every government in
Asia has embarked on programs of economic
growth. The whole political process is being
geared from top to bottom and reverse to solve the
problem of poverty. The rate of success in achiev-
ing economic targets will play a major role in the
ultimate choice between the democratic process
or the Communist system.
Except for Japan, the Asian countries have in-
herited primarily agricultural economies with low
per-capita incomes, little if any surplus for saving
and investment, and sharply limited diversifica-
tion of output. They lack modern skills and capi-
tal. A continuous increase in population creates
something of an economic squirrel cage. The rate
and nature of economic growth is just able to keep
up with the added number of mouths to feed.
Accordingly, if the Asians are to break out of this
economic squirrel cage they will need external re-
sources in both goods and training. Many
friendly countries can provide an assortment of
these, but, until the recent debut of Soviet Russia
and Communist China into the field, the United
States has been the principal source of assistance.
Tlie problem of poverty and economic welfare
involves us and the Asians in a series of complex
issues :
1. The Choices for Asian Economic Policy.
Asian governments must calculate the amount of
industrialization, consumer satisfaction, and agri-
cultural development necessary to carry out politi-
cal objectives and compatible with available re-
sources. This means a system of priorities and
some hard decisions. There is never enough to
go around to satisfy everyone and build every-
thing at once. Moreover, the nature of economic
development is still illusory, for we do not know
enough about its process and structure always to
decide the correct action to take. What actually
are the expectations of the people in various Asian
countries? The means as well as the targets also
have to be selected : how much plaiming and state
direction is necessary, can private enterprise be
developed, will foreign private investment and
foreign government aid be requested and accepted
346
\iepaTimGn\ of ZSate Bulletin
as part of the national fund for economic
development ?
2. The Gap Between the Possibility of Physical
Performance and National Goals. Despite im-
proving efforts in economic growth, the gap be-
tween promise and performance is still distress-
ingly wide. Poverty and low standards of living
remain. Tlie total amomit of resources needed
to begin and sustain the complicated process of
economic growth is immense. Some economists
have calculated the magnitudes of the external
component at one to three billion dollars a year
for an indefinite period. The theoretical require-
ments for skilled manpower are almost inexhaust-
ibly great, for the stupendous problem facing
less-developed countries is to accumulate, absorb,
and utilize capital and talent in a short time
sequence. Asian needs when viewed in the ab-
stract greatly exceed the total of indigenous and
external resources so far made available; but
Asia's own ability effectively to absorb external
aid also sets practical limits.
3. The Contest Between the Democratic Way
and the Totalitarian Technique. It is in Asia that
the protagonists of freedom or force meet in
today's world, for here the methods of both are
being tried out. The competition is deliberately
dramatized in the different approaches of India
and Communist China. As many Indians and
others have remarked, the success of these alter-
natives will influence the economic and ideological
pattern for all Asia. But I would hasten to add
that the effectiveness of the free way in other
Asian countries will also shape Asian develop-
ments. It should be emphasized that the Japanese
people are making a swift and strong recovery
from the effects of war and defeat — which also
illustrates what can be done by a free system.
4. The Cooperation Between the Economies of
Japan and South Asia for Valid Mutual Benefit.
This is a complicated and delicate matter, but
effective handling of its difficulties and potentiali-
ties can do much to answer some of the economic
decisions of Asian governments, narrow the gap
between resources and requirements, and win the
test with Soviet theories and techniques as applied
by the Chinese Communists. Japan depends on
markets for its manufactures and possesses the
facilities for trade and investment. Much of the
rest of Asia has the materials but needs the skills.
A suitable regional, cooperative endeavor could
relate the two but would have to be so arranged
as to assure economic progress and national devel-
opment satisfactory to the nations of South Asia.
The United States also has a real interest in the
vitality and stability of Japan's economy. Japan
is just about the American farmer's best market
abroad and our second or third best single cus-
tomer during the past 3 years.
5. Communist Economic Assistance. The total
economic output of the Soviet bloc now amounts
to more than half that of the United States, an
expansion obtained at appalling hiunan cost and
misery, for it concentrates on heavy industry and
military weapons — not on goods and services for
people. But the Soviet rulers are probably count-
ing on this large material increase to help them
shift the balance of power in the world. This
growth has made possible so-called Communist
"economic assistance" (in reality, economic pene-
tration) for less-developed countries in Asia and
elsewhere and an expansion of commercial trade.
The new element of Soviet-bloc loans in the world
economic picture began in 1954 and now amounts
to at least half a billion, if not more. In Asia,
this has already involved Afghanistan, India,
Burma, Cambodia, and Indonesia. It is still a
novelty too recent to evaluate with any assurance.
But it is certainly not disinterested. Communist
aid is designed to promote the influence and power
of Russia and China by exploiting tensions and
stresses in Asia, penetrating key political and so-
cial groups, and attracting trade, training, and
technological dependence toward the Soviet orbit.
This is another aspect of the ceaseless Communist
probing for openings and weaknesses to manipu-
late all along the Eurasian arc. Initial Commu-
nist assistance and loans have been rapidly exe-
cuted, with a minimum of negotiations or terms.
Wliat the ultimate performance will be is still
unknown, but it would appear that the Soviet bloc
is undertaking a calculated, coordinated, long-
term campaign in the economic field in Asia. We
cannot afford to ignore Communist aid as a com-
petitor in this field. But the response of the
United States should be to continue to stress
our concern and improve our support for the in-
dependence and development of the less-developed
countries per se, as the President and the Secre-
t;u'y of State have stated.
The attitude of the United States toward the
hard problem of poverty and these various com-
plex aspects of it in Asia must take into account
the contemporary world economic situation. To-
August 27, 1956
347
day, the United States plays a unique role. "VVe
produce about 40 percent of the world's goods
and services with only 6 percent of the world's
population. Secondly, we have such a position in
a world economic pattern that has itself drasti-
cally changed since the last century. Then, an
orderly and delicately balanced system of private
enterprise and foreign investment among a few
independent economic entities prevailed over most
of the globe under the influence of the European
powers, Great Britain primarily. Now, a large
number of independent states in addition to Eu-
ropean and American countries are all seeking
industrialization and economic growth; the cen-
tral government everywhere has assumed the re-
sponsibility, in greatly varying degrees, for as-
suring full employment and economic progress;
the opportunities for private investment and the
flow of capital have tended to become channeled
and governed by international institutions and po-
litical conditions; the insatiable demands of ad-
vancing technology extend the discovery and pro-
curement of natural resources all over the face of
the earth ; and, finally, the swift growth of popu-
lation is continually expanding the needs for hu-
man satisfactions everywhere. In essence, the
vast change in our contemporary world is the
emergence of aspirations, expectations, and re-
quirements of the whole mass of the population
in every country demanding satisfaction.
These key factors create a series of tasks for
the United States in Asia. First of all, the whole
free world, including the United States and Asia,
must work together to promote economic progress
and stability in a total world which no longer al-
lows isolated existence. We depend on Asia for
nearly all our rubber, copra, jute, tea, silk, shellac,
and for more than half our supplies of tungsten,
tin, manganese, mica, hemp, and spices. During
5 years, 1951-1955, U.S. exports to Asia averaged
about 14 percent of total U.S. exports. The health
and stability of our economy is a decisive factor
in maintaining economic strength of free nations.
The disposal of our agricultural surplus in Asia
and the pricing of Asian raw materials have pro-
found impact on their economies.
Secondly, over the next decade or two, we can
be certain that the less-developed nations will
require a steady inflow of resources and skills
from industrial countries to carry out national
programs in a democratic process. External as-
sistance will be needed for some time as the key
component in stimulating the start and maintain-
ing the momentum of economic growth. We can
recall that our own experience in the 19th century
followed somewhat this pattern, but at a much
slower pace. The free world should try to assure
an adequate flow of skills and capital into Asia.
This is a purpose of the Colombo Plan and the
World Bank.
We cannot let the political experiment in free-
dom fail in Asia because the problem of poverty
and the material contest with totalitarianism are
not decisively met. A few figures on U.S. aid
demonstrate our concrete intentions. The U.S.
has assistance programs in 28 countries, of which
14 are Asian. Since the Korean invasion in 1950,
American economic aid to Asia has increased
steadily from 20 percent in 1952 to 45 percent in
1955 of our total economic assistance. The pro-
gram of all types of aid for 1956 for Asia amounted
to about $1.5 billion out of some $2.5 billion for
the total program. In the fiscal year ending June
30, 1956, the nine countries in Eastern Asia or the
Far East — Korea, Japan, China (Taiwan), the
Philippines, Viet-Nam, Cambodia, Laos, Thai-
land, and Indonesia — received 53 percent of U.S.
worldwide economic and technical assistance,
about $760 million. In 1953 they received 12
percent and Europe 66 percent. American com-
panies and private investment are also contrib-
uting to improving economic gi'owth in Asia and
also to promoting a better understanding of the
worthwhile virtues of American enterprise.
In the third place, we must recognize that
Asian economic growth will be diverse, continu-
ous, and complicated, in view of the fact that
per-capita productivity is only 4 percent of ours.
In his message to Congress of March 19, 1956,
the President pointed out the necessity for con-
tinuity and flexibility in providing assistance.
EfTective external aid should proceed evenly and
flexibly in Asia to assure stability, impact, and
efficient absorption. The Asians, among others,
would like to have some general notion of the
continuity of assistance in acquiring training,
equipment, and facilities which require time to ob-
tain and which must be meshed carefully into
long-term national plans and projects. Asian
ministries prefer to be able to budget their total
resources, foreign and domestic, several years in
advance, establish priorities which will stick, and
meet their economic targets on time if possible.
Fourthly, I believe that both the prospects of
\
348
Deparfmenf of State Bulletin
political freedom and the problem of poverty lead
to the virtually self-evident proposition that the
training of a sufficient number of competent lead-
ers and experts to produce results is a key feature
in assistance for Asia. The crying need for skills
is a prime priority. It is in this area that the edu-
cational facilities of the United States and the
similar tropical environment of many Latin
American Republics can contribute to Asian
needs. The Russians clearly realize that technical
assistance is significant, as evidenced by the fact
tliat they are moving into this field.
Fifthly, the issues of poverty and economic
growth will involve us in a variety of different
approaches from those of the Asians. Their her-
itage of coloiiialism, suspicions of Western mo-
tives and capitalism, and impatience for quick re-
sults generate points of view and pei-spectives con-
trasting to ours in economic matters. While the
Western-educated Asian leaders believe in the
democratic process and individualistic human val-
ues, some of them tend to choose governmental di-
rection and various types of socialistic techniques
to promote individual human welfare, instead of
relying primarily on private enterprise and for-
eign investment to do the job. Asian countries
have few business managers. Commerce and in-
dustry are often in the hands of Chinese and West-
erners. Since there is no middle class, and the
population expects miracles in economic and social
progress not in a generation but overnight, there
is a tendency to accept state planning as a way out.
We must recognize that this tendency creates an
issue of method of some importance. In my view,
however, the pragmatic test of time and experi-
ence will be a better advocate than theoretic argu-
ments as to the relative efficacy of various methods
and institutions to promote economic growth.
Then, too, Asians put different stress and prior-
ity on the various choices of economic growth than
will American officials and foreign advisers. The
argument usually involves the rate and degi-ee of
industrialization. Here the Asians sometimes
want to move faster than many Westerners would
consider as sound. Asians may be more prone to
experiment with aid from the Soviet bloc and
trade with Communist China than would seem
prudent or profitable to us.
Finally, the prospects for quick economic im-
provement in Asia face many unknowns, for eco-
nomic development is only one factor in many.
Tt is too eai'ly to tell whether the general aspira-
tions of the people will be reasonably satisfied, de-
ferred, or frustrated. There are initial signs that
some specific economic progress is on its way.
Moie and more goods and services in various
Asian countries are being set aside for investment
and per-capita production is increasing in the
Philippines, Thailand, Burma, and Malaya, for
example. But we really only know that vast
forces are moving and changes only now are be-
ginning to take shape. Asian leaders and tech-
nicians have an intense, idealistic will to achieve
their goals. Therein may lie the ultimate answer.
The American response to their efforts has been
generous and sympathetic, many Asians declare.
But we all do need to keep in mind that the posi-
tion of the donor is often uncomfortable, beset
with unexpected headaches and disappointments.
In our programs of aid our ways are often misun-
derstood ; requests are made on us which we cannot
fulfill; and critics frequently attack our motives.
It does not necessarily follow that outside finan-
cial help immediately insures friendship or favor-
able consideration, nor that such should be an
object of aid. The important point is that our
policy is to help preserve independence and free-
dom. Our style, manner, and attitude in contrib-
uting to the national development of free nations
will have more long-run effect than the size of our
outlays. Dollars are only instruments — legal ten-
der, albeit needed. Indispensable is the human
tender — the friendly expression, the firm hand-
clasp, and the sincere followthrough : the practice
of effective diplomacy with leaders and people in
a total world.
The Adjustment to a World Community
A bond of shared experiences and purposes ex-
ists between America and Asia apart from the
many strands that link us with the Mediterranean-
Atlantic community. In The Federalist papers
Alexander Hamilton wrote :
Africa, Asia and America have successively felt Enro-
I>ean domination. . . . Let the thirteen States, bound to-
gether in a strict and indissoluble union, concur in
erecting one great American system superior to the control
of trans-Atlantic force or influence, and able to dictate
the terms of the connection between the old and the new
world.
The Asians today are working out the connection
between themselves and the rest of the world on
their own terms and by associations of their own
clioosing.
Augusf 27, 7956
396200—56 Z
349
The foreign policies of each Asian government
are designed to maintain their independence and
to help keep peace in the world, xisians are par-
ticularly concerned over threats to peace and
vehemently oppose war in the atomic age because
it would imdo their efforts to build new nations.
To achieve these basic goals, it is signiiicant that
the Asian nations, and particularly the smaller
ones, should immediately enter into international
associations and develop their international and
diplomatic relations. As relatively weak, uncer-
tain, and hard-pressed countries, some or all of
them might have been inclined to remain alone
by themselves — cautious, reticent, and preoccu-
pied with their own internal problems. Instead,
each newly independent nation has sought and
valued membership in the United Nations and
played an active part in its organs. The extensive
participation of Asian governments in every in-
ternational organization is a measure of their
world outlook today. We have every reason to
be thankful tliat so many countries and such a
large segment of humanity have responsibly and
eagerly joined with others to help build a world
community in peace.
One of the diplomatic challenges to Asians in
adjusting suddenly to a total world is in finding
and cultivating their neighbors. Colonialism
carved Asia into insulated compartments. The
Burmese, Indonesians, and Vietnamese learned
much of England, Holland, and France but noth-
ing of each other. Independence is slowly splicing
Asia together, as Asians rediscover their kinship
and common interests. Asians are coming to
know each other as iiever before, fascinated with
similarities of dress, customs, and traditions
amidst such diversity. They indicate that they
have much to learn from each other and much
to share. Although each Asian revolution has
its uniqueness, they all proceed through the same
painful process of rapidly unraveling the con-
nections with the colonial heritage and imme-
diately establishing independent institutions —
banks, enterprises of all sorts, embassies, and a
civil service. However, it would seem that each
is still too bound up in its own development to
promote active interests in effective regional asso-
ciations as yet. Yet the possibilities of regional
contacts should not be overlooked. The Asians
have actively participated in the Colombo Plan
and EcAFE [U.N. Economic Commission for
Asia and the Far East]. The Bandung confer-
ence showed many common bonds as well as dif-
ferences. The countries of Southeast Asia may
eventually find that some form of mutual associa-
tion organized on a regional basis might be useful
in various endeavors. We know from the Organi-
zation of American States the value of regional
organizations. There has been initiated a modest
form of regional economic collaboration in the
Mekong Valley with Laos, Thailand, Cambodia,
and Viet-Nam. Without close mutual support
the small Asian countries will be more vulnerable
to predatory alien influences.
Despite the will for peace in Asia, there is in
reality only an uneasy truce at best, an ominous
interlude. Notwithstanding some soothing as-
surances and a few generous gestures, the Com-
munist mask in Asia cannot conceal its arsenal
of hostility toward its free neighbors and its goal
of Communist Asia. The Communist objective
has been to dominate the manpower of China, the
industry of Japan, and tlie raw materials of
South Asia. Lenin wrote:
First we will talre Eastern Europe, then the masses of
Asia, and then we'll surround America, that last citadel
of capitalism. We won't have to attack ; it will fall
into our lap like an overripe fruit.
Leninism was concocted in the pre-atomic, divided
M'orld of colonial empires. But it seems to me
significant that the post-Stalin rulers of Russia
have so conspicuously reverted to the leadership
of Lenin and Marx. The challenge of Asia to
the United States and to Asia itself is again
underscored, for legend has it that Lenin said
the route to Paris lay through Asia. Khrushchev
and Bulganin, the disciples, spent several weeks
personally cultivating India, Burma, and Afghan-
istan. The Soviets are working on Japan and
Indonesia and are playing up to other Asian
nations. So far as the world knows, neither the
Russians nor the Chinese have renounced their
aims of world control.
The supremely critical international problem
in Asia today is the Communist threat to the peace,
stability, and independence of the free Asian na-
tions. Many of Asia's problems would still con-
front the world even in the absence of Commu-
nist power. But the combined Russian-Chinese
campaign of political cajoling, economic entice-
ment, military threat, and relentless subversion
stretches out like a giant octopus. The ramifica-
tions of tliis new-style offensive once again chal-
lenge our interests in the world and require thel
350
Department of State Bulletin
development of policies to meet the issues of neu-
trality and collective security in the light of the di-
verse reactions of Asians to the Communist threat.
What are our basic responses to the Asian ad-
justments to the world community and the threat
to peace in Asia? It is essential to fashion an
accurate formulation and an effective application
of real national interests as distinct from senti-
mental attachments, parochial indifference, or ex-
aggerated aims. Simply put, we need a world of
liberty to sustain our own freedom on an over-
crowded, shrinking planet. During 150 years
American diplomacy could conduct a finely calcu-
lated continental and hemispheric policy to keep
out alien influence and preserve our free environ-
ment. But the total world of today has extended
the dimensions of world freedom and world peace.
Long-Term U.S. Interests
Accordingly, our interests can be stated briefly
as follows :
1. We encourage, as appropriate, social systems
on the Eurasian continent which harmonize with
our own along broad general lines of human free-
doms and democratic rights. In such societies we
have a stake, for their extinction in a total world
would bring the totalitarian terror to our own
shores. Needless to say, we do not seek the exact
image or replica of our own way of life, for we
cherish the infinite variety and endless possibili-
ties of freedom's diversity. In Asia, then, it is in
the interests of the United States to support the
independence of the newly independent nations.
2. Our second interest is to prevent, if possible,
the Eurasian continent from falling under the
complete and effective control of a hostile power.
In Asia, therefore, it is in the interests of the
United States to seek a reduction in the power
and influence of totalitarian communism hostile
to the United States and the free countries.
The conquest of Japan, the capture of Southeast
Asia, or the seizure of any one of the free Asian na-
tions would seriously endanger these long-term in-
terests. Therefore, our collective arrangements in
Asia have had to concentrate on security. That is
the meaning and purpose of the Southeast Asia
Treaty Organization. It is developing the ma-
chinery and the relationship among its members to
deter aggression and subversion in Southeast Asia.
Thanks to the hospitality and initiative of Thai-
land, the headquarters and the organs of Seato
operate in Bangkok. We have also joined in sepa-
rate defensive arrangements with the Philippines,
the Republic of Korea, the Republic of China,
Australia, and New Zealand. With Japan we
have a special security treaty.
Collective security to deter aggression requires
armed force. The aftermath of aggression in
Korea and war in what was Indochina, and the
buildup of Chinese, Korean, Vietnamese, and
Laotian Communist forces continue to threaten
the peace in Asia. That explains our relatively
large programs of military assistance to Korea, the
Republic of China, and Viet-Nam, which absorb
the bulk of our military aid in Asia. These are key
geograpliic points on the shield of freedom in
Asia. Behind them lie the security forces of other
friends and allies. And nearby are the mobile
striking power and strategic reserve of the United
States, as the new naval air base in the Philippines
demonstrates. We cannot be sure of the intentions
of the Moscow-Peiping axis. We have a fair idea
of its capacity to do great damage to the free
countries in Asia. We do know it is in our inter-
ests to insure their independence, encourage their
political freedom, and reduce their poverty.
Asians do display different attitudes toward the
threat of Communist aggression and Communist
China. This causes some misunderstanding. In
1950 Asians uniformly condemned the North Ko-
rean aggression against the Republic of Korea.
Of late, some Asians seek defensive treaties to
deter aggression and subversion. But other
Asian countries prefer what they call "nonaline-
ment," or "active neutrality." They do not choose
to join alliances pursuant to article 51 of the
United Nations Charter for enhancing their se-
curity or that of their neighbors. Yet, they do
mean to protect and preserve their independence.
Many factors apparently explain the reasons for
this military nonalinement or nongrouping: fear
of the possible predominant influence of strong
Western power after colonial rule, pride in their
new independence, sensitivity to any slight to their
sovereignty, and a look at their inherent individ-
ual weakness vis-a-vis great powers.
"Wliile these differences in approach do cause
temporary problems, the general attitude of the
United States has been expressed. The President
stated our policy on April 21 : ^
We have a vital interest in assuring that newly inde-
pendent nations preserve and consolidate the free in-
stitutions of their choice.
' Bulletin of Apr. 30, 1956, p. 700.
August 27, 1956
351
In Manila on Independence. Day, the Vice Presi-
dent defined other aspects of U.S. policy to the
effect that
We believe in the right of each incUvidual nation to
chart its own course, and we respect whatever decision
it makes even though we might not fully agree with that
decision. It is only natural that we should feel closer
to those who stand with us as allies. . . . But we cherish
also the friendship of other nations who share our dedi-
cation to the principles of democracy and freedom even
though they have not seen fit to ally themselves with us
politically and militarily.'
As for Communist China, the American atti-
tude was expressed recently in the unanimous
resolutions of the Senate by 86-0 and the House
of Eepresentatives by 391-0 opposing admission
of Eed China into the United Nations.* That bi-
partisan congressional vote demonstrated the
strength of American feeling on that subject. We
must, of course, recognize that there are differing
Asian responses to the problem of Communist
China. Some countries in Asia stress the factors
of Asian race, China's power, and China's near-
ness. These are quite different from the factors
that influence us in this question. We stress the
dangers of enhancing the prestige and the power
of a regime which is using time in an effort to
build the strongest military and political power
in Asia, even if it takes a generation, and which
is employing, at terrible human costs, a ruthless
dictatorship and massive forced labor. We know
of no instance yet in which such communism has
freed any country from its rule or ceased to spread
its power where it can.
Conclusion
Young America and new Asia, both now inde-
pendent, have emerged into the general stream
of world affairs in the 20th century at a time
of rapid change. Conditions of life in America
and Asia may vary extremely, but the pace and
passion for betterment are shared. At many
))oints the basic human values and social purposes
of Asia and America coincide. On many current
issues of political outlook, economic forms, and
foreign relations, important divergencies exist and
more mtiy arise. Yet it would be tragic and un-
necessary to miss the opportunity to establish a
harmony of purpose and an area of cooperation
where there appears to be, for a while at least.
" Jbitl., July 10, 1956, p. 94.
* For text, see ibid., Aug. 20, 19.56, p. 311.
a community of ideals and a frontier of action.
Asia is full of promise and danger, as Conrad
wrote — The burgeoning generations growing and
yet miborn around the rice fields, the fishing vil-
lages, and the rising factories have not yet come
to speak up for what they will seek. Their future
leaders will not stem from any Western mold,
speaking foreign tongues and steeped in foreign
ways. Their aspirations will later measure the
results of the next few years to find them worthy
or wanting. No one can forecast their choice, but
anyone can see that they could turn from failure
of freedom should its uneasy possibilities be lost.
We in the United States will need to hold onto
a firm balance for years to come in this era : neither
too virtuous about our great advances nor too re-
served over our shortcomings; neither too inti-
mate in friendship nor too sensitive to criticism ;
and neither so certain of our answers that we ap-
pear superior or paternal nor so supple in our
responses that we seem inconsistent or wavering.
In an endless steeplechase of human affairs, stam-
ina and endurance, patience and persistence will
be crucial. The American mark can be a dignity
of conduct, a firmness of resolve, and a sincerity of
purpose.
It will be prepared to share with others the bene-
ficial advances and a perceptive understanding of
the great changes in contemporary life. Its ul-
timate goal will not be to enslave mankind in any
new form of tyranny which man has seldom
avoided throughout history to our own time, but
to enable the people of this planet to enjoy the
endless possibility of advance in freedom which
lies within grasp for the first time in history.
That is the challenge of new Asia for the United
States.
Agricultural Commodities Agreement
With Republic of China
Press release 435 dated August 14
An agricultural commodities agreement was
concluded on August 14 between the Government
of the Republic of China and the Government of
the United States of America. Acting Minister
of Foreign Affairs Shen Chang-huan and Ambas-
sador Karl Ij. Rankin signed the agreement at
Taipei on behalf of their respective Governments.
Under this agreement the Government of the
Republic of China will purchase, and the United
I
352
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
States agrees to sell, approximately $9.8 million
worth of the following commodities : cotton, daiiy
products, tobacco, and inedible tallow. The above
figure includes ocean freight charges of approxi-
mately $000,000.
The new Taiwan dollar proceeds from sales of
commodities will be used to develop new markets
for U.S. agricultural commodities, to help finance
international educational exchange activities in
China, and to pay U.S. Government expenses in
the Eepublic of China. About half of the proceeds
will be used to procure military equipment, mate-
rials, facilities, and services for common defense
purposes.
Current Aspects of the Struggle With Communism
hy Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr.
U.S. Representative to the United Nations'^
You make me profoundly grateful by present-
ing to me this award and tliis citation. I shall
always cherish this medal and vividly remember
this occasion.
This award by the Veterans of Foreign Wars
is gratifying and significant because of the great
place which this organization holds in our na-
tional life.
The fact that it is named for Bernard Baruch,
a great American who has done much for our
country, especially in the foreign relations field,
adds to its value.
Finally, this award is precious because it shows
that you. Commander in Chief Murphy, and the
splendid organization of which you are the leader,
are heai't and soul behind America's enlightened
and bipartisan effort to establish a just and last-
ing peace.
Your award and your citation will inspire me to
do all within \\\y power to be an eloquent spokes-
man in the world forum for the United States of
America and for President Eisenhower — a spokes-
man of those truths which make men free.
In the United Nations, under President Eisen-
hower's leadership, we have, in football language,
' Address made at the national encampment of the Vet-
erans of Foreign Wars at Dallas, Tex., on Aug. 13 (U.S./
U.N. press release 2443) on the occasion of receiving the
Bernard M. Baruch Award and Citation in the fields of
national security, unity, and world peace.
gained some ground. Let me cite a few specifics.
First, working in the United Nations Security-
Council, in close cooperation with our South
American allies, we played a decisive part in foil-
ing the Communist attempt to take over Guate-
mala.
Second, we used the uniquely influential United
Nations loudspeaker to arouse world opinion
against Communist attempts to take over For--
mosa, with the result that in that dangerous area
we still have peace — and have surrendered
nothing.
Third, when Eed China illegally imprisoned 15,
United States Air Force fliers captured in the
Korean war, the General Assembly by a 47-to-5i
vote condemned their detention, demanded their
release, and sent the Secretary-General to Pe-
king— with the result that today every one of those
15 fliers is safely home.
Fourth, we have used the United Nations loud-,
speaker again and again to nail Communist dis--
tortions on the sj^ot and to expose to world opinion
the brutal Red techniques of forced confessions^
wartime atrocities, slave labor, and the colossal lie
about germ warfare.
Fifth, on 30 separate occasions in the past 3
years we have led the United Nations in its re-.
jection of the attempt to seat Communist China.
Sixth, through the United Nations, President
Eisenhower has projected to the world his mag-
August 27, 7956
353
nificent conception of atomic energy consecrated
not to man's destruction but to his life — and
thereby he has dramatized for the whole world
the deep devotion of America to peace.
Seventh, the United Nations overwhelmingly
endorsed the President's bold proposal for mutual
arms reduction and protection against aggression
by aerial sentinels in an "open sky," and United
Nations members have noted with gTeat interest
his offer of United States participation in an in-
ternational fund for economic development, the
money to come from the savings from disarma-
ment with effective inspection.
Eighth, we have seen to it that every single
American employed by the United Nations is
screened in accordance with Civil Service Com-
mission and Fbi procedures, for the good and
sufficient reason that with so many good Ameri-
cans to choose from there is no justification for
employing one single American Communist.
Ninth, and perhaps most important, we have
continued to help build the United Nations into
a realistic and effective agency for peace, able
to put the damper on disputes before they turn
into wars and thus to guard mankind against the
frightful calamity of a modern global war.
Progress in War Prevention
To use a colloquial phrase, I am in the war-
prevention business, and, as veterans of our coun-
try's wars in this century, you may be interested
in a report of what progress we are making along
that line.
I thinlc we have been learning. Thirty years ago
many Americans favored the "hitch your wagon
to a star" approach, whereby governments made
legal commitments, in some cases tending to
weaken national sovereignty, in the hope that
somehow this, in and of itself, would improve
matters, even though it could have been predicted
that the commitments would not be lived up to
when the first test came.
Even 11 years ago, when the United Nations
was founded, there were some who expected it to
enforce peace among the nations by some legalistic
magic so that it would no longer be necessary to
maintain national military forces.
Today such ideas are seldom heard. We know
from our own hard national experience that to
wage peace successfully means that we must be
strong.
Wlien I use the word "strong," I use it in a very
big sense. It is a big word which must not be
shrunk by limiting it to just one type of strength.
It should not, for example, be made to mean
that we must have constant superiority at all times
in every single category of the vast arsenal of
weapons. A country which did that would not be
strong — it would be musclebound. One dollar
spent to build up the economy of a potential ally
can do more in certain situations for our national
strength than three dollars spent on a bomber.
It is dangerous oversimplification to think that
national strength and survival depend exclusively
on military means. In the world struggle mili-
tary strength is utterly vital and evokes the bitter-
est sacrifices of all, but national strength depends
on more than military strength.
We must, for example, be strong in the eco-
nomic life of our country. We must be strong
in the skill with which our diplomacy and foreign
policy are conducted.
We must be strong in our devotion to the cause
of freedom and justice which we serve and in our
certain faith that, with God's help, that cause will
triumph in the end.
We must be strong in the number of our allies
and in their own effectiveness and strength, be-
cause, although the United States has 40 percent
of the natural resources of the world, we have only
6 percent of the world's population, and this means
that we must never stand alone.
Wlien we think about the history of the cold
war which communism has been waging for years
against our way of life, it becomes even clearer
why we have to be strong in all these different
ways.
From t]xQ beginnings in the Stalin era the Red
cold-war offensive was total, including: military
forces (whether they were actually shooting or
not) ; subversion by Communist Parties; economic
penetration; propaganda; cultural affairs of all
kinds ; even sporting events — in fact, every aspect
of the life and strength of the Soviet Union and
its empire.
Cold War Continues
That is still true today — and I say this in spitej
of the fact that since the death of Stalin in 1953,]
and especially since some of his crimes were offi-
cially acknowledged by his successors this year,I
we have heard much talk about the supposed
354
Department of State Bulletin
changes in the appearance of the Soviet Union
and its satellites.
Frankly, from where I sit and where I work,
I cannot see it. In the United Nations today we
confront the representatives of world connnunism
in the open. And the words which these repre-
sentatives utter are still the words of Stalin —
regardless of all the talk of change. It is true that
they have made a scapegoat out of Stalin's ghost,
and there are indications of life being a little less
harsh for some Soviet citizens. They appear, at
tliis time, to have soft-pedaled military aggres-
sion, due, perhaps, to their reverses in Korea and
to the fact that the free world has organized mili-
tary defense against them. They have also put
more emphasis on other kinds of foreign pressure,
especially in the economic field, and have some-
times acted quite shrewdly to advance their pro-
gram of penetration in so-called neutralist
countries, showing a keen realization that those
countries are all quite different and must not be
dealt with on a wholesale basis.
But a few recent events show that in other ways
there has been no real change. Here are three
examples.
A month ago in the United Nations Disarma-
ment Commission in New York, the Soviet repre-
sentative made the first really abusive speech
against the United States that I have heard in
6 months, full of inaccuracies and even repeating
the threadbare Communist myth that American
munitions makers dictate American policy so as
to prevent any reduction in armaments. His
speech, as I said in his presence,- was a scurrilous
attack in the very worst traditions of Stalinism.
To any observer at the United Nations on that day,
it was clear that the Soviet Union had not given up
the cold war.
In the Near East we have the clearest possible
demonstration that the Soviet Union wants to
promote international tension and discord. It was
the Soviet Union, and not its puppet, Czechoslo-
vakia, which made an arms-for-cotton barter deal
with Egypt, thereby placing vast military stores
at Egypt's disposal and fanning anew the flames
of old hatreds. Similar Soviet offers have been
made to other countries in the Near East. Such
Soviet acts of international irresponsibility have
led to President Nasser's sudden and provocative
seizure of the Suez Canal and are clearly the
' Bulletin of July 30, 1956, p. 203.
greatest contribution to the sharpening of inter-
national tension that any nation has made in the
past year.
Meanwliile we are witnessing the same kind of "
behavior by Red China. The Chinese Commu-
nists have continued to persist in a campaign of
propaganda intended to create hati'ed and distrust
of the United States. They have continued to re-
fuse to agree to a meaningful renunciation of force
in the Taiwan area. They still refuse the release
of all our prisoners. They have brought aircraft
and weapons into North Korea in violation of
the Korean armistice. They put down a revolt in
Tibet with bloody military measures, meanwhile
telling foreign newsmen that they are giving the
people more democracy. They proclaim loudly
"five principles" of so-called peaceful coexistence
while their agents practice subversion against the
established governments of their sovereign neigh-
bors. These are not the actions of a country that
seeks to reduce tensions and certainly not of a
country that deserves a seat in the United Nations.
With these actions in mind, it seems that the
Soviet Communist Party meant what it said only
6 weeks ago when it issued a long statement
against Stalin and then ended with this classical
Stalinist sentence :
No malicious, slanderous outbursts of our enemies can
stop the invincible historical march of mankind toward
communism.
Wlien a great world power is as stubborn and
as slow to learn as that, it is easy to become dis-
couraged. But our future as a great nation de-
pends on our refusing to become discouraged.
We must never take counsel of our fears.
Formula for Contending With Communism
I wish to end on this note of hope. Experi-
ence convinces me that progress is entirely pos-
sible in contending with communism. It has
proved to be possible again and again when free
nations are firm and united in support of con-
structive and intelligent policies.
As long ago as 1946 the spotlight of world opin-
ion focused by the United Nations Security Coun-
cil forced the withdrawal of Soviet troops from
Iran.
In 1948 the firmness and united courage of the
United States and its British and French allies
and of the German people forced the Soviet Union
to abandon its blockade of Berlin.
August 27, 1956
355
In 1954, faced with the nearly unanimous ver-
dict of world opinion, the Soviet Union gave up
its attacks on the Eisenhower atoms-for-peace
program and decided to join in the international
agency which will soon be a going concern.
In 1955 Ked China bowed to the dramatic de-
mand of the United Nations General Assembly
and released our 15 fliers whom it was holding as
pawns in a war of blackmail and hate propaganda.
Again in 1955, the Soviet Union failed to get
its ridiculous puppet of Outer ^longolia into the
United Nations and abandoned its "all or noth-
ing" position on the admission of new members.
Patience and firmness, and a national strength
that is not only economic, military, and political
but also moral and spiritual — these qualities will
get good results. They justify faith that the
values which all of us are pledged to defend will
long outlast the totalitarian system which threat-
ens us today.
It is up to us as members of the Veterans of
Foreign Wars, with its prestige and vivid knowl-
edge of the importance of world peace, to help
America carry her responsibilities. Our great
organization is animated by the tradition of indi-
vidual self-sacrifice. This is the basis of that
spiritual strength without which the other types
of strength do not avail. You will surely, there-
fore, provide your full share of leadership so that
future generations of Americans will live in tions regarding the coi^ittee and its tasks
freedom.
publics appoint a special representative to a com-
mittee which would prepare concrete recommen-
dations for making the Organization of Ameri-
can States a more effective instrument. These
representatives would be charged with preparing
practical suggestions in the economic, financial,
social, and technical fields which the Oas might
appropriately adopt. The President pointed par-
ticularly to consideration of ways in which the
beneficial use of nuclear forces throughout the
hemisphere could be hastened. At Panama the
President announced that Dr. Milton Eisenhower
would be his representative on this special
committee.
The diplomatic note which has now been cir-
culated to the governments of the other American
Republics proposes that the terms of reference
of the special committee should be as follows :
To prepare concrete recommendations for making the
Organization of American States a more effective in-
strument of cooperative effort in the economic, financial,
social and technical fields.
In this regard to give particular consideration to the
more effective utilization of the Organization by the
Member Governments.
Upon submitting its recommendations to the Presidents,
the Committee will terminate its activities and dissolve.
The note proposes that the committee convene
in Washington, on a mutually agreeable date, and
requests of the other governments their sugges-
U.S. Proposals Concerning
Special Committee on OAS
Press release 431 dated August 13
DEPARTMENT ANNOUNCEMENT
The State Department on August 13 made pub-
lic the text of a diplomatic note sent to each of the
other American Republics in furtherance of the
proposal made by President Eisenhower in his
speech at the meeting of Chiefs of State of the
American Republics at Panama City on July 22.'
At that time. President Eisenhower suggested
that the Presidents of each of the American Re-
^ Bulletin of Aug. 6, insG, p. 210.
356
TEXT OF U.S. NOTE2
Excellency :
Under instructions from my Government I have
the honor to inform Your Excellency with regard
to the nature and terms of reference envisaged
by President Eisenhower for the special commit-
tee whose formation and purpose he had the
honor to suggest during the course of the recent
Meeting of Presidents of the American Repub-
lics, in the Rej^ublic of Panama.
I am instructed first to inform Your Excellency
of the appreciation of President Eisenhower for
the support extended by His Excellency (name)
President (or President-elect) of (country) to i
the proposal that such a committee be formed, '
- Delivered during the week of August 6-12 to the For-
eign OfiSces of the other American Republics by the U.S.
chiefs of mission.
Department of State Bulletin
and respectfully to request that both this expres-
sion of appreciation, and the recapitulation which
this note contains of the thoughts of President
Eisenhower on the implementation of the pro-
^ posal, be transmitted to His Excellency.
As Your Excellency knows, President Eisen-
hower suggested at Panama that each President
name a special representative to join in forming
an ad hoc committee, and at that time stated that
Dr. Milton Eisenhower would be his represent-
ative. It has been his feeling that the terms of
reference for this committee should be the
following :
To prepare concrete recommendations for making the
Organization of American States a more effective in-
strument of cooperative effort in tlie economic, financial,
social ami technical fields.
In this regard to give particular consideration to the
more eiTective utilization of the Organization by the
Member Governments.
Upon submitting its recommendations to the Presidents,
the Committee will terminate its activities and dissolve.
I am likewise pleased to inform Your Excel-
lency that it is the intention of the Government of
the United States to invite the committee to con-
vene in Washington. My Government will, in the
near future, consult with Your Excellency's Gov-
ernment with regard to a date for the meeting of
the committee.
JNIy Government would welcome any observa-
tions or suggestions which Your Excellency or
His Excellency, President (or President-elect)
(name), may wish to transmit with regard to the
committee and its work. I shall, of course, like-
wise take occasion to inform Your Excellency of
any additional suggestions my Government may
have. I also respectfully request that Your Ex-
cellency inform me of the name of the person des-
ignated by your President (or President-elect)
to serve on the committee, once he has been ap-
pointed.
In closing, Your Excellency, I am instructed
to add that, with a view to clarifying the nature
and scope of this committee, my Government
deems it desirable that the contents of this note be
made public. It consequently invites Your Ex-
cellency's Government to join it in simultaneous
release to the public press and suggests that the
release be made not before 12 noon Eastern Stand-
ard Time, August 13.
Accept, Excellency, the renewed assurances of
my highest consideration.
President Disapproves Bill
To Divert Lake Michigan Waters
MEMORANDUIVI OF DISAPPROVAL
White House press release dated August 9
I have withheld my approval of H. K. 3210, "To
authorize the State of Illinois and the Sanitary
District of Chicago, under the direction of the
Secretary of the Army, to test, on a three-year
basis, the effect of increasing the diversion of
water from Lake Michigan into the Illinois Water-
way, and for other purposes."
This bill is substantially the same in purpose
and effect as H. R. 3300 of the 83d Congress from
which I also withheld my approval in that it
would authorize the State of Illinois and the
Sanitary District of Chicago to increase from
1,500 to 2,500 cubic feet per second the diversion
of water from Lake Michigan to the Illinois Wa-
terway for a period of three years. H. R. 3210
would also direct the Secretary of the Army to
make a study with respect to the effect of the di-
version and to make recommendations regarding
its continuance. While certain conditions and
limitations are imposed that were not in the earlier
bill these do not deal with the fundamental rea-
sons for my withholding approval of that measure.
In my memorandum of disapproval of H. E.
3300 ^ I stated, among other things,
I am unable to approve the bill because ... (2) all
methods of control of Lake levels and protection of prop-
erty on the Great Lakes should be considered before
arbitrarily proceeding with the proposed increased di-
version, (3) the diversions are authorized without ref-
erence to negotiations with Canada, and (4) the legitimate
interests of other States affected by the diversion may be
adversely affected. . . .
A comprehensive report by the Corps of Engi-
neers which will include consideration of the best
methods of obtaining improved control of the
levels of the Great Lakes and of preventing re-
currence of damage along the shores is nearing
completion. I am asking the Secretary of Defense
to expedite completion of this report. This report
is in addition to the technical report on the effects
of an increased diversion into the Illinois Water-
way which has been made by the Joint Lake On-
tario Engineering Board to the International
Joint Commission. I think it would be unwise
^ BuixETiN of Oct. 11, 1954, p. 539.
August 27, 1956
357
to proceed with the diversion in the manner pro-
posed in H. R. 3210 until all relevant information
has been obtained, particularly since objections
to the proposed diversion have been registered
by the Canadian Government in its note dated
February 13, 1956, and additional objections filed
by legal advisers of the States of Wisconsin, Ohio,
and New York.
Although I am fully aware of the seriousness
of some of the problems confronting the Chicago
area and the State of Illinois, the record on H. R.
3210 affords no basis for me to change my position
in this matter. Accordingly, under the circum-
stances, I am convinced that the bill should not be
approved.
I am asking the State Department to engage in
discussions with the Canadian Government in an
attempt to work out a solution to these problems
as soon as all pei'tinent facts are available.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The White House,
August 9, 1956.
TEXT OF CANADIAN NOTE
Following is the text of the note of February
13, 1956, from Canadimi Ambassador A. D. P.
Heeney to Secretary Dulles, to which President
Eisenhower referred in his memorandum of
disapproval.
Washington 6, D. C,
February 13, 1956.
No. 113
Sir,
On instruction from my Government, I should like to
refer to Bill H. R. 3210 now before the United States
Senate, concerning a proposal to divert water from Lake
Michigan into the Illinois Waterway for experimental
purposes in aid of navigation, for a period of three years,
at an annual average rate of 2,1500 cubic feet per .second
in addition to domestic pumpage, an increase of 1,000
cubic feet per second over what is permitted at the present
time. Similar bills have been introduced in Congress in
the past few years requesting authorization for such an
additional diversion to promote navigation and for other
purposes.
The President of the United States on Septeinlier 3, 1954,
withheld approval from a similar bill submitted for his
signature. In his memorandum of disapproval, the Pres-
ident pointed to the fact that the International Joint
Commission, following upon a reference by the two Gov-
ernments was engaged in a study of the levels of Lake
Ontario which had a bearing on the question of the diver-
sion at Chicago.
The International Joint Commission instructed the In-
ternational Lake Ontario Board of Engineers to study the
effect on Lake Ontario levels of the projwsed increased
diversion at Chicago of 1,000 cubic feet per second for
three years. The Board of Engineers submitted its re- '
port to the Commission on June 14, 195.j. The report ■:
estimated that the increased diversion would lead to a (
lowering of levels of between one quarter of an inch and ,
five-eighths of an inch at various points in the lower Great
Lakes and St. Lawrence River down to the harbour of
Montreal. The aggregate total loss of power to actual
and planned power developments in Canada which would
result from the three year additional diversion was esti-
mated at 310,100,000 k.w. hours over the fifteen years
during which the efEects of the additional diversion would
be felt.
If the proposed temporary diversion were adopted, the
result would be a total diversion for all purposes at
Chicago of approximately 4,200 cubic feet per second.
It is estimated that the effect upon the levels of the
lower Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence River of a total
diversion of this size would be a lowering of levels at
various points ranging from about two inches to almost
three inches. Such a lowering of levels is of significance
to navigation, particularly in years when, following the
cycle of water supplies in the Great Lakes, very low
stages are experienced. Moreover, the estimate of the
loss in potential power given in the report of the Board
of Engineers represents the effect of the proposed addi-
tional diversion only, and does not take into account
the cumulative effect of past diversions. Because of the
storage characteristics of the Great Lakes, the temporary
diversion proposed will not give a real indication of the
effects on the Great Lakes-St. Lawrence basin of a per-
manent diversion of 1,000 cubic feet per second. These
would he much more considerable than the computed
effects of a temporary diversion.
I am accordingly instructed to make clear that, in the
view of the Canadian Government, the enactment of the
proposed legislation would be prejudicial to the naviga-
tion and power interests of both countries.
Accept, Sir, the renewed assurances of my highest
consideration.
A. D. P. Heeney
The Honourable John Foster Duixes,
Secretary of State of the United States,
Washington, D.C.
Export of Polio Vaccine
Secretary of Commerce Sinclair Weeks on
August 10 announced the establishment of a
strictly limited export quota of one million cc's
for Salk poliomyelitis vaccine for the balance of
the third quarter 1956. This represents approxi-
mately 2.5 percent of production for May, Jime,
and July.
Secretai'y Weeks said :
American children are given full opportunity to be
vaccinated. Now that supply is approaching domestic
358
Department of State Bulletin
requirements, an allocation of vaccine is being made for
commercial export to friendly foreign countries urgently
in need of the vaccine. During the period when the sup-
ply was short, only small amounts of the vaccine were
licensed for export for special purposes, primarily in the
research field.
The improved supply outlook in the United
States also is evidenced by the recent decision of
the Secretary of the Department of Health, Edu-
cation and Welfare to terminate Federal alloca-
tions of the vaccine on a State-by-State basis.
It is anticipated that the export quota will be
greatly oversubscribed in view of the keen interest
expressed in many foreign countries for vaccine
from the United States. Therefore, in order to
help insure an equitable distribution of the quota,
criteria have been established by the Department
giving priority to countries having a known high
incidence of poliomyelitis, or suffering from severe
current epidemics.
Additionally, consideration will be given to the
adequacy of programs for effective utilization of
the vaccine. In general, licenses will be issued
only for applications endorsed by the Ministry of
Public Health of the countries concerned.
According to Secretary Weeks :
The new export quota is one of several steps which the
Government has taken to carry out President Eisenhow-
er's program to assist other countries in utilizing the
benefits of Dr. Jonas Salk's discovery for the benefit of
all peoples.
These include making the vaccine formula available to
the world ; assisting scientists In other nations in devel-
oping production techniques ; teaching visiting scientists
laboratory and production techniques and shipping mod-
erate quantities for experimental and research purposes.
The new program will permit limited immunization pro-
grams in those countries where the need is greatest and
the most good can be done.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
Fourth Annual Reports of the Panama Canal Zone Com-
pany and the Canal Zone Government for the Fiscal
Year Ended June 30, 1955. H. Doc. 351, February 9,
1956. 130 pp.
Defense Es.sentiality and Foreign Economic Policy (Case
Study: The Watch Industry and Precision Skills).
Hearings before the Subcommittee on Foreign Economic
Policy of the Joint Economic Committee pursuant to
sec. 5 (a) of Public Law 304, 79th Congress. June 4-7,
1956. 476 pp.
Control and Reduction of Armaments. Hearing before
a subcommittee of the Senate Committee on Foreign
Relations pursuant to S. Res. 93 and S. Res. 185, 84th
Congress. Part 8. June 8, 1956. 174 pp.
Methods of Detennining Value of Imported Goods for
Duty Purposes. Hearings before the Senate Committee
on Finance on sec. 2 of H. R. 6040, Customs Simplifica-
tion Act. June 25-27, 1956. 286 pp.
Nomination of Andrew N. Overby. Hearing before a sub-
committee of the Senate Committee on Banking and
Currency on the nomination of Andrew N. Overby to
be United States Executive Director of the Interna-
tional Bank for Reconstruction and Development. June
27, 1956. 21 pp.
Authorizing tlie Appropriation of $5 Million To Be Spent
for the l'urpo.se of Promoting the Pan-.-Vmericun (James
To Be Held in Cleveland, Ohio. Report to accompany
S. J. Res. 186. S. Rept. 2614, July 17, 10.56. 3 pp.
Participation by the United States in the Interparliamen-
tary Union. Report to accompany S. 3858. S. Rept.
2615, July 17, 19.56. 3 pp.
Thirty-Seventh Report to Congress on Lend-Lease Oper-
ations for the Year Ending December 31, 1955. H. Doc.
413, July IS, 1956. 29 pp.
East-West Trade. Report of the Senate Committee on
Government Operations made by its Permanent Sub-
committee on Investigations, together witli minority
views. S. Rept. 2621, July IS, 1956. 54 pp.
Implementation of International Wheat Agreement, 1956.
Report to accompany S. 4221. S. Rept. 2623, July 18,
1956. 5 pp.
Permitting Certain Vessels Sold to Brazil To Carry Bulk
Cargo on Delivery Voyage. Report to accompany S.
4215. S. Rept. 2625, July IS, 1956. 3 pp.
Defen.se E.ssentiality and Foreign Economic Policy — Case
Study : Watch Industry and Precision Skills. Report
of the Joint Economic Committee. S. Rept. 2629, Julv
18, 19.56. 35 pp.
Authorizing the Attorney General To Dispose of the
Remaining Assets Seized Under the Trading With the
Enemy Act Prior to December IS. 1941. Report to
accompany S. 2226. H. Rept. 2777, July 18, 1956. 13
pp.
Authorizing the Loan of Naval Vessels to Foreign Gov-
ernments. Report to accompany H. R. 11613. S. Rept.
2667, July 19, 1956. 4 pp.
Amending Section 7 of the War Claims Act of 1948, as
Amended. Report to accompany H. R. 65S6. H. Rept.
2825, July 19, 1956. 9 pp.
Expressing the Sense of the Congress Against Admission
of the Communist Regime in China as the Representa-
tive of China in the United Nations. Report to ac-
company H. Con. Res. 265. S. Rept. 2097, July 20,
1956. 2 pp.
Amending the Act of Jauary 2. 1942, Entitled "An Act To
Provide for the Prompt Settlement of Claims for Dam-
ages Occasioned by Army, Navy, and Marine Corps
Forces in Foreign Countries." Report to accompany
H. R. 3.561. S. Rept. 2718. July 20, 19.56. 8 pp.
Registration of Certain Persons Trained in Foreign
Espionage Systems. Report to accompany H. R. 3882.
S. Rept. 2719, July 20, 1956. 4 pp.
Authorizing Additional Visas for Orphans. Report to
accompany S. 3570. S. Rept. 2684, July 20, 1956.
4 pp.
"Providing for a Study of the Possibility and Desirability
of Establishing a University of the Americas. Report
to accompany S. J. Res. 174. S. Rept. 2671, July 20,
1956. 7 pp.
Customs Simplification Act of 1956. Conference report
to accompany H. R. 6040. H. Rept. 2866, July 21, 1956.
3 pp.
Second Supplemental Appropriation Bill. 19.57. Report to
accompany H. R. 123.50. S. Rept. 2770. July 24, 1956.
35 pp.
Amendments to Public Law 480, 83d Congress. Confer-
ence report to accompany S. 3903. H. Rept. 2903, July
24, 1956. 3 pp.
Mutual Security Appropriation BiU, 1957. Conference
report to accompany II. R. 12130. II. Rept. 2931, July
25, 1956. 6 pp.
August 27, 1956
359
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
U.S. Offers To Sponsor Seminar on Citizenship Education
STATEMENT BY JOHN C. BAKER
U.S. REPRESENTATIVE ON ECOSOC >
Recently the Secretai-y-General asked each mem-
ber government whether it would consider spon-
soring a regional seminar under the United Na-
tions Advisory Services Program in the field of
human rights and whether it would consider serv-
ing as host country.
It gives me great pleasure to advise the Council
that the United States Government will be happy
to cooperate with the United Nations in jointly
oi'ganizing such a seminar under General Assem-
bly Resolution 926 (X).- We also would be very
happy to serve as host coimtry.
Our formal reply to the February 9 and June 6
notes of the Secretary-General was forwarded to
him here in Geneva in order that the possibility
of such a seminar might, if necessary, be reviewed
by this session of the Economic and Social Coun-
cil. Therefore, Mr. President, with your permis-
sion, I should like to inform the Council of our
offer.
We propose a joint United Nations-United
States seminar on the subject of "Citizenship Edu-
cation for Women." Our expectation would be
that this seminar might be held in the United
States in the fall of 1957 and be attended by par-
ticipants from Asian countries which are members
of the United Nations and the specialized agencies,
as well as from my own country. In accordance
with the second topic suggested by the Secretary-
General in his June 6 note to member govern-
ments, the seminar would stress civic responsi-
bility and increased participation of women in
public life, on the community as well as the na-
tional level. It also could consider the free exer-
^Made in the U.N. Economic and Social Council on
Aug. 1.
"" For text, see Bulletin of Dec. 19, 1955, p. 1039.
cise of political rights and their significance for
women.
Basic citizenship education is essential for every
voter irrespective of political or other affiliation.
There is constant need in all countries to improve
ways of stimulating general community participa-
tion in citizenship activities. Thus, we anticipate
mutual benefit through exchange of information
between countries where women have recently been
granted the right to vote and countries like my
own where women have exercised suffrage rights
for some years.
One of the objectives of the seminar would be
to help the participants plan for conducting simi-
lar projects in their own countries. The partici-
pants can share in demonstrations of methods for
making citizenship education programs effective.
We will be pleased to cooperate with the United
Nations in jointly organizing such a seminar. At
the same time, my Government wishes to make it
quite clear that it does not want to stand in the
way of an offer from any Asian member of the
United Nations or of the specialized agencies to
act as host for such a seminar in 1957. If such
an offer is received by the Secretary -General, the
Government of the United States is entirely pre-
pared to postpone its offer for consideration at
a later date. Moreover, my Government would
be pleased to cooperate in such a seminar in an
Asian country if the Secretary-General considers
it desirable.
If the seminar is held in the United States, my
Government will seek the active cooperation of
nongovernmental organizations in arrangements,
including appropriate activities before and after
the seminar. Opportunities will be arranged, if
possible, for members of the seminar to observe
and participate in activities relating to citizen-
ship education and the exercise of political activ-
ities in the United States at the community as well
as at the national level.
360
Deparfmenf of Sfafe BulleHn
We hope tliat sucli a seminar can be conducted
on the workshop principle, which means that
members will personally participate in discussions
of the problems in citizenship education. In addi-
tion, they will work with material and data which
can be used in similar projects in their own
countries.
Participants in this type of seminar should, if
possible, be selected on the basis of their capacity
and availability for leadership in this field in their
own countries. Moreover, they should be well
informed of activities in citizenship education in
their own country. The program should certainly
be related to the experience and needs of each
participant. By reviewing study materials al-
ready in use in the various countries, plans could
be made for adaptation and wider distribution of
items which seemed generally applicable and for
development of additional material to fill partic-
ular needs. Members might visit citizenship edu-
cation projects near the seminar site where local
organizations could demonstrate training methods
of interest to the participants. Those attending
this type of "workshop seminar" would thus be
equipped with practical aids for further work on
their return home.
Inasmuch as the United Nations Educational,
Scientific and Cultural Organization has con-
ducted meetings and published several books in
the field of citizenship education, we hope arrange-
ments can be made for Unesco to assist in plans
for the seminar.
In view of the considerable expense which will
be involved if the seminar is held in the United
States, my Government will seek to supplement
through private as well as public sources such
financial assistance as would ordinarily be pro-
vided by the United Nations under the Human
Rights Advisory Services Program.
If it is decided to hold this seminar in the
United States, my Government looks forward to
consultations with the Secretary-General on the
arrangements. It is our understanding that the
seminar would be conducted in accordance with
customary United Nations procedures. In con-
formity with decisions taken by the General As-
sembly and the Economic and Social Council,
plans developed jointly for the seminar would be
subject to approval by the Secretary-General.
Such plans would include the content of the pro-
gram, the selection of participants, preparation
and distribution of documentation, and related
matters. Our expectation is that the seminar
would be conducted in English.
Mr. President, my Government consistently has
given strong support to the United Nations Pro-
gram of Advisory Services in the Field of Himian
Rights. We are keenly interested in citizenship
education and believe it to be of far-reaching im-
portance in the exercise of political rights by
women. Along with all the other governments on
tlie Commission on the Status of Women, we sup-
ported the Commission's resolution requesting the
Secretary-General to explore the possibility of
holding regional seminars to assist women in de-
veloping their understanding of civic responsibil-
ities and increasing their participation in the pub-
lic life of their countries.
For all these reasons, Mr. President, my Gov-
ernment is happy, indeed, to invite the United
Nations to organize jointly a seminar on the sub-
ject of "Citizenship Education for Women" un-
der the United Nations Program of Advisory
Services in the Field of Human Rights.
LETTER TO U.N. SECRETARY-GENERAL FROM
U.S. DELEGATION TO ECOSOC
Amekican Consulate General,
Geneva, July 37, 1956
Dear Mr. Hammarskjold : It gives me <rreat
pleasure to transmit to you, on behalf of the Secre-
tary of State, the enclosed offer of the Government
of the United States of America to cooperate with
the United Nations in the organization of a semi-
nar on the subject of "Citizenship Education for
Women". This offer is made in reply to your
notes of February 9 and June 6, 1956 to the Secre-
tary of State concerning General Assembly Reso-
lution 926 (X) and related resolutions of the
Economic and Social Council and its subsidiary
bodies.
Sincerely yours,
John C. Baker
United States Representative
on the Economic and Social Council
[Enclosure]
July 27, 1956
In response to notes from the Secretary General of the
United Nations dated February 9 and June 6, 1956, in-
quiring whether this Government would consider sponsor-
ing and acting as host country for a seminar on one of
three subjects suggested under the program of advisory
services in the field of human rights authorized by the
y\ugusf 27, 1956
361
United Nations General Assembly in December 1955, the
Government of the United States informs the Secretary
General that it would be pleased to consider sponsoring
and acting as host country for a seminar on the subject
of citizenship education for women. Our expectation
would be that this seminar might be held in the fall of
1957, and be attended by appropriate representatives from
the United States and from Asian countries which are
Members of the United Nations and of the specialized
agencies. In accordance with the second topic suggested
by the Secretary General in his note of June 6, the seminar
would stress civic responsibility and increased participa-
tion of women in public life, on the community as well as
the national level. 'Such a seminar could consider also
the free exercise of political rights and their significance
for women.
In considering this seminar the United States antici-
pates mutual benefit through exchange of information
between countries where women have recently been
granted the right to vote and countries where women have
exercised suffrage rights for some years. Since basic
citizenship education is essential to fulfil the respon-
sibilities of the franchise, and is equally important for
every voter without regard to p<ilitical or other affiliation,
there is constant need in all countries to improve ways of
imparting information and stimulating general commu-
nity participation in citizenship activities. Among the
objectives of the seminar would be preparation for con-
ducting similar projects on a national or local scale in
each of the countries represented. For this purpose it is
hoped that participants could share in demonstrations of
methods adapted to differing situations and areas, and in
evaluating and preparing visual and other materials for
use in citizenship education programs.
Although the United States would be pleased to con-
sider the sponsorship of this seminar, the United States
does not wish to stand in the way of an offer from any
Asian Member of the United Nations or of the Specialized
Agencies to act as host for such a seminar in Asia in 1957.
If such an offer is received, the Government of the United
States is prepared to postpone its offer for consideration
at a later date. Moreover, the United States would be
pleased to cooperate in such a seminar in an Asian coun-
try if the Secretary General considered this desirable.
If the seminar is held in the United States, the Govern-
ment of the United States will seek the active cooperation
of non-governmental organizations in arrangements relat-
ing to the seminar, including appropriate activities before
and after the seminar. If possible opportunities will be
arranged for members of the seminar to observe and par-
ticipate in activities relating to citizenship education and
the exercise of political rights in the United States at
the community as well as the national level.
In view of the considerable expense which will be in-
volved if the seminar is held in the United States, the
Government of the United States will seek to supplement
through private as well as public sources such financial
assistance as would ordinarily be provided by the United
Nations under the human rights advisory services pro-
gram.
Since the United Nations Educational, Scientific and
Cultural Organization has conducted meetings and pub-
lished several books in the field of citizenship education,
it is hoped that arrangements can be made for that
Organization to assist in plans for the seminar.
The United States Government looks forward to con-
sultation with the Secretary General on arrangements if
it is decided to hold a seminar in the United States.
It is our understanding that the seminar would be con-
ducted in accordance with customary United Nations pro-
cedures, and that, in conformity with decisions taken by
the General Assembly and the Economic and Social Coun-
cil, plans developed jointly for the seminar would be sub-
ject to approval by the Secretary General, including the
content of the program, the selection of participants,
preparation and distribution of documentation, and re-
lated matters. Our expectation is also that the seminar
would be conducted in English.
The Secretary General is informed in Geneva at this
time in order that the possibility of a seminar on the
citizenship education of women may be reviewed by the
22nd Session of the Economic and Social Council. The
considerations which have led to this communication, and
some account of the hopes which have been expressed as
to the nature and arrangements for the seminar, are
included in an Annex to this communication, herewith
attached.
ANNEX
Commentary on the offer of the United States to con-
sider the sponsorship of an Asian-American Seminar in
the United States on Citizenship Education for Women
under the United Nations program of advisory services
in the field of human rights.
Action in the United Nations.
1. The General Assembly, on December 14, 1955, adopted
a resolution establishing a program of assistance to be
known as "Advisory services in the field of human rights".
This resolution consolidated into a single and broader
program certain types of assistance previously approved
including technical assistance in promoting and safe-
guarding the rights of women. This resolution (GA 926
(X)) authorized the Secretary General
"(a) Subject to the directions of the Economic and
Social Council, to make provision at the request of Gov-
ernments, and with the co-operation of the specialized
agencies where appropriate and without duplication of
their existing activities, for the following forms of as-
sistance with respect to the field of human rights :
(i) Advisory services of experts;
(ii) Fellowships and scholarships ;
(iii) Seminars."
In this resolution the General Assembly also expressed
the hope that "international and national non-govern-
mental organizations, universities, philanthropic founda-
tions and other private groups will supplement this
United Nations programme with similar programmes de-
signed to further research and studies, the exchange of
information and assistance in the field of human rights".
2. The Commission on the Status of Women, in its
tenth session in March, 1956, unanimously adopted a reso-
lution regarding the implementation of the program of
advisory services in the field of human rights, as author-
ized by the General Assembly. In this resolution, the
362
Department of State Bulletin
Commission considered "that the organization of semi-
nars would be a particularly fruitful method for the
promotion of the rights of women and the improvement
of their status through exchange of information and
experience in this field" and requested the Secretary
General
"to explore, during the current year, in consultation with
governments and specialized agencies, and in accordance
with General Assembly resolution 926 (X), the possibility
of holding regional seminars to assist women who have
recently acquired political rights or do nut yet fully
exercise them, in developing their understanding of civic
responsibilities and increasing their participation in the
public life of their countries."
3. The Economic and Social Council, in its 21st session
in April, 1956, adopted a resolution providing guidance
for the program of advisory services in the field of human
rights (Res 605 (XXI) ). The Council requested the Sec-
retary General
"to continue to develop all aspects of the programme of
advisory services in the field of human rights and, if
feasible, to undertake during 1956 a seminar or seminars,
preferably on a regional basis, along the lines suggested
in the resolutions of the Commission on Human Rights and
the Commission on the Status of Women."
4. The Secretary General, in accordance with the ac-
tion of the Council, addressed a communication to the
United States Government, dated June 6, 19.56, in which
he suggested certain topics which might be considered
for seminars in 1057, one of which was "civic responsi-
bility and increased participation of women in public
life in countries where they have recently acquired poli-
tical rights".
The SecTetary General suggested further that the par-
ticipants in seminars be "persons who are responsible for
making policy, planning programmes or directing opera-
tions, as well as specialists, outstanding authorities and
leaders in the fields selected as topics for seminars." His
note concludes:
"The Secretary General would appreciate receiving the
suggestions of His Excellency's Government in this con-
nexion, including suggestions as to the topics mentioned
above and others which might be of interest to His Ex-
cellency's Government. He would also be interested to
know whether His Excellency's Government would con-
sider sponsoring a seminar and acting as host country."
Renponse by the United States and suggestions on the
nature of the seminar.
In response to this request from the Secretary General,
Informal consultations were undertaken with interested
agencies and organizations, including the Women's Bureau
in the United States Department of Labor and leaders of
non-governmental organizations who had worked witli
women from other countries on citizenship education pro-
grams. Immediate cooperation was promised in develop-
ing plans and arrangements which might be useful in con-
nection with a United Nations seminar on citizenship
education for women, if undertaken by the United Na-
tions in response to an invitation from the United States
Government. The following suggestions are offered as a
result of these consultations, to indicate the direction of
the United States interest and the nature of the re-
sources which might be made available.
1. The suggestion that the seminar be attended by repre-
sentatives of Asian Members of the United Nations and
of specialized agencies is based on favorable reports of
exchange visits between women in the United States and
various countries in Asia. While a seminar of this type
in the United States would enjoy certain advantages, it is
recognized that such a seminar in an Asian country would
also enjoy great advantages, and if an offer is received
from an Asian Member of the United Nations or of the
specialized agencies, the United States stands ready to
cooperate as desirable.
2. It is hoped that consideration of this and other sem-
inars for which invitations may be offered can lead to
the formulation of desirable standards for the conduct of
such projects. Overall direction by the United Nations
appears essential to assure proper choice of subject mat-
ter and use of program resources, particularly with regard
to the findings of previous United Nations and specialized
agency seminars and studies on related topics. It will be
important that the responsibility of the chairman and
other oflicers be clearly specified, together with parlia-
mentary procedures to be applied. If recommendations
are desired, guidance will be helpful on the form in which
they should be made. These matters might be deter-
mined by the Secretary General or be decided subject to
his approval.
3. If a seminar on citizenship education is undertaken
in the United States, it is hoped that this can be con-
ducted on the "workshop" principle, to provide partici-
pants with practical information they can use in projects
in their own countries. The program of a "workshop
seminar" consists primarily of activities in which the mem-
bers participate, in contrast to a series of papers prepared
in advance. For example, the program could be set up
as a "citizenship school" for adults, with appropriate top-
ics to be discussed by each member of the seminar in
terms of experience and needs in his or her country, and
in relation to literacy and other problems which may be
of interest to others. This could be followed by review
of study materials already in use in the various countries ;
plans could be made for adaptation and wider distribu-
tion of items which seemed generally applicable and for
development of additional material to fill particular needs.
Members might visit citizenship education projects near
the seminar, and local organizations could be asked to
demonstrate training methods the seminar wished to ob-
serve.
Participants in a seminar of this type would return to
their countries equipped with practical aids for further
work, and should if possible be selected on the basis of their
capacity and availability for such leadership. They should
be encouraged to inform themselves in advance of activi-
ties in their own country, and arrangements might be
Correction
BuiXETiN of July
seventh line from
should read biennial.
16, 1956,
bottom :
p. 122, first
The word
column,
biannual
August 27, 1956
363
made for Members coming from a distance to observe ac-
tivities in other areas on the way to the seminar.
4. The United States assumes that a worliing party
will be set up by the Secretary General to develop plans
for the seminar, and that the United States Government
would be officially represented in this group. It would be
our hope that Asian Governments expecting to participate
in the project would be similarly represented. Women's
non-governmental organizations in consultative status
with the Economic and Social Council will undoubtedly
have valuable suggestions and be interested in assisting
In the seminar.
The Honorable
Dag Hammaeskjold,
Secretary General.^
Palais des Nations,
Geneva.
TREATY INFORMATION
Supplementary Tax Convention
With Canada
Press release 439 dated August 16
Following is the text of a svpplementary tax
convention between the United States and Canada,
signed at Ottawa on August 8, 1956.
Convention Between
the United States of America
and
Canada
Further Modifying and Supplementing the Convention
and Accompanying Protocol of March 4, 1942, for the
Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of
Fiscal Evasion in the Case of Income Taxes, as Modi-
fied by the Supplementary Convention of June 12, 1950
The Government of the United States of Amer-
ica and the Government of Canada, being desir-
ous of further modifying and supplementing in
certain respects tlie Convention and accompany-
ing Protocol for the avoidance of double taxation
and the prevention of fiscal evasion in the case
of income taxes, signed at Washington on March
4, 1942,^ as modified by the Supplementary Con-
vention of June 12, 1950,^ have decided to conclude
a Supplementary Convention for that purpose and
' Treaty Series 983.
"Treaties and Other International Acts Series 2347.
364
have appointed as their respective Plenipotenti-
aries:
Tlie Government of the United States of Amer-
ica:
Livingston T. Merchant, Ambassador Extra-
ordinary and Plenipotentiary of the United
States of America to Canada,
The Government of Canada :
Walter E. Harris, Minister of Finance to the
Government of Canada,
who, having communicated to one another their
respective full powers, found in good and due
form, have agreed as follows:
Article I
The provisions of the Convention and Protocol
between the United States of America and Canada,
signed at Washington on March 4, 1942, as modi-
fied by the Supplementary Convention of June 12,
1950, are hereby further modified and supple-
mented as follows :
(a) By inserting as the third paragraph of Arti-
cle V, the following new paragraph :
An enterprise of one of the contracting States
engaged in the operation of motor vehicles, as a
common carrier or as a contract carrier, shall be
exempt from tax by the other contracting State in
respect of income (if taxed by the former State in
respect of such income) arising from the transpor-
tation of property for hire between points in one
State and points in the other State.
(b) By amending Article VII to read as follows:
1. A resident of Canada shall be exempt from
United States tax upon compensation for personal
(including professional) services performed during
the taxable year within the United States of Amer-
ica if he is present therein for a period or periods
not exceeding a total of 183 days during the taxable
year and either of the following conditions is met —
(a) his compensation is received for such personal
services performed as an officer or employee
of a resident, or corporation or other entity
of Canada or of a permanent establishment in
Canada of a United States enterprise, or
(b) his compensation received for such personal
services does not exceed $5,000.
2. The provisions of paragraph 1 of this article
shall apply, mutatis mutandis, to a resident of the
United States with respect to compensation for such
personal services performed in Canada.
(c) By amending Article XI as follows:
(A) By inserting in paragraph 1 immedi-
Departmenf of State Bulletin
ately after "in respect of income" the
words and symbols "(other than earned
income) ".
( B ) By adding the following new paragraph :
5. To ensure that the benefit of the reduced
riite of income tax provided for by this Article
is limited to persons entitled thereto each con-
tracting State may make regulations requiring
the withholding in such State of an additional
amount from income derived from sources in
the other contracting State.
(d) By striking out paragraph 2 of Article XI,
and paragraph 6 of the Protocol as added by
the Convention of June 12, 1950, redesig-
nating paragraphs 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 thereof
as paragraphs 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 11 respectively,
and inserting in lieu of paragraph 2 of Arti-
cle XI the following:
2. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 1
of this Article, income tax in excess of 5 percent shall
not be imposed by one of the contracting States In
respect of dividends paid by a corporation organized
under the laws of such State, or of a political sub-
division thereof, to a corporation organized under
the laws of the other contracting State, or of a polit-
ical subdivision thereof; if,
(a) during the whole of the taxable year of the
payer corporation at least 51 percent of the
voting stock of such corporation was bene-
ficially owned by the recipient corporation
either alone or in association with not more
than three otlier corporations of such other
State, but each such recipient corporation
must own at least 10 percent of the voting
stock of the payer corporation ; and
<b) not more than one-fourth of the gross income
of the payer corporation (other than a cor-
poration the chief business of which is the
making of loans) is derived from interest and
dividends other than interest and dividends
received from its subsidiary corporations.
This paragraph shall not apply if the competent
authority in the State imposing the tax is satisfied
that the corporate relationship between the corpora-
tions has been arranged or is maintained primarily
with the intention of taking advantage of this para-
graph.
(e) By adding immediately after Article XIIIC
the following new Article:
Aeticle XIII D
1. In the computation of taxable income for any
taxable year under the revenue laws of the United
States, there shall be allowed as a deduction con-
tributions to any organization created or organized
under the laws of Canada (and constituting a chari-
table organization for the purpose of the income tax
laws of Canada) if and to the extent such contri-
butions would have been deductible as a charitable
contribution had such organization been created or
organized under the laws of the United States : Pro-
vided, however, that such deduction shall not ex-
ceed an amount determined by applying to the tax-
payer's taxable Income (in the case of a corpora-
tion) or adjusted gross income (in the case of an
individual) from sources in Canada the same percent-
age as is applied by Canada to income in determin-
ing the limitation of the deduction for gifts or con-
tributions to charitable organizations of Canada.
2. In the computation of taxable income for any
taxation year under the income tax laws of Canada,
there shaU be allowed as a deduction gifts to any
organization created or organized under the laws
of the United States (and constituting a charitable
contribution for the purposes of the income tax laws
of the United States) if and to the extent such gifts
would have been allowable had such organization
been a Canadian charitable organization : Provided,
however, that such deduction shall not exceed an
amount determined by applying to the taxpayer's in-
come from sources in the United States upon which
he is subject to tax in Canada the same percentage
as is applied by Canada to income in determining the
limitation of the deduction for such gifts.
(f ) By adding immediately after Article XIIID,
as added by this Supplemental Convention,
the following new Article :
Article XIII B
A resident of one of the contracting States who
is a beneficiary of an estate or trust of the other
contracting State shall be exempt from tax by such
other State with respect to that portion of any
amount paid, credited, or required to be distributed
by such estate or trust to such beneficiary out of
income from sources without such other State.
(g) By amending Article XX 2 as follows:
(A) By striking out clauses (b) and (c)
thereof ;
(B) By striking out the designation (d) in
clause (d) and inserting in lieu there-
of "(b)"; and
(C) By striking out in clause (b) as so re-
designated, "Income War Tax Act" and
inserting in lieu thereof "Income Tax
Act".
Abticle II
1. The present Supplementary Convention shall
be ratified and the instruments of ratification shall
be exchanged at Washington as soon as possible.
2. The present Supplementary Convention shall
become effective with respect to taxable years be-
ginning on and after the first day of January of
August 27, 1956
365
the calendar year in which occui'S the exchange
of the instruments of ratification. It shall con-
tinue effective indefinitely as though it were an
integral part of the Convention of March 4, 1942,
as modified and supplemented by the Convention
of June 12, 1950.
In witness whereof the above-named Plenipo-
tentiaries have signed the present Convention and
have affixed thereto their respective seals.
Done, in duplicate, at Ottawa this 8th day of
August 1956.
FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE UNITED STATES
OF AMERICA:
Lrv'iNGSTON T. Merchant
FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF CANADA:
W.E. Harris
(SEAL)
(SEAL)
Current Actions
Final protocol to the international telecommunication con-
vention. Signetl at Buenos Aires December 22, 1952.
Entered into force January 1, 19,'54. TIAS 32t)6.
Ratification deposited: Uruguay, July 10, 1956.
Additional protocols to the international telecommunica-
tion convention. Signed at Buenos Aires December 22,
1 952. Entered into force December 22, 1952.
Ratification deposited: Uruguay, July 10, 1956.
BILATERAL
Guatemala
Research reactor agreement for cooperation concerning
civil uses of atomic energy. Signed at Washington
August 15, 1956. Enters into force on day on which
each Government receives from the other written noti-
fication that it has complied with statutoi-y and consti-
tutional requirements.
Nicaragua
Agreement amending agreement for survey and construc-
tion of Rama Road of September 2, 19.5:^ (TIAS 2853).
Effected by exchange of notes at Managua March 13
and August 2, 1956. Entered into force August 2, 1956.
Pakistan
Agricultural commodities agreement under Title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act,
as amended. Signed at Karachi August 7, 1956. En-
tered into force August 7, 1956.
MULTILATERAL
Finance
Articles of agreement of the International Finance Cor-
poration. Done at Washington May 25, 1955. Entered
into force July 20, 1956.
Acceptance deposited: Paraguay, July 27, 1956.
Postal Services
Universal postal convention, with final protocol, annex,
regulations of execution, and provisions regarding air-
mail and final protocol thereto. Signed at Brussels
July 11, 1952. Entered into force July 1, 1953. TIAS
2800.
Adherence: Sudan, July 27, 1956.
Safety at Sea
Convention on safety of life at sea. Signed at London
June 10, 1948. Entered into force November 19, 1952.
TIAS 2495.
Acceptance deposited: Argentina, July 31, 1956.
Telecommunications
International telecommunication convention. Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1952. Entered into force
January 1, 1954. TIAS 3266.
Ratifications deposited: Peru, July 4, 1956; Uruguay
(with reservation), July 10, 1956; Bulgaria (with
reservation), July 14, 1956.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Recess Appointments
The President on August 14 appointed Raymond A. Hare
to be Ambassador to Egypt (press release 438 dated Au-
gust 15).
Resignations
John Sherman Cooper as Ambassador to India and
Nepal. For text of Mr. Cooper's letter to the President
and the President's reply, see White House press release
dated August 18.
Designations
William S. B. Lacy as Special Assistant to the Secretary
with responsibility for coordinating all matters relating
to East-West exchanges, effective August 14 (press release
437 dated August 15).
366
Department of State Bulletin
1
August 27, 1956
Index
Vol. XXXV, No. 896
Agriculture. Agricultural Commodities Agreement
With Republic of China 352
American Republics. U.S. Proposals Concerning
Special Committee on OAS (text of note) . . . 356
Asia
Tlie Challenge of Asia to United States Policy
(Young) 340
U.S. Offers To Sponsor Seminar on Citizenship
Education (Balver) 360
Canada
Pre.sident Disapproves Bill To Divert Lake Michi-
f^an Waters (Eisenhower) 357
Supplementary Tax Convention With Canada
(text) 364
China. Agricultural Commodities Agreement With
Republic of China 352
Communism
The Challenge of Asia to United States Policy
(Young) 340
Current Aspects of the Struggle With Communism
(Lodge) 353
Congrcs.s, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy 359
Pre.sident I>isapproyes Bill To Divert Lalse Michi-
gan Waters (Eisenhower) 357
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Lacy) 366
Recess Appointments (Hare) 366
Resignations (Cooper) 366
Economic Affairs
The Challenge of Asia to United States Policy
(Young) 340
President Disapproves Bill To Divert Lake Michi-
gan Waters (Eisenhower) 357
Supplementary Tax Convention With Canada
(text) 364
Egypt
London Conference on Suez Canal (Dulles) . . . 335
Recess Appointments (Hare) 366
Health, Education, and Welfare
Export of Polio Vaccine 358
U.S. Offers To Sponsor Seminar on Citizenship
Education (Bal£er) 360
India. Resignations (Cooper) 366
International Organizations and Meetings. Lon-
don Conference on Suez Canal (Dulles) . . . 335
Organization of American States. U.S. Proposals
Concerning Special Committee on OAS (test of
note) 356
Presidential Documents. President Disapproves
Bill To Divert Lake Michigan Waters .... 357
Treaty Information
Agricultural Commodities Agreement With Repub-
lic of China 352
Current Actions 366
Supplementary Tax Convention With Canada
(text) 364
United Nations
Current .\.sliect.s of the Struggle With Communism
(Lodge) 35a
I'.S. Offers To Sponsor Seminar on Citizenship
Education (Baker) 360
Name Index
Baker, .lohn C 360
Cooper, John Sherman 366
Dulles, Secretary 335
Eisenliower, President 357
Hare, Raymond A 366
lleeney, A. D. P 358
Lacy, William S. B 366
Lodge, Henry Cabot, Jr 353
Weeks, Sinclair 358
Youn-, Kenneth T. Jr 340
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: August 13-19
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press release issued prior to August 13 which
appears in this issue of the Bixlletin is No. 430 of
August 8.
Subject
Note to other American Republics on
OAS committee.
Dulles : death of Arthur Bliss Lane.
Delegation to Suez Canal conference.
Dulles : departure statement.
U.S.-China agricultural commodities
agreement.
Atomic agreement with Guatemala.
Lacy appointment (rewrite).
Hare named Ambassador to Egypt
(rewrite).
Tax convention with Canada.
Educational exchange.
Angus Ward retirement.
Allen excerpts from address on
Africa.
*Not printed.
tHeld for a later issue of the BttLLETiN.
No.
Date
431
8/13
*432
433
434
435
8/13
8/13
8/14
8/14
t436
437
438
8/15
8/15
8/15
439
*440
*441
*442
8/16
8/16
8/16
8/17
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFlCEt
the
Department
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, »300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
SWORDS into PLOWSHARES
A New Venture in International Understanding
The issuance of this publication marked the tenth anniversary
of the international educational exchange program under the
Fulbright Act.
The booklet reviews the accomplishments of the program "in
terms of lessening the likelihood of another war by promoting a
greater people-to-people understanding." It describes the various
ways in which the 25,000 American and foreign participants have
obtained a better understanding of the people of the country
visited, how they are sharing this miderstanding with their fellow
countryment through lectures, articles, books, and discussions, and
how they are advancing the frontiers of knowledge in many fields.
It also points out that the cost of these exchanges to the American
taxpayer was less than 5 hours of fighting World War II. As
noted in the booklet the assistance of contract agencies, American
educators and specialists in many fields, and special advisers at
colleges and universities has been impressive.
Copies of Swords into Plowshares may be purchased from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C., for 25 cents a copy.
Publication 6344
25 cents
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Please send me --- copies of Swords into Plowshares — A New Venture
in International Understanding.
Name:
Eneloaed And:
(.cash, cheek, or
money order).
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
I
yO^^
^Ae/ z/lefia/y^?m.€^ m/ tn{^^
^d. XXXV, No. 897
September 3, 1956
CONCLUSION OF LONDON CONFERENCE ON SUEZ
CANAL
Statements by Secretary Dulles 371
Text of Proposals 373
A TRIBUTE TO TRUTH • by Ambassador Willard L. Beaulac . 375
U.S. PARTICIPATION IN THE UNITED NATIONS
DURING 1955 • Excerpts From the President's Report
to the Congress 382
REPORT TO UNITED NATIONS CONCERNING
NEUTRAL NATIONS SUPERVISORY COMMIS-
SION 390
FINANCING OF ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT •
Statement by John C. Baker 393
For index see inside back cover
'■*Tk» o*
^ne z/^efucyl^neTit ci^ tytate
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 897 • Pubucation 6385
September 3, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1956).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and Items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of interna-
tional relations arei listed currently.
Conclusion of London Conference on Suez Canal
Following are texts of statements made hy Sec-
retary Dulles at the London conference on the
Suez Canal on August 20 and 21; the U.S. pro-
posals introduced on August 20, as later amended;
and the Secretary's statement on his return to
Washington on August 26.^
STATEMENT OF AUGUST 20
Press release 443 dated August 21
Now that we have finished what can be called
the general debate, the question naturally arises:
What do we do next ?
The answer to that question derives in large part
from the nature of this conference.
There are some things that tliis conference is
not. It is not a conference to take decisions bind-
ing those who do not agree. Our effectiveness
grows as we show agreement, and surely we should
seek that. But no majority, however large, can
bind a minority, however small.
This is not a conference to negotiate with Egypt,
for Egypt is not here. If Egypt had accepted the
invitation to attend, then the conference might
have assumed a different aspect.
But since Egypt saw fit to remain away, that
automatically prevents this conference as now con-
stituted from being a negotiation with Egypt.
This is not a conference through which to de-
liver any kind of ultimatum to Egypt. None of
us would, for a moment, entertain that purpose.
What we are here to do, it seems to me, is to
arrive at the greatest possible consensus as to what
will best enable the Suez Canal to serve depend-
ably its intended purpose of promoting the free
and secure exchange of products between the
countries of the world and, above all, to be a secure
link between Asia and Europe. That link must
' For the Secretary's Aug. 16 statement, see Bulletin
of Aug. 27, 1956, p. 335.
not be severed. We owe it to the world and to
ourselves to express a sober opinion on that matter.
I suggest that any expression of our views
ought not to be based on speculation as to what
the Government of Egypt will or will not agree
to. Rather we should seek in all honesty to ex-
press an opinion as to what are the measures which
will establish confidence for the future, while
at the same time giving full recognition to the
sovereign rights of Egypt.
So far as the United States is concerned, the
opinion we express is based on our judgment of
facts. If the United States Government should,
as a matter of foreign policy, think it expedient
not to seek any new safeguarding measures, that
political decision would not in fact insure that
our private citizens would make their future plans
for shipping or for developing markets for their
products or sources of supply, on the assump-
tion that transit through the canal would be avail-
able on reasonable terms and with dependability.
No doubt other governments are similarly situated.
It is the view of the United States Government
that our task here is to try to state as clearly and
with the greatest unanimity possible the actual
conditions which will in fact give economic secur-
ity to the millions of people whose economic effort
is consciously or unconsciously affected by the
reliability of passage through the Suez Canal.
A political decision which asked for less than
was required for these purposes would be mis-
leading and do a disservice to the cause upon
which we are engaged. To ask for more would
equally be a wrong and a disservice to the cause
in which we are engaged.
The views expressed here, as finally reduced to
simple terms, should then be communicated to the
Government of Egypt so that it can decide what
it wishes to do in the light thereof. If Egypt
finds these views generally acceptable as a basis
for negotiating a treaty or convention, then there
September 3, 1956
371
would be the task of drawing up a treaty between
Egypt and the subscribers to these views. If, on
the other hand, Egypt is not willing to proceed on
a basis which seems indispensable to the countries
which largely use and dejiend upon the canal,
then, it seems to me, that will present a new situ-
ation to be considered by our governments at that
time. There might or might not in that event be
further concerted decisions as between all or some
of the participants in this conference. That
would be something to be determined by the gov-
ernments in the light of the circumstances.
It is from this standpoint that the United States
delegation has prepared and circulated a paper
which sets forth certain views as to how the future
operation of the Suez Canal can be put upon a
secure basis.^ This paper takes account of expres-
sions of opinion which have been given in this
conference. The large majority of those who
have spoken here, representing the nations which
are by far the most dependent upon, and the great-
est users of, the canal, seem to feel that safeguards
of the kind suggested by this paper are those
which are required to give the assurances that are
needed if they and their nationals are to be able
to count dependably upon transit through the
canal.
If there can be substantial agreement on the
part of all or most of us with a statement such as
this, it will, I think, contribute greatly to a peace-
ful solution of the present grave problem. I be-
lieve that Egypt ought to know what are the con-
sidered and common views of those nations which,
in reliance upon the 1888 treaty and the system
which has heretofore prevailed, have developed
their economies and trade in dependence upon the
canal as an international waterway. There per-
haps may not be complete unanimity upon this
point, but I believe it is important to have the
views. These should also be stated and commu-
nicated to Egypt.
The United States paper constitutes an honest
effort, in the light of observations that have been
made at this conference, to set forth what it seems
are judged by most of us to be necessary require-
ments of the situation.
Just as I believe no one should for political rea-
sons ask for more than is actually required by the
- The text of the U.S. paper, issued by the Department
as part of press release 443, is printed here as it was cir-
culated by the conference on Aug. 21, with the amend-
ments indicated ; see p. 373.
hard facts of economic life, so I do not believe we
should ask for less as a result of speculating as to
what Egypt will accept.
There is here no disregard of Egypt's sover-
eignty. What is suggested is that Egypt should
make a treaty. While every treaty involves a cer-
tain surrender of sovereignty, the execution of a
treaty is in itself an exercise of the highest sover-
eignty. "Wliat we are proposing is courteously to
inform Egypt of certain facts and ask her whether
or not she is prepared to enter into negotiations
for a convention which will take account of those
facts. If she will do tliis, then she is exercising
her sovereignty in a situation deeply impressed
with an international interest.
By this course we shall have discharged a duty
which devolves upon us as parties to the treaty of
1888 or as important users of the Suez Canal. We
can hope that Egypt will regard, with an equal
sense, its responsibility and thus permit of that
fair and constructive solution for which the whole
world eagerly awaits.
STATEMENT OF AUGUST 21
Mr. Chairman, it would perhaps assist the
orderly progress of our meeting if, at this time, I
should try to answer the question which was put
to me by implication, at least, by all of the four
who have spoken and expressly by the honorable
delegate of Pakistan [Hamidul Huq Choudhury] ;
namely, whether the United States delegation
accepts the amendments to the United States
proposals which have been now proposed by the
delegations of Ethiopia, Iran, Pakistan, and
Turkey.
I have carefully considered these amendments
and the explanation of them which has been given.
As was pointed out, one of the changes relates to
the settlement with the Suez Canal Company. In
the United States proposal this was incorporated
in paragraph 2, which set out certain basic prin-
ciples. This is now referred to in the preamble
as being something to be covered by the final
settlement but not made one of the basic principles.
I think that that is a sound change to make.
Paragraph 2 of the United States proposal dealt
in the main with certain basic and permanent
principles, whereas this question of the compen-
sation to the Suez Canal Company is a transitory
operation and not a permanent principle. There-
372
Department of State Bulletin
fore, I believe that the drafters of the amendment
have wisely proposed to eliminate it from article
2. Now, I do not understand that by doing so
that would exclude this as a feature of the final
settlement. On the contrary, it is specified it
would be an aspect of the final settlement. I
assume it would also be a matter of concern to
the Suez Canal Board because it is a condition
precedent to the entire settlement or a part of the
final settlement and also for the practical reason
that the compensation would, in fact, have to be
paid at least in part out of the future revenue from
the canal because it would be unlikely that Egypt
would care to assume that as a lump sum settle-
ment of its own.
The other changes are primarily designed to
express more perfectly the principle in spirit
which the United States delegation tried to put
into this paper; namely, that it was in every re-
spect something which would be consistent with,
and an exi^ression of, the complete sovereignty of
Egypt.
I am very glad that some of the other delega-
tions, particularly those who have proposed this
amendment, have found ways in which they feel
that that thought can be more fully and more per-
fectly expressed. I think it needless to say that
any improvement of drafting in that respect is
not only acceptable to the United States delega-
tion but it is wholeheartedly welcomed by the
United States delegation. Therefore, Mr. Chair-
man and fellow delegates, I am prepared to state
that the delegation of the United States accepts
the proposal of the delegations of Ethiopia, Iran,
Pakistan, and Turkey, as circulated. Perhaps our
combined proposals could now be known as the
five-nation proposal, and that before we are
through it will be known as the 22-nation proposal.
ARRIVAL STATEMENT
Press release 446 dated August 25
The London conference on the Suez Canal set
in motion pi'ocesses designed to lead to a fair and
peaceful solution of the grave problems raised by
the action of the Egyptian Government.
Twenty-two nations there met to consider how
this waterway, internationalized in perpetuity by
the treaty of 1888, would assuredly continue to
serve the vital interests of the nations which have
developed dependence upon that canal. Of these
22 nations, 18 of Europe, Asia, and Africa, whose
shipping comprises over 95 percent of the tonnage
using the canal, agreed on operational principles
needed to restore confidence that the canal would
serve its intended purpose.
We hope that the Government of Egypt will
respect the opinions thus soberly but firmly ex-
pressed and responsively make its own indis-
pensable contribution to the peaceful solution
which is enjoined by the principles and purposes
of the United Nations.
TEXT OF PROPOSALS APPROVED BY 18 NATIONS
The following proposals tvere hitroduced hy
Secretary Dulles on August 20. Amendments
proposed on August 21 hy Ethiopia, Iran, Pak-
istan, and Turkey were incorporated in the final
version. Eighteen of the twenty-two countries
represented at the conference gave support to the
proposals on August 23;^ no formal vote was
taken.
Passages enclosed in brackets were in the orig-
inal text hut omitted from the amended version;
italicized passages were added to the original
version.
The Governments approving this Statement, be-
ing participants in the London Conference on the
Suez Canal :
Concerned by the grave situation regarding the
Suez Canal ;
Seeking a peaceful solution in conformity with
the purposes and principles of the United Nations ;
and
Recognising that an adequate solution must, on
the one hand, respect the sovereign rights of Egypt,
including its rights to just and fair compensation
for the use of the Canal, and, on the other hand,
safeguard the Suez Canal as an international
waterway in accordance with the Suez Canal Con-
vention of October 29, 1888 ;
Assuming for the purposes of this statement
tluit just and fair compensation will ie paid to
the Universal Company of the Sues Maritime
Canal, and that the necessary arrangements for
'Those supporting the proposals were Australia, Den-
mark, Ethiopia, France, Germany, Iran, Italy, Japan, the
Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Portugal,
Spain, Sweden, Turkey, U.K., U.S. Those who withheld
their approval were Ceylon, India, Indonesia, U.S.S.R.
Sepfember 3, 1956
373
such co7npensa.tion, including a provision for arhi-
tration in the event of disagreement, will he cov-
ered hy the firuil settlement contemplated below.
Join in this expression of their views :
1. They affirm that, as stated in the Preamble of
the Convention of 1888, there should be established
"a definite system destined to guarantee at all
times, and for all the Powers, the free use of the
Suez Maritime Canal".
2. Sucli a system, which tvould be established with
due regard to the sovereign rights of Egypt, should
assure :
a. Efficient and dependable operation, mainte-
nance and development of the Canal as a free, open
and secure international waterway in accordance
with the principles of the Convention of 1888.
b. Insulation of the operation of the Canal from
the influence of the politics of any nation.
[c. Eespect for the sovereignty of Egypt.]
c. A return to Egypt for the use of the Suez
Canal which will be fair and equitable and in-
creasing with enlargements of its capacity and
greater use.
[e. Payment to the Universal Suez Canal Com-
pany of such sums as may be found its due by
way of fair compensation.]
d. Canal tolls as low as is consistent with the
foregoing requirements and, except for c. above, no
profit.
3. To achieve these results on a permanent and
reliable basis there should be established by a Con-
vention to be negotiated with Egypt:
a. Institutional arrangements for cooperation
between Egypt and other interested nations in the
operation, maintenance and development of the
Canal and for harmonizing and safeguarding
their respective interests in the Canal. To this
end, operating, maintaining and developing the
Canal and enlarging it so as to increase the volume
of traffic in the interest of the world trade and of
Egypt, would be the responsibility of a Suez Canal
Board. Egypt would grant this Board all rights
and facilities appropriate to its functioning as
here outlined. The status of the Board would be
defined in the above-mentioned Convention.
The members of the Board, in addition to Egypt,
would be other States chosen in a manner to be
agreed upon from among the States parties to the
Convention, with due regard to use, pattern of
trade and geographical distribution; the compo-
sition of the Board to l:»e such as to assure that its
responsibilities would be discharged solely with a '
view to achieving the best possible operating re-
sults without jiolitical motivation in favour of, or '
in prejudice against, any user of the Canal.
The Board would make periodic reports to the
United Nations.
b. An Arbitral Commission to settle any dis-
putes as to the equitable return to Egypt [or fair
compensation to the Universal Suez Canal Com-
pany] or other matters arising in the operation of
the Canal.
c. Effective sanctions for any violation of the
Convention by any party to it, or any other na-
tion, including provisions for treating any use or
threat of force to interfere with the use or opera-
tion of the Canal as a threat to the peace and a
violation of the purposes and principles of the
United Nations Charter. w
d. Provisions for appropriate association with v
the United Nations and for review as may be
necessary.
Committee Formed To Study
Petroleum Situation
The Office of Defense Mobilization announced
on August 14 that members of the Foreign Pe-
troleum Supply Committee had met with Gov-
ernment officials the previous day. So that plans
may be developed for making the best use of avail-
able stocks and facilities, steps have been taken
to organize, under the Voluntary Agreement Re-
lating to Foreign Petroleiun Supply, a Middle
East Emergency Committee composed of Ameri-
can oil companies engaged in foreign petroleum
operations.
The proposal for bringing such a committee
into existence was recommended by the Depart-
ment of the Interior, concurred in by the Secre-
tary of State, the Attorney General, and the Fed-
eral Trade Commission, and approved by the
Director of the Office of Defense Mobilization.
Invitations to participate in the work of the com-
mittee have been extended to American oil com-
panies engaged in foreign petroleum operations^
by the Director of 0dm.
The immediate assignment of the committee,
under the general direction of the Secretary of
the Interior, will be to gather and analyze data
374
Department of State Bulletin
ill order to determine the actions that might have
to be taken to meet urgent needs for petroleum in
various parts of the world in event of a substantia]
Middle East petroleum transport stoppage. To
do this requires an estimate of petroleum require-
ments, product by product, of each foreign coun-
try or area to be supplied and an estimate of the
supplies and the transportation facilities available
in various parts of the world to meet these require-
ments. It is expected that work along these lines
will move forward promptly.
If an emergency should develop, this committee,
acting under the general direction of the Secretary
of the Interior and in accordance with schedules
approved by him, would :
1. Arrange for the most efficient use, without
regard to ownership, of terminal, storage, and
transportation facilities of the various participat-
ing companies ;
2. Arrange for exchanges between companies of
crude oil and petroleum products by sale, loan, or
otherwise for distribution to meet domestic re-
quirements and requirements in the foreign coun-
tries or areas affected by the emergency ; and
3. Alter the rate of production of crude oil or
the manufacture of refined products in the foreign
areas to reduce the transportation difficulties.
A Tribute to Truth
hy Willard L. Beaulac
Anibassador to Argentina ^
For reasons that all Argentines will understand,
my family and I wanted to make this visit to
Cordoba our first trip in Argentina.
In Santiago, capital of the neighboring Repub-
lic of Chile, we listened to the Cordoba radio dur-
ing the decisive days of September.- AVe followed
with deep interest the course of the fight for liberty
and democracy that was won in the streets of this
historic city.
Upon our arrival in Buenos Aires we heard much
about IiCANA, whicli was founded by a group
of Argentines for the purpose of cultural and
■ Translation of an address made in Spanish at the
Institute de Intercambio Cultural Argentino-Norteameri-
cano at Cordoba, Argentina, on July 21. The IICANA is
one of the binational centers which the U.S. Information
Agency assists in Argentina.
- Mr. Beaulac formerly served as Ambassador to Chile.
educational interchange between Argentina and
the United States. In November this institute
will celebrate 25 years of patriotic endeavor.
I say patriotic endeavor because it is obvious
that this is the most important factor in creating
understanding between peoples. In a climate of
understanding, the broad cooperation which is
essential for the material, social, and intellectual
progress of jieoples develops naturally. Without
this understanding it is difficult to achieve any real
cooperation.
When we laiow each other, we realize that our
problems are similar ; that basically the problems
that each of us have are the same problems. Be-
cause they are common problems, the solutions can
be more easily achieved.
We are witnessing in the world today a tremen-
dous struggle — a struggle between truth and false-
hood. International communism uses the lie as
its weapon. The weapon of the democracies is
truth.
That truth will triumph over falsehood, no one
can doubt. There is a divine law that teaches us
this. But truth will not triumph for that reason
alone. It will triumph because we make it
triumph. Our Creator, in his infinite wisdom,
has left the outcome to depend upon our resolu-
tion, our dedication, and our personal sacrifice,
should that be necessary.
How is it then that the enemies of democracy
and truth use the lie as their weapon ?
They lie about matters that affect the daily lives
of people. They look for the prejudices of indi-
viduals and of peoples. They look for their weak-
nesses and for those things which will arouse their
emotions. Then they spread lies which they be-
lieve will ring true.
We all know that on many occasions lies are
more pleasant to hear than truth. For that
reason the Conununist lie is repeated and spread
by the demagogue, the hypocrite. They tell the
people what they think the people want to hear.
Thus the demagogue becomes a stanch ally of
the Communists. He does his work. He helps
to spread the lie. He is an enemy of the truth,
he is an enemy of democracy.
Since birth we have been taught that the truth
will make us free. We believe that the truth will
make us free. But we do not always act in agree-
ment with what we believe.
The demagogue is afraid that the truth will
Sepfember 3, 1956
375
make him unpopular. He does not want to be
free if the price of freedom is unpopularity; he
distorts the concept of freedom to mean the free-
dom to lie, when the fact is that freedom cannot
exist apart from truth.
Today life is increasingly complicated. Espe-
cially is this so in the field of economics. And eco-
nomics, as we all know, has a very close connection
with politics.
There are some that feel economic problems can
be solved by the vote of the majority. If this were
true there would be no economic problems. The
statesman knows that economic problems must
have economic solutions.
In this historic city of Cordoba, city of tradi-
tion, city of deep culture and valiant men, I offer
a tribute to truth — to the truth that will make us
free, that will make our nations genuinely sover-
eign and will lead us to a fruitful unity ; the truth
that is our surest guaranty of happiness, pros-
perity, and the futm-e well-being of our children.
President Concurs in Statement
on Travel to Communist Cliina
Joseph TF. Reap, Acting Chief of the Nevis
Division, on August 20 made the following state-
ment to correspondents:
The Acting Secretary of State [Herbert Hoover,
Jr.] today stated that the President has author-
ized the Department to make clear the President's
full concurrence in the policy statement issued by
the State Department on August 7, 1956,^ regard-
ing travel to Communist China.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2(1 Session
Pacific Ooast and Alaska Fisheries. Report of the Senate
Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce pur-
suant to S. Res. 13 and S. Res. 163, 84th Congress, pro-
viding for the investigation of certain problems within
the jurisdiction of the Committee on Interstate and
Foreign Commerce. S. Rept. 2801, July 25, 1956. 40 pp.
Defense Essentiality and Foreign Economic Policy — Case
Study : Watch Industry and Precision Skills. Addi-
tional views of Senator Goldwater and Representatives
Wolcott and Curtis of the Joint Economic Committee,
g. Rept. 2629, part 2, July 25, 1956. 4 pp.
National Policy With Reference to Imports of DistiUed
Spirits. Report to accompany S. Res. 314. S. Rept.
2776, July 25, 1956. 2 pp.
' Bulletin of Aug. 20, 1956, p. 313.
Transfer of Guar Seed to Free List. Report to accom-
pany H. R. 9396. S. Rept. 2779, July 25, 1956. 2 pp.
Extension of Filing Date for Tariff Commission Report
on Simplification of Tariff Schedules. Report to accom-
pany II. R. 12254. S. Rept. 2780, July 25, 1956. 4 pp.
Importation of Lathes Used for Shoe-Last Roughing and /
Shoe-Last Finishing. Report to accompany H. R. 10177.
S. Rept. 2782, July 25, 1956. 3 pp. '
Opposing Distinction by Foreign Nations Against United ;
States Citizens Because of Individual Religious Affili-
ations. Report to accompany S. Res. 323. S. Rept.
2790, July 25, 1956. 1 p.
Foreign Tax Credit for Income Tax Paid With Respect to
Royalties, etc. Report to accompany H. R. 7643. S.
Rept. 2799, July 25, 1956. 4 pp.
Mutual Security Appropriation Bill, 1957. Conference
report to accompany H. R. 12130. H. Rept. 2931,
July 25, 1956. 6 pp.
Payment of War Damage Claims and Return of Vested
Assets. Report to accompany S. 4205. S. Rept. 2809,
July 26, 1956. 12 pp.
Amending Section 7 of the War Claims Act of 1948 With
Respect to Claims of Certain Religious Organizations
Functioning in the Philippine Islands. Report to accom-
pany H. R. 6586. S. Rept. 2813, July 26, 1956. 10 pp.
Investigation Into the Activities of Foreign Freight For-
warders and Brokers. Report pursuant to H. Res. 118,
S4th Cong. H. Rept. 2939, July 26, 1956. 56 pp.
Second Supplemental Appropriation Bill, 1957. Confer-
ence report to accompany H. R. 12350. H. Rept. 2941,
July 26, 1956. 8 pp.
Second Supplemental Appropriation Bill, 1957. Confer-
ference report to accompany H. R. 12350. H. Rept.
2950, July 27, 1956. 6 pp.
Civil Defense for National Survival. Twenty-fourth in-
termediate report of the House Committee on Govern-
ment Operations. H. Rept. 2946, July 27, 1956. 103 pp.
Availability of Information from Federal Departments
and Agencies. Twenty-fifth intermediate report of the
House Committee on Government Operations. H. Kept.
2947, July 27, 1956. 306 pp.
U.S., Poland Exchange Notes
on Use of Ship Flags
Text of U.S. Note of August 16
The Embassy of the United States of America
presents its compliments to the Ministry of For-
eign Affairs and, under instructions from its Gov-
ernment, has the honor to reply to the Polish Gov-
ernment's note No. D.lll.AP.5438/26/56 of June
21, 1956, regarding the flag used by the ship Free
Poland.
The United States Govermnent has inquired
into the problem posed by the Polish note, and
concludes that it is not in a position to issue a
prohibition on the use of the flag in question, as
requested by the Polish Government. The ship
Free Poland, although chartered by an American
company, the Pulawski Transport Line, is owned
by a Panamanian corporation, the Cambridge
Steamship Corporation, and is registered under
the laws of Liberia. The United States Govern-
376
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
ment does not have jurisdiction over ships of for-
eign registry, whicli are free to enter American
ports upon compliance with customary harbor and
customs regulations. The United States Govern-
ment has no regulations which would prohibit the
use of ship flags imitating or incorporating as
parts thereof flags or heraldic emblems of foreign
governments.
In addition, the United States Government does
not consider that the International Convention
for the Protection of Industrial Property referred
to in the Polish note is applicable to the present
case. Article 6 ter referred to in the Polish note
states that the "countries of the Union undertake
to refuse or invalidate registration, and to pro-
hibit by appropriate means the use . . . whether
as a trademark or as the component of such, of all
coats of arms, flags, and other state emblems . . ."
A ship flag is not a trademark, since it is not used
in connection with commodities or manufactured
products. Neither is it a service mark, since it is
not used to identify services rendered by the steam-
ship line in question but is only used as an identi-
fication of the ship flying it.
A ship's flag, such as is flown by the Free Poland,
is not registrable under the laws of the United
States relating to trademarks and service marks,
nor has any attempt been made to register the
flag of the Free Poland.
The Embassy of the United States of America
avails itself of this opportunity to renew to the
Ministry of Foreign Affairs the assurances of its
highest consideration.
Text of Polish Note of June 21
[Unofflcial translation]
The Ministry of Foreign Affairs presents its compli-
ments to the Embassy of the United States of America
in Warsaw, and has the honor to inform as follows :
The Government of the Polish People's Republic is in
possession of information that a company has been estab-
lished in the territory of the United States under the
name of "Pulawski Transport Line" which is using on
its ship Free Poland a firm flag of horizontal white, red,
and white stripes with the eagle emblem on the red
stripe. This kind of flag is an imitation of the flag of
the Polish merchant fleet of which a sample is enclosed
herewith.
The Government of the Polish People's Republic wishes
to draw attention to the fact that this kind of imitation
is prohibited by the resolutions of the Paris Convention
concerning the protection of commercial property of 1883,
the signatories of which are Poland as well as the United
States. Especially article 6 of this convention prohibits
the using of factory or commercial marks, as w-ell as
parts thereof : "coats of arms, flags and other insignias
of States belonging to the Union, also official control and
guarantee signs and stamps established by them, as well
as anything that is an imitation from the heraldic point
of view."
Referring to the above regulations, the Government of
the Polish People's Republic calls on the Government of
the United States requesting the Issuance of a prohibition
on the use of the above-mentioned merchant sign by the
Pulawski Transport Line Company. At the same time
the Government of the Polish I'eople's Republic asks to
be informed of the orders issued in this respect.
The Ministry of Foreign Affairs avails itself of the
opportunity to renew to the Embassy of the United States
expressions of its high consideration.
Soviet Translator Dismissed
by United Nations
Press release 444 dated August 24
The United States has been advised by the Sec-
retary-General of the United Nations, Dag Ham-
marskjold, that he has dismissed from employ-
ment a Secretariat employee, Viktor Ivanovich
Petrov, for having engaged in activities beyond
the scope of his official capacity as a Secretariat
employee. Petrov is a Soviet national who was
employed by the United Nations as a translator
in the Language and Meetings Section of the De-
partment of Conference Services.
Petrov's dismissal came after consideration by
Mr. Hammarskjold of information given him by
the Department of State. The information was
based on evidence furnished by the Department of
Justice that Petrov had attempted to obtain in-
formation vital to the security and defease of the
United States.
Tlie representation was made to Mr. Ham-
marskjold, as Secretary-General of the United
Nations, by James J. Wadsworth, Deputy U.S.
Representative to the United Nations. It was
based upon a provision contained in the head-
quarters agreement entered into between the
United States and the United Nations in June 1947
and enacted into law by a joint resolution of the
Congress of the United States as Public Law 357
(80th Cong.) approved August 4, 1947.
The headquarters agreement governs the estab-
lishment of the U.N. headquarters in the United
States and, in section 13, makes provision for the
manner in which the laws and regulations in force
in the United States regarding the residence of
aliens shall be applied. Section 13 provides, in
part, that the privileges granted officials of the
September 3, 1956
377
United Nations, representatives of member
nations, and others shall not be construed to grant
them exemption from the laws and regulations of
the United States regarding the continued resi-
dence of aliens where, because of activities outside
an individual's official capacity, there is an abuse
of the privilege of residence.
As a result of Secretary-General Hammar-
skj old's action, Petrov has already left the United
States.
Eximbank Loan to Iran
for Highway Maintenance
The Export-Import Bank of Washington an-
nounced on August 21 that a credit of $5 million
has been granted to the Imperial Government of
Iran to assist in establishing, with U.S. equip-
ment and advisory personnel, a highway mainte-
nance progi-am in that country. This credit will
assist Iran in the next 2 years to initiate a pro-
gram of modern highway maintenance based upon
U.S. methods of operation and organization.
This $5 million is the second loan granted at the
request of Iran under an overall $53 million line
of credit established in June 1955. A loan of
$14 million for export of U.S. railroad equipment
to Iran under this line was granted in August
1955. The new credit will enable Iran to finance
the dollar costs of technical assistance and pro-
curement of necessary equipment. These funds
will be spent in the United States approximately
as follows :
Road maintenance equipment $4, 413, 000
Technical personnel 50O, 000
Shop equipment 62, 000
Laboratory equipment 25,000
5, 000, 000
Eximbank's credit will become operative after
the Govermnent of Iran completes an agreement
with the U.S. Bureau of Public Koads providing
for advice and guidance in the implementation of
the program. This agreement will provide the
Iranian Ministry of Koads with a group of 11
U.S. technicians to serve as an advisory and train-
ing team and as consultants on highway matters.
A central repair shop and training center will
be established in Tehran for the initial training of
mechanics and operators to staff 10 highway divi-
sion headquarters to be established throughout the
378
I
country. The center itself will be constructed by
the Iranian Ministry of Roads and provided with
U.S. equipment procured with the loan funds.
Under an arrangement between the Government
of Iran and the Export-Import Bank, the U.S.
Bureau of Public Roads dispatched a 3-man mis-
sion to Iran earlier this year to survey the highway i
situation in that country. As a result of that
survey, the bank authorized the $5 million credit
to enable Iran to initiate the program.
The mission inspected prevailing conditions of
Iranian roads and made two major trips from
Tehran, one to the Persian Gulf and another to
the Caspian Sea. The mission found that by U.S.
standards primary and secondary roads in Iran
are in need of improvement and maintenance and
that the cost of transportation and distribution of
goods within the country is therefore relatively
high.
Cost of operating motor vehicles on improved
highways in Iran could be considerably less than
on the roads as they now exist. At present there
are about 56,000 motor vehicles in Iran, of which
23,000 are trucks. The present condition of
Iranian roads hampers the use of light trucks and
passenger cars, both of which are expected to in-
crease greatly in number as soon as improvement
in the condition of the country's roads can be
effected.
The bank's $5 million credit will be repayable in
10 approximately equal semiannual installments
beginning on June 1, 1959.
Commerce Department Publication
on World Trade
World exports in the first quarter of 1956 were
up 7 percent over those of the corresponding 1955
period, the Bureau of Foreign Commerce, U.S.
Department of Commerce, repoiied on August 23.
The annual rate of first-quarter exports, nor-
mally below the calendar year figure, rose to $86.4
billion in 1956, compared with last year's record
export total of $83.9 billion. This first-quarter
rate was higher than that of any previous quarter
except the seasonally high fourth-quarter 1955
level.
Shipments from the United States, up 12 per-
cent from the first 1955 quarter, contributed over
one-third of the gain. Continental Western Eu-
ropean countries were responsible for another
Department of State Bulletin
third, and the exports of a number of Latin Ameri-
can and Far Eastei-n countries rose considerably.
The Bureau's new 12-page pamphlet, entitled
World Trade Review as of July 1956, of interest
both to the foreign trader and to the student of
world commerce, contains the latest available data
on exports and imports of the principal trading
areas outside the Soviet bloc and of some 140 indi-
vidual countries. Trade figures are given on an
annual basis for 1954 and 1955; quarterly, from
the beginning of 1954 through March 1956 ; and
monthly, from July 1955 to May 1956. Most of
the data were compiled from official foreign trade
publications of the various countries.^
Current U.N. Documents:
A Selected Bibliography
Economic and Social Council
Economic Commission for Latin America. Brief review
of tlie work and activities of the Commission, 1948-1955.
E/CN.12/AC.34/2/Adcl. 1, April 11, 1956. 21 pp.
minieo.
Establisbment of a World Food Reserve. Report pre-
pared by the Food and Agriculture Organization under
General" Assembly resolution 827 (IX). E/2855, April
16, 1956. 77 pp. printed.
Economic Commission for Latin America. Report of the
Central American Economic Cooperation Committee
(10 ftlay 1955-29 January 1956). E/CN.12/AC..34/5
(E/CN.12/CCE/64), April 24, 1956. 92 pp. mimeo.
Financing of Economic Development. International Tax
Problems. Taxation in Capital-Exporting and Capital-
Importing Countries of Foreign Private Investment.
Netherlands Taxation of Private Netherlands Invest-
ment Abroad. E/2865/Add. 1, May 1, 1956. 25 pp.
mimeo.
Financing of Economic Development. International Tax
Problems. Taxation in Capital-Exporting and Capital-
Importing Countries of Iforeign Private Investment.
Belgian Taxation of Private Belgian Investment
Abroad. E/2865/Add. 2, May 2, 1956. 19 pp. mimeo.
Commission on Narcotic Drugs. Illicit Traffic. Report
of tlie Committee on Illicit Traffic. E/CN.7/L.129/Add.
I, May 2, 1956. 18 pp. mimeo.
Economic Commission for Latin America. Programme of
worli and priorities, 1956-57. E/CN.12/AC.34/8, May
II, 1906. 20 pp. mimeo.
Technical Assistance Committee. The expanded pro-
gramme of technical assistance. Administrative and
operational services costs. Report of the Technical
Assistance Board. E/TAC/51, May 14, 1956. 22 pp.
mimeo.
Technical Assistance Committee. The expanded pro-
gramme of technical assistance. Working capital and
reserve fund. Report of the Technical Assistance
Board. E/TAC/52, May 22, 1956. 16 pp. mimeo.
International Tax Problems. Taxation in Capital-
Exporting and Capital-Importing Countries of Foreign
Private Investment. Memorandum prepared by the
' The pamphlet may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D. C, or from any of the Department of
Commerce Field Offices, at 20 cents a copy.
Secretary-General. B/2865, May 23, 1956. 19 pp.
mimeo.
Trusteeship Council
Conditions in the Cameroons under French Administra-
tion. Working paper prepared by the Secretariat.
T/L.645, March 7, 1956. 80 pp. mimeo.
Examination of the Annual Report on the Administration
of Western Samoa, 1955. Proposals for further consti-
tutional development in Western Samoa. Letter dated
26 December 1955 from the Minister of External Affairs
in New Zealand to the High Commissioner of Western
Samoa. T/1243, April 25, 1956. 13 pp. mimeo.
Report of the United Nations Advisory Council for the
Trust Territory of Somaliland under Italian Adminis-
tration covering the period from 1 April 1955 to 31
March 1956. T/1245, May 1, 1956. 68 pp. mimeo.
Examination of Petitions. Final report of the Committee
on Communications from the Cameroons under French
Administration. T/L.671, June 4, 1956. 54 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Visiting Mission to Trust Territories in
the Pacific, 1956. Report on the Trust Territory of the
Pacific Islands. T/1255, June 7, 1956. 162 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Visiting Mission to Trust Territories in
the Pacific, 1956. Report on Nauru. T/1256, June 12,
1956. 78 pp. mimeo.
Conditions in the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
Working paper prepared by the Secretariat. T/L.685,
June 13, 1956. 47 pp. mimeo.
Report of the United Nations Plebiscite Commissioner for
the Trust Territory of Togoland under British Admin-
istration. T/1258 and Add. 1, June 19, 1956. 569 pp.
mimeo.
Conditions in the Trust Territory of Nauru. Working
paper prepared by the Secretariat. T/L.686, June 20,
19.56. 42 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Visiting Mission to Trust Territories in
the Pacific. 1956. Report on New Guinea. T/1260,
June 20, 1956. 130 pp. mimeo.
United Nations Visiting Mission to Trust Territories in
the Pacific, 1956. Report on Western Samoa. T/1261,
June 27, 1956. 48 pp. mimeo.
Conditions in the Trust Territory of New Guinea. Work-
ing paper prepared by the Secretariat. T/L.687, June
28, 1956. 41 pp. mimeo.
Dissemination of Information on the United Nations and
the International Trusteeship System in the Trust Ter-
ritories. Report of the Secretary-General. T/1266.
July 5, 1956. 16 pp. mimeo.
Report by the Plebiscite Administrator on the Plebiscite
held in Togoland under United Kingdom Administra-
tion on 9 May 1956. T/1269, July 6, 1956. 24 pp.
mimeo.
Conditions in the Trust Territory of Western Samoa.
Working paper prepared by the Secretariat. T/L.690,
July 9, 1956. 46 pp. mimeo.
Conditions in Togoland Under British Administration.
Working paper prepared by the Secretariat. T/L.691,
July 10, 1956. 59 pp. mimeo.
Conditions in the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
Report of the Drafting Committee. T/L.699, July 13,
1956. 13 pp. mimeo.
The Future of Togoland Under British Administration.
Memorandum by the Administering Authority. T/1270,
July 16, 1956. 5 pp. mimeo.
Rural Economic Development of the Trust Territories.
Sixth Progress Report of the Committee on Rural Eco-
nomic Development of the Trust Territories. T/1273,
July 25, 1956. 3 pp. mimeo.
Conditions in the Trust Territory of the Pacific Islands.
Summary of Observations made by Individual Members
of the Council during the General Discussion and of the
Comments of the Representative and the Special Rep-
resentative of the Administering Authority. T/L.708,
July 25, 1956. 38 pp. mimeo.
September 3, 1956
379
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS AND CONFERENCES
Calendar of Meetings ^
Adjourned During August 1956
U.N. Economic and Social Council: 22d Session Geneva July 9- August 9
8th International Congress and Exposition of Photogrammetry . . Stockholm July 17-August 2
GATT Intersessional Committee Geneva July 26 (one day)
International Association of Theoretical and Applied Limnology: Helsinki July 27-August 7
13th Congress.
PAIGH Commission on Geography: Meeting of National Members . Rio de Janeiro July 30- August 4
U.N. ECAFE Working Party on Housing and Building Materials: Bangkok July 30-August 6
4th Meeting.
International Union of Physiological Sciences: 1st General As- Brussels July 30-August 5
sembly.
20th Int"ernational Physiological Congress Brussels July 30-August 5
International Conference of Social Work: 8th Session Munich August 5-10
U.N. ECAFE/UNESCO Seminar on Urbanization Bangkok August 8-18
International Geographical Union: 9th General Assembly .... Rio de Janeiro August 9-18
U.N. European Regional Consultative Group on the Prevention of Geneva August 13-23
Crime and Treatment of Offenders: 3d Session.
U.N. ECE Expert Group on Conditions of Sale of Coal .... Geneva August 13-17
Suez Canal Conference London August 16-23
U.N. ECE Ad Hoc Working Party on Gas Problems Geneva August 22-24
American International Institute for the Protection of Childhood: Montevideo August 28-31
Meeting of Directing Council.
In Session as of August 31, 1956
North Pacific Fur Seal Conference Washington November 28
(1955)-
ITU International Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR): 8th Warsaw. August 9-
Plenary Session.
U.N. Conference of Plenipotentiaries on a Supplementary Con- Geneva August 13-
vention on the Abolition of Slavery, the Slave Trade and Institu-
tions and Practices Similar to Slavery.
U.N. ECOSOC Commission on Transport and Communications: Geneva August 15-
Committee of Experts on the Transport of Dangerous Goods.
17th International Exhibition of Cinematographic Art Venice August 16-
10th International Edinburgh Film Festival Edinburgh August 19-
U.N. ECE Working Party on Arbitration Geneva August 27-
6th International Congress of Soil Science Paris August 29-
Scheduied September 1-November 30, 1956
5th International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Philadelphia September 1-
Sciences.
ICAO Legal Committee: Subcommittee on Legal Status of Aircraft Geneva September 3-
Atlantic Treaty Association Education Conference Paris September 3-
FAO Council: 25th Session Rome September 3-
6th ILO Regional Conference of American States Members . . . Habana September 3-
SEATO Committee of Economic Experts Bangkok September 3-
U.N. ECE Inland Transport Committee: Group of Experts To Geneva September 3-
Study Certain Technical Railway Questions.
International Geological Congress: 20th Session Mexico, D. F September 4-
9th International Congress on Theoretical and Applied Mechanics . Brussels September 5-
' Prepared in the Office of International Conferences, Aug. 23, 1956. Asterisks indicate tentative dates. Following
is a list of abbreviations: U.N., United Nations; GATT, General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade; PAIGH, Pan American
Institute of Geography and History; ECAFE, Economic Commission for Asia and the Far East; UNESCO, United Na-
tions Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization; ECE, Economic Commission for Europe; ITU, International
Telecommunication Union; CCIR, Comity consultatif international des radiocommunications; ECOSOC, Economic and
Social Council; ICAO, International Civil Aviation Organization; FAO, Food and Agriculture Organization; ILO, Inter-
national Labor Organization; SEATO, Southeast Asia Treaty Organization; PASO, Pan American Sanitary Organization;
WHO, World Health Organization; ICEM, Intergovernmental Committee for European Migration; WMO, World
Meteorological Organization; UNICEF, United Nations Children's Fund; CCIT, Comity consultatif international
t61i5graphique.
380 Department of State Bulletin
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled September 1-November 30, 1956 — Continued
International Sugar Council: 9th Meeting London September 5-
ICAO Joint Financing Conference To Revise the Danish and Ice- Geneva September 6-
landic Agreements.
FAO Conference: Special Session Rome September 10-
PASO Executive Committee: 29th Meeting Antigua (Guatemala) . . . . September 11-
U.N. Committee To Review the Salary, Allowances and Benefits New York September 13-
System: 2d Session.
9th Meeting of PASO Directing Council and 8th Meeting of Re- Antigua (Guatemala). . . . September 16-
gional Committee of WHO for the Americas.
Preliminary Meeting of Special Committee To Consider Means for Washington September 17-
Strengthening the Organization of American States.
8th Meeting of International Tin Study Group: Management Com- Brussels September 17-
mittee Meeting.
U.N. BCAFE Working Party on Economic Development and Plan- Bangkok September 17-
ning: 2d Meeting.
3d ICAO Air Navigation Conference Montreal September 18-
U.N. ECE Coal Committee Geneva September 18-
ILO Tripartite Preparatory Technical Maritime Conference . . . London September 19-
International Atomic Energy Agency: General Conference on the New York September 20-
Draft Statute.
ICEM Executive Committee: 5th Session Geneva September 20-
U.N. ECE Coal Committee: Working Party on Coal Statistics . . Geneva September 20-
International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and In- Washington September 24-
ternational Monetary Fund: 11th Annual Meeting of Boards of
Governors.
14th International Dairy Congress Rome September 24-
U.N. Advisory Committee on Peaceful Uses of Atomic Energy . . New York September 28-
PASO Executive Committee: 30th Meeting Antigua (Guatemala). . . . September 29-
Pan American Highway Congresses: 2d Meeting of Permanent Washington October 1-
Executive Committee.
ICEM Council: 5th Session Geneva October 1-
International Council for the Exploration of the Sea: 44th Annual Copenhagen October 1-
Meeting.
South Pacific Commission: Technical Meeting on Pastures and Melbourne October 1-
Livestock.
UNESCO Regional Conference on Exchange of Publications in Habana October 1-
Latin America.
International Committee on Weights and Measures Paris October 1-
Hague Conference on International Private Law: 8th Session. . . The Hague October 3-
U.N. International Sugar Conference Geneva October 4-
FAO Regional Conference, Far East Bandung October 8-
U.N. Committee on Question of Defining Aggression New York October 8-
G ATT Contracting Parties: 11th Session Geneva October 11-
ILO Advisory Committee on Salaried Employees and Professional Geneva October 15-
Workers: 4th Session.
U.N. ECE Committee on the Development of Trade and East- West Geneva October 15-
Trade Consultations.
WMO Commission for Maritime Meteorology: 2d Session . . . . Hamburg (Germany) . . . . October 16-
FAO World Eucalyptus Conference Rome October 17-
South Pacific Commission: 16th Session Noumea (New Caledonia). . October 19-
Civil Defense and the Geneva Agreements: 2d Conference . . . . Cairo October 22-
Committee on Improvement of National Statistics (COINS): 4th Washington October 22-
Session.
International Union of Official Travel Organizations: 11th Assembly . Vienna October 22-
U.N. ECE Timber Committee Geneva October 22-
UNICEF Executive Board and Program Committee New York October 22-
U.N. Scientific Committee on Effects of Atomic Radiation: 2d New York October 22-
Meeting.
FAO Committee on Commodity Problems: 1st Meeting of Consul- Rome October 24-
tative Subcommittee on Economic Aspects of Rice.
U.N. EC AFE Committee on Industry and Trade: 2d Session of the Tokyo October 29-
Trade Subcommittee.
UNESCO Executive Board: 45th Session New Delhi October 29-
Consultative Committee for Economic Development in South and Wellington (New Zealand) . . November 5-
Southeast Asia ("Colombo Plan") : Preliminary Working Group.
FAO International Rice Commission: .4d Hoc Working Group on Calcutta November 5-
Storage and Processing of Rice.
UNESCO General Conference: 9th Session New Delhi November 5-
U.N. ECE Electric Power Committee: Working Party on Rural Geneva November 5-
Electrification.
ICAO Charges for Airports and Air Navigation Facilities Montreal November 6-
7th International Grassland Congress Palmerston (New Zealand) . . November 6-
U.N. ECE Electric Power Committee Geneva November 8-
U.N. General Assembly: 11th Session New York November 12-
FAO International Rice Commission: 5th Session Calcutta November 12-
September 3, 1956 381
Calendar of Meetings — Continued
Scheduled September 1-November 30, 1956 — Continued
ILO Governing Body: 133d Session (and Committees)
U.N. ECAFE Highway Subcommittee: Seminar on Highway Safety .
U.N. ECE/FAO Joint Working Party on Forest and Forest
Products.
ICAO Air Navigation Meeting, Special Limited Caribbean Regional .
Caribbean Commission: Conference on Town and Country De-
velopment Planning.
45th Conference of the Inter-Parliamentary Union
FAO Regional Conference in Latin America
5th U.N. ECE Conference of European Statisticians
Consultative Committee for Economic Development in South and
Southeast Asia ("Colombo Plan"): Officials Meeting.
ITU CCIT Preliminary Study Group
1st Inter- American Technical Meeting on Housing and Planning . .
Geneva November 12-
( Undetermined) November 12-
Geneva November 12-
(Undetermined) November 13*-
Trinidad November 14-
Bangkok November 15-
Santiago November 19-
Geneva November 19-
Wellington (New Zealand) . . November 20-
Geneva November 22-
Bogotd, November 26-
U.S. Participation in the United Nations During 1955
EXCERPTS FROM A REPORT BY THE PRESIDENT TO THE CONGRESS'
Following are the texts of a letter from President Eisenhower transmitting
to the Congress the tenth annual report on United States participation in the
United Nations; a letter from Secretary Dulles transmitting the report to
the President; and excerpts from the report summarizing activities in the
fields of (i) peace and security, {2) econoinic and social cooperation and
human rights, and (S) dependent territories.
LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL
The President to the Congress
2'o the Congress of the United States:
I transmit herewith, pursuant to the United
Nations Participation Act, the tenth annual re-
port, covering the year 1955, on United States
participation in the United Nations.
The prime purpose of the United Nations — "to
save succeeding generations from the scourge of
war"- — remains unchanged. This goal as well as
those of human rights, justice, and social progress
are ardently desired by the American people. I,
therefore, found special satisfaction in addressing
the United Nations Commemorative Conference
in San Francisco in June 1955, which was con-
vened to mark the tenth anniversary of the sign-
ing of the Charter.
The record for 1955 shows that the United
Nations, now in its second decade, is increasingly
vital and effective. I draw your attention to a few
of the year's developments which especially com-
mand the interest of the United States.
1. First in significance for peace and progress,
in the long range view, are the United Nations
' Reprinted from United States Participation in the
United Nations: Report iy the President to the Congress
for the Tear 1955, H. Doc. 455 transmitted July 18 ; De-
partment of State publication 6318, for sale by the Super-
intendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C. (290 pp., 70 cents). The opening
section of the report is entitled : "Tenth Anniversary
Commemoration In San Francisco." The remainder of the
report is divided into five parts : I. Maintenance of Peace
and Security ; II. Economic and Social Cooperation and
Human Rights ; III. Dependent Territories ; IV. Legal
and Constitutional Developments ; V. Budgetary, Finan-
cial, and Administrative Matters. There are also five
appendixes : I. The United Nations Expanded Program
of Technical Assistance; II. Contributions Received by
Unuwa in Respect to Fiscal Year 1955 Pledges ; III. The
United Nations System ; IV. United States Representa-
tion in the United Nations System ; V. Documentary Pub-
lications on the United Nations.
382
Department of Stale Bulletin
contributions to the peaceful applications of atomic
energy. Having proposed before the General As-
sembly in 1953 that an international atomic en-
ergy agency be created, I have carefully followed
developments in this field. The progress made in
the past two years is impressive.
Although the Soviet Union's response to the ini-
tial proposal for an international agency was nega-
tive and disappointing, we and other interested
nations pressed on with new proposals.
Important strides in this momentous field were
thus made in 1955. In August, pursuant to a
United States proposal, scientists from seventy-
three states met under United Nations auspices
for two weeks in Geneva in an International Tech-
nical Conference to explore the promise of the
atom. The Conference provided valuable oppor-
tunities for the exchange of scientific knowledge
for the benefit of mankind between scientists with-
out regard for ideologies.
There was also progress in the creation of the
international agency itself. The determination
of free nations to advance this program, together
with the great prestige of the United Nations,
resulted in unanimous approval by the Tenth Gen-
eral Assembly of the prospective creation of the
International Atomic Energy Agency. The Stat-
ute of the Agency is now ready for adoption. The
Agency itself should be established during the
coming year.
This progress in converting the atom to peaceful
use illustrates the ability of the United Nations
to get results in the face of what might seem in-
surmountable obstacles.
At the time I originally proposed the develop-
ment of peaceful uses of atomic energy I had
this in mind: That if the world could cooperate
and move ahead significantly in this field, this
might make it easier to move ahead in the far
more difficult field of disarmament. I am still
convinced that this is so. Wlaen this Agency comes
into being the confidence, the cooperation, and the
trust which it will engender among nations can
bring us significantly closer to the day when honest
disarmament can be realized.
Disarmament, and by this I mean the controlled
reduction of military forces and of conventional
and nuclear weapons, remains one of the most vital
unsolved problems facing the world. The Soviet
Union and the United States are the two gi'eat
nuclear powers. Both possess an enormous po-
tential for either the welfare or the destruction
of mankind. The responsibility, therefore, lies
particularly upon us and the Soviet Union to pro-
duce a workable plan for safeguarded disarma-
ment. Other nations look with justified anxiety
for signs that this is being done.
Our Government, the first to master atomic en-
ergy, was likewise the first to offer to put it under
the control of the United Nations. Ten years have
elapsed since that time, but our repeated efforts
to reach agreement through the United Nations
have been unavailing. The basic reason for this
is the mutual distrust existing between the Soviet
Union and other nations.
2. The dispelling of this paralyzing distrust
was my main purpose in proposing at Geneva last
July the plan for aerial inspection by the United
States and the Soviet Union of each other's mili-
tary installations. Such a system should make
it impossible for either side to make a massive
surprise attack on the other. Last December the
General Assembly by the overwhelming vote of
56 to 7 asked that this be one of the proposals
to receive priority consideration as a confidence-
building first step on the road to arms reduction.
The Soviet Union has nevertheless refused, thus
far, to accept this offer. But we and our asso-
ciates should continue, with patient resolve, to
seek common ground with the Soviet Union on
this or some equally effective program that could
lead to safeguarded disarmament, looking for the
day when the Soviets will change their view on
this topic, as they have done on others in the past.
We shall continue to obey the mandate of the
United Nations in this field. We shall continue
our search until we have found the answer to this
awesome problem. We shall be guided by the
knowledge that no nation can live in the true spirit
of peace or devote its energies to the pursuit of
happiness until the trend toward increasingly de-
structive armaments is reversed.
3. In 1955 the United Nations made its contri-
bution to the continuance of a world fortunately
free fi'om open war. In the strife between the
Arab States and Israel, which reflects intense
political, economic and cultural tensions, the
United Nations succeeded for another year in
maintaining the uneasy armistice. Measured
against the tragic alternative, this ranks as a sub-
stantial accomplisliment.
The stabilizing influence that the United Na-
tions has been able to exert upon the Near Eastern
situation is one of the best proofs of the sheer
September 3, 7956
383
necessity of the United Nations. We are in an era
of resurgent nationalism, which has very little
tolerance for the methods of pacification and arbi-
tration imposed from without that have worked
in other eras. In the Near East the United Na-
tions has provided perhaps the only force — essen-
tially a moral force — that can maintain the armi-
stice and work toward a permanent solution. Sec-
retary-General Hammarskj old's mission under-
taken this spring as a result of United States initi-
ative in the Security Council made a substantial
contribution to improving a serious and dangerous
situation there. It illustrates the ability of the
United Nations to develop over a period of time,
through patient testing, workable methods that,
when world opinion is mobilized, can deal success-
fully with such serious problems.
4. One more United Nations achievement of
1955 is especially precious for Americans because
it concerns our own flesh and blood. In May and
August, the Chinese Communist authorities re-
leased from unjust and illegal imprisonment
fifteen American fliers, fighting men of the Korean
war. They had detained these men in violation of
the Korean Armistice. Most of them had been
victims of fabricated propaganda charges. Their
return to their homes followed Secretary-General
Hammarskjokrs trip to Peiping armed with a
mandate from the General Assembly. It proved
with dramatic force the power of the United Na-
tions to influence events through its impact on
world opinion.
5. The end of year 1955 found the United Na-
tions larger by sixteen members, giving it a total
membership of seventy-six. For years the Soviet
veto had kept many fully qualified states from
taking their place in the United Nations. Finally
the pressure of world opinion made possible a gen-
erally acceptable solution.
As additional countries become qualified for
membership, they should be admitted without de-
lay. I am glad to note that the Sudan, which
achieved independence late in 1955, has already
been recommended for admission by the Security
Council. Certainly, the grossly unjust exclusion
of Japan by repeated Soviet vetoes should be
promptly rectified. The Kepublic of Korea and
Viet-Nam are likewise fully eligible for member-
ship.
The United Nations in its firet decade has not
seen a single member withdraw from membership.
To the contrary, most of those outside the Organi-
zation seek to join it. Nothing could more clearly
prove its vitality and influence.
I commend to the Congress this report of United
States participation in the tenth year of the
United Nations. It is a record of substantial evo-
lution in man's efforts to live at peace. It is up
to us and the other member states to see that the
United Nations serves with increasing effective-
ness, within the Charter, its central purpose of
maintaining the peace and fostering the well-being
of all peoples. To this end the United Nations and
the Specialized Agencies associated with it de-
serve, and should continue to receive, our honest,
intelligent and wholehearted support.
DwiGHT D. Eisenhower
The White House
July 18, 1956
The Secretary of State to the President
Depaktment of State
Washiiigton, June 7, 1956
The Pkesident:
Under the United Nations Participation Act
(Public Law 264, 79th Congress) the President
transmits annually to the Congress a report on
United States participation in United Nations ac-
tivities. A report for the calendar year 1955 has
therefore been prepared by the Department of
State. This report, as in previous years, is a com-
prehensive survey of the Government's participa-
tion in the work of the United Nations and the
Specialized Agencies.
The tenth year of the United Nations was an
eventful and constructive one. I am sure that the
Congress and the public will find in this document
an important record of past accomplishments and
a valuable guide for the future.
I reconunend that you approve the report for
transmittal to the Congress.
Respectfully submitted,
John Foster Duli/ES
The President,
The White Rome.
MAINTENANCE OF PEACE AND SECURITY
The admission in December 1955 of 16 new
members to the United Nations broke a deadlock
that had existed since 1950. Ambassador Henry
Cabot Lodge, Jr., welcomed 12 of the new mem-
384
liepQrtmen\ of State Bulletin
bers, who, he said, "will bring us much in civiliza-
tion and wisdom" and "will greatly add to the
usefulness of the United Nations." He regretted
the continued exclusion of Japan, whose applica-
tion was vetoed by the Soviet Union three times
in 2 days, and promised that the United States
would continue to work for its admission. Earlier,
he had called attention to the fact that the Repub-
lic of Korea and Viet-Nam were also qualified can-
didates "barred only by the Soviet veto." As Am-
bassador Ijodge stated, "The United States has
long favored the admission of all qualified appli-
cants." The U.S. representative also made clear
that the United States did not consider i (Alba-
nia, Bulgaria, Hungary, and Rumania) of the 16
new members qualified. However, consistent with
its often stated position that the veto should not
apply in the case of membership applications, the
United States abstained in the voting on these 4
applications and also on that of Outer Mongolia
which the United States does not regard as in-
dependent and which failed of admission.
For the second consecutive year, disarmament
was the focal point in 1955 for U.N. activities
directed toward the maintenance of security.
President Eisenhower's "open skies" proposal to
the U.S.S.R. at the Geneva meeting of Heads of
Government in July offered a new approach to
this problem. The President proposed that the
United States and the Soviet Union exchange
military blueprints and permit mutual aerial in-
spection as a step that would "convince the world"
that provision was being made "against the possi-
bility of great surprise attack, thus lessening dan-
ger and relaxing tension."
The President's proposal took into account the
fact that older plans for inspection and control
of nuclear material are no longer technologically
adequate. It was presented as a confidence-build-
ing measure that would facilitate agreement on
a comprehensive and effective disarmament sys-
tem. The President's proposal became a principal
element in the disarmament negotiations that fol-
lowed the Geneva meeting and was overwhelming-
ly endorsed by the General Assembly at its 10th
session as an initial step toward a comprehensive
program of disarmament.
Substantial progress was made in 1955 toward
the establishment of the International Atomic
Energy Agency. This agency was first proposed
by President Eisenhower in December 1953 in
his address to the eighth General Assembly. Its
purpose is to bring the benefit of atomic energy
to all peoples and to develop that mutual under-
standing and international cooperation that could
lead to disarmament. Shortly before the 10th
General Assembly convened, a draft statute for
the agency was circulated for comment to all 84
states members of the United Nations or the spe-
cialized agencies. The Assembly noted this de-
velopment with satisfaction and welcomed the
announcement, made by the United States on be-
half of the group of states that had negotiated
the draft, that this group was being expanded
from 8 to 12 and that all members of the United
Nations or of the specialized agencies would be
invited to a conference on the final text of the
statute.
Another outstanding development during the
year relating to the peaceful uses of atomic energy
was the international technical conference in this
field held under U.N. auspices at Geneva in Au-
gust. This conference — the first such meeting
ever held — was the result of a U.S. initiative at
the ninth General Assembly. It was universally
regarded as having been highly successful, and
there was unanimous support at the 10th session
of the General Assembly for a U.S. proposal that
a second conference of this nature be held in the
near future.
The United States also proposed at the 10th
General Assembly the establishment of a special
scientific committee to coordinate information con-
cerning the effects of atomic radiation on hmnan
health and safety, and a resolution to this effect
was mianimously adopted. The U.S. proposal
was made in recognition of the widespread con-
cern that exists throughout the world over tliis
problem.
Pi-ogress during 1955 in the peaceful settlement
of disputes again proved that deep-seated diffi-
culties can be overcome. At the same time the
fact that important problems remained unsolved
emphasized the difficulties inherent in the recon-
ciliation of conflicting interests, where progress
essentially depends on agreement between the par-
ties and the United Nations can only encourage
and facilitate such agreement.
The Chinese Communists released the impris-
oned U.S. fliers whose illegal detention had been
the subject of a 1954 General Assembly resolu-
tion. A change in the Soviet position permitted
the conclusion, after 8 years of negotiations, of
an Austrian State Treaty restoring Austria's in-
Sepfember 3, 1956
385
dependence. The deadlock in these negotiations
had been brought before the Assembly in 1952.
The signing of the Franco-Tunisian Convention
in June 1955 marked a substantial advance toward
settlement of the Tunisian question, which there-
fore, for the first time in 3 years, was not on the
Assembly's agenda. The Assembly postponed fur-
ther consideration of the Moroccan question fol-
lowing the announcement in November 1955 by
the Sultan of Morocco and the French Foreign
Minister of their intention to negotiate.
On the other hand, the situation with respect
to Cyprus became more critical when conversa-
tions in London initiated by the United King-
dom with Greece and Turkey were suspended early
in September 1955. The General Assembly de-
cided not to consider the Cyprus question at its
10th session in order not to exacerbate an inflamed
situation, which, in the words of Ambassador
Lodge, called for "quiet diplomacy" rather than
"public debate." Western New Guinea remained
a subject of dispute between Indonesia and the
Netherlands and was again on the Assembly's
agenda. The Assembly took no position on the
merits of the case.
The Conmiunist position on Korea remained un-
changed and therefore no progress toward unifi-
cation was possible. Similarly, Soviet intransi-
gence on the problem of German unification of-
fered no hope for Communist cooperation with the
U.N. Commission on German Elections, estab-
lished by the General Assembly in 1951, and the
Commission continued inactive during 1955.
The withdrawal of two delegations from the
10th General Assembly luiderscored the differing
views on the Assembly's competence and the ex-
tent to which the effectiveness of U.N. efforts to
assist in the solution of problems in the field of
pacific settlement is dependent on the receptive-
ness of the parties to such efforts. The Assem-
bly's decision to consider the situation in Algeria
led to the withdrawal of the French delegation
on the ground that the decision was contrary to
the Charter's interdiction against intervention in
the domestic jurisdiction of a member. The
French resumed their participation in the session
only after the Assembly had acted, in effect, to
drop the Algerian question. A resolution adopted
in committee continuing the U.N. Commission on
the Racial Situation in South Africa led to South
Africa's withdrawal for the duration of the ses-
sion. The committee-recommended text was re-
vised by the full Assembly, however, to delete all
provisions relating to the continuation of the Com-
mission, with which the Union had consistently
refused to cooperate on the ground that it was
concerned with matters essentially witlain South
Africa's domestic jurisdiction.
The 10th General Assembly felt the impact of
two important developments in 1955 quite outside
the United Nations — the Bandung conference of
Asian, Arab, and African states in the spring and
the meeting of Heads of Government at Geneva
in July. Asian, Arab, and African nations gave
common expression at Bandung to their objec-
tives in areas of mutual concern and derived from
the conference a new confidence with which to
pursue these objectives. The meeting at Geneva
raised widespread hopes that the danger of war
had receded and that some of the outstanding dif-
ferences between the free and the Communist
world might now be resolved. From the outset
of the lOtli Assembly session the easier atmos-
phei'e reflecting the "spirit of Geneva" led to em-
phasis on accommodation of views as between the
two worlds.
These developments were reflected at the 10th
General Assembly in three ways: by a loosening
of free- world alinements; by an intensified pur-
suit by the smaller and less developed countries
of objectives that raise conflicts within the free
world ; and by increased flexibility of Soviet-bloc
tactics. The tone of Soviet-bloc statements con-
tinued the trend toward moderation begun in 1953.
One new case was brought before the Security
Council in 1955. Early in the year New Zealand
requested Council consideration of armed hostil-
ities "in the area of certain islands off the coast of I
the mainland of China." The Council held two
meetings to consider this matter, but took no sub- ]
stantive action in view of the Chinese Communist
refusal of the Council's invitation to participate
in the discussion. The Council remained seized
of the Kashmir dispute between India and Pak-
istan but did not consider it in 1955. U.N. ob-
servers continued to supervise the truce in this!
area where the general situation remained un-
changed. As in 1954 the majority of Council
meetings were concerned with developments in theJ
Palestine area, there being a marked deterioratior
in relations between Israel and the Arab State
during the war.
At the end of the year, the Council held a num-
ber of meetings to consider pending applications
386
Department of State Bulletin
for U.N. membei-ship. After the admission of
16 new members the Council held two meetings,
the first as the result of a U.S. initiative, devoted
exclusively to the Japanese application, which was
again vetoed by the U.S.S.R. The Council also
at the end of the year concurred in the 10th Gen-
eral Assembly's action deciding in principle to
hold a Charter review conference and establishing
a Committee of the Whole to report in 1957 to the
12th Assembly on the date and place of such a con-
ference and on its organization and procedures.
ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COOPERATION AND
HUMAN RIGHTS
The steady achievements of U.N. economic and
social programs in response to the pressing needs
of underdeveloped countries continued uninter-
rupted in 1955. Priority was again given to as-
sisting the efforts of these countries to expand
their economies and to improve the conditions un-
der which their peoples live and work. Programs
directed toward this end are of necessity long-
range in character and have come progressively to
reflect a "grassroots" approach. The activities of
the United Nations and the specialized agencies
in such widely disparate fields as health, educa-
tion, agricultural production, and industrial out-
put tend more and more to stress demonstration
and example at the community level.
The trend toward "fusion of the economic and
social" in the thinking and programs of the United
Nations and the specialized agencies became in-
creasingly apparent in 1955. United Nations ac-
tivities in the economic and social fields have the
common objective of improving the levels of living
throughout the world. With the recognition of
this common purpose has come the realization that
these two lines of endeavor are complementary
and interdependent. Economic development,
again a principal concern of U.N. members in
1955, depends not only upon resources and techni-
cal skills, upon financing and opportunities for
international trade, but also on improved living
and working conditions, on educational advance-
ment, and on that increased self-respect and self-
reliance that come from the enjoyment of funda-
mental human rights and freedoms. Similarly,
social development is not possible in the absence
of an adequate economic base. The substantial
measure of fusion that has occurred in these two
fields is reflected in the nature of the increasing
number of joint programs carried out by the
United Nations and the specialized agencies, in
cooperation with the recipient countries, and in
the improved coordination of individual loro-
grams. It has also led to greater concentration of
effort on the major and more urgent problems.
United Nations activities in the economic and
social field are carried forward through the Gen-
eral Assembly, the Economic and Social Council
and its eight functional and three regional com-
missions, the U.N. Secretariat, such special oper-
ating bodies established by the General Assembly
as the United Nations Children's Fund, the Office
of the High Commissioner for Refugees, the
United Nations Eelief and Works Agency for
Palestine Refugees in the Near East, and the
United Nations Korean Reconstruction Agency,
the 10 specialized agencies which are related to
the United Nations by special agreements, and the
United Nations Expanded Program of Technical
Assistance, which is carried out through both the
United Nations and the specialized agencies. The
activities of these various organs and agencies
followed established lines in 1955. Major accom-
plishments were recorded in connection with
technical assistance, the establishment of the In-
ternational Finance Corporation, increased inter-
national travel, permanent solutions for refugees,
an international survey of social development pro-
grams, and the U.S.-sponsored human rights
action program.
Both the amount of assistance to underdevel-
oped countries provided through the United Na-
tions Expanded Program of Technical Assistance
and the amount of money contributed to this pro-
gram increased in 1955, as did the niunber of gov-
ernments contributing. During the year 1,880
experts were sent out, and 2,050 fellowships were
awarded to nationals of underdeveloped countries
for study abroad, compared to 1,604 experts and
1,599 fellowships in 1954. Government contribu-
tions to the program for 1955 were almost 11 per-
cent more than for 1954. The United States in
1955 increased its pledge for 1956 over that for the
previous year by $500,000, contingent upon its con-
tribution not exceeding 50 percent of total con-
tributions from all governments.
Very substantial progress was made in 1955 to-
ward the establishment of the International
Finance Corporation, which will be affiliated with
September 3, 1956
387
the International Bank for Eeconstructlon and
Development. The purpose of the new corpora-
tion is to assist in the financing of economic de-
velopment, particularly by encouraging private
investment in productive enterprises in underde-
veloped countries. The United States has signed
the Articles of Agreement establishing this Cor-
poration, and the gi-eat majority of government
members of the International Bank have ex-
pressed their intention of joining the Corporation.
It should therefore be able to begin operations at
an early date.
A U.S. initiative calling attention to the grow-
ing importance of international travel in eco-
nomic and social development provided the basis
for reconmiendations by the Economic and So-
cial Council in the spring of 1955 to increase the
volume of such travel. The Council's recommen-
dations covered such specific steps toward this
end as improved transportation, hotel and other
facilities, the support of official and private or-
ganizations promoting tourism, and the simplifi-
cation of entry and exit procedures.
The new program of the U.N. High Commis-
sioner for Refugees authorized by the General
Assembly in 1954 to find permanent solutions for
the problem of mnassimilated refugees was well
under way by the end of 1955. Over $3 million
was allocated for that year's progi-am to assist
the assimilation of refugees, primarily by inte-
grating them in countries where they are now
living — Austria, Germany, Italy, and Greece.
More than $500,000 was allocated to place aged
and ill refugees in institutions, and over $300,000
for emergency assistance to refugees, principally
those of European origin now in Shanghai. The
U.S. contribution of $1,006,000 to this program,
for which the Congress appropriated $1,200,000
in 1955, was made on the basis of one-third of all
efovernment contributions.
The Economic and Social Council, and its So-
cial Commission, considered in 1955 an "Interna-
tional Survey of Programs of Social Develop-
ment" prepared by the Secretary-General, which
indicated that substantial advances are being made
in this field. However, it was also clear from this
survey that much remains to be done, especially
in underdeveloped countries and in rural areas
undergoing rapid urbanization.
The General Assembly in 1955 began implemen-
tation of the threefold human rights action pro-
gram advocated by the United States. It estab-
lished an advisory services program in the whole
field of human rights, imder which U.N. assistance,
where such assistance is not available elsewhere,
may be provided to a government at its request.
Included in this broad program are the individual
programs previously approved in the fields of free-
dom of information, women's rights, the eradi-
cation of discrimination, and the j)rotection of
minorities.
DEPENDENT TERRITORIES
There were a number of significant develop-
ments in 1955 indicative of that progressive de-
velopment of colonial territories from colonial to
self-governing or independent status that the
United States has consistently advocated. Six of
the new members admitted to the United Nations
in December 1955 have achieved full independence
since the U.N. Charter was signed, bringing to 14
the number of member states in this category —
Burma, Cambodia, Ceylon, India, Indonesia, Is-
rael, Jordan, Laos, Lebanon, Libya, Nepal, Pakis-
tan, the Philippines, and Syria. One of these new
members — Libya — had been established as an in-
dependent state through U.N. action.
With the General Assembly's acceptance at its
10th session of the Netherlands' decision to cease
the transmission of information on the Nether-
lands Antilles and Surinam, there are now four
formerly non-self-governing territories — Puerto
Rico, Greenland, and the two former Netherlands
colonies — that are recognized by the Assembly
to have achieved self-government, though on wide-
ly differing constitutional bases. The 10th As-
sembly also made the necessary arrangements for
holding a plebiscite under U.N. supervision in
British Togoland in the spring of 1956 to deter-
mine the wishes of the inhabitants of this trust
territory with respect to their future political
status — the first such plebiscite to be held under
the trusteeship system.
Outside the United Nations, Asian and African
countries, many of them newly independent, met
together for the first time at the Bandung con-
ference in April 1955 to consider mattere of mu-
tual concern. This conference placed heavy em-
phasis, which was later reflected in the United
Nations, on the problems of dependent peoples
and on the need to accelerate their progress to-
388
Department of State Bulletin
ward assumption of responsibility for their own
affairs.
The U.S. approach to tliese problems continued
to be based on the idea, as stated by Secretary
Dulles, "that the orderly transition from colonial
to self-governing status should be carried reso-
lutely to a completion." The United States has
therefore sought in the United Nations to encour-
age continuing progress toward this goal and its
achievement as rapidly as the situation in each
non-self-governing territoi'y permits. This ob-
jective is in keeping with tlie belief, stated by
President Eisenhower at San Francisco on June
20, 1955, "that on every nation in possession of
foreign territories, there rests the responsibility
to assist the peoples of those areas in the progres-
sive development of free political institutions so
that ultimately they can validly choose for them-
selves their permanent political status."
At the same time, the U.S. position has re-
flected the realization that the transition to self-
governing or independent status cannot be "or-
derly" if the essential political, economic, and so-
cial foundations for such a status are lacking. The
United States has therefore opposed proposals
that tend to disregard capacity in seeking self-
government for non-self-governing peoples, since
premature action could lead to a new and worse
dependence. The Congress, in its concurrent reso-
lution of July 18, 1955, endorsing U.S. support of
"other peoples in their efforts to achieve self-de-
termination or independence," made specific refer-
ence to achievement of this end "under circum-
stances which will enable them to assume and
maintain an equal status among the free nations
of the world."
Problems reflecting the aspirations of non-self-
governing peoples to self-government and to eco-
nomic and social advancement continued to have
a prominent place in the United Nations during
1955. They were considered not only in the
Trusteeship Council and in the General Assembly's
Committee IV, established for this purpose, but
elsewhere as well. The question of self-determi-
nation, for example, was the principal topic dis-
cussed at the 10th General Assembly by Committee
III which is concerned with the social field, and
had earlier in the year been considered by the
Economic and Social Council and its Commission
on Human Eights. Calling for the reconciliation
of conflicting interests and involving highly com-
plicated issues, problems such as this concerning
dependent peoples occasion long debate and sharp
reactions.
In addition to dealing with questions of a special
nature, including the difficult one regarding the
international status of South-West Africa, the
10th General Assembly conducted its annual re-
view of developments in non-self-governing ter-
ritories other than trust territories. This review
was based on the information submitted by Aus-
tralia, Belgium, France, the Netherlands, New
Zealand, the United Kingdom, and the United
States in accordance with chapter XI of the
Charter. These governments now submit infor-
mation annually on 58 non-self-governing terri-
tories, with a total population of somewhat more
than 100 million people. In this connection the
Assembly voted to continue its Committee on In-
formation from Non-Self-Governing Territories
for another 3 years. The United States main-
tained in 1955 its active interest in U.N. pursuits
in this field which arises from its abiding interest
in the welfare and advancement of dependent peo-
ples throughout the world and its particular re-
sponsibilities for the administration of five terri-
tories— Alaska, Hawaii, Guam, American Samoa,
and the Virgin Islands of the United States.
The 10th General Assembly also conducted its
annual review of the trusteeship system and the
work of the Trusteeship Council as defined in
chapters XII and XIII of the Charter. There
are 11 trust territories — 7 in Africa and 4 in the
Pacific area — with a total population of more than
18 million people. The United States administers
one of these territories — the Trust Territory of
the Pacific Islands. A principal concern of
both the Council and the Assembly in 1955 was
Somaliland, under Italian administration, which
is scheduled to achieve independence in 1960.
With its admission to the United Nations in De-
cember 1955, Italy, as an administering power,
became a full member of the Council, to which an
additional nonadministering member was then
elected to maintain the balance between admin-
istering and nonadministering members as pro-
vided in the Charter.
U.S. interest in the problem of dependent terri-
tories was further shown during 1955 by its active
participation as a member of the Caribbean Com-
mission and of the South Pacific Commission.
These two regional organizations, which are con-
cerned in an advisory and consultative capacity
with the economic and social development of non-
Sepfember 3, 1956
389
independent territories within their respective geo-
graphic areas, are outside the structure of the
U.N. system. Their objectives, liowever, are in
accordance with U.N.
of mutual interest.
aims, and their work is
Report to United Nations Concerning Neutral Nations
Supervisory Commission ^
U.N. doc. A/3167 dated August 16
The Government of the United States, in its
capacity as the Unified Command, presents here-
with a special report concerning the Neutral Na-
tions Supervisory Commission in Korea.
On May 31, 1956, the United Nations Command,
following consultations in Washington among the
nations which contributed military forces to the
Command, informed the Communist Command in
Korea, the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commis-
sion, and the Commission's teams in Inchon,
Pusan, and Kunsan that, because of violations of
the reinforcing, reporting, and supervision provi-
sions of the Armistice Agreement by the Commu-
nist side, and obstruction of the tasks of the
Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission by the
Communist side and the Czech and Polish mem-
bers of the Commission, the United Nations Com-
mand would provisionally suspend, during the
time the Communist side continued in default,
performance on its part of those provisions of the
Armistice Agreement governing the operations of
the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission in
the area under its control.^
The United Nations Command announcement
was made only after long and continuing Commu-
nist provocation and after most careful considera-
tion of the situation. The Unified Command con-
sidered that making clear to the Chinese Commu-
nist and north Korean authorities that they would
not be permitted to benefit by their persistent vio-
lations of the Armistice Agreement would serve
the interest of peace in Korea, and'^n Asia in
general.
' Transmitted on Aug. 15 to the U.N. Secretary-General
by the U.S. Representative to the United Nations.
- For text of the U.N. Command statement, see Bulletin
of June 11, 1956, p. 967.
The Swiss and Swedish members of the Neutral
Nations Supervisory Commission have behaved in
strict accordance with the well-recognized neutral
traditions of their countries. After it became
apparent that the Neutral Nations Supervisory
Commission would not be permitted to fulfill its
functions in north Korea, Switzerland and
Sweden sought to terminate the operations of the
inspection teams. They pi'oposed to the Commu-
nist authorities concerned that the inspection
teams be withdrawn to the Demilitarized Zone.
The Communist authorities did not accept these
reasonable proposals.
On April 9, 1956, the Chinese Communists
transmitted a note through the United Kingdom
to the Governments which had contributed mili-
tary forces to the United Nations Command
stating that the Neutral Nations Supervisory
Commission problem could not be solved until the
problems of unification of Korea and withdrawal
of foreign forces had been solved. Without ad-
vancing any concrete proposals, this note sug-
gested, on belialf of the Chinese Communists and
the north Korea regime, the convening of a con-
ference on unification of Korea and withdrawal
of foreign forces, but its obvious intention was
to close negotiations for solution of the Neutral
Nations Supervisory Commission problem. The
Governments which contributed military forces
to the United Nations Command replied to the
Communist note on May 28, 1956.^ This exchange
of notes is attached to this report.
In these circumstances, the United Nations
Command was left with no alternative but to
assert its rights. In order to relieve it of the
inequitable burden arising from the failure of the
Comnumist side to observe the provisions of the
' For texts, see iiid., p. 970.
I
390
Department of State Bulletin
Armistice Agi-eement respecting the Neutral Na-
tions Supervisory Commission, the Command
sought redress by announcing its intention to
suspend provisionally, during the time tlie Com-
munists continued in default, its performance of
those provisions in the area under its control.
The United Nations Command, in taking this
remedial step, was acting as one party to a con-
tract with certain provisions of which the other
party has failed to comply. The representative of
the United Nations Command in the Military
Armistice Commission had repeatedly drawn at-
tention to Communist violations of the Armistice
and particularly to Communist frustration and
obstruction of the activities of the Neutral Na-
tions Supervisory Commission, including its in-
spection teams. The Communist side continued
in default.
After the statement by the United Nations Com-
mand on May 31, 1956, the Communist Command
requested a further meeting of the Military
Armistice Commission which was held on June 4.
The Communist representative began by attack-
ing the United Nations Command for alleged
violations of the Armistice Agreement and de-
manded that the United Nations Command with-
draw its announcement of May 31.
In reply the United Nations Command repre-
sentative emphasized the continued efforts of the
Command to obtain the co-operation of the Com-
munist side in carrying out the tenns of the Arm-
istice Agreement. He recalled the requests
previously made in the Military Armistice Com-
mission for the Communist side to show by (1)
providing the Military Armistice Commission and
the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission
with corrected reports concerning every incoming
shipment of combat materiel and combat aircraft
that it had made since signature of the Armistice ;
(2) immediately ceasing the introduction into
Korea of combat materiel and combat aircraft in
violation of jjaragraph 13 (d) of the Armistice
Agi'eement; and (3) removing without delay all
combat materiel and combat aircraft introduced
into Korea since July 27, 1953 in violation of the
Armistice Agreement. He stated further that the
course of action adopted by the United Nations
Command with resjDect to the Neutral Nations
Supervisory Commission was carefully adjusted
to the violations and frustrations and to the bur-
dens and injuries involved and represented the
very least that the United Nations Command must
do to protect its legitimate rights under the terms
of the Armistice Agreement by lawful, peaceful,
and reasonable steps.
Insisting again that the United Nations Com-
mand withdraw its May 31 announcement, the
Communist representative stated that his side
"acceded to the proposal of the Swedish Govern-
ment of March 10, 1956 for the temporary with-
drawal of the inspection teams stationed in the
designated ports of entry by the Neutral Nations
Supei-visory Commission, retaining its rights to
dispatch these teams to a port of entry as a pro-
visional arrangement for the time being". The
United Nations Command representative replied
that this proposal was not acceptable since there
was no reason to believe that the past record of
continued frustration of the mobile inspection
teams by the attitudes of their Czech and Polish
members, making impossible effective policing of
the provisions of paragraphs 13 (c) and (d) of the
Armistice Agreement, would suddenly be reversed.
On June 5, 1956, the four members of the Neu-
tral Nations Supervisory Commission sent a let-
ter to the Military Armistice Commission, in re-
sponse to the United Nations Command's state-
ment of May 31, 1956 and to a letter of June 4,
1956 from the Communist side, accepting the
Swedish proposal of March 10, 1956 described
above. The Neutral Nations Supervisory Com-
mission letter of June 5, 1956 stated that the Com-
mission has "unanimously decided to recommend
to the Military Armistice Commission to agree
to the provisional withdrawal of the Neutral Na-
tions Inspection Sub-teams stationed in the terri-
tory under military control of the two sides".
Tlie letter went on to say that the provisional with-
drawal would be carried out expeditiously upon
receipt of authorization from the Military Armi-
stice Commission. It also stated that the Neutral
Nations Supervisory Commission considered
"that this withdrawal is provisional and does not
change the legal status of the Neutral Nations
Supervisory Commission, unless or until a mutual
agreement in this respect is reached by both sides
of the Military Commission".
In a meeting of the Military Armistice Commis-
sion on June 27, 1956, the Communist representa-
tive stated with respect to this proposal :
It is regrettable that on June 5 the Neutral Nations
Supervisory Commission under the flagrant pressure of
your side recommended to the Military Armistice Com-
mission temporary withdrawal of the inspection teams.
September 3, J 956
391
Taking into consideration tlie whole situation, our side
proposes that both sides of the Military Armistice Com-
mission make clear to the Neutral Nations Supervisory
Commission the following two points :
(1) There should be no change in the function and
authority of the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commis-
sion and its inspection teams which are inseparable parts
and parcel of the Armistice Agreement.
(2) The withdrawal of the inspection teams both from
the north and the south are temporary measures. The
Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission has the right
to dispatch the inspection teams again to stations at
the designated ports of entry in case either side of the
parties of the Armistice Agreement brings a well-founded
charge against any violation of the Armistice Agreement
by the other side.
The representative of the United Nations took
the following position :
Our side is gratified to note that the Neutral Nations
Supervisory Commission has unanimously recommended
to the Military Armistice Commission the expeditious
withdrawal of the Neutral Nations Inspection Sub-teams
stationed in the territory under the military control of
the United Nations Command side and the KPA/CPV
side. The United Nations Command side agrees that the
Military Armistice Commission authorizes this with-
drawal.
Since the Communist side would not accept the
recommendation of the Neutral Nations Super-
visory Commission for the expeditious withdrawal
of the teams from the territory of the respective
sides without attaching unacceptable conditions,
the United Nations Command representative con-
firmed the intention of the Command to proceed in
accordance with its announcement of May 31. He
repeated that the provisional suspension would
remain in effect while the Communist side con-
tinued in default with respect to the reinforce-
ment, reporting, and inspection provisions of the
Armistice Agreement. At the same time he
emphasized that this provisional suspension was
"of no effect whatever on the continued full ad-
herence" of the United Nations Command "to all
other paragraphs of the Armistice Agreement".
He went on to state that the Command would "con-
tinue to report as honestly and fully to the Neutral
Nations Supervisory Commission in the Demili-
tarized Zone as it has in the past both within and
without the Demilitarized Zone".
On June 8 the Senior Member of the United
Nations Command Delegation to the Military
Armistice Commission sent a letter to the Neutral
Nations Supervisory Commission which stated
that "the United Nations Command is suspending
performance on its part of those provisions of the
Armistice Agreement governing operations of
the Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission and
the Neutral Nations Inspection Teams in the area
under the control of the United Nations Command
effective June 9, 1956. The United Nations Com-
mand will expect withdrawal of the teams to the
Demilitarized Zone on that date. Administrative
details incident to this move will be provided
through normal liaison channels."
The Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission
met again on June 8. At that time the Commis-
sion decided to withdraw its inspection teams
from the ports of entry at Pusan, Kunsan, Inchon,
Sinuiju, Manpo, and Sinanju and authorized
their return to Panmmijom. In a letter to the
Military Armistice Commission dated June 8, the
Commission advised "that it has decided to in-
struct the Neutral Nations Inspection Teams that
they are to suspend their supervisory, inspection,
and control activities in the respective ports of
entry effective June 9, 1956, 0001 hours local time,
and to return to Panmunjom as soon as transpor-
tation facilities requested by this Commission can
be made available to them".
The teams in the Republic of Korea were ac-
cordingly flown to the Demilitarized Zone June 9.
The teams in north Korea returned to Panmun-
jom on June 10 and 11. I
The withdrawal of the inspection teams, in the
view of the Unified Command, serves the basic
purpose of the Armistice by terminating serious
perversion of the inspection provisions of that
agreement. The Communist side had consistently
prevented meaningful inspections from being
carried out in its territory, but wished to preserve
the inspection teams to maintain the semblance of
effective supervision of the reinforcement provi-
sions of the Armistice Agreement.
The United Nations Command has made it clear
that it continues to regard the Armistice Agree-
ment as in force and has limited its action to the
particular suspension described above. Such
suspension of performance constitutes an indis-
pensable protection of its rights under the Armi-
stice Agreement. The United Nations Command
will continue to submit reports to the Neutral
Nations Supervisory Commission in the Demili-
tarized Zone as provided by paragraph 13 (d) of
the Armistice Agreement.
The text of the statement by the representative
of the United Nations Command in the Military
Armistice Commission on May 31, 1956 is at-
392
Department of State Bulletin
tached, together with statements on July 4, 1955,*
and July 14, 1955,^ by the United Nations Com-
mand representative on the Military Armistice
Commission summarizing Communist violations
of the reinforcing restrictions of the Korean
Armistice Agreement and Communist obstruction
of the work of the Neutral Nations Supervisory
Commission.
Financing of Economic Development
Statement hy John C. Baker
U.S. Representative on the U.N. Economic and Social Cowncil '
In the days before the first World War, most
Western thinkers held the view that human
progress was inevitable. Tlie forces of history,
most of us were taught when I went to school,
would automatically bring about human better-
ment both in the material and in the spiritual
realm.
Two World Wars and an intervening period of
worldwide economic stagnation have demonstrated
the fallacy of this type of thinking. Few of us
now believe that universal peace, prosperity, and
freedom will somehow happen if we just wait long
enough.
Fortunately, the "idea of progress," as it was
aptly called by the British historian J. H. Bury,
has not been succeeded by despair and despond-
ency. Rather, people in almost all the corners of
the world now understand that progress is the
product of human effort. To achieve peace and in-
creasing prosperity and human happiness we must
work hard at it and we must adapt the vast and
expanding store of scientific knowledge to the
practical task of improving standards of living
everywhere.
As we have remarked many times in the Coimcil,
this more refined view of the nature of human
progress is now reflected in a universal acceptance
of economic development as a goal toward which
we should all strive. Societies which have been
static for centuries are now dominated by the de-
sire to change into modern diversified economies —
almost overnight.
'Ibid., Aug. 1, 1955, p. 191.
'Not printed here.
^ Made before the 22d session of ECOSOC at Geneva on
Aug. 4 (U.S. delegation press release).
We in the Council have been preoccupied for
many years with the practical issues of how to
bring about economic progress, particularly in the
underdeveloped countries, as rapidly as possible.
I thiixk we are generally agi'eed that, in order to
move forward, the underdeveloped countries need
to increase not only their capital resources but also
their knowledge of the technical and managerial
skills which are so necessary to a complex modern
economy. Neither capital nor know-how alone is
sufficient. To be effective, each must be i^resent in
combination with the other. Moreover, if eco-
nomic development is to proceed at a satisfactory
rate, domestic capital formation has to be supple-
mented by capital from the outside.
My Government has every sympathy for the de-
sires of the underdeveloped countries to achieve
rapid economic progress. Moreover, that sympa-
thy is not a mere matter of words with us. It has
been amply demonstrated by our deeds. Our bi-
lateral economic aid and teclinical assistance pro-
grams and the loans of our Export-Import Bank,
as well as our participation in such multilateral
efforts as the Colombo Plan, the Expanded Tech-
nical Assistance Program, the World Bank, and
now the International Finance Corporation, bear
eloquent testimony to the practical nature of our
concern.
Wliile private foreign investment may con-
tribute to economic development whether it be
portfolio or direct, direct private foreign invest-
ment has the special virtue of being the only tested
vehicle for the export of managerial and technical
know-how and capital in one package. By no
other means is it possible for countries to attract
from abroad capital together with management
September 3, 1956
393
that is responsible for the capital and that can tap
the technical resources necessary to put the capital
to work effectively.
It is because of this fact that my Government
has stressed the important role which direct
private foreign investment can play in the financ-
ing of economic development. We urge other
countries to encourage direct private investment
because it is more than just finance — because it
combines finance, knowledge, technical ability, and
facilities for training local persoimel.
I was pleased to hear the distinguished repre-
sentative from Indonesia yesterday afternoon
speak sympathetically about the role of private in-
vestment in the light of present-day attitudes. In
the United States, corporation directors — corpora-
tion management — no longer think simply in
terms of profits for stocklaolders but also in terms
of workers, customers, and the Nation as a whole.
Such is, I believe, the responsibility also of capital
going abroad.
During our discussion of industrialization at the
spring session, I had occasion to recount to the
Council several case histories of how American
investors have made important contributions to
the industrial development of other countries.^ ]
emphasized in particular how those companies had
successfully trained local citizens to take over key
positions in the industrial plants which they had
established in other countries. Those illustrations
demonstrated, I believe, that direct private invest-
ment brings to a country more than a plant in
operation. It brings with it or encourages a
myriad of related activities and thus tends to cre-
ate an industrial complex on which further in-
dustrial expansion can be built by domestic and
foreign investors alike.
Since then, some of you had occasion at the invi-
tation of the Dean of the Harvard Business School
to attend a conference at the Harvard Business
School on the general subject of "American Busi-
ness Goes Abroad."^ As chairman of that con-
ference, I was glad to greet those who could attend.
^ For text of Dr. Baker's statement (not printed here),
see U.S./U.N. press release 2394 dated Apr. 24.
"For an address made at the Harvard Business School
conference by Under Secretary Hoover on the subject
"American Business Abroad and the National Interest,"
see Bulletin of June 25, 1956, p. 1049 ; also available sepa-
rately as Department of State publication 6374, for sale
by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government
Printing (Mice, Washington 25, D.C. — price lOi*.
At the same time, I was sorry that the invitations
came so late that more of you could not be present.
Those of you who were there no doubt shared
with me the feeling that the more than 1,200
American businessmen present had a real interest
in contributing toward the well-being of other
countries by carrying on business operations in
those countries. As far as I am concerned, this
conference confirmed the impression that I have
obtained both from my talks with businessmen
and from information received from our Govern-
ment departments that there is an ever increasing
interest in our country in investing abroad.
On that occasion, one of the key speeches was
given by Mr. Stanley Allyn, president of the Na-
tional Cash Register Company — a well-known
company with worldwide operations. Mr. Al-
lyn's long-time interest in foreign economic prob-
lems has been recognized by our Government,
whicli appointed him, as many of you know, to be
our representative to the last annual session of the
Economic Commission for Europe. In the course
of his address, Mr. Allyn set forth the principles
which govern his company's foreign operations —
Ijrinciples which I believe are in line with the
points mentioned by the distinguished delegate
from Indonesia. I think they are worth repeat-
ing here because they demonstrate, I believe, the
serious sense of responsibility which many Ameri-
can businessmen have toward the communities in
which they conduct their business operations.
Mr. Allyn said that his company, which has been
doing business abroad for 71 out of its 72 yeai's of
existence, has developed its "pattern of opera-
tions" based on these "definite and proved
principles" :
When we go into any foreign country, we go in to stay.
We believe in staffing our overseas operations with citi-
zens of the countries concerned.
We have learned that — for us, at least — service comes
ahead of sales.
We consistently invest part of our profits in the coun-
tries where those profits were earned.
We do not treat our overseas employees as stepchildren.
We treat them exactly as we treat our staff at Dayton
[the headquarters of the company].
Finally, we are scnujulous in our respect for the cus-
toms, traditions, and religions of our foreign friends.
Let me repeat, private capital thus imbued with
a sense of responsibility contributes to economic
and social betterment through its direct capital
contribution, through the skills it brings in, and
394
Department of State Bulletin
through the training facilities it provides. Fur-
thermore, it tends to generate additional capital
both directly by tlie reinvestment of earnings and
by creating conditions favorable to investment by
other businessmen.
Benefits to Capital-Importing Country
Much of the discussion of private foreign invest-
ment of recent years, both in the Council and else-
where, has been centered on the problem of its bal-
ance-of-payments eii'ects on the capital-importing
countries. Perhaps this is a result of the difficult
balance-of -payments position which so many coun-
tries have experienced during the past decade. In
any case, we have tended to stress the immediate
effect of an individual investment upon the exports
of a country or on decreasing its dependence upon
imports. We have tended to focus, it seems to me,
excessively on the question of whether a country's
balance of payments will be adversely affected by
the need for transferring abroad some of the earn-
ings on foreign investment and in the event of
repatriation of the capital itself.
It is the view of my delegation that this almost
exclusive attention to the immediate balance-of-
payments effects of investment is misguided. If
we are to understand the contribution which in-
vestment from abroad can make to any economy,
we must look at it from a much broader per-
spective. It is time, we believe, to look at the ad-
vantage of investment from such a broader point
of view. It is clear that the value of investment
lies in its capacity to increase the total national
income of the country in which the investment
takes place through increasing its productivity.
A country may gain from a specific foreign invest-
ment even if that investment produces no goods
which can be sold abroad or which are substitutes
for goods imported from abroad.
It is true, of course, that earnings on such invest-
ments have to be transferred in foreign exchange.
This should not, however, create insuperable prob-
lems. My delegation is convinced that, as the
capital-importing economy expands through in-
creased capital investment and increasing skills,
it will develop sources of exchange which will en-
able it to transfer the earnings of foreign investors
many times over. While there have, of course,
been defaults on bond payments as a result of over-
borrowing, experience amply demonstrates that
an expanding economy will be in a position to
meet the foreign-exchange requirements necessary
to compensate prudent investments.
Unfortunately, we do not have any good statisti-
cal measure of the contribution of private invest-
ment to capital-importing economies. However,
the United States Department of Commerce con-
cluded in its Survey of Current Business for No-
vember 1954 on the basis of "rough calculations"
made for Latin America that
as much as one-tenth of the value of goods and services
produced in the area may be accounted for by United
States-owned enterprises. The proportion would be much
higher for such industries as mining or petroleum, but
even in manufacturing the ratio seems to be about 15
percent. Similarly, the ratios would be higher for a num-
ber of individual countries in the areas.
Some 25 percent of total exports to the United States
by foreign countries is produced by United States direct
investment companies abroad which have developed and
made possible this large trade with the United States.
Moreover, in an attempt to obtain more reliable
information on this subject, our Department of
Commerce is at present conducting a statistical
study of the employment offered, taxes paid, ex-
ports produced, and imports saved as a result of
direct American investors in Latin America. We
are convinced that this study, which is the first of
its kind, will yield information of importance to
our Government and to the govermnents of capi-
tal-importing countries as well as those of other
capital-exporting countries.
It is well known that the United States was the
beneficiary of private foreign investment in the
early days of its economic development. We some-
times forget, however, that the United States,
along with other developed countries, still con-
tinues to be a major recipient of foreign invest-
ment. We speak from experience when we em-
phasize the benefit which a host country receives
from the import of technological and managerial
skills.
Worthy of note also is the fact that direct
foreign investment of this character tends to con-
centrate on the production of newer products uti-
lizing the most advanced technology. An increas-
ing proportion of the United States foreign in-
vestment in manufacturing enterprise is in such
fields as plastics and electronics. It is these newer
fields which attract the most dynamic and aggres-
sive management, which actively seeks new
markets abroad as well as at home and through
production abroad as well as through exports.
This last factor is, in our view, another indica-
Sepf ember 3, 7956
395
tion of the advantage of private foreign invest-
ment to recipient countries. Underdeveloped
countries which welcome and actively solicit in-
vestment of this character can benefit by obtaining
modern plants employing new processes and pro-
ducing products with expanding market possibili-
ties.
I do not intend to speak at length on the obstacles
to foreign private investment. These negative
aspects of the problem have been gone over many
times.
However, I do want to emphasize, as did the dis-
tinguished representative of the Netherlands, that
confidence plays an important part in creating an
atmosphere favorable to the movement of capital.
Investment involves the taking of risks, it is true.
Increasingly, these risks must be calculated risks
rather than leaps into the dark. Wlien business-
men know the rules of the game of the country in
which the investment takes place and they know
that these conditions will not be subject to arbi-
trary change or arbitrary application, they can
calculate their risks. Wlien, however, these con-
ditions are not met, the confidence that is necessary
to induce investment is not present.
In this connection, the representatives of France,
the United Kingdom, and the Netherlands have
referred to an action which is causing worldwide
concern. The United States shares this concern,
as emphasized in public statements by our Presi-
dent and our Secretary of State. President Eisen-
hower has indicated that this action causes the
world to be confronted with a "very grave issue."
Secretary Dulles has said, "Such action strikes
a grievous blow at international confidence." As
this subject is now under active study, I do not
propose to dwell on the matter further at this time.
My delegation is pleased that there is an increas-
ing recognition in many underdeveloped countries
of the importance which private investment can
play in economic development. Many such coun-
tries have been taking steps to improve both the
legal and the economic conditions under which in-
vestors must operate. These are recounted in the
useful study which the Secretary-General has put
before us.*
A continuation of this trend should help, in
time, to induce investors to undertake a greater
volume of investment in underdeveloped countries.
But, as the Secretary-General's report has so aptly
jDointed out, substantial increases in investment
will be slow in coming. Countries should not ex-
pect that improvement in their investment cli-
mates will automatically result in a large and sus-
tained flow of private investment. For one thing,
as has been many times indicated, the opportuni-
ties for investment in the developed areas are so
numerous and attractive that investors in large
numbers are not likely to actively seek opportuni-
ties for investment in the underdeveloped areas.
IFC Now in Operation
It therefore behooves countries which desire to
attract investment to take active steps to induce
those who have capital at their disposal to invest
within their territories. In this connection, my
delegation is pleased that on July 20 the Interna-
tional Finance Corporation, in whose establish-
ment the Comicil played such a large part, has
come into operation.'^ As the Council is aware,
the charter of the corporation required the adher-
ence of at least 30 member countries subscribing at
least $75 million to the corporation's capital before
it could come into being. The corporation now
has 31 members and capital subscriptions of
$78,366,000. Twenty other countries have indi-
cated their intention of becoming members of Ifc,
and the corporation is authorized to have a total
capital of $100 million.
We regard this new institution as more than a
financing institution. Its importance rather lies
in the fact that it will work to bring together
potential investors and investment opportunities.
To insure that the Ifc does not become merely
another financing institution, governments have
wisely avoided putting large sums of money at its
disposal. This should result in its keeping to its
original purpose and make it extremely likely that
in the great majority of cases its participation in
an individual enterprise will be a small minority
one.
Beyond this, governments in the underdeveloped
areas would do well to study the example of such
areas as the Netherlands and Puerto Eico in pub-
licizing investment opportunities. As we have
advised the Council, various agencies of my Gov-
ernment seek out investment opportunities and
bring them to the attention of the United States
'U.N. doc. E/2901.
396
' BuixETiN Of Aug. 6, 1956, p. 248.
Department of State Bulletin
business community. These efforts of ours would
gain in effectiveness if they were comjjlementary
to promotional activities on the part of the under-
developed countries themselves. Many interested
businessmen have told me that they have great
difficulty learning about opportunities to invest
abroad.
In tliis connection, my delegation feels that it
would be useful for the Council to ask the Secre-
tary-General to obtain from governments infor-
mation as to the sectors of their economy in which
they would welcome private investment and to re-
port thereon to the Council. We are prepared to
join with other delegations in sponsoring a resolu-
tion to this effect.
In addition to requiring knowledge of specific
opportunities for investment, investors need a vast
amount of information about the potential of the
countries in which they propose to invest. This
was among the reasons which prompted my dele-
gation to applaud the initiative of the Pakistan
delegation in inti'oducing the resolution approved
by the Economic Committee calling upon govern-
ments to undertake surveys of their resources. In
this connection, I am also happy to note the re-
marks of the representative of Argentina, who
stressed the importance of surveys of resources for
economic development during the course of the
debate on the subject now under consideration.
The United States Government has also adopted
the policy of offering some tax concessions to those
who invest abroad. For many years we have had
a system of tax credits which has proved an ef-
fective device for minimizing international double
taxation, especially when it is supplemented by
tax treaties which define income and establish rules
for allocation.
As the Council no doubt knows, we are now con-
sidering proposals for stimulating foreign invest-
ment by going further and offering definite tax
advantages. These proposed tax incentives are
described on pages 9 and 10 of the Secretary-Gen-
eral's very useful and competent report on Inter-
national Tax Problems (document E/2865). I
need only remind you they go even furtlier than
the extension to many types of investment income
of the familiar 14-percentage-point tax reduction
now granted only to income from Western Hemis-
phere trade corporations. The President of the
United States has recommended that Congress
enact also legislation extending to nonincorpo-
rated foreign branches the privilege now limited
to foreign subsidiary corporations of deferring
the tax on income until the income is withdrawn
from the country where it is earned.
In his message to the Congress on foreign eco-
nomic policy of January 10, 1955, the President
proposed also :
to explore the further use of tax treaties with the possible
recognition of tax concessions made to foreign capital
by other countries. Under proper safeguards, credit could
be given for foreign income taxes which are waived for
an initial limited period, as we now grant credit for taxes
which are imposed. This would give maximum eftec-
tiveness to foreign tax laws designed to encourage new
enterprises.
Next I should like to speak briefly about the
interim report on Sunfed [Special U.N. Fmid
for Economic Development] .^ The brevity of my
remarks does not in any way imply a lack of inter-
est on our part in the capital needs of underde-
veloped countries.
No substantive action on Sttntfed is called for
at this session. We are merely required to note
the report of the ad hoc committee and forward
it to the General Assembly. I have not, there-
fore, thought it necessary to deal at length with my
Government's policy respecting the proposed in-
ternational development fund. However, in view
of the statements which have been made by other
delegations, I think it desirable to say that the
position of my Government on this matter, which
is well known to the Council, remains unchanged.
Our friend the distinguished delegate from Bra-
zil raised a question yesterday of real interest to
all : ""Wliy relate the formation of any organiza-
tion like SuTSTFED to disarmament?" That ques-
tion, I suppose, was directefl at me and I shall be
happy to attempt to answer it. Any great multi-
lateral fund to furnish capital for underdeveloped
countries must be based on two things : (1) genuine
multilateral support, and (2) confidence. Both
of these, as he well knows, are closely related to
disarmament. As the distinguished representa-
tive of the United Kingdom indicated yesterday,
genuine multilateral support will be feasible only
when we achieve international agreement on dis-
armament. Furthermore, confidence will be re-
stored when disarmament comes.
Before closing, may I thank the Secretary-Gen-
eral for the very useful report on the international
' D.N. doc. E/2896.
Sepf ember 3, 7956
397
flow of private capital (E/2901) which he has put
before us. This is a field in which the facts are
too little known. Anything which the United
Nations Secretariat can do to increase knowledge
in this area is bound to prove useful to the govern-
ments of capital-importing and capital-exporting
countries alike.
In conclusion, I should like to revert to the wise
counsel given us by the distinguished representa-
tive of the Netherlands. Investment, whether it
be public or private, is dependent upon the crea-
tion of an atmosphere of confidence. With in-
creasing understanding of the value of private in-
vestment to their economies, countries will, I am
sure, take the necessary actions to build this atmos-
phere of mutual confidence. Confidence, however,
is fragile. It is personal and man-made — not im-
personal or machine-made. We therefore must
all work together to build confidence. Then I am
certain that, in time, an expanding volume of in-
vestment will help the economic development of
underdeveloped countries and thus raise the stand-
ards of living of the peoples of the world.
and its implementation with assistance from the
United States. The terms provide for an exchange
of information on reactor technology, health and
safety measures connected with reactor operation,
and medical, biological, agricultural, and indus-
trial uses of isotopes.
The U.S. Atomic Energy Commission agreed
to furnish Guatemala up to six kilogi-ams (13.2
pounds) of contained U-235 in uranium enriched
up to a maximum of 20 percent U-235 for reactor
fuel. Collaboration in facilitating the program
is permitted between private enterprises in the
two countries.
In addition to the six kilograms of reactor fuel,
Guatemala may receive from the United States
gram quantities of highly enriched U-235, plu-
tonium, and U-233 for research purposes. Other
j^rovisions of the agreement cover safeguards in
connection with possession and use of the radio-
active materials.
Current Actions
TREATY INFORMATION
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement
With GuatemaBa
On August 15 the U.S. Atomic Energy Com-
mission and the Department of State (press re-
lease 436) announced that an agreement for co-
operation in research in the peaceful uses of
atomic energy was signed that day by representa-
tives of Guatemala and the United States. Presi-
dent Eisenhower's atoms-for-peace progi-am
served as the framework for negotiation of the
agreement.
Signing for Guatemala was Ambassador Jose
Luiz Cruz-Salazar. Lewis L. Strauss, Chairman
of the Atomic Energy Commission, and Henry
F. Holland, Assistant Secretary of State for Inter-
American Affairs, signed for the United States.
The agreement looks toward the early develop-
ment of Guatemala's atomic research program
MULTILATERAL
Germany
Administrative agreement coucerning the Arbitration
Tribimal and the Arbitral Commission on Property
Rigbts and Interests in Germany. Signed at Bonn July
13, 1956. Entered into force July 13, 1956. TIAS 3615.
Signatures: France, Federal Kepublic of Germany,
United Kingdom, United States.
Wheat
International wheat agreement, 1956. Open for signature
at Washington through May IS, 1956.
Acceptance deposited: Denmark, August 22, 1956.
BILATERAL
Korea
Agreement amending the agricultural commodities agree-
ment of March 13, 1956 (TIAS 8516). Effected by es-
chanse of notes at Seoul July 25 and 27, 1956. Entered
into force July 27, 1956.
Netherlands
Surplus agricultural commodities agreement pursuant to
title I of the Agi'icultural Trade Development and As-
sistance Act of 1954, as amended (68 Stat. 454, 455; 69
Stat. 44, 721). Signed at The Hague August 7, 1956.
Entered into force August 7, 1956.
Yugoslavia
Agreement providing for reciprocal customs privileges
for consular officers. Effected by exchange of notes at
Washington May 21, 1956.
Entered into force: July 30, 1956.
398
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
September 3, 1956
Index
Vol. XXXV, No. 897
American Principles. A Tribute to Truth
(Beaulac) 375
Argentina. A Tribute to Truth (Beaulac) . . . 375
Atomic Energy. Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With
Guatemala 398
China, Communist
President Coueurs in Statement on Travel to Com-
munist China 376
Report to United Nations Concerning Neutral Na-
tions Supervisory Commission 390
Congress, The
Congressional Documents Relating to Foreign
Policy ~ 376
U.S. Participation in the United Nations During
105.-. 382
Economic Affairs
Commerce Department Publication on World
Trade 378
Committee Formed To Study Petroleum Situation . 374
Eximbank Loan to Iran for Highway Maintenance . 378
Financing of Economic Development (Baker) . . 393
Egypt. Conclusion of London Conference on Suez
Canal (Dulles, text of proposals) 371
Guatemala. Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With
Guatemala 398
International Organizations and Meetings
Calendar of Meetings 380
Conclusion of London Conference on Suez Canal
(Dulles, text of proposals) 371
Iran. Eximbank Loan to Iran for Highway Main-
tenance 378
Korea. Report to United Nations Concerning
Neutral Nations Supervisory Commission . . . 390
Near East. Committee Formed to Study Petro-
leum Situation 374
Poland. U.S., Poland Exchange Notes on Use of
Ship Flags 376
Presidential Documents. U.S. Participation in the
United Nations During 1955 382
Publications. Commerce Department Publication
on World Trade 378
Treaty Information
Atoms-for-Peace Agreement With Guatemala . . 398
Current Actions 398
United Nations
Current U.N. Documents 379
Financing of Economic Development (Baker) . . 393
Report to United Nations Concerning Neutral Na-
tions Supervisory Commission 390
Soviet Translator Dismissed by United Nations . 377
U.S. Participation in the United Nations During
1955 382
U.S.S.R. Soviet Translator Dismissed by United
Nations 377
Name Index
Baker, John C 393
Beaulac, Willard L 375
Dulles, Secretary 371, 384
Eisenhower, President 382
Hoover, Herbert, Jr 376
Petrov, Viktor 377
Reap, Joseph W 376
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: August 20-26
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press release issued prior to August 20 which
appears in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 436
of August 15.
No. Date Subject
443 8/21 Dulles: Suez statement and text of
plan.
444 8/24 Petrov separated from U.N.
t445 8/24 Delegation to International Geological
Congress.
446 8/25 Dulles : arrival statement.
THeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
I
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: I9B6
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
the
lepartment
of
State
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, »300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
SWORDS into PLOWSHARES
A New Venture in International Understanding
The issuance of this publication marked the tenth anniversary
of tlie international educational exchange program under the
Fulbright Act,
The booklet reviews the accomplishments of the program "in
terms of lessening the likelihood of another war by promoting a
greater people-to-people understanding." It describes the various
ways in which the 25,000 American and foreign participants have
obtained a better understanding of the people of the country
visited, how they are sharing this understanding with their fellow
countrymen through lectures, articles, books, and discussions, and
how they are advancing the frontiers of knowledge in many fields.
It also points out that the cost of these exchanges to the American
taxpayer was less than 5 hours of fighting World War II. As
noted in the booklet the assistance of contract agencies, American
educators and specialists in many fields, and special advisei-s at
colleges and universities has been impressive.
Copies of Swords into Plowsha/res may be purchased from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C., for 25 cents a copy.
Publication 6344
25 cents
Order Form
Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Please send me ... copies of Swords into Plowshares — A New Venture
in International Understanding.
Name:
Enclosed And:
(cash, cheek, or
money order).
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
^/le' ^eAa/)'^(}m€myf/ £>^ t^'tcvte/
Vol. XXXV, No. 898
September 10, 1956
THE UNITED NATIONS AND AMERICAN FOREIGN
POLICY • by Assistant Secretary Wilcox 403
TRANSCRIPT OF SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CON-
FERENCE OF AUGUST 28 406
RESUMPTION OF NUCLEAR TESTS BY SOVIET
UNION 424
DEPARTMENT'S OPPOSITION TO PROPOSED GREAT
LAKES BASIN COMPACT • Statement by Willard B.
Cowles 421
THE FOREIGN SERVICE INSTITUTE: A YEAR IN
REVIEW • Article by Harold B. Hoskina 415
For index see inside back cover
^.*.^^^*.. bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 898 • Publication 6386
September 10, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.60, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 1965).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
OF State Bulletin as the source wUl be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
The United Nations and American Foreign Policy
hy Francis 0. Wilcox
Assistant Secretary for International Organization Ajfairs ^
The United Nations has accomplished much
despite severe handicaps which have hampered
its full effectiveness since its founding.
Four of the basic assumptions upon which the
United Nations Charter was drafted have so far
proved erroneous.
The first assumption was that the great powers
would continue to work together to win the peace
as they had combined their might to win the war.
The second assumption was that peace treaties
with the enemies would soon be concluded and
the United Nations could function in a peaceful
world. The task envisaged for the United Nations
was to maintain peace — not to create it.
The third assumption was that reasonably
prompt solutions could be found for the critical
problems in the political and economic fields.
Then the United Nations could concern itself pri-
marily with the long-range problems of harmoniz-
ing the actions of nations and fostering interna-
tional well-being.
The fourth assumption was that future wars,
if they occurred, would imperil the world no more
than past wars. For the charter was drafted
without the knowledge of and actual experience
with atomic and nuclear weapons.
Since these basic assumptions have all proved,
at least in part, erroneous, it is perhaps remarkable
that the United Nations has done as well as it
has — or indeed that it has survived at all.
Despite these handicaps, the United Nations
has a positive record of accomplishments:
It has settled a good many important disputes ;
' Excerpts from an address made before the American
Bar Association at Dallas, Tex., on Aug. 28.
It has served as an invaluable center and a great
stimulus for international cooperation ;
It has stopped aggression in Korea and by so
doing may have prevented world war III ;
It has effectively exposed the diabolical nature
of international communism, and the dangers in-
herent in it, by revealing the disparity between
Communist claims and Communist actions.
The United Nations has been in operation only
a little more than 10 years. We cannot now and
we do not in the future expect it to solve all our
world problems. It is not a panacea ; it is not a
cure-all or a remedy for all the world's ills. On
the other hand, the machinery of the United Na-
tions is not seriously defective. The charter has
in fact proved to be a very flexible document
which if properly used by the member states can
substitute the conference table for the battlefield.
Role of Secretary-General
The role of Secretary-General Hammarskjold
in the Arab-Israeli dispute is a case in point. It
is not possible, at this time, to predict the final
outcome of his efforts. During the past few
months, however, he has made a valuable contri-
bution toward the easing of tensions in the area
and avoiding the possible outbreak of war. His
role demonstrates once again the fact that the
charter contains many resources for peace — in-
cluding his techniques of direct and quiet diplo-
macy— which have not yet been fully tapped.
In appraising the work of the United Nations
we ought to keep in mind one simple fact. A great
many important and difficult problems are re-
solved outside the organization. But the really
September 10, 7956
403
tough ones, the well-nigh insoluble ones, come to
the United Nations. It is, in a way, the court of
last appeal.
The Suez Canal Problem
This reference to the Near East brings to mind
the grave situation created by Egypt's move to
nationalize the Suez Canal Company. I do not
need to tell you that our Government has been
exerting every effort to find a peaceful solution to
this difficult problem.
Now, some people have expressed concern that
the Suez Canal problem was not turned over to
the United Nations. Why, they ask, was there a
22-nation conference in London, rather than a
U.N. meeting?
The answer to this question is that the London
conference was held in full conformity with the
U.N. Charter. Article 33 of the charter admon-
ishes the parties to a dispute to seek, first of all, a
solution by negotiation or other peaceful means of
their own choice.
In this spirit, the London conference was con-
vened. And in the same spirit, provision has been
made to insure that the U.N.'s facilities for peace
will be made available. On August 2, Secretary-
General Hammarskjold, for his part, suggested
that it would be perfectly natural for the U.N. to
play an appropriate role in resolving this issue.
And now, following the London meeting, there is
agreement among the majority of affected nations
on a number of possible relationships with the
U.N.
Secretary Dulles' London proposal, which is
now the majority proposal,^ provides that the pro-
jected Suez Canal Board would be associated with
the U.N. in an appropriate way. It would make
periodic reports to the U.N. The International
Court of Justice would be asked to name an arbi-
tral commission to resolve some of the questions
that might arise. And finally, any use or threat
of force to interfere with free navigation of the
canal would be treated as a threat to the peace
and a violation of the U.N. Charter.
Now, of course the details have yet to be worked
out, and doubtless there will be changes in the
proposals. There is by no means full agreement
as of now between the parties. But I want to as-
sure you that no avenue is being overlooked in the
search for a peaceful and acceptable solution to
• Bulletin of Sept. 3, 1956, p. 373.
404
this problem. This is our solemn obligation, and
the obligation of all other governments under the
charter of the United Nations.
We know that the task of doing well in peace
is a vitally more difficult and complex task than
that of doing well in war. This is the challenge
we must meet if man is to survive in the atomic age.
The United Nations is one of the more impor-
tant mechanisms available to us for meeting this
challenge. We may be sure that the Soviet Union
is well aware of the usefulness of the United
Nations as a way of influencing world public
opinion. They may change their tactics, but we
can assume that they will continue to use the
United Nations as a propaganda platform while
pursuing unchanged behind the scenes their ob-
jective of spreading the influence of communism
by subversion or threat of aggression.
U.S.S.R. and the Specialized Agencies
The United States and the free world must not
permit them to use the United Nations for their
own ends. We must, therefore, continue to
strengthen our support for the United Nations and
the specialized agencies. You cannot win the cold
war by retiring from the battlefields. I cannot
agree, for instance, with those who argue that
Soviet membership in such specialized agencies as
the International Labor Organization or the ^
United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cul-
tural Organization will mean Communist domi-
nation or corruption of these agencies. After all,
the Soviet Union and its satellites are a very small
minority in the membership of these agencies. It
is unthinkable that the free countries by default
would let a minority group dominate or corrupt ^
the high purposes for which these agencies were
established.
Looking to the future, we need to understand
better the work of the United Nations — ^its poten-
tialities and its limitations. We must not be mis-
led by those few who think that somehow the j
United Nations is a superstate which is threaten-
ing our sovereignty. Nothing could be further
from the truth. The United Nations is a volun-
tary association of sovereign states. It has no
power to levy taxes or to make treaties. It has
power to draft treaties, if the members wish to do
so, but it is up to each state to decide by its own
constitutional pi'ocess whether to accept them. In
our case, this calls for a two-thirds vote of the
United States Senate.
Department of State Bulletin
In plotting our futui'e course in the United Na-
tions, I submit that we should adhere to the follow-
ing princijjles and objectives :
We shall live up to the principles and purposes
of the charter and refrain from the use of force in
settling our disputes with other nations ;
We shall encourage the concept of collective se-
curity so that nations which wish to remain free
may stand together against any threat of aggres-
sion ;
We shall continue with all our ingenuity and
ability to solve that most complex and urgent of all
world problems — adequate, safeguarded disarma-
ment ;
We shall support, in cooperation with other
countries, the social and economic goals of the
U.N. Charter;
We sliall malve every effort to develop a body of
world opinion based on moral principles which
will make peace the accepted law of relations
among nations;
"\^'e shall demonstrate to the uncommitted na-
tions of the world the enduring values of democ-
racy and freedom.
If, as a nation, we follow this course in the
United Nations, then I believe we can face the fu-
ture with confidence that freedom with peace will
prevail.
Significance of London Conference
on Suez Canal
Statement hy President Eisenhower
Wliite House press release dated August 29
I have just received from Secretary Dulles a
full report upon the London Suez conference.
This supplements the daily messages which I re-
ceived from him while he was in London.
It is, I think, of great significance that 18 of
the 22 nations assembled in London, the shipping
of which represents over 95 percent of the traffic
through the Suez Canal, have agreed upon condi-
tions which in their opinion are indispensable to
give confidence that this waterway, international-
ized by the treaty of 1888, will be operated so as
dependably to serve its appointed purpose.^
I am glad that President Nasser is prepared to
meet to discuss this program.
This program was conceived in an atmosphere
of friendly conciliation and, in my opinion, ought
to rally behind it the support of all the nations
and peoples that believe in the processes of inter-
national justice and conciliation.
The United States Government and, I believe,
the American Nation completely support the 18-
nation proposal thus arrived at in London, which,
fully respecting the sovereignty of Egypt, would
assure a peaceful solution of this gi-eat problem.
Letters of Credence
Costa Rica
The newly appointed Costa Rican Ambassador,
Gonzalo J. Facio, presented his credentials to
President Eisenhower August 30. For the text
of the Ambassador's remarks and the text of the
President's reply, see Department of State press
release 460.
Sudan
The newly appointed Sudanese Ambassador,
Ibrahim Anis, presented his credentials to Presi-
dent Eisenhower August 31. For the text of the
Ambassador's remarks and the text of the Presi-
dent's reply, see Department of State press re-
lease 462.
^At his news conference on Aug. 31 the President re-
ferred to "an apparent misunderstanding that has arisen
about my use of the word 'internationalize' with respect
to the Suez Canal." He then stated : "We are, I think,
talking at cross-purposes. I referred to the Suez Canal
as a waterway internationalized by the treaty of 1888.
That treaty gives many nations rights in and to the canal
in perpetuity. Now, of course, that does not mean that
these nations own the canal. It does mean that under the
treaty Egypt cannot now or in the future jeopardize those
rights of other nations. Therefore, in the sense of the
usage of the canal, it is internationalized. Now, in the
formal statement of 2 days ago, I expressed the hope that
the 18-nation proposal would prove acceptable to all con-
cerned, and in that statement I noted specifically that the
proposal fully respected the sovereignty of Egypt."
September 10, 1956
405
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference
Press release 450 dated August 28
Q. Mr. Secretary^ while you were in London.,
there were reports that when you went amd met
with Minister Shigemitsu of Japan you dis-
cussed the territorial question as involved in a
Japanese treaty with Russia. Could you tell us
something about your views of that treaty?
A. "Well, this is at the moment primarily a mat-
ter between the Japanese Government and the
Soviet Union. The Japanese Foreign Minister
told me about the problems that they had encoun-
tered at Moscow and the reason why they had dis-
continued, temporarily at least, the negotiations —
because of a difference of opinion about the terri-
torial clause. But he was reporting the develop-
ments to me more than anything else.
Q. Well, Mr. Secretary, to follow that up, you
were quoted in some reports as saying that, if
Japan recognized the Soviet claims of sovereignly
over the Kuriles, it might open the way for United
States demands for sovereignty over other islands,
particularly Okirvawa.
A. I pointed out to the Japanese Government —
as a matter of fact, we had done it before I met
with Mr. Shigemitsu in London — that there was
an article, article 26, of the treaty which did con-
tain a provision that if a treaty was made with
another government on terms more favorable than
the Japanese peace treaty which we had signed
then we would be entitled to claim comparable
benefits. That clause was put in the treaty —
I wrote the treaty very largely, as you may
remember — for the very purpose of trying to
prevent the Soviet Union from getting more fa-
vorable treatment than the United States got.
I merely reminded the Japanese of the existence
of that clause. I did not attempt to indicate what
its operation would be or that in fact it would be
invoked. I merely pointed out that there was such
a clause.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on the Susz Canal matter,
ivould you regard as an acceptable substitute of
the London plan ^ — or as a variation which would
be acceptable — a plan which would leave the canal
in the physical control of Egypt but would have
Egypt offer guaranties of freedom of navigation
to countries using the canal, either individmilly
or collectively?
A. Well, the canal has been physically in the
control of Egypt for some little time, particu-
larly since the British withdrew from the Suez
base. The canal is in Egyptian territory. That
fact is not disputed. Now, the question of what
arrangements about operations would be satisfac-
tory is not primarily a question for the United
States to answer. The United States is not de-
pendent to any appreciable degree at all upon the
Suez Canal. Its ships use the canal, but the United
States economy is not dependent upon the canal.
The economy of a number of other countries is
vitally dependent upon the canal, and it is pri-
marily for them to have an opinion as to what
arrangements would in fact restore confidence so
that their economies could go on being dependent
upon the canal. As I say, that is not a matter
which is primarily of United States concern but
primarily of concern to the many countries —
about 20 — whose economies are vitally dependent
upon the canal. We did get the expression of
views of most of those countries at the London
conference, and those views are being presented
to President Nasser within the next day or two.^
Q. Well, Mr. Secretary, your view I would
imagine would be very important, especially in
view of the 7'ole that you took in London. Gould
you give us your personal view on whether collec-
tive or individual guaranties would be satisfac-
tory?
' Bulletin of Sept. 3, 1956, p. 373.
' A committee headed by Australian Prime Minister
Robert G. Menzies and including representatives of Ethio-
pia, Iran, Sweden, and the United States was selected to
present the 18-nation proposals to the Egyptian President.
The group held its first meeting with President Nasser at
Cairo on Sept. 3.
406
Department of State Bulletin
A. I don't think that question can be answered,
or ought to be answered, in the abstract. You
have to break this problem down into its ingre-
dients. You have certain practical problems of
operation. You have the question of pilots— who
has the right of hiring and firing the pilots ; who
determines the traiSc pattern for passage through
the canal — that is a very important aspect of the
matter. Just as in the case of a busy airfield, the
question of the competence of, and impartiality of,
the man in the tower who makes the pattern
of traffic in, particularly on a bad day — that is a
position of great responsibility ; so, similarly, the
question of the pattern of traffic through the canal
is a great responsibility. Then there is the ques-
tion of who has the responsibility of keeping the
canal properly dredged so that the sand doesn't
fill it in. When you begin to think of the thing in
terms of its detailed ingredients, then I think the
problem does become soluble; at least I certainly
hope so.
I don't think it's necessary to think of the prob-
lem in terms of these very great issues, these great
slogans, such as the slogans of "nationalism versus
internationalism," or "nationalism versus colonial-
ism," or "Asia versus Europe," or any such things.
Then the problem becomes almost insoluble. But
when you begin to think of the concrete practical
things you have to do to establish confidence that
there will be an impartial, competent, and efficient
operation of the canal, then I think the matter
should be soluble. I don't say it will be, but I
think it should be.
Q. Mr. Secy^etary, do you think President Nas-
ser^s decision to receive this committee and hear its
report on the London, conference is a contribution
to making the problem soluble?
A. I believe that it is. There was no sense of
certainty, when our London conference adjourned,
that he would see the delegation that the confer-
ence designated to talk with him. Now he has ac-
cepted that. We move forward, I think, steadily.
And while the end is not yet in sight, I do be-
lieve that the steps which have been taken indicate
a certain desire on both sides to reach a peaceful
solution.
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you tell us whether Nas-
ser is in a position to make a solution, of this prob-
lem, a fair and nonwarlike solution?
Propaganda by Soviet Union
A. Well, your question raises a point which I
would like to comment on, which is the fact that,
whereas most of the countries — I would say all but
one of the countries — at the London conference
were really trying to find the way to a peaceful
and fair solution, there was an exception, and that
is the Soviet Union. Almost throughout the en-
tire conference it was carrying on an extreme form
of propaganda through its Arab-language radio
in Egypt, designed to make it extremely difficult
for President Nasser to accept even a fair solution.
That propaganda was, in effect, saying to the
Egyptian people : Any solution that comes out of
the London conference is colonialism, is imperial-
ism, and if you accept it you will have subor-
dinated Egypt again to the colonial rule which you
have thrown off.
Now, that was a very vicious type of propa-
ganda. It was being carried on while this con-
ference was in session. On the very morning I
was talking with Mi\ Shepilov and explaining
our plan to him, already the Soviet propaganda
was denouncing the plan. At that time the plan
had not yet been even presented to our conference,
but was being denounced as "imperialism" and
"colonialism." Obviously the effect of that, pre-
sumably the intended effect, was to make it as
difficult as possible for President Nasser to accept.
Nevertheless, I do believe that President Nasser
has a sufficient influence and authority to accept a
fair plan. I believe the 18-nation plan, in its
general outlines, is fair and that that can be made
even more apparent if it is worked out in terms
of practical details as I just indicated in answer
to a preceding question. So I'm not at all hopeless
about the situation.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you feel that the Susz
crisis would have developed if we had not with-
drawn our offer of aid for the Aswan Dam?
A. Yes, I feel that it's quite demonstrable that
it would have developed in any event. While
President Nasser indicated that the precise timing
of his action to nationalize the Suez Canal Com-
pany was influenced by the Aswan Dam matter,
he also has said that he had been thinking about
it, planning for it, for over 2 years. And I feel
quite confident that it would have happened in
any event. Indeed President Nasser did not, and
does not, attempt to justify his action on the
September 10, 1956
407
gi-ound of the withdrawal of aid to the Aswan
Dam. That would indeed be a very feeble ground
upon which to justify it. He justifies it as a
step in his program of developing the influence of
Egypt, what he calls the "grandeur" of Egypt,
and as a part of his progi-am of moving from
"triumph to triumph." He puts it on these broad
grounds and says he himself has been studying
it for over 2 years.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the press of Egypt said
President Nasser was quoted as saying yesterday
in Cairo that he was astonished at an alleged com-
ment hy yourself that the Constantinople conven-
tion had given an international character to the
Sii-ez Canal. Without undertaking to answer,
would you care to dilate for our ieneftt on the
meaning of ^international" in that connection?
A. Well, the Suez Canal was, of course, built
before Egypt was an independent state, when it
was still a part of the Ottoman Empire, and at
that period it was internationalized by the treaty
of 1888, which provides that it shall be a water-
way freely open in time of peace and war to the
traffic of all of the nations. That treaty was
signed by the nations at that time principally in-
terested in the canal and constituting the then
"great powers" of the world. It was open for
adherence by all countries of the world. I did
not realize that there was any question but what
the Suez Canal was an internationalized waterway.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there is S07)ie confusion as to
whether ex-President Truman at Potsdam offered
to internationalize the Panama Canal. I believe
his memoirs state that he did and others that were
present said that he did not make such an offer.
Do you remember whether such an offer was made ?
A. I think that I can say that as far as the
records disclose, and they have been very thor-
oughly examined — in fact, I have examined them
myself — there was no such offer made.
Q. Mr. Secretary, was IsraeTs right of passage
through the Suez in any way discussed at the Lon-
don conference?
A. Yes, that question did come up, and it was
pointed out that Egypt is in defiance, really, of a
decision by the Security Council of the United
Nations, taken in 1951,^ I think, which was re-
affirmed again, I think, in 1953,' that under the
terms of the treaty of 1888 the Israeli shipping
was entitled to go through and that Egypt was not
entitled to bar it as it was doing.
Q. Mr. Secretary, may we go hack to Okinawa?
How can toe defend Formosa and the free Far East ,
countries without Okinatoa? Can you do it from
the Philippines or hack from the mid-Pacific?
A. Wlio is suggesting that we should not hold
it?
Q. If we do not keep — do you intend to keep
Okinawa, regardless?
A. Well, we intend to exercise our rights in
Okinawa so long as we consider that there is dan-
ger to international peace and security in the
Asian theater. No doubt about that. I am curi-
ous to know what prompts your question. Did
you think that there was any doubt or is there
doubt in anybody's mind about it?
Q. Yes, sir.
A. All right, I hope what I have said dispels
the doubt.
Possible Evolution of OAS
Q. Mr. Secretary, to go hack a little farther,
you accompanied President Eisenhower to the
Panaina conference, at which the President
suggested the formation of an inter-Presidential
committee of all the delegates, of all the Latin
American Presidents, to meet in Washington for
economic development —
A. Yes.
Q. Are you in touch with Dr. Milton Eisen-
hower, or do you plan to confer with him prior to
this meeting which will take plxice next month
here?
A. Yes. The meeting, I think, is called about
the I7th of September, if I remember tlie date.*
Yes, I do expect to be in touch with him.
Q. Could you tell us xohat you hope this meeting
will bring about?
A. Well, the meeting will be the meeting in
which I hope the group will take form, which
President Eisenhower suggested and which will
study the possible evolution of the Organization
of American States in terms of sn-eater social and
' For text of resolution, see Bulletin of Sept. 17, 1951,
p. 479.
* For text of U.S. note concerning the meeting, see ibid.,
Aug. 27, 1956, p. 356.
408
Departmenf of State Bulletin
economic activity. It is the same kind of process,
you might say, that is under way in relation to the
Nato Organization. In both organizations there
is a feeling that changing conditions have given
an opportunity to have these organizations serve
broader purposes than has heretofore been the
case. In the case of the Nato Organization, there
is this group at work, pursuant to the resolution
which I proposed last May, on which Senator
George is working very actively. They are study-
ing how to bring about an evolution of the Nato
Organization along broader lines. Similarly,
there is tliis group which will be studying how to
bring the Organization of American States into
greater service in the light of the developments of
our time.
Now, tliis group that will be formed here will
not be a permanent group. It is a group which
is to study how the Organization can better serve,
and after it has made its recommendations, and
if it is adopted by the governments concerned, then
I assume that the work from then on would be
carried forward by the Oas and its agencies. This
present group is, in a sense, not a part of the Or-
ganization of American States but is a group of
people designated by the governments to put their
mind on how to develop the Oas somewhat more
broadly.
Problems Relating to Suez Canal
Q. Mr. Secretary, so7ne Egyptian authorities
have expressed alarm over what they regarded as
a plot on the part of Britain and France to pres-
sure or to suggest that their pilots quit the Suez
Canal. Do you know of any such plot, or do you
have any fears that the Western Europeans who
are pilots at the canal luill walk outf
A. Well, there is no doubt but what there is
unrest and some disorganization among the pilots.
To what extent that is due to a political influence,
I do not know. But the very fact that Egypt
suggests that it may be due to political influence
indicates precisely the problem that we face there,
namely, that in an operation as sensitive as that,
there ought not be a situation where, as a result of
political influence, pilots get "diplomatic" sick-
ness. Now it may be — I don't know whether it is
or not, but at least Egypt suggests — that these
l^ilots who are getting sick all of a sudden get sick
because it is intimated by their governments or
sources close to their governments that it is better
for them not to turn up for duty.
What we want to do for the future is to have an
operation of the canal where these vital, critical
points, such as the pilots, their competence, their
performance of duty, the pattern of traffic, and so
forth, are divorced from the political policies of
any government. If it is bad that that influence
should in the past have been exerted by Britain
and France, it does not make it any better to
have it exerted for the future by another govern-
ment.
As I said in London, the purpose ought to be to
insulate the operation of this canal in its technical
aspects from the political policies of any state,
and, if the canal has, as charged, been subject to
the political policies of Britain and France in the
past, you don't correct that wrong by merely re-
producing it in another form. It ouglit for the
future to be free from the political influences of
any government, and then and only then will it
dependably serve its purpose as a great interna-
tional waterway.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in that connection, what role
do you see for the United Nations?
A. Well, we believe and indeed suggested in our
plan that we put forward in London that whatever
the agency or board, whatever you want to call it,
is which has these responsibilities in charge, it
should be connected with the United Nations.
Now, we did not attempt in our paper there to go
into the precise nature of the connection. Some
have suggested that the membership ought to be
chosen by the United Nations, perhaps by the
Security Council or perhaps by the General As-
sembly ; others have felt that the connection should
be limited to making a report and getting sugges-
tions. But the concept of making the operation
of this great international waterway something as
to which the United Nations does have a measure
of responsibility, that concept was in the proposal
which we made ; and I think that that aspect of it
certainly would also be acceptable to the Indians
and the Indonesians and the Ceylonese who did
not go along with our proposal in all of its details.
But their Governments were sympathetic to many
of the aspects of our proposal.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in reference to what you said
earlier about the Soviet attitude and activity to-
ward the Suez prohlem, do you find evidence since
your return that the Soviet Union is trying to pre-
September 10, 1956
409
vent a settlement, trying to frustrate these nego-
tiations?
A. Well, I don't like to make charges about the
motives of other people. But there is a legal
doctrine which says that "a man is presumed to
intend the natural consequences of his acts." I
think that perhaps this is a situation where that
legal dictum is applicable.
Q. Mr. Secretary, has the State Department yet
received any fv/rther information on the loss of
the American plane off the coast of China to indi-
cate that the Communist Chinese shot it down?
And, secondly, if it has or has not, does the State
Department plan to issue any statement concern-
ing the loss of that plane?
A. I think that a statement will be issued —
whether by the State Department or by the De-
fense Department, I don't now know— as soon as
the relevant data is all in and has been evaluated.
We have communicated with the Chinese Com-
munist regime through diplomatic channels and
do have a reply from them which indicates their
belief — if you take it at its face value — their belief,
at least, that a plane that they shot down in that
area, which they admit having shot down, was a
Chinese Nationalist plane.^
Q. Mr. Secretary, coming hack for a moment to
the Suez, if I am correct, in your statements today
you didn't use the term, '■'■internationalization'''' of
the operation. Is there any change whatsoever on
this question in the United States attitude?
A. I am not sure that I used the word "inter-
nationalization." If I did not use it, it was be-
cause perhaps instinctively I was trying to follow
the advice which I gave earlier of trying to avoid
using these grandiose terms which create conflicts
which are perhaps unnecessary. Certainly, I did,
I think, say that basically the canal is interna-
tionalized by the treaty of 1888.
Now when you go to the question of what are
the essential operating functions, how do you as-
sure that those functions are performed in an
efficient and impartial way free from the political
influence of any government — then you may get
a result which some people may call "international
operations," and other people may prefer not to
call it that. I think it is better to think of these
things in terms of what you actually do.
" For a joint State/Defense statement and correspond-
ence between British and Communist Chinese authorities,
see p. 412.
Now you have got the United Nations at New
York. I don't suppose anybody would claim that,
because of our arrangement with the United Na-
tions, the city of New York has been "interna-
tionalized." We don't exei'cise a voice on who are
the janitors, and what not, who perform the func-
tions in the buildings there of the United Nations.
We don't think that is in any respect a derogation
of our sovereignty ; it is merely a practical prob-
lem. The Secretary-General has certain responsi-
bilities which he exercises there, and we consider
them entirely compatible with the full sovereignty
and dignity of the United States. We don't get
into tliese great terms about whether or not we
have "internationalized" and given up oUr "sover-
eignty" over a vital portion of New York territory.
And I think if you can get this problem down, as
I say, to terms of the concrete, practical things,
and get away from these big terms which raise
issues of a psychological and prestige character,
we are much more apt to get to a solution.
Communication From Chinese Communists
Q. Mr. Secretary, can you tell us through what
diplomatic channels you have contacted the Chi-
nese Communists on the plane?
A. I believe that this particular contact was
through the United Kingdom, which represents
our interests in Communist China.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what we got from, the Chinese
Com,munists — was that something like a note ad-
dressed to us, or was it an informal kind of an
oral exchange?
A. It was a conmiunication which they made.
I don't actually recall whether it was a written
or an oral communication to the British Minister.
I only saw it myself an hour before coming down
here. It just got in late yesterday, I believe.
Q. Mr. Secretary, did th^y concede that a plane
was shot down, and do they say that so far as
they knoio it was a Chinese Nationalist plane?
A. They concede that a plane was shot at in
that general area at about that time. They say
that the plane that they shot was, they believed,
a Chinese Nationalist plane.
Q. They admit that the Chinese Communist Air
Force did shoot doion a plane?
A. That's correct.
410
Deparfmen/ of Sfofe Bullelin
Q. Any survivors? Any information on that
question?
A. Apparently, so far as we know, no survivors.
Q. Mr. Secretary, is this Soviet propagwnda
campaign on Egypt — is it still going ahead, or
has it been relaxed somewhat toward the end of
the conference? Because you did speak of what
they did during the conference.
A. My information up to yesterday is that it
was still going ahead, yes.
Q. Mr. Secretary, what was the plane doing
over there — the plane that was shot down?
A. Our plane ?
Q. Yes.
A. Tliere is apparently a routine patrol flight
which goes back and forth at quite regular inter-
vals between Okinawa and Japan and swings in
a semicircle, to keep track of the shipping and the
like in that area. That will all be more fully ex-
plained when we finally agree on the evaluation
of all of the facts.
Q. Mr. Secretary, there seems to have arisen in
Panama some area of vfiisunderstanding hetween
that Government and ours as to what the Panama
treaty does. I wondered if you could cotmnent on
that situation?
A. I'm not aware of any misunderstanding, at
least at the official level. There has been a good
deal of speculation as to possible similarities be-
tween the Suez Canal and the Panama Canal.
Actually, the situation is totally dissimilar in two
vital respects. First, the juridical, the legal
aspect of the problem. The Suez Canal by the
treaty of 1888 is intei-nationalized. The Panama
Canal is a waterway in a zone where, by treaty, the
United States has all the rights which it would
possess if it were the sovereign "to the entire ex-
clusion of the exercise by the Eepublic of Panama
of any such sovereign rights, power or authority."
And there is no international treaty giving other
countries any rights at all in the Panama Canal
except for a treaty with the United Kingdom
which provides that it has the right to have the
same tolls for its vessels as for ours.
Now the second aspect of the matter, which is
totally different, is the practical situation. In the
case of the Suez Canal a large number of coimtries,
whose very livelihood almost depends upon the
free and efficient and impartial operation of the
canal, are in fact gravely disturbed because they
fear that there will not be that kind of operation
and that their lifeline — and to them it is almost
literally a lifeline — that their lifeline may be cut.
As far as I am aware, no country anywhere in the
world fears that its economy is jeopardized by
possible misuse, abuse, of our rights in the Panama
Canal.
Q. Mr. Secretary, back on the plane, I believe
you said that they concede a plane was shot down.
Do they say that Red Chinese planes did shoot
this plane down; that it was a plane of their own.
tvhich did the firing?
A. I think that's the inference, yes.
Q. Mr. Secretary, I would like to be clear on
this one point because of a technical difficulty %oith
what they said in their broadcast about last Fri-
day {August 34], which loas to the effect that a
Chinese Nationalist plane had been fired on by
their fighter craft and damaged. They did not
at that time say that the plane had been shot
down, and I just wanted to confirm the idea that
they conceded having shot down, the plane.
A. Well, now you are raising a point, frankly,
that I did not have in my mind when I answered the
preceding questions. I do not recall with sufficient
accuracy the memorandimi that we got — as I say,
only a few hours ago — as to whether they still say
they merely shot at it and hit it or whether they
know they shot it down. I assume that by now
they would not dispute the fact that it was shot
down, because the debris has been found and a
body has been found.
Q. When, you said in yowr statement before that
there were apparently no survivors, then you are
basing that on American evidence rather tha/n on
anything that was contained in this note?
A. Except that the note is entirely negative with
respect to survivors.
Q. Mr. Secretary, on July 26 Colonel Nasser
said that an American official had told him not to
pay any attention to a message that Mr. Allen was
bringing him from you. Have you any informa-
tion on that allegation?
A. No.
Q. Thank you, sir.
September 10, 1956
411
Senator George Leaves
on NATO Mission
Press release 456 dated August 30
Senator Walter F. George of Georgia, Chairman
of the Foreign Relations Committee, left Wash-
ington for New York by train on August 30. He
will sail from New York on August 31. Senator
George will land at Southhampton on September
5 and will visit London before going to Paris. In
London he will see Sir Anthony Eden and other
British statesmen.
On September 10 Senator George will go to
Paris to participate in the Nato meetings. Wliile
in Paris he will see the French Prime Minister.
Senator George will meet with the senior repre-
sentatives of the other member governments of
Nato who will come to Paris for the meetings.
Early in October Senator George will visit the
Federal Eepublic of Germany and Italy before
returning to the United States, sailing from
Naples on October 16. On his return to the United
States Senator George will report to the President
and to the Secretary of State the results of his
consultations in Europe.
At the ministerial meeting in Paris in May, the
Nato member governments reached a decision to
explore the possibilities of closer cooperation in
political, economic, and cultural fields with the
view to strengthening the ties of the North At-
lantic Community.^ The Foreign Ministers des-
ignated a committee of three (Lester B. Pearson,
Canada ; Gaetano Martino, Italy ; Halvard Lange,
Norway) to study the problems and make a report
to be considered at the December meeting of the
Ministers. On May 8, immediately following the
action taken by the Ministers, the President an-
nounced that he had asked Senator George to act
as his personal representative and special ambas-
sador to advise him on these developments.^
The ministerial committee of three has circu-
lated a questionnaire to the member governments
to ascertain their views, and they will hold meet-
ings in Paris from the 11th through the 22d of
September to discuss the answers which the mem-
ber governments have made to this questionnaire.
The United States delegation for these discussions
will consist of Senator George, Ambassador
George W. Perkins, the U.S. Permanent Repre-
sentative to the North Atlantic Council, and Julius
' Bulletin of May 21, 1956, p. 836.
' Ibid., May 28, 1956, p. 879.
C. Holmes, Special Assistant to the Secretary of
State for Nato.
Chinese Communist Attack
on Navy Patrol Plane
JOINT STATEMENT BY DEPARTMENTS OF STATE
AND DEFENSE
Press release 464 dated August 31
The Department of State and Department of
Defense make the following joint statement with
regard to the loss of the Navy patrol plane off
the Chushan Islands which reported itself as
under attack the night of 22 August. The follow-
ing facts have been established. The airplane was
engaged in a routine patrol flight originating in
Japan. The planned flight track covered the
lower portion of the Yellow Sea and thence in
general parallel to the China Coast well off shore
and over international waters and thence eastward
to Okinawa. The entire flight was planned to
cover a period of approximately 6V2 hours. Posi-
tion reports received from the airplane during the
flight indicated that the navigator calculated that
the plane was on its planned track. The last posi-
tion report received from the airplane was made at
11 : 45 p.m. local time, 22 August, 4i/^ hours after
its departure. It showed a position substantially
on the planned track and 38 miles distant from
the nearest land held by the Chinese Communists.
Forty minutes following his last position report,
the plane commander reported briefly that he was
under attack. No further reports were heard from
the airplane.
Search and rescue operations were initiated by
the Commander of the Seventh Fleet utilizing
surface craft and aircraft of the Seventh Fleet and
Air Force aircraft from shore bases. The initial
point for the search was the projected position
based on the last position report of the airplane
and the flight plan on which it was flying. The
search in this vicinity proved unproductive; ac-
cordingly, the standard naval search procedure for
a downed airplane was used. The search ranged
back along the plane's planned track — to the
northward so that no reasonable possible locations
would be left uncovered.
Following Peiping's broadcast that a Red Chi-
nese plane had damaged a "Chiang Kai-shek"
412
Department of State Bulletin
plane near the Chushan Islands, the search was
centered in this area. After about 31 hours of this
kind of search — concentrating on what was the
most probable center, but ranging backward along
the projected track — aircraft of Task Force 77
of the Seventh Fleet, at 9 : 22 a.m., local time, on
24 August, reported sighting wreckage and rafts
in international waters to the eastward of the
Chushan Islands. The United States Destroyer
Dennis J. BucTcley proceeded at once, found the
wreckage, and recovered the body of one of the
aircraft crew, two empty life rafts, two fuel tanks,
and one airplane wheel. The wreckage was iden-
tified as being that of the missing airplane.
A vigorous and all-out search of the area for
possible survivors of the aircraft was continued in
the area in which the wreckage was found. In-
structions to aircraft making the search provided
that no aircraft approach closer than three miles
to land, thus keeping the search over international
waters. The search for survivors was continued
with negative results until 11 : 25 a.m., local time,
25 August, at which time the Commander of the
Seventh Fleet ordered the search discontinued,
feeling that all possibilities of picking up survi-
vors had been exhausted. However, the Navy De-
partment directed that the search not be
discontinued but suspended imtil further orders
in order that the situation might be fully evalu-
ated. The location of the recovery of the wreck-
age determined the general location at which the
aircraft was shot down and this area was left
under surveillance by surface ships and aircraft
in an effort to recover additional bodies. All
naval surface and air forces involved in the search
remained in the general area.
At 5 : 25 p.m. local time on 29 August the United
States Destroyer Taussig located and picked up
the body of another member of the crew of the
missing aircraft. Search operations were rein-
stituted the next morning and have continued
since. Small vessels are being brought in to
assist.
There can be no doubt that the airplane reported
by Peiping Kadio as having been attacked by
Chinese Communist aircraft is the ill-fated miss-
ing F-^M aircraft. The discrepancy between
the last position report received from the airplane
and the position in which the wreckage was found
is indicative of possible errors in navigation and
the possibility cannot be excluded that the plane
might, by navigational error, have passed over or
near one of the small islands lying about 37 miles
to the east of the China mainland. However, the
position of the elements found from the plane in-
dicates that the actual attack took place over inter-
national waters.
On August 25, 1956, the United Kingdom
Charge d'Affaires at Peiping, at the request of the
Department of State, inquired of the Chinese
authorities whether they had any information on
the fate of the aircraft or any survivors of it.
A reply has now been received which states that
a plane, which the Chinese authorities say they
believed to be a Chinese Nationalist plane, was at-
tacked near the Ma-an and Chengtze Islands lying
about 44 miles East of China mainland at about
the time of the attack in question. The Chinese
Communist authorities say that if the plane turned
out not to be a Chinese Nationalist plane but a
United States naval aircraft, they could not but
express great regret. Also they say that the air-
craft was in fact violating Chinese territorial air
and territorial sea. The Chinese Communist
memorandum goes on to state that they did not
capture the plane or the personnel on the plane
and that they have no information concerning the
personnel.
On the basis of the available evidence, the
United States Government considers that the at-
tack was made without warning ; that it was un-
justified; and that the responsibility for this loss
of life and destruction of United States property
lies with the Chinese Communist regime.
The United States Government will transmit
through appropriate diplomatic channels the de-
mand for damages for loss of life of the American
crew members of the Navy patrol plane, as well as
for the plane itself.
CORRESPONDENCE BETWEEN BRITISH AND
CHINESE COMMUNIST AUTHORITIES
Press release 465 dated September 1
Text of Letter from British Charge d? Affaires^
Peiping, to Chinese Corrwminist Vice Minister
for Foreign Affairs, Chang Han-fu, August 25
You are no doubt aware that the United States
authorities have announced that a United States
Martin Mercator naval patrol aircraft on a routine
flight from Japan was attacked by unidentified
aircraft in the early hours of the 23rd of August
in an area approximately 32 miles off the mainland
Sepf ember 10, 1956
413
of China and 150 miles North of Formosa. Ac-
cording to the amiouncement the aircraft carried
a crew of 4 officers and 12 enlisted men ; it reported
at 1 : 25 a.m. local time on the 23rd of August that
it was under attack by aircraft, and after that,
nothing more was heard from it.
I have been instructed by my Government, at the
request of the United States Government, to en-
quire as a matter of urgency whether the Cliinese
authorities have any information on the fate of
this aircraft and of any survivors from it. I shall
be at your disposal at any time in order to receive
from you any information on this matter which
you may be able to give me.
Text of Chinese Commmmist Reply, August 27
Your letter of August 25, 1956 has been received.
I have been instructed by my Government to reply
as follows :
The Chinese Government does not have any in-
formation concerning the United States aircraft
in the area mentioned in your letter, nor does it
have any information concerning the personnel on
the United States aircraft.
However, I would like to inform you of another
event which was made public on the 23rd of
August. After 0/00 hour ^ on August 23 , a Chiang
military plane was discovered over the sea south-
east of Shanghai intruding over the Ma An Is-
lands. Aircraft of the Chinese Air Force im-
mediately took off. The Chiang plane continued
to intrude over the Cheng Sze Islands and en-
' The British Embassy at Peiping confirmed from the
Chinese Communist Foreign Office that this was mid-
night, August 22-23.
countered our aircraft over the Huang Tse Shan
Island, north of the Chushan Island, and having
been hit and damaged by our aircraft it flew off
inunediately in the south-east direction. Our side
did not capture that plane nor the personnel on
the plane.
As is well-known, the war acts of harassment
and destruction carried out by the military planes
despatched by the Chiang Kai-shek clique to in-
trude over the mainland and the coastal islands
have become even more frequent during the past
year. Our Air Force has often fought with these
Chiang military planes and shot them down, dam-
aging them, or drove them away. As for this
Chiang plane which intruded over the Ma An Is-
lands, our Air Force took the same action and
damaged it. It goes without saying that these
Chiang planes are all aircraft of the United States
type.
If the plane which intruded over the Ma An
Islands, Cheng Sze Islands and Huang Tse Shan
Island of China, turned out not to be a Chiang
military plane but a United States naval aircraft,
we could not but express great regret. If that
should be the case, it also serves to prove that the
manoeuvres of the Seventh Fleet of the United
States Navy in the area from the Cheng Sze Is-
lands to the Tachen Islands and the intrusion of a
large number of their naval aircraft for recon-
naissance over the Cheng Sze Islands on August
23 and 24 were planned provocation of violating
Chma's territorial air and territorial sea. For
this, the Chinese Government must express its seri-
ous protest against the United States Government.
Please accept the assurances of my respects.
414
Department of State Bulletin
The Foreign Service Institute: A Year in Review
iy Harold B. Hoskins
The fiscal year which ended June 30, 1956, was
one of tlie most active in the Foreign Service In-
stitute's 10-year history. Figures tell part of the
story of this activity. As many as 54 different
courses were given on a round-the-calendar basis.
Enrollment totaled 6,470 — a slight increase over
the previous year and 113 percent higher than in
1954. At the heart of the considerably revamped
in-service training program were two new 3-
month courses, one for newly appointed Foreign
Service officers, the other for mature officers at
the midway point in their careers. Each course
was repeated several times with 15 to 25 trainees
to a class. Intensive language instruction in 23
tongues was given to more than 800 students, by
the simplified methods developed at the Institute.
As in the past, the largest group of Institute
trainees consisted of those attending one of sev-
eral types of part-time orientation courses. Rang-
ing in duration from half a day to 3 weeks, these
classes are designed to initiate new employees into
the daily operations of U.S. Foreign Service posts
abroad and to bring experienced officers up to date
on current political and economic problems. Sev-
eral courses were opened for the first time to wives
and other members of officers' families. This ex-
periment was especially well received ; by prepar-
ing the wife to play a more helpful role in her
husband's career, we are sure we have ndded
strength to the Service.
Seminars on currently sensitive topics such as
Communist Strategy, Peaceful Use of the Atom,
and the North Atlantic Treaty Organization, each
lasting from 1 to 7 weeks, were repeated several
times for a total of more than 900 participants
drawn from every Government department or
agency interested in foreign affairs. Of note also
was an experimental 1-week seminar on "The
American Scene," which was attended by 119 peo-
ple and which covered recent developments in
American science, economics, education, politics,
literature, the theater, music, and art. Several
new topics are in preparation, as we expect to
expand our seminar program further this year.
Another feature of the Institute's curriculum
was the introduction by a leading group of pro-
fessional management consultants of the "case"
method of training to Foreign Service groups
gathered at a training center several miles from
Washington. Under this system, discussion cen-
ters around a series of actual cases, each chosen
to illustrate situations typical of those encoun-
tered in the Foreign Service. Under skilled dis-
cussion leaders, the spontaneous comments of ex-
perienced officers provide a powerful stimulant
for further creative thinking. This is another
type of training we expect to expand. Functional
training of a more conventional nature was offered
in Foreign Service administration and consular
affairs to 58 selected employees.
Thanks to the Institute's location in Washing-
ton, we are able to augment our faculty with a wide
variety of outside speakers. Outstanding officials
from the Department and other agencies in Wash-
ington handled class discussions on foreign policy,
nuclear weapons, intelligence, immigration, and
*Mr. Hoskins is Director of the Foreign
Service Institute of the Department of State.
The Institute is an in-service training center
for the U.S. Foreign Service, the Depart-
ment, and other agencies of the Federal
Government having responsibilities in the
field of foreign relations.
September 10, 1956
415
Left: Students learning Hindi use a
tape recorder to compare their pro-
nunciation with that of their instructor.
Below: A Foreign Service Institute
student watches as a U.S. immigration
official, aided by a translator, examines
arrivals aboard the lie de France.
416
Department of Slate Bulletin
Right: A newly appointed Foreign
Service officer, on a field trip, tours an
Atomic Energy Commission laboratory.
Below: Midcareer officers studying ex-
ecutive management discuss an actual
problem faced by an Ambassador.
September 10, 1956
417
other subjects last year. In addition, professors
have come from Pennsylvania, Northwestern,
Chicago, Yale, Johns Hopkins, George Washing-
ton, and other univei-sities to lecture for 1, 2, or 3
days at the Institute. Newspaper writers, busi-
ness economists, labor leaders, a drama critic, and
a poll-taker also have addressed our students.
Recent Improvements
The function of the Institute as stated by the
Foreign Service Act of 1946, which authorized its
establishment, is "to furnish training and instruc-
tion to officers and employees of the Service and
the Department, and to other officers and employ-
ees of the Government for whom training and in-
struction in the fields of foreign relations is neces-
sary." In 1954 the Secretary's Public Committee
on Personnel, under the chairmanship of Dr.
Henry M. Wriston, former president of Brown
University and now director of the American As-
sembly, undertook an exhaustive study of the U.S.
Foreign Service. The committee's comments on
the Institute's training program were as forth-
rightly critical as were those directed at recruit-
ment methods and certain other operations of the
Foreign Service. In the committee's opinion the
Institute had failed to fulfill the purpose intended
by the Congress, particularly in the field of ad-
vanced in-service training. Steps were taken
promptly to revitalize the Institute along the lines
the committee recommended, and last year the
results began to show.
Today basic training is provided for all begin-
ning officers and more courses to meet the specific
needs of officers already in the Service are now
being given. Our physical plant, a converted
apartment house, has been improved. Present
facilities are overcrowded, but we look ahead to
the completion of the Department's greatly en-
larged building, now authorized by the Congress,
to remedy this situation.
Extremely important in developing the new
program has been the support of the Secretary
and other Department officials and the increased
interest in training of various well-informed citi-
zen gi'oups such as the American Assembly, estab-
lished by President Eisenhower when he was presi-
dent of Columbia University ; an ad hoc commit-
tee made up of members of the Council on Foreign
Relations; and the Institute's own Advisory
Committee.
Beginning with fiscal year 1956, the Department
asked for, and Congress approved, a larger budget
for the Institute. The fiscal 1957, or current,
budget figure is $1.5 million larger than the pre-
vious year and as a result permits a still further
expansion in training. We realize fully that to
date only a start has been made and a great deal of
important work still lies ahead. Further im-
provements will come in the content of our courses
and in our teaching methods as we receive sug-
gestions from the officers we have trained or from
their superiors.
Career Training
Two years ago the Wriston Committee deplored
what it termed "the Institute's pedestrian preoc-
cupation with job mechanics." Last year we suc-
ceeded in placing the emphasis where it belongs —
on career training.
The basic career course for junior officers, last-
ing 3 months full time, has been given 10 times
since July 11, 1955, to a total of 191 newly ap-
pointed Foreign Service officers. It consists of
two sections — Part I, foreign policy review and
headquarters operations, and Part II, field work.
Officers assigned to overseas posts complete both
parts before they go abroad. Those assigned to
the Department defer Part II until they are ready
to report to the field. We estimate that as many
as 400 new Foreign Service officers will be trained
in 1956-57.
Present Apex
At present the apex of oMv career training pro-
gram is the 3-month, full-time midcareer course,
which a year ago was still in the planning stage.
As of today the Institute has graduated three
classes: the first class, 22 trainees, ended Decem-
ber 9; the second with 19, April 6; and the third,
a group of 16, June 27. A fourth class of 18
enrolled July 9, and a new course will begin Sep-
tember 24 and every 3 months thereafter. We
regard the first year's operation as a successful
shakedown cruise. The "executive management"
part of the course, offered for 1, and later for 2
weeks, will remain as the initial segment. The
off-camptis site has defijiite advantages: chiefly
that students, faculty, and guest speakers, working
and eating together in an informal atmosphere
away from the distractions of Washington, readily
develop the friendly interchange of ideas so es-
sential to the mature learning process.
418
Department of State Bulletin
During the remainder of the midcareer course,
the officers engage in a serious study of world af-
fairs. Thought-provoking discussions are led by
outstanding teachers such as F. S. C. Northrop,
Hans J. Morgenthau, and Massimo Salvadori.
This is no "ivory tower" learning. I have sat in
the classroom on occasion and have come away
impressed with the way in which our students en-
rich these discussions by relating theories of world
affairs to practical examples from their own ex-
perience. There is no better method for develop-
ing an officer's potential capabilities to the full.
Wrote a former student from his new post:
The effect on me was residual rather than immediate.
Each day, I see the application of the course to all the
various asjyects of my work and to all the rest of my
life. It opens horizons I never knew existed.
On July 23, to meet a temporary need, we
started a special 6-week program for Depart-
mental officers taken into the Foreign Service
under the integration program recommended by
the Wriston Committee. Intensive instruction in
post operations is the main theme; the sole text
is The Foreign Service Manual^ a series of volumes
of regulations governing operations in the field.
This coui-se will be repeated at intervals so long
as the Service requires it; then it will be dis-
continued.
The Institute — A Post
The Institute today has a professional faculty
of 43 members, plus about 70 language tutors.
Approximately two-thirds of the staff are Foreign
Service officers. This fact makes the Institute it-
self a Foreign Service post of some importance.
Heading the School of International Studies is
Albert B. Franklin, whose last overseas assign-
ment was Rangoon. James F. Grady was re-
called from the Foreign Service Inspection Corps
to organize the School of Management. Henry
L. Smith, Jr., who is largely responsible for the
methods and quality of language instruction at
the Institute, has returned to the academic field
after 10 years of service here, but there remains
the organization he built with his assistant,
Howard E. Sollenberger, in charge.
In the International Studies and Management
Schools, courses and seminars are planned by
faculty members, who then serve as course chair-
men. Joseph J. MontUor, assisted by E. Jan
Nadelman, is in charge of junior officer training.
Reference Material on the Foreign Service
The articles and pamphlets listed below contain
material on the U.S. Foreign Service in general,
with emphasis on recent developments affecting the
Service, the opportunities it offers as a career, and
the responsibilities which the Foreign Service Insti-
tute assists its students to meet.
"Understanding Our Foreign Service" by Ambassa-
dor John M. Cabot, Buixetin of March 8, 1954,
p. 353.
"The Reorganization of the American Foreign Serv-
ice" by former Under Secretsiry Charles E. Saltz-
man. Bulletin of September 27, 1954, p. 436.
"Amending the Foreign Service Act of 1946" by
Deputy Under Secretary Loy W. Henderson,
Bulletin of March 7, 1955, p. 407.
"American Diplomacy at Work" by Ambassador
Clare Boothe Luce, Bulletin of April 11, 1955,
p. 616.
"The Foreign Service as a Career" by Deputy Under
Secretary Henderson, Bullettin of April 18, 1955,
p. 635.
"The Department of State and the Quest for Qual-
ity" by Harold B. Hoskins, Bulletin of May 16,
1955, p. 816.
"The Foreign Service — First Line of Defense" by
Deputy Under Secretary Loy W. Henderson, Bul-
May 23, 1955, p. 849.
"U.S. Diplomacy in a Changing World" by Ambas-
sador Willard L. Beaulac, Bulletin of August
29, 1955, p. 335.
"Women in the Foreign Service : A Tribute to Am-
bassador Frances Willis" by Ambassador Donald
R. Heath, Bulletin of December 26, 1955, p. 1051.
"Tasks and Responsibilities of the Foreign Service"
by Secretary Dulles, BuLumN of April 9, 1956,
p. 588.
'blew Opportunities in the U.S. Foreign Service,
Department of State publication 5748, for sale
by the U.S. Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington 25,
D.C.— 15 cents.
When Americans Live Abroad, Department of State
publication 6340, for sale by the Superintendent
of Documents — 25 cents.
The American Consul, Department of State publica-
tion 5893, for sale by the Superintendent of Docu-
ments— 10 cents.
Sample Questions from the Forei<jn Service Officer
Examination, Department of State publication
5751, for sale by the Superintendent of Docu-
ments— 15 cents.
Mr. Montllor's last post abroad was Phnom Penh ;
Mr. Nadelman was stationed at Palermo.
Robert Rossow, Jr., with a background of ex-
perience in India, Iran, and the Balkans, is chair-
man of the midcareer course. Alan M. G. Little,
formerly of Harvard University, is in charge of
September 10, 1956
419
seminars; Norman K. Pratt, George Barraclough,
and Perry H. Culley head various phases of
management and orientation training.
Glen H. Fisher, a newly integi-ated officer and
author of the Institute's new handbook. When
Americans Live Abroad, has been a frequent dis-
cussion leader. Mrs. Monroe Williams Blake,
an experienced Foreign Service wife, meets with
wives and other dependents in a special section of
the orientation course. Frequently called upon
to supply subject matter for both orientation and
career training are such other faculty authorities
as Edwin M. Wright for the Middle East and
Paul Sturm and Gregory Henderson for the Far
East. Dr. Sturm also coordinates the assignment
of trainees to colleges and universities.
During fiscal year 1956 the Institute assigned
64 selected Foreign Service officers of unusual
promise to 13 colleges and universities in the
United States and abroad. An additional 25 of-
ficers studied at the National War College and
other colleges maintained by the Armed Forces.
The Institute increased its general supervision of
Foreign Service training in the field, including the
advanced language study and area specialization
given at its three branch schools in Japan, Tai-
wan, and Lebanon.
Field Trip
As Director of the Institute I had the pleasure
during March and April of visiting our overseas
branch schools in Tokyo, Taichung, and Beirut
and of talking about training needs with chiefs
of mission and their staffs in Japan, Taiwan, the
Philippines, Viet-Nam, Thailand, Burma, India,
Pakistan, Lebanon, Germany, and France. I was
impressed everywhere with the need for greater
proficiency in the local language and, in many
places, for better and more up-to-date materials
for language instruction. We are now working
on plans to improve the quality of the part-time
language instruction in the field.
Many officers stationed abroad have expressed
an interest in correspondence courses; 1956-57
will also see steps taken to offer a variety of courses
by mail.
Tlie Advisory Committee Meets
The Wriston Committee's report of 1954 re-
ferred to the Institute's original advisory group
as "the Committee that never meets." Tliis year
a new Advisory Conmiittee, consisting of nine
distinguished leaders from private and academic
life, was organized. Its members are Hamilton
Fish Armstrong, Editor, Foreign Affairs; Mrs.
Frances P. Bolton, House of Representatives;
Ellsworth Bunker, President of the American Na-
tional Red Cross; Robert D. Calkins, President
of the Brookings Institution; Robert Cutler,
Chairman of the Board of Directors, Old Colony
Trust Company, Boston, Mass. ; Clyde K. Kluck-
hohn. Director, Laboratory of Social Sciences,
Harvard University ; William L. Langer, Chair-
man, Committee on Regional Studies, Harvard
University ; Charles E. Saltzman, Henry Sears &
Company, New York; Henry M. Wriston, Direc-
tor, The American Assembly, Graduate School of
Business, Columbia University.
Deputy Under Secretary of State Loy W. Hen-
derson is chairman and three other Department
officers sit "ex-officio" — Isaac W. Carpenter,
Jr., Assistant Secretary-Controller; the Director
General of the Foreign Service ; and myself.
The Advisory Committee met for the first time
on May 21 and again on June 26. A third meet-
ing is scheduled for early fall. Of particular con-
cern to the committee is the further development
of a training program, including language in-
struction, for senior Foreign Service officers.
Several committee members have been outspoken
in their criticism of officers, particularly those
with long experience in the Service, who neglect to
master at least one foreign language. In answer
to the question "Would you recommend dismissal
of an otherwise brilliant officer who had failed to
learn a language?" one adviser replied he would
scarcely consider an officer "brilliant" who did not
know one "world" language or who had not at-
tempted to learn the language of at least one of
the countries where he had been stationed.
Need for Language Specialists
Another phase of the language problem in the
Foreign Service is the need for increasing the
number of language-and-area specialists. I am
referring now not to officers who are able to con-
verse in one or more languages but to those who
really know a language well enough to use it in
diplomatic negotiations. In 10 years the Institute
has trained 222 language-and-area experts. Of
tliis number, 29 have left the Service through res-
ignation, retirement, or death. Thus 193 Insti-
tute-trained language officers remain in the
420
Department of State Bulletin
Service, besides many others who liave acquired
language fluency by other means.
To date our "specialist" program has concen-
trated on the Iron Curtain countries and on the
Near and Far East, where our immediate needs
have been most acute. According to a recent sur-
vey, our Service is still some 300 short of the re-
quired language-and-area specialists; however, to
help fill this gap, 65 officers are now in training
at the Foreign Service Institute, at universities, or
at Fsi branches in the field. At our present rate
of training, it will take about 5 years to reach
our goal. Then, once the gap is closed, we can
plan a program aimed at taking care of
replacements.
Beyond the Water's Edge
During the past year we have discussed our
training problems with many groups of citizens.
We found common agreement on the need for im-
proved training. All felt that the American Gov-
ernment needed the best trained Foreign Service
no matter what party may be in power.
"The Representation of the United States
Abroad" was the topic of the Ninth American As-
sembly held at Harriman, N. Y., during May.
xVmong the participants were Mrs. Eugenie An-
derson, former Ambassador to Denmark; More-
liead Patterson, chairman of the American Ma-
chine and Foundry Company; Philip D. Reed,
chairman of the board of the General Electric
Company; Quincy AVright, professor of inter-
national law, University of Chicago; Howland
H. Sargent, president, American Committee for
Liberation from Bolshevism; and Shepard Stone,
Ford Foundation. One of the recommendations
made by this distinguished group of participants
was the following:
Improved recruitment, career planning, and in-service
training are essential for all overseas operations. The
number of career officers should be increased to the ex-
tent necessary to permit orderly rotation and periodic
assignment for advanced training on a basis analogous to
that of the armed services. In-service training of civilian
overseas personnel for all agencies should be provided
by an expanded and more liighly developed Foreign Serv-
ice Institute, making full use of universities, colleges,
and other facilities.
Three Goals To Go
Next year, March 13, 1957, the Foreign Service
Institute will be 10 years old. As I indicated
earlier, three serious gaps in the training progi-am
remain. There is need to (1) increase opportuni-
ties for advanced training in the diplomatic serv-
ice; (2) improve the language abilities of all our
officers; and (3) bring our corps of language-and-
area experts up to full strength as quickly as
possible.
With the continued support of the Congress, the
Secretary, and other officials in the Department,
our training program for 1956-57 is aimed at
making further advances toward an even better
trained Foreign Service of the United States.
Department's Opposition to Proposed
Great Laltes Basin Compact
Statement hy Willard B. Cowles
Dejmty Legal Adviser ^
In S. 2688 the consent and approval of Con-
gress is sought to permit the States bordering
on the Great Lakes "to enter into" a compact
known as the Great Lakes Basin Compact, the
substance of which is set out in section 1 of the
bill. The Congress is further requested in the
bill to give its consent to these States to enter
into such a compact with the Canadian Provinces
of Ontario and Quebec.
As defined in the compact, the Great Lakes
Basin extends nearly half way across the bound-
ary between the United States and Canada. The
basin area would consist of the Canadian as well
as the American portion of the lakes, and the
Canadian watershed as well as the watershed
of the United States. The United States part
of the Great Lakes watershed covers approxi-
mately 172,000 square miles. The total water-
shed area in both countries, including the sur-
face water of the lakes themselves, is nearly
300,000 square miles.
The purposes of the compact, as stated in its
article I, are :
1. To promote the orderly, integrated, and comprehen-
sive development, use, and conservation of the water
resources of the Great Lakes Basin. . . .
2. To plan for the welfare and development of the
water resources of the Basin as a whole as well as for
those portions of the Basin which may have problems
of special concern.
3. To make it possible for the states of the Basin and
their people to derive the maximum benefit from utiliza-
tion of public works, in the form of navigational aids or
' Made before a subcommittee of the Senate Foreign
Relations Committee on Aug. 27.
Sepf ember 10, 1956
421
otherwise, which may exist or which may be constructed
from time to time.
4. To advise in securing and maintaining a proper
balance among industrial, commercial, agricultural, water
supply, residential, recreational, and other legitimate
uses of the water resources of the Basin.
According to the compact (article VII) a com-
mission to be established anticipates interesting
itself in and taking action upon such subjects as
stabilization of lake levels; pollution, beach ero-
sion, floods, and shore inundation ; State naviga-
tional aids and improvements ; parasitical forces
endangering the fisheries and wildlife; hydro-
electric power developments; soil and bank ero-
sion; diversion of waters; as well as "other
measures the Commission may recommend to the
states" pursuant to its delegated powers. This
list gives but a partial picture of the vastness of
the scope and activities contemplated under the
compact.
As a matter of principle, the Department would
oppose any interstate compact which affects for-
eign relations Unless there is a showing of a spe-
cific local situation appropriate for handling by
the local authorities. Here there is no such local
situation. The matter is of national interest and
clearly involves foreign relations in a field tradi-
tionally handled by the Department of State, act-
ing for the President. Hence, we oppose this bill
in principle. Beginning on May 15 last, and on
several occasions since then, representatives of the
Department of State have explained the Depart-
ment's views at length to some of the principal
sponsors of the proposed compact and have ex-
pressed its willingness to review and comment on
any new draft they may put forward.
Language of Constitution
The compact proposes to establish and maintain
an "intergovernmental agency" — the Great Lakes
Commission — which would be an international,
intergovernmental organization with powers and
functions concerning this region of the United
States and of Canada. The "powers" to be
granted by the compact to the commission are
specific and far reaching. Article "VT of the com-
pact sets out a series of "powers" which take up
nearly two and a half pages of the bill. This
list appears under the heading, "The Commission
shall have power to . . ." — which is the same
language as used in the Constitution of the United
States in delegating to Congress its legislative
powers.
Again like the Constitution of the United States,
the compact has a "necessary and proper" clause.
It provides that the commission may "do all things
necessary and proper to carry out the powers con-
ferred Upon the Commission by this compact, pro-
vided that no action of the Conunission shall have
the force of law in, or be binding upon, any party
state." Nothing is said in the compact as to
the effect the exercise of its powers might have on
the treaty making power, on other Federal powers,
or on Federal law generally.
All that the Constitution anticipates of the
Congress in respect of compacts is that it give or
withhold its consent. Section 1 of this bill states
not only that the Congress consents to the compact
but also that it approves of these States entering
into a compact with the substance of the present
one. In section 2 of the bill it is stated that it is
the purpose of Congress that the United States
Government "shall assist" in the furtherance of
the objectives of a Great Lakes Basin Compact
and in the work of the commission created thereby.
Section 2 also stipulates that "all officers, agencies, |
departments, and persons of and in the United
States Government shall cooperate with the Great
Lakes Commission ... in any manner author-
ized by law other than this Act."
Unlike some other compact-consenting legisla-
tion, this bill contains no provision to the general
effect that nothing therein shall be construed so
as to impair or affect any power or right of the
United States. The compact deals largely with
matters heretofore and now included in interna-
tional treaties, but it does not require the proposed
commission to cooperate with and assist Federal
agencies or even so much as to consult with them.
Instead of requiring the proposed commission to
cooperate and assist the United States Govern-
ment with these international problems, section 2
of the bill would make it mandatory upon all offi-
cers, agencies, departments, and persons in the
United States Government to "assist" and "co-
operate" with the commission.
Specific congressional approval of the compact
(which presumably is intended to mean the sub-
stance of the present compact) , together with the
mandatory order that all officers, agencies, depart-
ments, and persons of and in the United States
Government shall "assist" the commission is strong
422
Department of State Bulletin
language. The word "cooperate" is also a broad
term. We are not clear just what it would include,
but article IX states that it is intended that the
provisions of the compact shall be "liberally"
construed. If the commission can "recommend"
and the Department must "assist" in a coopera-
tive manner, it is not at all clear how the Secre-
tary of State could instruct our ambassador or
consuls in Canada otherwise than in accordance
with the decisions of the commission. Moreover,
should the Congress pass this bill giving its "ap-
proval" in addition to its "consent," it would seem
to emphasize a congressional decision to subordi-
nate the Federal Government to these States in
this large and important area of international
activity.
Once started, the commission could legally con-
tinue to function with only one State and one
Canadian Province as parties. If this compact
were approved and if one or more Canadian Prov-
inces were a party to it, it might be difficult, as
a practical matter, to abolish or change such an
established international institution. Apart from
section 3 of the bill, the termination of the com-
mission would be wholly within the control of the
States parties thereto.
Proposed Powers
A few items on the compact's list of proposed
powers are of special interest :
First: The commission would be empowered
not only to deal with Canadian provincial gov-
ernments but also to deal directly with the Can-
adian Government at Ottawa. Moreover, the
commission would be empowered to deal with
other foreign governments.
The commission could also recommend to for-
eign governments and to international bodies
"uniform or other laws, ordinances, or regula-
tions," and this could apparently be done without
in any wise consulting the Federal Government.
Even if no Canadian Provinces should come into
the organization, the commission could "cooper-
ate" with both the Canadian Government and
with such public agencies or bodies as have "in-
terests in or jurisdiction sufficient to affect the
Basin or any portion thereof." There is no sug-
gestion that any such activities are to be conducted
through the Department of State or any other
department or agency of the Federal Government.
Second: The commission would also be em-
powered to deal directly with "intergovernmental
bodies." The principal "intergovernmental bod-
ies" having jurisdiction over Great Lakes matters
are the International Joint Commission, under a
treaty of 1909, and the new Great Lakes Fisheries
Commission, established by the convention signed
September 10, 1954. These American-Canadian
international organizations are already authorized
to deal with many of the very matters contem-
plated in the proposed compact.
Third: The commission, on its own initiative,
would be empowered to "recommend agreements
between the Governments of the United States
and Canada." Inasmuch as the commission would
also be empowered to "do all things necessary and
proper" to carry out the powers conferred upon it,
it could draft position papers and international
treaties and, with apparent congressional sanction^
press the Department of State to "assist" in a co-
operative manner in obtaining Canadian accept-
ance of them.
Fourth: If, as planned, one or more Canadian
Provinces become a party, the commission would
also be empowered "at the request of the Govern-
ment of Canada" alone to "assist" in the negotia-
tion and formulation of any relevant treaty or
other mutual an-angement or agreement between
the United States and Canada. When under this
provision the commission "assisted" in the formu-
lation of treaties, United States officials might
likewise be called on to "cooperate" with and to
"assist" the commission.
In the light of such things as these on the face
of the compact it cannot be regarded as merely
a body to gather information and make recom-
mendations. This commission would be em-
powered to concern itself with practically every
international problem which might arise between
the United States and Canada in this large basin
area. Most of the specific subjects proposed to
be dealt with by the commission have been the
subject of negotiation and agi-eement between the
United States and Canada. Many, if not most, of
these subjects are essentially international in
character and have traditionally been regarded
as national in scope — not regional. It need hardly
be remarked to this committee that the Constitu-
tion has delegated authoi'ity to the Federal Gov-
ernment to deal internationally with matters of
national concern.
It is a basic policy of the Department of State
that all States concerned be consulted and heard
Sep/ember 10, 1956
423
with regard to international negotiations on mat-
ters which involve their interests. This is a long-
established practice. The present system has
worked well since the adoption of the Constitution,
and still does.
Tlie Congress is being asked to give the commis-
sion a status unprecedented in the history of
American foreign relations — a status in a large
area of American-Canadian relations to which the
Federal Government would be subordinate. The
compact sets out a highly formal system clearly
involving many political matters. It goes much
farther than ever attempted by any other com-
pact. In an already complex Federal system, the
compact proposes to set up a new layer of govern-
ment with powers in an international area. The
proposal is for an international compact, not for
an interstate compact. This is not the sort of
activity which was intended to be covered by the
compact provision of the Constitution. Matters
of international negotiation and agi'eement should
be under national control as the Constitution con-
templates and requires. With congressional ap-
proval this proposal might well be used as a
precedent for many other incursions upon the basic
principles and powers of the National Government
in foreign affairs.
In short, we doubt the need for any such or-
ganization. No need to change the present system
is shown. If the commission existed, it would at
best have great potentialities for creating con-
fusion in American-Canadian relations and might
well involve duplication of work.
I want to make it clear to the committee that
the Department is not opposed to interstate com-
pacts as such. Although we question the need
for additional organizational machinery, if the
States involved wish to be more closely associated
in their consideration of Great Lakes Basin prob-
lems the objections of the Department of State
could be met by confining such a compact to study
and recommendation. We do not believe, how-
ever, that a mere change of a word or phrase here
or there in the present compact would achieve this
result. In our view it is not a matter of patching
cracks but of basic concept and approach. I am
sure that it was not the intention to place a region
of the country in a position where it might over-
ride the Federal Government in the field of inter-
national relations, but, in the Department's view,
this is nevertheless the effect of S. 2688 as it now
stands.
Resumption of Nuclear Tests
by Soviet Union
White House press release dated August 26 (Cypress Point, Calif.)
The President made public today the attached
statement by Lewis L. Strauss, chairman of the
Atomic Energy Commission, announcing the re-
sumption by the Soviets of tests of nuclear weap-
ons. This is the thirteenth announcement to the
world by the U.S. Government of nuclear explo-
sions by the Soviet Union. ^
In releasing the statement, the President said:
I wisli again to emphasize the necessity for effective
international control of atomic energy and such measures
of adequately safeguarded disarmament as are now feas-
ible. This is a goal which the United States has consist-
ently sought and which has received the support of a
large majority of the members of the United Nations.
Chairman Strauss' statement is being made
public in accordance with the President's policy
of keeping the American people informed to the
fullest practical extent of important developments
at home and abroad concerning nuclear weapons.
STATEMENT BY AEC CHAIRMAN STRAUSS
The Soviet Union has resumed its testing of
nuclear weapons and on August 24, 1956, deto-
nated a nuclear device with a yield less than a
megaton at the usual Soviet proving ground.
This proving ground, where most of the Soviet
tests have occurred, is located in southwest Siberia,
north of India, Afghanistan, and Paldstan and
west of China. In addition to this area, the Soviets
have also utilized the area of the Barents Sea for
nuclear testing.
This is the thirteenth announcement by the
United States concerning nuclear weapons tests by
the U.S.S.R.
The Soviet Union has never given the world
any assurances with respect to the way in which
it conducts nuclear weapons tests and has, in fact,
never made an advance announcement of any of its
detonations or test series. Only three times has
the Soviet made any statements about its weapons
tests and then has but briefly acknowledged that a
*At his news conference on Aug. 31 the President an-
nounced that a second explosion had taken place in
Siberia the previous morning. On Sept. 3 the Atomic
Energy Commission announced that a third explosion in
the current test series had occurred on Sept. 2 "in the same
region and the same range of size as the two previous
bur.sts."
424
Department of Stale Bulletin
test has taken place. Two of these three state-
ments have followed the United States announce-
ments.
The secrecy of the Soviet weapons test program,
which has been most actively pursued for the past
7 years, contrasts with the responsible public in-
formation policy of our Government with respect
to the United States test program. All test pro-
grams by our country have been announced well
in advance, and public information has been made
available about them to the fullest extent consist-
ent with security. Two detonations of the recent
test series at Eniwetok were witnessed by repre-
sentatives of the United States press, radio, and
television so that they could report to the world
regarding the way in which United States tests
are carried on. Representatives of United States
and foreign news media also have witnessed "open
shots" of weapons tests at the Nevada Proving
Ground.
At first hand to these newsmen and to the pub-
lic in general by this and many otner means, this
Government has supplied detailed information
about the conduct of the United States tests — in-
formation about the careful scheduling of detona-
tions at optimum times for the safest weather
conditions, the limiting of test activities to a speci-
fied warning area, the continuous surveillance of
this area to protect shipping, and the performance
of frequent radiological surveys of the surround-
ing areas.
The recently concluded series at Eniwetok,
which began in May 1956, was announced on Jan-
uary 12, 1956. The location and exact boundaries
of the warning area were announced April 20.
Conclusion of the series was stated July 23 and the
end of need for the warning area announced on
August 11.
The United States regards the safety and public
health measures that it takes as an essential to
properly conducted nuclear tests.
The record of United States announcements
gives clear evidence that the Soviet's nuclear weap-
ons testing activity has been on a steadily increas-
ing scale since 1949. Such announcements, prior
to today's, were as follows :
1949: September 23
1951 : October 3
October 22
1953 : August 20
August 31 (one of a series of explosions)
1954: October 26 (one of a series of explosions)
1955 : August 4
September 24 (one of a series of explosions)
November 10 (one of a series of explosions)
November 23
1956: March 21
April 2 (one of a series of explosions)
Although there have been but thirteen an-
nouncements by the United States regarding
Soviet testing, several have noted a series of deto-
nations and the actual number of Soviet detona-
tions is significantly higher than thirteen. As
indicated in several of the United States announce-
ments, this country does not disclose all of the
U.S.S.K. shots of which it has knowledge but
limits itself to statements about explosions of
special interest because of their large size, their
series character, or some other unusual fact. For
example, the United States stated on November
23, 1955, that the explosion then announced was
"the largest thus far in the U.S.S.R., and was
in the range of megatons." ^ This was later con-
firmed by Mr. Khrushchev, leader of the Soviet
Communist Party, when he stated in Bangalore,
India, on November 26, 1955, that this Soviet ex-
plosion was of "unprecedented might."
' Bulletin of Dec. 5, 1955, p. 916.
Annex
Following is a compilation of statements by the U.S. and the U.S.S.R. on nuclear weapons, including all statements
both countries regarding Soviet weapons testing activities.
Date
U.S. Statement
U.S.S.R. Statement
fi November 1047
Molotov: "The 'secret' of the atom bomb has
1 October 1948
long ceased to exist."
Vishinsky: "It is a mistake to think there is
just one state which has a monopoly over
atomic energy and the atomic bomb."
September 10, 1956
425
Date
U.S. Statement
U.S.S.R. Statement
23 September 1949
•24 September 1949
-3 October 1951 . .
•6 October 1951
22 October 1951
S August 1953
8 August 1953
•20 August 1953
President Truman: "We have evidence that
within recent weeks an atomic explosion
occurred in the U.S.S.R."
President Truman: "Another atomic bomb
has recently been exploded within the So-
viet Union. In spite of Soviet pretensions
that their atomic-energy program is being
directed exclusively toward peaceful pur-
poses, this event confirms again that the
Soviet Union is continuing to make atomic
■weapons."
President Truman: "Another atomic explo-
sion has occurred within the Soviet Union
apparently as a part of a test series. Of
course, there may be more such explosions
from time to time."
In reply to Malenkov, Chairman Strauss says:
"We have never assumed that it was beyond
the capability of the Russians to produce
such a weapon and that is the reason why,
more than 3 years ago, it was decided to
press forward with this development for
ourselves."
Chairman Strauss: "The Soviet Union con-
dv.oted an atomic te-\ on the morning of
Auaust 12. Certain information to this
effect came into our hands that night. Sub-
; equent information on the subject indicates
that this test involved both fission and
thermonuclear reactions."
TASS: "Despite the existence in its country of
an atomic weapon, the Soviet government
would continue to demand absolute pro-
hibition of the use of atomic weapons."
Stalin in Pravda: "Indeed, one of the types of
atomic bombs was recently tested in our
country. Tests of atomic bombs of different
calibers will be conducted in the future as
■well, in accord with the plan for defense of
our country from attack by the Anglo-
American aggressive bloc."
Malenkov: Told the Supreme Soviet that the
U.S. had no "monopoly" on the hydrogen
lomb. "The U S.... has long since lost the
monopoly in the matter of the produc-
tion of atomic bombs. . . . The govern-
ment deems it necessary to report to the
Supreme Soviet the U.S. has no monopoly
in the production of the hydrogen bomb
either."
Pravda and Izvestia: "One of a variety of
hydrogen bombs was exploded for experi-
mental purposes in the Soviet Union within
the past few days. Because a powerful
thermonuclear reaction was created in the
hydrogen bomb, the explosion was of great
strength. The tests showed that the power
of the hydrogen bomb is many times greater
than the power of the atom bomb. It is
known that the Soviet Union has had the
atomic weapon for several years and has
conducted suitable tests."
426
Department of State Bulletin
Date
31 August 1953. .
18 September 1953
26 October 1954. .
4 August 1955
24 September 1955
10 November 1955
23 November 1955
U.S. Statement
AEC issued the following statement: "On
August 23, 1953, a fission explosion took
place in Russian territory. . . . The ex-
plosion was in the same range of energy-
release as our Nevada tests and would
appear to be part of a series. If this proves
to be the fact, no further announcements
will be made unless intelligence indicates
information of greater interest."
Chairman, AEC, stated that "there had been
a series of detonations of nuclear explosives
in Soviet territory. This series began in
mid-September and has continued at in-
tervals to the present. Further announce-
ment concerning this series will be made
only if some unusual development would
appear to warrant it. As is generally the
case with nuclear detonations, these tests
have resulted in some widespread fall-out
of radioactive material, but insignificantly
in the United States.
AEC announcement: "Within the past few
days the Soviets have resumed testing of
nuclear weapons. This may mean the be-
ginning of a new test series."
Chairman Strauss stated that another Soviet
nuclear explosion had occurred in recent
days, indicating a continuation of their tests
of nuclear weapons. Further announce-
ments concerning the Soviet test series will
be made only if some information of par-
ticular interest develops.
Chairman Strauss announced today that the
Soviet Union has, in recent days, con-
ducted a further nuclear test in their 1955
series.
Chairman Strauss announced today that
another explosion had taken place in the
current Soviet test series. Following the
policy of reporting to the American people
information of significance concerning So-
viet weapons tests, Mr. Strauss said that
this explosion was the largest thus far in the
U.S.S.R. and was in the range of mega-
tons. The Russian tests indicate an in-
creasingly intensive effort by the Soviet
Government to develop their nuclear wea-
pons potential.
U.S.S.R. Statement
TASS announcement concerning test of new
types of atomic bombs in the Soviet Union:
In recent weeks, in accord with the plan of
scientific research work in the field of
atomic energy in the Soviet Union, tests
have been held of several types of atomic
bombs. Tests were successful.
September 10, 7956
427
Date
U.S. Statement
U.S.S.R. Statement
26 November 1955
29 December 1955
21 January 1956
21 March 1956
2 April 1956
13 April 1956
23 April 1956
Chairman Strauss: "Within the past few
days the Soviets have exploded another
nuclear device. . . . This is the fifth
United States announcement of Soviet nu-
clear weapon tests in the past 8 months."
Chairman Strauss announced today that "the
Soviet Union in recent days has conducted
another nuclear test in their current series.
This is the si.xth United States announce-
ment of Soviet weapons tests in the past 8
months.
Khrushchev in Bangalore, India, announced
that the Soviets had just set off a nuclear
weapon of "unprecedented might" and in-
volving a new method of explosion. He gave
assurance that although this new weapon was
intended to "influence the nerves of those
who would like to unleash a new war," the
Soviets would never be the first to use "this
new power."
Khrushchev before Supreme Soviet recalled
the results of the recent Soviet tests of the
latest hydrogen bomb; he declared that it
had the power of many million tons of usual
explosives and that it can be substantially
increased.
Marshal V. I. Chuykov (Commander, Kiev
Military District) stated: "U.S.A. monop-
oly of atomic weapons long since liquidated,
and Soviet Union has surpassed United
States in hydrogen weapons." Remark
made in speech on foreign relations at
Ukrainian Party Congress which closed
21 January 1956.
I. G. Kabanov, Minister of Foreign Trade, in
Geneva before Economic Commission for
Europe: ". . . of course, we do not conceal
the fact that in the event we are compelled
to use it (atomic energy) for military pur-
poses, we shall not hesitate to use it for
military purposes."
Khrushchev, Soviet Communist Party Chief
(in London): "It remains a fact that we
were the first to explode an H-bomb from
an airplane . . . Great stress is being laid
now on guided missiles ... I am quite sure
that we will have the guided missile with an
H-bomb warhead which can land anywhere
in the world."
428
Departmenf of State Bulletin
INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
AND CONFERENCES
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
International Geological Congress
The Department of State announced on August
24 (press release 445) that the U.S. Government
will be represented by the following delegation at
the 20th Session of the International Geological
Congress to be held at Mexico City on September
4-11:
Felix Edgar Wormser, Chairman, Assistant Secretary for
Mineral Resources, Department of the Interior
William D. Johnston, Jr., Secretary, Chief, Foreign Geo-
logical Branch, United States Geological Survey, De-
partment of the Interior
Francis Cameron, President, Society of Economic Geolo-
gists, New Yorii, N. Y.
A. Rodger Denison, Vice President, Amerada Petroleum
Corporation, Tulsa, OlJla.
Joseph L. Gillson, Vice President, American Institute of
Mining, Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers, Wil-
mingtou, Del.
Harry H. Hess, Member of the National Academy of
Sciences and Chairman of the Division of Earth Sciences
of the Academy-Research Council, Princeton, N. J.
Morris M. Leighton, President, American Geological In-
stitute, Urbana, 111.
Thomas S. Lovering, Chief, Geochemical Exploration
Section, United States Geological Survey, Department
of the Interior
Thomas H. Miller, Acting Director, United States Bureau
of Mines, Department of the Interior
Henryk B. Stenzel, President of the Paleontological So-
ciety, Houston, Tex.
This series of congresses was initiated at Buf-
falo, N.Y., in 1876 for the purpose of advancing
investigations with respect to the study of the
earth. The congresses, which meet every 3 or 4
years, serve to bring together the principal geolo-
gists of the world and oifer forums for the discus-
sion of many aspects of geology. In addition to
a 15-item agenda on technical geological topics,
the 20th Session lias designated as studies of spe-
cial interests (1) symposium on oil and gas de-
posits, and (2) symposium on manganese deposits.
The 19th Congress, held at Algiers in Septem-
ber 1952, was attended by approximately 1,000
geologists and other scientists from 60 countries
and territories.
International Civil Aviation Organization
The International Civil Aviation Organization
(IcAo) will convene a Joint Financing Con-
ference To Revise the Danish and Icelandic Agree-
ments at Geneva, Switzerland, on September 6,
1956. The Department of State announced on
August 29 (press release 453) that the U.S. Gov-
ernment will be represented by the following
delegation :
United States Representative
Claude H. Smith, Chief ICAO Officer, Civil Aeronautics
Administration, Department of Commerce
Alternate United States Representatives
S'dney S. Cummins, Office of International Administration,
Bureau of International Organization Affairs, Depart-
ment of State
E. V. Shores, Airways Operations Specialist, Civil Aero-
nautics Administration, Department of Commerce
Advisers
H. Grady Gatlin, Air Transport Association of America,
Inc., Washington, D. C.
William C. Hannemann, Air Coordinating Committee
Liaison Officer, Civil Aeronautics Administration, De-
partment of Commerce
William J. McKnight, Collins Radio Company, Washing-
ton, D. C.
Harold R. Sanderson, Assistant Chief, Routes and Car-
rier Relations Division, Civil Aeronautics Board
Ben Taylor, Lt. Col., USAF, Staff Planning Officer, Direc-
torate of Plans, Department of the Air Force
The conference is expected to develop one or
more international agreements covering the joint
support of air-navigation services in Greenland,
the Faroe Islands, and Iceland.
The purpose of the conference is to review the
developments and administration of the Icelandic
and Danish air-navigation service arrangements
and to review the facilities and services currently
furnished. The six items on the agenda include
financial principles and administrative procedures
to be followed under the new arrangements. Ques-
tions of the possible introduction of charges on
aircraft operators using the services, the need for
retaining the existing services under joint support,
and possible inclusion of new services are also to
be considered.
The U.S. Government is one of the major users
of and contributors to the air-navigation services
(weather-observation stations, communications fa-
September 10, 1956
429
cilities, and radio aids) provided under the exist-
ing agreements.
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Agriculture
International plant protection convention. Done at Kome
December 6, 1951. Entered into force April 3, 1952.'
Adherence deposited: Nicaragua, August 2, 1956.
Death, Causes of
Additional regulations amending the nomenclature regu-
lations, 1948 (World Health Organization Regulations
No. 1 regarding nomenclature, including the compila-
tion and publication of statistics with respect to dis-
eases and causes of death (TIAS 34S2) ). Adopted at
Geneva May 21, 1956. Will enter into force January
1, 1958.
Health
Constitution of the World Health Organization. Opened
for signature at New York July 22, 1946. Entered into
force April 7, 1948. TIAS 1808.
Associate members admitted: Gold Coast, Federation of
Nigeria, and Sierra Leone, May 9, 1956.
International Court of Justice
Statute of the International Court of Justice (59 Stat.
1055).
Declaration recognizing compulsory jurisdiction depos-
ited (with an exception) : Netherlands, August 1,
1956 (effective August 6, 1956)."
Japan
Treaty of Peace with Japan. Signed at San Francisco
September 8, 1951. Entered into force April 28, 1952.
TIAS 2490.
Ratification deposited: Iran, August 29, 1956.
Postal Services
Universal postal convention, with final protocol, annex,
regulations of execution, and provisions regarding air-
mail and final protocol thereto. Signed at Brussels
Julv 11, 1952. Entered into force July 1, 1953. TIAS
2800.
Ratifications deposited: Portuguese territories of West
Africa, East Africa, Asia, and Africa, Jime 27, 1956 ;
Philippines, August 2, 1956.
Notification by Federal Republic of Oermany of exten-
sion, to: Land Berlin (effective date to be the same as
that for the Federal Republic, i. e. March 21, 1955).
Trade and Commerce
Second protocol of rectifications and modifications to texts
of schedules to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade (TIAS 1700). Opened for signature at Geneva
November 8, 1952.°
Signature: Peru, August 23, 1956.
Third protocol of rectifications and modifications to texts
of schedules to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade ( TIAS 1700) . Done at Geneva October 24, 1953.'
Signature: Peru, August 23, 1956.
Fifth protocol of rectification and modifications to texts
of schedules to the General Agreement on Tariffs and
Trade. Done at Geneva December 3, 1955.°
Signature: Norway, August 16, 1956.
War
Geneva convention relative to treatment of prisoners of
war ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded and sick in armed forces in the field ;
Geneva convention for amelioration of condition of
wounded, sick, and shipwrecked members of armed
forces at sea ;
Geneva convention relative to protection of civilian per-
sons in time of war. Dated at Geneva August 12, 1949.
Entered into force October 21, 1950 ; for the United
States February 2, 1956. TIAS 3364, 3362, 3363, and
3365.
Adherence deposited: Morocco, July 26, 1956.
Wheat
International wheat agreement, 1956. Open for signature
at Washington through May 18, 1956.
Accession deposited: Cuba, July 23, 1956.
BILATERAL
Netherlands
Agreement for establishment and operation of ravsdnsonde
observation stations in Curagao and St. Martin. Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at The Hague August 6
and 16, 1956. Enters into force on date an arrangement
embodying the technical details is signed by the co-
operating agencies of the two Governments.
' Not in force for the United States.
' Declaration of August 5, 1946, accepting as compulsory
the .iurisdlction of the Permanent Court of International
Justice, is terminated with effect from August 6, 1956.
° Not in force.
430
Department of State Bulletin
September 10, 1956
Index
Vol. XXXV, No. 89a
American Republics. Transcript of Secretary
Dulles' News Conference 406
Atomic Energy. Resumption of Nuclear Tests by
Soviet Union (Eisenhower, Strauss) 424
Aviation. Delegation to International Civil Avia-
tion Organization 429
Canada. Department's Opposition to Proposed
Great Lakes Basin Compact (Cowles) .... 421
China, Communist
Chinese Communist Attack on Navy Patrol Plane
(statement, letters) 412
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 406
Congress, The. Department's Opposition to Pro-
posed Great Lakes Basin Compact (Cowles) . . 421
Costa Rica. Letters of Credence 405
Department and Foreign Service
The Foreign Service Institute : A Tear in Review
(Hoskins) 415
Reference Materials on the Foreign Service . . . 419
Egypt
Significance of London Conference on Suez Canal
(Eisenhow.er) 405
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 406
International Organizations and Meetings
International Civil Aviation Organization (dele-
gation) 429
International Geological Congress (delegation) . 429
Japan. Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Con-
ference 406
Military Affairs. Chinese Communist Attack on
Navy Patrol Plane (statement, letters) .... 412
North Atlantic Treaty Organization. Senator
George Leaves on Nato Mission 412
Presidential Documents
Resumption of Nuclear Tests by Soviet Union . . 424
Significance of Loriflon Conference on Suez Canal . 405
Publications. Reference Materials on the Foreign
Service 419
Science. Delegation to International Geological
Congress 429
Sudan. Letters of Credence 405
Treaty Information. Current Actions 430
U.S.S.R.
Resumption of Nuclear Tests by Soviet Union
(Eisenhower, Strauss) 424
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 406
United Kingdom. Chinese Communist Attack on
Navy Patrol Plane (statement, letters) .... 412
United Nations
Delegation to International Civil Aviation Organi-
zation 429
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 406
The United Nations and American Foreign Policy
(Wilcox) 40a
Name Index
Anis, Ibrahim 405
Cowles, Willard B 421
Dulles, Secretary 406
Eisenhower, President 405, 424
Facio, Gonzalo J 405
George, Walter F 412
Hoskins, Harold B 415
Strauss, Lewis L 424
Wilcox, Francis O 403
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: August 27- September 2
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press release issued prior to August 27 which
appears in this issue of the Bxuxetin is No. 445 of
August 24.
Subject
Reception center at Seattle.
Allen sworn in as Ambassador to
Greece.
Delegation to Ecuadoran
inauguration.
Dulles : news conference.
Rountree sworn in as Assistant
Secretary.
Berry named Deputy Assistant Sec-
retary (rewrite).
Delegation to ICAO conference.
Commodity agreement with India.
Hare sworn in as Ambassador to
Egypt.
Senator George departs for Europe.
Jones sworn in as Ambassador to
Tunisia.
Cannon sworn in as Ambassador to
Morocco.
Visit of French parliamentary group.
Costa Rica credentials (rewrite).
Dulles : death of Ambassador Moffat.
Sudan credentials (rewrite).
Delegation to ILO conference.
Joint State-Defense statement on loss
of Navy plane.
Texts of British letter to Chinese
Communists and reply.
*Not printed.
fHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
Date
t447
*448
S/27
8/28 .
*449
8/28 ]
450
*451
8/28 ]
8/29 ]
t452
8/29
453
t454
*455
8/29
8/29
8/30
456
*457
8/30
8/30
*45S
8/30
t459
460
*461
462
t403
464
8/30
8/30
8/30
8/31
8/31
8/31
465
9/1
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTIN? OFFICEi 1963
DSB-DE.C
PUBLIC LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
Department
of
State
Order Form
o: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D.C.
Eneloaei find:
(eaah, cheek, vr
money order).
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOIC
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE. $300
IGPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
A new release in the popular Background series . .
United Nations General Assembly-
A Review of the Tenth Session
The tenth regular session of the United Nations General As-
sembly convened on September 20, 1955, and adjourned 3 months
later on December 20.
Highlights of the tenth session which are described in this Back-
ground pamphlet are :
1. The admission of 16 new members, enlarging U.N. member-
ship from 60 to 76 countries.
2. The endorsement of further steps toward the establishment
of an International Atomic Energy Agency and the recommenda-
tion for a second international conference on the peaceful uses of
atomic energy.
3. The decision to give priority in U.N. disarmament talks to
confidence-building measures, including President Eisenhower's
proposal of mutual aerial inspection and Marshal Bulganin's plan
for establishing control posts at strategic centers, as well as all such
measures of adequately safeguarded disarmament as are feasible.
4. The progress made toward early establishment of the Inter-
national Finance Corporation.
5. The decision to explore the organization of a Special United
Nations Fund for Economic Development. •
6. The Assembly approval of a Charter Review Conference "at
an appropriate time," the date and place to be fixed at a subse-
quent session of the Assembly.
Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C, at 15 cents a copy.
Publication 6322
15 cents
Please send me copies of United Nations General Asaemblu —
A Review of the Tenth Session.
i
i
I Name:
:l
I Street Address:
I City, Zone, and State:
^Ae/ u)efi€(/}^men(/ ^ C/tafe^
Vol. XXXV, No. 899
September 17, 1956
*^TS»
HOW THE U.S. GOVERNMENT IS ORGANIZED TO
PARTICIPATE IN THE U.N. SYSTEM • Article
by Lincoln P. Bloomfield 435
EDUCATION AND THE PEACEFUL ATOM • by Wil-
lard F. Libby 445
THE CHALLENGE OF REFUGEE RELIEF
Remarks by Dorothy D. Houghton 453
Message by U.N. Secretary -General Hammarskjold . 454
For index see inside back cover
Boston Public Library
Guper!TiteTi''"n+ of Documents
OCT 9 - 1956
■■**«• o*
^ne z/^efui')tl7ne7it a/ ^jlate
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 899 • Publication 6390
September 17, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent o( Documents
U.S. Oovemment Printing Office
Wa?hlngton 25, D.C.
Price:
82 Issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.26
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budget (January 19, 195.'i).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
copyrighted and items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
o» State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as tvell as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
which the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
How the U.S. Government Is Organized
To Participate in the U.N. System
6y Lincoln P. Blooinfield
The United Nations under its charter, to which
the United States and 75 otlier nations are signa-
tories, is a center for harmonizing the actions of
nations in the maintenance of international peace
and security, the development of friendly rela-
tions among nations, and the achievement of inter-
national cooperation in the economic and social
fields.
The United Nations deals in the first instance
with a wide range of international political prob-
lems involving security, regulation of armaments,
peaceful settlement of disputes, and peaceful
change of the international status of territories,
all of which are of major concern to the United
States as a leading world power. In addition to
political and security problems, there is a host of
complex functional problems which cut across na-
tional boundaries. The self-interest of nations,
including our own, requires international coopera-
tion in dealing with them constructively. Eco-
nomic, social, educational, human rights, and
related international problems are dealt with by
the United Nations and the specialized agencies,
which together make up what is here referred to
as the United Nations system.
In practice, the United Nations has acquired
major significance as an agency for influencing
world opinion and for openly combating the politi-
cal warfare and propaganda of world communism.
At the same time, it has proved to be a significant
center for diplomatic negotiation.
Multilateral diplomacy is complementary to bi-
lateral diplomacy, not a rival to it. The United
Nations is an important means to achieve broad
foreign policy ends to which the United States
is committed. The American national interest
is served by the use that is made of this instrument
and by our effectiveness in preventing its misuse
by others.
For these fundamental reasons, the Congress
has provided a body of legislative authorization
under which the executive branch develops and
carries out policies and programs through inter-
national organizations in order to further the
interests of the United States. (Annex A lists the
pertinent treaties, statutes, and other legislative
acts.)
The United Nations System
In the United Nations proper, the representative
organ is the General Assembly, which meets an-
nually for approximately 3 months and may hold
special sessions. All 76 member nations partici-
pate with equal voice and vote. (The number will
increase to 79 with the election of the Sudan, Mo-
rocco, and Tunisia, whose admission recently was
recommended by the Security Council.)
• Mr. Bloom-field is Special Assistant for
United Nations Planning to the Assistant
Secretary for International Organization
Affairs. This article hrings up to date his
earlier article entitled '■'■The Department of
State and the United Nations,^'' which was
published in the Bulletin of November £0,
1950.
September 17, 1956
435
The Security Council has 11 members inchiding
the 5 permanent members, who have the right
to veto important matters. The Economic and
Social Council consists of 18 nations, the great
powers in practice always being reelected. The
Trusteesliip Council has 14 members among whom
the Big Five are also always represented. The
Disarmament Commission has the same member-
ship as the Security Council (plus Canada, because
of its atomic development). The Military Staff
Committee consists of military representatives of
the "big five" Chiefs of Staff, including our own.
All members are entitled to sit on the Interim Com-
mittee. Temporary United Nations bodies in-
clude the Collective Measures Committee and
Peace Observation Commission (14 members
each).
United Nations operating programs include the
Technical Assistance Administration, Korean Re-
construction Agency, Relief and Works Agency
for Palestine Refugees in the Near East, the Chil-
dren's Fund, and the United Nations Refugee
Emergency Fund.
Under the Economic and Social Council are
eight functional commissions — Statistical, Popu-
lation, Social, Human Rights, Status of Women,
Narcotics, International Commodity Trade, and
Transport-Communications — plus three regional
economic commissions — Europe, Asia, Latin
America. The United States has been elected to
membership in all these bodies.
The International Court of Justice, sitting at
The Hague, consists of 15 judges elected by the
General Assembly and Security Council. It has
jurisdiction in contentious cases brought by agree-
ment of states and renders advisory legal opinions
at the request of the Assembly or Security Council.
The United Nations Secretariat, with personnel
drawn from many member nations, serves all or-
gans of the United Nations.
Outside the United Nations proper but consid-
ered part of the United Nations system are the 10
specialized agencies — intergovernmental bodies in
technical fields where what might be called func-
tional problems cross national and regional boun-
daries and require cooperative efforts. These are
the Food and Agriculture Organization (Fao),
World Health Organization (Who), Interna-
tional Monetary Fund (Imf), International Bank
for Reconstruction and Development (Ibed), Uni-
versal Postal Union (Upu), International Civil
Aviation Organization (Icao), International
Labor Organization (Ilo), World Meteorological
Organization (Wmo), International Telecommu-
nication Union (Itd), and the United Nations
Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
( UNESCO ).
In general, the specialized agencies are autono-
mous and directed by their various governing
bodies, on which the United States and other mem-
ber governments sit. However, through agree-
ments between these agencies and the Economic
and Social Council, as prescribed in the United
Nations Charter, their programs and administra-
tion are reviewed and coordinated by tlie United
Nations.
In process of creation is the proposed Interna-
tional Atomic Energy Agency, which grew out of
President Eisenhower's atoms-for-peace proposals
to the LTnited Nations, as well as the proposed In-
ternational Maritime Consultative Organization
(Imco) and Organization for Trade Cooperation
(Otc). Outside the United Nations system but
performing functions of concern to the United
Nations are such ad hoc intei'governmental con-
sultative arrangements as those under the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Gatt) and the
Intergovernmental Committee on European Mi-
gration (Icem).
United States Chain of Command
The President is responsible for the formulation,
execution, and coordination of foreign policies.
As Chief Executive, as Commander in Chief, and
as Chairman of the National Security Council, he
presides over the process of defining United States
objectives in the world and coordinating foreign
affairs activities to achieve those objectives.
In directing United States participation in in-
ternational organizations the President under his
constitutional authority determines policy and
designates representatives and agencies for its
execution.
The National Security Council advises the Presi-
dent as prescribed by statute and acts on major
policy problems arising in the United Nations in
the same way as with other foreign policy issues
before it.
The Secretary of State is principal adviser to
the President in the determination and execution
of United States foreign policy and is charged
with the responsibility for all the activities of the
State Department. In directing United States
relations with international organizations, the
436
Depatiment of State Bulletin
Secretary performs liis functions in the same
fashion as he does in all fields of international
relations.
The Assistant Secretary for International Or-
ganization Affairs^ is one of the "five Assistant
Secretaries with action responsibilities," who, in
the words of the Hoover Commission, have "re-
sponsibility for decisions within clearly defined
limits" and "serve as focal points of contact be-
tween the Department and the overseas and inter-
national organization missions in both substantive
and administrative matters." The Hoover Com-
mission described the Assistant Secretary for In-
ternational Organization Affairs as being "in
charge of relationships with international organi-
zations, including the United Nations and its
affiliated organizations" and as "the channel for
instructions to and from United States representa-
tives and delegations at the United Nations" as
well as to certain other international organiza-
tions and conferences.
Tlie Assistant Secretary for International Or-
ganization Afi'airs has the function of servicing or
backstopping the United States Representative to
the United Nations and United States delegates
to other United Nations agencies (and some non-
United Nations bodies). The end result is to
insure that the policies these representatives ex-
press in the name of the United States Government
always represent agreed national policy.
To furnish this staff support, the Assistant Sec-
retary supervises the Bureau of International
Organization Affairs, which provides three types
of services :
(1) It coordinates the policy views and teclmi-
cal requirements originating in various other parts
of the Department and other agencies, so that
United States representatives in international
organizations can be sure they are always stating
consistent and unified United States positions.
(2) It develops the actual United States policy
positions on questions which are peculiarly multi-
lateral in nature, which cut across the bilateral
functions of the geographic units and the special-
ized subject units in other agencies, and which no
other office is staffed or equipped to handle.
(3) It assembles in one unit the special knowl-
edge and experience the United States has built up
in the field of multilateral diplomacy so that the
' The present Assistant Secretary is Francis O. Wilcox,
formerly chief of staff of the Senate Foreign Relations
Committee.
Government can prepare itself most efficiently to
uphold its interests in international organizations.
Thus, in the first category, where another part of
the Department of State or another Government
agency is responsible for relations with one area or
one subject, the Bureau furnishes policy guidance
for use in international organizations in terms of
precedents, relation to United Nations matters,
parliamentary problems. United Nations person-
alities, etc.
In the second category, the Bureau of Interna-
tional Organization Affairs has the primary policy
responsibility for specialized multilateral ques-
tions. Examples of these are political matters of
an interregional nature (in the United Nations this
has meant such items as admission of new members
and counterstrategy to Soviet propaganda
charges), collective security prejiarations, review
of the United Nations Charter, world refugee
problems, parliamentary tactics which have been
proved best by experience in specific United Na-
tions agencies, international secretariat problems,
oiDerations of the United Nations trusteeship sys-
tem and problems of non-self-governing territor-
ies, world health, social welfare, narcotics, human
rights, interpretation of articles of the United
Nations Charter, international budgets, and the
diplomatic aspects of arms regulation.
In the third category, the Bureau of Interna-
tional Organization Affairs contributes to the
process of policymaking the technical know-how in
the field of multilateral diplomacy. This means
chiefly the political and organizational side of the
work of United Nations bodies. It includes ques-
tions of credentials, elections (the balancing of
interests, blocs, and geographic distribution in the
membership and officers of multilateral bodies),
budgets, secretariat organization and practices,
agenda and procedural problems, and the relation-
ship of other multilateral bodies to the United
Nations.
The United States Representative to the United
Nations is, as prescribed by Executive Order
10108,= the Chief of the United States Mission to
the United aNtions (USUN). In addition. Pres-
ident Eisenhower in 1953 appointed Henry Cabot
Lodge, Jr., the United States Representative to
the United Nations, to be a member of his Cabinet.
This was the first time such a designation had been
made.
' 15 Fed. Reg. 757.
September 17, 1956
437
The Mission includes various other United
States representatives and deputy representatives
(i. e., those serving in the United Nations Eco-
nomic and Social Council and its commissions, the
Trusteeship Council, Disarmament Commission,
Military Staff Committee, etc.) and the Deputy
Kepresentative to the United Nations, who is also
Deputy Chief of Mission and Deputy Representa-
tive on the Security Council.
The United States Representative coordinates
"the activities of the Mission in carrying out the
instructions of the President transmitted either by
the Secretary of State or by other means of trans-
mission as directed by the President." He thus
is responsible for directing United States Gov-
ernment activities at United Nations Head-
quarters, administers the United States Mission,
is the chief United States Representative in the
United Nations Security Council, chairman or
acting chairman of the United States delegation to
the General Assembly, representative ex officio and
principal United States spokesman in any United
Nations body at United Nations Headquarters,
and principal United States negotiator with the
United Nations Secretariat and representatives in
New York of other member governments.
The United States Mission to the United Na-
tions, while unique in many ways, is in a sense
comparable to a major American Embassy abroad
in terms of the normal working relationships with
the State Department. Just as the Bureau of
European Affairs is the "home desk" for our
London Embassy, so the Bureau of International
Organization Affairs is the "home desk" for the
United States Mission to the United Nations.
The American Ambassadors in both cases are ap-
pointed by and responsible to the President. The
appropriate Assistant Secretary of State, acting
for the Secretary, is in both cases responsible for
insuring that they are instructed and advised, that
such instructions and advice represent the coordi-
nated views of the Government (including where
necessary the decisions of the Secretai'y, the Nsc,
and the President) and for receiving the infor-
mation they report and seeing that it is appro-
priately used in Washington. Under special cir-
cumstances, the head of the United States Mission,
like other ambassadors, occasionally receives his
instructions directly from the Secretary of State
or the President. The head of the United States
Mission takes an active part in the formulation of
United States policy and tactics both prior to and
during United Nations meetings and recommends
changes in policies if in his opinion on-the-spot
conditions so require.
Participating Agencies
Multilateral diplomacy involves a wide variety
of subjects, only a limited number of which are
purely political. The Department of State, in col-
laboration with military and other agencies, di-
rectly manages United States interests in problems
which are primarily of a political or security na-
ture, such as disputes between states, organization
of collective defense against aggression, problems
involving colonial areas of the world, and world
trade.
The political and territorial problems which
arise in the United Nations General Assembly,
Security Council, and Trusteeship Council are bas-
ically the responsibility of the Department of
State. The Department of Defense has a major
interest in these issues and in the military and
security aspects of the disarmament proposals, as
has the Atomic Energy Commission. The inter-
national political aspects of disarmament are a
continuing responsibility of the Department of
State, with general policy coordination furnished
by the President's Special Assistant on Disarma-
ment. In the case of the Trusteeship Council, the
Departments of the Navy and Interior administer
certain overseas territories and possessions of the
United States, and their assistance is required
periodically in reporting on our stewardship and
administration of United States territories.
Since World War II the United States has
greatly increased its collaboration with large num-
bers of nations on essentially technical questions of
mutual interest, such as epidemic control, famine
relief, currency stabilization, flight safety, labor
conditions, narcotics smuggling, radio frequency
allocations, and comparative statistical methods.
This has meant that other agencies of the United
States Government must be looked to for defining
this country's interests in the matter, often in con-
sultation with business, farm, professional, and
labor organizations. Because of the diversity of
subjects dealt with internationally, these expert
"source" areas range across much of the Govern-
ment, from the Atomic Energy Commission to the
Tariff Commission, from the Narcotics Bureau to
the Department of Agriculture, from the Budget
438
Department of State Bulletin
Bureau to the Civil Aeronautics Board. In addi-
tion to tlie Department of State at least 24 other
executive agencies are concerned with United Na-
tions activities, and frequently the success of the
domestic programs they undertake is materially
affected by what happens in the United Nations
body which is dealing with the same subject.
The Coordination of Policy
The Process of Coordination
The objective of United States participation is
to forward this Nation's role and interests in mul-
tilateral diplomatic bodies. In organizing and
disciplining United States Govei-nment machinery
to participate in this process, there are two ob-
jectives: (1) to insure that the United States
speaks with one voice on issues arising in the in-
ternational forums; and (2) to insure that this
voice represents the best-considered judgment and
skill that can be brought to bear on problems of
foreign policy. At all of the meetings of the
United Nations organs and subsidiary bodies and
specialized agencies a United States representa-
tive must be prepared to speak for his Government
on the matter at issue. This explains why the
structure must be pyramidal — a broad base to se-
cure as many points of view as possible, exchange
ideas and information, and develop policy recom-
mendations; a system of screening and reviewing
to secure responsible approval of policies and,
where necessary, to reconcile them with positions
taken on other matters; and, finally, a point of
departure at which the official sanction of the Gov-
ernment can be granted so that the United States
representative in the international body may be
assured that he speaks with complete authority.
This process involves not only the preparation of
official positions before a particular meeting but
also the adjustment of those positions during the
meeting itself, as circumstances require.
The stage at which the coordination process
comes to light is the instruction of American dele-
gates and representatives, and expression by them
of the ofiBcial policies and views of the United
States at the meetings of international organiza-
tions. We have permanent missions at the United
Nations in New York, at the International Civil
Aviation Organization in Montreal, and in Geneva
for liaison with the United Nations European office
and the several specialized agencies located there.
There are also United States liaison officers for
Fao at Rome, for Unesco at Paris, for the Eco-
nomic Commission for Latin America (Ecla) at
Santiago, and for the Economic Commission for
Asia and the Far East (Ecafe) at Bangkok.
United States delegations are assembled, in-
structed, and sent to conferences of international
bodies throughout the world.
Between sessions of major United Nations or-
gans, there is a continuous process of consultation
and exchange of views and information with other
governments on United Nations problems. This
consultation takes place throughout the year
among the permanent delegations to the United
Nations in New York. Other exchanges are car-
ried on by United States missions abroad with the
various Foreign Offices. Still other talks are held
by the Department of State with the foreign mis-
sions in Washington. The use of these diplomatic
channels is intensified during periods prior to
major conferences and reaches its peak in the
months immediately preceding the annual session
of the United Nations General Assembly.
The final step in the process is the implementa-
tion of decisions and recommendations produced
by the international organizations. When an
adopted resolution of one of the organs of the
United Nations or one of the specialized agencies
is transmitted to the Secretary of State by the
Secretary-General or Director General concerned,
the machinery of the executive branch must insure
that proper action is taken by this country. The
responsibility for action must be assigned ; there
must be foUowup mechanisms to insure that the
action is taken; and a report must generally be
made to the organization. In addition, there is a
continuing stream of questionnaires and requests
for information that require coordinated replies.
The process of United States participation in
international organizations thus works like a fun-
nel. At one end, experts in various Government
agencies recommend policies for the United States
to adopt in the United Nations on a wide variety of
topics. At the other end United States spokesmen
in international forums are expected to state these
policies with clarity and authority. This presents
the Government with a formidable task of coordi-
nation.
Wlien real conflicts of views exist between inter-
ested parts of the executive branch, they must be
resolved before a unified and agreed American
position can be confidently presented in an inter-
national forum. Even when no substantive conflict
September 17, 1956
439
exists, varying approaches and methods are often
suggested by the interested agencies. These con-
tributions must be brought into harmony.
The ultimate purpose of the coordination process
is to insure that, when the United States speaks
officially to the world at large, it speaks with one
voice and with the knowledge that in the next
room, the next city, or the next continent other
United States spokesmen are, so to speak, on the
same wave length. United States policies must fit
together into an effective program for the advance-
ment of United States interests throughout the
whole United Nations system.
The Machinery of Coordination
The process within the Government of f unneling
to a single point of action all necessary views and
interests on a host of political and nonpolitical
subjects requires machinery of coordination. The
central point for this function of coordination is
the Bureau of International Organization Affairs
in the State Department.
Under the Assistant Secretary for International
Organization Affairs, the Bureau's five offices —
U.N. Political and Security Affairs, International
Economic and Social Affairs, Dependent Area
Affairs, International Administration, and Inter-
national Conferences — pull together the many
threads within the executive branch with the pur-
pose of insuring that throughout the whole system
of international organizations and conferences the
representatives of this Government are adequately
equipped with agreed policies on all topics of con-
cern to the United States.
The Hoover Commission recommended that the
Assistant Secretary for International Organiza-
tion Affairs, "while participating in the formula-
tion of foreign policy . . . should, so far as
possible, obtain his policy guidance from the vari-
ous regional units, the Planning [Staff], and from
other staff' advisers. . . ." In accordance with
this, as indicated earlier, the Bureau operates in
the first instance as the coordinator of Depart-
ment wide and Government wide policy-formulat-
ing operations.
A considerable part of the coordination job is
done through informal day-to-day contacts be-
tween the Bureau's desk officers and the "subject
specialists" elsewhere in the Department or other
Government agencies. Often this is the only way
in which deadlines can be met at United Nations
meetings or prompt action taken to deal with im-
minent votes or sudden shifts in position by other
countries. In this way also the countless routine
matters that arise in various international organ-
ization operations can be resolved with a minimum
of formal clearances.
In the political field, for example, when there
are indications that a political problem will come
before the United Nations, a working team is
formed. The subject may be Korea or Palestine,
Morocco or Kashmir. The representative of the
Office of U.N. Political and Security Affairs
usually chairs the group, prepares papers for its
consideration, and drafts instructions for the
United States Representative. His responsibility
is to insure that the views of all interested offices
are secured and that any information required is
obtained from Department and overseas files. He
furnishes the knowledge of United Nations Char-
ter considerations, precedents established in vari-
ous United Nations bodies, past performances of
various delegations and delegates, voting prob-
abilities, and operation of regional and special-
interest blocs in the United Nations. He fre-
quently acts as principal adviser to the United
States Eepresentative during the United Nations
meetings when the case is considered.
Also on the team are representatives of the
affected geographic areas, who provide the general
United States policies toward the countries in ques-
tion— although these must be reconciled where,
for example, one desk officer is spealving of Ameri-
can interests with respect to the United Kingdom
and the other regarding our interests in Greece, as
in the Cyprus case in the General Assembly. In
addition, they furnish the knowledge of geographic
factors, national idiosyncrasies, and official per-
sonalities ; and often they participate in the actual
General Assembly or Security Council sessions as
political liaison officers with delegates from
countries in their areas. To harmonize the work
of the geographic bureaus with that of the Bureau
of International Organization Affairs, each has a
full-time adviser on United Nations affairs, who
collaborates continuously with the officers of the
Bureau on international organization problems
affecting the particular region.
These teams also frequently include representa-
tives of the Legal Adviser's office and, when neces-
sary, of the public-affairs, economic, and research
offices. The member from the Office of U.N. Po-
litical and Security Affairs often consults infor-
mally on military aspects of the cases with officers
440
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
in the Defense Department. The team members
turn to their respective Assistant Secretaries for
major decisions, and these in turn consult higher
echelons, as required, before approving final
United States positions. Many political issues in
the United Nations require decisions by the Secre-
tary of State, and in some cases the President.
Either the Bureau of International Organization
Affairs or the geographic offices undertake consul-
tation with appropriate United States missions
abroad and foreign envoys in Washington.
An essentially similar process takes place with-
in the Department on economic and social ques-
tions before the United Nations and specialized
agencies. Here the clearance process involves not
only many different units within the State De-
partment but a variety of other Government agen-
cies as well.
A group of interdepartmental committees fur-
nishes the chief means of coordination in the eco-
nomic and social field. There are also a few com-
mittees which make recommendations on certain
special political and security questions, such as
colonial problems and regulation of armaments.
(Annex B lists some of the major interdepart-
mental committees concerned with international
organization problems.) Unless another agency
clearly has a predominant interest (e. g., the De-
partment of Agriculture, for Fao), the State De-
partment furnishes the chairman or secretary of
the committees. Within the State Department,
the Bureau usually provides either or both. In
the technical economic committees the economic
area of the State Department generally leads the
Department's participating group, which usually
includes the Bureau. Position papers on multilat-
eral economic subjects often require personal ap-
proval by several Cabinet officers before the normal
process of clearance through tlie interdepartmen-
tal committees can be completed.
The same process also operates in dealing with
problems of dependent and colonial areas, where
issues of the greatest complexity arise which vitally
affect United States relations with both its prin-
cipal allies and the strategically important regions
of Asia, the Middle East, and Africa, where most
dependent areas are located. Conflicts between
these two groups on colonial questions come to a
head in the United Nations, both in the Trustee-
ship Council and in the General Assembly. The
Office of Dependent Area Affairs teams up with
September 17, 1956
the geographic desk officers concerned and with
Defense and Interior Department officers for the
task of hai-monizing both within the United States
Government and in the United Nations the tradi-
tional United States attitudes toward colonial
peoples on the one hand and the special problems
of the administering authorities, which include
close allies of this country, on the other.
During the process of developing United States
policies the Department of State, through the
Bureau of International Organization Affairs,
constantly consults the United States Kepresenta-
tive to the United Nations and members of his
staff, seeking their views and judgment on all mat-
ters of importance. For his part, the United
States Representative conducts consultations with
his diplomatic colleagues in New York and car-
ries the burden of top-level negotiation on behalf
of the United States Government on all matters
under discussion in the United Nations. As a
source of political intelligence, the United Nations
is a key diplomatic listening post for all member
governments. The United States representatives
are constantly in contact with high officials from
75 other countries. This flow of information, com-
bined with the recommendations of our represent-
atives, significantly influences the formulation of
policy, of strategy, and of tactics.
The Bureau of International Organization
Affairs, like other areas of the Department, is re-
sponsible for keeping the U.S. Information
Agency currently provided with policy informa-
tion on important aspects of U.S. participation in
the U.N. This is accomplished by formal commu-
nications through the public-affairs area, by daily
briefing conferences, and by informal contacts.
An important purpose of this liaison with Usia is
to insure that United States positions and pol-
icies advanced through the United Nations, the
specialized agencies, and other international or-
ganizations are given full and prompt dissemina-
tion abroad through facilities of Usia. The
Bureau also arranges for Usia officers to be repre-
sented on the United States delegations to the U.N.
General Assembly and to certain other important
conferences.
Conference Operations
In the United Nations system most meetings are
regularly scheduled and can be planned for sys-
tematically. Other international bodies fre-
quently issue invitations for special conferences.
The Office of International Conferences screens
441
all such invitations, recommends as to United
States participation, negotiates througliout tlie
Government the makeup of the United States
delegations, assists when appropriate with the
preparations of United States positions, allocates
funds, makes all travel and housing arrangements,
and, in meetings away from United Nations Head-
quarters, furnishes the service staff of the dele-
gation itself. After the meeting this office makes
sure that responsibilities for all official reports,
documents, and other followup items are properly
discharged.
Formal steps in the process of administrative
preparations are :
Staff study — The Office of International Con-
ferences, with concurrences of all policy units
affected, secures the written approval of the Assist-
ant Secretary for International Organization
Affairs or, if necessai-y, the Secretary of State or
the President, for United States participation in
each international meeting.
Naming of United States delegations — Public
Law 341, in addition to requiring Presidential
appointment of permanent United States repre-
sentatives to United Nations organs, specifically
makes the President responsible for naming
United States delegates to the annual United
Nations General Assembly. Presidential appoint-
ments are also required by statute for certain other
United States delegations, such as those to the
Who Assembly. To ease the burden on tlie Wliite
House for the appointment of delegates to numer-
ous lesser meetings, the President on February 26,
1948, approved a delegation of authority to the
Secretary of State "to designate all . . . repre-
sentatives and delegates as well as advisory and
secretarial staff for all groups" other than those
assigned by law to the President, or in special
cases, such as the naming of congressional con-
sultants.
On March 6, 1953, the Secretary of State redele-
gated his authority to the Assistant Secretary for
International Organization Affairs. All delega-
tion members are named subject to security clear-
ance. The Bureau of International Organization
Affairs, in addition to coordinating all policy prep-
arations, administers the funds for conference par-
ticipation, and decides on the advisory and serv-
ice staffs of United States delegations after weigh-
ing recommendations from all interested offices
and agencies. Tlie basic factors are the scope of
the agenda and the availability of funds. The
442
specific criteria are : (1) delegation members must
be, to the greatest extent possible, working mem-
bers, actually responsible for agenda items; (2)
they must be able to handle several items each;
(3) they must, generally, represent the Govern-
ment as a whole; and (4) maximum use should be
made of qualified United States personnel at the
conference site.
ANNEX A
Statutory Authority
The basis for United States participation in tlie United
Nations system resides in a body of legislation through
which the Congress provided both the statutory authority
and the means :
Both Houses of Congress went on record by a bipartisan
vote in 1943 as favoring United States participation in
an international peace organization, through S. Res. 192
and H. Con. Res. 25, both of the 78th Congress.
The Senate ratified the United Nations Charter on
.Inly 26, 1945, by a vote of 89 to 2.
The 79th Congress passed the United Nations Participa-
tion Act of 1945 (59 Stat. 619; 22 U. S. C. 287-287c) "to
provide for the appointment of representatives of the
United States in the organs and agencies of the United
Nations and to make other provision with respect to the
participation of the United States in such organization."
In addition, the United Nations Headquarters Agree-
ment (61 Stat. 756-768), the Vandenberg Resolution of
1949 (S. Res. 239, 80th Congress), the United Nations
Headquarters Loan Legislation (62 Stat. 1286), the In-
ternational Court of Justice accession (61 Stat. (2) 1218),
the International Organizations Immunities Act (59
Stat. 669-673; 22 U. S. C. 288-288f), and the annual ap-
propriations of funds all form parts of the legislative
mandate for United States participation in the United
Nations.
Congress has also authorized participation in the vari-
ous specialized agencies of the United Nations, as follows :
International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) —
(61 Stat. 1180-1220)
Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) — (62 Stat.
441 ; 64 Stat. 902 ; 22 U. S. C. 279-279d )
World Health Organization (WHO) — (62 Stat. 441; 64
Stat. 902 ; 22 U. S. C. 29O-290d)
International Labor Organization (ILO) — (62 Stat.
1151, as amended ; 64 Stat. 903 ; 48 Stat. 1182 ; 49 Stat.
2712;22U. S. C.272)
International Monetary Fimd (IMF) — (59 Stat. 512-
517 ; 60 Stat. 535 ; 22 U. S. C. 286-286m)
International Bank for Reconstruction and Develop-
ment (IBRD) — (59 Stat. 512-517; 60 Stat. 535; 22
U. S. C. 286-286m)
World Meteorological Organization (WMO) — (ratified
April 20, 1949)
U.N. Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization
Deparfmenf of S/afe BuUet'in
(UNESCO) — (60 Stat. 712-714; 22 U. S. C. 287m-
2S7t)
International Telecommunication Union (ITU) — (63
Stat. (2) 1399)
Universal Postal Union (UPU) — (5 U. S. C. 372, as
amended; 48 Stat. 943)
U.S. participation in the United Nations Children's Fund
(UNICEF) — a temporary agency of the United Nations —
was authorized by 61 Stat. 12.5, 939; 62 Stat. 1.57 ; 63 Stat.
412 ; 22 U. S. C. 1411, 1531-1536, and by Executive Order
9944.
The designation and organization of the United States
Mission to the United Nations in New Yorlj is currently
prescribed by Executive Order 10108 of February 9, 1950,
which is a revision of Executive Order 9844, dated April
28, 1947.
ANNEX B
Major Interdepartmental Committees
Which Deal With International Organization
Matters'
Air Coordinating Committee
Functions : Formulates U.S. policy regarding both
domestic and foreign aviation matters.
Membership : COMMERCE, Air Force, Army, Bureau
of the Budget, Civil Aeronautics Board, Federal Com-
munications Commission, Navy, OflBce of Defense Mobili-
zation, Post Office, State, Treasury. (A secretariat,
located in Commerce but financed by all the participat-
ing agencies, services both the committee and the sub-
committee.)
Subcommittee on General International Civil Aviation
Organization Matters
Membership : STATE, Air Force, Civil Aeronautics
Board, Commerce, Navy, Post Office
President's Special Committee on Disarmament
Functions : Coo;rdination of policy studies on disarma-
ment problems.
Membership: PRESIDENT'S SPECIAL ASSISTANT
ON DISARMAMENT, State, Defense, Atomic Energy
Commission, Central Intelligence Agency, Justice.
Interagency Committee on Food and Agriculture
Organization
Functions: Formulates U.S. positions in Fao, under a
chairman appointed by the Secretary of Agriculture,
with State providing "policy guidance on International
political . . . and general organizational and admin-
istrative questions . . . ."
Membership: AGRICULTURE, Army, Bureau of the
Budget, Commerce, Health, Education and Welfare, In-
terior, International Cooperation Administration, Labor,
Treasury.
A subcommittee, composed of AGRICULTURE, Inter-
national Cooperation Administration, Interior, and State,
' The agency furnishing the committee chairman is listed
first in capital letters ; the agency furnishing the executive
secretary is italicized.
as well as the Food and Agriculture Organization, deals
informally with questions of multilateral-bilateral co-
ordination of technical assistance programs in the Fao
area.
Interdepartmental Committee on Education Activities in
International Organizations
Functions : Advises Secretary of State on education
problems and developments in such organizations as Or-
ganization of American States, International Bureau of
Education, and Unesco.
Membership: HEALTH, EDUCATION AND WEL-
FARE, Agriculture, International Cooperation Adminis-
tration, Labor, State.
Interdepartmental Committee on Foreign Policy Relating
to Human Rights
Functions : Advises Secretary of State on human rights
questions in the United Nations.
Membership: STATE, Health, Education and Welfare,
Interior, Justice, Labor.
Interdepartmental Committee on International Labor
Policy
Functions : Advises Secretary of State on U.S. policies
in International Labor Organization.
Membership : LABOR, Commerce, Health, Education
and Welfare, International Cooperation Administration,
Justice, State.
Interdepartmental Committee on International Social
Welfare Policy
Functions: Advises Secretary of State on social ques-
tions in the United Nations.
Membership: HEALTH, EDUCATION AND WEL-
FARE, Agriculture, Justice, Labor, State.
Interdepartmental Committee on Narcotics
Functions : Advises President of measures which should
be talien to combat the domestic and international illicit
traffic in narcotics.
Membership: TREASURY, Agriculture, Defense,
Health, Education and Welfare, Justice, State.
National Advisory Council on International Monetary
and Financial Problems
Functions : Coordinates policies and operations of U.S.
representatives on the International Bank and Interna-
tional Monetary Fund, the Export-Import Bank of Wash-
ington, and all other Government agencies engaged in
foreign loans and foreign financial exchange and monetary
transactions.
Membership: TREASURY, Commerce, Export-Import
Bank, Federal Reserve Board, State.
Interdepartmental Committee on Non-Self-Goveming
Territories
Functions : With special reference to the field of non-
self-governing territories, examines problems of develop-
ments of a social and economic character which affect or
are affected by United States foreign policy, and formu-
lates recommendations thereon to the appropriate agencies
and agents.
Memljership: STATE, Agriculture, Health, Education
and Welfare, Commerce, Interior, Labor, Navy.
Telecommunications Coordinating Committee
Functions : Advises Secretary of State on telecommuni-
cations problems insofar as they concern international
relations.
September 17, 1956
443
Membership: STATE, Civil Aeronautics Administra-
tion, Federal Communications Commission, Army, Navy,
Air Force, Coast Guard.
United Nations Economic Committee
Functions : Advises the Secretary of State on economic
policy and technical assistance questions in connection
with the VFork of U. N. organs and specialized agencies as
well as other intergovernmental organizations in the eco-
nomic field that are not treated by a specialized interde-
partmental committee.
Membership: STATE, Agriculture, Bureau of the Bud-
get, Commerce, Council of Economic Advisers, Federal
Reserve Board, Health, Education and Welfare, Housing
and Home Finance, Interior, International Cooperation
Administration, Labor, Securities and Exchange Commis-
sion, Tariff Commission, Treasury.
NOTE : A large portion of the former Foreign Opera-
tions Administration was transferred to the Department
of State in 1955 as the International Cooperation Adminis-
tration. ICA operates within the State Department as a
semi-autonomous agency and has independent represen-
tation in certain interdepartmental committees.
Alternate Representative Appointed
to ICAO Council
The Wliite House announced on August 31 that
the President had that day appointed Howard W.
Helfert to be Alternate Representative of the
United States on the Council of the International
Civil Aviation Organization.
Letters of Credence
Morocco
The newly appointed Ambassador of Morocco,
Dr. El Mehdi Ben Mohamed Ben Aboud, presented
his credentials to President Eisenhower on Sep-
tember 5. For the text of the Ambassador's re-
marks and the text of the President's reply, see
Department of State press release 467.
Tunisia
The newly appointed Ambassador of Tunisia,
Mongi Slim, presented his credentials to President
Eisenhower on September 6. For the text of the
Ambassador's remarks and the text of the Presi-
dent's reply, see Department of State press release
468.
Unio7i of /South Africa
The newly appointed Ambassador of the Union
of South Africa, Wentzel Christoffel du Plessis,
presented his credentials to President Eisenhower
on September 7. For the text of the Ambassador's
remarks and the text of the President's reply, see
Department of State press release 471.
Proposed Talks
With Rumania
Press release 469 dated September 6
In a note presented in Bucharest to the Rtmia-
nian Ministry of Foreign Affairs on August 29,
1956,^ the U.S. Govenmient has stated that it is
prepared to enter into talks with the Rumanian
Government on certain questions outstanding be-
tween the United States and Rumania.
This note was in further reply to an earlier
Rumanian proposal for talks on the questions of
U.S. claims against Rumania, Rumanian assets
in the United States, and trade with the United
States. On April 28, 1956, the U.S. Government
had informed the Rumanian Government that it
was prepared to discuss these economic questions,
provided the Rumanian Government would agree
to discuss certain other problems which have
been at issue between the two governments for
several years, including the treatment of U.S.
citizens in Rumania and the restrictions which had
been imposed on the functions, personnel, and
activities of the American Legation in Bucharest.^
As the Rumanian Government subsequently indi-
cated that it was prepared to broaden the range
of talks to include these problems, the U.S. Gov-
ermnent has now stated that it is prepared to begin
the talks in Bucharest on October 15, 1956.
The U.S. Government would be represented in
the proposed talks by the American Minister to
Rmnania, Robert H. Thayer.
'■ Not printed here.
'' Bulletin of May 14, 1956, p. 801.
444
Department of State Bulletin
Education and the Peaceful Atom
hy Willard F. Lilly
C ormnissioner, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission^
The invitation to speak to this distinguished
group of deans and presidents of colleges and
universities was received with personal pleasure.
I am most happy to be with you to discuss some of
the problems of education and training for the
nuclear energy industry. Inasmuch as I have had
almost 25 years of academic experience, I feel at
home and among friends in a conference of this
kind.
I have been requested to discuss some of the
problems of education and training of scientists
and engineers. I have been asked to outline espe-
cially the broad policy of the Atomic Energy Com-
mission in assisting our colleges and universities
to establish curricula in atomic energy and the
general types of assistance that the Commission
proposes to offer to the schools of our Nation.
I do not propose to discuss in all its administra-
tive details the Commission's progi'am of educa-
tional and training assistance to our colleges and
universities. This subject is being carefully and
extensively presented to you by others more con-
versant than I with all its many facets. I propose
to address myself to the fundamental problem
which has caused this conference to be convened —
the shortage of technical and scientific manpower
in this country, especially the shortage of scientists
and technicians trained in nuclear energy.
You, as well as I, consider the shortage of ade-
quately trained manpower a matter of serious con-
cern to the Nation. It is being discussed through
all the media of mass communication. Amer-
ica's multitudinous forums of public opinion are
at work on the important task of searching for an
^ Address made before the Deans' Conference on Engi-
neering Education and Nuclear Science at Oak Ridge,
Tenn., on Sept. 7.
answer to the problems of education in a free so-
ciety. There have been a number of bills intro-
duced into the Congress, each aimed at solving the
educational problems of our scientific and engi-
neering manpower shortage.
I believe the Nation will find that there are many
answers to the question, rather than a single cure-
all. My recommendation here is halance — balance
in the encouragement of orderly and determined
efforts on the part of all concerned to increase the
output and improve the quality of scientists and
engineers capable of contributing to the develop-
ment of the peaceful uses of the atom.
It appears that the responsibility for these neces-
sary changes rests primarily with the leaders,
such as you, in our colleges and universities as well
as the engineering professions in industry. The
acuteness of the problem is widely recognized, but
it is not clear that the methods of solving the prob-
lem have been fully exploited. It may be difficult
for you to believe and accept the fact that you
are more vitally important to our Nation today
than ever before. Your role as educators has taken
on new importance. By virtue of the teclinological
revolution of our age, in addition to your responsi-
bility of teaching young Americans the funda-
mentals of democracy it is now incumbent upon
you to give our youth the most competent tech-
nical training you can so that our democracy may
have the materials, the tools, and the knowledge
it must have to survive.
Statistics on Engineering Graduates
I am sure you are all aware of the declining
numbers of graduating scientists and engineers.
The number of engineering graduates in 1954 was
less than half the number of engineering gradu-
Sspiember 17, 1956
445
ates in 1950. These are data published in your
Journal of the Ainerican Society of Engineering
Education. I wonder, however, if you have con-
sidered the rate of engineering graduates based
upon population. I find these data illuminating,
especially when compared with known statistics
for Great Britain and estimated statistics for the
Soviet Union. I offer the following comparative
data for the graduating classes of engineers for
1954 in Great Britain, the United States, and the
U.S.S.R. :
Great Britain graduated 57 engineers per mil-
lion of population.
The United States graduated 136 engineers per
million of population.
The U.S.S.R. graduated 280 engineers per mil-
lion of population.
The available data for Russia also reveal that
the U.S.S.R. is graduating an additional 326
lower-grade engineers per million of population.
These data give some indication of the tremendous
strides that Russia has made in her state-controlled
policy of education. Although the population of
Russia is only approximately one-third greater
than that of the United States, she is graduating
more than twice as many engineers as we are here
in the United States.
There is no doubt that the technical race is on,
but we must remember that the prizes in any tech-
nical race will not necessarily go to those countries
with the largest population. Only those countries
with the best systems of education will win the
prizes.
American scientists and engineers are doing
brilliant work — witness the discovery early this
summer of Fermi's particle, the neutrino, that this
man of genius hypothesized some 20 years ago;
witness, also, the Nautilus, which establishes new
records every time she quits her moorings and
which is hailed as the forerunner of our all-atomic-
powered Navy of tomorrow.
But shall we continue to win such prizes? If
we are to continue to make important new dis-
coveries and to get the full benefit of the new
knowledge we are acquiring, we shall need more
scientists and engineers and technicians. And we
shall need more than numbers. We shall need
more scientists and engineers and technicians with
better and more versatile training. Trained man-
power— not money, not uranium — is the single
most important limiting factor for the future in
the peaceful application of atomic energy. I
Shortage of Nuclear Scientists
While the general shortage of scientists and
engineers is of foremost concern today, the short-
age of specialists in nuclear science and engineer-
ing will become more acute with time. The de-
mand for nuclear scientists and engineers will
manifest itself more and more as the peaceful
applications of atomic energy develop, and espe-
cially as we gain ground toward the achievement
of economically competitive electricity from
nuclear energy.
It is extremely difficult to make estimates and
predictions without supporting data, or data upon
which, at least, extrapolations can be performed.
We are, however, faced with this dilemma when
we attempt to predict and forecast the numbers of
scientists and engineers that are and will be needed
for an atomic energy power industry of the future.
Some predictions have been made, and, if they
have any meaning, they indicate that we shall soon
need specialized nuclear training for as many as
2,000 scientists and engineers per year. At the
present rate of graduation of engineers from our
colleges and universities, this would be 10 percent
of all students receiving engineering degrees each
year. Estimates are that we shall be graduating
some 40,000 engineers per year by 1965, and even
at this rate the demands for the nuclear energy
industry amount to somewhere between 5 percent
and 10 percent of graduating engineers. If we
take into account the needs of atomic energy and
add the needs of all the other technological fields,
we foresee that the numbers of scientifically
trained men and women required will represent a
considerable increase over our present rate of
scholastic production.
The task of training these large numbers is a
tremendous one. The methods and tools will vary,
but it is a task which will fall to the universities.
Unless the universities learn to do this job quickly,
we may find that the United States, rather than
being the technological superior of the world, may
become an inferior nation. Because it takes time
to fill the educational "pipeline," I have the feel-
ing that the situation may become worse before it
gets better.
Let me repeat, then, that the Commission's
estimates indicate a need in the near future for
446
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
2,000 scientists and engineers per year with spe-
cialized training in nuclear energy technology.
This, then, is the basis for the Commission's pro-
posed assistance to our colleges and universities;
that is, to offer assistance which will permit our
colleges and universities to produce 2,000 gradu-
ate scientists and engineers per year with spe-
cialized training in nuclear energy techniques.
We hope that this rate of production can be
reached approximately by 1961. Without your
cooperation this hope cannot become a reality.
Reasons for Trained Manpower Shortage
We should attempt to understand the reasons
for the general shortage of trained manpower.
Many factors have undoubtedly contributed to this
shortage. Here are a few : a low birth rate during
the depression years, the inadequacy of salaries
for the best-qualified teachers of science and
mathematics in the high schools, and the with-
drawal of such teachers from the field of high
school teaching, leaving the science and mathe-
matics curricula in inadequately trained hands.
There were also in the 1949-50 period some dire
predictions by vocational advisers of an oversup-
ply of trained scientists and engineers, which un-
doubtedly deflected untold numbers into other
careers. We should not overlook the fact that
the colleges and universities have sometimes done
an inadequate job of instruction. These are by
no means all of the reasons for our manpower
shortage in science and engineering ; they are but
a sampling of various factors that have con-
tributed to this situation in our country.
About 80 percent of our high school graduates
do not receive baccalaureate degrees, and only
about 2 percent of those judged mentally capable
of obtaining Ph.D. degrees in any field do so.
About one-fourth of our high school graduates
with both grades in the top 20 percent of their
classes and Army AGCT [Army General Classi-
fication Test] scores in excess of from 135 to 145
do not enter college. Such high school graduates
are America's most wasted human resource today.
And that group should provide the best hunting
gi-ound for talented scientific and engineering
candidates for our colleges and universities.
We must improve the teaching of science and
mathematics in the high schools by providing
more qualified teachers and better teaching aids,
through consolidation of schools to permit more
courses and by other remedies. We must take
steps to break the vicious circle which has prac-
tically reduced the 3 R's to 2 R's, a dismal find-
ing of a recent study by the Educational Testing
Service at Princeton, N. J. I quote their sorry
conclusions as to the status of mathematics in
American schools today :
Future teachers pass through the elementary schools
learning to detest mathematics. They drop it in high
school as early as possible. They avoid it in teachers
colleges because it is not required. They return to the
elementary school to teach a new generation to detest it.
We must improve at the high school level the
identification, motivation, and guidance of the
better qualified students toward careers in science
and engineering. We must increase the number of
qualified students who go to college and encourage
those with scientific and engineering aptitudes to
pursue the courses in science and engineering in
the new fields as well as the old. We must develop
the incentives to retain highly qualified scientists
and engineers in colleges and universities as future
teachers. Parenthetically, if I may say so, the
most effective of these incentives would be to raise
the salaries.
We should also improve our utilization of scien-
tists and engineers by providing technical assist-
ance to relieve them of subprofessional assign-
ments. We face an intense and rising demand for
scientific and engineering manpower in all grades
and disciplines of science, from the most brilliant
graduate physicist or engineer to the most average
technician and craftsman. Every scientist or en-
gineer needs and relies on technicians and crafts-
men to translate his plans into experimental models
and working products. It would be lopsided — a
great mistake — to increase the output of graduate
scientists and engineers without adequately sup-
porting them at the lower levels from which, in
any event, many of them are drawn.
Improving Secondary Schools
The structure of our need can best be visualized
as a pyramid. Much, therefore, depends upon
strengthening the base of the pyramid by improv-
ing education in the secondary schools. In doing
this, we also raise the number of secondary school
graduates willing to take successfully the curricula
offered in our scientific and engineering colleges
and universities. This, then, is a plea to improve
our high school educational system through in-
Sepf ember 17, 7956
447
creased attention to mathematics and science train-
ing and to develop and expand our technical insti-
tute type of education. That the quality of sec-
ondary school education must be improved has
been known to all of you for some time. It is obvi-
ously a great saving to colleges and universities not
to have to teach their young students what they
ought to have learned in the high school. Along
with efforts to improve the quality of high school
science and mathematics teaching, perhaps more
stringent college entrance requirements in these
subjects are indicated.
Versatility has been the aim of a classical educa-
tion. Technical studies should lead to a similar
versatility and should, therefore, be firmly
grounded on the fundamentals of mathematics and
science. It is much easier to adapt new ideas and
new techniques when the principles on which they
are based are already familiar to the student. The
Commission is not advocating the separation of
applied science and engineering on the one hand
from the arts and pure sciences on the other. Its
hope is the broadening of the programs of colleges
and universities where science and engineering
already flourish to include basic courses in nuclear
energy. In this way facilities offered by the Aec
for advanced nuclear energy technology in the col-
leges and universities can be expanded with a
minimum loss of time and with the additional ad-
vantage of securing for students all the benefits
of entering a technological industry in the malring.
We of the Aec do not believe that new and sepa-
rate departments of nuclear engineering should
be created at the undergraduate level. We do be-
lieve that what the budding nuclear energy indus-
try will most need is scientists and engineers
trained in the conventional scientific and engineer-
ing disciplines, with additional and specialized
training at the graduate level. The conventional
scientists and engineers will need only to know
how the normal practices in their conventional
fields are modified by the presence of radiation and
other special circumstances of a reactor.
The Commission is not an educational institu-
tion. It has no charter or mandate to serve as an
educational institution. It does not propose to
become an educational institution. In fact, it is
willing and anxious to be relieved of its educational
responsibilities. But it does believe it has a re-
sponsibility to assist the Nation's colleges and
universities to initiate those educational programs
448
which will provide the trained manpower that is
required for the nuclear energy industry.
The programs which the Commission is operat-
ing, and proposes to operate, have as objectives
(1) partially fulfilling the Commission's man-
power requirements in nuclear energy technology,
(2) assisting colleges and universities in filling
their expected and rightful roles in nuclear energy
education and training, and (3) filling temporary
gaps in the Nation's industrial requirements for
trained personnel.
Nuclear Reactors
One of the more spectacular forms of assistance
the Commission is giving colleges and universities
in preparing to meet their responsibilities in nu-
clear energy education is in the acquisition of the
specialized facilities, such as reactors, that are
necessary. Because I am fearful that some of you
may have overly hopeful opinions of their value as
training media, I shall take a few minutes to
discuss nuclear reactors as educational and re-
search tools.
It is not necessary that every college and uni-
versity have a research reactor to do good teaching
and training, nor is it always wise to set initial
reactor objectives so high as to exclude other valu-
able teaching aids from nuclear curricula. The
usual research reactor suffers as an educational
tool — it is too good. The primary purpose of a
research reactor is the production of neutrons or
other radioactive materials in large quantities at
relatively low cost. This capability, therefore,
permits the conduct of many simultaneous investi-
gations, which in turn makes it almost mandatory
that an institution owning a research reactor
develop and maintain a supporting research pro-
gram.
Once an institution has developed a large-scale
research program, however, the operating time of
the reactor becomes too valuable to be used prima-
rily as an instructional device. The research
workers will not permit the reactor to be shut down
or started to suit the teaching schedule of an
instructor, nor would they approve of the idea that
students be permitted to disassemble the reactor to
see how its gizzard and liver were functioning or
how the various parts were put together. To shut
down and start up a large research reactor would
be a serious interruption of relatively longtime
experiments.
Deparfmenf oi Sfa/e Bulletin
I am not saying that a research reactor is not
a vahiable and important adjunct to a university's
facilities or that research reactors are not useful
teaching tools. They are useful tools. Rather,
what I am saying is that a research reactor is not
necessarily the iest possible teaching tool. I am
not sure which type of reactor is best from a peda-
gogical standpoint, but I do know that in view of
the rapidly changing complexion of the atomic
energy industry, its many new directions and tech-
niques, research reactors as we know them today
are not the complete answer to our pedagogical
needs.
Reactors come in many varieties and sizes, and
each one is designed for fairly specialized func-
tions. Large reactors with high flux and very
limited or no experimental facilities are designed
for the production of electrical energy. At
Shippingport, Pa., the Commission is presently
building a 60,000-kilowatt nuclear generating
plant. This facility will cost about $107 million.
Other power reactors are in various stages of
planning or construction. Their use as training
devices or as research facilities would be wasteful
of materials and beyond the capabilities of even
the largest university.
For advanced radiation-damage studies, a re-
actor similar to the Aec's $l7-million materials
testing reactor in Idaho could be used. In this type
of work the experimenter needs a high neutron
flux ; this means high specific power, which necessi-
tates relatively large facilities. Such a reactor, in
turn, requires a large staff of operators and a large
research and development program. Again, such a
reactor and its accompanying program appear to
be beyond the capabilities of most miiversities to
support.
If a school is interested in basic research in the
biological and physical sciences, a reactor similar
to the CP-5 reactor at the Argonne National
Laboratory could be used. Such a reactor is ver-
satile, not unduly expensive, and well within the
capabilities of a number of universities. I say
"not unduly expensive" because we have learned to
think astronomically, and this thinking carries
over to the budget. A price tag of between $1
million and $2 million for a versatile research re-
actor no longer staggers us. The only drawbacks
to such a device, if we exclude the cost, are the
factors I mentioned earlier. To utilize a research
reactor effectively, a large research progi-am is
necessary, and consequently the teaching uses are
limited.
Because of these factors I find myself quite par-
tial to a device such as the subcritical assembly.
This is a device that is inherently safe, low in
costs — in the atomic scheme of things — and capable
of demonstrating almost all the basic phenomena
associated with reactors. The only device I am
familiar with that even seems to offer more appar-
ent advantages for teaching purposes is the train-
ing reactor called the Argonaut, which has been
designed and constructed at the International
School of Nuclear Science and Engineering at
Argonne. The Commission is prepared to assist
the colleges and universities in securing these types
of reactor training tools. The Commission does
not believe that large nuclear energy poioer re-
actors are either required or desirable as teaching
and training devices.
Areas for Use of Peaceful Atom
I now wish to discuss briefly three areas in which
the peaceful and friendly atom can be used. These
are radiation, isotopes, and generation of power.
The peaceful uses of atomic radiation now
known consist essentially of three types : the steri-
lization or pasteurization of foods, the induction
of chemical reactions, and genetic mutations. The
tests on the efficacy of gamma radiation in steri-
lizing foods continue to be promising. There is
every indication that this type of food processing
will become practical and important. It may very
well reduce the necessity for refrigeration to pre-
serve foodstuffs and become a new industry of the
future.
Another of the more striking peaceful uses is
the induction of mutations in plants by radiation
of seeds. The limiting factor in mutation studies
of the past has been the slow rate of natural mu-
tations. The contribution of the atom to this
problem is, of course, that it can increase the
mutation rate enormously, by factors of a thou-
sand or more.
The induction of polymerization reactions by
radiation is a potentially important peaceful use
in itself, for the polymers made in this way differ
appreciably from those produced by the chem-
ically induced polymerizations. Furthermore,
types of polymer reactions which could not pre-
viously be produced by chemical induction are now
possible. This is a very important potential con-
%epiember 17, 7956
449
tribution to the chemical industry. It is too early
to assess the overall significance of this develop-
ment, but it is becoming clear that it is quite valu-
able. It is interesting to note that the fission prod-
ucts, which have been a nuisance and a byproduct
of atomic fission, may have some real value because
of the possible usefulness of radiation in this way.
I sliall only briefly mention the use and appli-
cation of isotopes in industry and agriculture.
The returns from the utilization of isotopes in
these fields of endeavor alone already indicate that
the American people may expect a sound financial
return from their investment of some $15 billion
in the Atomic Energy Commission's farflung
properties.
Because you are primarily engineers, or con-
cerned with engineering subjects, you are prob-
ably more interested in the third type of peaceful
use of the atom — the possibilities of the production
of power. Atomic power, we all know, has yet to
be obtained in economic form. However, the gen-
eration of economic electrical power from atomic
energy is the hope of the whole world, and we be-
lieve it will be realized.
There are various types of atomic power plants
and various systems proposed for the conversion
of heat from atomic fission into electrical energy.
There are reactor types in which U-235 is simply
burned and the fission energy utilized. This is
the type installed in the submarine Nautilus.
A second type of atomic power plant is one in
which U-236 is burned but, at the same time, some
Pu-239 is manufactured. This type of reactor, in
principle, extends the amount of atomic fuel, for
the plutonium is itself fissionable and a potential
source of atomic power.
A third type of atomic power plant is the so-
called "fast breeder," in which the neutrons which
are produced by fission reactions are not allowed
to lose energy by collision with graphite or heavy
water but are reacted in their energetic state with
U-238. Because of the energy the neutrons are
able to produce Pu-239 in sufficient yield so that
more fissionable material is produced from the
uranium 238 or the thorium present in the reactor
than is consumed.
This concept has been established experimen-
tally. If we can prove the feasibility of an eco-
nomic, fast-breeder power plant, we can say that
the amount of atomic power reserves is potentially
inexhaustible.
Atomic power has perhaps come 15 years too
early for the United States. I say this because
we have at present sufficient coal and petroleum
reserves, and we are not in real need of a new
source of energy for our industrial empire. This
is not the case with other countries, however.
Great Britain needs power urgently today and is
pushing hard to attain it. In a few weeks Brit-
ain's first dual-purpose reactor — a producer of
both plutonium and electric power — will be dedi-
cated, and other power plants are scheduled to be
in operation within the near future. Russia, too,
is developing power reactors but, like the United
States, is not in urgent need of atomic power today.
Her incentive in developing large electrical gen-
eration plants is the desire for the technological
supremacy of the world, with doubtlessly under-
lying political motivation. It becomes clear, then,
that atomic power is on the verge of becoming a
reality and that we in the United States must de-
velop it as quickly as is prudent.
A Prudent Course
What constitutes a prudent course ? The known
advantages, the known opijortunities, and the de-
velopment of all of the discoveries and facts of
the future should govern our rate of progress.
On the fast-breeder reactor, for example, we are
essentially in the pilot-plant stage. In the en-
riched-fuel type of reactor we are out of the
experimental stage in that the Nautilus is a
reality and has led to the planning of atomic-
powered surface ships.
Prudence also consists in the vigorous support
of the investigation of basic and essential ques-
tions, and readiness to follow through the neces-
sary development of power plants when they ap-
pear feasible. We cannot, however, proceed
merely with the appropriation of large sums of
money and the construction of enormous instal-
lations, on a crash basis, to force the secrets out
of nature and to make enterprises work which
depend fundamentally on an understanding of
natural phenomena.
Let me now summarize what I have been saying.
The general shortage of scientists and engineers
is the limiting factor in expanding our scientific
programs today. This will be with us for many
years to come. The immediate problem in atomic
energy is the lack of trained faculty and of ade-
quate equipment and facilities at universities.
450
Department of State Bulletin
The Atomic Energy Commission, as I have said,
is playing a part in alleviating these shortcom-
ings and proposes to do more in the future. Even-
tually, the Commission's emergency programs in
this area will decrease as the colleges and uni-
versities develop the capabilities to assume more
of this load. This is as it should be.
We conceive our primary goal to be, as President
Eisenhower said in his December 8, 1953, mes-
sage: "To the making of these fateful decisions,
the United States pledges before you — and there-
fore before the world — its determination to help
solve the fearful atomic dilemma — to devote its
entire heart and mind to find the way by which
the miraculous inventiveness of man shall not
be dedicated to his death, but consecrated to his
life."
All of us — scientists, citizens, and statesmen —
look to you, the educators, and to the American
educational system, from the universities down to
the elementary schools, to make this thought come
true. It is not a dream ; it is the American way of
life.
Japanese Atomic Experts
To Study in U.S.
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on September 5 that 12 Japanese atomic
policy experts would arrive in San Francisco on
September 9 to begin a 3-week study of industrial
uses of atomic energy in the United States, with
particular emphasis on power development. The
study program was developed by the International
Cooperation Administration and the Japanese
Government's Atomic Energy Bureau of the Prime
Minister's Office.
The 12-man group, designated as the Atomic
Energy Policy Study Team, includes 6 members
of the National Diet, 2 staff members of the Atomic
Energy Bureau, a representative of the Atomic
Energy Research Institute, and 3 electric power
company executives.
The Japanese will study the present develop-
ment of, and future plans for, use of atomic power
in the United States; cooperation between govern-
ment and industry in this field ; the present situa-
tion and future prospects of atomic-power ships;
the use of isotopes in industry; and systems of
safety controls used in operating reactors and in
the handling of radioactive materials.
In the Far West, the team is to inspect the
General Electric Company's power equipment de-
partment at San Jose, Calif. ; the Atomics Inter-
national Division of the North American Aviation
Company, the Sodium Reactor Experiment, and
the Kinetic Experimental Water Boiler — all in the
Santa Susanna area of California ; and the Mate-
rials Testing Reactor at the National Reactor
Testing Station at Arco, Idaho.
In the Middle West, the team will visit the Ar-
gonne National Laboratory near Chicago and the
Detroit Edison Company and Atomic Power As-
sociates in Detroit. At Ann Arbor, Mich., they
will inspect the University of Michigan power re-
actor. Arrangements have been made for them to
participate in a meeting with the Atomic Indus-
trial Forum in Chicago and to visit the Forum's
exposition there.
In the East, they will visit the power reactor and
other facilities of the Atomic Energy Commission
and the Duquesne Power and Light Company at
Shippingport, Pa., and the Brookhaven National
Laboratory at Upton, N.Y. ; attend the Interna-
tional Atomic Energy Agency Conference at U.N.
Headquarters; and visit the Health and Safety
Laboratory of the Atomic Energy Commission in
New York. Winding up their coast-to-coast trip
in Washington, D.C., on September 28 and 29, they
will confer with officials of various Federal Gov-
ernment agencies including the Department of
State, Atomic Energy Commission, and Ica.
Visit of French Parliamentary Group
Press release 459 dated August 30
A party of 21 members of the French Parlia-
ment, a parliamentary secretary, and two French
journalists is expected to arrive in New York
from France by air on September 11 for a 17-day
visit in the United States under the International
Educational Exchange Program of the Depart-
ment of State. Fourteen members of the group
are Deputies in the French National Assembly
and seven are Senators in the Council of the Re-
public. They have been invited to make first-
hand observations of this country and to exchange
ideas with American officials and private citizens
whom they will meet during their tour, which will
take them as far south as New Orleans and as
far west as San Francisco.
The group will spend 2 days in New York,
September 17, 7956
451
during which time they will visit United Nations
Headquarters and the Brookhaven National Lab-
oratory. They will depart on September 12 for
Washington, where they will stay until Septem-
ber 15.
While in the Capital the visitors will be received
by officials of the executive branch of the Federal
Government and will meet with members of both
Houses of Congress.
Tlie itinerary of the French legislators also in-
cludes visits to New Orleans (September 15-17),
San Francisco (September 19-23), Chicago (Sep-
tember 24-25), and Minneapolis (September 26-
27). A side trip to the Grand Canyon on
September 18 has also been scheduled. They will
return to New York on September 27 and depart
from there the following day for Paris.
The group will be accompanied during their
tour of the United States by several escort officers
headed by Leslie S. Brady, former public-affairs
officer at the American Embassy in Paris.
The following are expected to participate in
the tour :
Members of the National Assembly
Pierre Abelin, former Secretary of State to Premier
Robert Sehuman, later serving as Secretai-y of State for
Finance and Secretary of State for Economic Affairs and
member of the French delegation to the United Nations
General Assembly.
Edmond Barrachin, President of the National Commit-
tee for the Study of Constitutional Reform, Vice-Presi-
dent of the parliamentary France-United States friend-
ship group, and former Minister of State charged with
constitutional reform.
Edouard Bonnefous, former President of the National
Assembly's Foreign Affairs Committee, Minister of Com-
merce, Minister of State, Minister of Post Offices, Tele-
graph, and Telephones and present French delegate to the
United Nations; Vice-President of the parliamentary
France-United States friendship group.
Patrice Brocas, member of the Conseil d'Etat, instruc-
tor at the Institute of Political Studies, Vice-President
of the National Assembly's Interior Committee, and
member of its Committee on Industrial Production and
Energy.
Max Brusset, Mayor of Royan and Vice-President of
the National Assembly's Press Commission.
Arthur Conte, newspaperman, novelist, biographer, and
international jjolitical affairs editor of L'Independant of
Perpignan ; Mayor of Salses.
Edouard Corniglion-Molinier, Reserve General of the
French Air Force; commanded French Air Force in the
Middle East (1941), in Great Britain (1943), and in the
Atlantic (1944) ; formerly served as Senator, Minister
of State in charge of economic planning and Minister
of Public Works, Transport, and Tourism ; Vice-Presi-
dent of the parliamentary Trance-United States friend-
ship group.
Joannes Dupraz, newspaperman ; formerly served as
Secretary General of the Ministry of Information, Sec-
retary of State for the Navy, and Secretary of State to
Premier Rene Mayer.
F41ix Gaillard, head of the French delegation to the
Brussels meeting on EURATOM ; formerly served as Sec-
retary of State to Premiers Pleven and Mayer, Secre-
tary of State for Finance, and chairman of the National
Assembly's Atomic Energy Committee.
Val^ry Giscard D'Estaing, Career Inspector of Finance ;
former deputy director of the staff of Premier Faure,
working under him on Premier Mend^s-France's economic
reform program.
Pierre-Olivier Lapie, Vice-President of the National
Assembly and member of its Foreign Affairs Committee ;
National Assembly's representative to the Common As-
sembly of the European Coal and Steel Community and a
member of its Commission for the Common Market;
former director of political affairs on the staff of General
Charles de Gaulle; also served as Under Secretary of
State for Foreign Affairs in 1946 under L^on Blum govern-
ment and Minister of Education under Pleven and Queuille
governments.
.Jean Le Bail, former professor ; editorial writer for
the Limoges daily Lc PopuJaire du Centre; representative
of the National Assembly at the Council of Europe.
Aim^ Paquet, Mayor of Saint-Vincent-de-Mercuze and
member of the National Assembly's Finance Committee.
Pierre Piiimlin, National President of the Popular Re-
publican Movement (MRP) ; formerly served as Under
Secretary of State for Public Health, Under Secretary of
State for National Economic Relations, Minister of State
in charge of Council of Europe Affairs, Minister of State
for Overseas Prance, and Minister of Finance and Eco-
nomic Affairs. Was Premier-designate in February 1955.
Members of the Council of the Republic
Jean Berthoin, former Secretary General of the Ministry
of Interior, Secretar.v of State for the Interior, Rapporteur
of the Senate Finance Committee, and Minister of Na-
tional Education.
Ren6 Blondelle, President of the Chamber of Agricul-
ture of the Aisne Department and Honorary President of
the National Federation of Farm Operators' Associations.
Roger Duchet, Secretary General of the Independent
Republican and Peasant Group, political director of the
weekly France Inddpendante, and Mayor of Baune ; for-
merly served as Secretary of State for Public Works,
Transport, and Tourism, Minister of Post Offices, Tele-
graph, and Telephones, and Minister of Reconstruction
and Housing.
Edmond Michelet, former Deputy ; Minister for the
Armed Forces under former governments ; sponsor of a
recently created French Union Movement to promote closer
cultural and so<:ial relations between France and French
territories.
L^on Motais de Narbonne, President of an interminis-
terial commission to coordinate the repatriation and re-
establishment in France of French citizens from Indo-
china.
452
Department of Stale Bulletin
Alex Roubert, President of the Senate's Socialist grouip
and of the Senate's Finance Committee.
Mme. Jacqueline Thome-Patenotre, Mayor of Rambouil-
let; member of the Council for Low-Cost Housing and of
the Senate's Reconstruction Committee ; President of the
parliamentary France-United States friendship group;
Vice-President of the European Federalist Movement;
author of Senate resolution in 1947 expressing gratitude
for the "Friendship Train."
Parliamentary Secretary
Stanley Campbell, Secretary of the parliamentary
France-United States friendship group of the Senate
since 1947.
Journalists
Marcel Joseph Gabilly, journalist with Le Figaro; Vice-
President of French .iournalists' labor union.
Raymond Magne, editor-in-chief of the Paris weekly
Carrefottr and Managing Editor of the daily Le Parisietv-
Lib6r4.
The Challenge of Refugee Relief
Follotomg is the text of remarks made iy Mrs.
Dorothy D. Houghton at Geneva, Switzerland,
on Septemher 3 on the occasion of her acceptance
of the Nansen Medal for 1956, together with a mes-
sage sent hy U.N. Secretary-General Dag Ham-
marskjold.
The Nansen Medal, named for the late Dr.
Fridtjof Nansen of Norway, was instituted in 195^
hy the U.N. High Conwnissioner for Refugees and
is a/warded annually for outstanding merit in the
field of work on hehalf of refugees. Mrs. Eleanor
Roosevelt received the award in 1954 and Queen
Juliana of the Netherlands in 1955.
Mrs. Houghton, former Deputy Director of the
International Cooperation Administration, is a
member of the Puilic Advisory Com/mittee of the
Refugee Relief Program of the Department of
State. The award was presented to Mrs. Hough-
ton by James M. Read, U.N. Deputy High Com-
missioner for Refugees.
REMARKS BY MRS. HOUGHTON
In humility, I accept this distiiig:uished award,
the Nansen Medal, named in honor of a great
humanitarian, bestowed in recognition of service
to refugees. I cannot accept so great an honor
for myself alone, but only in behalf of my own
devoted staff during my 3 years as Director of the
Office of Refugees, Migration, and Voluntary As-
sistance of the Foreign Operations Administra-
tion of the United States Government. At the
same time, I would include the hundreds and
hundreds of devoted men and women serving with
the United Nations, intergovernmental organiza-
tions, and United States agencies, through all of
which I have assisted in the refugee programs.
I am profoundly grateful that the opportunity
was given me to take part in an undertaking of
such worldwide dimensions, of such humanitarian
worth, and of transcendent importance to the
lives and spirits of so many people. This medal,
bearing the honored name of Dr. Nansen, will
serve not only as a memorial to his great deeds
but also as a reminder of the tasks which remain
to be finished. There is still much work ahead.
There exists today — perhaps now more than ever
before — a need for positive action. The subtle
threat of the Communist redefection program is a
challenge that must be met by the free nations of
the world. With God's help, and with human de-
votion to this great cause, we can — and we must —
meet that challenge.
To me, my 5 years of work for, and among, the
world's homeless millions of men, women, and
children have given me gratification beyond any-
thing else I have ever done. To feel that I have
had a small part in alleviating their plight has
been a heart-warming experience, adding new pur-
pose to my own life. In helping them, I have
helped myself. In knowing them, I have learned
much. In carrying out this work, I have touched
the very core of life itself — compassion for one's
fellow being.
That compassion had its roots in my first con-
tact with refugees in a European camp. It grew
and grew as I came to know many more of these
forlorn people, victims of the aftermath of war,
of tyranny and persecution; victims through no
fault of theirs but mostly by the mere accident
of their birthplaces. They were so lonely, so be-
reaved, without a country, denied the wonderful
human warmth of being needed, tortured with
memories of loved ones left behind — behind the
Iron Curtain.
I came to know that these people loved freedom
as we love it, that they were fine and courageous.
They had given up their homes, their possessions,
sometimes even members of their families, be-
cause they could not endure to live in lands where
they were enslaved in both mind and body.
The tremendous problem of the refugees was too
Sepfember 17, J 956
453
big for any one nation. And finally the whole
free world began to realize its international pro-
portions. Our family of free nations drew closely
together to help solve this problem, to shelter and
sustain these distressed people, to arrange for their
resettlement, and to offer them new homelands in
our various countries.
As an American, I am especially proud of the
vital part my own country has taken in this great
cooperative effort toward a permanent solution of
the refugee problem. It was my privilege to di-
rect the United States Escapee Program, which
has cared for some 50,000 homeless people to date.^
It was also my i^rivilege to serve as a delegate of
my country to the Intergovernmental Committee
for European Migration and to cooperate in the
United Nations program under the inspired lead-
ership of the late Dr. van Heuven Goedhart. I
am deeply grateful for having been given these
privileges.
But I must say — and I say it sadly — that our
work in behalf of homeless people is far from done.
At times I am led against my every emotion to
wonder whether the good we do can ever over-
come the problems stemming from evil forces
which are plaguing this world. But that doubt
has not — and it must not — breed discouragement.
It must continue to inspire the best in us. It must,
as it has in the difficult past, lead us to give of our-
selves and our resources in ever-increasing measure
for the banishment of hirnian misery.
I should like to add my own personal tribute to
the late Dr. van Heuven Goedhart, whose leader-
ship as United Nations High Commissioner was
an inspiration to all of us. He was an unforget-
table man of great energy whose understanding
heart went out to the refugees and drove him ever
onward in his efforts to relieve their unhappy sit-
uation. His warm spirit is with us always. His
works in behalf of his fellow men will stand as an
enduring monument. In his memory, let us here
today rededicate ourselves to carrying on the work
in which he had so great a part : the task of restor-
ing well-being and human dignity and a homeland
of their own to homeless people throughout the
world, so they may live again in the sunlight of
God's grace.
I also want to pay my respects to the two dis-
tinguished and beloved women who have previ-
* For an article on the Escapee Program by Mrs. Hough-
ton, see Bulletin of Mar. 14, 1955, p. 415.
ously received the Nansen Medal : Queen Juliana
of the Netherlands, whose devotion to the cause of
refugees has been a warm and wonderful thing to
see ; and Mrs. Eleanor Roosevelt, of my own coun-
try, statesman and humanitarian, who has done
so much for so many, giving abundantly of herself
to this great cause. I am honored indeed to be —
even for these few minutes — in the category of
greatness occupied by these inspired women.
In closing, I also want to pay tribute to the late
Dr. Fridtjof Nansen, the distinguished Norwegian
humanitarian, to whom the Nansen Medal is a con-
tinuing memorial. In his great refugee-aid pro-
gram for the League of Nations after World War
I, he blazed a trail which we have been privileged
to follow. If we follow always in his footsteps,
we cannot fail in the great task which lies before
us.
MESSAGE FROM MR. HAMMARSKJOLD
On the occasion of the Nansen award ceremony
last year, I paid tribute to the memory of Fridtjof
Nansen and to his great work on behalf of refugees.
In the same spirit I wish now to pay tribute to the
late U.N. High Commissioner for Refugees. Two
years ago Dr. van Heuven Goedhart instituted the
Nansen Medal. His purpose was not only to
revive the name of a humanitarian but also to
honor others whose efforts bring justice to people
uprooted by war. But no one was more worthy
of this recognition than Dr. van Heuven Goedhart
himself, a man who believed he must give and
expect no return.
At the same time, on behalf of the United Na-
tions, I wish to congratulate Mrs. Dorothy D.
Houghton, who has been awarded the Nansen
Medal for 1956. As a government official and as
a private citizen, she has made a distinguished
contribution in alleviating the plight of refugees.
In serving so well the cause of refugees, she has
also served the cause of peace.
Commodity Agreement With India
Press release 454 dated August 29
India signed an agreement with the United
States at New Delhi on August 29 to purchase
$360,100,000 worth of U.S. agricultural surplus
commodities over a 3-year period. The agree-
454
Department of State Bulletin
tnent, signed under title I of U. S. Public Law 480,
is the largest concluded with any country and
calls for the sale to India over a 3-year period of
approximately 3.5 million metric tons of wheat,
500,000 bales of cotton, $3,500,000 of dairy prod-
ucts, 6,000,000 pounds of tobacco, and, over a 1-
year period, 200,000 metric tons of rice.
The Indian Government has agreed to pay for
these purchases in local currency. The rupees
generated by these sales will be used for purposes
beneficial to both the United States and India,
and these benefits will accrue for years to come.
The rupees will help pay many U.S. obligations
in India and will be used for agricultural market
development and other U.S. purposes. A substan-
tial portion of the local currency will be loaned
back to the Government of India for economic
development projects, and additional rupees will
be made available on a grant basis to India for the
same purposes.
India, through its purchases of these agricul-
tural commodities, will be able to build up re-
serves to protect her people against possible future
famines caused by natural disasters, to offset infla-
tionary trends which may arise, and to acquire
additional economic strength.
In concluding the agreement, India has given
the United States specific assurances that she will
maintain her normal imports of agricultural com-
modities from other free-world countries.
Modification of Restrictions
on Imports of Peanuts
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
White House press release dated August 29
The President on August 29 issued a proclama-
tion permitting large-variety, Virginia-type pea-
nuts to be brought into the country until the close
of business on September 10, 1956.
The President acted pursuant to a unanimous
recommendation from the U.S. Tariff Commis-
sion.^ The Commission found a shortage of large
Virginia-type peanuts resulting from hurricane
damage to domestic crops a year ago. The Presi-
dent's action is designed to bridge the gap until the
^ Copies of the report, which was sent to the President
on Aug. 16, may be obtained from the U.S. Tariff Commis-
sion, Washinston 25, D.C.
1956 domestic crop is available. (The estab-
lished annual quota of 1,709,000 pounds was filled
on August 1, the first day of the 1956-57 quota
year.)
The new imports, whether brought across the
border or withdrawn from bonded warehouse, will
be subject to a fee of 7 cents per pound, but not
more than 50 percent ad valorem in addition to
the basic duty of 7 cents per pound.
The additional fee is designed to make the en-
tered cost of the foreign peanuts roughly equiva-
lent to current domestic prices and, thus, to elimi-
nate possible windfall profits and to protect the
Government's peanut program by insuring that
only so many peanuts will be imported as are
temporarily needed.
The President accepted the Tariff Commission's
recommendation with one modification. The
Commission recommended that the period for ad-
ditional imports be 30 days in length, but in no
event later than the close of business on September
28, 1956. The President's proclamation permits
additional imports only through the close of busi-
ness on September 10.
The President's proclamation extends only to
shelled peanuts that are not blanched, salted, pre-
pared, or preserved, and is limited to peanuts aver-
aging in representative samples not more than 40
kernels per ounce.
The U.S. Tariff Commission's investigation and
report to the President were made pursuant to sec-
tion 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as
amended.
Proclamation 3152 ^
Whekeas, pursuant to section 22 of the Agricultural
Adjustment Act, as amended (7 U.S.C. 624), I issued
Proclamation No. 3019' on June 8, 1953 (67 Stat. C 46),
limiting to 1,709,000 pounds (aggregate quantity) the im-
ports of peanuts, whether shelled, not shelled, blanched,
salted, prepared, or preserved (including roasted peanuts,
but not including peanut butter) which may be entered,
or withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption in any
12-month period beginning July 1 in any year, which
proclamation was amended by Proclamation No. 3025 ' of
June 30, 1953 (67 Stat. C 54) and by Proclamation No.
3095 ' of May 16, 1955 (69 Stat. C 32) ;
Whereas the said Proclamation No. 8095 amended the
said Proclamation No. 8019 so as to establish thereafter
' 21 Fed. Reg. 6595.
' Bulletin of June 29, 1953, p. 919.
' IMd., July 13, 1953, p. 62.
'Ibid., June 20, 1955, p. 1005.
September 17, 1956
455
as the quota year for peanuts the 12-month period begin-
ning August 1 in any year ;
Whereas the total quantity of such jieanuts which may
be entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consump-
tion under the said Proclamation No. 3010, as amended,
during the 12-month period beginning August 1, 1956 has
already been entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for
consumption ;
Whereas, pursuant to section 22 (d) of the Agricul-
tural Adjustment Act, as amended, the United States
Tariff Commission has made a supplemental investiga-
tion to determine whether there is a deficit in the domestic
supply of Virginia-type peanuts, shelled (not including
peanuts blanched, salted, prepared, or preserved), of
sizes averaging in representative samples not more than
40 kernels per ounce, such as to require an increase in
the quantity of such peanuts which may be permitted to
be entered, or withdrawn from warehouse, for consump-
tion during the early part of the quota year beginning
August 1, 1956, to meet essential requirements of domestic
users of such peanuts, and, if so, what additional quantity
or quantities of such peanuts may be i^ermitted to be so
entered or withdrawn without materially in,terfering
with or rendering ineffective the program of the Depart-
ment of Agriculture with respect to peanuts ;
Whereas the United States Tariff Commission has
submitted to me a report of its findings and recommen-
dation in connection with the said supplemental investi-
gation ; and
Whereas, on the basis of said supplemental investiga-
tion and report of the Tariff Commission, I find that the
domestic supply of Virginia-type peanuts is not suflicient
to meet the essential requirements of domestic users of
Kuch peanuts and that such deficit may be permitted to
be supplied from peanuts of foreign origin, but only
under the conditions and subject to the fee hei-einafter
proclaimed, without rendering or tending to render in-
effective, or materially interfering with, the said program
of the Department of Agriculture with respect to peanuts,
or reducing substantially the amount of any product
processed in the United States from peanuts with respect
to which such program is being undertalsen :
Now, THEREFORE, I, DwiQHT D. EISENHOWER, Pres-
ident of the United States of America, acting under and
by virtue of the authority vested in me by the said
section 22 of the Agricultural Adjustment Act, as amend-
ed, do hereby proclaim that the said Proclamation No.
3019, as amended, is hereby modified so as to permit au
unlimited quantity of jieanuts of the Virginia type, shelled
(not including peanuts blanched, salted, prepared, or
preserved), of sizes averaging in representative samples
not more than 40 kernels per ounce, to be entered, or
withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the
period beginning on the day following the date of this
proclamation and ending at the close of business on
September 10, 1956, subject to a fee of 7 cents per pound,
but no more than 50 per centum ad valorem: Provided,
That the said fee shall be in addition to any other duties
imposed on the importation of such peanuts.
In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and
caused the seal of the United States of America to be
affixed.
Done at the City of Washington this twenty-
[SF.AT,] ninth day of August in the year of our Lord
nineteen hundred and fifty-six, and of the Inde-
pendence of the United States of America the one hundred
and eighty-first.
By the President :
John Foster Dulles
Secretary o/ State
Booklet Outlines Policies of
international Finance Corporation
The International Finance Corporation, the new
affiliate of the World Bank, on September 6 an-
nounced the publication of a booklet outlining its
operating policies and procedures. The jjurpose of
the booklet is to inform the world financial and
industrial community about the types of invest-
ment which the Corporation is interested in mak-
ing and about the information required from
enterprises wishing to attract the investment of
Ifc funds.
The booklet opens with a short introductory
message from the president of the International
Finance Corjjoration, Robert L. Garner. Mr.
Garner points to the unique character of the new
Corporation "as a public international organiza-
tion supported by a substantial number of govern-
ments to further economic development by promot-
ing the spread of private enterprise in the
developing areas of the world."
The types of investment which will be eligible
for Ifc financing are then described. They will be
restricted to private enterprises principally in the
less developed regions and will be made in asso-
ciation with private investors from the industrial
countries and also from the less developed regions.
The minimum investment proposal Ifc will nor-
mally entertain will be of at least $100,000 out of
a minimum total investment required of $500,000.
The Corporation intends to concentrate on indus-
trial investment in its early years.
The second section of the booklet describes the
forms and methods of financing which Ire will
utilize, stressing that its investments will not
normally consist of conventional fixed- interest
loans but will be on a basis approximating venture
capital. The Corporation will expect to obtain
financial results appropriate to the type of invest-
456
Department of Stale Bulletin
merit and also securities or contractual rights
(e. g., rights to subscribe to capital stock or shares
or to convert the investment into stocks or shares)
of a character attractive to private investors.
Ifc has no policy of uniform interest rates, and
the usual terms of its investments will be from
about 5 to 15 years. Ifc cannot itself undertake
the management of enterprises and will therefore
invest only in those for which its private partners
can i^rovide experienced and competent manage-
ment.
Reference is also made in the booklet to relation-
ships with the government of the country of in-
vestment. Ifc will not seek or expect a government
guaranty of repayment of any of its investments,
nor will it seek formal governmental approval of
any financing except as such approval may be re-
quired by law. Ifc will not, however, make an in-
vestment in a member country against the wishes
of its government.
Ifc's policy will be to revolve its funds by selling
its investments to private investors when it can
obtain a reasonable price for them. This policy
is designed to achieve Ifc's objective of encourag-
ing international private investment and also to
provide the Corporation with funds for additional
investments.
The booklet contains two schedules giving de-
tailed advice on information which should accom-
pany applications for an Ifc investment, either by
an existing company or a new company.
The booklet is being published in English,
French, German, and Spanish. Copies may be
obtained from the International Finance Corpo-
ration, 1818 H Street NW., Washington, D. C, or
from the Paris office of the World Bank at 67 rue
de Lille, Paris (7e), France.
U.S. Contributes to UNICEF and
U.N. Technical Assistance
U.S./U.N. press release 2449 dated August 27
Two checks totaling $5,233,314, representing
partial United States contributions to two United
Nations programs, the Children's Fund and the
Technical Assistance Program, were transmitted
on August 27 to the United Nations by James J.
Wadsworth, Deputy U.S. Representative to the
United Nations.
The Technical Assistance Program received a
check for $1,000,000, representing the second U.S.
payment for the calendar year 1956 ; an initial pay-
ment of $6,000,000 was made on January 31. The
United States has pledged $15,500,000 to the Tech-
nical Assistance Program for 1956, subject to the
limitation that this contribution shall not exceed
50 percent of the total contributed by all
governments.
A check for $1,233,314 was sent to Maurice Pate,
Executive Director of the U.N. Children's Fund,
representing the second payment on a 1956 U.S.
pledge of $9,700,000. The first payment, in the
amount of $1,508,807, was made on May 15. The
U.S. contribution to the Children's Fund is subject
to the limitation that the total contribution shall
not exceed 57% percent of all contributions to the
Unicef central fund.
WMO Designated as Public
international Organization
WHITE HOUSE ANNOUNCEMENT
White House press release dated September 1
The President on September 1 issued an Execu-
tive order designating the World Meteorological
Organization as a public international organiza-
tion entitled to the benefits of the International
Organizations Immunities Act of December 29,
1945.
The International Organizations Immunities
Act provides that certain privileges, exemptions,
and immunities shall be extended to such public
international organizations as shall have been des-
ignated by the President through appropriate
Executive order, and to their officers and employ-
ees and the representatives of the member states
to such organizations.
The World Meteorological Organization
(Wmo), a specialized agency of the United Na-
tions, is successor to the International Meteoro-
logical Organization established in 1879. The
convention creating the World Meteorological Or-
ganization was signed at Washington, D.C., in
1947 and was ratified by the President on May 4,
1949, with the advice and consent of the Senate
given on April 20, 1949. The United States has
participated in the World Meteorological Organ-
ization since its establishment.
The basic objective of the World IMeteorological
Organization is to coordinate, standardize, and
improve world meteorological activities and en-
courage an efficient exchange of meteorological in-
Sepf ember 17, 1956
457
formation between countries. The Organization
comprises a World Congress, which meets every 4
years; an Executive Committee, which meets an-
nually; six regional associations; and several
technical commissions dealing with meteorological
applications to aeronautics, agriculture, hydrol-
ogy, maritime commerce, and general problems in
international exchanges, standardization of
observations, and climatology.
A technical coimnission of Wmo, the Commis-
sion for Climatology, will hold its second session
at Washington in January 1957. The designation
of Wmo as a public international organization was
made in view of the forthcoming meeting and of
any future meetings which may be held in the
United States.
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10676'
By virtue of the authority vested in me by section 1
of the International Organizations Immunities Act, ap-
proved December 29, 1945 (59 Stat. 669), and having
found that the United States participates in the World
Meteorological Organization under the authority of the
Convention of the World Meteorological Organization rati-
fied by the President on May 4, 1949, with the advice and
consent of the Senate given on April 20, 1949, I hereby
designate the World Meteorological Organization as a
public international organization entitled to enjoy the
privileges, exemptions, and immunities conferred by the
said International Organizations Immunities Act.
The designation of the World Meteorological Organiza-
tion as a public international organization within the
meaning of the said International Organizations Immuni-
ties Act is not intended to abridge in any respect privileges,
exemptions, and immunities which such organization may
have acquired or may acquire by treaty or congressional
action.
X-/ t-«-»-7- fc-*^-' o'-iCi^ X>«<J>^
The White House,
September 1, 1956.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
ILO Regional Conference
The Department of State announced on August
31 (press release 463) that the U.S. Government
will be represented by the following tripartite
delegation at the sixth regional conference of
" 21 Fed. Reg. 6625.
458
American States members of the International
Labor Organization, to be convened at Habana,
Cuba, September 3-15 :
Representing the Government of the United States
Delegates
J. Ernest Wilkins, Assistant Secretary of Labor, Chairman
William Sanders, Deputy Chief of Mission, American
Embassy, Santiago
Advisers
Fernando Sierra Berdecia, Secretary of Labor, Common-
wealth of Puerto Rico, San Juan
John T. Fishburn, Office of Inter-American Regional
Political Affairs, Bureau of Inter-American Affairs, De-
partment of State
Leon Greenberg, Chief, Division of Productivity and Tech-
nological Developments, Bureau of Labor Statistics,
Department of Labor
Arnold Zempel, Executive Director, Office of International
Labor Affairs, Department of Labor
Repeesenting the Employees of the United States
Delegate
A. Boyd Campbell, Chairman of the Board, Mississippi
School Supply Company, Jackson, Miss.
Advisers
Mrs. Sybyl S. Patterson, Director, Employee Relations
Division, National Association of Manufacturers, New
York, N.Y.
Fi-ank Terrell, Terrell, Hess, and Magruder, Kansas
City, Mo.
William G. Van Meter, Attorney, Labor Relations and
Legal Department, Chamber of Commerce of the United
States, Washington, D.C.
Repeesenting the Woekebs of the United States
Delegate
Joseph Keenan, Secretary, International Brotherhood of
Electrical Workers, Washington, D.C.
Advisers
Paul K. Reed, Representative, United Mine Workers of
America, Washington, D.C.
Serafino Romauldi, Latin-American Representative of the
American Federation of Labor-Congress of Industrial
Organizations, Washington, D.C.
Michael Ross, Assistant Director, Department of Inter-
national Affairs, American Federation of Labor-
Congress of Industrial Organizations, Washington, D.C.
Secretary of Delegation
John R. Bartelt, Office of International Conferences, Bu-
reau of International Organization Affairs, Department
of State
Twenty years ago the first American regional
conference agreed that poverty and insecurity of
livelihood, inadequate housing, and ignorance were
among the greatest enemies of social progress and
that the eradication of these conditions should be
Department of State Bulletin
the object of steady action on the part of the gov-
ernments, employers, and workers of the countries
of the region.
At Habana the first agenda topic, the report of
the Director General of the Ilo, will set forth the
great changes and striking progress that have
taken place in the Latin American region during
the last two decades. The conference will also
consider technical items which present specific
problems in the current American setting. One
of these is the role of employers and workers, both
in their own spheres of responsibility and jointly,
in programs to raise productivity. The broader
question of labor-management relations will also
be dealt with, and there will be discussion of the
development and role of cooperatives in the Amer-
FAO Council
The following delegation will represent the
United States at the 25th session of the Council of
the Food and Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations (Fao) opening at Kome on
September 3:
United States Merribers
Ralph S. Roberts, Administrative Assistant Secretary of
Agriculture
Alternate United States Members
Francis Deak, Counselor for Economic Affairs, American
Embassy, Rome
Robert C. Tetro, Assistant Administrator, Foreign Agri-
cultural Service, Department of Agriculture
Advisers
John H. Davis, Director, Moffett Program in Agriculture
and Business, Graduate School of Business Adminis-
tration, Harvard University
Mrs. Ursula H. Duffus, Office of International Economic
and Social Affairs, Department of State
Dale E. Farringer, International Organizations OflBcer,
Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of Agriculture
W. Raymond Ogg, Agricultural Attach^, American Em-
bassy, Rome
Walter W. Sohl, Second Secretary, American Embassy,
Rome
Conference on Statute of Atomic Energy Agency
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 6 (press release 470) that the U.S. Gov-
ernment will be represented at the Conference on
the Statute of the International Atomic Energy
Agency, scheduled to convene at U.N. Headquar-
ters at New York on September 20, by the follow-
ing delegation :
U.S. Representative and Chairman
James J. Wadsworth, Deputy U.S. Representative to the
United Nations '
Congressional Advisers
John W. Bricker, U.S. Senate
W. Sterling Cole, House of Representatives
Paul J. Kilday, House of Representatives
John O. Pastore, U.S. Senate
Senior Advisers
Gerard C. Smith, Special Assistant to the Secretary of
State for Atomic Energy Matters
John A. Hall, Director, Division of International Affairs,
Atomic Energy Commission
Advisers
Norman Armour, Jr., U.S. Mission to the United Nations
Spofford G. English, Atomic Energy Commission
Philip J. Farley, Department of State
Max Isenbergh, Atomic Energy Commission
Leonard C. Meeker, Department of State
David McKillop, Department of State
Joel Orlen, Atomic Energy Commission
Ronald Spiers, Department of State
Algie A. Wells, Atomic Energy Commission
The Ijvea Conference will be a major step in the
fulfillment of the atoms-for-peace proposal made
by President Eisenhower in his address before the
General Assembly of the United Nations on
December 8, 1953.
Eighty -seven states members of the United
Nations or of its specialized agencies have been
invited to attend the conference, which is jointly
sponsored by the 12-nation group which negotiated
the draft statute at Washington, D. C, in the
spring of tlais year.^
Current Treaty Actions
IVIULTILATERAL
Telecommunications
International telecommunication convention. Signed at
Buenos Aires December 22, 1952. Entered into force
January 1, 1954. TIAS 326G.
Ratifications deposited: Portugal, July 20, 1956; Cam-
bodia, July 31, 1956.
Final protocol to the international telecommunication con-
' Ambassador Wadsworth was appointed by President
Eisenhower on Aug. 2 (Bulletin of Aug. 13, 1956, p. 293).
■ For the final communique of the 12-nation group, see
iUd., Apr. 30, 1956, p. 729.
September 17, J 956
459
vention. Signed at Buenos Aires December 22, 1952.
Entered into force January 1, 1954. TIAS 3266.
Ratification deposited: Portugal, July 20, 1956.
Additional protocols to the international telecommunica-
tion convention. Signed at Buenos Aires December 22,
1952. Entered into force December 22, 1952.
Ratification deposited: Portugal, July 20, 1956.
Trade and Commerce
Third protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Denmark and
Federal Republic of Germany). Done at Geneva July
15, 1955.
Enters into force: September 19, 1956.
Fourth protocol of supplementary concessions to the Gen-
eral Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Federal Republic
of Germany and Norway). Done at Geneva July 15,
1955.
Enters into force: September 19, 1956.
Fifth protocol of supplementary concessions to the General
Agreement on Tariffs and Trade (Federal Republic of
Germany and Sweden). Done at Geneva July 15, 1955.
Enters into force: September 19, 1956.
BILATERAL
Dominican Republic
Agreement for e.stablishment and operation of a rawin-
sonde observation station at Sabaua de la Mar. Ef-
fected by exchange of notes at Cludad Trujillo July 25
and August 11, 1956. Enters into force on date an ar-
rangement embodying the technical details is signed by
the cooperating agencies of the two Governments.
New Zealand
Agreement for cooperation concerning civil uses of atomic
energy. Signed at Washingt<in June 13, 1956.
Entered into force: August 29, 1956 (date on which each
Government notified the other that it had complied
with all statutory and constitutional requirements) .
Nicaragua
Agreement extending the Air Force Mission agreement of
November 19, 1952 (TIAS 26S3). Effected by exchange
of notes at Managua August 21 and 27, 1956. Entered
into force August 27, 1956.
persons invited to the United States under the
educational excliange and economic and technical
assistance programs. Other such centers are lo-
cated at Honolulu, Miami, New Orleans, New
York, and San Francisco.
The new center will accommodate visitors from
Formosa, Korea, and Japan who travel by way of
the great circle route with Seattle as the port of
entry, as well as other foreign nationals who may
visit the area during their stay in this country.
It will provide a focal point for utilization of the
resources available in the Pacific Northwest in the
form of organizations, business enterprises, uni-
versities, groups, and individuals wishing to co-
operate in helping the Department's guests from
other lands gain a better understanding of the
United States. Services provided by the recep-
tion centers include facilitation of local program
and hospitality arrangements providing the visi-
tors an opportunity to observe and participate in
American community life.
Outstanding among the voluntary organizations
in the Seattle area which have cooperated in the
past are the Committee on Friendly Relations
Among Foreign Students, the University of Wash-
ington, and the World Affairs Council.
During 1955 the centers at Miami, New Orleans,
New York, and San Francisco served a combined
total of more tlian 10,000 foreign nationals enter-
ing or leaving the United States, including a num-
ber of visitors of diplomatic rank. It is estimated
that approximately 1,000 persons will be assisted
amiually by the Seattle center.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
Center for Foreign Visitors
To Be Established at Seattle
Press release 447 dated August 27
A new reception center for special visitors from
other countries will be established at Seattle,
Wash., in January 1957. It will be maintained
by the Department of State and operated under
the joint sponsorship of the International Educa-
tional Exchange Service and the International Co-
operation Administration as a service center for
Consular Offices
An American Consulate will be reestablished at
Georgetown, British Guiana, opening officially on October
1, 1956. The Consulate, operating under the supervision
of the Consulate General at Port-of-Spain, Trinidad, will
include in its district all of British Guiana, which will
be removed from the Port-of-Spain consular district effec-
tive October 1.
Designations
John A. Hopkins as Deputy Director, Office of Inter-
American Regional Economic Aft'airs, effective August 12.
Jacques J. Reinstein as Director, Office of German Af-
fairs, Bureau of European Affairs, effective August 26.
Frederick T. Merrill as Director, East-West Contacts
Staff, effective August 28.
460
Department of State Bulletin
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale bji the Suprriiitcmlent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printimj Office, Wastiinpton 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to tlie Superintendent of Documents,
c.reept in. the case of free publications, which may he
obtained from the Department of State.
Your Department of State. Pub. 6333. Department and
Foreign Service Series 53. 5^.
A revi.secl folder giving a brief sketch of tasks performed
b.y the Department of State, the principles by which it
operates, and its foreign policy goals.
Swords into Plowshares. Pub. 6344. International In-
formation and Cultural Series 48. 56 pp. 25^.
A publication containing the story of the Educational Ex-
change Program authorized by the Fulbright Act of 1946.
United Nations— 76 Countries Pledged To Act. Pub. 6349.
International Organization and Conference Series III,
116. 10«*.
A folder giving briefly the aims and accomplishments of
the United Nations.
The International Educational Exchange Program — Six-
teenth Semiannual Report of the Secretary of State to
Congress, July 1-December 31, 1955. Pub. 6351. Inter-
national Information and Cultural Series 49. 18 pp. 15^.
The report reviews the activities carried out by the In-
ternational Educational Exchange Service of the Depart-
ment of State during the period July 1-December 31, 1955,
together with an appraisal of their effectiveness.
General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, Schedule XX,
United States of America. Pub. 6362. Commercial
Policy Series 159. 126 pp. 604.
GATT, Schedule XX, annotated to show countrie.s with
which concessions were initially negotiated at Geneva in
1956.
Air Service — Lease of Equipment to the Federal Republic
of Germany. TIAS 3464. Pub. 6270. 7 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and the Federal
Republic of Germany — Signed at Bonn August 2, 1955.
Entered into force August 2, 1955.
Emergency Relief Assistance to Pakistan — Agricultural
Commodities. TIAS 3466. Pub. 6271. 5 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Pakistan —
Supplementing agreement of January 18, 1955 — Signed
at Karachi September 29, 1955. Entered into force Sey>-
tember 29, 1955.
United States Educational Foundation in Denmark.
TIAS 3501. 5 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Denmark —
Modifying agreement of August 23, 1951. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Copenhagen February 17, 1956. Entered
into force February 17, 1956.
Passport Visas. TIAS 3508. 8 pp. 10«!.
Agreement between the United States and Turkey. Ex-
changes of notes — Dated at Washington June 27, August
8, September 27, and October 11, 1955. Entered into
force October 11, 1955.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3516. 6 pp. 5<t.
Agreement, with exchange of notes, between the United
States and the Republic of Korea — Signed at Seoul March
13, 1956. Entered into force March 13, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3517. 4 pp. 5^.
Agreement between tlie United States and Turkey — Signed
at Ankara March 12, 1956. Entered into force March 12,
1956.
Sale and Purchase of Tin Concentrates.
p. 50.
TIAS 3518. 1
Agreement between the United States and Thailand —
Supplementing agreement of November 14, 1955 — Signed
at Bangkok March 12, 1956. Entered into force March
12, 1956.
United States Military Mission With the Imperial Iranian
Gendarmerie. TIAS 3519. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Iran — Extend-
ing agreement of November 27, 1943, as amended and ex-
tended. Exchange of notes — Signed at Tehran February
13, 19.56. Entered into force February 13, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3533. 4
pp. 50.
Agreement betvi'een the United States and Finland — Sup-
plementing agreement of May 6, 1955, as supplemented —
Signed at Helsinki March 26, 1956. With related ex-
change of notes — Dated at Helsinki March 26, 1956. En-
tered into force March 26, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3534. 3
pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Finland —
Amending agreement of May 0, 1955, as supplemented.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Helsinki March 26, 1956.
Entered into force March 26, 1956.
American Dead in World War II. TIAS 3535. 6 pp. 200.
Agreement lietween the United States and the Nether-
land.s — Implementing agreement of April 11, 1947.
Exchange of notes — Dated at The Hague September 26,
1951. Entered into force September 26, 1951.
American Dead in World War II. TIAS 3.537. 18
pp. 40c.
Agreement between the United States and France —
Implementing and completing agreement of October 1,
1947 — Signed at Paris March 19, 1956. Entered into
force March 19, 1950.
Penal Administration in the Federal Republic of Ger-
many. TIAS 3549. 52 pp. 200.
Agreement between the United States and other govern-
ments— Opened for signature at Bonn September 29,
1955. With exchanges of notes between the Miui.ster for
Foreign Affairs of the Federal Republic of Germany and
the American Ambassador — Signed at Bonn and Bonn/-
Bad Godesberg November 1 and December 20, 1955. And
notes of the Chancellor of the Federal Republic of Ger-
nian.v — Signed at Bonn October 14 and November 7, 1953.
Entered into force retroactively May 5, 1955.
Civil Aviation Mission to Colombia. TIAS 3550. 12
pp. 100.
Agreement between the United States and Colombia —
Superseding agreement of October 23, December 3 and 22,
1947. Exchange of notes — Signed at Bogota January 17
September 17, 1956
461
and March 27, 1956. Entered into force March 27, 1956.
Defense— Construction and Operation of Housing Units
in Newfoundland. TIAS SS.'ja 17 pp. 10«(.
Agreement between the United States and Canada.
Exchange of notes— Dated at Ottawa April 18 and 19,
1956. Entered into force April 19, 1956.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3553. 3
pp. 5«t.
Agreement between the United States and Greece —
Amending agreement of June 24, 1955. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Athens and Corfu February 13 and 17,
1956. Entered into force February 17, 1956.
Economic Assistance to Ceylon. TIAS 3554. 10 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and Ceylon. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Colombo April 28, 1956.
Entered into force April 28, 1956.
Reduction in Japanese Expenditures Under Article XXV
2 (b) of the Administrative Agreement of February 28,
1952. TIAS3.J55. 9 pp. 10«!.
Arrangement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo April 24, 1956. Entered
into force April 24, 1956.
Annual and Progressive Reduction in Japanese Expendi-
tures Under Article XXV 2 (b) of the Administrative
Agreement of February 28, 1952. TIAS 3556. 9 pp. 10<(.
Agreement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo April 25, 1956. Entered
into force April 25, 1956.
Relief Supplies and Equipment — Duty-Free Entry and
Exemption from Internal Taxation. TIAS 3557. 4
pp. 5«(.
Agreement between the United States and Peru — Amend-
ing agreement of October 21 and 25, 1954. Exchange of
notes — Signed at Lima June 23 and August 3, 1955.
Entered into force August 3, 1955.
Guaranty of Private Investments. TIAS 3558. 4 pp. 5(f.
Agreement between the United States and Paraguay —
Signed at Asuncion October 28, 19.55. Entered into force
May 4, 1956.
Operation of Certain Radio Installations from Within the
Federal Republic of Germany. TIAS 3559. 14 pp. 10«i.
Agreement, with annex, between the United States and
the Federal Republic of Germany — Signed at Bonn June
11, 1952. Entered into force May 5, 1955.
Emergency Relief Assistance. TIAS 3561. 6 pp. 5<}.
Agreement between the United States and Italy. Ex-
change of notes— Signed at Rome April 27, 1956. Entered
into force April 27, 1956.
Defense — Offshore Procurement Program. TIAS 3567.
26 pp. 15«(.
Understanding between the United States and Yugo-
slavia— Signed at Belgrade October 18, 1954. Entered into
force October 18, 1954. With related letters — Signed at
Belgrade October 18, 1954.
Surplus Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3570. 9 pp.
10«f.
Agreement between the United States and Paraguay —
462
Signed at Asuncion May 2, 1956. Entered into force May
18, 1956.
Passport Visas. TIAS 3573. 9 pp. 10(#.
Agreement between the United States and Panama. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Panamfi March 27, May 22
and 25, 1956. Entered into force June 1, 1956. /
Mutual Defense Assistance — Disposition of Equipment •
and Materials. TIAS 3571. 8 pp. 10«f.
Agreement between the United States and China. Ex- '
change of notes — Signed at Taiijei April 3, 1956. Entered
into force April 3, 1956.
Certificates of Airworthiness for Imported Aircraft.
TIAS 3574. 8 pp. 10^.
Agreement between the United States and the Nether-
lands. Exchange of notes — Signed at The Hague Sep-
tember 19 and November 4, 1955. Entered into force
May 22, 1956.
Mutual Defense Assistance — Construction of Certain
Facilities for Use by Pakistani Armed Forces. TIAS
3575. 5 pp. 5«(.
Agreement between the United States and Pakistan —
Signed at Karachi May 28, 1956. Entered into force May
28, 1956.
Military Assistance Advisory Group. TIAS 3576. 4
pp. 5^.
Agi-eement between the United States and Honduras.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Tegucigalpa April 17 and
25, 1956. Entered into force April 26, 1956.
Foreign Service Personnel — Free-Entry Privileges.
TIAS 3577. 4 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States and Paraguay.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Asuncion May 9 and 11,
1956. Entered into force May 11, 1956.
Prevention of Foot-and-Mouth Disease — Financing of
Commission Operations. TIAS 3578. 6 pp. 5^.
Agreement between the United States and Mexico. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Washington December 12,
1953, and July 30, 1954. Entered into force July 30, 1954.
Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3579. 5 pp. 5<t.
Protocol between the United States and Japan — Amend-
ing article III of agreement of May 31, 1955 — Signed at
Tokyo I'^ebruary 10, 1956. Entered into force May 29,
1956.
Agricultural Commodities. TIAS 3580. 32 pp. lo(f.
Agreement between the United States and Japan — Signed
at Tokyo February 10, 1956. Entered into force May 29,
1956. With agreed official minutes and exchange of
notes — Signed at Tokyo February 10, 1956.
Agricultural Commodities — School Children's Welfare
Program. TIAS 3581. 6 pp. 54.
Agreement between the United States and Japan. Ex-
change of notes — Signed at Tokyo February 10, 1956.
Entered into force February 10, 1956.
Agricultural Commodities — School Lunch Program.
TIAS 3582. 19 pp. 15^.
Arrangement between the United States and Japan.
Exchange of notes — Signed at Tokyo February 10, 1956.
Entered into force May 29, 1956.
Department of Slate Bulletin
September 17, 1956 I n '
Agriculture
Commodity Agreement With India 454
FAO Council, Delegation to 459
Modification of Restrictions on Imports of Peanuts
(test of iiroclamation) 455
American Republics. ILO Regional Conference,
Delegation to 458
Atomic Energy
Conference on Statute of Atomic Energy Agency,
Delegation to 459
Education and the Peaceful Atom (Libby) . . . 445
Japanese Atomic Experts To Study in U.S. . . . 451
Aviation. Alternate Representative Appointed to
ICAO Council (Helfert) 444
Department and Foreign Service
Center for Foreign Visitors To Be Established at
Seattle 460
Consular Offices 460
Designations (Hopkins, Merrill, Reinstein) . . . 4(50
How the U.S. Government Is Organized To Partici-
pate in the U.N. System (Bloomfleld) .... 435
Economic Affairs
Booklet Outlines Policies of International Finance
Corporation 456
Commodity Agreement With India 454
Modification of Restrictions on Imports of Peanuts
(text of proclamation) 455
Educational Exchange
Center for Foreign Visitors To Be Established at
Seattle 460
Visit of French Parliamentary Group 451
France. Visit of French Parliamentary Group . . 451
Health, Education, and Welfare. Education and
the Peaceful Atom (Libby) 445
India. Commodity Agreement With India . . . 454
International Organizations and Meetings
Alternate Representative Appointed to ICAO
Council (Helfert) 444
Conference on Statute of Atomic Energy Agency
(delegation) 4.59
FAO Council (delegation) 459
ILO Regional Conference (delegation) .... 458
Japan. Japanese Atomic Experts To Study in
U.S 451
Morocco. Letters of Credence (Ben Aboud) . 444
Mutual Security. Japanese Atomic Experts To
Study in U.S 451
Presidential Documents
Modification of Restrictions on Imports of Peanuts . 455
AVMO Designated as Public International Organi-
zation 457
Publications
Booklet Outlines Policies of International Finance
Corporation 456
Recent Releases 461
Refugees and Displaced Persons. The Challenge
of Refugee Relief (Houghton, Hammarskjold) . 453
e X
Vol. XXXV; No. 899
Rumania. Proposed Talks With Rumania . . . 444
Treaty Information
Commodity Agreement With India 454
Current Treaty Actions 459
Tunisia. Letters of Credence (Slim) 444
Union of South Africa. Letters of Credence (du
Plessis) 444
United Kingdom. Consular Offices 460
United Nations
Alternate Representative Appointed to ICAO Coun-
cil (Helfert) 444
The Challenge of Refugee Relief (Houghton,
Hammarskjold) 453
Conference on Statute of Atomic Energy Agency,
Delegation to 459
FAO Council, Delegation to 459
How the U.S. Government Is Organized To Partici-
pate in the U.N. System (Bloomfleld) .... 435
ILO Regional Conference, Delegation to ... . 458
U.S. Contributes to UNICEF and U.N. Technical
Assistance 457
WMO Designated as Public International Organi-
zation (text of Executive order) 457
'Name Index
Ben Aboud, El Mehdi Ben Mohamed 444
Bloomfleld, Lincoln P 435
du Plessis, Wentzel Christoffel 444
Eisenhower, President 455, 457
Hammarskjold, Dag 454
Helfert, Howard W 444
Houghton, Dorothy D 453
Hopkins, John A 46O
Libby, Willard F 445
Merrill, Frederick T 460
Keinstein, Jacques J 460
Slim, Mongi 444
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: September 3 9
Releases may be obtained from the News Division,
Department of State, Washington 25, D. C.
Press releases is.sued prior to September 3 which
appear in this issue of the Bulletin are Nos. 447 of
August 27, 4.54 of August 29, 459 of August 30, and
463 of August 31.
No. Date Subject
*466 9/4 Educational exchange.
467 9/5 Morocco credentials (rewrite).
468 9/6 Tunisia credentials (rewrite).
469 9/6 Proposed U.S.-Rumanian talks.
470 9/6 Delegation to Atomic Energy Agency
conference.
471 9/7 South Africa credentials (rewrite).
•Not printed.
U. 5. GOVERNMENT PRINTINS OFFICE: t9E6
•/-*1
-1
the
Department
of
State
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing Office
Washington 25, D,C.
Enclosed And:
(cash, cheek, or
money order).
United States
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, S30O
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
A new release in the popular Background series . .
United Nations General Assembly-
A Review of the Tenth Session
The tenth regular session of the United Nations General As-
sembly convened on September 20, 1955, and adjourned 3 months
later on December 20.
Highlights of the tenth session which are described in this Back-
grownd pamphlet are :
1. The admission of 16 new members, enlarging U.N. member-
ship from 60 to 76 countries.
2. The endorsement of further steps toward the establishment
of an International Atomic Energy Agency and the recommenda-
tion for a second international conference on the peaceful uses of
atomic energy.
3. The decision to give priority in U.N. disarmament talks to
confidence-building measures, including President Eisenhowers
proposal of mutual aerial inspection and Marshal Bulganin's plan
for establishing control posts at strategic centers, as well as all such
measures of adequately safeguarded disarmament as are feasible.
4. The progress made toward early establishment of the Inter-
national Finance Corporation.
5. The decision to explore the organization of a Special United
Nations Fund for Economic Development.
6. The Assembly approval of a Charter Eeview Conference "at
an appropriate time," the date and place to be fixed at a subse-
quent session of the Assembly.
Copies of this publication may be purchased from the Superin-
tendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington 25, D.C., at 15 cents a copy.
Publication 6322
15 cents
Please send me copies of United Nations General Assembly-
A Review of the Tenth Session.
i
Name:
Street Address:
City, Zone, and State:
ySX^
^/w ^eJful^2^J{^n^€/rvi/ /O^ t/tc^
Vol. XXXV, No. 900
September 24, 1956
'Ate
SUEZ CANAL DISCUSSIONS AT CAIRO
Statement by Secretary Dulles 469
Texts of Documents 467
TRANSCRIPT OF SECRETARY DULLES' NEWS CON-
FERENCE OF SEPTEMBER 13 476
FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY MAKES NEW
APPEAL FOR GERMAN REUNIFICATION
Text of German ISote to U.S 485
Text of German Memorandum to U.S.S.R 486
For index see inside back cover
■«TM«>»
cJne ^e^tat^l^meTil^ c^ tnuie
bulletin
Vol. XXXV, No. 900 • Publication 6393
September 24, 1956
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents
U.S. Government Printing OfBce
Washington 25, D.C.
Price:
62 Issues, domestic $7.50, foreign $10.25
Single copy, 20 cents
The printing of this publication has been
approved by the Director of the Bureau of
the Budaet (January 19, 1956).
Note: Contents of this publication are not
coijyrighted ar.d items contained herein may
be reprinted. Citation of the Department
0» State Bulletin as the source will be
appreciated.
The Department of State BULLETIN,
a weekly publication issued by the
Public Services Division, provides the
public and interested agencies of
the Government with information on
developments in the field of foreign
relations and on the work of the
Department of State and the Foreign
Service. The BULLETIN includes se-
lected press releases on foreign policy,
issued by the White House and the
Department, and statements and ad-
dresses made by the President and by
the Secretary of State and other offi-
cers of the Department, as well as
special articles on various phases of
international affairs and the func-
tions of the Department. Informa-
tion is included concerning treaties
and international agreements to
M)/iic/i the United States is or may
become a party and treaties of gen-
eral international interest.
Publications of the Department,
United Nations documents, and legis-
lative material in the field of inter-
national relations are listed currently.
Suez Canal Discussions at Cairo
Press release 474 dated September 10
Following are the texts of a convmunique and a
series of documents concerning the Suez Canal
discussions at Cairo, released at Cairo on Septem-
her 9, 1956.
JOINT COMMUNIQUE OF SEPTEMBER 9
Discussions between President Nasser and the
committee, consisting of representatives of
Australia, Ethiopia, Iran, Sweden and the United
States of America, under the chairmanship of the
Eight Honorable Robert G. Menzies, Prime Min-
ister, Australia, which took place in Cairo between
September 3 and 9 have been concluded.
The committee has presented and explained the
proposals of 18 of the nations which participated
in the London conference on the Suez Canal and
in turn has received the views of the Government
of Egypt with regard to them.
Discussions have been conducted in a frank and
informal manner. The committee is departing
from Cairo and will report to its principals on the
outcome of the discussions.
SUEZ COMMITTEE'S AIDE MEMOIRE OF SEP-
TEMBER 3<
We have been authorized by the 18 nations
which are major users of the Suez Canal to ap-
proach the Egyptian Government on their behalf,
to present to it certain proposals relating to the
future operation of the Canal, and to explain to
the Egyptian Government the nature and objec-
tives of such proposals. The text of these pro-
posals is attached hereto.
It will be readily understood that the nations
' Delivered by Prime Minister Menzies to President
Nasser of Egypt at the committee's first meeting with
President Nasser, on Sept. 3.
for whom we speak regard their vital economic
interests as being deeply affected by the future of
the Canal. They have the clear belief that, if the
Canal is to be maintained and developed as a
waterway open to the use of vessels of all nations,
it should be detached from politics, and the man-
agement of its operations should be placed on such
a basis as to secure the maximum international
confidence and cooperation.
At the same time, we wish to make it clear that
those whom we represent have not approached this
problem in any spirit of hostility. There is a long
history of friendly relations with Egypt. In two
great wars, several of the nations we represent
have had direct and mutually helpful association
with Egypt. We have all welcomed Egypt's at-
tainment of complete self-government and we
would desire that anything done or proposed now
should be regarded as containing no derogation
from Egypt's sovereignty and national dignity.
These two points of view were indeed clearly il-
lustrated by the whole temper and tone of the dis-
cussions at the London conference.
It is our deep conviction that negotiation of a
convention along the lines suggested in our pro-
posals would be for the benefit of Egypt and all
nations and individuals using the Canal, and
would certainly help restore the kind of peaceful
international atmosphere which the world at pres-
ent so desperately needs.
In case it should be thought that what we are
proposing conflicts with the sovereign rights of
Egypt with regard to the Canal, which flows
through Egyptian territory, we should at the out-
set of our discussions make it clear that we do not
believe the convention of 1888 and a convention of
the kind we are suggesting supplementary to that
of 1888 affect Egypt's sovereign rights at all. It
is indeed the existence of those sovereign rights
and their continued recognition which afford the
whole basis of our proposals. It is our desire and
September 24, 1956
467
need that there should be a definite system for
operation, maintenance and development of the
Canal which, while it recognizes Egj'ptian sov-
ereignty, will serve dependably, for a long time
to come, to manifest interests not only of Egypt
but of all users of this most important waterway.
We trust that our discussions will proceed
amicably on this basis. Thougli superficially it
may be thought by some that there is on this mat-
ter an irreconcilable difference of principle, we
do not believe this to be so. It would be a grave
misfortune for the world if it were so. It is be-
cause we are confident that there is a basis of prin-
ciple for negotiation of an agreement which will
properly protect the interests of all, that we have
come to Egypt, have sought a conference with the
Government of Egypt, and will in a reasoned way
do our best to secure a peaceful settlement upon
the basis of justice to both sides and such consoli-
dation of the future of the Canal as will take it
out of the area of political conflict and so enable
it to serve the peaceful purposes of many millions
of people all over the world.
Following is the text of the 18-nation proposal :
[For text, see Bulletin of September 3, 1956, p. 373.]
LETTER FROM PRIME MINISTER MENZIES TO
PRESIDENT NASSER, SEPTEMBER 7
YoTJK Excellency: Our discussions have been
conducted in an atmosphere of courteous frank-
ness and responsibility. But they have, in our
opinion, disclosed deep differences of approach
and principle which it seems clear that no repeti-
tion of debate can affect. In these circmnstances,
we consider that it would now be helpful that my
Committee should now set down, in summary and
objective form, the underlying purposes of the
18-Power proposals and the nature of the reasons
miderlying them. This seems desirable because,
as our talks have been conducted in private witli-
out records and with great informality, neither
you nor we would desire that there should be in
future any mismiderstanding on the part of our
principals or of yourself as to what we were pro-
posing to your Government.
We were authorized to present those proposals
on behalf of the following 18 nations represented
at the London Conference as follows (I put them
into alphabetical order) : Australia, Denmark,
Ethiopia, France, the Federal Republic of Ger-
many, Iran, Italy, Japan, The Netherlands, Ne^^
Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, Portugal, Spain,
Sweden, Turkey, the United Kingdom and tlie
United States of America. (Spain, at tlie Lon-
don Conference, made a reservation which has
been conveyed to you).^
From the outset, you will have observed that the
18 nations have not attempted to arrive at any "
joint opinion as to the validity or otherwise of
Egypt's nationalisation decree. The London Con-
ference felt that to have a debate on this point
would be fruitless, since tlie Conference possessed
no authority to make any judicial determination.
It was therefore considered much more practical
to work out constructive proposals which assumed
that the act of nationalisation had occurred and
that the problem of the payment of compensation
to the Suez Canal Company would be properly
dealt with, with provision for arbitration in the
event of difference, and that what was needed was
the establisliment of principles and methods for
the future. These should be such as would both
in law and in fact ensure that the Suez Canal
would continue to be an international waterway
operated free of politics or national discrimina-
tion, and with a tuiancial structure so secure and
an international confidence so high that an expand-
ing and improving future for the Canal could be
guaranteed.
The proposals evolved in this atmosphere have
been placed before you and have been much de-
bated between us. We have, as you know, gone
beyond the mere presentation of the proposals
and have sought to explain and establish what
we believe to be the large questions of principle
involved.
It would be tedious and unnecessary in this
document to recapitulate all the discussions that
have occurred on all the points of interpretation
tliat have arisen. The simple truth is that we
quite early realised on both sides of the table that
there were certain central matters without agree-
ment upon which subsidiary matters could not
usefully be determined.
The two crucial projjosals emerging from Lon-
don were:
1. that operation of the Canal should be in-
sulated from the influence of the politics of any
nation; and
2. tliat, to enable this to be done, there should
■ See p. 472.
468
Department of State Bulletin
be established, under an International Convention
to which Egypt would be a party, a body charged
with the operation, maintenance, and development
of the Canal. Such a body, we propose, should be
constituted of people from various countries, in-
cluding Egypt. The members would not be sub-
ject to political direction, and should be given in
the Convention, with the free consent of Egypt,
wide powers of management and finance so that
it could inspire confidence, deal with the future
financial requirements of the Canal, and ensure a
non-discriminatory and non-political manage-
ment of Canal traffic. The proposed body wovild
naturally have due regard for the laws and insti-
tutions of Egypt.
You have with complete frankness made it clear
to us that the existence of such a body operating
the Suez Canal would, in the view of Egypt, be a
derogation from Egyptian sovereignty; that it
would in substance represent a reversal of the pol-
icy announced by you on July 26. We cannot
agree with this view. Nowhere in our proposals
is there any denial of Egypt's territorial sover-
eignty. On the contrary, the London proposals
expressly recognised these rights in paragraph 2
of the resolution. The whole essence of what we
have put forward is (to use a homely illustration)
that Egypt's position as the landlord of the Canal
being completely accepted, she should proceed by
international agreement to instal a tenant so con-
stituted that the future of the Canal would be
satisfactory both to its owners and to those many
n ations who use it. We believe, as we have pointed
out, that it cannot seriously be maintained that
when a landlord grants a lease of premises, that
lease derogates from his ownership. The fact is
that the lease is an expression of and conditional
upon his ownership. On this analogy our pro-
posals would mean that the tenant of the Canal
would pay to Egypt a substantial rental which
must unquestionably grow as the traffic through
the Canal increases, and that in the meantime the
tenant would, in the exercise of its managerial and
financial powers, be constantly improvang the
value of Egypt's asset. Indeed, as the "tenant" in
this analogy would be a body which includes
Egypt, herself, the position of Egypt would be
even stronger.
In paragraph 3a of our proposals, there is a
reference to "institutional arrangements". As we
felt that this phrase might be regarded as admit-
ting of a variety of applications, we undertook the
Egyptian Rejection of 18-Nation Proposals
statement by Secretary Dulles
Press release 475 dated September 10
I am deeply disappointed at tbe rejection by Presi-
dent Nasser of Egypt of the proposals made by 18
nations representing signatories of the ISSS treaty,
principal users of the canal and nations whose econ-
omies largely depend upon the canal. These na-
tions of Europe, Asia, Africa, Australasia, and
America put forward conciliatory proposals de-
signed to bring about a mutually advantageous
cooperation between Egypt and those possessing
rights under the 18SS treaty. Only such coopera-
tion will enable the Suez waterway to serve fully
its intended purpose.
We all owe a debt of gratitude to the Committee
of Five, who presented and explained the proposals
of the 18 nations in Cairo in a calm and able man-
ner. Particular thanks are due to the chairman
of the committee, Prime Minister Menzies of Aus-
tralia, who was the spokesman for those forces in
the world seeking this constructive and peaceful
solution.
While the recent developments are disappointing,
the beneficiaries of the 1888 convention have rights
which, in the words of the preamble of that treaty,
are designed to "guarantee at all times and for all
the powers the free use of the Suez Maritime Canal."
These rights remain, and they should be pursued
consistently with the spirit of the United Nations
Charter, a primary purpose of which is "to estab-
lish conditions under which justice and respect for
the obligations arising from treaties and other
sources of international law can be maintained."
task of illustrating what it meant. We pointed
out that what we were saying was merely illustra-
tive and was not designed to narrow the broad sig-
nificance of the proposals themselves. But, as we
have said, one form of "institutional arrangement"
which comes readily to mind is to be seen by ref-
erence to the case of the International Bank for
Keconstruction and Development. That bank
was created by agreement among a considerable
number of nations. It was not incorporated under
the law of any one coimtry. It owes its existence
to the agreement of many countries. Its powers
are defined by an international document. With-
out being in the technical sense incorporated un-
der some pre-existing law it has, in fact, by its
articles wide powers of borrowing and lending,
and banking generally. The International Bank
succeeds in its purpose, not only because it has ex-
tensive powers, but also because in its capital
September 24, 1956
469
structure and growth it has enjoyed unquestioned
confidence of a great variety of member nations.
Its existence has not so far as we know been re-
garded as derogating from the sovereignty of any
nation, even though it enjoys wide immunity from
national laws.
We have become conscious of your firmly held
view that there is no occasion for a canal authority
possessing an international character, because of
Your Excellency's belief that Egypt is herself
capable of conducting and ensuring the future of
the Canal, and has never challenged the 1888 Con-
vention or its declarations about freedom of the
Canal.
To answer this point, we found it necessaiy to
put before you quite frankly and objectively cer-
tain considerations which, from the point of view
of the 18 nations we represent, nations who among
them represent over 90 per cent of the traffic pass-
ing through the Canal, are of vital significance.
The traffic through the Canal has almost reached
what might be described as a saturation point.
Even to maintain it in its present shape requires
the constant services of a highly skilled, experi-
enced and specialized engineering and transporta-
tion staff. This staff has been built up over a long
period of years. There has been an increasing in-
take of Egyptian personnel, but the great majority
of the key employees are still nationals of other
countries. From the point of view of Egypt her-
self it is desirable that there should be a continu-
ity of skilled operation. Such continuity, in our
judgment, cannot be assured unless there is com-
plete mutual confidence among those actually op-
erating the Canal, the Government of Egypt, and
the users of the Canal.
But the matter does not end there. It is clear
that as a result of increased traffic Egypt can en-
joy very substantial and increasing benefits from
the Canal if the Canal can retain the confidence of
its principal users. The number of tankers pass-
ing through the Canal could double or treble in a
few years if such confidence exists. To deal with
such traffic, expansion of the Canal will be neces-
sary. "\^niether expansion consists of widening,
deepening, constructing by-passes or even dupli-
cating the Canal, the capital costs will be substan-
tial. If these costs are to be met over a period of
time from Canal revenues without serious cur-
rent reductions in Egypt's income from the Canal
or without the imposition of burdensome increases
of dues, they must be derived from funds accruing
from an increase in traffic — an increase which
would come only if the users would maintain con-
fidence in the Canal, and it must be remembered
that increased dues would impose grievous bur-
dens upon those many millions of people in the
world who, in the long run, pay the costs and
charges incurred by the cargoes they ultimately
buy or sell. If expansion would not be necessary,
it would be because the users' confidence would be
lacking and many of them would have found ways
to avoid remaining dependent on the Canal. The
benefit, therefore, which Egypt might have gained
would be materially lessened. |
We have, therefore, in the interest of Egypt and
the users, urged that the structure of the body ac-
tually conducting the Canal operations should be
such as to inspire world-wide confidence and bring
about a capacity to raise the necessary capital sums
because of a prevailing feeling of security on the
part of those who may be asked to provide them.
In short, what we have proposed is that, Egypt's
sovereignty being fully recognised, the actual
operation, maintenance and expansion of the Canal
should be reposed in a body (established under
international convention), which would include
people from various nations, including of course
Egypt, with extensive fianancial powers and re-
sponsibilities. As we believe that an international
waterway like the Suez Canal should not become
an instrument of the political policy of any nation
or nations, we proposed that the members of this
body should not be the mere delegates of any nation
or be under any obligation to observe political in-
structions. On the contrary, we proposed that the
parties to the convention should select them with
regard to their personal qualities of ability, in-
tegrity and experience. It is true in a sense that
our proposed convention would be an arrangement
made between governments and that original ap-
pointments to the proposed authority would be
made by governments. But we firmly believe that,
with good will and good faith, persons so ap-
pointed could serve in a non-political manner in
this case as readily, for instance, as do the judges
of the Permanent International Court of Justice.
As we have throughout emphasised, it is essen-
tial that if it is to be a truly international water-
way as envisaged by the 1888 Convention, there
should be no politics in the Suez Canal, whether
those of Egypt or of any other nation. j
Your Excellency has told us with clarity and '
frankness that you do not believe that the Canal i
470
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
could be excluded from the politics of Egypt, since
it is part of Egyptian territory and assets. To
this we have pointed out that, if the Canal is to
remain fully available for any of Egypt's political
purposes, subject only to the 1888 Convention,
then the many nations using the Canal will have
to realise that their pattern of overseas trade will
be at any time subject to the decision of Egypt
alone. We are, of course, conscious of your
own view that these considerations are adequately
met by the guarantee of freedom under the 1888
Convention. But if that Convention is to contain
the only limitation, it seems clear to us, as we have
pointed out, that there could be, for political pur-
poses, many discriminations in traffic and mar-
shalling control which did not fall foul of the Con-
vention; that, Canal dues being within Egypt's
sole control, differences of opinion as to their level
will almost inevitably be fixed by reference to
Egyptian budgetary needs with the strong possi-
bility that they would be raised to the maximum
that the traffic could bear; and that future devel-
opment of the Canal might well be controlled by
local budget considerations ; a danger which inde-
pendent financing by a special international body
would entirely avert.
We have stated and restated that the setting up
of such a body as we have proposed would create
such feeling of assurance in the minds of all user
nations that the necessary financial provision could
be secured, the burden of such matters being no
longer the sole responsibility of Egypt herself.
We have further emphasised that, under our pro-
posals, there would no longer be private share-
holders or dividends. The one nation which
would obtain an assured annual net revenues from
the Canal would be Egypt.
Your Excellency has repeatedly and vigorously
explained to us that the setting up of a Suez Canal
body of the kind envisaged in our proposals would,
to the eyes of Egypt, represent either foreign
domination or seizure. We have pointed out that
the truth is that no arrangement for the tenancy
of the Canal can be either domination or seizure if
it is freely agreed to by Egypt. And it is, as you
know, that willing and free agreement which all
of our negotiations have been designed to secure.
It remains only to emphasise two other large
matters which arise in the course of our proposals.
The first was our proposal that the new body,
having been constructed by international conven-
tion, should be brought into relationship with the
United Nations. This was done in the case of the
International Bank by agreement with the United
Nations which had the effect of making the bank a
"specialised agency" under the Charter but which,
of course, did not affect the freedom of the bank
in the conduct of its business. Association be-
tween our proposed body and the United Nations
in a similar fashion could, we believe, give great
satisfaction all around the world and, if adopted,
would considerably strengthen international con-
fidence and security.
We also proposed an Arbitral Commission to
settle disputes. There might be disputes as to the
equitable return which Egypt should have from
the Canal. There might, in the course of the
years, be other disputes involving one or more
of the constituent nations. Any such matters, if
they could not be resolved by agreement, should
be arbitrated upon by an independent commission
enjoying international confidence. Our proposal
did not mean that such an Arbitral Commission
would be the authority to deal with the normal
problems which arise in the course of management,
such as claims which might arise in relation to the
employment of people or contracts with subsidiary
contractors. To the extent to which contracts
might be entered into in respect of such normal
matters, they would be contracts made, for the
most part, in Egypt and we did not contemplate
that in respect of such matters the normal juris-
diction of the Egyptian courts should be excluded.
It would be only in any dispute of a genuinely
international character that the jurisdiction of
the Arbitral Commission would be invoked.
At the London Conference, it was agreed by all
the nations represented that any arrangement
entered into must be completely fair to Egypt
and must pay scrupulous regard to Egypt's terri-
torial sovereignty. Our whole presentation of the
matter to Your Excellency has been made in that
spirit and with that desire. It is for this reason
that we have repeatedly pointed out that, while
representing nations who are users of the Canal,
we are deeply and urgently concerned in obtain-
ing the highest possible measure of confidence and
an effective and practical guaranteed freedom and
future for the Canal. There are in our proposals
marked advantages for Egypt which we have dis-
cussed at length but which we now summarise as
follows :
(a) Egypt's ownership of the Canal being rec-
September 24, 1956
471
ognised, it is to her great advantage to have the
Canal maintained and improved and made more
profitable as the years go on ;
(b) The future financial burdens involved in
such maintenance and improvement would be car-
ried and handled by the new body and therefore
Egypt would in fact be relieved of them ;
(c) Egypt alone would draw profit from the
Canal ;
(d) A just and fair method of compensating
the shareholders of the Suez Canal Company
would have been agi'eed upon ;
(e) The dangerous tension now existing inter-
nationally would be relaxed on terms satisfactory
to the user nations and entirely consistent with
Egypt's proper dignity, independence, and owner-
ship, and thus a real contribution would be made
to the peaceful settlement of international prob-
lems.
It is the miderstanding of the Committee that
you have taken the position that you are unable to
accept the basic proposals put before you. I
would be grateful if Your Excellency would in-
form the Committee whether or not its under-
standing is correct, supplementing your state-
ment with such views as you may care to express.
If, unfortunately, the understanding of the Com-
mittee is correct, the task entrusted to the Com-
mittee by the 18 Powers of presenting and explain-
ing these proposals and ascertaining the attitude
of the Egyptian Government with respect to them
would have been carried out. In such an event,
there would appear to be no alternative other than
for the Committee to request Your Excellency to
receive it at your early convenience so that it may
be prepared, after a final conversation with you,
to take its leave.
I am, Sir,
Yours sincerely,
R. G. Menzles
LETTER FROM PRIME MINISTER MENZIES TO
PRESIDENT NASSER, SEPTEMBER 7
Your Excellency: At the Suez conference in
London, the Spanish delegation requested that, in
the event the Suez Committee was unable to reach
agreement with Your Excellency in the matter of
an international board for the Suez Canal, the
Committee should bring to your attention the
Spanish proposal at the conference. The Suez
Committee has accordingly asked me to direct
your attention to the Spanish proposal, text of
which is enclosed.
Yours sincerely,
R. G. Menzies
Spanish Proposal
The Spanish delegation proiwses modifying paragraph
2 of point 3 of the IS-power statement as follows: (Ij)
to achieve these results on a permanent and reliable basis
there should be established by convention: (a) Institu-
tional arrangements for cooperation between Egypt and
other interested nations in the operation, maintenance and
development of the Canal and for harmonizing and safe-
guarding their respective interests in the Canal. To
this end, and on tlie Egyptian Board which operates,
maintains and develops the Canal, there should be an
adequate representation of the community of nations
using it.
LETTER FROM PRESIDENT NASSER TO PRIME
MINISTER MENZIES, SEPTEMBER 9
Your Excellency : I have received your letter
of September 7, 1956, relating to the meetings held
between us and the committee headed by you and
representing 18 of the governments which partici-
pated in the London Conference on the Suez
Canal.
Your committee will recall that during those
meetings, I took up various basic points and com-
mented upon them.
You have referred to the 18 countries as repre-
senting over 90 percent of the users of the canal.
Beside this being distinctly a statistical exaggera-
tion, our understanding of the term "users of the
canal" includes those countries which, even
though they have no ships passing through the
canal, use the canal for the passage of the bulk of
their foreign trade. An illustration of this would
be such countries as Australia, Thailand, Indo-
nesia, India, Pakistan, Iran, Iraq, Saudi Arabia,
Ethiopia and the Sudan.
Furthermore, the principle of sovereignty, the
right of ownership and the dignity of nations
are all deeply involved in this problem.
At least in appearance, the starting point of the
present crisis was July 26, 1956 when, in the exer-
cise of one of its prerogatives, the Govermnent of
Egypt nationalized the company which bore the
name of The Universal Maritime Company of the
Suez Canal. That the Government of Egypt was
472
Department of State Bulletin
fully entitled to nationalize that Egyptian com-
pany cannot be seriously contested.
In nationalizing that company, the Government
of Egypt stated unequivocally that it considers
itself bound by the 1888 Convention guaranteeing
the freedom of passage through the Suez Canal
and its readiness to give full and equitable com-
pensation to shareholders.
Furthermore, on August 12, the Government of
Egypt announced its willingness to sponsor, with
the other governments signatories to the Constan-
tinople Convention of 1888 a conference to which
would be invited the other governments whose
ships pass through the Suez Canal, for the pur-
pose of reviewing the Constantinople Convention
and considering the conclusion of an agreement
between all these governments, reaffirming and
guaranteeing the freedom of passage through the
Suez Canal. Parallel to this, nowhere and no
date could be found whei-e or when the Govern-
ment of Egypt violated any of its international
obligations concerning the Suez Canal.
At the same time, for nearly fifty days and in
spite of the difficulties created by France and the
United Kingdom, and by segments of the former
Suez Canal Company, the traffic through the canal
has been going with regularity and efficiency.
The crisis and the so-called "grave situation" are,
therefore, artificially created by the abovemen-
tioned quarters, as witness, among other things:
A. Statements containing threats of force
B. Mobilization and movements of troops by
France and the United Kingdom
C. Inciting employees and pilots working in the
Suez Canal to abruptly abandon their work, by
France and the United Kingdom and some offi-
cials of the fomier Suez Canal Company
D. Hostile economic measures taken against
Egypt.
With all this going on, we have been repeatedly
made to listen to references to a "peaceful solu-
tion" and to "free negotiations" in order to achieve
such a solution. Need one emphasize the contra-
diction between the palpable reality and the pro-
fessed aim ? If there is anything which flagrantly
violates and disdains the letter and spirit of the
Charter of the United Nations, it is such acts of at-
tempted intimidation, economic pressure and in-
citement to sabotage.
In distinct contrast to this, the Government of
Egyjjt has announced its full readiness to nego-
tiate a peaceful solution in conformity with the
purposes and principles of the Charter of the
United Nations. This remains to be the policy
and the intent of the Egyptian Government.
We have studied most carefully all the proposals
submitted in and outside the London conference
with regard to this problem, including the pro-
posals of the 18 countries which the Committee
represents. We find ourselves in agreement with
the 18 countries when they state that the solution
must :
A. Respect the sovereign rights of Egypt
B. Safeguard the freedom of passage through
the Suez Canal in accordance with the Suez Canal
Convention of October 29, 1888
C. Respect Egypt's right of ownership
D. Ensure the efficient and dependable opera-
tion, maintenance and development of the canal.
Wien, however, we come to consider the ways
and means proposed by the Committee to attain
these objectives we find that they are self-defeat-
ing and that they lead to opposite results from
tliose aimed at.
The "definite system" as proposed by the Com-
mittee would, in fact, mean "taking over the opera-
tion of the canal" as circulated by the sponsoring
governments immediately before the Conference
among the governments invited, and as in sub-
stance maintained throughout in spite of the vari-
ance of expression. The system proposed is
bound to be considered and treated by the people
of Egypt as hostile, as infringing upon their
rights and their sovereignty, all of which pre-
cludes real cooperation.
It can, moreover, be asked whether it was the
Suez Canal Company which guaranteed the free-
dom of passage through the canal? Was it not
indeed the Government of Egypt who safeguarded
and still safeguards that freedom of passage?
Would this freedom be or could it in actual prac-
tice be safeguarded by the proposed Suez Canal
Board ? Is it not to be expected that this board
would be, not a source of comfort and help, but a
source of misunderstanding and trouble?
In all this we keep constantly in our mind the
vital importance of genuine international coop-
eration as distinct from domination of any coun-
try, be it single domination as the one which
Egypt just got rid of, or collective domination as
would inevitably be considered the system pro-
Sepf ember 24, 7956
473
posed by the Committee. Any attempt to impose
such a system would indeed be the signal for in-
calculable strife and would plunge the Suez Canal
into the turmoil of politics instead of, as the Com-
mittee professed to want, insulating it from poli-
tics.
Wliatever the system of operation of the canal
is going to be, it will depend on the close, full and
willing cooperation of the people of Egypt among
whom and through whose country the canal runs.
It is obvious that such indispensable cooperation
cannot be had if the people will consider the op-
erating body as hostile and as against their sov-
ereignty, their rights and their dignity.
Strangely enough those who pose as protagonists
of "insulating'' the Suez Canal from politics have
been the authors of many acts which diametrically
contradict this announced purpose. "Wliat is the
"internationalization" of the Suez Canal? The
convening of the London Conference on the Suez
Canal with, for the most part, tactically selected
invitees, the delegating of the five member com-
mittee, the threats, the deployment of armed
forces and the economic measures — what are all
these if not jjolitics?
You have mentioned that the delegates of any
nation represented in the proposed Suez Canal
Board should not be under any obligation to ob-
serve political instructions. They will, neverthe-
less, be nationals of their respective countries and
subjects of their respective governments, and it
will be extremely unlikely that they will be im-
mune from the influence of such relationships.
The similes you have put forth of the Inter-
national Bank and the International Court of Jus-
tice do not, in our opinion, either hold or convince.
We believe that the real insulation of the canal
from politics would be best guaranteed by a
solemn and internationally binding commitment
in the form of either a reaffirmation or a renewal
of the 1888 Convention, either of which, as we have
already declared, is acceptable to us. It has been
alleged that the Government of Egypt aims at
discriminating against one of the countries you
represent, namely, the United Kingdom and that
the Government of Egypt has among its objec-
tives the disruption of British economy and the
interruption of the line of trade and supply of
the United Kingdom through the Suez Canal. It
is clear beyond doubt that nothing could be
farther from the truth and no one could validly
point out one single reason why and for what use-
ful purpose the Government of Egypt should en-
tertain such policy.
International confidence was also mentioned by
you. I have, in this connection, called your at-
tention to the fact that confidence is a two-way
proposition and that while the confidence of other
nations is important, that of the Egyptian people
is at least of equal importance in this respect and
it cannot be had if the Egyptian people are, as a
result of certain acts and policies, impelled to
doubt and lose faith in the existence of inter-
national justice and the rule of law in international
relations. If the real objective is to secure the
freedom of passage through the Suez Canal, the
answer is there : namely that passage through the
Canal has always been and continues to be free.
The only danger to this freedom of passage stems
from the threats, the redeployment of armed
forces, the incitation of employees and workers to
sabotage the operation of the canal, and the eco-
nomic measures against Egypt. If, on the other
hand as it seems, the objective is to amputate and
to sever from the very body of Egypt one of its
main parts, if the aim is to deprive Egypt of an
integral part of its territory, we should be told
of it. It should be abundantly clear by now that
Egypt, by the very nature of things, is vitally in-
terested in the maintenance of peace and security,
not only around the Suez Canal, but also through-
out the area in which it exists and all over the
world. It should be equally clear that, if only
by sheer self-interest, Egypt is devoted to free-
dom of passage through the canal and is equally
devoted to the concept of an efficient, enlightened
and progressive operation of the canal, without
any discrimination or any exploitation whatso-
ever.
I wish to refer in this last connection to my hav-
ing mentioned to the Committee that the Gov-
ernment of Egypt is ready to enter into a bind-
ing arrangement concerning the establishment of
just and equitable tolls and charges. As for the
future development of the Suez Canal to which
you referred, I wish to reiterate that the Gov-
ernment of Egypt is determined to do everything
possible in this respect, that it has already an-
nounced its intention to carry out the development
program which was planned by the former Canal
Company and other programs of much wider
scope and longer range. It is our announced
policy that the Suez Canal Authority is an inde-
pendent authority with an independent budget,
474
Department of State Bulletin
empowered with all the necessary powers with-
out being limited by Government rules and sys-
tems. We have also announced our intention to
earmark an adequate percentage of the revenues
of the canal to its future development and to devi-
ate none of the revenues needed for such develop-
ment to other channels. Both for the develop-
ment and for the operation of the canal, the
Government of Egypt does and always will be
ready to benefit by the knowledge and experience
of highly qualified experts from all over the world.
The crux of the present situation is, in our
opinion, that the proposed system in itself and
in what has accompanied it, and what it involves,
aims at securing for a group of the users of the
canal control of it by their taking over its opera-
tion.
The paper which was circulated among the
countries invited to the London Conference
shortly before it convened and which seems to be
until now a guide as to the still maintained ob-
jectives of the sponsoring countries reads :
Proposal for the Establishment of an International
Authority for the Suez Canal
1. France, the United Kingdom and the United States
are in agreement that at the Conference a resolution
shall be tabled for setting up an international authority
for the Suez Canal on the following lines :
2. The purposes and functions of this international
authority would be
1 ) To take over the operation of the canal
2) To ensure its efficient functioning as a free, open
and secure international waterway in accordance with
the principles of the Suez Canal convention of 1888
3) To arrange for the payment of fair compensation
to the Suez Canal Company
4) To ensure to Egypt an equitable return which
will take into account all legitimate Egyptian rights
and interests.
Failing agreement with the Company or with Egypt on
either of the last two points, the matter would be re-
ferred to an arbitral commission of three members to be
appointed by the International Court of Justice.
3. The constituent organs of the international author-
ity would be
1) A council of administration, the members of which
would be nominated by the powers chiefly interested in
navigation and seaborne trade through the canal
2) The necessary technical, working and administra-
tive organs.
4. The powers of the international authority would in
particular include
1) The carrying out of all necessary works
2) The determination of the tolls, dues and other
charges on a just and equitable basis
3 ) All questions of finance
4) General powers of administration and control.
We are convinced that any unbiased study of this
circular would leave the reader with but one con-
viction, namely, that the purpose is to take the
Suez Canal out of the hands of Egypt and put it
into some other hands. It is difficult to imagine
anything more provocative to the people of Egypt
than this. An act of such a nature is both self
defeating and of a nature to generate friction, mis-
understanding and continuous strife. It would be,
in other words, not the end, but the beginning of
trouble.
I would like, on the other hand to reaffirm that
the policy of my Government remains to be
A. The freedom of passage through the Suez
Canal, and its secure use without discrimination
B. The development of the Suez Canal to meet
the future requirements of navigation
C. The establishment of just and equitable tolls
and charges
D. Technical efficiency of the Suez Canal.
We trust that the Suez Canal will thus be in-
sulated from politics and will, instead of being a
source of conflict, become again a link of coopera-
tion and of mutual benefit and better understand-
ing between the nations of the earth. Further-
more, we are confident that by carrying out this
policy and extending its good will in every direc-
tion, Egypt will best be able to contribute to the
welfare and happiness of the world as well as to
its own happiness and welfare.
Letters of Credence
France
The newly appointed Ambassador of the French
Republic, Herve Alphand, presented his creden-
tials to President Eisenhower September 10. For
the text of the Ambassador's remarks and the
text of the President's reply, see Department of
State press release 476.
September 24, 1956
475
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference
Press release 486 dated September 13
Secretary Dulles: I am sorry that I was a
minute or two late, but I thought that it would
be much more useful if I delayed coming until
you could have in your hands a mimeographed
copy of the prepared statement which I wished to
make. You now have it, and I will read the
statement.^
Statement on Suez
The United States, as has been made clear, seeks
a just and peaceful solution of the Suez question.
Within this context, we gave wholehearted co-
operation to the London conference of 22 nations.
There, 18 countries, including the United States,
representing over 90 percent of the ownership of
vessels passing through the canal, joined in an
expression oi views designed to furnish, we
thought, a proper and reasonable basis for work-
ing out the qtiestion of the operation of the canal
in accordance with the 1888 convention. These
views were presented and explained to the Govern-
ment of Egypt by a five-nation committee under
the chairmanship of the Right Honorable Robert
Menzies, the Prime Minister of Australia. The
Government of Egypt was unwilling to agree to
negotiate on the basis which the overwhelming
majority of the users suggested. In these circum-
stances, it had to be considered what further steps
could be taken toward a just, yet peaceful, settle-
ment.
Prime Minister Eden in his speech yesterday
set forth the concept of an association of users of
the Suez Canal. Prior to his making that speech,
the United States had informed him that if the
United Kingdom alone or in association with
others should propose a users' association to be
organized by the 18 sponsors of the London pro-
' The following nine paragraphs were also released
separately as press release 485 dated Sept. 13.
posals, or such of them as were so disposed, and
perhaps others, the United States would partici-
pate in such a users' association. We assume that
such an organization would act as agent for the
users and would exercise on their behalf the rights
which are theirs under the 1888 convention and
seek such cooperation with Egypt as would achieve
the results designed to be guaranteed by that con-
vention.
The 18 nations, meeting in London, joined in a
cominon approach to the problem, feeling that it
was to their best interest to concert their efforts.
Certain things are, I think, clear :
1. the user nations have rights under the 1888
treaty ;
2. these rights cannot legally be nullified by
unilateral Egyptian action;
3. it is normal for users to seek to work in asso-
ciation when rights which they possess jointly are
in jeopardy.
So we think it is wise that voluntary cooperation
among the users of the canal should continue.
We do not believe that their riglits can be ade-
quately safeguarded if each nation, much less if
eacli ship, fends for itself. We believe that, under
present circumstances, practical cooperation with
Egj'pt can be effectively achieved only if the users
are organized so that they can deal jointly with
Egypt and Egypt deal with them jointly.
We are thus prepared to participate in a users'
organization on the basis which I indicated. It is
our thought that the users' association would,
among other things, provide qualified pilots for
the users' ships; would initially receive the dues
from the ships of members of the association
passing through the canal, which sums would be
used to defray the expenses of the organization
and to pay appropriate compensation to Egypt
for its contribution to the maintenance of the
canal and the facilities of transit; and, so far as
476
Deporfmenf of Sfofe Bulletin
practical, arrange for tlie pattern of traffic of the
member vessels tlirough the canal.
It is our hope that perhaps practical, on-the-
spot arrangements for cooperation can be achieved
without prejudice to the rights of anyone. This
may provide a provisional de facto working ar-
rangement until formal agreements can be
reached.
Of course, we recognize that what is now sug-
gested provides no permanent solution. We shall
be vmremitting in our efforts to seek by peaceful
means a just solution giving due recognition to
the rights of all concerned, including Egypt.
It is in tliis spirit that the United States and,
we hope, other Suez Canal users will seek asso-
ciation with each other.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Director General of the
Egyptian Information Department said yester-
day, in commenting on the association as it was
described by Prime Minister Eden, that he re-
garded it as an '"''act of provocation with the ob-
vious aiin of creating a situation resulting in
armed aggression against Egypt and leading to
war.''"' In view of this comment, Mr. Secretary,
do we intend to go ahead tvith plans to set this
association up and hope that the Egyptians will
change their minds?
A. I may say that that initial reaction reflected
from Egypt does not deter us from proceeding
with this progi-am. We believe that the program
is not yet sufficiently miderstood by the Egyptian
Government. We hope that on reflection they
will recognize that it is an honest effort to try to
achieve on a practical day-to-day working basis
a solution of the problem of getting ships through
the canal.
I recall that at a press conference held here 2
or 3 weeks ago,^ I said that the great difficulty with
this situation was not that the problems them-
selves were unsolvable but that they became un-
solvable in the context of great concepts such as
"sovereignty" and "dignity" and "grandeur" and
"the East versus the West," and things of that
sort. The problems should be solvable if you
break them down to concrete things, such as who
are going to be the pilots ; where are they going to
be; are they qualified pilots; do we have a right
to pilots of our own choosing if they are qualified
or has Egypt the right to impose upon our vessels
pilots of its own choosing; what is the pattern of
traffic?
Now, in our talks at Cairo — talks of the com-
mittee on which we were so ably represented by
Mr. Henderson for the United States =* and so ably
led by Prime Minister Menzies — the members of
the conunittee were unable to get the problem
down to that basis. But perhaps — and this is our
hope — if we get operating problems out of the
hands of the diplomats, the statesmen, and get it
down perhaps into a situation where practical ship
operators are dealing with practical people on the
part of Egypt, maybe some of these problems will
be solvable.
The idea that this is a program which is de-
signed to impose some regime upon Egypt is fan-
tastic. That is not at all the concept.
Sending Ships Around Cape
Q. Mr. Secretary, if Egypt should resist this
plan, are there other peaceful alternatives that you
envisage?
A. Well, if we cannot work out at the working
level a program for getting ships through the
canal on acceptable terms, and if physical force
should be used to prevent passage, then obviously,
as far as the United States is concerned, the alter-
native for us at least would be to send our vessels
around the Cape. Now, of course, that would in-
volve mconvenience, cost, delays. But we have
given a very careful study to that whole problem,
and we believe that it is solvable.
Q. Mr. Secretary, did President Eisenhotver ap-
prove your statement that you just read to us?
Did you confer with him about it this morning?
A. Yes, and he has approved it.
Q. Mr. Secretary, in the event that we would
have to send our vessels around the Cape because
the Egyptians refused to cooperate, would we
hope that other of the principal ship users would
do the same thing rather than resort to force?
A. Well, we have often said, and the President
has most authoritatively said, that in his opinion
force, if justifiable at all, is only justifiable as a
last resort. So, if there are alternatives to the use
= Bulletin of Sept. 10, 1956, p. 406.
Sepfember 24, 1956
^ Loy W. Henderson, Deputy Under Secretary of State
for Administration.
477
of force, we believe that they should be fully ex-
plored and exhausted. But it is not our purpose
to try to bring about a concerted boycotting of the
canal. I think under those conditions each coun-
try would have to decide for itself what it wanted
its vessels to do.
I repeat that we do not feel that the economic
situation which would result from sending ships
around the Cape would in any sense be catastrophic
or beyond the capacity to deal with it. There has
been very careful thinking and study which has
been going on in that respect by the Director of
Defense Mobilization in concert with the Secre-
tary of the Interior.
There are certain tankers that are now in moth-
balls, belonging to the Maritime Administration
and Military Sea Transport reserve fleets, which
are going to be taken out of mothballs. That
decision has already been made. And plans are
in the making which in our opinion would save the
Western World from an economic disaster if, un-
fortunately, passage through the canal should be
physically interrupted by Egypt.
Q. Mr. Secretary., a detail in connection loith
just what you have been talking about — obviously
you have been studying it, as you indicate, as to
what other crises would develop if traffic through
the canal xoould stop, including tohxit would happen
to the delivery of oil. It has been persistently
speculated that we have reached some kind of pre-
liminary agreement with our allies on helping
with the delivery of oil, and Mr. MolUt this morn-
ing is reported as telling the Government in Paris
that we have gone so far as to underwrite the
purchase of oil with American dollars if that
should happen. What can you tell us about that?
A. There have been exchanges of views as to
what would happen in the unfortunate contin-
gency to which I refer. We earnestly hope it will
not happen, because, if it did happen, it would
be a very serious blow to many countries. These
are not only the countries which depend upon oil,
but, if the tankers don't go through the canal and
help pay for the expense of maintaining the canal,
then a very heavy burden is going to fall upon
other kinds of shipping that is going to go through
the canal. That burden would primarily fall
upon countries of Asia rather than upon countries
of Europe.
Now, as to working this out, there have been
studies which have taken place, at the working
level primarily, as between the people on our side
who are knowledgeable with reference to this ques-
tion of oil and the rerouting that would be re-
quired, and also they have been in contact with •
those of other countries who are similarly knowl-
edgeable. Now, obviously, if you shift a certain
amount of oil from the sterling area to the dollar »
area, that will increase the burden on dollar ex-
change of some countries which are short of dol-
lars. All countries of Europe are not short of
dollars, but some are. In that event, there could
be made available the loaning capacity of the
Export-Import Bank. There have been no com-
mitments of any definitive nature given in that
respect. But it has been pointed out that the
Export-Import Bank, under its charter, has a
responsibility to help finance exports from the
United States ; and if there should be oil exports
from the United States which could not be ade-
quately financed by the buyers, then that financing
might be a matter which the Directors of the
Export-Import Bank would consider as part of
the bank's function in financing exports from the
United States.
Q. Mr. Secretary, if Egypt were, as you said, to
use physical force to prevent the passage of ships
of the canal users'' association through the canal,
would you then regard that as a violation of
Egypfs treaty obligations and therefore as an act
of aggression?
A. I would say this : It is our view that, if the
Egyptian Govermuent sought to interfere with the
operations of this users' organization, or refused
to take tlie necessary measures for insuring the
execution of the convention of 1888, as it is bound
to do by that convention, that would be a breach
by Egypt of the convention. In this event, the
parties to or beneficiaries of the convention would,
in our opinion, be free to take steps to assure their
rights through the United Nations or through
other action appropriate to the circumstances.
Q. What do you mean by '■'■other action appro-
priate to the circumstances,^'' Mr. Secretary?
A. Well, if you will tell me the circumstances,
I will try to tell you the appropriate action.
Q. Yes, may I do that, sir? If they prevent
this physical passage and you referred to the
United Nations —
A. Yes.
478
Deparfmenf of Sfafe Bulletin
Q. Would you regard the nation whose ships
were stopped as entitled under the self-defense
provisions of the United Nations Charter to de-
fend itself against the violation of the treaty?
A. Well, I would say, if a vessel in innocent
passage was attacked and if it had any means to
defend itself, it would be entitled to use those
means. I don't know whether that answers your
question or not, because most of these vessels that
go through are in fact unarmed.
How Association Would Operate
Q. Mr. Secretary, could you explain hoiv it is
anticipated that this association would go into op-
eration? For example, is it planned that it would
organize a convoy of ships of its own pilots and
approach the canal and ask Colonel Nasser to go
through?
A. Well, I would expect that there would be
contact, as I say, not with the head of the Egyp-
tian Government, because the purpose here is to get
the operating problems out of the domain of the
politicians, the heads of government, and the dip-
lomats and try to get it down to rock bottom. The
Egyptian Government has people there who are
operating people, concerned with the operation of
this canal. And I suppose there would be some-
body representing this association who himself is
a qualified person in maritime matters who knows
about the canal and the sending of ships through
it, and there would be a practical talk there and the
users' agent might say, "Now, here we have got a
vessel, Mr. X; you haven't got any good pilot to
put aboard this vessel. We have got a pilot who
is well qualified. He has been working for the
Suez Canal Company here for the last 15 years.
We would be glad to put him on the boat. And
we hope that under those circumstances you will
accept him as a qualified pilot to take the boat
through the canal." And I would hope that under
those circumstances the Egyptian operating au-
thority would say, "Sure, we don't waive our right ;
perhaps we claim we may have the legal right to
hire and fire all the pilots, but let's leave aside the
question of legal rights, reserving them. You go
ahead and go through the canal." We hope that
is what would happen.
Q. Mr. Secretary, another subject. President
Eisenhoiver this week told his press conference
that he is personally in favor of giving the public
an accounting of funds spent by the State and De-
fense Departments for travel abroad by Congress-
men in fscal 1956. However, he advised the re-
porters to attempt to get the information first from
proper chairmen of congressional coram,ittees.
This reporter has so attempted but has been told
by one of the chairmen that the State Department
itself is holding out an accounting of such funds
even from Congress. Can you then help us obtain
a breakdoion of how your $800,000 contingency
fund toas spent in fiscal ^66 and give u^ details on
which congressional committees spent how much in
counterpart funds last year?
A. Well, I have to tell you, I can't do it this
morning.
Q. Mr. Secretary, it has been reported that the
plan for the users'' association originated here in
Washington. Can you say if that is true?
A. Well, I will say there has been very intensive
thought given to this project here in Washington,
but not just by the Department of State. There
has been very close working cooperation in this
matter over the last few days with the British and
French Governments through their Ambassadors.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you said that you did not
favor an organized boycott of the canal, but at
the same time there have been these programs and
planning going on which in effect is a boycott of
the canal. Can you explain that? I am a little
puzzled by that.
A. It is not a boycott of the canal, as far as I
know, to refrain from using force to get through
the canal. If force is interposed by Egypt, then
I do not call it a boycott to avoid using force to
shoot your way through. We do not intend to
shoot our way through. It may be we have the
right to do it, but we don't intend to do it as far
as the United States is concerned. And to sug-
gest that not to shoot your way through the canal
is a boycott of the canal is something which I can-
not understand. If we are met by force, which
we can only overcome by shooting, we don't intend
to go into that shooting. Then we intend to send
our boats around the Cape. But that is certainly
not a boycott of the canal.
Q. Mr. Secretary, has our participation in the
users'" association been contingent on there being
more members than just Britain and France?
September 24, 1956
479
A. No. We expressed our position, I think,
most carefully in the statement which the State
Department gave out yesterday ^ and which was
repeated in what I said today. We believe that
this project should be developed by the group of
18, possibly others, and that it should not be initi-
ated just as a three-party proposal. If it should
happen that nobody else is willing to go along,
then we would go along just on a three-party
basis. But, I can say to you we already have con-
fidence that there will be others than the three
who will go along with this project.
Q. Mr. Secretary —
A. If you will just let me add a word here. If
you think in terms of the actual users of the canal,
there are relatively quite a few who play a pre-
dominant role in that part. You can count on the
fingers of one hand — and I'm not including my
thiunb— the fingers of one hand, the nations whose
citizens are equitable owners of two-thirds of the
traffic that goes through the canal. You can count
on the fingers of one hand, including the thumb,
that is five, the countries of ownership of approxi-
mately 75 percent of the tonnage that goes through
the canal. So that in fact there is a very high
concentration of interest when you think in terms
of users.
Now, we hope that others than the big users
will join. But when you get down to the problem
of practically dealing with this problem, there are
a i-elatively few number of countries who have
a large stake in the situation. I say a large stake
in the situation directly in terms of shipping.
Of course, many have a large stake in the situ-
ation in terms of their economy.
Q. Gould you name the five coivntries for us, sir?
A. I thought I had it on a slip of paper, but I
don't have. Subject to correction of the record,
* Lincoln White, Acting Chief of the News Division, ou
Sept. 12 told correspondents : "If the United Kingdom
alone, or in association with others, should propose a
users' association to be organized by the IS nations which
sponsored the London proposals, or such of them as were
so disposed, and perhaps others, the United States will
participate in such a users' association. We assume
that the users' association would exercise on behalf of the
users the rights which are theirs under the 1888 con-
vention and seek such cooperation with Egypt as would
achieve the results designed to be guaranteed by that
convention."
my recollection is the five countries are the United
Kingdom, the United States, Norway, France, and
Italy.
Japanese Negotiations Witii U.S.S.R.
Q. Mr. Secretary, yesterday the State Depart- *
ment and Japan simultaneously — there is an-
other area of interest too — but yesterday Japan
and the United States together published an aide
memoire on the United States view of the terri-
torial question as involved in a Japanese nsgoti-
ation toith Russia.^ Can you tell w.s why that aide
Tnemoire was made public and what the implica-
tions are as contained in it as loith respect to
Japan's possible negotiations with Moscow?
A. The aide memoire reflected the United States
views on certain matters as to which we had been
interrogated by the Japanese Government. The
aide memoire was made public because the Japa-
nese Government, and we ourselves, felt that it
would be useful at this stage to make it public.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the British Foreign Office an-
nounced this morning that it would be unable to
go along toith your view on the recognition of the
Kuriles as being Japanese territory. I wonder if
you have anything to say about that.
A. No, I'm not acquainted with the statement
which you allude to.
Q. I'd like to ask you, sir — yoit say you try to
take this oxot of the realm, of diplomacy and out
of the realm of politicians — would you give us
the names of the companies and the representa-
tives of those companies in this country %nho have
participated in and initiated these talks on the
users'' association agreement?
A. Tlie plan had been conceived and initiated
by diplomats, I would hope statesmen. The execu-
tion of the plan would be in the hands, I hoj)e, of
operating officials.
Q. Well, now, who are the persons with whom, —
you say you have already discussed this with per-
sons outside the State Department in this country.
Now, who are those persons?
A. Excuse me. I did not say that I had dis-
cussed this plan with persons outside the State
" See p. 484.
480
Department of State Bulletin
Department, other than the British and French
diplomats.
Q. You mentioned you could count on your
hand, withoiot the thumb, the people who did all
the plofrwdng. You said you had had, discussions
with people who own most of the traffic, and then
you had had some discussions with people in this
country — now, loho are those people?
A. No. I learned those statistics not by dis-
cussions with shipping people but by reading
books that have been published which gave the
statistics of the passage through the canal.
Q. Have you had any discussions loith biff-hu.n-
ness people who ivere concerned?
A. I have had no discussions whatever with so-
called big-business people about this project.
There have been discussions which have been co)i-
ducted under the auspices of the Director of De-
fense Mobilization as to what would be done if
the canal was blocked in order to supply Western
Europe with vital oil." Those have involved talks
which I think have been going on primarily in
New York with representatives of some of the
companies.
Israeli Shipping
Q. Mr. Secretai^, the expression used is '■'■users
of the canal.''' Now, if the shipping has been pre-
vented by the Egyptians for the past S years,
would this association in any way guarantee or
enable Israeli shipping to pass through the canal
under the 188S treaty?
A. Well, I am afraid that the users' association
is not going to be in the position to "guarantee"
anything to anybody; we can't even guarantee
anything to our own ships. But, certainly, I
think that we cannot be oblivious to the fact, in
estimating the overall situation, that the United
Nations Security Council has found that Egypt
was already in violation of the 1888 treaty with
reference to the transit of Israeli ships or cargoes.
That was the decision taken in 1951.'
Q. Mr. Secretary, Sir Anthony Eden indicated
' For an announcement on the organization of tlie Mid-
dle East Emergency Committee, see Bulletin of Sept. 3,
19.56, p. 374.
' Ibid., Sept. 17, 1951, p. 479.
September 24, 1956
398992—56 3
yesterday that Britain would brook no interfer-
ence with the users'' association taking ships
through the canal. You stated today that, if the
Egyptians used force to prevent their ships going
through, the United States ships will go around
the Cape rather than try to force their way
through. Does this put us in conflict with the
British position on this?
A. Well, I think that each nation has to decide
for itself what action it will take to defend and,
if possible, realize its rights which it believes it
has as a matter of treaty. I do not recall, but
perhaps you do recall accurately, just exactly what
Sir Anthony Eden said on this point. I did not
get the impression that there was any undertaking
or pledge given by him to shoot their way through
the canal.
Q. Mr. Secretary, have either you or the Presi-
dent received any communications from the Rus-
sians on the Suez Canal matter?
A. No, we have not.
Q. Mr. Secretary, the Suez Canal Company has
authorized its pilots to Isave this weekend. This
would close the canal — at least the major part of
the traffic that would go through it. It would
have serious effect upon it. Have any steps been
taken to keep the pilots on the job until the results
of this users'' convention proposal are known?
A. Well, there are no "steps," as you put it,
that can be taken to keep them on the job. They
are free people. They were formerly employees
of a company which the Egyptians have purported
to liquidate. And I do not know of anyone who
can compel them to stay on the job.
The United States believes that it would be de-
sirable that those pilots should continue to be
available to assist in the navigation of the canal
and that they might, perhaps, go into the employ
of this users' association if and when it is organ-
ized. Of course, it can't be organized overnight.
Q. Mr. Secretary, you said in speaking of the
organization '■'if and when it is organized.''"' Is
there amy doubt in your mind that it will be organ-
ized, and have you had any word from Italy and
Norway that they 'will participate?
A. I would not like to comment about particu-
lar governments other than my own. I should
not have used the words "if and when" — that was,
481
perhaps, falling into legal jargon, which I should
have forgotten by now. I would say, "when it is
organized."
Question of German Unification
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you favor holding bilateral
talks between Germany and the Soviet Union on
unification, as suggested by the latest note Bonn
sent Moscow,^ and do you think those talks now
would have a chance of being successful?
A. Well, we have no concrete reason to feel that
there is any change of heart on the part of the
Soviet Union with respect to the unification of
Germany. On the other hand, we do believe that
the pressure must be kept constantly on that situa-
tion. It was only because the pressure was kept
constantly on the situation that they agreed, fi-
nally, to the Austrian State Treaty and the libera-
tion of Austria. I would have said that shortly
before May 1955 we would not have thought that
there was any hope of an Austrian treaty. It
came, when it did come, as a complete surprise —
their change of position. And I suppose that
when we learn, as I hope we shall, that the Soviet
Union is willing to do what they said they agreed
to at the summit conference — namely, the reunifica-
tion of Germany by free elections — when that day
comes, it will come as a surprise. Therefore, the
fact that we can't see it coming is no reason at all
to expect or to fear that it will never come, and
we must constantly keep the pressure on.
Q. Well, Mr. Secretary, you donH believe that
the change of government in the Soviet Union fol-
lowing Stalhi's death had anything to do with the,
Austrian feace treaty?
A. Not alone, no. I do not believe that a mere
change of government would have brought about
the liberation of Austria unless Austria had been
made — ^by focusing world opinion upon the situa-
tion— a spot and a place where the new govern-
ment thought that it could gain worldwide credit
by withdrawing. And I believe that we must
adopt the same tactics as regards Germany.
Q. Mr. Secretary, do you have any estimate as
to how long it will take to organize this association
and when approximately it might be that the first
ship of the association would approach the canal
'See p. 485.
482
with the request to pass through under the guid-
ance of its own pilot?
A. I would hope that steps to get this thing or-
ganized would be well under way next week. I
cannot answer the question in terms of actually
creating an operating personnel. I have spoken
here of my hope that we could get ship people, op-
erators perhaps, from some power that is not one
of the so-called great powers. I can't say how
quickly that can be done. It takes time to get such
people and to get them onto a new job. But I
would hope that what you might call the legal and
diplomatic work with reference to organizing this
thing would be well under way by next week.
Q. Mr. Secretary, xcould you give us your can-
did assessment as to whether our policy on Suez
and the execution of that policy has been made
more difficult by the fact that this is an election
year and that the administration, understandably,
wants to stress its policy of peace?
A. Well, I do not think that the stressing of a
policy of peace is anything which is a new conver-
sion of this administration. I think we started
stressing the policy of peace 4 years ago. We have
carried it on consistently. I can say this with all
sincerity and honesty: I am not conscious that
the slightest political motivation has entered into
our thinking on this matter whatsoever. And, as
far as I can judge, we would have taken precisely
the same action that we have taken if this issue had
arisen a year ago, 2 years ago, or 3 years ago.
Q. Mr. Secretary, with the United States an-
nouncing in advance it will not use force, and with
Soviet Russia backing Egypt with its propaganda,
does that not leave all the trump cards in Mr. N as-
serts hands?
A. Well, what are the trump cards ? Let's look
at the situation from a moral standpoint : I do not
feel that adequate appreciation has been given to
the fact that great powers with vital interests at
stake, possessed relatively of overwhelming ma-
teriel and military power, have exercised, so far
at least, a very great measure of self-restraint. I
think that, even if contemporary opinion does not
judge it, history will judge it, that the exercise of
that self-restraint, although possessed of great
power, in deference to the obligations undertaken
under the United Nations Charter, adds more from
a moral standpoint to the so-called great nations
Department of State Bulletin
who exercise that self-restraint than if they had
used their force.
Now let's look at it from the standpoint of the
economics of the situation: I do not think any-
body can claim that Egypt is economically in a
stronger position today than it was before it under-
took to nationalize the Suez Canal Company.
I do not know precisely what are the so-called
trump cards that you refer to other than the fact
that there has been, and I hope will be, a continued
loyalty of the great nations to their obligations
under the charter of the United Nations.
Q. Mr. Secretary.; the British press today says
that Britain plans to use an armed convoy to go
through the canal if the users'" association ships are
stopped by Colonel Nasser. Would the United
States support Britain in such a venture?
A. Well, I don't know what you mean by "sup-
port." I have said that the United States did not
intend itself to try to shoot its way through the
canal. But if by "support" you mean would the
United States then go to war — I don't know if
that's the impact of your question — if so, I think
that was answered very fully by President Eisen-
hower at his press conference this week.
Q. Thank you., Mr. Secretary.
Chinese Communists Report
Discovery of Seaman's Body
Press release 480 dated September 11
The Department of State has received through
the British Government a communication from the
Chinese Communists reporting the finding by
them on September 4 of the body of another mem-
ber of the crew of the U.S. naval patrol plane
which was shot down off the Chushan Islands in
the East China Sea on the night of August 22-23.
This is the second body which the Commmiists
have reported discovering.
The body was identified as that of Seaman 3d
Class Jack A. Curtis of Kosse, Tex., whose next
of kin has been notified by the Navy Department.
The Chinese Communists reported that Seaman
Curtis' body was found on the beach of a "dif-
ferent island" in the Chushan Archipelago but
did not otherwise identify the location.
The Conamunists suggested that the body be
turned over to a representative of the British
Government at Shanghai for return to the United
States. The Department has requested that the
same procedure be followed as in the case of the
body of crew member William F. Haskins, re-
ported recovered by the Communists on August
31, 1956.1
U.S. Protests Plane Attaci(
by Chinese Communists
Press release 478 dated September 11
At the request of the Department of State the
British Charge d'' Affaires at Peiping on September
10 delivered the following communication to the
Chinese Comnvunist Foreign Office.
The United States Government refers to the
loss of a clearly marked United States Navy patrol
plane with a crew of 16 over the East China Sea
in the early morning hours of August 23, 1956,
as the result of an attack by Chinese Communist
aircraft.
The United States Government strongly pro-
tests this attack as having been made without
warning and as unjustified. It places the re-
sponsibility for all damages, including the re-
sultant loss of American lives and destruction of
American property, with the Chinese Communist
regime.
The United States Government gives notice to
the Chinese Communist authorities that it will
expect them to make payment of all damages,
including those for the loss of life and property,
resulting from this attack by their aircraft.
There is enclosed for the information of the
' Lincoln White, Acting Chief of the News Division, on
Sept. 4 told correspondents : "The Chinese Communists
on Sept. 3 notified the British Charge at Peiping that a
body identified as American had been found Aug. 31 on
the beach of one of the Chushan Islands. They stated
that documents found on the body indicated that it was
that of William F. Haskins. Haskins was one of the
crew members of the naval patrol aircraft which had been
shot down Aug. 23. The Chinese Communists suggested
that the body and effects be turned over to the British
representative in Shanghai to be dispatched to a place
where it could be handed over to U.S. representatives.
The British Government has agreed to do this, and the
British representative in Shanghai is being instructed to
receive the body and make appropriate arrangements for
most expeditious transfer to U.S. authorities."
On Sept. 12 Mr. White announced that word had been
received from the British authorities that the bodies of
Mr. Haskins and Mr. Curtis would be transported by ship
from Shanghai to Yokohama, Japan, on Sept. 22.
Sepf ember 24, 1956
483
Chinese Communist authorities a joint statement
of the United States Departments of State and
Defense dated August 31,^ which sets forth the
circumstances of the attack insofar as they are
now known to the United States Government.
U.S. Position on Soviet- Japanese
Peace Treaty Negotiations
Press release 481 dated September 12
Following is the text of an aide memoire which
was given to the Japanese Ambassador at Wash-
ington on September 7 and to the Japanese For-
eign Minister at Tokyo on September 8.
Pursuant to the request made by the Japanese
Foreign Minister, Mr. Shigemitsu, in the course
of recent conversations in London with the Sec-
retary of State, Mr. Dulles, the Department of
State has reviewed the problems presented in the
course of the current negotiations for a treaty of
peace between the Union of Soviet Socialist Re-
publics and Japan, with particular reference to
the interest of the United States as a signatory
of the San Francisco Peace Treaty, and on the
basis of such review makes the following observa-
tions.
The Government of the United States believes
that the state of war between Japan and the Soviet
Union should be formally terminated. Such ac-
tion has been overdue since 1951, when the Soviet
Union declined to sign the San Francisco Peace
Treaty. Japan should also long since have been
admitted to the United Nations, for which it is
fully qualified ; and Japanese prisoners of war in
Soviet hands should long since have been returned
in accordance with the surrender terms.
With respect to the territorial question, as the
Japanese Government has been previously in-
formed, the United States regards the so-called
Yalta agreement as simply a statement of common
purposes by the then heads of the participating
powers, and not as a final determination by those
powers or of any legal effect in transferring ter-
ritories. The San Francisco Peace Treaty (which
conferred no rights upon the Soviet Union because
it refused to sign) did not determine the sover-
eignty of the territories renounced by Japan, leav-
ing that question, as was stated by the Delegate of
' For text, see Bulletin of Sept. 10, 1956, p. 412.
484
the United States at San Francisco, to "interna-
tional solvents other than this treaty".
It is the considered opinion of the United States
that by virtue of the San Francisco Peace Treaty
Japan does not have the right to transfer sover-
eignty over the territories renounced by it therein.
In the opinion of the United States, the signatories
of the San Francisco Treaty would not be bound
to accept any action of this character and they
would, presumably, reserve all their rights there-
under.
The United States has reached the conclusion
after careful examination of the historical facts
that the islands of Etorofu and Kunashiri (along
with the Habomai Islands and Shikotan which are
a part of Hokkaido) have always been part of
Japan proper and should in justice be acknowl-
edged as under Japanese sovereignty. The
United States would regard Soviet agreement to
this effect as a positive contribution to the reduc-
tion of tension in the Far East.
Department of State,
Washington, September 7, 1956.
Congressional Documents
Relating to Foreign Policy
84th Congress, 2d Session
International Organizations and Movements. Hearings
before the Subcommittee on International Organiza-
tions and Movements of the House Committee on For-
eign Affairs. February 2(>-July 2, 1956. 807 pp.
Interest During Construction and Amortization of Invest-
ment in Panama Canal. Hearings before the Sub-
committee on Panama Canal of the House Committee
on Merchant Marine and Fisheries on H.R. 5732, a bill
to repeal section 412 (e) of title 2 of the Canal Zone
Code, as amended, and H.R. 5733, to add sections 246 (f )
and 412 (b) of title 2 of the Canal Zone Code, as
amended. April 18 and 25, 1956. 44 pp.
Great Lakes Fishery Act of 1956. Hearing before the
Subcommittee on Fisheries and Wildlife Conservation
of the House Committee on Merchant Marine and
Fisheries on H.R. 9951, to give effect to the convention
on Great Lakes fisheries signed at Washington Sep-
tember 10, 1954, and for other purposes, and similar
bills, H.R. 9958, H.R. 10001, and S. 3524. May 3, 1956.
46 pp.
Proposals To Establish an International Food Bank and
International Raw Materials Reserve. Hearings be-
fore a subcommittee of tie Senate Committee on For-
eign Relations on S. Res. 85, resolution favoring the
creation and operation of a world food bank, and S. Res.
86, resolution to provide for the creation of an inter-
national food and raw materials reserve. May 28 and
29, 1956. 154 pp.
Federal Import Milk Act Amendment. Hearing before
the Subcommittee on Dairy Products of the House Com-
mittee on Agriculture on H.R. 609. June 4, 1956.
14 pp.
Department of Sfate Bulletin
Federal Republic of Germany Makes New Appeal for German Reunification
FoUoioing is the text of a note jrom, the Federal
Republic of Germany to the United States^ trans-
mitting a memorandum delivered on Septeniber
7 to the Soviet Union. The note was handed to
Secretary Dulles by German Ambassador Heinz
L. Kreheler on September 7 ; similar notes were
delivered on the same date to the British and
French Governments.
GERMAN NOTE TO THE UNITED STATES
Bonn, 2 September., 1956
The Heads of Government of the United States
of America, France, the United Kingdom, and
the Union of Soviet Socialist Kepublics reached
agi'eement at the first Geneva conference in July
1955 that the settlement of the German question
and of the question of reunification should be ac-
complished by means of free elections, "carried
out in conformity with the national interests of
the German people and the interests of European
security." ^ At the second Geneva conference, in
October and November 1955, it unfortunately
proved impossible to agree on ways and means of
putting this resolution into effect. And now more
than half of 1956 has elapsed without any prog-
ress having been achieved in this matter.
The German Federal Government feels con-
strained to call the attention of the Government
of the United States of America to the gravity
of this fact.
All four Powers have at all times recognized
the responsibility incumbent on them with regard
to the reestablishment of Germany's unity as one
state. This responsibility is not adequately dis-
charged by mere assent to the principle of reuni-
fication without any agreements being reached
regarding practical ways and means of realiz-
ing it.
Quite recently, in his prepared statement of 13
Jmie of this year, the Secretary of State of the
United States called German reunification "a
major objective of the West" and stressed the
conviction "that the attitude of the West toward
the Soviet Union should be determined by the
endeavor to promote the reunification of Germany
in freedom." ^ On 17 June 1956, the President
of the United States said in his message to the
President of the Federal Republic of Germany,
"The ending of the division of Germany is essen-
tial to the develojjment of friendly and coopera-
tive relations between the Western nations and
the Soviet Union." ^ Finally, the President of the
United States, in his letter of 4 August this year
to the Soviet Prime Minister, Marshal Bulganin,
recalled the agreement reached at Geneva by the
Heads of Government on the reunification of Ger-
many and expressed concern that no action had
been taken.* The Federal Govermnent noted
these statements with great satisfaction. It is in
complete agreement with them, particularly on
the count of German reunification not being merely
a question of German national interests but a
question of comprehensive and decisive impor-
tance to the future relations between West and
East and consequently to the maintenance of
world peace. The Federal Government sees in
those statements an indication of the serious desire
of the United States to take practical, effective
steps to reestablish the unity of Germany.
Since several attempts to reach an agreement on
this matter by means of large conferences have
failed, the Federal Government does not consider
it expedient to suggest that another conference be
convened at the present moment. It is of the
opinion that a new conference should be convened
' Bulletin of Aug. 1, 1955, p. 176.
%eptemher 24, 7956
^ Ibid., June 25, 1956, p. 1047.
'Ibid., July 16, 1956, p. 106.
' Ibid., Aug. 20, 1956, p. 299.
485
only when a well-founded prospect lias been
created through normal diplomatic channels that
such a conference may lead to success.
The Federal Government urgently appeals to
the Government of the United States of America
to resume energetically its efforts to advance the
matter along these lines.
The Federal Government takes the liberty of
making its own contribution to such efforts in the
form of a memorandum addressed to the Govern-
ment of the U.S.S.E. It considers this procedure
useful in view of the fact that it has for some
time past been engaged in an exchange of views
with the Governments of the United States of
America, the United Kingdom, and France and
has happily reached agreement with those Gov-
ernments. On the other hand, it has so far had
no opportunity of entering into detailed discussion
with the Government of the U.S.S.R. on the ques-
tion of reunification.
In view of the fact that, although the question
of reunification can be dealt with to some purpose
in bilateral exchanges of views, it can be solved,
by reason of its legal nature, only jointly with
all four governments, the Federal Government
takes the liberty of forwarding to the United
States Government the text of the memorandum
addressed by it to the Government of the U.S.S.R.
GERMAN MEMORANDUM TO THE U.S.S.R.
[Unofficial translation]
1) A unanimous decision was reached in Mos-
cow in September 1955 between the Government
delegations of the Federal Republic of Germany
and the Soviet Union to resume diplomatic rela-
tions. Since this agreement has been put into
effect, and the Embassies in Bonn and Moscow
have assumed their functions and familiarized
themselves with their duties, the Federal Govern-
ment thinks it time to call to mind another agree-
ment reached in connection with this matter. The
agreement in question is contained in a communi-
cation written by the Soviet Prime Minister, Mar-
shal Bulganin, to the Government delegation of
the Federal Republic of Germany on 13 September
1955, and is expressed as follows :
The Government of the Soviet Union expresses its con-
viction that the diplomatic relations now being resumed
win contribute to the development of mutual understand-
ing and cooperation between the Soviet Union and the
486
Federal Republic of Germany in the interests of peace
and security in Europe.
In expressing this conviction, the Soviet Government
bases itself on the belief that the establishment and de-
velopment of normal relations between the Soviet Union
and the Federal Republic of Germany will contribute to
solving open questions affecting the whole of Germany,
and will thus help to solve the main national problem of
the entire German people — the re-establishment of the
unity of the German Democratic State.
In its reply of the same date, the Federal Gov-
ernment confirmed this agreement, expressing it
in the same words.
The Federal Government bases itself on the as-
sumption that it was, and still is, the earnest in-
tention of both sides to realize that agreement and
to conduct their policy accordingly.
In the spirit of this agreement, the Federal
Government takes the liberty of outlining to the
Government of the U.S.S.R. its ideas as to how the
reunification of the German people can best and
most quickly be accomplished in a manner satis-
factory to those primarily concerned, and, at the
same time, to all nations.
2) The Government of the U.S.S.R. has of late
on various occasions expressed the opinion that
the existence of two German states is a reality
which must be taken into account and that it must
therefore be left to these two states to bring about
remiification. It has repeatedly hinted that it
does not at present consider the reunification of
Germany urgent. Accordingly, it has repeatedly
projjosed that a European security system should
be created in which initially two German States
should participate as members.
On the other hand, it was the Soviet Govern-
ment itself which, only a few years ago, desig-
nated the solution of the German problem as a
task which brooked no delay (note addressed by
the Soviet Govermnent to the Governments of
France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States, on 28 September 1953). « The Soviet
Government expressed its view at that time in the
words —
that the question of the re-establishment of the national
unity of a democratic Germany was and remained the
main issue confronting the German people, an issue in
the settlement of which every peace-loving people in the
whole of Europe is interested.
In its note of 15 August 1953, to the Govern-
" Ibid., Oct. 26, 1953, p. 548.
Deparfment of State Bulletin
ments of France, the United Kingdom, and the
United States,*^ in which it expressed the same con-
viction, the Soviet Government furthermore stated
the following :
No excuses whatsoever can justify any further delay in
this matter, since, In the present circumstances, the Gov-
ernments of France, Great Britain, the United States, and
the USSR, bear the main responsibility for arriving at a
solution. On no account must any measures be postponed
which — and even if they be merely aimed at a gradual
solution of tlie problem of the reunification of Germany —
can promote the formation of an all-German DemocTatic
Government.
The Federal Government is imable to perceive
any reason which might cause the Soviet Govern-
ment to change its views on the urgency of the
problem of reunification. The Federal Govern-
ment is, for its part, of the opinion that each one
of the reasons which at the time convinced the
Soviet Government of the urgency of the question
continues to exist at present — in fact, in greater
measure. In its note of 10 March 1952, to the
Governments of France, the United Kingdom,
and the United States,' the Soviet Government
itself said it was abnormal that seven years had
already elapsed since the cessation of hostilities
without any peace treaty having been concluded
with Germany. Meanwhile, this abnormality has
now continued for eleven years. In its note of 9
April 1952, to the Governments of France, the
United Kingdom, and the United States,^ the
Soviet Government even mentioned the fact that
the continued partition of Germany entailed the
danger of an outbreak of hostilities in Europe.
The Federal Government shares the view ex-
pressed by the Soviet Government at that time
that any continuation of the partition of Ger-
many represents a serious international danger.
Even though a certain improvement is happily
apparent in the situation in comparison with the
acute international tension which still existed in
1952, there can be no doubt that any pacification
of Europe calls for a solution to the problem of
German reunification and accordingly the removal
of the dangers inherent in the partition of Ger-
many. The Soviet Union has repeatedly stated
that it is the honest intention of Soviet foreign
policy to secure world peace and to bring about a
'Ibid., Sept. 14, 1953, p. 354.
' Ibid., Apr. 7, 1952, p. 531.
• Ibid., May 26, 1952, p. 819.
lasting order in Europe offering all nations se-
curity, liberty, and prosperity. On the other
hand, the unnecessary prolongation by the Soviet
Government of the partition of Germany by its
assertion, contraiy to the views of an overwhelm-
ing majority of the other countries in the world,
of the existence of two German States, seems to
the Federal Republic incompatible with these
intentions.
3) The Federal Government points out with
satisfaction that, with regard to the legal situa-
tion, there is agreement: when the Four Powers
assumed the governmental power on the cessa-
tion of hostilities, they undertook the obligation
to maintain Germany as a whole. During the
time that followed, they have repeatedly admitted
this legal obligation and their moral responsibility
for the reestablishment of Germany's unity. Thus
it was, for instance, in explicit recognition of this
"common responsibility for the settlement of the
German question and the reunification of Ger-
many" that the directive from the four Heads of
Government, addressed to their Foreign Minis-
ters on 23 July 1955, was drawn up.
4) In the opinion of the Federal Government,
international developments during recent years
can in no circumstances justify so profound a
change of opinion as seems evident from more
recent utterances on the part of the Soviet Gov-
ernment. The Federal Government is aware that
the Soviet Government substantiates its present
view of the question of the reunification of Ger-
many, i.e. by the fact that the Federal Republic
has decided to set up her own national forces and
to join the defense system of Nato and Western
European Union. The Federal Government
nonetheless believes that the Soviet evaluation of
this policy is based on erroneous premises and as-
sumptions and is unable to give up the hope of
convincing the Soviet Government and the Soviet
people of the fallacy of such assumptions and
premises.
5) It cannot be assumed that the setting up by
the Federal Republic of her own national forces
calls forth apprehension on the part of the Soviet
Government in regard to its own security or the
security of Germany's eastern neighbors. It is
one of the irrefutable prerogatives of every sov-
ereign state to exercise the right of individual and
collective self-defense, a right accorded to every
state in article 51 of the charter of the United
September 24, 7956
487
Nations, of which the Soviet Union is a member.
Furthermore, the Soviet Government itself pro-
posed, in its draft peace treaty for Germany on
10 March 1952," that a reimited Germany should
be allowed to have her own national forces (land,
sea, and air) necessary for the defense of the coun-
try. The strength of tlie forces that the Federal
Eepublic is planning to set up is, by comparison
with the population of the Federal Eepublic, far
below the strength of armaments of most other
states in Europe, and particularly in Eastern
Europe. The general compulsory military service
introduced by the Federal Republic is the same
form of military service which is usual in the
Soviet Union. The Federal Eepublic is the only
country in the world solemnly to renounce the
production not only of all weapons of mass de-
struction (atomic armaments, biological and
chemical weapons), but also of numerous heavy
armaments. This fact alone clearly reveals the
defensive nature of her military measures.
6) At the same time, it reveals the attitude
taken by the Federal Government to the question
of disarmament. It takes an active interest in a
general disarmament agreement.
This interest derives first and foremost from
general reasons of securing peace. The German
Federal Chancellor, Dr. Adenauer, said in Mos-
cow on 9 September 1955 :
The most precious possession that every German is in-
tent on safeguarding is peace. We know only too well
how much the Soviet and German peoples in particular
suffered during the last war, and I therefore believe that
I shall find your understanding if I say that the horror
of the destruction which would be wrought by a modern
war, of the millions of human sacrifices, of the razing of
homes and factories, of the devastation of towns and
countryside, has left its indelible mark on each and every
one of us. We know in Germany, too, that the scientific
and technical progress achieved since the last war in the
field of nuclear fission and other related fields has put
possibilities of destruction into the hand of man, the mere
thought of which causes one to shudder. After all, every-
body in Germany knows that the geographical position of
our country would jeopardize us to the highest degree in
the case of an armed conflict. You will therefore find
nobody in Germany — not only among responsible xwlitical
leaders but also in the entire population — who even re-
motely toys with the thought that any one of the major
political problems awaiting solution could be solved by
war. The longing which has gripped humanity that war
may have outlived itself by its own dreadfulness — that
longing Is deeply and strongly rooted in the heart of every
German.
» Ibid., Apr. 7, 1952, p. 532.
488
That remains valid in undiminished measure
today.
It would also be a misunderstanding to assume
that the Federal Government is opposed to general
disarmament because it links it with the simul-
taneous settlement of the question of German re-
unification and because it continues to set up its
own forces.
The interrelation between the problem of dis-
armament and that of reunification is ineluctable.
It would be rendering a sorry service to the cause
of disarmament indeed if one detached it, after
the manner of many a well-meaning world-
reformer, from all political aspects and argued,
so to speak, in a vacuum. In the hard reality of
this world, general disarmament can be brought
about only if the political prerequisites exist. For
the states simply will not — as experience has
shown often enough — be prepared to carry out dis-
armament honestly as long as there are smoulder-
ing conflicts which may burst into violent flame
any day. That is why what matters is to remove
the causes of the tension existing today, which
have led to the present high level of world arma-
ment. The Federal Government, however, has
repeatedly stressed the fact that it considers it
quite possible to solve the problem of disarma-
ment hand in hand with that of reunification. It
is therefore by no means of the opinion that a
disarmament agreement must be deferred until
reunification has been achieved.
It is perfectly evident that the setting up of
its own forces is not in contradiction to the wishes
of the Federal Government in regard to disar-
mament. A disarmament agreement cannot be
concluded on the basis that one state with no
soldiers at all remains at that level, while another
with over a hundred divisions reduces that number
by twenty, forty, or sixty. Rather must one base
oneself on a comparable level of armaments — a
principle which, moreover, was recognized in the
protracted, but unfortunately fruitless, disarma-
ment efforts made at the beginning of the thirties.
Thus the setting up of its own forces does not in
any way preclude untiring and active efforts on
the part of the Federal Government to bring about
a general disarmament agreement.
7) Even the fact that the forces are being raised I
in connection with the Federal Republic's mem-
bership in Nato and the Western European Union
does not change anything in this evaluation. If
Department of State Bulletin
this is what is causing the Soviet Union appre-
hension, then it must be stated first of all that
all the fears expressed by the Soviet side in regard
to the membership of the Federal Eepublic in
these organizations are based on erroneous prem-
ises concerning their nature. Both Nato and the
Western European Union are alliances which ex-
clusively serve the purpose of individual and
collective self-defense. It is an example of what
can be accomplished in the area of limiting arma-
ments and armament control when peoples work
together for the purpose of conciliation and relax-
ation of tension.
The members of the Atlantic and Western Eu-
ropean defense organizations are in complete
agreement with regard to their defensive goals.
Each of them has the gi-eatest interest in insuring
that no member country in pursuing her national
political aims takes any steps which might lead
to hostilities. Membership in these organizations
must therefore have a moderating effect on the
policy of every member state. A member state
may count on the help of its allies only if it is the
victim of aggression.
At this jmicture, it must be repeated that, after
the wars and catastrophes of recent decades, the
longing of every people, and in particular of the
two peoples of Germany and the Soviet Union, so
much afflicted in two world wars, for an interna-
tional order offering security and peace to all
is very understandable. The Federal Government
is determined to achieve the reunification of the
two separate parts of Germany exclusively by
peaceful means. It is ready at any time to repeat .
this renunciation of force, which has already
been given to the Western peoples and which is
valid for its relationship with all jieoples, to the
Soviet Union, and to the eastern neighboring
countries in buiding form.
8) Furthermore, it is a regrettable misunder-
standing if the Soviet Government assumes that
the Western Powers will demand that the whole
of Germany belong to Nato and the Western
European Union after remiification. The Gov-
ernments of France, the United Kingdom, and
the United States have never imposed any such
condition. On the contrary, it was stated clearly,
even at the Berlin Four Power Conference in
1954, that the policy of the three Western Powers
was to accord to a reunited Germany absolute
freedom to decide her own foreign policy. The
Federal Government has also consistently cham-
pioned the principle that a future all-German
Government must be free to decide whether it
wishes to seek security in an alliance with the
West, with the East, or without any alliance at
all. The Federal Government has made this prin-
ciple of freedom of decision for a reunited Ger-
many a cornerstone of its policy.
This attitude is confirmed by the fact that the
Governments of France, the United Kingdom,
and the United States, in their Geneva proposal
of 28 October 1955, on "Keunification of Germany
and [European] Security" ^° offered the Soviet
Union, for the contingency of German reimifica-
tion's being achieved, a considerable number of
security guaranties which were to become effective
even if the all-German Government declined to
accept membership in the Western defense sys-
tem. Additional security guaranties were also to
be provided according to this proposal for the
event that a united Germany should decide for
membership in Nato. These included the mu-
tual assistance which both sides should promise
each other contractually for the event of an armed
attack in Europe by a Nato member against a
state not belonging to Nato and vice versa.
This state of affairs was again quite correctly
described by the British Prime Minister, Sir An-
thony Eden, in his statement to the House of
Commons on 23 July 1956.
9) If the Soviet Government should continue
to believe itself unable to agree to the reunifica-
tion of Germany because the forces and military
installations of Nato would be advanced a few
hundred kilometers eastward if a united Germany
were to decide to join Nato, this concern could be
removed by appropriate arrangements. After
British Prime Minister Eden had, on the basis
of such considerations, already proposed for dis-
cussion on the 18th of July 1955, in Geneva the
creation of a demilitarized zone between East
and West, for the same considerations it was
stated in point 3 of the joint draft proposal of
France, the United Kingdom, and the United
States, dated 28 October 1955, for a treaty with
special guaranties for the event of the reunifica-
tion of Germany :
In parts of the zone which lie closest to the line of de-
marcation, there might be special measures relating to
the disposition of military forces and installations.
' Ibid., Nov. 7, 1955, p. 729.
September 24, 1956
489
The Federal Government deeply regrets that
there has so far been no detailed discussion of this
significant proposal, based on the general idea
that it is not intended to improve, by the reuni-
fication of Germany, the military situation of any
one group of powers.
10) In any case, the Federal Government
earnestly desires to take into account the security
considerations of the Soviet Union as far as
himianly possible, even if it cannot admit that,
seen through objective eyes, the security of the
Soviet Union could in any way be prejudiced by
the policy of the Federal Republic. The Federal
Government was therefore appreciative when the
problem of the reunification of Germany was
closely linlced, at the two Geneva conferences in
1955, with the problem of a European security
system. Despite the final results of the Geneva
negotiations, disappointing to the German people,
it is of the opinion that the discussion of the se-
curity and reunification problems has led to a
certain amount of progress and that a number
of proposals were submitted whose further dis-
cussion would be fruitful.
The Federal Government is in favor of a Euro-
pean security system based on a solemn renunci-
ation by all members of the use of force in solving
political disputes in their mutual relations. In
a security system of this kind, each member state
should commit itself to refuse an aggressor any
support whatsoever. The Federal Government
adopts fundamentally a positive attitude to these
ideas. It also does not exclude other suitable pro-
posals for elements of a security system. There-
fore it is also in favor of a mutual assistance
obligation of all members of a European security
treaty for the event of an armed attack in Europe
by a Nato member against a state not belonging
to Nato and vice versa. As far as it is fear for
her own security that causes the Soviet Union to
withhold her consent to the reunification of Ger-
many, there is nothing to prevent the considera-
tions expressed hitherto from being reexamined
with a view to ascertaining their applicability.
11) The Soviet Government, for its part, sub-
mitted to the Geneva Conference on 28 October
1955, the draft of a general treaty on collective
security containing a number of similar pro-
posals." A fundamental difference between the
Soviet proposal and that of the West, however,
"" Ibid., p. 732.
consisted in the fact that the former envisaged
the membership of two German States in this
treaty system.
Together with the Governments of France, the
United Kingdom, and the United States, the Fed-
eral Government believes that a European security
system participated in by two German States is
in itself a contradictory idea doomed to failure.
This idea is also inconsistent with the directive
issued by the four Heads of Government on 23
July 1955, which explicitly states the close rela-
tion between the reunification of Germany and
the problem of European security, and which
therefore envisages the simultaneous treatment of
both questions. The reasons for this relationship
have often been explained : The partition of Ger-
many i-epresents an abnormal situation. A se-
curity system based on that situation would in
fact petrify it, so to speak, while the aim of a ,
security system should, after all, be to create nor-
mal conditions and, at the same time, to satisfy
the alleged or real security needs of those directly
or indirectly participating.
The Federal Government therefore considers it
indispensable to link the solution of both questions
to each other in such a manner that, from the very
beginning, only one German State, namely reuni-
fied Germany, joins the European security system.
12) This demand leads to the question of how
the reunification of Germany can be achieved.
Even as recently as 23 July 1955, the Chairman
of the Council of Ministers of the U. S. S. R.,
Marshal Bulganin, reached an agreement with the
Heads of the Governments of France, the United
Kingdom, and the United States, to the effect that
"the settlement of the German question and the
reunification of Germany by means of free elec-
tions shall be carried out in conformity with the
national interests of the German people and the
interests of European security." When this agree-
ment was signed on 23 July 1955, the Paris agree-
ments of 23 October 1954, had been in force for
quite some time and the Federal Republic was a
member of Nato and Wku. Nonetheless, the So-
viet Foreign Minister, Mr. Molotov, on 8 Novem-
ber 1955, declined the proposal of the three West-
ern Powers in Geneva ^^ that free elections should
"Ibid., Nov. 21, 1955, p. 828. For text of Mr. Molotov's
speech, see The Geneva Meeting of Foreign Ministers,
October 27-November 16, 1955 (Department of State
publication 6156), p. 145.
490
Department of State Bulletin
be held in the whole of Germany by secret ballot
before the end of September 1956, substantiating
his rejection by saying that the situation which
had prevailed since the Berlin conference in 1954
had undergone a serious change in consequence
of the Paris agreements. Contrary to the Geneva
directive issued by the four Heads of Government
on 23 July 1955, Mr. Molotov expressed the view
that the question of holding free all-German elec-
tions was not yet ripe for discussion and that first
of all a "rapprochement and cooperation" between
the two German States — existing in his opinion —
was necessary.
Thus the Soviet Foreign Minister imposed a
new condition for the reunification of Germany
which, in effect, amounted to making the reunifi-
cation of Germany impossible for a long time to
come.
The Soviet Government should not close its eyes
to the fact that the regime of the so-called "Ger-
man Democratic Republic" has not succeeded, even
in the course of several years, in winning the con-
fidence and assent of its population. That regime
claims to represent a state of working people,
particularly laborers and farmers, and the labor-
ers and farmers of Central Germany are the very
people whose overwhelming majority deeply re-
sents that regime. The Federal Government does
not doubt that the Soviet Government itself did
some earnest thinking on the matter after 17 June
1953. Unfortunately, conditions in Central Ger-
many have not in any way improved since those
events. On the contrary, a continuous stream of
refugees continues to pour, month by month, from
the Zone into the Federal Republic.
Contrary to this picture, which sketches the real
state of affairs in the Zone, the Soviet Foreign
Minister, Mr. Molotov, asserted in Geneva on 8 No-
vember 1955, that a "mechanical fusion of the two
separate parts of Gennany by so-called free elec-
tions would lead to violation of the vital interests
of the workers in the DDR [German Democratic
Republic]." It would reestablish the rule of large
monopolies, the Junkers, and the militarists,
throughout Germany. The workers of Germany,
said Mr. Molotov, had, for the first time, found
their real fatherland in the form of the DDR, a
German State in which not the large monopoly
owners and Junkers but the working people them-
selves were the masters.
These comments reveal how little the Soviet
Foreign Minister is acquainted with economic and
social conditions in Germany. Any conversation
that he cared to hold with German laborers and
farmers would prove to him that he has a com-
pletely inaccurate idea of the social conditions pre-
vailing. On the other hand, the concept of the
functionary is familiar to every worker in Central
Germany, and everyone knows that no private'
contractor in the Federal Republic would dare to
impose "quotas of work" such as are being dictated
by the functionaries of the Socialist Unity Party
and the "Free" Association of Trade Unions.
The Federal Government would appreciate it
if, as the result of the establishment of a Soviet
Embassy in Bonn, the Soviet Government would
obtain a true picture of the political and social con-
ditions prevailing in the Federal Republic. The
Soviet Government would then indubitably have
to di'op the objections to the holding of free elec-
tions that it now raises in view of the political and
social conditions in both parts of Germany.
13) Since its great peace edict of November
1917, the Soviet Government has ever been the
champion of the cause of self-determination for all
peoples. This principle, which is regarded by the
Federal Government also as fundamental for the
peaceful co-existence of nations and which has
found expression in the charter of the United Na-
tions, in the Atlantic Charter, and in many other
documents of a decisive nature, says: Every na-
tion shall be entitled to determine freely its own
destiny. It shall decide for itself in what com-
munity of states and under what form of govern-
ment it chooses to live, what social order it prefers,
what foreign policy it pursues, and with what
states it desires close cooperation.
The Federal Government appeals to the Govern-
ment of the U.S.S.R. to remain faithful to this
principle it has continually proclaimed. If the
German people were accorded the possibility to de-
cide their own fate, they would undoubtedly vote
in their entirety against the formation of two Ger-
man States and for their immediate reunification
within one German State. The fact that they have
to choose between different forms of government
and different economic and social systems must not
be allowed to stand in the way of their being ac-
corded the opportunity of an election with freedom
of decision.
A year ago, the Soviet Foreign Minister, Mr.
Molotov, stated in San Francisco:
As far as our proposals, the proposals of the Soviet
Union, concerning the reunification of Germany are con-
Sepf ember 24, 1956
491
cerned, we hold the following view : The regime prevail-
ing at present In Eastern Germany should, of course, not
be extended to a united Germany any more than should
be the regime existing in Western Germany. What re-
gime is to exist and will exist in a reunified Germany —
that is a matter which the German people will have to
decide for themselves in all-German free elections.
(TASS, 27 June 1955.)
The Federal Government is in complete agree-
ment with this declaration. It is, naturally, aware
of the fact that the partition of Germany, which
has lasted many years, has led to considerable dif-
ferences in the social structm'e within Germany.
But only a national representation elected by the
entire German people has any right to create an
order which brings the two parts of Germany
closer together again, and secures such social
acliievements as are regarded by the entire Ger-
man people as progressive. Any other solution
is impossible, if only for the reason that the work-
ers of the Federal Republic are entitled to insist
that the reunification of Germany should not lead
to their political and social achievements being
jeopardized.
In tins view, the Federal Government believed
itself in agreement with several earlier statements
by the Soviet Government. The latter, in its note
of 15 August 1953, said, for instance, that, in con-
sequence of all-German free elections, "the Ger-
man people themselves will, without interference
from foreign countries, solve the problem of the
social and national structure of a democratitc
Germany."
In consequence of more recent Soviet utterances,
the Federal Government is unfortunately no
longer certain of that agreement. Addressing
the Geneva Conference of Foreign Ministers on
2 November 1955, the Soviet Foreign Minister
stated that the re-establishment of the vmity of
Germany could not be brought about at the cost
of the social and economic achievements of the
workers in the DDR." It is the belief of the
Federal Government that a national assembly
elected by the entire German people would be the
best guardian of achievements regarded as such
by the whole of the workers. However, Mr. Molo-
tov continued by saying that the statement made
by the Government of the DDR to the effect that
the DDR would not allow its democratic and
social reforms to be encroached upon must be taken
into account.
" The Geneva Meeting of Foreign Ministers, p. 89.
It is generally known what features are counted
in the DDR among the so-called "democratic re-
forms" : the suppression of the Social Democratic
Party, the assimilation of the Christian Demo-
cratic and Liberal Parties, the obstruction of free
elections for the People's Chamber, the suppres-
sion of freedom of opinion and of the press, the
abolition of freedom of coalition and of the right
of workers to strike, the systematic removal of the
professional middle class, the suppression of free-
dom of worship, and the practice of a despotic and
Ijolitically controlled system of jurisdiction. Is
a future all-German parliament to be committed
to tlie perpetuation of this policy?
The Federal Government would appreciate a
clear statement by the Government of the U.S.S.R.
that it does not intend to restrict the freedom of
decision of a freely elected all-German people's
representation in fundamental questions affecting
the internal order of the German people.
14) The Federal Government is convinced that
free elections throughout Germany, whatever
their outcome, sliould have only one aim, viz., to
unite the German people and not to divide them.
The formation of a new system of government
must therefore not be allowed to lead to the politi-
cal persecution of supporters of the old system in
any part of Germany. That is why the Federal
Government is of the opinion that measures should
be taken to insure that, after the remiification of
Germany, nobody should be legally prosecuted or
discriminated against in any other way merely on
account of his former activity for the authorities
or a political organization in either part of Ger-
many.
15) The Federal Government would appreciate
a reply from the Government of the U.S.S.R. to
the questions broached in the foregoing. It would
consider it useful if in this way an exchange of
views were initiated which would promote agree-
ment of the Four Powers on reunification.
Anybody postponing indefinitely the solution of
the problem of German reunification is incurring
a heavy responsibility not only to the German peo-
ple, whose only reaction to their deprivation of the
recognized right to reunification is bitter disap-
pointment ; rather does this problem affect peace,
easing of tension, and security in the whole of
Europe — in fact, in the world. By no means least
worthy of mention is the fact that its solution is
492
Department of Sfafe Bulletin
in the fullest interests of the Russian people it-
self. It cannot be desirable in the long run to the
Soviet Union, either, for the entire German peo-
ple to regard Soviet policy toward Germany as
continual interference in internal German affairs.
The establishment of normal neighborly relations
between the German and Russian peoples is dic-
tated by the interests of both nations. As long as
almost seventy million people in the heart of the
European continent have the feeling that the
Soviet Union is arbitrarily refusing, in the face
of every international law, reunification and free
self-determination within a national order of their
own choosing, the establishment of genuinely
normal relations between the two peoples will be
impossible.
ICA Aid to South Asia
in Fiscal Year 1956
Economic and technical assistance progi-ams to
advance the mutual interests shared by the United
States and five South Asian nations climbed once
again — both in dollars and as a percentage of the
worldwide total — during the 1956 fiscal year, the
International Cooperation Administration an-
nounced on September 1. The five countries —
Afghanistan, Ceylon, India, Nepal, and Pak-
istan— were allotted a total of $19.3 million from
nonmilitary aid funds imder the mutual security
program in fiscal year 1956.
On a dollar basis, this was more than three times
the $63.2 million total allotted in 1952, when most
of the U.S. cooperative jjrograms of economic as-
sistance began in this area. The program started
in India in 1951, was extended to Afghanistan,
Nepal, and Pakistan the following year, and last
April to Ceylon.
The increased emphasis on U.S. cooperation
with the South Asian nations is further high-
lighted by the fact that in 1952 only 3.2 percent of
U.S. worldwide nonmilitaiy aid went to this area.
During fiscal year 1956 this had climbed to more
than 12 percent of the worldwide nonmilitary
total.
The accompanying table shows the increases in
U.S. aid to South Asia by year, in dollars and
percentages, since 1952.
It is U.S. policy to help these key nations,
flanked on the north by Communist China and
Soviet Russia, remain politically independent and
INCREASES IN U.S. AID TO SOUTH ASIA
Worldwide
Amount
U. S. Non-
to South
Percent of
military
Asia
Total
Aid
Billion
Million
1952
$2. 0
$63. 2
3.2
1953
1.9
89.0
4. 7
1954
1.5
113. 1
7.5
1955
1. 6
161.0
10. 1
1956
1.6
193.0
12, 1
stable and become stronger economic partners in
the free world.
Three of the five nations — India, Pakistan, and
Ceylon — containing more than 450 million people
have achieved independence only within the past
10 years. These relatively new democratic gov-
ernments face critical pressures to show positive
evidence that the democratic system can effectively
meet the demands of their people for tangible
improvement in their standards of living. U.S.
assistance supplements these nations' own efforts
toward their economic development.
The largest slice of 1956 aid went to Pakistan,
a member of both the Baghdad and Southeast
Asia Treaty Organization pacts. Part of this
assistance was to enable Pakistan to maintain mili-
tary forces required for mutual defense.
The remaining four nations have no military
pacts and therefore receive exclusively economic
and technical aid unrelated to mutual defense
goals.
Allotments to the five South Asian countries in
fiscal year 1956 were as follows :
[In millions of dollars]
Country
Afghanistan.
Ceylon . . .
India. . . .
Nepal . . .
Pakistan . .
Totals
Technical
Coopera-
tion
$3.0
. 1
10.0
1.0
8.7
$22.8
Economic
Deyelop-
ment
$15. 3
4. 9
50. 0
1.0
99. 0«
$170. 2
Total
$18.3
5.0
60.0
2. 0
107. 7
$193. 0
■ Economic development assistance to Pakistan is fi-
nanced from defense-support appropriations because of
U. S. military assistance to Pakistan. In the other South
Asian countries, economic aid is financed from deyelop-
ment-assistance funds.
Through technical cooperation programs, the
United States helps the peoples of these developing
September 24, 1956
493
countries in their own efforts to acquire skills and
knowledge needed to improve health, sanitation,
education, agriculture, and administration.
Through economic development programs, the
United States helps the countries finance the im-
port of commodities, such as agricultural prod-
ucts, iron, steel, railway equipment, machinery,
and chemicals essential to the success of their own
development efforts. The great bulk of such im-
ports are purchased in the United States. These
funds are also used to help finance projects like
schools, transportation facilities, land reclamation
through irrigation, and electric power.
Following are highlights of the programs by
countries :
Afghanistan: The biggest single allocation to
this country during 1956, and one of the largest
made to any country for a single project, was
$14,560,000 to assist in developing and expanding
Afghanistan's civil aviation facilities. The proj-
ect is designed to give Afghanistan a fast and eco-
nomical air transportation system which is
particularly suitable to the country.
Rugged and mountainous terrain make develop-
ment and expansion of railways and highways
difficult and enormously expensive in Afghani-
stan; therefore air transportation is of unusual
economic importance. The funds will be used to
help Afghanistan expand its domestic airline serv-
ice, build new airports and rehabilitate existing
ones, and develop an international airport at
Kandahar.
Technical cooperation projects were continued
in the Helmand Valley, where the Afghan Gov-
ernment has an extensive land reclamation and
large development projects, financed in part by
$39.5 million in U.S. loans from the Export-
Import Bank.
Additional funds were made available for con-
tinuing IcA contracts with two U.S. universities
which are assisting Afghanistan in educational
projects. Columbia University's Teachers Col-
lege has a teacher-training program there, and the
University of Wyoming is assisting the country in
agricultural and teclmical education. The State
of Wyoming contains some of the largest sheep
raising ranches in the United States, and Afghan-
istan is famed for its karakul sheep.
Afghanistan is a constitutional monarchy of
about 12 million people and borders the Soviet
Union.
Ceylon: The Ica program in Ceylon is the most
recently launched U.S. program of economic and
technical assistance in the world. It began April
28 following the signing of mutual assistance
agreements in Colombo.
The $5 million made available in U.S. assist-
ance will help finance the purchase of 15 Diesel
locomotives as part of Ceylon's own efforts to re-
habilitate the country's railway services; provide
construction equipment, supplies, and technical
assistance for irrigation projects ; assist in the ex-
pansion of the University of Ceylon; and buy
supplies and equipment for Ceylon's agricultural
research center.
The funds will assist Ceylon in its own 6-year
development program to advance the economic
well-being of the nation.
India: India, by far the largest of the five coun-
tries, contains about three-fourths of the area's
500 million population.
As in the past, the bulk of U.S. assistance, which
in 1956 totaled $60 million, was devoted to support
of India's comprehensive Five-Year Plan.
The first Five-Year Plan, which ended last
March, involved an outlay of nearly $4.5 billion
by the Indian central and state governments. The
second Five-Year Plan, which followed imme-
diately, calls for Indian expenditures approxi-
mately double the amount spent in the first Five-
Year Plan, during which India received outside
assistance from the United States and the other
Colombo Plan nations and also borrowed from
the World Bank.
Highly significant as the U.S. contribution has
been to India's development plans, U.S. aid actu-
ally represented 7 percent of the total outlay in
the first Five-Year Plan.
Major projects have included import of iron and
steel for railways, agricultural, and industrial use ;
fertilizer to increase agricultural production ; sup-
plies of DDT and spraying equipment to assist the
nationwide malaria control program ; heavy equip-
ment to assist in building of hydroelectric proj-
ects; and transport, teaching, and demonstration
equipment for the nationwide community develop-
ment program. In addition, 3,000 large irriga-
tion wells were drilled.
The 1956 progTam provided additional aid to
Indian railways, DDT for the malaria program,
additional types of fertilizer and assistance to
modern grain storage, rural electrification, the na-
tional water supply and sanitation program, and
secondary education. For the most part, U.S. aid
494
Department of State Bulletin
has been used to purchase in the United States
supplies and equipment needed to carry out India's
development plans.
An example of the role of U.S. aid is the rail-
way program during India's first Five- Year Plan.
The U.S. is providing 100 locomotives and 8,700
freight cars. Meanwhile, India itself purchased
1,500 locomotives, including about 500 built in
Indian shops. Production of freight cars within
India increased from 3,700 in 1951-52 to 13,500 in
1955-56.
India's own fertilizer production increased
nearly ninefold in the period of the first Five- Year
Plan, and yet India's needs were so great that
215,000 tons of fertilizer were imported in 1952
and 1953 under the Indo-American progi-am.
U.S. aid to India in the period of the first Five-
Year Plan totaled about $330 million as of June
30, 1956. This is in addition to a $190 million
wheat loan made in 1951.
The number of American technical specialists in
India has never been as large, in proportion to
population or to the size of the program, as in
many other countries. As of June 1, 1956, 137
technicians were assigned to India, principally in
agriculture, natural resources development, indus-
try, mining, and education.
During the year, contracts were signed whereby
American land-grant colleges and universities
(University of Illinois, University of Tennessee,
Ohio State University, Kansas State College) as-
sist Indian colleges and universities in develop-
ment of agricultural education.
To meet an emergency situation resulting from
an epidemic of infectious hepatitis in New Delhi
in 1956, the United States sent 500,000 cubic centi-
meters of gamma globulin.
Nepal: Nepal is an independent kingdom lying
between India and Tibet. With a population of
8.4 million people, it is one of the most isolated
countries in the world.
• The $2 million in fiscal 1956 assistance was di-
vided equally between technical cooperation and
development assistance. The technical coopera-
tion funds are being used to improve agricultural
production, combat disease, and develop village
training schools and teacher training. Under an
TcA contract the University of Oregon is assisting
Nepal in training school teachers and establishing
a teachers college.
Most of the economic development funds are
being used for the development of the Kapti Val-
ley, which has a potential of more than 100,000
acres of arable land which, through malaria con-
trol, clearing, and irrigation, can be used for agri-
cultural purposes. The development of this valley
would provide an additional source of food and
timber supply for the people of the nation.
Pakistan: The $107.7 million in new U.S. eco-
nomic aid and technical assistance to Pakistan
during fiscal 1956 brought total U.S. assistance
for that country's advancement to more than $300
million since the mutual security program with
Pakistan started in 1952. This is exclusive of mili-
tary aid.
In addition, large quantities of U.S. grain,
medical supplies, and warm clothing have been
donated to Pakistan to relieve suffering resulting
from a series of floods that have swept the country
in recent years.
U.S. aid funds are being used to help Pakistan
develop its agriculture, natural resources, indus-
try, mining, health, and sanitation and to import
such commodities as iron and steel, industrial ma-
chinery, motor vehicles, nonferrous metals, and
chemicals needed in the country's development.
During the year, U.S. funds were made avail-
able to help Pakistan in development of a $68 mil-
lion multipurpose dam in East Pakistan, the larg-
est single economic development ever undertaken
in the country. Known as the Karnafuli project,
it is located on the Karnafuli River 30 miles up-
stream from the port of Chittagong on the Bay of
Bengal. Wlien completed, this dam will provide
East Pakistan with urgently needed sources of
electric power, flood control, food production, for-
estry, fisheries, general industrial expansion, and
technical education benefits for its more than
45 million population.
Another important project now underway with
U.S. assistance is commercial aviation, which
will improve service between the country's two
geographical units which are separated by 1,000
miles of Indian territory, and on other lines in
West Pakistan. Pan American World Airways
has an IcA-financed contract to assist this project.
The balance of U.S. funds is being used to
continue programs for production of fertilizer,
highway construction, malaria control, village de-
velopment, and improved water supplies.
Under Ica sponsorship, six U.S. universities are
now assisting Pakistan in developing its educa-
tional facilities.
lepiembet 24, 1956
495
Discussions of Economic Policies
Under OEEC Sponsorship
The International Cooperation Administration
announced on September 7 that Raymond J. Saul-
nier, a member of the President's Council of Eco-
nomic Advisers, will represent the United States
in discussions of economic policies to be held at
Paris on September 12 imder sponsorship of the
Organization for European Economic Coopera-
tion (Oeec) as part of its eighth annual review.
The Oeeo is an organization of 17 Western
European countries, including Greece and Turkey,
dedicated to the cooperative improvement of eco-
nomic conditions in that area. The United States
and Canada are associate members. Since its
formation in 1948, it has made significant contri-
butions to liberalization of trade, both within
Europe and with the dollar area, development of
European industry, increased productivity, and
currency stability.
The Oeec review is a unique development in
international economic relations. Representatives
of the member and associate countries present re-
ports on economic developments in their countries
during the past year. During the course of the re-
view, each country in turn sends top-level economic
policy officials to Oeec headquarters in Paris to
explain economic developments in their country
and answer questions of the other representatives.
The emphasis is on policies and prospects and their
elfect on other member countries.
Following these discussions, a comprehensive
annual report is issued by the Oeec, which seeks to
point out cooperative measures to reduce existing
or anticipated economic problems.
The U.S. delegation also includes David Lusher
of the staff of the Council of Economic Advisers;
Walther Lederer, chief of the Balance of Pay-
ments Division, U. S. Department of Commerce;
and Mrs. Alan M. G. Little, member of the Euro-
pean Regional Organizations Staff, Ica.
U.S. Completes 1955 Payment
for U.N. Teclinical Assistance
U.S./U.N. press release 2451 dated September 7
The U.S. Government on September 7 trans-
mitted to the United Nations a check for $550,000
for the Technical Assistance Program. This com-
pletes payment of the United States pledge of $15
million for calendar year 1955, representing 54
percent of the total contributed.
For the current year the United States has al-
ready contributed $10 million. The total amount
pledged for 1956 was $15.5 million, subject to the
limitation that this contribution sliall not exceed
50 percent of the total contributed by all govern-
ments.
U.S. Delegations to
International Conferences
Directing Council, Pan American Sanitary Organi-
zation
The Department of State announced on Sep-
tember 15 (press release 488) that the U.S. Gov-
ernment will be represented by the following dele-
gation at the 9th Meeting of the Directing Coun-
cil of the Pan American Sanitary Organization
(Paso) to be held at Antigua, Guatemala, Sep-
tember 16-29:
Acting U.S. Representative j
H. Van Zile Hyde, M.D., Chief, Division of International I
Health, Public Health Service, Department of Health, I
Education, and Welfare '
Alternate U.S. Representatives
Frederick J. Brady. M.D., Assistant Chief, Division of
International Health, Public Health Service, Depart-
ment of Health, Education, and Welfare ■
Howard B. Calderwood, Office of International Economic ■
and Social Affairs, Department of State
Advisers
Roberto Francisco, M.D., San Juan, P.R.
Charles L. Williams, Jr., M.D., Chief, Latin American
Branch, Public Health Division, International Co-
operation Administration
The Executive Committee and the Directing
Council were set up in accordance with a directive
of the 12th Pan American Conference (Caracas,
Venezuela, January 12-24, 1947), which author-
ized the reorganization of the Pan American Sani-
tary Bureau, a body established in 1902 as the cen-
tral coordinating agency for public health in the
American Republics. The Council and its Execu-
tive Committee perform the executive functions
of the Pan American Sanitary Organization be-
tween sessions of the conference. The Council,
which meets annually, is composed of delegates
from the 21 American Republics and representa-
tives of France, the Netherlands, and tlie United
496
Department of State Bulletin
Kingdom on behalf of their territories in the
Western Hemisphere.
The Executive Committee, elected by the Di-
recting Council, performs executive functions be-
tween meetings of the Directing Council, includ-
ing the preparation of the agenda for the Council
meetings. This body, which convenes semi-
annually, held its first meeting in April 1947.
Seven American Republics are represented on the
Executive Committee.
Among the items on the tentative agenda for
the Directing Council are the following: the Pan
American Sanitary Organization and World
Health Organization Regional Committee pro-
grams and budgets, methods for the preparation
of national public health plans, and the status of
malaria eradication in the Americas.
Israel
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Ajn^icultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of
1054, as amended (68 Stat. 454, 455; 69 Stat. 44, 721),
and agreed minute. Signed at Washington September
11, 1956. Entered into force September 11, 1956.
Japan
.\greement relating to the exchange of official publications.
Effected by exchange of notes at Tokyo September 5,
1056. Entered into force September 5, 1956.
Ryukyu Islands
Convention for tlie unilateral exchange of postal money
orders. Signed at Naha, Okinawa, November 10, 1955,
and at Washington February 10, 1956. Ratified by the
President April IS, 19.56. Entered Into force July 1,
1956.
DEPARTMENT AND FOREIGN SERVICE
TREATY INFORMATION
Current Actions
MULTILATERAL
Germany
Agreement relating to the waiver of immunity from legal
process of members of the Arbitration Tribunal and the
Arbitral Commission on Property, Rights and Interests
in Germany under the administrative agreement of July
13, 1956 (TIAS 3615). Effected by exchange of notes
at Bonn July 24 and 27, 1956. Entered into force Au-
gust 6, 1956.1
Weather
Convention of the World Jleteorological Organization.
Done at Washington October 11, 1947. Entered into
force March 23, 1950. TIAS 2052.
Accessiion deposited: Afghanistan, September 11, 1956.
Wheat
International wheat agreement, 1956. Open for signa-
ture at Washington through May 18, 1956.
Acceptance deposited: Peru, September 11, 1956.
BILATERAL
Greece
Agricultural commodities agreement under title I of the
Agricultural Trade Development and Assistance Act of
1954, as amended (68 Stat. 454, 455; 69 Stat. 44, 721).
Signed at Athens August 8, 1956. Entered into force
August 8, 1956.
New Organization for Conduct
of African Affairs
Press release 472 dated September 10
The Department of State has established a new
position of Deputy Assistant Secretary for Afri-
can Affairs in the Bureau of Near Eastern, South
Asian, and African Affairs and has divided the
present Office of African Affairs into two new
offices — the Office of Northern Africa Affairs and
the Office of Southern Africa Affairs. The
changes are effective immediately.
Named to the new post of Deputy Assistant
Secretary of State for African Affairs, the second
Deputy Assistant Secretary post in the Bureau,
is Joseph Palmer II, a career Foreign Service
officer with 17 years' experience.* He assumed his
duties on September 10.
Directors of the new offices which will operate
under Deputy Assistant Secretary Palmer will
be Leo G. Cyr, Office of Northern Africa Affairs,
and Fred L. Hadsel, Office of Southern Africa
Affairs. Mr. Cyr was formerly Director of the
Office of African Affairs, and Mr. Hadsel was
Deputy Director.
The reorganization reflects the Department of
State's recognition of the increasing importance
of Africa in world affairs and of the urgent need
for a strengthened staff to conduct U.S. relations
'■ Similar notes were exchanged mutatis mutandis be-
tween the United Kingdom and the Federal Republic of
Germany, and between France and the Federal Republic.
^ For a biographic sketch, see press release 473 of Sept.
10 (nut printed here).
September 24, 1956
497
effectively, as the continent continues its rapid
development.
Specifically, the responsibilities of the former
Office of African Affairs will be divided between
the two new offices as follows :
Office of Northern Africa Affairs: Will have
primary responsibility for the conduct of U.S.
relations with Ethiopia, Libya, Morocco, and
Tunisia, as well as the Spanish Sahara, British
and French Somalilands, and Somalia, the latter
a U.N. trust territory officially scheduled to be-
come independent in 1960.
Office of Southern Africa Affairs: Will have
primary responsibility for the conduct of U.S.
I'elations with the states of the Union of South
Africa and Liberia and the following 24 political
entities: Angola, Basutoland, Bechuanaland,
Belgian Congo, the Cameroons (French and
British trust territories), French Equatorial
Africa, French West Africa, Gold Coast, Guinea
(Spanish and Portuguese), Kenya, Madagascar,
Mozambique, Nigeria, the Federation of Rhodesia
and Nyasaland, Ruanda-Urundi (Belgian trust
territory), Sierra Leone, former mandate of
South-West Africa, Swaziland, Tanganyika
(British trust territory), Togoland (French trust
territory), Uganda, and Zanzibar, as well as cer-
tain British and French Indian Ocean islands off
the east coast of Africa.
*
Designations
William M. Rountree as Assistant Secretary for Near
Eastern, South Asian, and African Affairs, effective
August 30.
James Lampton Berry as Deputy Assistant Secretary
for Near Eastern, South Asian, and African Affairs, effec-
tive August 30 (press release 452 dated August 29).
Resignations
Henry F. Holland as Assistant Secretary for Inter-
American Affairs, effective September 14. For texts of
Mr. Holland's letter to President Eisenhower and the
President's reply, see White House press release dated
August 31.
PUBLICATIONS
Recent Releases
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Gov-
ernment Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C. Address
requests direct to the Superintendent of Documents, ex-
cept in the case of free publications, which may be ob-
tained from the Department of State.
U.S. Participation in the U.N.— Report by the President
to the Congress for the Year 1955. Pub. 6318. Interna-
tional Organization and Conference Series III, 115. xiii,
277 pp. 10^.
A comprehensive survey of the Government's participa-
tion in the work of the United Nations and the specialized
agencies during the year 1955.
United Nations General Assembly — A Review of the
Tenth Session. Pub. 6322. International Organization
and Conference Series III, 117. 11 pp. 15^.
One of a series of background publications giving the
highlights of the Tenth Session of the General Assembly
of the United Nations.
Austria: Transfer of Property, Rights and Interests. J
TIAS3560. 22 pp. 150. ■
Memorandum of declarations by the United States of
America, the United Kingdom, and Austria. Dated at
Vienna May 10, 1955, with declarations by Austria of
September 21 and November 29, 1949, and July 31, 1951.
Entered into force May 10, 1955.
Friendship, Commerce and Navigation.
91 pp. 300.
TIAS 3593.
Treaty, with protocol and exchange of notes, between the
United States of America and the Federal Republic of
Germany. Signed at Washington October 29, 1954. En-
tered into force July 14, 1956.
Bahamas Long Range Proving Ground — Establishment
of Additional Sites in Saint Lucia. TIAS 3595. 26
pp. 150.
Agreement between the United States of America and
the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ire-
land. Signed at Washington June 25, 1956. Entered
into force June 25, 1956.
Technical Cooperation — Application to Eritrea. TIAS
3596. 3 pp. 50.
Agreement between the United States of America and
Ethiopia. Exchange of notes — Dated at Addis Ababa
April 4 and June 12, 19.">6. Entered into force June 12,
1956 ; operative retroactively June 12, 1955.
498
Department of Slate Bulletin
September 24, 1956 Index
Afghanistan. ICA Aid to South Asia in Fiscal
Year 1956 493
Africa. New Organization for Conduct of African
Affairs 497
American Republics. Directing Council, Pan
American Sanitary Organization (delegation) . 496
Ceylon. ICA Aid to South Asia in Fiscal Tear
1956 493
China, Communist
Chinese Communists Report Discovery of Seaman's
Body 483
U.S. Protests Plane Attacli by Chinese Communists . 483
Congress, The. Congressional Documents Relating
to Foreign Policy 484
Department and Foreign Service
Designations (Berry, Rountree) 498
New Organization for Conduct of African Affairs . 497
Resignations (Holland) 498
Economic Affairs. Discussions of Economic Policies
Under OEEC Sponsorship 496
Egypt
Egyptian Rejection of 18-Nation Proposals
(Dulles) 469
Suez Canal Discussions at Cairo 467
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 476
France. Letters of Credence 475
Germany
Federal Republic of Germany Makes New Appeal
for German Reunification (text of notes) . . . 485
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 476
Health, Education, and Welfare. Directing Coun-
cil, Pan American Sanitary Organization (dele-
gation) 496
India. ICA Aid to South Asia in Fiscal Year 1956 . 493
International Organizations and Meetings
Directing Council, Pan American Sanitary Organ-
ization (delegation) 496
Discussions of Economic Policies Under OEEC
Sponsorship 496
Japan
Transcript cf Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 476
U.S. Position on Soviet-Japanese Peace Treaty
Negotiations (text of aide memoire) 484
Mutual Security. ICA Aid to South Asia in Fiscal
Tear 1956 493
Nepal. ICA Aid to South Asia in Fiscal Tear 1956 . 493
Pakistan. ICA Aid to South Asia in Fiscal Tear
1956 493
Publications. Recent Releases 498
Treaty Information. Current Actions 497
U.S.S.R.
Federal Republic of Germany Makes New Appeal
for German Reunification (text of notes) ... 485
Vol. XXXV, No. 900
Transcript of Secretary Dulles' News Conference . 476
U.S. Position on Soviet-Japanese Peace Treaty
Negotiations (text of aide memoire) .... 484
United Nations. U.S. Completes 1955 Payment for
U.N. Technical Assistance 496
Name Index
Adenauer, Konrad 485
Alphand, Herv^ 475
Berry, James Lampton 498
Cyr, Leo G 497
Dulles, Secretary 469,476
Hadsel, Fred L 497
Holland, Henry F ■ 498
Menzies, Robert G 468, 472
Nasser, Gamal Abdel 472
Palmer, Joseph 497
Rountree, William M 498
Sauluier, Raymond J 496
White, Lincoln 483
Check List of Department of State
Press Releases: September 10-16
Releases may be obtained from the News Divi-
sion, Department of State, Washington 25, D.C.
Press release issued prior to September 10 which
appears in this issue of the Bulletin is No. 452
of August 29.
Subject
Reorganization of Office of African
Affairs.
Palmer appointment.
Documents on Suez Canal discussions
at Cairo.
Dulles : Nasser's rejection of 18-nation
proposals.
France credentials (rewrite).
Delegation to International Dairy
Congress.
Note to Chinese Communists on plane
attack.
Delegation to Salvadoran inagura-
tion.
Communist Chinese recovery of sea-
man's body.
U.S. position on Soviet-Japanese treaty
negotiations.
Convening of 10th Foreign Service
Selection Boards.
Delegation to ICEM.
Demolition of temporary buildings.
Dulles: Suez question (combined with
No. 486).
Dulles : news conference.
Educational exchange.
Delegation to PASO Directing Coun-
cil (rewrite).
*Not printed.
fHeld for a later issue of the Bulletin.
No.
Date
472
9/10
*473
474
9/10
9/10
475
9/10
476
t477
9/10
9/11
478
9/11
*479
9A1
480
9/11
481
9/12
t482
9/12
*4S3
•484
485
9/13
9/13
9/13
486
*487
488
9/13
9/14
9/15
U. S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 195F
PIBL?C LIBRARY
STATISTICAL DEPARTMENT
COPLEY SQUARE
G BOSTON 17, MASS
Department
Government Printing Office
DIVISION OF PUBLIC DOCUMENTS
Washington 25, D. C.
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE TO AVOID
PAYMENT OF POSTAGE, »300
(GPO)
OFFICIAL BUSINESS
Publications on the United Nations . . .
United Nations — 76 Countries Pledged To Act
Publication 6349 10 cents
This folder outlines some of the highlights in the record of
the United Nations, and briefly describes functions and accom-
plishments of the specialized agencies.
You . . . and the United Nations, 1956
Publication 6302 15 cents
Henry Cabot Lodge, Jr., U.S. Representative to the United
Nations, gives concise answers to 20 questions regarding the
United Nations.
of
state
.3,V--
•'«';
•'^m
,- 1..!.
■'T3
The United Nations in the Mainstream of History
Publication 6355 10 cents
Assistant Secretary Wilcox looks upon the United Nations in
this address from a historical point of view, sums up its first
decade, evaluates the trends that have set in, and considers the
main problems that lie ahead.
United Nations General Assembly — A
Tenth Session
Publication 6322
Review of the
15 cents
This new Background pamphlet describes highlights and con-
tinuing issues of the 10th regular session of the U.N. General
Assembly.
These publications may be purchased at the prices noted
from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Print-
ing OflSce, Washington 25, D.C.
Order Form
To: Supt. of Documents
Govt. Printing OfSce
Washington 25, D.C.
Eneloaed And;
(cash, cheek, or
money order).
Please send me
copies
a
a
□
a
United Nations — 76 Countries Pledged To Act
You . . . and the United Nations, 1956
The United Nations in the Mainstream of History
United Nations General Assembly — A Review of the Tenth
Session
Name:
Street Address:
Cit.v. Zone, and State:
BOSTONPUBUCUB^^^^^^^^^
"S'Sb 761 6
X
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11